eee,

ot

Seer acs

a
a
yay

Pita ta SA ; A
RDS ae
% is Bae oe
Rare nixteat a
aie Ey SEE REN
RNG

at
+

te
oo
Of
nia *
sb te

a
rt

S 5
S28 sate ?
i

. aXe. ca
=f eas

ul

ti

at

Bes
BAGH as

Pe

er

Shee att

lat Vicrerspepedatsanssre oo
Ete nee td

el

Lat
wat Stitt

} Re
at Bits

aise
Se

epee rlaises Y
Geter tie sisi bao

roy
Ped

p yee
aes tet

: ie eis i ie
PA CN
SUR LATS

: a haa '
i
i
\j
A
“hey,
uA ; A , |
iy ere oneal ' Ur \
eee a a : f a
; ‘ {
A I a |
A i ; c f ‘ j ,
ale! f f - un v ’
en ¢
e oi f rv ; i 7 .
ip i? ‘ he ri 5
I J i '
7 *
+ ma y
v
i i
i wt p ‘
wp Gk ,

y
fil

‘ 1
‘ x ‘
4) i
' i
hd :
' 1 if
; .
‘ i
; ‘
'
a
4
. :
i
4 i
4
i
/ eer
a
1
\
F ,
; a
‘
* '
f
, Lap 4
i i
'
+
i
he
'
.
y
'
Mia,
4
Nive
%
,

, Lh
oe 7
"
A a
ee
i
1
>
‘
t
‘
‘
i
i
t
ar
pur

we a
f _*
par
.
\
,
f v7
,
.
he

Sigh

A) ‘
oN cia ,
, ON i; ,
i: , re 5 oy, i

vats: Dae
REL iy

’
Ma

OR eee

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part I. ASTRORHIZIDA AND LITUOLIDZE

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1910

od oT S }

tee

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

_A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part I. ASTRORHIZIDZ AND LITUOLIDZE

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

W ASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1910

BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

: IssuepD June 30, 1910. Rar OTK

UM.

st

>...

eo.

"2a ee we) =”) ve edhe

oss hl lc eh he

ADVERTISEMENT.

The scientific publications of the United States National Museum
consist of two series—the Proceedings and the Bulletins.

The Proceedings, the first volume of which was issued in 1878, are
intended primarily as a medium for the publication of original, and
usually brief, papers based on the collections of the National Museum,
presenting newly acquired facts in zoology, geology, and anthropol-
ogy, including descriptions of new forms of animals, and revisions of
limited groups. One or two volumes are issued annually and dis-
tributed to libraries and scientific organizations. A limited number
of copies of each paper, in pamphlet form, is distributed to specialists
and others interested in the different subjects, as soon as printed.
The date of publication is printed on each paper, and these dates are
also recorded in the tables of contents of the volumes.

The Bulletins, the first of which was issued in 1875, consist of a
series of separate publications comprising chiefly monographs of
large zoological groups and other general systematic treatises (occa-
sionally in several volumes), faunal works, reports of expeditions,
and catalogues of type-specimens, special collections, ete. The ma-
jority of the volumes are octavos, but a quarto size has been
adopted in a few instances in which large plates were regarded as
indispensable.

Since 1902 a series of octavo volumes containing papers relating
to the botanical collections of the Museum, and known as the Con-
tributions from the National Herbarium, has been published as _ bul-
letins.

The present work forms No. 71 of the Bulletin series.

RicHarD RATHBUN,
Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution,
In charge of the United States National Museum.

Wasuineton, D. C., June 18, 1910.

iit

INTRODUCTION,

This paper is the first part of a work the intent of which is to
describe and illustrate the Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean.
This part includes the families Astrorhizide and Lituolidx, together
often known as the Arenaceous Foraminifera. These are usually
considered the more primitive group and are therefore treated first.

The collection of recent Foraminifera in the United States National
Museum has been carefully studied in so far as it represents the area
in question. From the work of the various vessels of the Navy
Department, the Coast and Geodetic Survey, and the Bureau of Fish-
eries a mass of material has accumulated which has been of great
value in this work. A more detailed account of these collections will
be given later.

There have been few works dealing with the Foraminifera of this
area, and such records as exist have been included here. Except
where acknowledgment is given, the figures have been drawn by the
writer from material in the collection of the U.S. National Museum or
have been reproduced from photographs taken at the National Mu-
seum of specimens in the same collection. Where recorded species
are not well represented in the collection, figures from other works
have been used and due acknowledgment given.

A considerable number of changes in the nomenclature and syste-
matic arrangement have been made in an attempt to separate more
clearly species and groups which, after a study of this material, seem
to be distinctive.

I wish to express my great appreciation of the kindness with which
the U.S. National Museum and its staff have so freely met my various
needs in the preparation of this work.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.
v

;
L
:
}
.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

: Page.

PPI seOEIUIS ROU 2 at ee ese sae teh So Oe ee ian Soeieann edie s ae terse fa aielale XI
Bere eL Pred che 0) UML reer atm etre eee rs ee ph So Soe et es Sa Se avert 1
SVT UIT Ses ee ee I CRS I a et gn ei eat ea ot pe IE 4
RARER BAe ee ee roe en Tee Si Se Lo hata a i yd Wate athe AROS tee 4
Apertures........-. Ree eT WR Ae tle ts ots cies es ote Sn cs ca SS a coe 5

OO ETT ETEE Ye GLO De en score see ea eet Atay rec. ge ere ee nS ge, I a 6
Pea are ruses SURLOIIN 2 2 one 8521 tela Bs 5 dass ae ek ee = ala Sian B= Pale de 6

HG Oe es es 2 haat eet ay INS AN id Sniaraphs ec aeiaieraie aya eee ta ise 6
EMER nC ree Teer eee ee RNS te sk cl teh Boies toa ace wataaete 7
2 RMGC TINE ATCT AITS «oe ORI fg Ra a ECan eS Sa 8
Sica] eR Sen Bees Saye. 9 5 a yD at) Say ek te Se oe erate 9
BI Meath SiC TRERPEV AOU (02 25 2S at en slot ovis <meta eon ese eases dee ees 9
SPARES eR ces ee ee ee eae ne art wh ce Seen ET elo SP cary a ee ye ie rate ial
BeSULBVECGESCTet) [SnTYT tT P18 lee eng eR eet Ne aclow sds SN oO OS PAE Ae tee 8 tel Sat 14
Grin LLOnesIy MisMac LOMsas == a5 ct ae ke eh An do ee tiers eyserre 15
RRR HI EMERALD See he ee oy eS ae as I SOL ote kaa 3 18
Drie ren OralmMuniferaene tees a an tot. ~ See: eo, ee eee ta eee ais eee sls 18
arte GROMIEE tor, ele ho hee oe len eee wate vse ee 18

essere s enOMie ern aee Met Jos A ee Nd ee. aie ws 18
puppy 00 Asttorhigings 2.5 o. <4. s.654cesiete nines 342 ances 19
GenuseAstroriizace eee tee. ae tees ee oe een ere ares 19

SmienTN eine tects Wengen). a ete e a 2c ec eas sole 20

PUNT Jy a ia RR, NOS Soe Sa 20

POPCORN He A aio MN Res ad 2 Shes aan Na Bree 21

Peer SST) 11 eee LE a Oe Oe URN RPE 22

Pera ie Penk eee ed ie oe al Reese oa 23

Guia: Purse EOE: Soe oe ke es So 23

RVD REMIT See i te tae RL took emotes 24

inpesularissc 2°. 252.5253. arate is a1 )Y ch ea we 26

GIBCRE Lae saree ae es aR te Ce SAE Che oe 27

MIN eATIB Sse tates See PASM yoy 1h Ne, Mes Vetere Ea 28

SciRbne Mtr astaes iso se AhN ao e ee oh ota ako & oe ate 29

Pecbinmpiricce sae rar Nhe ein Wh Os 5 ae aa 30

oun amunion essen see A aoe Sets ta wala oh 30

RUE ete ees ae fc PO et, iy 3s Sa Se ol
FAMERS ARR eed 1 le ge are Pe 32

(PETTERS TSN EE UT Ee pe ae MN Gee a el 33

pee Om ote tise oka pecan oth Ah ee oe a Sone 33

MIRC eg er oe AN 8 it og 8 OE aoe care 34

Sublamiilys 2. -Gaceamminince = 22.2. -nccnce-on2 c++ ecinsane sce 35

Cranmer) Peaminigapietices oo. ade Suto Aw oe seca sveense4 35

BRL Py oes eh kcds oat oth en ee we 35

AU eed cae seen ne ae eatanod saw aeae 36

VIII TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Systematic part—Continued.
Order Foraminifera—Continued.
Family 2. Astrorhizidee—Continued.

Subfamily 2. Saccamminze—Continued. Page.
Genus Sorosphreras-- 22 s2222 2c. ocelot ee eee 37
CONMUBI Se 2 beh s cele oe ee ee ee ee eae 37

Genus (Saccamminae tesa. Sa a5: 522 tS ee eee oe ae 38
Bpliverica. 26 i c.w: o oe ope toe ee ee 39

SOCTAIIS Aerie te come eek! oo PE 20 Lh eae eon 40

Genus: Proteonimasest2s 2st oe se te eee ae 40
PUBIT OTIS Sees cyte Ae afm ee re 41
ditiimpiformis: 35.24.52 sate a ae eee ee 41

Var dapenartims- ic). 40/54 eee eee 42

OVALS S26 ae ae ecm ob eee ae 43

Genus Ena Ae OS ee ee 43
OW QUA Se eee SS RS co A a ee a ee ea 44

Gens sPelosima ase eee ere NS ee EN 45
roc uM cattbarsd Aue i 20. Nn meee ere 45

Gylimdrrcas 2S i he ee eee eee Ba aT 46

Nig ON8 Nc en Me RE Be TR Ae ah to cl 47

Genus Techmitellass: 7545.04 ee ee ge eee ee A7
leoummem: +28... at Mas Nis Si ee 48

melon Aces. Ree eect Oe, Pe eg ee ee 48

Genus Tholosinag.. 2:22. eae od. Sea oe ee eee ee 49
Pillage se ee Ee OAL ae eee 49

Genus Webbinellai: os25 5.46 tose Se ee eee 50
hemispheerica. 2+. .3eee a ee 51

Genus Ammospheeroides. 0) \..0c5 1st e eee ee ee ee ee eee 51
Gistomagiee: Bees ee Ba eR ies aly ole ee 51

Geniis: VerruGlna. Ho a oe er ee 52
PUCISiE be es Te ae Ree Be ee neue 52

Genus Crithioninass.225.2 650 eee ee ee eee 53
TUPOSA See Se kaneis Rete orca emieaiaeys avers 53

Leng dees eee S Bae, See (2 Bye t yor st re ee 54.

Pisum’. cao. A sss eee Cee neater mee ee 55

Vary ispidansS* sho) eee cet omnia petal 56

HOt Abas ee oat en ele SAE eee ao ee ere eee 56

Gents? Bhuramminatess- 4 seh eee eo ein meet 57
Papuilata eee. be keer ees. ete 8 tea a 58

UL TATU os Lea ae oe pen 20 a ead Sra pe 58

CHIMAC ER Soe a ee ee Renee Sate e ere lhe 59
Subfamily:3) diy perammininees 25-2 oe weer ke ne cece cee 59
Geniis Hy perammitia 62) jo oe ee eee ee ees tee oe 60
elongatae- eee eaeaeee MNES EMRE Oar ne enya Serer 60

Var: (eevigatiant (eee pectete Want ke ie orse 61

Sia Dilisi es eee ee ee ean es ee 62

TULA RAN ee ee ree rene eee pentose 63

SUDMOG OS soe eee an oe serene tele een 63
Gentis'Saccorhizal 22 ee ae aie Bet eae orev 64
TAIN OBB) ais See ae ae ele, AUER na men erat 65

ealcilega. <2: 62. Meee ee es Perea 66

Genus Lolypammina 20>) peepee eas eee eee eee ere 66

Wapamecd {L062 2 soe ee ae eee oe etal 67

=

a —

a

a

TABLE OF CONTENTS. Ix

Systematic part—Continued.
Order Foraminifera—Continued.
Family 2. Astrorhizide—Continued.

Subfamily 3. Hyperammininze—Continued. Page.
Genus Ammolapenn. - 2. .'s.ek eee ls UI pe SSeS cece =. 67

Ge ea ct Cleator tte ete oe SI he ee ee eee 68
Creniishiaculelllames see se sae apse SEP ee Soe Se eee 70
DCG ee Se eth netroots re were eee ae 70

Oy PU eee ees ties. tr b= Sere Een rs See al

Genus: Sacemiaa ae tenn ate Bla SAGs Agee a 2 2 si 71
EON @ ESC GDIAE ae Nesey toe etree tas Bef Dre reas Sree 71

TELITULOS aes Rey Neo este ees SMe Eo BES Se ye he 72

Babiarmils, 4. Ammmodincimee =: ae.4 02 Soi. s oe 3 cans e = 52a eee 73
(ETIUIS CATO INO CIRCUS] States trae Ata ete oe eee ee ee ye Se 73
TRAVEL ANU st Rat ee oS ee ERE. Ole a heer Re 73

PXHCE USS eee eke eae e ar Sete nk os eto B Ess Grate ies 75

Cr onAUG OTC LMT eee os es ae ERE eGo Ears ere 76
SOLGANINS 228 2252S aoe aati Roe oN 5 eectoer 76

Gharcidesehs se sms ia ty tees SAE i eee 77
RGrOMMuSMINETALe Ll elses See ee aes eg Re ens Sec ee rec 78
shoneana..---.---- EIS PS IT SA TAS OR hee ea ek ae 79

erent lay hae PAG MOUO Re 2 a ttn cerns ae pm eS sess as = aa == ee 79
Subrnnlyit. Asecnemonel IN. (<<... 22/2 Se Gas Sipser as = = 2 = a 80
GonmuceNechemonel las 26sec aero ae a arae ee Seine cisicie 80
PAUL EORTIS egy ery yy Rete eet ek gat coe ae 81

GSTS Lane eee ss ped Re PR es ES ee te area 81

Seti 2 cpephacing: .< 25S OU aS atitcecs seo. 8.5 Saas 81
GemislveGpuaecno- 2245 .5.50 Aiea Ieee woe UM SSS i oso 5 82
BEGEDMIEUS fone saya = Ses gg tae See ee 83

pill Che Re eco ona Benes So = or's= 85

CLLR Gen se ere ayaa hy 5 2 Mean eer re ne ero 85

satel sins eet gas aoa es SS eRe Re ec ont aerets 86
Gentaunmormiswe ase ssssee ese = oe ese eeets 87

TTOGMLI GSR ee oe re ee ear. os corer chee ele 87

PU LbeD 2 eee cel ee eel 2 3's is 5, ie we x 88

TSE CLUS eee es arts rapes Notre oe rset eee 89

EOLA US oe es yah a cpa ee ei a ie Soe erence 89
MEMDLADACCUSSeseae ntsc eaten se See ae caiman 90

palGe ants eee ee oe ein oie ce atelctastoriate Sata 90

UPA DUS ee es ee ae ie ie oe © Scie ciate sic ereiete S/o 91

Sylmar eta Wate NS oe alae = ene ners 91

SpCMUGE So Aa Se! SoBe jake Seee nan oo tes eee <= 92

SXCOUU GUS Se eee eee ee eis cielaiae 92

; Gar RETUUN Lent 11S tes een ee ene es eee fer aie fare Nalaler simi oe 93
Geman Hormoritig 20 25. pies res ede 2 Aire nia aieteln'a ae _ 93

ele buenas sae oe octets Spina po eines <i 93

Cit CU ee ee a ate Ne aS toners <iava cisiara 95

TMNAMATUNL A Ih oka Hock oem oboe ORB ere DOnonnoe 95

Genus Haplostiche:--..-:----..------s2--- 45-2 40\:02svess-ses 96
GUL yd te ee Salles aN Sith eran sid ayatatialeiein 96

Subfamily 3. Trochamminine -.......---------------+-+++++++--- 97
Genuselirochsimiminold@sis: 1.2 see nen sales ce aisiai als) istaie)sialaie n= a= 97
PEGCUS ose ssa n vada celsseeiye das aca-<neeesssn <2 98

xe TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Systematic part—Continued.
Order Foraminifera—Continued.
Family 3. Lituolidee—Continued.

Subfamily 3. Trochammininee—Continued. Page.
Genus Haplophragmoides 22: 2 Pe ee ee he 99
COTOMa Tae 2S saci nto heel sse ere ea eee eee eee 99

brullnssatas © 2 22s ks A eee pen oes See 100
COMATICNSIS: 2 teh NPR aT mea i Let 101
CMACIAITN SS SU. <A UCRn a ae te ae Ee 102

peru < 20. ee: 5 2 ees 2 ep oO oe 103

TO PULAU HS eye Se RR Pe ee eg eee 104

SOT eras iTLTI: 92k 2 Oe ee ee NEE 104
subslobosum.0 HOES bee ee ire a ee 105
spheriloculim, 2. 523) 2s mere nee 2 107

MINGONS 5 22 joa)! Oe Re Pe epi Ee Ea 107

Gents Cribrostomoides ..2L/222420 fie ee eee eee ee oe 108
bradyi. lcci 2 2 2s Se eee ete ic oie 108
Genus: Cy clammima,. 2.2. )2 eee ore te es 109
cancel laitiar 02 42 tis 2 es Re arene ae errr ee 110

punet la Soe eG es AR AGEe 11c ee eee mr UIA ON pe era oh bbl

Or bic tlamie ss 5.62 oO oe a ett ae 1S

Dradiy aio Se hd Ee ee Oe ee EE Se ee INT an 113

Genus Lituotubatsc. 22302) Seen ot ee 113
Pit att O VI Ss! see se Leagan 2 et RMA a heehee Day Pps ecg be Cee 114

Genus: Ammobaculites. 252 ee ee eee t De 114
agehutinens §.02 oss g eet ee Ce oer eee ee 115

TOMA GEES cai ee NS ae eer Lg ee 116
PenUimargose. 22h. eek eee ene weteeee Oe tapas 117

AMET Camus sh aN Sete ewes fre ty ape ne pete DEAN 117

Genus Placopstlingas > 2525 3282p nae oe oe aan ales
CENOM AM i eee eer eters i ocho es cen en Nag)

Genus Trochammiéina 324502 Sea, Sek ee eee ee 120
RQUamM atest. See eee ae eee eh NER Bee oe 120

Tif aitieaes apne sree EM oh = Re yeraal Dae i Staonal aan ee ae ie 121

Gunn umber Se ae ie OE Ae Slee stare creme cr el arate 122

MAM AA See ee Renee eee eet eee eee, eee 123
elobigerimiiormip. S22 eet hans 2a ok is See - 124
Genus'Globotextulantaee-ses es eee Cee eee ee eae =a ee 125
anceps-e=-e ee ee Cae Me ae Hea Hama Aetna 125

Genus Ammochilostoma. ..--- eal Wicgtbad baa hie eR IS aE eh bel easels see 126
pauctloculata es sese see ween cee ewes nee 126

wal ea teed eel eS Ns Mid WS eA Eerie apes clos (say oheaea pe ain ee 127

Genus Ammospheroidinas:s.22. -< eeesese: ese eecee ees 128
spheerordimiformisd2 oe ssee! tees aa eee cee 128
Subfamily,4.. Neusimince Serer tee sae tee ee eae rae ee oe 129
Genus Neusitias Si see ee ae ee ie a eee 129
APART ZU e eae ee ee eee eee ie res taro 129

;
)

Fia. AG

8-10.

11-12.
13.
14.

15-16.

17-21.

22.
293.
24.
25-28.

29-30.

31-32.
33-36,

37-38.
39.
40-41.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Thick slide. a, surface view; b, side view, showing grooved end
Isr enn INO Sige DORMe Aon ecm ees LLL es

inin-side “a, suriace view; 0, sidé view. .2-0.. 2.22.02. 025-2
Pe TethOrulza Gn eulOea nt Mone semen qe notes oe ANS coe ee koe eee
. Astrorhiza furcata. 2, 3, 4a, face view of three specimens selected

by Goés from the type station; 4b, side view. x 10

VAN SInIOR Lag? eg? a Ul Kot RM ao UL ee apie 2a 9 ay beg RST
Bea nurunieacharcdaumas UO! Sy eee thet eee Ue es
. Astrorhiza tenuis. a, longitudinal section; 6, transverse section; ¢,

side view of exterior. (After Goés). X 6...........----2.-4.-
Rhabdammina abyssorum. 8a, front view; b, end view of one arm
of the smoother form from deep water, x 10; 9, front view
of a shallow water specimen from the coast of Japan, X 25; 10,
central portion of a specimen with four arms, X 15........----
Two specimens of Rhabdammina irregularis. x 6...........----
iad anemia caserete. 0S 2p Sa Cee a ee en he
Rhabdammina linearis. a-e, X 10; e, showing interior, /, surface.
POU CRELCTOISEACL Yi eae U itaho yu Sicre Meteo ra ee came seen ele
Marsipella cylindrica. 30. 15, straight test composed largely of
long unbroken spicules. 16, rougher, doubly curved test largely
made up of fragmentary portions of spicules.......-........-.-
Bathysiphon filiformis. 17a, side view, X 4; b, end view, x 5.
18, longitudinal section, X 60. 19, transverse section, viewed by
transmitted light, X 60. 20, longitudinal section of wall with
exterior coat, X 60. 21, longitudinal section of inner portion of
Wale < 200) (mies Teal. After Brady). 2222002 soo
Bathysiphon rufus. X20. a, side view; b, end view....-...----
Rhizammina algeformis. X 10......-..-- PO Se ae ERO NS eect?
Prin ET MOVs Me Ao oo nice s ie See ow ei ow ho coe eee
Psammosphiera fusca. 25, specimen composed of black volcanic
sand, X 25. 26, free specimen, X 20. 27, attached specimen,
xX 40. 28, section of test, X 40. (Figs. 26-28. After Brady)---
Psammospheera parva. 29, specimen attached to large sponge spi-
cule, X 50. 30, smaller specimen (after Brady), X 40.-.--..-..-.
porosphzera contusa. 15 (ater Brady)... 252.2002. 322... 2-..
Saccammina spherica. X 15 (after Brady). 33, freespecimen. 34,
attached specimen. 35, apertural view. 36, section......--..--
Daccammina Socialis, <°20'(after Brady)--2.--.....---.--..:-.-
PRO COCumms MREILGYITIG! OM TO. te a8 vo eee ae ae 52 on =
Proteonina difflugiformis. 40, a typical elongate specimen of fine
sand grains. X 80. 41, an irregular specimen with larger sand
grains, the large fragments at the left causing a distortion of the
OPER EYE C7 SLC CHEST aD No lam AN

Page.

11
11
20

21
22

99

a

23

30

32

XII

Fie. 42.
43.
44-46,

47-49.
50-51.
52.
53.
54.

50.
56.

57.
58.
59.
60-62.
63.
64-65.

66.
67-72.

73-74,

75.
76.

77-79.
80.

81.
82-83.
84.

. Tolypammina vagans. > 15 (after Brady). Proloculum of speci-

86-87.

88.

89.

90-91.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Proteonina difflugiformis, var.lagenarium. XX 75 .........-.----
Proteonina ovata. X 50. a, front view; b, apertural view... -..-
Pilulina ovata. 44, a, side view of one of the small specimens, 20;
6, same from the apertural end. 45, a large specimen from the
side. X12. 46, aportion of the wall by transmitted light. x 100.

.Pelosina rotundata. X 20(after Brady). 48, transverse section...

Pelosinacydindmien [XG t oes case. Saas eee pose tee
Pelosina vaniabilis:/)°)¢20 (after lint). <=) 2388 eee ose os cee
Technitella legumen:¢ (XX D0. 2.20 eee ee ee ee ew oes
Technitella melo. X 50 (after Brady). a, side view; b, apertural

Tholosina bulla. X15. a, from above; 6, from side.....-___---
Webbinella hemispheerica, attached to a fragment of shell, x 50.
a, tromystd esos fram aloes <2 eee ee ee ee pa oats ae
Ammospheeroides distoma. 50. a, apertural view; b, from side.
Verrucinarudis. 10. a, side view; b, viewed from above -..-.-.-.-
Crithionina! sugosa: ik 206.2222 Bae Aa A ee a een
Crithionina lens. 60, surface view. > 15. 61, vertical section.
5209 N62 en ori zontal sections <2 0pm see een ee eae
Crithionina pisum, var. hispida. XX 15 (after Flint). a, 6, sections.
Crithionina rotundata. 64, portion of central chamber wall. X 25.
65, view of sectional specimen showing thick wall and radial
hubesse LO: kee aceite desea ate oe Oe en
Thurammina papillata. X</30 (after Brady).....-::.---..-2.....
Thuramminaalbicans. 67-70, side views. > 50. 71, section show-
ing thickness of walland character of theinterior. X50. 72, sec-
tionoftestshowing minute structure. 100. (Figs. after Brady).
Hyperammina elongata. 73, test of comparatively large sand
grains, from shallow water. X15. 74, test of fine material from
deeper iwalter., (O96 asain Si RS pees a Ce ee
Hyperammina elongata, var. levigata. Specimen from Albatross
Station A497 OF orlty Neuro styagey <a-t ere eg geeee
Hyperammina friabilis. Specimen with the upper portion of the
tubecbioken away. O< 00a... te Gee he ate ahs Baise etree SNe cee
Hyperammina maxima. X 2. From photograph .....-.....-..-
Hyperammina subnodosa, from the Okhotsk Sea. >» 10. a, side
view; b, section of a portion of the chamber laid open. ..----...-
Saccorhiza ramosas WSCOOR ess seats Se Le ee
Saccorhiza calcilega. 82, specimen showing proloculum. » 115.
83, specimen showing apertural portion. 60. (After Rhum-
Ra Ter) ine sere ape pes ee eh ee eins) Seatac TR RC eee
Tolypammina vagans. X10. From photograph ....--.--.....--

men shown in figure just above the middle.............--------
Ammolagena clayata. 12. 86, twospecimens attached to the sur-
face of aspecimen of Rhabdammina. 87, two specimens attached
to a coiled arenaceous test. All megalospheric specimens. --.-.-..
Ammolagenaclavata. X50. Specimen attached, portion of prolo-
culum broken away. Microspheric specimen with small prolo-
culum.and comparatively long tubular portion...........------
Ammolagena clayata. X15. From photograph. Microspheric
megalospheric specimen attached side by side .-.........------
Jaculella acuta. >.12.(atter Brady) i222. <-ee ean eee eee ee

44
46
46
47
48

48
49
51
52
53
54
50
56

57
58

59

60

61

62
63

64
65
66

66

67

68

69

69
70

Hig. 92.
93.

94.

95-96.

97.
98-100.
101-106.

107-109.

110.
111-113.
114-116.

117-118.

iE
120.
121.
122.
123.
124.
125.
126.
127.

128.
129-131.

132-133.
154.
155.
136-137.

138.
139.
149-141.

142-144.
145-147.

148.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

eed eae MeRn eal Aes e 2 22 hse BL IO UL ese ek oe.
Sagenina frondescens. > 10 (after Brady)...............----.--
Sagenina ramulosa. X15. From photograph .................-
Ammodiscus incertus. 20. 95, large form with microspheric
proloculum and many small early coils. 96 a, form with megalo-
spheric proloculum, made up of a few large coils, the A. tenuis
H. B. Brady, which is the megalospheric form of A. incertus
(d’Orbigny); b, apertural view of same specimen showing the
megalospheric proloculum of greater diameter than the succeed-
eOpApOTLIanE wr Thevipeie web. ass ot eae a ce
Ammodiscus exsertus. 100. a, apertural view; b, front view--
Gordiammina gordialis.. >< 70) (after Brady) 2.-:-2.:..2.-.2.2..-
Gordiammina charoides. > 70 (after Brady). 104, section through
test. 105, apertural view. 106, broken specimen showing coils of
RUDE DLE So eee ae ee ete. Sete ee Be es SARs SOUR. es ce
Turritellella shoneana. > 100 (after Brady) ....................
Aschemonella ramuliformis. X 15 (after Brady) .--.-.-.-.------
Aschemonella catenata. > 15 (after Brady) ......-....--..-----
Reophax scorpiurus. 114, specimen from Hawaiian Islands, 114
fathoms. X20. 115, specimen from off Japan, 77 fathoms.
x15. 116, specimen of questionable character from Hawaiian
islandsy2l/ fathoms ols. 22 ee See es Ree Ds aoe
Reophax pilulifer. 117, specimen from series selected by Goés.
po205 lls sanoiner Specimen solssasa sacs ance ee oe
Reophax Gist@ps:. sot) ess5-— 55-2622 MP 5S SAE ae ee ee eS
Hennhas muaettlanign (XLS 2 22 22 Sh5 29 RE Se Slee se Secs let
Heouhax dentaliniiormig:”) >< 20 22.208 050 RA oss 2 ne
Reophax nodulosus: xX 2oht. sols bees os sates e es Silas cede
Reaphaxruttiier:. + < W002 25. ass252 ee MEAG Pe
Reophax insectus. X12. a, side view; b, end view-.--..-------
rap eriisimnens. | Octet ts ss SRLS Al eae
heaphax membranacous.( )</200 eels... bei wee nce
Reophax bilocularis. 25. a, front view; b, side view showing
fhe pbliquiby atthe chambers... so 0042.8 ee 52k
Reophaxarmathe..) </22. (alter Goes) (22. 22022 22.2222... --
Reophax cylindricus. X 20 (after Brady). 129 a, side view; 8,
apertural view. 1380, longitudinal section. 131, side view-.-----
heaplosxsspieuliter: 750) (after Brady )ius22..2 i052 0e cSccecce.
Reophax excentricus. X 80 ....-.-------- ae Lee reais s cee
Reaisiix (eapemigaenas | xXeOs soe een Aes eis See ac ct cee ce
Hormosina globulifera. 136 a, end view showing aperture; 5, front
view, X 35. 137, single chambered form, X 40.-....----------
Hormosina ovicula, X 45. «a, end view showing aperture; }, side
ita er tees ee Cay Ny ceva BAR ss ye are | tl Sobran ae
Hormnosina norman; > 10 (after Brady): .2:s-s...55.-.- 225
Haplostiche dubia. X 7. From photograph -...--..---.--------
Trochamminoides proteus. X 25 (after Brady)----...---,------
Haplophragmoides coronata. »% 20 (after Brady). 145, large
specimen from side. 146, a, from side; 6, apertural view. 147,
CHT Gyan eRe eminem Laem rts aphe eee bs PRL Nye Re SAAS a ace
Haplophragmoides trullissata. > 75. Specimen from 2,875 fath-
oms, Albatross station H2916. a, side view; b, apertural view
araH ERE ee Meo as epee te an oe een alee see oes oop

XIII

Page.

“I om

~I =I

78
79
81
82

84

85
86
86
87
88
89
89
90
90

90
91

91
91
92
93

94
95
96

97
98

99

XIV

Fie. 149.
150-152.
153-155.
156-157.
158-161.
162-164.
165.
166.
167.
168-170.
izle
2.
Wo
174.
175.
176.
177-179.
180-183.
184-185.
186.
187.
188.
189.
190-192.
193-194.
195.
196.
197.
198-201.
202.
203.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Haplophragmoides canariensis:, >< 2032 322 aaa eee ee oe
Haplophragmoides emaciatum. 20. From photograph.......
Haplophragmoides scitulum. » 40 (after Brady). 153, side view.
154, a, side view; b, apertural view. 155, section .............-
Haplophragmoides rotulatum x 50 (after Brady). a, a, front
yiews: -);b, aperturaliviews .6hds0. 2c oe ooo
Haplophragmoides glomeratum. > 100 (after Brady)......-.---
Haplophragmoides subglobosum. X 16. From photograph. 163,
aperturaliviewoses sotto sees Ae ee eee eee
Haplophragmoides spheriloculum. > 30. From photograph-.---
Haplophragmoides ringens.. X'405. . ccs) eene eeenee ets ooo
Cribrostomoides bradyi. X 20. a, side view; 6, apertural view- --
Cyclammina cancellata. »% 16. Fromphotograph. 169, apertural
view. The megalospheric form of the species with fewer cham-
bers in each whorl, and attaining, when fully developed, a
smaller size than that of the microspheric form.-......----.----
Cyclamminacancellata. <8. Fromphotograph. Themicrospheric
form of the species with a larger number of chambers in the
adult whorls and attaining a larger size than the megalospheric

Cyclammina pusilla. XX 25. From photograph......-.----.-..-
Cyclammina orbicularis. 35. a, side view; }, apertural view- -
Cyclammina bradyi. X 30 (after Brady). a, sidé view; 6, apertural

Litnotuba Jituiformis:. 150 2225.2. fotu.G. sae ee eee
Ammobaculites agglutinans. > 25. From photograph----.------
Ammobaculites foliaceus. > 40 (after Brady). 177 and 178, side
views. 179, specimen mounted in Canada balsam and viewed by
transmitted Jighf)2...34. 2) c Seen eee eee ee eee
Ammobaculites tenuimargo < 25 (after Brady). 180, 181, from side.
182, apertural view. 183, from edge, showing thickness of test--
Ammobaculites americanus. 184. > 20. 185, a, broader, more
flattened! form) b; apertura viewsa<celome == eee eee
Placopsilinacenomana. > 10. From photograph. Specimen at-
tached ‘to. stome..... 405-2 42 Sie ee eee
Trochammina squamata. >50 (after Brady). a, from above; b,
from, below 42.122)... te See EEE ee ee re
Trochamminainflata. > 50. a,fromabove; b, from below-.-----
Trochammina turbinata. 35. From photograph.--.-.--.------
Trochammina nana. XX 35. From photograph -.-..2-2-----.---
Trochammina globigeriniformis. >.20. From photograph. 193,
from above; 194 tromybeloweeeneses ees eae ee eer ee ene eee
Trochammina globigeriniformis. »% 25 (after Brady). a, from
above: 0: from below; cy iromysid@es ses -neseee=- a seee eee
Globotextularia anceps. > 20 (after Brady)...-.-.--.----..---.
Ammochilostoma pauciloculata. Three views of same specimen.

Ammochilostoma galeata. >< 50 (after Brady). 201, apertural
Ammospheeroidina sphzeroidiniformis. 25. From photograph.

Neusina agassizii. a, complete specimen, X 13. 0, early portion
of same specimen from opposite side, X 5-....-.-.------=-----

104
105

106
107

107
109

110

alia
111
112
113
114
115
116
17,
118
19
121
122
123
123
124

125
126

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

ASTRORHIZIDH AND LITUOLIDA.

By Joseph AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN,
Of the Boston Society of Natural Listory.

GENERAL ACCOUNT.

The Foraminifera are for the most part minute animals varying in
size from a fraction of a millimeter to several millimeters in length,
but may develop a test several inches across; these, however, are
rare exceptions. A few species live in fresh or brackish water, but
the great majority live in the ocean. They occur at all depths, but
are most frequent at moderate depths in the ocean basins, where they
form characteristic deposits—the so-called ‘‘globigerina ooze.” In
the vicinity of tropical coral islands many species occur in great
abundance.

The animal itself is a single-celled form with one or many nuclei,
as will be later explained. The test, in many cases at least, is really
an internal structure, as the thin film of protoplasm which covers it
in the perforate forms, and probably in others, is capable of secreting
the material of the test, to repair breaks, etc.

Comparatively little is known concerning the animal of the Foram-
inifera except in certain littoral species. The great mass of the work
on the group has been confined to a study of the empty tests. In
the present work the material has been dried in almost all cases. As
a result little has been noted in regard to the animal itself.

As single-celled animals the Foraminifera are especially interesting,
and their structures do not need explanation on the basis of organs
or tissues. There is much beauty in the curves of the test and in its
ornamentation, the patterns of the latter often being very intricate.

For some time after their discovery the Foraminifera were thought
to be a group of the cephalopods, and many of the coiled species have
the appearance of minute nautiloid cephalopods. Many of the
generic names were applied before the true relationships were known.

16777—Bull. 71—10——1

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Many of the coiled forms were early described as species of Nautilus,
and it was not until 1835 when Dujardin recognized the relationship
of the group to the rhizopods that their systematic position was
finally settled.

The classification of the group has been very differently treated by
later writers. Led by W. B. Carpenter, there grew up what may be
termed the English school of workers on this group. Four names
stand out prominently, those of W. B. Carpenter, W. K. Parker,
T. Rupert Jones, and. H. B. Brady. The first three especially worked
on the basis of no sharp lines of demarcation between species or
genera or even between larger groups. The group was supposed to
be very variable, in fact so much so that genera were recognized as
tentative only and not really distinct. Brady, while holding many
of the same views, nevertheless described many new genera and
species, drew the lines more closely for the genera, and worked outa
fairly good classification of the whole group. He was, however, led
by the same plea of variation to unite recent forms with often dis-
similar fossil species, on the basis of similar characters in one part
or another, even while the whole test was often very different. With
the large series obtained in the present work it is possible to show, not
only that variation is not so great as was thought by the English
school, but what was by them called variation is not variation
at all but definite stages in the development of the test, which often
at different stages has very different characters. In the light of the
present knowledge of the life history and the microspheric and
megalospheric forms these supposed variations take on a decidedly
different aspect and become of use in the separation of genera rather
than in uniting them. While these points are not so clearly brought
out in the arenaceous forms described in the first part of the present
work, they are well seen in certain of the other families.

Schlumberger, in distinction from the English school, had very
different ideas as to the variation and the classification of various
forms. He argued that with other groups the identity of fossil and
living forms becomes small in the Kocene, and in the Cretaceous is
hardly known, yet the workers of the English school had no difficul-
ties in uniting recent species with even Jurassic or still older forms.
Schlumberger argued that when such similarity existed it was simply
a lack of characters, and that the two forms were potentially distinct.

Distribution has been thought to be of little account in the group,
either by regions or by depth. Certain species, for instance, are
recorded by Brady as from 18 to 3,950 fathoms, and with a world-
wide distribution. With material from scattered stations and a
worker attempting to explain all differences on the basis of varia-
tion such views may be held, but with larger series from many sta-
tions, such as have been available in the present work, the material has

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

seemed to prove the contrary in regard to many species. With the
lines of demarcation of species more closely drawn, it will be apparent
that certain of them have well-defined areas of distribution and are
found only between certain bathymetric altitudes. Not only is this
true in regard to species, but various species form definite faunas, as
will be later discussed. With plenty of specimens for comparison
from different areas it is fairly easy to show the specific differences
and the actual amount of the variation.

Throughout the group of the Foraminifera there is a nearly com-
plete series, from a simple gelatinous covering of the cell in some of the
fresh-water forms to the complex calcareous test of the higher groups.
The fresh-water forms, while not considered in the systematic part of
the present work, are nevertheless of especial interest on account of
their primitive characters. In Myzotheca the simplest sort of cover-
ing is found, a gelatinous test which is flexible, so that it takes the
shape of the changing form of the cell. There is here also no definite
aperture, the pseudopodia being pushed through at any point. In
others of the fresh-water forms the test may be of flexible chitinous
material, but has a definite shape when the animal is at rest and usually
one or more definite and permanent orifices.

In the marine species, which form the basis of the present work,
there is usually a definite, specific form to the test and the aperture is
permanent. The materials used in making the test may be grouped
in two classes, (1) those derived from foreign sources, and (2) those
secreted by the animal itself. The foreign materials are derived from
the bottom on which the animal lives, and therefore even in the same
species found under different conditions there is some variation in the
character of the materials used. In general, however, there seems to
be a certain amount of selective power on the part of certain forms,
and such characters have been used as of generic rank in systematic
work. The foreign material most frequently used is the mud or sand
_of the ocean bottom, but certain forms use sponge spicules, either
making them into a soft felted mass (Pilulina) or arranging them in a
definite manner and firmly cemented (Technitella). Other foraminif-
eral tests may be used, as may various small bodies which come
within the range of the animals. The cement in the agglutinated
tests may be chitinous, of iron oxide, or calcareous.

Of these calcareous tests two sorts have been recognized, one with
a definite aperture or series of apertures and with minute pores (the
perforate group), the other witha definite aperture or series of apertures
but without minute pores (the porcellanous group). By many writers
the latter group, represented by the Miliolide, has been held to be
primitive and a group which had not developed perforations. On the
other hand, certain evidence, such as the perforate condition of the
early chamber of Peneroplis and other genera, would indicate that they

4 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

are derived from the perforate group and that the lack of pores instead
of being a primitive condition may in reality be a specialized one.
derived from a condition in which pores were developed throughout
the life of the individual.

In general the test of the Foraminifera may be single chambered or
many chambered. Contrary to the impression given by certain
works on the group, the process of adding chambers in the Foram-
inifera, while superficially like budding or gemmation, is not neces-
sarily or usually accompanied by nuclear divisions. That is, instead
of the new chambers being potential individuals they are simply inte-
gral parts of one cell, and in the uninucleate form the single nucleus
is found in about numerically the middle chamber. In the process
of adding a new chamber a portion of the protoplasm is protruded
from the aperture and a new chamber wall then formed about it.
In some cases a complete wall is formed with each newly added cham-
ber, but in others the adjacent parts of previous chambers form the
inner walls of the new chamber and new walls are formed only on the
free parts of the protoplasmic mass. In the open tubular test, such
as Astrorhiza or Hyperammina, increase in the protoplasmic body is.
accompanied by addition of material at the open end of the tube and
an increase in size results. In single-chambered types, such as
Lagena, the manner of increase in size is problematical, if there be any
at all. In such forms the entire test may be made in its completed
form at once after division, as is the case with certain of the fresh-
water Rhizopods.

STRUCTURE.

COMPLEX TESTS.

In the tests having more than a single chamber the apertures of the
first-formed chambers become internal, as a rule, and a complexity
of relations to the outside medium is thus brought about. One of
the simplest arrangements of the chambers is a linear series. Such
an arrangement is seen in Reophax and Hormosina. Another very
common plan of arrangement is a planospiral, as in Ammodiscus.
This may be varied by having the revolving line in a spire and then
the whole test becomes trochoid, asin Zrochammina. Anothercommon
arrangement is a biserial one, the chambers being on opposite sides
of the axis, asin Teatularia. These four plans or some modification of
them are the characteristic arrangements for the chambers in most
of the secreted tests. Oftentimes more than one plan of arrangement
enters into the formation of the test. Dimorphism was used for this,
but that term has been used elsewhere with a very different meaning.
As here viewed, this life history with several distinct methods of
erowth has a deeper significance than has usually been attached to it.
It seems to have a definite phylogenetic bearing in each particular

1, a a eee ee

ee ee a

I eee eee)

——— ee ee Pe ae Ee a es ee ee

—a— Fe ©

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5

group, as will be shown in certain of the families to be taken up later,
when the details will be discussed at length. The term ‘‘dimorphism”’
would hardly cover the case in some genera, where eight or more dis-
tinct stages may be made out, each with its characteristic form of
chamber, yet all appearing successively in a single test.

The number of chambers in the complex tests varies from a few to
agreatmany. Where the size of the test becomes considerable and the
chambers correspondingly large, the chamber is often divided up in
various ways into chamberlets, as in Orbitolites. In such cases the
adjacent chamberlets are usually in free communication with one
another. The walls of the chamberlets give additional strength in
many forms in which they are developed. Another characteristic
modification in some genera is the development of labyrinthic struc-
tures in the interior of the chambers. Such structures are seen in
Cyclammina, Haplostiche, Fabularia, etc. In general, it seems to be a
mark of the culmination of certain lines in development, and ‘many
of the genera which developed such labyrinthic structures are now
extinct. From the appearance of a:series of such tests of one species
at different stages in development, it would seem as though this
labyrinthic condition was developed as a secondary growth in the
chamber. One of its uses may be to give added strength to the test,
but this does not always seem to be the case, for it may occur in tests
which are characterized by thick walls.

APERTURES.

The aperture in a given species seems to be rather constant when
the development is understood. Much has been written upon this
subject; apertural characters have been used by some authors as a
basis for systematic work and discarded by others as very variable.
In a few specimens it may seem at first sight as though the apertural
characters were very variable, but with a large series showing different
stages in development another phase of the matter is presented. In
certain cases there is a very decided change in the condition of the
aperture, but these changes appear at definite stages in the life history,
and all may be seen by cutting back a single full-grown individual.
In general, it has seemed from the present study that apertural char-
acters, when studied in large series, are a rather dependable set for
systematic work, and this will be shown to be true in the Miliolides
and Lagenide especially.

Jn many species teeth of various sorts are developed in the aperture,
and these teeth are subject to various modifications. It can be dem-
onstrated that these modifications occur in a definite sequence, and
that this sequence is important from a phylogenetic point of view.

In a considerable number of genera a definite tubular neck is devel-
oped, with the aperture at its end. This neck is seen in many genera

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

in agroat many modifications, and in Lagena the tube may be inverted
and be directed into the chamber of the test.

It is obvious that a very long slit-like aperture may be a source of
weakness to the test, especially when it is at the edge of a thin cham-
ber. Usually in such cases, as in Orbitolites, the animal changes its
aperture from a single one in each chamber to a considerable number.
This is often coincident with the development of chamberlets, but not
invariably so, for multiple apertures occur in Peneroplis where there

are no chamberlets.
ORNAMENTATION.

Many of the tests of the Foraminifera are beautifully ornamented.
Raised coste, striations, knobs, spines, and punctate areas form the
main types of ornamentation. Several of these or combinations of
them may occur in a single species, the form of the ornamentation
often changing as the chambers of the test are developed. Certain
of the simpler forms of ornamentation may occur as parallelisms in
widely separated groups. As arule, the proloculum and early cham-
bers are smooth and unornamented, but there are certain exceptions,
asin Nodosaria, for example, where in some species ornamentation may
occur on the first chamber. In specialized genera it is not uncommon
to find certain of the species with the early portion of the test orna-
mented, but the last-formed chambers with a loss of ornamentation
and a consequent development of smooth chambers. On the other
hand, there may be a thickening of the test from without and the
covering of the chambers already formed with a secondary growth,
often spinose. Such a condition is seen in some species of Bulimina.

SECONDARY CANAL SYSTEMS.

Ordinarily the different parts of the test are connected with one
another by the previous apertures, but in some cases, notably in
Polystomella, there is a secondary canal system which is very complex
and runs to all the parts. This has been worked out by Carpenter
and others in detail.

COLOR.

The color of the empty tests in the Foraminifera is not a prominent
feature. Among the arenaceousforms the cement is often ferruginous,
and when the iron is in sufficiently large proportion it imparts a red-
dish or yellowish-brown tinge to the whole structure. With this ex-
ception the arenaceous forms are usually dependent for their coloring
upon the material from which the test is made up. This material
may be of various colors, from the white of coral or siliceous sands to
black, with the various colors usually associated with ordinary sand
particles. In living specimens of certain of the arenaceous types,
Ammodiscus for example, the newly formed portion of the test is

FORAMINIFERA OF NOh‘H PACIFIC OCEAN. 7

often of a much lighter color than the rest of the test; on the other
hand, in other forms, as in Hormosina ovicula, the tips of the chambers
are often much darker than the rest. In the chitinous tests the usual
yellowish-brown color of chitinous structures is present, and is some-
what variable in its tone.

In the secreted calcareous tests the usual color is white when empty.
There are various exceptions, a reddish or pinkish color being most
common, such as appears in Globigerina rubra and Truncatulina rosea,
or perhaps more pronounced in Polytrema minaceum. In other cal-
careous species, as in various species of Discorbina, there is a brown
color rather prominently developed. This is often confined to the
earliest chambers, and the later ones may be white. In many species
when alive there is probably more or less color which disappears when

the test is empty.
LIFE HISTORY.

For many of the Foraminifera two distinct phases have been dis-
covered. One of these—the microspheric form—has a proloculum or
first chamber of much smaller size than the other—the megalospheric
form. These two forms are to be looked for in all species.

The microspheric form has a number of nuclei, often a larger number
than there are chambers, scattered irregularly through the protoplasm
of the body. There seems to be a rather definite relation between the
size of the nuclei and the size of the chamber in which they occur, the
larger nuclei being in the larger chambers and the reverse. Appar-
ently these nuclei simply divide in their reproduction during the
growth of the test.

When the animal attains its adult stage there is a great increase
in the number of pseudopodia, and the entire protoplasm either leaves
the test and accumulates about the exterior or is drawn into the
outer chambers. Finally, each nucleus gathers a mass of protoplasm
about itself and secretes the proloculum of a new test. This newly
formed proloculum is of the larger type and is the first chamber of the
megalospheric form, instead of being of the same size as that of the
microspheric parent from which it was derived. The megalospheric
form differs from the microspheric form in having a single nucleus.
This does not divide, but moves along as new chambers are added,
keeping in about the middle chamber numerically. Nucleoli appear
in increasing numbers as the growth continues, and finally the whole
nucleus breaks down and a great number of minute nuclei appear.
These draw about themselves portions of the protoplasmic mass and
then divide by mitotic division. Finally, the mass leaves the test in
the form of zoospores. These are then supposed to conjugate and
to give rise to the small proloculum of the microspheric form, thus
completing the life cycle, although the actual process of conjugation

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

has not definitely been observed in this group. The empty tests left
behind must form a large proportion of the dredged Foraminifera.
The two forms may be distinguished by the size of the proloculum and,
when sufficiently known, by other characters as well.

The microspheric form is thus the result of a conjugation or a sexual
process, while the megalospheric form is the result of simple division
or an asexual process. Asa rule the megalospheric form is by far the
more common, and in many species the microspheric form is very
rare, or even as yet unknown. The microspheric form, while it starts
as a smaller individual, in most cases attains a much larger size than
the megalospheric, as might be suspected from the nature of the re-
productive processes by which it is formed. In species where there
are definite stages in development it is usually the microspheric form
which repeats these most fully, these stages being reduced or entirely
skipped in the megalospheric form of the species.

In some cases the megalospheric form may give rise to a group of
megalospheric young instead of to zoospores. On the whole, the life
cycle agrees well with the alternation of generations as seen in certain
other groups of animals. | .

» PELAGIC FORAMINIFERA.

All of the Foraminifera may be divided into two classes, those
which are known to live at the surface, relatively a small number,
and those which have been found only on the bottom, which form
the great majority.

The pelagic species number but little more than twenty, and of
these few are really common at the surface. The two genera which
have more than a single species are Globigerina and Pulvinulina. The
following species have been taken at the surface: Globigerina xqui-
lateralis, G. bulloides, G. conglobata, G. digitata, G. dubia, G. inflata,
G. marginata, G. sacculifera; Pulvinulina canariensis, P. crassa, P.
menardi, P. patagonica, P. truncatulinoides, P. tumida; Hastigerina
pelagica; Orbulina universa; Candeina nitida; Pullenia obliquelocu-
lata; Spheroidina dehiscens; Cymbalopora bulloides; and Chilostomella
ovoidea.

Of these species a few have been observed but once as single
specimens, and at best are but doubtful members of this group.
Others are almost never found on the bottom, and may be considered
as truly pelagic species.

As a group the pelagic species are characterized by peculiar struc-
tures. In Hastigerina pelagica, for example, there has been noted a
peculiar vacuoled condition of the protoplasm, in which it extends out
from the body to several times the diameter of the test and is filled
with large vacuoles. Many of the species have large apertures, and
in some cases a number of secondary ones are present, especially in

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

the last-formed chamber of the adult. There is also a tendency for
the last-formed chamber to surround the preceding, ones either
entirely, as in Orbulina, or in part, as in some of the species of Globi-
gerina. Some of the species develop very long spines on the surface
of the test. Most of the species also develop a spherical or nearly
spherical test which, as has been shown by Rhumbler, is the form
which requires the least amount of secretion to cover the animal.
In the matter of the size of the perforations also there is a difference,
even in species of the same genus, between those living at the surface
and those on the bottom, those of the surface forms being several

times as large as those of the bottom ones. In general, while the

various structures mentioned are also found in the bottom spe-
cies to some extent, they are strikingly characteristic of the pelagic
Foraminifera.

Evidently the pelagic character has been developed independently,
us there are members of three or more families represented. The
structures which they have developed in common, therefore, are to
be regarded as parallelisms due to similar environmental conditions.

FOOD.

_In general, the food of the Foraminifera consists of vegetable mat-
ter, the diatoms and alge of various sorts furnishing the greater
part. In some of the pelagic forms, however, it has been observed
that copepods are caught and eaten, and some other Protozoa are
also caught.

COLLECTION AND PRESERVATION.

For one living near the ocean it is very easy to obtain material for
making a preliminary study of the Foraminifera. On stones, on the
piles of wharves and bridges, in fact upon almost anything that is
stationary for any length of time in the salt water, the Foraminifera
will be found in greater or less quantity. In the sand of tide pools
many species may be found, and in the sand dredged from a few
fathoms there are sure to be some tests present. If locality is not
important, and one merely wishes to become acquainted with the
various forms, they may be found in the sand from sponges, from the
“chain lockers”’ of ships, etc.

For the study of a definite region involving any considerable depth
of water a special dredging apparatus must be used, together with
the various appliances used in deep-sea work. As such methods are
too elaborate for individual work as a rule, it must be left largely to
government vessels and to especially equipped scientific expeditions.

- For getting together material for the study of a definite fauna, such

as that of the North Pacific, it is necessary to depend almost wholly
upon the work of such specially equipped vessels. The samples that

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

are brought up from the ocean bottom must be washed in some way
to separate the mud from the other material. One of the easiest and
most expeditious ways is to shake the material in a cloth immersed
in water. This quickly washes out the mud and leaves the Forami-
nifera with more or less sand, fine shells, and like objects. Such
material when dried is easily examined, and the Foraminifera desired
may be picked out with the tip of a needle moistened slightly or with
a fine brush.

For the mounting of the Foraminifera for permanent preservation
nothing better seems to be available than the wooden slides men-
tioned by Dr. James M. Flint. These are of wood with a concave
boring in the middle of one side. The slides themselves are 3
inches long and one inch wide. Some of them as used in the
present study have been made thin enough to fit into an ordinary
slide box, and have a small concave portion, while another lot
has been used nearly twice as thick, but cut at the ends so as to
slide into the grooves of a slide box. These latter are drilled with
a larger and deeper concavity and are used for the arenaceous
and other large species. The bottom of the concavity is blackened
with drop black, and the cover is made of a slip of mica held
in place by a spring made of a thin strip of brass bent to con-
form to the two sides of the slide with enough spring in the strip to
make it act as a clamp to hold the piece of mica securely. This clamp
may be easily slipped off when the specimen is to be critically exam-
ined, or with a hand lens the specimen may be studied directly
through the mica. The specimens are dropped into the cavity and
not fastened in any way, and are therefore available at any time for
studying from any side simply by removing the cover and turning
the specimen to the desired position. (See figure.)

For photographing, the specimens have been fastened to the bot-
tom by a little glue, and if desired can be easily removed for study.

Great care should be taken in the making up of the slides to keep
distinct the material from various stations, even though it may
appear as all one species from widely separated localities. If previous
collectors and workers had been more exact in some of these details
it would now be easier to separate the various species and varieties.

In many of the families the necessity of studying sections of speci-
mens is very great. This method, given by many writers, is the best
to follow: The specimen is placed in position and fastened by a
small drop of glue. When this has hardened the specimen is covered
with balsam and heated until the balsam has penetrated into the
chambers. After allowing the specimen to become hardened, it may
be ground down on an ordinary hone, frequent observations being
made to determine the plane of cutting. When the desired plane has
been reached the specimen may be removed by dissolving the balsam

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ila

with a little xylol and then the glue dissolved by water. By turning
the specimen over and repeating the process a thin section may be
obtained, which may then be mounted permanently. By this means
the arrangement of chambers in the interior of a test may be studied,
even when they may be entirely hidden in an ordinary external view.

HISTORICAL.

The North Pacific Ocean as a whole has received less attention,
except from the United States vessels, than any of the great ocean

U.S. Natrona MusEum.

No. /25518
a .
Buran 4 Pmwey 3392
Qe. Mo. St594% 2 12370 fokows
6
U.S. NationaL Mussum. Rak Aan a
No. 1367/8 os

a Atboloss S Gher
Bunsan 4 Beh cece Pat y
Qe. Ns.244 96 13Uu4D Far ows

| ears ae Ee ee)

Fia. A.—THICK SLIDE. @, SURFACE VIEW; bD, SIDE VIEW, SHOWING GROOVED
END FOR FITTING INTO SLIDE BOX.
Fic. B.—THIN SLIDE. @, SURFACE VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW.

basins. The idea has been prevalent that it was largely a vast red-
clay area of great depth. This was mainly a result of the voyage of
the Challenger, which certainly did follow a course leading over such
a portion of the bottom. On the whole, the generalization is true
that the ocean bed of the North Pacific is a great red-clay area. In
spite of this fact, there are, as was shown by the work of the Nero,
considerable areas of globigerina ooze containing abundant Forami-
nifera. As the aim in the present work is to include all records for

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

this region, a short review of the work done on the Foraminifera will
not be out of place.

Ehrenberg had material from many parts of the world, and some
of his samples included specimens from this area. Carpenter’ s work
really gives an idea of certain of the Philippine forms. He mentions
several species as occurring here, and notes that they vary more or less
from what he terms the same species from the Mediterranean. Defi-
nite data are not given, and the few species noted as occurring in the
region are not given further attention in this work, as they are for the
most part the larger and more common shallow-water species of the
tropical coral-reef fauna.

It is in Brady’s Report on the Challenger Foraminifera that the
first real sketch of the foraminiferal fauna of the North Pacific is
given, especially that of the deeper portions of the adjacent seas. A
considerable number of species and varieties are recorded from this
area, but the great majority of these are from three regions, really
ey three stations. In point of view of richness, these are, first,
the coral reefs of the Hawaiian Islands, at a aon of 40 ernoee
next a station off Japan on the Hyalonema ground, in 345 Fath
oms; the third station is just west of the Philippines, in 95 fathoms.
These three stations together furnished a large part of the North Pa-
cific records of the Challenger Report. Many of the other stations
gave but a few species; some none at all. From these facts it might
be imagined that the rich fauna of this area isin the shallow water,
and this has proved to be the case. As a rule, the globigerina ooze
away from the oceanic islands is uninteresting, consisting almost
exclusively of the pelagic types of Globigerina, Pulvinulina, Sphx-
roidina, etc. Near the islands it contains more species, but on the
whole is far less interesting than the somewhat similar ooze of the
North Atlantic.

In 1893 Picaglia * recorded twelve species from three stations in
the mid-Pacific from the dredgings of the Vettor Pisani. Of these
two were additions to the Challenger list.

In 1894 Schlumberger ® recorded a number of species from a single
station in the Sea of Okhotsk. Some of these were described for the
first time. He noted the meagerness of the fauna of this particular
portion of that ocean area, and his remarks have been confirmed by
my examination of the Albatross material of 1906 from the same
region.

In 1896 Goés reported upon the Foraminifera from the region be-
tween the Galapagos Islands and the coasts of Mexico and ‘Central
America.© The area covered was fairly represented in the material

a Atti poe Modena ser. 3, a: 12, pp. 152-155.
bMém. Soc. Zool. France, 1894, pp. 237-243.
¢ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

both as to depth and bottom conditions. A considerable number of
new species was discovered, and from the list of species given much
can be made out as to the characters of the fauna. Goés returned to
the National Museum a set of nearly all the species he recorded, and
his selected material has been carefully studied in connection with
the present work.

In 1899 Flint’s report on the Albatross Foraminifera @ added to
the previous knowledge by records from scattered stations on the
west coast of North America and a few species from the western
- Pacific. Most of the stations from which the material was taken for
his report were in the North Atlantic. His report on the Nero mate-
rial’ added a few records to the previous ones, although in that
report as a rule only the genera were mentioned, the work dealing
with oceanography rather than determination of the species in the
deposits. Something of the general character of the fauna of various
areas may be ascertained from the genera mentioned.

In 1906 Rhumbler reported® upon material from Laysan and the
Chatham Islands. The material came from shallow water. Of the
species recorded a considerable number were described as new.
These records are especially interesting as they represent the littoral
fauna not previously recorded, except on the Hawaiian Islands in
the Challenger Report. Rhumbler’s records show the existence of a
shallow-water fauna of tropical character about these islands, and the
new species indicate the individuality of these more or less isolated
areas.

In 1908 Bagg ¢ recorded a considerable number of species from the
immediate vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands. These records add con-
siderably to the recorded fauna of the shallower water as given in the
Challenger Report. In this Albatross material the stations reported
upon were mainly in globigerina ooze and for the most part lack the
shallower water species so common on the coral reefs of this region.
The series selected by Doctor Bagg has been examined and the results
of this examination appear as the species are discussed.

Altogether the eight titles mentioned have built up a rather numer-
ous fauna for the North Pacific, but the material that was available
for all of them was rather meager when compared with the material
available for the present work. Asa result, not only has a very large
proportion of the previously recorded species been rediscovered, but
a great many species have been added, some new, and some pre-
viously described from other areas. The large series of specimens
has added greatly to the ranges of distribution for species which were

aRep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897, (1899) pp. 249-349.
6 Bull. 55, U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1905.

¢ Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. 24, pp. 21-80.
@Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, pp. 113-172.

14 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

formerly known only from isolated stations and has shown the incor-
rectness of the determination of many species of this region as iden-
tical with species characteristic of the fossil beds of Europe.

SOURCES OF MATERIAL.

U.S. Fisheries steamer Albatross —The greatest part of the work
of making known the ocean bottom of the North Pacific has been
done by the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross. For the
last twenty years the Albatross has been in the Pacific Ocean and
has occupied several thousand dredging and hydrographic stations.
In the present work these will be referred to in the usual manner, as
‘station D5056”’ or ‘H3228,” ete. Of the Albatross material, that
from a considerable number of stations was available from the work
of the earlier years. These stations were chiefly along the Pacific
coast of the United States, British Columbia, and Alaska. During
the early part of 1891 dredging operations were carried on off the
coast of California, Mexico, and Central America, and out to the
Galapagos Islands. The material collected was worked up by Goés
and is recorded in his paper already referred to. Later, in 1891 and
continuing into 1892, the Albatross was engaged in a cable survey
between California and the Hawanan Islands. About 550 stations
were occupied and a mass of material from a definite line across that
part of the Pacific was gathered. As is the case in so many parts
of this ocean basin, the depth for much of the distance surveyed was
too great for the existence of many Foraminifera, the majority of
the soundings consisting of typical red clay. In certain parts of the
area, however, Foraminifera were fairly common.

In 1902 the Albatross made an exhaustive dredging trip in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands. Much of the bottom material was
unfortunately destroyed, but the remainder formed the basis of the
paper by Doctor Bagg on the Foraminifera of this region. Fortu-
nately, the cable survey of 1891 and the work of the Nero furnished
new material from a number of stations in this area, and this has
been available for the present work.

In 1906 the Albatross made an extended voyage of exploration in
the northwestern Pacific, a region practically unknown up to this
time. Material from this voyage, especially from about the islands of
Japan, the Sea of Japan, the Sea of Okhotsk, etc., has been available
in this work and has added very greatly to the knowledge of what
may be termed the ‘‘cold-water fauna” of the North Pacific. Many
other species were also added from the very interesting region off the
southern coast of Japan where the Challenger made a few hauls with
such satisfactory results. Some of the Albatross dredgings cover the
identical areas where the Challenger dredged, and it is interesting
to find again in the Albatross material certain of the rare species

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 15

described by Brady in the Challenger Report as from this region
only. The more extended work of the Albatross adds much to our
knowledge of the real distribution of these species formerly known
from only a single station.

U. 8. S. Nero.—Next in importance to the work of the Albatross
has been that of the U. S. S. Nero, which in 1899 and 1900 made a
detailed cable survey across the North Pacific from the Hawaiian
Islands to Midway Island, thence to Guam, to Luzon, to Guam, to
* Yokohama, to Guam, to Midway Island, and then back to the Hawai-
ian Islands. Thus a very complete line of soundings was made,
giving, in connection with the 1891-92 survey from California made
by the Albatross, a complete line of soundings and of bottom samples
across the whole North Pacific. The work of the Nero by actual
distance of the course of the survey gives on an average a record for
every few miles of the distance. Such detailed work has not been
available for any such distance before. Much of the work was in
very deep water in red clay areas, and the results as to the Foram-
inifera practically nil, but many areas of shallower water were coy-
ered with typical globigerina ooze conditions. The areas about the
various centers of work at Honolulu, Midway, Guam, etc., gave an
excellent series of Foraminifera. About 750 bottom samples from
work of the Nero, mostly from the shallower areas, were examined and
much was thereby learned in regard to actual distribution of the
various species, many of the results of decided importance in delimit-
ing faunal areas for the North Pacific.

U. 8. 8. Alert—A considerable number of bottom samples was
available from the work of the U.S. S. Alert in the western Pacific.
As a rule, these were in the vicinity of the Bonin Islands and near
other volcanic islands, containing in general little of interest, yet
certain of the samples had many interesting species and add stations
which otherwise would not have been accessible.

Miscellaneous.—Scattered material from various sources has also
been available, from the China Sea, Hongkong, and various shore
stations in the Philippines. All have added interesting data, although
the material from such sources was not usually rich in Foraminifera.

Strangely enough, the region from which the least material was
available is that of the west coast of the United States. This is
partly due to the fact that the Albatross when in these waters is often
engaged in work other than that of dredging. Enough material is
available, however, to show that the region is a peculiar one in many

respects.
DISTRIBUTION AND ITS FACTORS.

In relation to the Foraminifera there are three conditions which
are of importance in addition to the character of the bottom—depth,
temperature, and ocean currents.

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

In regard to the first of these conditions it may in general be said
that there are almost no calcareous Foraminifera to be found in depths
greater than 2,500 fathoms. There are certain exceptions to this,
but the number of such exceptions is very small. In greater depths
than this there are to be found certain species of the arenaceous
Foraminifera, which have been found at the greatest depths that
dredgings have been made. The reason for the practical disappearance
of the calcareous forms below the 2,500-fathom line has not yet been
definitely settled. It has been thought that the great pressure at °
that depth has made their dissolution much easier than at shallower
depths, but this has not been conclusively demonstrated.

Besides the disappearance of certain groups of forms through
dissolution, there are found to be rather definite limits to the range in
depth of any particular species when a considerable series may be
had for study. Many species are found only in very shallow water,
such as Alveolina, Amphistegina, etc. They may be found occa-
- sionally at considerable depths in the vicinity of oceanic islands,
such as Guam, where the currents carry them into deeper water, but
even in such cases the tests show the effects of wave action and are
as a rule tests which were apparently empty before they were carried
out to this depth. In the neighborhood of such islands very strange
mixtures of deep-water with shallow-water species may be found,
and mingled with the other two are often many of the typical species
of the globigerina ooze.

Bottom temperature has in some cases an apparent influence upon
the distribution of certain species. For example, certain species of
the arenaceous group which are ordinarily found in deep and cold
water are found in’ comparatively shallow water in such regions as
that of the Okhotsk Sea, where the bottom temperatures are very low.
Apparently in such cases their presence at such depths is to be
explained upon the basis of temperature. In a similar manner there
are a certain number of species which seem to thrive only in the warm
water of the tropics and are for the most part found associated with
the other species of animals characteristic of coral reefs.

Ocean currents play an important part in the distribution of species
in two ways—(1) by determining in part the distribution of ocean
temperatures, and therefore in this way limiting or extending the
range of certain species; and also (2) through their position and
direction determining the distribution of the pelagic tests on the
ocean floor. This will be shown in dealing with distribution of the
various species of Globigerina.

With these various factors it is not surprising that definite faunas
should exist in different parts of so large and varied a region as that
of the North Pacific. In this study a number of rather definite faunas
have been met with which may be clearly separated. In general the

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. a

great ocean depths are very uniform, and it is in this portion of the
ocean basins that universal distribution is to be looked for. Many
species found at depths of 1,000 fathoms, for example, are probably to
be found in similar depths in any of the great ocean basins. This is
even more true of those species which are encountered at the 2,000-
fathom line. At depths of less than 500 fathoms species occur
which in many cases seem to have a rather limited range. Many such
species have been found—species, for example, which were recorded by
Brady from material from a single Challenger station, and have been
found again in the present study on the Albatross material from
exactly the same regions and. at approximately the same depths.
Such species may be considered as marking definite faunal limits
where enough such species occur in any one region. On this basis
the North Pacific Ocean may be divided up into several faunal
regions, which, while they may have a considerable number of species
in common, nevertheless have a distinctive character as a whole.

Among the most characteristic of these faunas may be mentioned
the coral-reef fauna, as it may be conveniently called. This fauna,
characterized by such genera as Orbitolites, Alveolina, Peneroplis,
Amphistegina, Polytrema, etc., is found about the coral reefs of the
Philippines, the Hawaiian Islands, Guam, and other of the tropical
oceanic islands of this area. It is best developed about the first two
groups of islands at comparatively shallow depths. In the north
this fauna extends, with certain modifications, up to the southern
portion of Japan, but so far as made out it is not developed at all
on the eastern coast of the North Pacific. The same fauna is found
in the Malay Archipelago, in various parts of the East Indies, off the
northern coast of Australia, to some extent in various parts of the
Mediterranean, and also a modification of it in the West Indies.

Off the coast of Central America and Mexico there is developed a
peculiar fauna which is seen in a modified form in the deeper waters
off the eastern coast of the Philippines. Certain of the species, or at
least the genera, are also characteristic of certain parts of the extreme
North Atlantic, where they have been described by Brady from the
Porcupine and other dredgings. Some of the genera which are
characteristic of this region are Crithionina, Bathysiphon, large species
of Reophax, Verrucina, ete.

Off the coasts of Japan and of the Philippine Islands in green mud
at depths of a few hundred fathoms there is another rather definite
fauna, which is mainly characterized by many species of the Lagenide,
such as Sagrina bifrons H. B. Brady, and many of the species recorded
by Brady from the Hyalonema ground south of Japan in about 300
fathoms. This fauna appears to run northward a considerable dis-
tance along or off the Japanese coast and to extend eastward to the

16777—Bull. 71—10——2

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Ladrone Islands and southward through the Philippines to the region
north of Australia.

Besides these three, which are rather definite in their limits, there
are many more minor faunas which may be made out, but which are
not of sufficient importance to be mentioned here. One example, for
illustration, is the cold area extending around the northern portion
of the North Pacific and Bering Sea. This is marked by such species
as Polystomella sibirica Goés, ete.

On the whole, while the North Pacific is not as interesting perhaps
as is the North Atlantic, there are portions of it which are very rich
in species which are represented by an abundance of specimens.

The systematic portion of the work has been written on the basis
of the distribution in the North Pacific entirely, and the stations are
given with this in mind. Occasionally mention of other regions is
made, but only when this has some special bearing on this region.

SYSTEMATIC PART.

Order FORAMINIFERA.

Pseudopodia of fine threads, freely anastomosing to form anetwork;
test typically with many minute foramina, in one family with a
single aperture; wall of the test composed of chitinous or calcareous
material when secreted, or of agglutinated sand, sponge spicules,
shells, etc., usually secreting either no silica or a very little under
certain conditions.

[Family 1. GROMID.

Test usually chitinous, sometimes with a covering of foreign
material; apertures one or more; as a rule inhabiting fresh and
brackish waters.

As all the material available for the present work consists of
strictly marine material, usually dredged from altitudes of several
fathoms to the greatest depths, members of this family are not to be
expected. They undoubtedly occur in the fresh or brackish waters
of the coasts and larger islands. They will not be further considered
here.]

Family 2. ASTRORHIZIDA.

Test composed of agglutinated material for the most part, occa-
sionally with a chitinous inner layer, consisting of a chamber with
several openings or a tubular test open at both ends, or in certain
forms, of a closed chamber with a single aperture, but throughout
the family the test is not divided into a series of chambers.

The tests here included in this family are all of agglutinated ma-
terial, but in some genera, such as Rhizammina, there is a chitinous

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 19

base to which the foreign material is attached. There seems to be a
regular succession of forms from Astrorhiza, in which there is a central
chamber with many irregular openings to the tubular form open at
both ends and of indefinite length, thence to the chamber closed
usually except at a single point as Proteonvna or with several apertures
as in Thurammina. This single-chambered form then leads to the
forms with a globular proloculum and an elongated chamber, but
undivided. Occasionally tests are found as in Rhabdammina discreta,
where there are external constrictions, but without complete divisions
within..
Subfamily 1. ASTRORHIZIN 45.

Test consisting usually of a tube open at both ends or in some
species of Astrorhiza with several tubes entering a central chamber;
in some species with the tube branching (Rhabdammina irregularis,
Rhizammina algeformis, etc.).

Included in this subfamily are five genera, Astrorhiza, Rhabdam-
mina, Marsipella, Bathysiphon, and Rhizammina. With the ex-
ception of the first we know very little concerning the animal, excepting
for the material of which the test is made; each consists of a simple or
branching tube open at the ends, except in some species of Astrorhiza,
where there are several tubes and a single central chamber. The
‘growth seems to take place by the addition of material at the open
ends of the tube, thus increasing the length.

Genus ASTRORHIZA Sandahl, 1857.

Astrorhiza SANDAHL (type, Astrorhiza limicola SANDAHL), Ofv. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Férh., vol. 14, no. 7, 1857, p. 299.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 230.

Astrorhiza+ Rhabdammina (part) Ermer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol.
65, 1899, p. 666.

Ammodiscus CARPENTER and JEFFREYS, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, 1870, p. 159
(not Ammodiscus Reuss, 1871).

Arenistella FiscHER and DEF out, Les fonds de la mer, vol. 2, 1872, p. 26. -

Astrodiscus F. E.Scuuuze, II Jahr. Comm. wiss. Unt. deutsch. Meer in Kiel, vol.
1, 1875, p. 113.

Heckelina BEssELs, Jen. Zeitschr., vol. 9, 1875, p. 265.

Deseription.—Test free, flattened or tubular, composed of sand or
mud loosely cemented; chamber within connecting with the exterior
by the open ends of the tubes or by several definite apertures in the
flattened forms.

Five species occur in the North Pacific, so far as is known. They
are typically cold-water species here, as also in the North Atlantic.
None of the species seem to be common so far as the material that
has been examined shows.

20 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ASTRORHIZA ANGULOSA H. B. Brady.

Astrorhiza angulosa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 48;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 234, pl. 20, figs. 10-13.—Gois,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 19.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 265, pl. 3, fig. 1—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p.
218, fig. 38 (in text).

Description.—Test depressed, subtriangular (rarely quadrangular),
biconvex, rounded at the edges, interior consisting of a small central
chamber from which tubes radiate, one to each angle of the test, their
open ends serving as apertures; wall thickest about the central

wes chamber, composed of fine sand, exterior
of the test loose and Se within,
smoothly finished, wall about the aper-
tures often tinged a reddish-brown.

Diameter, 2-4 mm.

Distribution.—This species was ob-
tained by the Albatross at asingle station,
D3407, off James Island, Galapagos, in
885 fathoms from globigerina ooze.

Of the four specimens from this station
in Goés’ material, two have the darker-
colored neck as shown in Brady’s figures
(pl) 20 fies. i 1 2)¢

Fig. 1.—ASTRORHIZA ANGULOSA. X 15.

ASTRORHIZA FURCATA Goés.

Astrorhiza furcata Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 19, pl. 1, figs.
4, 5.—RuumMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 218, fig. 39 (in text).

Description.—Test flattened below, convex above, triangular, with
three tapering arms, attenuated at their ends, which serve as aper-
tures; angles between the arms unequal, the arm opposite the smallest
angle usually longer than either of the other two; wall of medium
thickness, composed of mud and fine sand with occasional larger
fragments; texture of wall fairly firm, more so than in most of the
other species of the genus, color dark gray or almost black.

Length about 5 mm.

Dstribution.—Obtained by the Albatross at a single station, D3419
off Acapulco, on the west coast of Mexico, in 772 fathoms in green
mud. This is the type station.

The three specimens selected by Goés from the original station are
figured here. They show the variation in form as well as other slight
differences. One or two other specimens were also found in looking
through the material from this station. The species is different in

various ways from typical Astrorhiza but may be left here until more
material can be obtained.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 21

ASTRORHIZA GRANULOSA (H. B. Brady).

Marsipella granulosa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 36,
pl. 3, figs. 8, 9.—Birscuui, in Bronns, Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-
reichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 194, pl. 5, fig. 9.

Astrorhiza granulosa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.48; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 234, pl. 20, figs. 14-23.—_NEumMayr,
Stémme Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1889, p. 173, fig. 17d.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 19.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p.
265, pl. 1—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 219, fig. 41 (in text).

Rhabdammina granulosa Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 667.

Description.—Test fusiform, tapering toward the ends, internally
with a long tubular chamber of nearly uniform diameter, open at

2

Figs. 2-4.—ASTRORHIZA FURCATA. 2, 3, 4 4, FACE VIEW OF THREE SPECIMENS SELECTED BY GOiis FROM
THE TYPE STATION; 40, SIDE VIEW. X 10.

both ends, the apertures sometimes more or less closed by particles
of sand; wall composed of fine siliceous sand, loosely cemented
externally, occasionally with tests of Globigerina or other foreign
particles cemented into the test, ends often with a brownish tinge,
the rest of the test grayish.

Maximum length, 5-7 mm.

Nstribution.—I have had material of this species from four stations
in the North Pacific. Of these one is the station recorded by Goés,
Albatross station, D3375, southwest of Panama in 1,201 fathoms
from globigerina ooze. The other three stations are in the North-

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

west Pacific, dredged by the Albatross in the 1906 cruise, D4979, 943
fathoms, D5031, 86 fathoms, and D5095, 58 fathoms. The first of
these stations is in the southern portion of the Japan Sea, the other
two being in shallow water south of Honshu Island,
Japan.

The two stations from shallow water are in the
influence of cold currents and this may account for
the finding of this species at depths so much shal-
lower than the previous records.

ASTRORHIZA CRASSATINA H. B. Brady.

Astrorhiza crassatina H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 21, 1881, p. 47; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 233, pl. 20, figs. 1-9.—Goiis, Konel.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 18,
pl. 2, figs. 11-15; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p.19.—F unt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 265,
pl. 2.—Kiar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no. 25, 1899,
p. 4.—Ruumstier, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p.
220, fig. 42 (in text).

Rhabdammina crassatina Erwer and Se
Tee Rete a a Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., ey Pe
j ; vol. 65, 1899, p. 668.

Description.—Test subcylindrical or irregular,
elongate, ends rounded, internally with a tubular
chamber, open at both ends, but of .uneven diam-
eter, the apertures often more or less closed by
particles of sand; walls thick, composed of fine sand,
loosely cemented at the surface; occasionally with
various foreign particles.

Maximum length of typical specimens, 8-10 mm.

Distribution.—Obtained by the Albatross at three
stations in the 1906 cruise, D4946, 39 fathoms,
D4949, 110 fathoms, and D4979, 943 fathoms.
These three stations are near Japan—one south of
Honshu Island, the other two southeast of Kiushu
Island. All three of these are within the influence
of the cold currents from the north. Goés records
this species from Albatross station D3407, off James
Island, Galapagos, in 885 fathoms from globigerina
00ze.

The specimens referred to this species by Goés ¥6- 6 — AstRorniza
are not typical. They are large, very rough, irreg- Ber ae
ular tubes, with a very narrow and little dilated chamber, the longest
specimen measuring nearly 25 mm. Just what these tubes are it is
difficult to say, but their questionable position must simply be noted
until living material can be studied.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 23

ASTRORHIZA TENUIS Goés.

Astrorhiza tenuis Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 20, pl. 1, figs.
6-8.—RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 220, fig. 43 (in text).

Description.—‘‘More or less slender cylindrical or fusiformed tubes,
usually tapering to the ends, with constricted apertures. Tube
channel smooth, with faint traces of spurious septa. Wall loosely
cemented of coarse sand, light grayish, comparatively thick.”

‘Length 5-10 mm.; diameter 1-1.5 mm.”

Distribution.—Described by Goés from Albatross station D3431,
995 fathoms, at the entrance to the Gulf of California.

In the collection at Washington there are no specimens of this
species in the material returned by Doctor Goés. No specimens
which can be definitely assigned to this species were found in an
examination of the unsorted material from this station. The de-

FIGs. 7.—ASTRORHIZA TENUIS. a, LONGITUDINAL SECTION; b, TRANSVERSE SECTION;
C, SIDE VIEW OF EXTERIOR. (AFTER GOES.) X 6.
scription and figures are given from Goés’s original paper. It seems
to me questionable whether this is a true Astrorhiza, but without
specimens it is difficult to decide.

Genus RHABDAMMINA Carpenter, 1869.

Rhabdammina M. Sars, Forh.Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1868, p.248 (nomen nudum).—
W. B. CarpEnTER (type, R. abyssorum W. B. CARPENTER), Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 4, vol. 4, 1869, p. 288; Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 18, 1869, p.
60.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 266.

Astrorhiza (part)+ Rhizammina (part) Erwer and FicKxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool.,
vol. 65, 1899, p. 666.

Description.—Test free, tubular, either straight, radiating from a
common center or branching, open ends of the tube serving as aper-
tures; wall coarsely arenaceous, usually more or less rough, firmly
cemented.

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This genus includes five species, four of which are now known
from the North Pacific. As they are, as a rule, deep-water species,
little is known concerning the soft parts. It seems likely that there
is a more definite begining to such a test as that of R. wrregularis
than has been seen. All the specimens have the appearance of being
broken at the lower end.

RHABDAMMINA ABYSSORUM W. B. Carpenter.

Rhabdammina abyssorum M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1868, p. 248
(nomen nudum)—W. B. CARPENTER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 4,
1869, p. 288; Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 18, 1869, p. 60.—G. O. Sars, Forh.
Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1871, pp. 250, 251.—CarprEnTER, The Microscope, 6th
ed., 1881, pp. 562, 563, figs. 321 c, d (in text).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 266, pl. 21, figs. 1-13.—Dr Fo.tn, Le
Naturaliste, vol. 9, 1887, p. 127, fig. 12a.—A. Acassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1888, pp. 162, 163, figs. 492, 493 (in text). —-Newmayr, Stimme Thier-
reichs, vol. 1, 1889, p. 173, fig. 17a (in text).—Eacerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 255, pl. 4, fig. 31.—Goits, Kongl. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 19, pl. 4, figs. 67, 68.—ScHLUM-
BERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 7, 1894, p. 254.—Gois, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 21—Kimr, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no. 25,
1899, p. 4.—F unt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 271, pl. 12, fig. 2.—
RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 264, fig. 108 (in text).

Rhabdammina abyssorum, var. robusta Goiis, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, p. 143, pl. 12, figs. 430, 431.

Astrorhiza abyssorum Ermer and Ficxerrt, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 666.

Description.—Test free, consisting of a central chamber with
three to five radiating arms, usually three, of nearly uniform diameter
and usually in the same plane, but occasionally, when there are more
than three arms, the extra ones may be in a different plane from
the other three, arms tubular, circular in cross section, ends open,
forming the apertures of the test, wall of the test composed of very
firmly cemented sand grains of variable size, exterior usually rough-
ened but the interior smooth, wall fairly thick, cement containing
ferruginous material giving the test frequently a reddish brown
color, but the color varies from light gray to almost black, according
to the materials of which it is composed.

Diameter, including arms, up to 17 mm.

Distribution.—The species is well distributed in the North Pacific,
occurring in at least fifteen of the Albatross and Nero stations. Of
these, one is the station recorded by Goés, D3375, 1,201 fathoms off
the west coast of Central America; it was very abundant at D4337,
617-680 fathoms off San Diego, California; one station is in Bering
Sea, D3501, in 688 fathoms. The other twelve stations were in the
region south of Japan in from 71-1,759 fathoms. The species was
obtained by the Challenger at station 237, in 1,875 fathoms, east
of Japan.

ig St Sos fe

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 25

There is a considerable variation in this species along certain lines.
Typically there are three arms, but there are occasionally four or
five, these specimens usually being rare. However, at station D4337,
off San Diego, California, there was obtained a considerable series
of specimens of this species and among these examples with four
or even five arms were rather common. In the matter of tex-
ture of the wall there is also a considerable variation, partly due

Fics. 8-10.—RHABDAMMINA ABYSSORUM. 8a, FRONT VIEW; b, END VIEW OF ONE ARM OF THE SMOOTHER
FORM FROM DEEP WATER, X 10; 9, FRONT VIEW OF A SHALLOW WATER SPECIMEN FROM THE COAST
OF JAPAN, X 25; 10, CENTRAL PORTION OF A SPECIMEN WITH FOUR ARMS, X 15.

to bottom conditions it would appear from the material examined.
The specimens from shallower water are more apt to be constructed
of coarse sand grains, figure 9, while those from deep water where
such materials are lacking are made of much finer grains with more
or less mud and often contain Globigerina or other tests in the wall.
This species has been usually found in deep water, all but four stations
being in water more than 600 fathoms deep.

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
RHABDAMMINA IRREGULARIS W. B. Carpenter.

Rhabdammina irregularis W. B. CARPENTER, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 18,
1869, p. 60.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
268, pl. 21, fig. 9—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 21.—
Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 263, fig. 106 (in text).

Description.—Test made up of a dichotomously branching tubular
chamber, of nearly even diameter, wall of firmly cemented sand

Figs. 11-12.—T wo sPECIMENS OF RHABDAMMINA IRREGULARIS. X 6.

grains, exterior rather rough, interior smoothly finished, ends of the

tubes serving as the apertures, color usually a yellowish- or reddish-
brown.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 27

Length, up to 37.5 mm.

Distribution —In the Albatross material from the west coast of
Mexico and Central America this species forms what may be called
“Rhabdammina bottom,” being the most common constituent of
the bottom in several places. In the material reported upon by
Goés, it occurred at Albatross station D3392, in 1,270 fathoms off
Panama, making up the mass of the dredged material. It also
occurred in 995 fathoms at station D3431, at the entrance to the
Gulf of California, in great quantity. These stations give all that
is known of its distribution in the North Pacific, as it has not been
noted in any of the other dredged material. At these stations
Rhabdammina abyssorum seems to be lacking.

' Throughout the mass of the material few specimens were found
which in any way suggested completeness of the test. Where there
is a long unbranched portion at the base it is usually somewhat curved.
That there may be more than the two branches is shown by the
figures given here. Just what the completed specimens are can not
be definitely stated with the material at hand, but a considerable
size is surely indicated. There seems to be a point of weakness just
above the region of forking, and the great majority of specimens are
broken at that point, as shown'in the figure.

RHABDAMMINA DISCRETA H. B. Brady.

Rhabdopleura, species, G. M. Dawson, Can. Nat., vol. 5, 1870, p. 177, fig. 7.

Rhabdopleura abyssorum G. M. Dawson, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. 1, 1871, p. 206
fig. 7; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 7, 1871, p. 86, fig. 7.

Rhabdammina discreta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 48;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 268, pl. 22, figs. 11-13.—CHap-
MAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 14.—Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 21, pl. 1, figs. 13, 14.—Furt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897,
(1899), p. 271, pl. 13.— Eimer and Ficxkert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 668.—RuumstieR, Arch. Protistk., vol.3, 1903, p. 263, fig. 105 (in text).—
Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 125.

Description.—Test cylindrical, straight or nearly so, irregularly
constricted at intervals, with the effect of divisions exteriorly but no
corresponding walls within, open ends of the tube serving as apertures;
wall rather thin, firmly cemented of angular sand grains, roughish
on the exterior, but smoothly finished on the interior except at the
constrictions, where there.are various angles and irregularities; color
varying with the material used in the construction of the wall.

Length indefinite, up to 25 mm.

Distribution. —Rhabdammina discreta has been found at six widely
separated stations in the North Pacific. In the eastern portion it
occurs at Albatross station D3419, in 772 fathoms, off the coast of
Mexico in the material examined by Goés. Brady records its occur-
rence at one Challenger station in the western Pacific, west of the

28

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Ladrone Islands, in 2,475 fathoms. The Albatross obtained this
species at two stations in the 1906 cruise—D4979, in 943 fathoms,

Bat. Cee

south of Honshu Island, Japan, and D5026, in 119
fathoms in the Okhotsk Sea. Bagg records the species
from station H4502 in 1,342 fathoms near the Hawai-
ian Islands, but his specimen is a mere fragment,
poorly characterized.

The specimen figured by Goés is not typical, but
there are larger typical specimens among his mounted
material from the same station. Brady speaks of the
occurrence of this species usually at considerable
depths, but in the far north off the coast of Greenland
in 20 fathoms and in the far south off Kerguelen
Island at 120 fathoms. He also gives a suggestion
that the distribution may be more or less affected by
the temperature of the ocean bottom. In this con-
nection it is interesting to observe that the only North
Pacific station for this species at all shallow, 119 fath-
oms, in the Okhotsk Sea, had a bottom temperature of
30.4° F., a low temperature even for ocean bottom
conditions, colder even than the deeper stations where
this species occurs.

RHABDAMMINA LINEARIS H. B. Brady.

Rhabdammina linearis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 19, 1879, p. 37, pl.3, figs. 10, 11—Btrscutu1, in Bronns
Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 194,
pl. 5, fig. 10.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 269, pl. 22, figs. 1-6.—A. Aaassiz, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1888, p. 163, fig. 494 (in text).—Goks,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p.
18, pl. 4, figs. 65, 66.—F Lint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 271, pl. 14, fig. 1—Ruumester, Arch. Protistk.,
vol. 3, 1903, p. 262, fig. 104 (in text).

Description.—Test free, elongate, straight or with
the arms at an angle; central chamber of larger diam-

Fic. 13.—Ruappam. eter than the two elongated tubular arms, wall of the
MINA DISCRETA. X central chamber thinner than that of the arms, com-

25.

posed of sand grains firmly cemented, apertures at

the distal ends of the tubes; color variable, from whitish to brown
according to the color of the sand of which it is composed.
Length 6-7 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

Distribution.—Brady records this species from the South Pacific,
but in ‘The Summary of Results’ of the Challenger expedition it
is only given from two stations, 237 and 246, in 1,875 and 2,050
fathoms, one station east of Japan, the other in the middle of the
North Pacific.

No typical example of this species was noted in the North Pacific
material I have examined. Two specimens from Albatross station

a
+
a
ts
7
4
oe

.
1
‘

Te

Fic. 14.—RHABDAMMINALINEARIS. @-€, X 10, €, SHOWING INTERIOR, f,SURFACE. X60. (AFTER BRADY.)

D4957, in 437 fathoms, may possibly belong here, but the central
enlargement is not very pronounced.

Genus MARSIPELLA Norman, 1878.

Marsipella Norman (type, M. elongata Norman), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,
vol. 1, 1878, p. 281.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 264.

Proteonina W. B. CARPENTER, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 18, 1869, p. 60 (not
Proteonina WILLIAMSON, 1858).

Description.—Test free, tubular, cylindrical or fusiform, sometimes
recurved at the ends, apertures formed by the open ends of the tube,
wall composed wholly or in part of sponge spicules, thin but firmly
cemented together.

A single species has been found in the North Pacific, and that has
occurred at but few stations. It has been found in the colder por-
tions of the North Atlantic.

30 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

MARSIPELLA CYLINDRICA H. B. Brady.

~ Marsipella cylindrica H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882,
p. 714; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 265, pl. 24, figs. 20-22.—
RuvumMster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 265, fig. 109 (in text).

Description.—Test tubular, slender, of nearly uniform diameter,
ends of the tube open and serving as apertures, wall composed
almost entirely of acicular sponge spicules, sometimes entire but

Figs. 15-16.—MARSIPELLA CYLINDRICA.
X 30. 15, STRAIGHT TEST COMPOSED
LARGELY OF LONG UNBROKEN SPICULES.
16, ROUGHER, DOUBLY CURVED TEST
LARGELY MADE UP OF FRAGMENTARY
PORTIONS OF SPICULES.

usually in fragments, laid side by side,
lengthwise of the test, and strongly
cemented.

Length up to 7 mm.; diameter 0.12-
0.25 mm.

Distribution.—As this genus has been
recorded but once previously from the
North Pacific, it is interesting to find it
at four stations, but in small numbers.
It has occurred off the Hawaiian Islands,
Albatross station H3009, in 603 fathoms,
rare. The other three stations are about
Japan. They are, Nero station 1225, in
805 fathoms, south of Yokohama; Alba-
tross stations D4957, in 437 fathoms, off
the eastern coast of Kiushu Island, and
D4900, in 139 fathoms, southwest of
Nagasaki. The Challenger obtained it
at station 237, in 1,875 fathoms, east of
Japan.

The tubes are often tinged with a red-
dish-brown color as though the cement
might contain ferruginous material. The
wall is comparatively thin, but may be
composed of several layers of spicules.

Genus BATHYSIPHON G.O.
Sars, 1871.

Bathysiphon G. O. Sars (M. Sars, in MS.)
(type, B. filiformis G. O. Sars) Forh.
Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1871 (1872), p.
251.—_NormaNn, Rep. Brit. Ass., 1880,
pp. 389-390.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.

Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 248.—pE Foutn, Act. Soc. Linn.
Bordeaux, vol. 40, 1886, p. 273.—RuumBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903,

p. 269.

Description.—Test free, cylindrical, sometimes tapering toward one
end, straight or somewhat curved, often externally constricted, but
without corresponding divisions of the tubular chamber internally,
wall composed of sponge spicules overlaid by a varying thickness of

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 31

what appears to be siliceous cement, wall thick in comparison with
the diameter of the tube.

Two species of this genus have been found in the North Pacific,
along the western coast of America, and again along the colder areas
off the coast of Japan.

BATHYSIPHON FILIFORMIS G. O. Sars.

Bathysiphon filiformis (M. Sars MS.) G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania,
1871 (1872), p. 251.—Norman, Rep. Brit. Ass., 1880, p. 389.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 248, pl. 26, figs. 15-20.—Goiis,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 16, pl. 3, figs.
39-41.—pE Foun, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. 40, 1886, p. 279, pl. 6, figs.
4 a-e.—CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 12.—Goks, Bull. Mus.
Comp Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 23, pl. 1, figs. 11, 12.—RuumsBuier, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 270, fig. 116 (in text).

Description.—Test free, cylindrical, of nearly uniform diameter,
straight or somewhat curved, chamber tubular, of nearly uniform
diameter, the open ends serving as the apertures; wall composed of
felted sponge spicules and fine sand in varying proportions, rather
soft; color light gray or white, sometimes even black, but when
covered more or less by fine sand, taking on a brownish color.

Length up to 50 mm. or more; diameter up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were found by Goés in the
Albatross material from the eastern tropical North Pacific at five
stations, D3375, D3407, D3418, D3419, and D3431, in depths
from 660-1,201 fathoms. I have examined Goés’s material from
Station D3419 and have found broken specimens in material from
Station D3431. Later I obtained an abundance of fine long speci-
mens from material dredged by the Albatross off San Diego, station
D4337, 617-680 fathoms. These specimens were the best I have
ever seen. The Challenger obtained specimens from station 237, in
1,875 fathoms, east of Japan.

Some of the specimens have a very considerable amount of arena-
ceous material built into the outer part of the wall, giving a very
different appearance from that of typical specimens. These, how-
ever, are of the same size and shape and are associated in the material
from the same station. In his list in 1896, page 92, Goés used the
name, var. arenosus for this form with the sandy exterior, and his
material has still another name, although neither was used in his
original text. The constrictions of the wall are not prominent, as in
the material figured by Brady.

Several fragmentary specimens were found at Albatross station D
5056, in 258 fathoms, in Suruga Gulf, Japan. These are somewhat
smaller than the other material referred to and have a considerable
range of variation in the character of the test.

32 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BATHYSIPHON RUFUS de Folin.

Bathysiphon rufum pr Foun, Act. Soc. Linn. Bordeaux, vol. 40, 1886, p. 283,
pl. 6, figs. 8 a-c.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 23, pl. 1,
fig. 10.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 267, pl. 7.—RHUMBLER,
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 270, fig. 118 (in text).

NG

Figs. 17-21.—BatuysipHon FILIFORMIS. 17, a, SIDE VIEW, X 4; b, END VIEW, X 5. 18, LONGITUDINAL
SECTION, X 60. 19, TRANSVERSE SECTION, VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT, X 60. 20, LONGITUDINAL
SECTION OF WALL WITH EXTERIOR COAT, X 60. 21, LONGITUDINAL SECTION OF INNER PORTION OF WALL,
X 200. (FIGS. 18-21. ArTER BRApy.)

Description.—Test free, elongate, tapering, slightly curved, surface
with many irregularly placed constrictions, smooth and polished, wall

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 33

comparatively thick, composed of sponge spicules and a very hard

siliceous cement, color reddish or yellowish brown.

Length up to 12 mm.; diameter about 0.5 mm.
in the broadest part.

Distribution.—Goés records this species from three
Albatross stations, D3375,D3376, in 1,201 and 1,132
fathoms, respectively, south of Panama, near the
equator; the other, D3419, in 772 fathoms, off
Acapulco, on the Mexican coast. I have seen
material. from station D3376, consisting of eight
specimens selected by Goés, and one of which is here
figured. Specimens were also seen from station D
3407, just south of the equator, in this same region,
in 885 fathoms. <A single specimen was found in
material from Aleré station 1156, 2,046 fathoms,
south of the Bonin Islands.

The specimens are much more constricted than
those figured by de Folin, and none of them has the
very small aperture or the finish shown in the larger
end of the original specimens figured.

Genus RHIZAMMINA H.B. Brady, 1879.

Rhizammina H. B. Brapy (type, R. algxeformis H. B. Brapy),
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 39.—Bttscuut1
in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol.
1, 1880, p. 195.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 274.—RuHuMBLER, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 252.

Marsipella (part) Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool.,
vol. 65, 1899, p. 668.

Description.—Test free, consisting of a simple or
dichotomously branching flexible tube, wall largely
chitinous, bearing various foreign bodies attached
to the exterior.

But two species of this genus are kngwn, both
occurring rarely in the North Pacific. The flexible
character of the wall is a distinctive feature.

RHIZAMMINA ALGAEFORMIS H. B. Brady.

Rhizammina algeformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ, Micr.
Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 39, pl. 4, figs. 16, 17; Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 274, pl. 28, figs.
1-11.—Go#s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,

Fig. 22.—BATHYSIPHON
RUFUS. X20. a@,SIDE
VIEW; b, END VIEW.

p. 20.—Funt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 272, pl. 15, fig. 1.—
RauMBLeER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 252, fig. 92 (in text).

16777— Bull. 71—10—3

84 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test free, consisting of a dichotomously branching
flexible tube, forming tangled masses of indefinite size; wall thin,
largely chitinous, but with various sorts of for-
eign matter attached to the exterior, either
sand or other foraminiferal tests according to
the character of the bottom, surface when free
from foreign matter roughened, color of the
chitinous tubes brown.

Diameter 0.126—0.315 mm.

Distribution.—But four stations are known
in the North Pacific for this species. Three of
these are Challenger stations, 237, 244, 246, in
1,875, 2,900 and 2,050 fathoms, respectively ;
two in the middle of the North Pacific, the
shallowest one east of Japan. Goés found the
species at Albatross station D3415, off the
coast of Mexico, in 1,879 fathoms. This ma-
terial of Goés which I have examined is typ-
; ical, without any appreciable amount of foreign
iG. 2-Rmzanewa atam material adherent to the tubes:

Boa As the experiments of Brady show, the test
is very largely made up of chitinous material with a small amount of
silica in the wall.

RHIZAMMINA INDIVISA H. B. Brady.

Rhizammina indivisa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
277, pl. 29, figs. 5-7 —Eaeer, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 256, pl. 4, fig. 17—CHapman, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 14.—Goks,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl. vol. 29, 1896, p.
20.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 272, pl. 15, fig. 2—RHUMBLER,
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 252, fig.
91 (in text).

Marsipella indivisa Ermer, and FIcKert,
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p.
668.

Description.—Test free, cylindrical,
flexible, often tapering toward the ends,
which are open and serve as apertures,
wall composed largely of chitinous ma-
terial but with a variable amount of

sand or foraminiferal tests attached to SNe
the exterior. Fig. 24.—RHIZAMMINA INDIVISA. X 20.

Length up to 10 mm.; diameter 0.25—0.40 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 35

Distribution.—The only previously recorded station for this species
in the North Pacific is Albatross station D3375 in 1,201 fathoms in
globigerina ooze southwest of. Panama. Goés’s material consists of
six specimens from this station. Some of them are not this species
but belong evidently to Pelosina cylindrica H. B. Brady. Frag-
mentary material referred to this species has been noted in the sam-
ples from three Nero stations between Midway Island and Guam,
Nos. 172, 1583, and 1678, in 2,086, 777, and 1,283 fathoms, respectively,
all in globigerina ooze.

Subfamily 2. SACCAMMININ 2.

Test consisting of a single chamber, or group of superficially at-
tached chambers, the walls made up for the most part of agglutinated
material; apertures sometimes numerous but usually single; tests
free or attached.

Included here are a number of genera which seem to have certain
common characters; that of a test of agglutinated material of a single
chamber, usually with a single opening. The wall may be greatly
varied in its constituents in the various genera, being composed of
sand grains in Proteonina, of a single layer of sponge spicules in
Technitella, of a felted mass of spicules in Palulina, or of other tests,
etc., in Pelosina cylindrica.

Genus PSAMMOSPHA:RA F. E. Schulze, 1875.

Psammosphexra F. E. Scuuuze (type, P. fusca F. E. Scouuze), II Jahr. Comm.
wiss. Unt. deutsch. Meer in Kiel, 1875, p. 113.—Biirscuut, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 202.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 249.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 267.—Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,1899,
p. 598.—RuumsteEr, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 241.

- Saccammina (part) RauMBLER, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. vol. 57, 1894, p. 462; Nachr.

k6n. Ges. Wiss. G6ttingen, 1895, pp. 81, 82.

Description.—Test free or attached, usually spherical, no definite
aperture, the pseudopodia making their way out between the ele-
ments of the test; wall composed of sand grains or other loose material
cemented together.

Two species of this genus occur in the North Pacific, but both of
them are rare and have been found at but few stations.

PSAMMOSPHERA FUSCA F. E. Schulze.

Psammosphera fusca F. E. Scuuuze, II Jahr. Comm. wiss. Unt. deutsch. Meer
in Kiel, 1875, p. 113, pl. 2, figs. 8 a~{—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 249, pl. 18, figs. 1, 5-8 (not 2-4).—Goiis, Kong]. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Hand], vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 14, pl. 3, fig. 19 —CHapMAn, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 13.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 268, pl. 8, fig. 1.—Mrterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,1899, p. 251.—RHUMBLER,
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 242, fig. 75 (in text) —SipeBorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, no. 5, 1905, p. 1, pl. 1, fig. 1.

36 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test free or attached, generally spherical, no definite
aperture: wall composed of a single layer of rather coarse sand grains,
rather roughly put together, cement gray or brownish.

Diameter 1.5-4 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from but two Challenger
stations in the North Pacific, in 1,850 and 1,875 fathoms, west of the
Caroline Islands, and west of Japan. Flint records it at one Nero
station, No. 152, in 3,026 fathoms, east of Midway Island. I have
specimens from two other Nero stations, Nos. 1153 and 1315, in

Figs. 25-28.—PSAMMOSPHAERA FUSCA. 25, SPECIMEN COMPOSED OF BLACK VOLCANIC SAND, X 25. 26,
FREE SPECIMEN, X 20. 27, ATTACHED SPECIMEN, X40. 28, SECTION OF TEST, X 40. (FIGS. 26-28.
AFTER BRADY.)

1,932 and 1,494 fathoms, near the Bonin Islands in the Western

Pacific.

PSAMMOSPHERA PARVA Flint.

Psammosphera parva Fut, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 268, pl. 9,
fig. 1—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 242, fig. 77 (in text).
Psammosphxra fusca (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 250, pl. 18, figs. 2-4 (not 1, 5-8).
Description.—Test free or attached, often attached to or inclosing
a sponge spicule, spherical, if free, or frequently with a flattened area

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. at

when attached, no definite aperture, wall thin, composed of fine sand,
the particles firmly united by an abundance a cement which fills up
the interstices to a large extent, color grayish or brown

Diameter usually es than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens which seem to be referable to this species
have been noted at three stations in the North Pacific—Albatross

Fics. 29-30.—PSAMMOSPHERA PARVA. 29, SPECIMEN ATTACHED TO LARGE SPONGE SPICULE, xX _ 50.
30, SMALLER SPECIMEN (AFTER BRADY), X 40.

station H2899 in 1,531 fathoms, east of the Hawaiian Islands, and
D4979 in 943 fathoms, south of Honshu Island, Japan, also Nero
station 1321, in 1,518 fathoms near the Bonin Islands.

There seems to be some variation in color in the specimens and the
degree to which the cement fills the irregularities of the wall.

Genus SOROSPHA:RA H.B. Brady, 1879.

Sorosphera H. B. Brapy (type, S. confusa H. B. Brapy), Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 28; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.251.—
RxavuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 235.

Description.—Test consisting of a colony of more or less inflated
chambers, without definite apertures, the walls joined to one another,
composed of sand grains with interstitial openings.

The following species has been recorded from the North Pacific
by Brady:

SOROSPHARA CONFUSA H. B. Brady.

Sorosphxra confusa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 28,
pl. 4, figs. 18, 19; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 251, pl. 18, figs
9, 10.—RuumBteER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 235, fig. 63 (in text).

Description.—‘ Test free, consisting of a number of inflated or spher-
ical chambers of nearly uniform size, irregularly crowded together and

88 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

adhering to each other by their outer surfaces. Walls thin, finely
arenaceous in texture, with minute interstitial orifices. General
aperture wanting. Diameter of individual chambers about one-
twenty-fifth of an inch (1 mm.), of the entire colony, variable, some-
times one-sixth of an inch (4.5 mm.).”’

Distribution.—Brady records this species at one Challenger station,
244, in the middle of the North Pacific in 2,900 fathoms. In the
volume on ‘‘Summary of Results”’ this species is also given as occur-

Figs. 31-32.—SOROSPHRA CONFUSA. X 15 (AFTER BRADY).

ring at station 246, in 2,050 fathoms. This station is also in mid-
ocean.

The species has not been noted in any of the Albatross or Nero
material I have examined from the North Pacific. The above descrip-
tion and figure 8 are from Brady.

Genus SACCAMMINA Carpenter, 1869.

Saccammina (M. Sars type, S. spherica G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania,
1868 (1869), p. 248) [nomen nudum].—CaRrPENTER, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
4, vol. 4, 1869, p. 289.—Bitscuit, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 195.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 252.—RuuMBLER, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 57, 1894, p. 462.—
Emer and Ficxert (part), Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 671.—
RuumMBLER, Arch, Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 242.

Description.—Test free, or sometimes attached, of one or several
spherical chambers with distinct apertures, usually one for each
chamber, wall composed of sand grains attached firmly to one another
by a yellowish or brownish cement.

Two species of Saccammina occur in the North Pacific. The first
of these, S. spherica, has been found at numerous stations in the
colder waters, but the other species, S. socialis, seems to be very rare.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39

SACCAMMINA SPHZERICA G. O. Sars.

Saccammina spherica (M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1868 (1869), p. 248,
nomen nudum), G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1871, p. 250.—Car-
PENTER, The Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 532, fig. 272a-c.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 253, pl. 18, figs. 11-17.—Eacrr, Abh.
kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 254, pl. 4, fig. 8 --RHUMBLER,
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 57, 1894, pp. 433-619, pls. 21-25.—Goiks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 13, pl. 3, figs. 16-18.—
CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 13.—Goi#s, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 26.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 269,
pl. 9, fig. 2—RuumBter, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 243, figs. 78a-d (in
text).

Description.—Test free, rarely attached, spherical or pyriform;
typically of a single chamber with a single aperture at the end of a

Fias. 33-36.—SACCAMMINA SPHAERICA. X 15 (AFTER BRADY). 33, FREE SPECIMEN. 34, ATTACHED
SPECIMEN. 35, APERTURAL VIEW. 36, SECTION.

slightly projecting portion of the test; wall composed of fairly coarse
sand grains, firmly cemented; color various, gray to almost black,
occasionally brownish or reddish.

Diameter 1-3.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species appears to be fairly well distributed in
the North Pacific in the colder waters. The Challenger dredged

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

specimens at station 246 in 2,050 fathoms in the middle of the North
Pacific. Goés records it from three Albatross stations off the coast
of Mexico in 660-995 fathoms. His selected material which I have
seen, from the entrance to the Gulf of California, is very large and
more like the typical Arctic material. I have found the species in
material in 2,085 fathoms, Albatross station H2833, midway between
San Francisco and the Hawaiian Islands; also from several stations
south of Japan in the colder water, in 139-1,551 fathoms.

SACCAMMINA SOCIALIS H. B. Brady.

Saccammina socialis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
255, pl. 18, figs. 18, 19—CHapMman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 13.—
RuvuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 244, fig. 79 (in text).

Description.—‘Test consisting of several independent arenaceous
chambers, individually spherical or subspherical in shape and _ of
nearly even size, attached to each other by their outer surfaces, but
without stoloniferous intercommunication, each chamber having its
own external aperture. Spheres seldom more than six or eight in
number, and usually arranged with more or less regularity. Texture
finely sandy, nearly smooth externally. Diameter of the individual
chambers, one-thirtieth of an inch (0.8 mm.) or less.”

Fias. 37-38.—SACCAMMINA SOCIALIS. X 20 (AFTER BRADY).

Distribution.—Brady described this species from Challenger station
246, 2,050 fathoms, in the middle of the North Pacific. I have seen
no material of this species in all the North Pacific material examined.

The figures and description are from the originals of Brady.

Genus PROTEONINA Williamson, 1858.

Proteonina WitLIAMSON (type, P. fusiformis WitttaMson), Recent Foraminifera
of Great Britain, 1858, p. 1 (not Proteonina TreRQueEmM, 1875).—RHUMBLER,
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 244.

Reophax (part) H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 51; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 289.—Birscxut, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 199.

Reophax RuumsBuEr, Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 82.

Difflugia Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1895, p. 251
(not Difflugia LecLERC, 1815).

Saccammina (part) Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 671.

Description.—Test free, consisting of a single chamber, flask-shaped
or fusiform with a single aperture, wall composed of coarse sand

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 41

erains or other foreign matter, test usually broadest near the base

and gradually tapering more or less evenly to the apertural end.
Several species of Proteonina occur in the North Pacific, certain of

the species apparently confined to specific regions as far as the

material is able to indicate.

PROTEONINA FUSIFORMIS Williamson.

Proteonina fusiformis WILLIAMSON, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858, p. 1,
pl. 1, fig. 1—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 248, fig. 84 (in text).
Reophax fusiformis H. B. Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 43,
pt. 2, 1882, p. 99; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 290, pl. 30,
figs. 7-11.—Mutuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 253, pl. 4, fig. 11.—

Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 125.

Lituola fusiformis J. Wricut, Rep. Belfast Club, 1876-77, Append., table.

Lituola nautiloidea, var. scorpiurus W. B. CARPENTER, in
Parker and Jones, Intr., Study Foram. 1862, Ap-
pend., p. 309.

Description.—Test free, fusiform, asymmet-
rical, chamber either single or somewhat incom-
pletely divided, walls composed of fairly coarse
sand grains, rough externally, but closely cement-
ed, aperture terminal, single.

Length 0.63—1.0 mm. or more.

Distribution.—This species does not seem to
be common in the North Pacific, but four sta-
tions bemg known. The Challenger found it
near the Philippines, Station 209, 95 fathoms.
Doctor Bagg records it from the Hawaiian
Islands, Albatross station H4585, 689 fathoms.
It has also been noted from two Nero stations
in the vicinity of the Bonin Islands, in 1,415 and
1,543 fathoms.

Specimens of this species are always more or Fic. 39.—PRoronmna FUSF

less irregular in form, but the general character

FORMIS. X 75.

of Williamson’s figure is readily distinguished in the specimens.

PROTEONINA DIFFLUGIFORMIS (H. B. Brady).

Reophaz difflugiformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 51,
pl. 4, figs. 3 a, 6; Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 48, pt. 2, 1882,

p. 99; Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 715; Rep. Voy. Challen-
ger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 289, pl. 30, figs. 2-4 (not 1, 5).—Goiis, Kong].
Svensk. Vet, Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 26, pl. 6, figs, 196-198;
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 28.—Firnt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,

_ 1897 (1899), p. 272, pl. 16, fig. 2—Mmm.err, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899,

p. 252.

Saccammina difflugiformis Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol 65,

1899, p. 671.

Proteonina difflugiformis RuumsBieER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 245, figs.

80 a, 6, (in text).

42 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test free, consisting of a single elongate oval or
pyriform chamber, with a more or less distinct tubular neck; chamber
undivided; wall fairly thick, composed of closely cemented sand
grains of variable size and roughness; aperture simple, terminal;
color, varying with the material of the wall.

Length 0.36—-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—The various
records for this species are all
in rather cold or deep water as
far as the North Pacific is con-
cerned. Brady records it in
the deep water of the North-
west Pacific, in 2,800-3,950
fathoms. Goés found the spe-
cies in material from off the
west coast of Mexico and
southwest of Panama, Alba-
tross stations D3415 and 3376

Fias. 40-41.—PROTEONINA DIFFLUGIFORMIS. 40, A TYPI- -
9
CAL ELONGATE SPECIMEN OF FINE SAND GRAINS. XX 80. in 1,879 and 1,132 fathoms,

41, AN IRREGULAR SPECIMEN WITH LARGER SAND respectively. L have exam-
GRAINS, THE LARGE FRAGMENTS AT THE LEFT CAUSING . ae .
: . Ne ined Goés’s material from the

A DISTORTION OF THE OUTLINE OF THE TEST. XX 50.

: latter station.

Specimens referable to this species have been found in the Albatross
material from the Northwest Pacific, stations D4957, D4979, and
D5095, in 437, 943, and 58 fathoms, respectively. These stations
are in the cold area off the southeast coast of Japan.

PROTEONINA DIFFLUGIFORMIS (H. B. Brady), var. LAGENARIUM (Berthelin),

Haplophragmium lagenarium Bertuein, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. 1, no. 5,
1880, p. 21, pl. 24, fig. 2.

Reophax difflugiformis (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 289, pl. 30, figs. 1, 5 (mot 2-4).

Reophax difflugiformis, var. lagenarium Mituert, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 253, pl. 4, fig. 8.

Proteonina difflugiformis-lagenarium RuumMBLER, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 247, fig. 80 c (in text).

Description.—Variety differing from the typical by
lacking the distinction between body and neck; elon-
gate, exterior rough, usually smaller than the typical
and more nearly cylindrical. eis ar eta

Length about 0.25-0.40 mm. MIS, VAR. LAGEN-

Distribution.—This variety has been noted at but “"°" *™
two stations in the North Pacific, occurring at Nero station 1444, in
2,175 fathoms, near Guam, Ladrone Islands, and at Albatross station
D4967, 244 fathoms, off Japan.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 43

PROTEONINA OVATA, new species.

Description.—Test free, ovate in side view, nearly circular in end
view, wall thick, composed of neatly cemented and fairly large sand
grains, apertural end abruptly contracted to form a short, tapering
neck with the very small aperture at its extremity; color light
yellowish or brownish gray; fairly large

Length about 1.25 mm.; diameter about 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species have been seen in material
from but two stations, Albatross H3007, in 323 fathoms, and Nero
station 2071, in 271 fathoms, both near the Hawaiian Islands.

Fig. 43.—PROTEONINA OVATA. X 50. @, FRONT VIEW; 0, APERTURAL VIEW.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8264, U.S.N.M., from Nero station 2071.

The species is a fairly large one. The form, abrupt contraction
of the neck with the very small aperture, will at once distinguish this
from other described species.

Genus PILULINA W. B. Carpenter.

Pilulina W. B. CARPENTER, (type, P. jeffreysii W. B. CARPENTER.) Descr. Cat.
Objects Deep-Sea Dredging [1870], p. 5.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.-244.—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 8, 1903,
p. 249.

Description.—Test free, globular or ovate, consisting of a single
undivided chamber, wall composed of felted sponge spicules and a
slight amount of fine sand without cement, aperture elongate, with a
somewhat depressed area about it.

A single species was described by Carpenter from the North Atlantic.
A new species has been found in material dredged by the fisheries
steamer Albatross north of Japan differing in certain characters from
the species described by Carpenter. The wall of these species is
rather unique, as no cement seems to be used, the long spicules being
felted together into a thin wall.

44 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PILULINA OVATA, new species.

Description.—Test ovate in side view, broadly elliptical or nearly
circular when viewed from the apertural end; walls very thin, smooth,
composed of felted sponge spicules and fine amorphous material;

FIGs. 44-46.—PILULINA OVATA. 44, d, SIDE VIEW OF ONE OF THE SMALL SPECIMENS, X 20; 6, SAME FROM
THE APERTURAL END. 45, A LARGE SPECIMEN FROM THE SIDE. X 12. 46, A PORTION OF THE WALL BY
TRANSMITTED LIGHT. X 100.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 45

aperture irregular in shape, elongate, situated in an oval depression
at the smaller end of the test; color white.

Largest specimens 5 mm. in length; 3 mm. in diameter.

Distribution.—A number of specimens of this species were obtained
by the fisheries steamer Albatross on the 1906 cruise in the North-
west Pacific. They are from station D5056, in 258 fathoms, in
Suruga Gulf, Japan.

Ty pe-specuemen.—Cat. No. 8257, U.S.N.M., from the above station.

This species differs from Pdlulina jeffreysii Carpenter in its gen-
eral form, in its very thin walls, and in the character of its aperture.
It may belong to a new genus as it differs in characters of rather more
than specific importance. Pilulina jeffreysii is only known from the
North Atlantic and this species is widely separated geographically
as well as by distinctive characters.

Genus PELOSINA H. B. Brady, 1879.

Pelosina H. B. Brapy (type, P. variabilis H. B. Brapy), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 19,1879, p. 30.—Birscutt, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-
reichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 194.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 235.—RuumBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 238.

Description.—Test free, variously formed, rounded, cylindrical or
irregularly elongate; wall usually thick, composed of mud with a
chitinous basal layer, exterior often with various foreign bodies in-
cluded in the test; aperture typically single and terminal.

Three species of Pelosina are known from the North Pacific, but all
of them seem to be rare, and for the most part they occur in deep
water.

PELOSINA ROTUNDATA H. B. Brady.

Pelosina rotundata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 31,
pl. 3, figs. 4,5; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.9, 1884, p. 236, pl. 25, figs.
18-20.—Eacerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 254,
pl. 11, fig. 60.—MiLETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 249, pl. 1, fig. 1.—
RuvumMBLeER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 239, fig. 71 (in text).

Description.—Test flask-shaped or pyriform with an elongated
tubular neck, at the end of which is the aperture; wall thick, composed
of mud and the tests of other Foraminifera, Globigernia, etc., with
little cement, the tubular neck membranaceous, interior consisting of
a single undivided chamber, small; color grayish white.

Diameter 1.8 mm.

Distribution.—The Challenger dredged this species at station 246,
in 2,050 fathoms in the middle of the North Pacific. This is the only
record for this area, although it was found by Millett in material from

46 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the Malay Archipelago.
water.

It has usually been found in rather deep

Figs. 47-49. —PELOSINA ROTUNDATA. > 20 (AFTER BRADY). 48, TRANSVERSE SECTION.

PELOSINA CYLINDRICA H. B. Brady.

Pelosina cylindrica H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 236,
pl. 26, figs. 1-6 —Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 253, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2—Ruumsuer, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 239, fig. 72

(in text).

Fias. 50-51.—PELOSINA CYLINDRICA.

Description.—Test elon-
gate, cylindrical,. straight
or slightly curved, of near-
ly uniform diameter, ends
rounded, aperture at one
end, circular; wall thick,
composed of loosely aggre-
gated shell fragments or
foraminiferal tests with a
mud base, outside irregu-
lar, rough, interior smooth-
ly finished, interior chiti-
nous; color dark gray, but
varying much according to
the constituents of the test,
being almost white when
many foraminiferal tests
are included in the wall.

Length up to 12 mm.;
diameter about 2 mm.

Distribution.—The Chal-
lenger expedition obtained

this species at three North Pacific stations, 237, 244, 246, in

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 4'7

1,875-2,900 fathoms. These stations are in the deep portion of
the western Pacific, the first of the stations off the east coast of
Japan.

The only Albatross material I have seen which may be referred to
this species is a portion of the specimens selected by Goés from Alba-
tross station D3375, in 1,201 fathoms, in the eastern tropical Pacific.
These were all called by Goés Rhizammina indivisa, but some of them
evidently belong here.

PELOSINA VARIABILIS H. B. Brady.

Pelosina variabilis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 30, pl.
3, figs. 1-3; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.9, 1884, p. 235, pl. 26, figs. 7-9.—
Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 266, pl. 4, fig. 1—RHuUMBLER,
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 239, fig. 74 (in text).

Description.—Test consisting of a single fusiform chamber, or of
two or three independent
chambers, irregularly as-
sociated, but usually at the
apertural end of the first
chamber; wall thick, com-
posed of mud and some
foreign particles loosely
aggregated, the basal layer
being chitinous, apertural
end somewhat extended
into a tubular neck, the
wall of which is membran-
aceous, at its end a circu-
lar aperture, chamber
within conforming to the
shape of the test; color
gray.

Diameter at widest por-
tion about 2 mm., length
18-20 mm.

Mstribution—In the
North Pacific this species
isknownonly fromasingle
Challenger station, 246, in 2,050 fathoms, situated in the deep por-
tion of the middle part of the North Pacific.

Fig. 52,—PELOSINA VARIABILIS. X 20 (AFTER FLINT).

Genus TECHNITELLA Norman, 1878.

Technitella NorMAN (type, T. legumen Norman), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5,
vol. 1, 1878, p. 279—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,

1884, p. 245—RuumBLeEr, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 256.
Description.—Test free, usually elongate, subcylindrical, fusiform
or elongate-oval, interior consisting of a single chamber; wall thin,

48 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

composed of sponge spicules and fine sand, aperture rounded, single,
at one end of the test.

Two species of Technitella are Lae from the North Pacific, and
they both seem to be very rare. The genus is at once distinguished
by the elongate arrangement of the sponge spicules in the direction
of the long axis of the test.

TECHNITELLA LEGUMEN Norman.

Technitella legumen Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 279,
; pl. 16, figs. 3, 4.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 246, pl. 25, figs. 8-12.—Goiis,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. HandI., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894,
p. 14, pl. 3, figs. 20-27.—MiuETt?, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1899, p. 251, pl. 4, fig. 4—R#umBLER, Arch. Protistk.,
vol. 3, 1903, p. 256, fig. 96 (in text).
Description.—Test subcylindrical, frequently some-
what curved, apertural end rounded or sometimes
with a short tubular neck, aboral end rounded or
sometimes bluntly pointed; wall composed of sponge
spicules and sand grains, aperture rounded; color of
test white or grayish white, sometimes with a coating
of sand.
e Length up to 2.5 mm.
Fig. 53.—Trecunirerra Distribution.—Known from station 237 of the Chal-
LEGUMEN. X50. Jenger expedition, east of Japan, in 1,875 fathoms.

TECHNITELLA MELO Norman.

Technitella melo Norman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 280, pl. 16,
figs. 5,6.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 246,

oJ?

pl. 25, figs. 7 a, b—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 12.—Ruum-
BLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 256, figs. 95 a, 6 (in text).

Description.—Test oval, being slightly tapering at the ends, aper-
ture small, usually cireu-
lar, at one end of the
test; wall composed al-
most entirely of long
sponge spicules arranged
lengthwise of the test
firmly united with a
white cement; color
white or grayish white.
Length, 1.4 mm.; di-

Fig. 54.—TECHNITELLA MELO. X 50 (AFTER BRADY). a, spe ameter, 1.0 mim.
VIEW; b, APERTURAL VIEW. Distribution.—T here

is but the one North Pacific Challenger record for this species, station
237, east of Japan, in 1,875 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 49

Genus THOLOSINA Rhumbler, 1895.

Placopsilina H. B. Bravy (part), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 51;
vol. 21, 1881, p. 51; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 314.
Tholosina Ruvmsier, Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 82; Arch.

Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 226. ,
Pseudoplacopsiiina Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 672.

Description.—Test attached, hemispherical, flattened on the side
by which it is attached, chamber single, undivided; walls fairly thick,
composed of sand grains with a large proportion of calcareous cement,
walls roughened on the exterior.

The single species of this genus has been found but rarely in the
North Pacific. It is easily distinguished when it is attached to dark
colored tests like khabdammana, as its white color shows up strikingly
against the darker background.

Rhumbler seems to be quite right in making a new genus for this
species, which is quite different from the genus to which it has usually
been assigned. The name proposed by Eimer and Fickert will have
to go into the synonymy and the earlier name proposed by Rhumbler

will stand.
THOLOSINA BULLA (H. B. Brady).
Placopsilina bulla H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 51;
Rep.Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 315, pl. 35, figs. 16, 17.—Goiis,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand1., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 28, pl. 6, figs. 213-
215 (not figs. 211, 212=Ammolagena); Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 25.—Mutett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 361, pl. 5, fig. 11.
Tholosina bulla RuuMBLER,
Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss.
Gottingen, 1895, p. 82.—
Krier, Norske Nordhavys-
Exp., No. 25, 1899, p.
4.—RHUMBLER, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p.
227, fig. 52 (in text).
Pseudoplacopsilina bulla
Ermer and FIcKkert, Zeit-
schr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,
1899, p. 672.
Description.—Test adher-
ent hemispherical orstrongly
convex, flattened at the base
to conform to the surface to
which it is attached, usually
slightly longer in one di-
rection than the other; s 6
9 Fic. 55,—THOLOSINA BULLA. X 15. a, FROM ABOVE; b,
chamber single, usually un- FROM SIDE.
divided, walls thick, composed of sand grains with an excess of cal-
careous cement, surface uneven, apertures simple, nearly circular,

16777—Bull. 71—10-——4

50 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

usually two in number, situated at either end near the base; color
grayish white.

Diameter 0.5-1.0 mm.

Distribution.—The only published records for this species in the
North Pacific are those of Goés, Albatross station D3399, in 1,740
fathoms off Panama and station D3419, in 772 fathoms off the
west coast of Mexico. I have examined the material selected by
Goés, consisting of five specimens attached to Rhabdammina and
Saccammina. One of these specimens is figured here. This shows a
slight tendency toward division as do certain other specimens.
Goés* shows a longitudinal section of a specimen indicating a
division into three chamberlets. Figures 211 and 212 referred to this
species by Goés are really Webbinella bepisnleaes (Jones, Parker,
and H. B. Brady).

I have found a single specimen from Blake Reef, south of Japan,
Albatross station H4881, 316 fathoms, which seems to be an imma-
ture specimen of this species. It is attached to a fragment of shell,
slightly less convex than larger specimens, but otherwise similar.
Another single specimen was found from Albatross station D5056,
in 258 fathoms on the east coast of Japan, attached to a specimen of
Bathysiphon filiformis. A third single specimen is from D4979 off
Japan attached to a specimen of Rhabdammina.

Genus WEBBINELLA Rhumbler, 1903.

Webbina Jones, Parker, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc. Monogr., 1865, p. 27 (not
Webbina p’OrBIGNY, 1839).—H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 348.—Cuapman, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6,vol. 18,
1896, p. 326.

Psammosphera Ermer and Ficxert (part), Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 671.

Webbinella RHuMBLER (part), Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1908, p. 228.

Description.—Test adherent, circular in outline, the central por-
tion convex, the peripheral portion often forming a flattened rim
about the central portion; chamber single, undivided, wall of medium
thickness, composed of sand grains with much cement, aperture not
apparent, the pseudopodia being thrust out at the basal portion of
the test near the line of its attachment.

The genus Webbinella as thus amended will exclude Webbinella
clavata (Jones and Parker), which is placed in the genus Ammolagena,
which seems very distinct. Webbinella as here understood contains
the single species described below.

a Konel. one Vee. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, pl. 6, fig. 215.

B
;

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 51

WEBBINELLA HEMISPHERICA (Jones, Parker, and H. B. Brady).

Webbina hemisphxrica Jones, Parker, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc. Monogr.. 1865,
p. 27, pl. 4, fig. 5—Roserrtson, Rep. Brit. Ass., 1875, p. 189:—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 350, pl. 41, fig. 11.—EcceEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 266, pl. 14, figs. 1-3.—
CusHMAN, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908, p. 24.

Placopsilina bulla Gots (part), Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no.
9, 1894, p. 28, pl. 6, figs. 211, 212 (not figs. 213-215).

Psammosphxra hemisphxrica Ermer and FicKkert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,

1899, p. 671.
Webbinella hemisphxrica RuumBtER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 228, fig. 54

(in text).

Description.—Test adherent, circular in outline when seen from
above, central portion convex, surrounded by a flattened border of
varying width, chamber single, un-
divided, wall composed of sand grains
with much cement, nearly smooth
outside, more or less roughened
within; aperture not visible, the re-
gion of attachment serving for the
egress of the pseudopodia about its
edge ;colorgrayish-white or brownish.

Diameter 0.5-1.5 mm.

Distribution—The two specimens
which I have found in the Albatross
material from the Northwest Pacific
Sd the only records for this region. Fic. 56.—WEBBINELLA HEMISPHZRICA, AT-
Single specimens attached to shell TACHED TO A FRAGMENT OF SHELL, X 50.
fragments were found, one at Alba- — % "OM SPE, FROM ABOVE.
tross station D4874, in 66 fathoms in Korea Strait, near Japan, the
other at D4900, in 139 fathoms in the Eastern Sea of Japan.

Genus AMMOSPHA:ROIDES, new genus.

Description.—Test irregularly subglobular, composed of an elongate
or subspherical chamber with double apertures typically; wall finely
arenaceous with a large proportion of reddish-brown cement, aper-
tures at the end of short tubular portions of the test.

Type of the genus.—Ammospheroides distoma, new species.

The peculiar rusty appearance of the test and the double apertures
at once separate this from any allied arenaceous forms.

AMMOSPHEROIDES DISTOMA, new species.

Description.—Test irregular, subglobular or with deep depressions
of the surface, irregularly made up of two portions, each of which
possesses an aperture; wall finely arenaceous, the outer portion flaking

52 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

off when specimens are dried, fairly smooth, with an abundance of
cement of a dark reddish-brown color; apertures at the end of very
short tubular necks, irregular or nearly circular in section; color fer-—
ruginous, due to the dark reddish-brown color of the cement.

Fic. 57.—AMMOSPHZROIDES DISTOMA. X 50. @, APERTURAL sai FROM SIDE.

Diameter 0.4—0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were fairly common at one
Albatross station, D5018, in the sea of Okhotsk off the southern end
of the eastern coast of Sakhalin Island, in 82 fathoms.

Ty pe-specumen.—No. 8258, U.S.N.M., from the above station.

Genus VERRUCINA Goés, 1896.

Verrucina Goiis (type, V. rudis Goiis), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 25.—RuumMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 232.
Description.—Test adherent, irregular-ovoid in shape; interior di-
vided into irregular chamberlets, wall composed of sand grains, rough
externally, aperture usually double, situated in the depressed area
at the center of the dorsal side.
This genus of Goés contains a single species.

VERRUCINA RUDIS Goés.

Verrucina rudis Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 25, pl. 1, figs. 15,
16.—RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 233, fig. 62 (in text).

Description.—Test adherent to Rhabdammina, the basal portion
spreading over the surface of the tube, the other portion rising up
into an irregular-ovoid shape, top flat, depressed in the center, cavity
a single chamber divided irregularly into chamberlets, wall fairly
thick, aperture single, but usually double at the bottom of the sunken
area, color dark gray.

Length averaging about 2 mm.

Distribution.—Known only from the type station, Albatross station
D3419, off the west coast of Mexico in 772 fathoms. J have exam-
ined the five specimens in the material selected by Goés as well as a
few other specimens found in the original material from this station.
Some of the specimens are much higher than is shown either in Goés’s
figure or in our figure. One specimen is somewhat higher even than

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 538

the length of the base. With this exception the characters seem to
be rather constant in the specimens examined.

Fig. 58.—VERRUCINA RUDIS. X 10. a, SIDE VIEW; 0, VIEWED FROM ABOVE.

Genus CRITHIONINA Goés, 1894.

Crithionina Goiis (type, C. mamilla Goiis) Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 14; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 24.—
RuvuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 229.

Description.—Test spherical, lenticular, or variously shaped, inte-
rior either labyrinthic or with a single chamber, apertures small and
scattered or indistinct, wall thick, composed of sponge spicules or very
fine sand, often chalky in appearance.

This genus which has a considerable development in the Arctic
and North Atlantic oceans seems to find similar conditions off the
western coast of North America where several species occur. They
seem in most cases to be specifically distinct from the Atlantic and
Arctic forms. Four species occur off the west coast of America.

CRITHIONINA RUGOSA Goés,

Crithionina rugosa Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 24, pl. 2,
figs. 3, 4—RuumBier, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 232, fig. 59 (in text).

Crithionina abyssorum (part) Kiar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no. 25, 1899, p. 7,
pl. 1, fig. 4 (not 1-3).

54 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—“‘Subglobular, with coarsely tuberculated surface;
wall thick, obsoletely cavernous, the chamber somewhat irregular,
showing faint traces of subdivision; color gray or whitish; the con-
sistency of the shell is usually
loose, the texture being finely
arenaceous, with a large portion
of shell débris. Diameter 1-2
mm.”

Distribution.—Goés found and
described this species from ma-~
terial from two Albatross sta-
tions D3415, in 1,879 fathoms
off the west coast of Mexico and
D3407, in 885 fathoms, near the
Galapagos Islands.

The above description is cop-
ied from that of Goés. His spec-
imens from the first of the two
stations | have examined. There are six, rather poorly characterized
specimens, more irregular than his figure. One of these specimens is
figured here.

Fig. 59.—CRITHIONINA RUGOSA. X 20.

CRITHIONINA LENS Goes.

Crithionina lens Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 24, pl. 2, figs.
5-8.—RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 232, fig. 60 (in text).

Description.—Test flattened, orbicular, elliptical or irregular in
outline, thickest in the middle, giving a lens form to the test as a
whole; interior with a central chamber and many large radial cham-
berlets irregular in number, size and shape, central cavity sometimes
indistinct or obsolete; wall thick, composed of sponge spicules and
fine amorphous matter with very fine sand; color light gray, often
almost white.

Diameter 2—4 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records this species from three stations in the
eastern tropical Pacific, one off Acapulco, Mexico, another south of
Panama, the third near the Galapagos Islands, Albatross stations
D3376, D3407, D3419, in 772-1,132 fathoms. This is the only region
where this species has been met with. I have found a single poor
specimen from station D4334, off San Diego, California.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 55

A number of specimens selected by Goés have been examined, and
I fail to find any such regularity in the divisions as shown by Goés’s

61, VERTICAL SECTION. X 20. 62, HOR-

60, SURFACE VIEW. X 15.
IZONTAL SECTION. X 20.

Figs. 60-62.—CRITHIONINA LENS.

figures. In the accompanying figures are given two sections from

Goés’s material from station D3419.

CRITHIONINA PISUM Goés.

Crithionina pisum Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 24, pl. 2, figs.
1, 2.—Mrttett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 250, pl. 4, fig. 3.—Furnt,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 266, pl. 6, fig. 1—RuumBLER, Arch.

Protistk., vol. 8, 1903, p. 242, fig. 57 (in text).
Crithionina abyssorum (part) Kiar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no. 25, 1899, p. 7,

pl. 1, fig. 2 (not 1, 3, 4).

Description.—Test free, globular in typical form but variable, sur-
face even, wall rather thick, soft, composed of loosely-matted sand

56 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

and sponge spicules, interior chamber single, undivided, apertures
interstitial; color grayish white.

Diameter 1-3 mm.

The typical form of this species has not been recorded from the
North Pacific, but it is represented by the following variety:

CRITHIONINA PISUM Goés, var. HISPIDA Flint.

Crithionina pisum Goks, var. hispida Funt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 267, pl. 6, fig. 2—RuumBLER, ‘Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 230, fig. 61
(in text).—[?] Baca, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 127.

Crithionina abyssorum (part) Kiar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no, 25, 1899, p. 7,
pl. 1, figs. 1, 3 (not 2, 4).

Description.—Variety differing from the typical in its smaller size
and the hispid surface made up of a great number of sponge spicules
arranged nearly perpen-
dicular to the outer wall;
walls somewhat thinner
than in the typical.

About one-half the size
of the typical form.

Distribution.—One_ of
the original stations for
Flint’s material was in
the North Pacific, Alba-
tross station D3080, in
93 fathoms, green mud,
off Hecata Bank, Oregon.
Bagg records the variety

from two Albatross sta-

Fic. 63.—CRITHIONINA PISUM, VAR. HISPIDA. X 15 (AFTER tions. H4440, in 1,259
FLINT). a, b, SECTIONS. : : d

fathoms, and H4502, in
1,342 fathoms, both stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands.
I have failed to find this variety in any of the western Pacific material
that I have examined.

The specimens from Albatross station H4502 in the National
Museum labeled as this variety by Doctor Bagg seem to me to be
very small spinose Radiolaria and not Foraminifera. The largest
one measures but 0.05 mm. without the spines.

The figure given here is from the original of Doctor Flint.

CRITHIONINA ROTUNDATA, new species.

Description.—Test free, subspherical, composed of loosely aggluti-
nated sand grains; surface with many pores leading by canals through
the thick walls to the single central chamber, which is simple, nearly
spherical, and small compared to the size of the test; wall of the cham-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5%

ber with many circular or roughly polygonal openings which ramify
into the canals leading to the surface; wall of the central chamber
and canals firmer than the rest of the test, usually showing in these
firmer portions a reddish-brown cement; color dark grayish brown.

Diameter 3-6 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were common in the mate-
rial from Albatross station D4327, off San Diego, Cal., 263-330
fathoms.

Ty pe-specuomen.—Cat. No. 8259, U.S.N.M.

This species is perhaps nearest to Crithionina rugosa and C. ma-
milla Goés. It is very much larger than either of those species and

Fics. 64-65.—CRITHIONINA ROTUNDATA. 64, PORTION OF CENTRAL CHAMBER WALL. X 25. 65, VIEW OF
SECTIONAL SPECIMEN SHOWING THICK WALL AND RADIAL TUBES. X 10.

has a more definite structure. C. mamilla is an attached form of
small size. C. rugosa is also a small, subspherical species. I have
examined the original specimens of C. rugosa selected by Goés from
the type station, and they are all small and largely made up of white,
finely granular material of an entirely different appearance from
this species. This is by far the largest species yet known in this
genus.
Genus THURAMMINA H. B. Brady, 1879.
Thurammina H. B. Brapy (type, T. papillata H. B. Brapy), Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 45.—Biirscuu1, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen
des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 202.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 321.
Thyrammina RuuMBiteER, Arch, Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 236.
Lituola W. B. CarPENTER (part), The Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 533.
Description.—Test typically free, usually nearly spherical, but in
some species compressed, chamber single and undivided in typical

58 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

species; wall thin, composed of fine sand with more or less chitin;
apertures several to many at the end of nipple-like protuberances of
the surface, occasionally wanting.

Two species occur rarely in the North Pacific; the third species,
described by Goés, does not seem to be a Foraminifer as far as can
be made out by a study of Goés’s material.

THURAMMINA PAPILLATA H. B. Brady.

“Orbuline Lituola” W. B. CarPpENTER, The Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 533,
fig. 273 g, h.

Thurammina papillata H. B. Bravy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p.
45, pl. 5, figs. 4-8.—W. B. CarPeNnTER, The Microscope, 6th ed., 1881, p.
561, fig. 320 g, h—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 321, pl. 36, figs. 7-18.—Eaa@err, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 263, pl. 5, fig. 9—CHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895,
p. 17.—Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 25.—F int, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 278, pl. 22, fig. 1.

Thyrammina papillata RouMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 238, fig. 68a-c
(in text).

Description.—Test usually free and rounded, occasionally adherent,
the lower surface being adapted to the shape of the object to which it
is adherent; usually a single chamber, but occasionally another cham-
ber is found within the outer one; wall very thin, composed of small
sand grains very neatly cemented with
a reddish-brown cement, giving the
whole test a reddish brown color; aper-
tures numerous, variable, situated at the
ends of nipple-like projections of vary-
ing length.

Diameter 0.4-1.6 mm.

Distribution.—All that is known of this
species in the North Pacific is from the
Challenger dredgings, stations 237, 246,
253, 26951n 1875;2050; 3.125, .and) 2. aa0
Fic. 66.—Tuurammna parntata. x 30 fathoms, respectively. The first of these

(AFTER BRADY). ' : :
stations is a short distance east of Japan,
the others in the deep water of the mid-Pacific. It also occurred at
station 271, just south of the equator, in 2,425 fathoms.

From the figures and description there is evidently more than one
thing now included under this specific name, but more material is
necessary to be sure of this.

THURAMMINA ALBICANS H. B. Brady.
Thurammina albicans H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 46;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 323, pl. 37, figs. 2-7.
Thyrammina albicans RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 237, fig. 67 (in
text). ‘
Description.—‘‘ Test spherical, or nearly so; with few, usually about
six, mammillate orifices, equidistant and regularly disposed. Walls

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 59

somewhat thicker than those of the type [T. papillata]; texture very
finely arenaceous; color nearly white. Diameter about ;5th inch
(0.28 mm.).”

DMstribution.—Brady does not definitely record this species from
the North Pacific in volume 9 of the Challenger Report, but in the

70

Figs. 67-72.—THURAMMINA ALBICANS. 67-70, SIDE VIEWS. X 50. 71, SECTION SHOWING THICKNESS OF
WALL AND CHARACTER OF THE INTERIOR. X 50. 72, SECTION OF TEST SHOWING MINUTE STRUCTURE,
X 100 (FIGS. AFTER BRADY).

second part of the volume on the ‘‘Summary of Results,” this species

is recorded on page 965, from station 246, 2,050 fathoms in the middle

of the North Pacific.

The description and figures are from Brady.
THURAMMINA ERINACEA Goés.
Thurammina erinacea Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 26, pl. 2,
figs. 9, 10.
Thyrammina erinacea RHUMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 237, fig. 66 a, b,
(in text).

I have examined the material selected by Goés as belonging to
this species and am inclined to think that they are Radiolaria and
not Foraminifera at all. Radiolaria of this form and size are not
uncommon on both sides of the Pacific. The mounted specimens are
fastened to a strip of cardboard and are not easily examined, but some
of the specimens are plainly Radiolaria.

Goés recorded this species from nine Albatross stations along the
west coast of Mexico and Central America in 557-1,879 fathoms.

Subfamily 3. HY PHRAMMININ 2.

Test consisting of a globular proloculum and a more or less elon-
gated, sometimes branching portion, but not divided into chambers;
free or attached, wall of various agglutinated materials.

In this subfamily are included a number of genera with the above
characters common to all. The main distinction between such genera
as Hyperammina, Botellina, Ammolagena, etc., seems to be in the
material of the test and the habit of growth rather than in essential
differences in the general form of the test. All are of agglutinated
material. In Sagenina the test is very much branched, sometimes
anastomosing, but in essential features other than its excessive branch-
ing seems to belong with the others of this family.

60 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Genus HYPERAMMINA H. B. Brady, 1878.

Rhabdopleura? Dawson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 7, 1871, p. 86.

Hyperammina H. B. Brapy (type, H. elongata H. B. Brapy), (part), Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 433.—Btrscui1, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 193.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 257.—RuumBier, Nachr. kén.
Ges. Wiss. G6ttingen, 1895, p. 82; Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 257.

Hyperammina+Bactrammina Eimer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol 65,
1899, pp. 673, 675.

Description.—Test free, elongate, in general a simple cylindrical
tube with a swollen proloculum at the proximal end, the distal end
open and serving as the aperture, wall composed of sand grains,
interior usually smoothly finished.

There are several species of Hyperammina in the North Pacific,
but in general they are the species that are also known from other
ocean basins. In general they are found in cool water and often at
considerable depths.

HYPERAMMINA ELONGATA H. B. Brady.

Hyperammina elongata H. B. Brapy (part), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol.
1, 1878, p. 433, pl. 20, figs. 2 a, b; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 72;
Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 42, 1881, p. 98.—BaLkwIL. and
Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,
vol. 3, 1882, p. 546.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 257, pl. 23, figs. 4, 7 (not 9,
10).—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894,
p. 17, pl. 4, figs. 56-58 (not 55).—
CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, 1895, p. 13.—Goés, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 22.—
Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 270, pl. 10, fig. 2 (part).—
Kiar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no.
25, 1899. p. 4.—RuumBLeER, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 258, figs.
98 a, b, (in text).

Bactrammina elongata Ermer and Ficx-
ERT, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,
1899, p. 673.

Description.—Test elongate, con-
sisting of a long tubular portion of
small diameter, composed of sand

grains, proloculum broadly rounded,
Figs. 73-74.—HYPERAMMINA ELONGATA. 73, ~ :
TEST OF COMPARATIVELY LARGE SAND GRAINS, usually considerably larger than the
FROM SHALLOW WATER. X 15. 74, TEST OF FINE diameter of the tube, wall usually
MATERIAL FROM DEEPER WATER. X 12. aLbye 5
consisting of but a single layer of
sand grains with a varying amount of cement, smooth on the interior
surface, rougher on the exterior; aperture at the distal end of the

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 61

tube, little if at all constricted; color gray, sometimes brown, de-
pending largely upon the color of the sand grains.

Diameter about 0.5 mm.; length up to 8 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be well distributed in the
North Pacific. The Challenger records note it but twice in this
region, in the abyssal region at 2,300 and 3,125 fathoms. Goés
records it from two stations in the southeast portion of the region,
Albatross stations D3375, 1,201 fathoms, and D3407, 885 fathoms.

I have records of its occurrence at about twenty Albatross and
Nero stations in 110-2,848 fathoms. These stations are off Cali-
fornia, near Hawaii, several near the Bonin Islands, five on the
southeast coast of Japan, and two in Bering Sea.

Specimens of this species are usually without the proloculum, but a
number of specimens in the present series show the complete test.
It is of sand grains, coarse for the size of
the tube as a rule, and the proximal end is
broad and almost flattened in some cases.
It is rather distinct from the following
variety, although the two have been found
in company with one another at one
station.

HYPERAMMINA ELONGATA H. B. Brady, var.
LAVIGATA J. Wright.

Hyperammina elongata H. B. Brapy (part),
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884.
p. 257, pl. 23, figs. 9, 10 (not 3, 7, 8).—
Gots, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 17, pl. 4, fig. 55 (not
56-58).—F unt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 270, pl. 10, fig. 2 (in part).—
RuumMBtieER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903,
p. 258 (in part).

Hyperammina elongata H. B. Brapy, var.
levigata J. Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,
ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 466, pl. 20, fig. 1.

Description.—V ariety differing from the
typical in its smooth test, great excess of
cement, color yellowish or reddish brown,
‘and the proloculum ovoid, somewhat fusi-
iform in shape, but little larger in di-
ameter than the tube but with somewhat
of a constriction where it unites with the .

Fic. 75.—HYPERAMMINA ELONGATA,

meme, usually Of smaller size than the vas) uevears, Sreciuen yrom
typical form. Albatross STATION D4979, OFF JAPAN.
x 40.

Distribution.—Apparently more rare in
the North Pacific than the typical, but not so everywhere. I have
found specimens of this variety from Nero station 12, in 1,924

62 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands, station 1012, in 1,932 fathoms,
north of Guam, and at Albatross stations D4970 and D4979,
southeast of Japan, in 500 and 743 fathoms. At the last station it
occurs with the typical form.

This variety seems to be rather distinct,
and should be more definitely recorded, as it
has certain characters of more than varietal
rank, but it is kept here for the present.

HYPERAMMINA FRIABILIS H. B, Brady.

Hyperammina elongata H. B. Brapy (part), Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 433;
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 32.

Hyperammina friabilis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Chailenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 258, pl. 23,
figs. 1-3, 5, 6. —-Goks, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 17, pl. 4, fig. 59;
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 22.—
Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 269,
pl. 10, fig. 1—RuumBter, Arch. Protistk., vol.
3, 19038, p. 258, fig. 99 a, b, in text.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical,
or tapering somewhat toward the distal end,
nearly straight, test composed of coarse sand
grains, wall thick and loosely cemented, ex-
terior roughened, interior rather smooth, proxi-
mal end closed, forming a nearly spherical
proloculum from which the elongated tubu-

lar portion originates, not always distinct

BG. 76. HYPEBAMMINA FETA" from the exterior; aperture at the distal end

PER PORTION or THE TUBE small, nearly circular; color gray, often red-

PO dish-brown about the aperture and on the
inner parts of the wall where there is more cement.

Diameter 2 mm., length up to 15-16 mm.

Distribution. have found specimens apparently of this species
from four North Pacific stations: Albatross station D2806 in 1,329
fathoms near the Galapagos Islands, station D3608 from Holo-
thurian stomachs; from Bering Sea, 279 fathoms; and at Nero station

1528, east of Guam, in 2,391 fathoms. A single specimen was found -

at Albatross station H4014, in 3,800 fathoms, the deepest record
for this species. One specimen was found from Albatross station
D4334, off California.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 63

HYPERAMMINA MAXIMA, new species.

Deseription.—Test elongate, straight or slghtly curved, large,
composed of a swollen proloculum and an elongate tubular chamber;
wall thick, composed of sand grains and sponge spicules, rather
loosely cemented, aperture rounded, formed by the open end of the
tube; color gray or light brownish-gray.

Length up to 40 mm., diameter 2 mm.

Ty pe-specumen.—Cat. No. 8211, U.S.N.M., from Albatross station
D4337, off California.

This species is much larger than any of the others of the genus.
Its walls have a large proportion of sponge spicules. At the type
station this species occurred in great quantities
with other arenaceous species.

HYPERAMMINA SUBNODOSA H. B. Brady.
Rhabdopleura, species, G. M. Dawson, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 4, vol. 7, 1871, p. 86, fig. 7.
Hyperammina subnodosa, H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 259, pl. 23, figs.
11-14.—Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 255, pl. 4, fig. 32.—Goks,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl , vol. 25, No.
9, 1894, p. 16, pl. 3, figs. 42-53 (not 54).—Scuium-
BERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 7, 1894,
p. 254.--RuumBter, Arch. Protistk, vol. 3, 1903,
p. 259, fig. 100 a, b (in text).

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, ,..., 775 HyprRamuina
comparatively large, proximal end enlarged into maxima. x 2. Prom pHo-
a thick-walled proloculum, tube constricted at *°**?™
intervals and with much thicker walls, coarsely arenaceous, aperture
at the distal end of the tube, circular; color grayish.

Length up to 18 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be rare in the North Pacific.
There are five records of its occurrence: Challenger stations 237, 241
east of Japan, in 1,875 and 2,300 fathoms; one station in the Okhotsk
Sea, recorded by Schlumberger, in 280 meters; one Albatross station
D5026, also in the Okhotsk Sea but a short distance from the preceding,
119 fathoms; and Nero station 1164, near the Bonin Islands, in 2,384
fathoms.

64 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

It may be worthy of note that at the shallowest station, Albatross
station D5026, the bottom temperature in September was 30.4° F.,
even colder than at the abyssal stations where the species was found.

Fig. 80.—HYPERAMMINA SUBNODOSA, FROM THE OKHOTSK SEA X 10. @, SIDE VIEW; Db, SECTION OF A
PORTION OF THE CHAMBER LAID OPEN.

Genus SACCORHIZA Eimer and Fickert, 1899.

Hyperammina H. B. Brapy (part), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 33;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 257.—RmuMBLER, Nachr.
k6én. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 82; Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 257.

Saccorhiza (type, Hyperammina ramosa H. B. Brapvy), Erwer and FIcKERT,
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 670.

Description.—Test free, consisting of an ovoid proloculum with a
branching tube, composed of sand grains with many sponge spicules
on the exterior, rough; open ends of the tubes serving as apertures.

This genus has been made for this species, which, in its branching,
irregular habit and the almost invariable inclusion of sponge spicules,
differs from the typical Hyperammina. The genus made by Eimer
and Fickert has therefore been used. The other species of Rhumbler,
with its inclusions of spicules, has also been included here, although
known from but two fragmentary specimens.

|

i
q

a ee

——

a! oe

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 65

SACCORHIZA RAMOSA (H. B. Brady).

Hyperammina ramosa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 33,
pl. 3, figs. 14, 15; Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 42, 1881, p. 98;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 261, pl. 23, figs. 15-19.—H.
B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, no. 7,
1888, p. 217, pl. 41, figs. 1-4, 13.—Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 255, pl. 4, fig. 15.—Goés, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 18, pl. 4, figs. 61, 62 —CHapman, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1895, p. 13.—Go#s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p.
22.—Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 270, pl. 11, fig. 1.—Ruum-
BLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 260, figs. 101 a, 6 (in text).

Saccorhiza ramosa Ermer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 670.

Description.—Test free, proloculum ovoid passing into the branched
tubular portion, branching irregular, wall fairly thick, composed of
sand, more or less coated
with sponge spicules exte-
riorly, rough; apertures at
the ends of the tubes, color
grayish.

Mstribution.—This_ spe-
cles seems to be generally
distributed in the whole
North Pacific, twenty-five
or more well scattered sta-
tions having been noted.
However, none of these rec-
ords are north of latitude
40° N., but this is probably
due to the fact that little
material has been available
in deep water north of that
line.

Complete specimens are
very rare, but the frag-
mentary specimens, which
are readily recognized, are
common. This species is very different from the typical Hyperam-
mina with the single tube and the ordinary sand grains. The invest-
ment of sponge spicules shows a selective character rather marked,
for they are present on the test even from deep red-clay areas where
spicules are not frequent in the same bottom sample in which the
tests occur.

The figured specimen had very few spicules compared with the
majority of specimens.

Specimens were obtained in the cold water off Japan in 39 fath-
oms, Albatross station D4946. The greater number of stations are
over 1,000 fathoms, however, the deepest record of its occurrence
being 3,125 fathoms.

16777—Bull. 71—10—_5

Fic. 81.—SACCORHIZA RAMOSA. X 100.

66 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

SACCORHIZA CALCILEGA (Rhumbler).
Hyperammina calcilega RHUMBLER, Zool. Jahrb. Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 24,
pl. 2, figs. 1, 2

Description.—Test free, consisting of a nearly spherical proloculum
and a tubular portion, wall composed of calcareous sponge spicules
and of other foreign calcareous granules; color white.

Length 0.6-0.9 mm., breadth 0.15-0.24 mm.

Distribution.—Two specimens from which Rhumbler described this
species were found in shallow water at Laysan. Both are fragmentary
specimens of small size, but their characters, especially the sponge
spicules, would place the spe-
cies in the genus Saccorhiza, as
here considered. The calcare-
ous nature of the foreign mat-
ter of the wall is not surprising
when the almost universal cal-
careous nature of coral reef
material is considered.

Genus TOLYPAMMINA
Rhumbler, 1895.

. Hyperammina H. B. Brapy
(part), Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 33;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool-

ogy, vol. 9, 1884, p. 260.
Tolypammina RHUMBLER (type,
Hyperammina vagans H. B.
Brapvy), Nachr. k6n. Ges.
Wiss. Gottingen, 1895, p. 83;
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903,

p. 276.

Serpulella Ermer and FicKkeErRt,

Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol.
65, 1899, p. 674.

Fias. 82-83.—SACCORHIZA CALCILEGA. 82, SPECIMEN SHOW- PPARs i
ING PROLOCULUM. X115. 83, SPECIMEN SHOWING APER- Description—Test typically

TURAL PORTION. X 60 (AFTER RHUMBLER). adherent by its under surface,
but may become free, consisting of an elongated oval proloculum and
long irregular tube, unbr anched, composed of sand erains and reddish-
brown cement.

Rhumbler has proposed
the above genus for the Hy-
perammina vagans of Brady.
The attached habit and char-
acter of building the test
seem sufficient grounds for
its separation from others of : aa
the species usually assigned Fig. 84.—TOLYPAMMINA VAGANS. X10. FROM PHOTOGRAPH.
to My yperammina. Eimer and Fickert also proposed a generic name
for this species, but the name proposed by Rhumbler is several years
earlier and is here used.

sini

TO aa ee Oe ee ee eee ee ae ee ee

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 67

TOLYPAMMINA VAGANS (H. B. Brady).

Hyperammina vagans H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p.
33, pl. 3, fig. 5; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 260, pl. 24,
figs. |-9.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 270, pl. 11, fig. 2.

Tolypammina vagans RuumBueR, Nachr. kon. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p.
88; Zeitschr, allg. Phys., vol. 2, 1902, p. 281, fig. 97; Arch. Protistk., vol. 3,
1908, p. 277, fig. 125 a, 6 (in text).

Serpulella vagans Ermer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 674.

Description.—Test typically adherent, consisting of an oval-elon-
gate proloculum and a long irregularly winding tube of rather uni-
form diameter, unbranched, wall composed of sand grains of small
size and united by a reddish-brown cement often in considerable
amount, surface rather smooth, color
reddish-brown, the proloculum often
darker than the tubular portion.

Diameter 0.05-0.2 mm., length 1 mm.
or more.

Distribution.—This species occurred
at four Challenger stations and at eight
stations in the Albatross and Nero ma-
terial. These are well scattered in the
region west of longitude 150° W. and
south of latitude 40° N. Most of the
stations are over 1,500 fathoms, but
it has been noted in shallower water “immer gasp) suonounon or wren
off Japan, Albatross stations D4949,in — wen snown In riguRE Jus? ABOVE THE
110 fathoms, D4957in 437 fathoms. It ™??™
occurred near the Hawaiian Islands, H2922 in 268 fathoms. The
deepest record for this species in the North Pacific is at Albatross
station H4014, 3,800 fathoms, attached to Hyperammina friabilis.

Genus AMMOLAGENA Eimer and Fickert, 1899.

Trochammina JoNES and PARKER (part), Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p- 304.—W. B. CarpENTER, Parker, and Jongs, Intr. Study Foram., 1862, -
p. 142.

Webbina H. B. Branpy (part), Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 711
(not Webbina p’OrBiaNny, 1839); Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 349.

Ammolagena Eimer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 673
(type, Trochammina irregularis, var. clavata PARKER and JONES).

Webbinella RuuMBLER (part), Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 229.

Description.—Test adherent, composed of an oval proloculum with
a tubular chamber of variable length but of nearly uniform diameter,
the open end serving as the aperture; wall finely arenaceous but with
an excess of cement, proloculum without a definite floor.

The generic name of this species following should be that proposed
by Eimer and Fickert. Webbina as used by Brady is not at all the

68 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

use as proposed by d’Orbigny. Eimer and Fickert proposed the
name Ammolagena in 1899. Rhumbler includes with this species
Webbinella hemispherica, but as Ammolagena had already been pro-
posed for it the name of Ammolagena Eimer and Fickert should
stand and thus the generic name Webbinella is left for Webbinella
hemispherica in a restricted sense. The two species seem to be very
distinct, Ammolagena clavata having a proloculum and long tubular
chamber .with the aperture at the end of the tube. Webbinella -
hemispherica consists simply of a single adherent chamber with the
aperture at the rim of attachment, and there is nothing corresponding
to the long tubular portion seen in Ammolagena clavata.

The two species seem to be generically distinct and one seems re-
lated to the Hyperammina group and the other, Webbinella, to the
single-chambered Saccamminine.

AMMOLAGENA CLAVATA (Parker and Jones).

Trochammina irregularis, var. clavata PARKER and Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 304.

Trochammina irregularis (part), W. B. CARPENTER, ParKER, and Jones, Intr.’
Study Foram., 1862, p. 142, pl. 11, fig. 6.

Webbina clavata H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 711;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 349, pl. 41, figs. 12-16.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, pt. 7, 1888,
p- 218, pl. 42, fig. 21—J. Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 470,
pl. 20, figs. 2, 3.—Gois, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9,
1894, p. 32, pl. 6, figs. 245, 246.—CHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895,
p. 18.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 35.—F int, Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 279, pl. 24, fig. 3.—K1ar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp.
no. 25, 1899, p.4.—Bage, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 129.

Ammolagena clavata Emer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 673.

Webbinella clavata RuumsBierR, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1908, p. 229, fig. 55 (in
text).

Description.—Test adherent, consisting of an oval or pyriform
proloculum of fairly large size, without a floor, arching upward, thin-
walled, and a second tubular chamber of indefinite length, sometimes

Fias. 86-87.—AMMOLAGENA CLAVATA. X 12. 86, TWO SPECIMENS ATTACHED TO THE SURFACE OF A
SPECIMEN OF RHABDAMMINA. 87, TWO SPECIMENS ATTACHED TO A COILED ARENACEOUS TEST. ALL
MEGALOSPHERIC SPECIMENS.

entirely attached; sometimes the later part free and circular in cross
section; wall of fine sand grains, usually with an excess of reddish or
yellowish brown cement, smooth; open end of the tube serving as
the aperture.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 69

Longer diameter of the proloculum 0.5-1 mm.

Distribution.—The only Challenger record for this species is found
in the volume on ‘‘Summary of Results.” It is there recorded from
station 237, 1,875 fathoms, east of Japan. Brady, in the ninth vol-
ume of ‘‘the Challenger Report,” writes that it is a curious fact that
he had not met with a single specimen in any of the North Pacific

Fig. 88.—AMMOLAGENA CLAVATA. X 50. SPECIMEN ATTACHED, PORTION OF PROLOCULUM BROKEN
AWAY. MICROSPHERIC SPECIMEN WITH SMALL PROLOCULUM AND COMPARATIVELY LONG TUBULAR
PORTION.

dredgings. In the Eastern North Pacific Goés has recorded this
species from three stations off the coast of Mexico and Central
America, 660-1,201 fathoms. Bagg records it from six stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, 104-978 fathoms. In the present
work I have found it from Albatross station D3431 where Goés
records it, H2999, 549 fathoms, and Nero
station 2032, 1,014 fathoms, both in the vi-
cinity of the Hawaiian Islands.

I have examined Goés’s selected material
and also that selected by Bagg, now in the
National Museum.

Besides being attached to pebbles, sand,
erains, shells, etc., I have noted its occur-
rence on the following genera of Foramini-
fera: Ammodiscus, Cyclammina, Rhabdam-
mina, Haplophragmium, Biloculina, Pulvi-
nulina, and Cristellaria, Fig. 89.—AMMOLAGENA CLAVATA,.

Wright, 1891, speaks of the difference in x15. (rrompnorocrapn). micro-
the length of tube being related to the size Srcmunsarcacuunannavann,
of the proloculum, the shorter tube with the
larger proloculum, and the reverse. This would indicate a true di-
morphism and would correspond to what is known in other groups,
that the largest test is usually that with a microspheric proloculum.

70 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus JACULELLA H. B. Brady, 1879.

Jaculella H. B. Brapy (type, J. acuta H. B. Brapy), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 19, 1879, p. 35.—Btrscunt, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 193—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 255.—Ruumster, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p,

273.

Description.—Test free, elongate, conical, widest at the apertural
end, opposite end closed; wall thick, composed of sand grains roughly
cemented on the exterior.

In Jaculella the distinction between proloculum and tubular cham-
ber is not as marked as in some of the other genera, but in J. obtusa
the relation is often made out more definitely. There are but two
described species, both of which are re-
corded from the North Pacific, though
but rarely.

JACULELLA ACUTA H. B. Brady.
Jaculella acuta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 35, pl. 3, figs.
12, 13.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 19, no. 4, 1882, p. 143, pl.
12, fig. 432.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 255,
pl. 22, figs. 14-18.—Goks, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 23.—F iin,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 269,
pl. 9, fig.4.—RuuMBLER, Arch. Protistk.,
vol. 3, 1903, p. 273, fig. 122 (in text).

Description.—Test elongate, straight,
tubular, proximal end closed and acutely
pointed, distal end broader, slightly con-
stricted to form the aperture which is
circular, wall thick, composed of coarse
sand grains, firmly cemented, exterior
rough, proximal end of the test often
reddish-brown, distal portion grayish.

Length variable, up to 25 mm. or even
more.

Distribution.—Brady records this spe-
cies at but one North Pacific Challenger
station, 244, in 2,900 fathoms, in mid-

Figs. 90-91.—Jacuretta acura. x 12 Pacific. I have seen two specimens

Ua GaN from Albatross station H2684 in 1,122
fathoms and H2917 in 2,615 fathoms, one off the coast of Califor-
nia, the other near the Hawaiian Islands.

The closed end of the specimens seems to be easily detached as
they are rarely found complete.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 71

JACULELLA OBTUSA H. B. Brady.

Jaculella obtusa H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 714;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 256, pl. 22, figs. 19-22.—Goiks,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 20, pl. 4, figs.
87-89; pl. 5, figs. 90, 91; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 23.—
RuHuUMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 273, fig. 123 (in text).

Description.—Test elongate, straight, tubular, proximal end closed,
obtusely rounded, distal end but slightly broader, its open end form-
ing the aperture, wall thick, composed of sand grains,
firmly cemented, rough, grayish in color.

Length 10-15 mm.

Distribution Known from a single Challenger sta-
tion, No. 237, in 1,875 fathoms, east of Japan. Goés
found specimens from Albatross station D3407, 885
fathpms, off the west coast of Mexico. I have found
numerous other specimens from this latter station and
have a few specimens from Bering Sea, Albatross sta-
-tion D3501, in 688 fathoms.

This species is often nearly cylindrical or wider in the
middle than at either end, the texture rather less firm
than is that of J. acuta. :

Genus SAGENINA Chapman, 1900.

Sagenella H. B. Brapy (type, S. frondescens H. B. Brapy),
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 41; Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 278 (not Sagenella Haut).

Sagenina CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. 28, 1900.—RuHuMB-
LER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 221.

Description.—Test attached, tubular, dichotomously

or irregularly branching, often anastomosing; wall are-

naceous; apertures at the ends of the branches.

This genus contains several species, all occurring as
far as known in the eastern seas and in tropical waters
or in some cases subtropical as well.

SAGENINA FRONDESCENS (H. B. Brady).

Sagenella frondescens H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.
19, 1879, p. 41, pl. 5, fig. 1.—Birscuu, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 195, pl. 5,
fig. 16.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 278, pl. 28, figs. 14, 15.

Sagenina frondescens CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. 28, 1900, yg 99 -tacu-
p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 1.—Ruumeter, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, LELLA OBTUSA.
p. 221, fig. 46 (in text). x 15.

Description.—Test attached, tubular, stout, the tubes forming an
irregular network over the surface to which they are attached, dicho-
tomously branching or irregular and often anastomosing to form a

72 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

reticulated network; wall of fine sand with a small proportion of
cement, rather thin; apertures at the ends of the tubes, rounded;
color white, gray, or brown.

Diameter of the main
tubes up to 0.5 mm., of the
smaller ones as small as
0.12 mm.

Distribution.—Brady de-
scribed this species from
shallow water about the
Admiralty and Friendly
islands. A single fragmen-
tary specimen was obtained
from Albatross station D
4922 in Vincennes Strait,
south of Japan, in 60 fath-
oms. At this and adjacent stations many other species of tropical
Foraminifera seem to
reach their northern
limit.

Fig. 93.—SAGENINA FRONDESCENS. X 10 (AFTER BRADY).

SAGENINA RAMULOSA, new
species,

Description.—Test at-
tached, tubular, branch-
ing profusely at a small
angle, tubes often massed
or confluent; wall com-
posed of fine coralline
mud, smooth; apertures
at the ends of the tubes;
color, white.

Diameter of the tubes,
0.1-0.2' mm.

Ty pe-specumen.—C at.
No.8232, U.S/N.M.,

from Nero station 1066, ,
off Guam, 934 fathoms Fig. 94.—SAGENINA RAMULOSA. X15. FROM PHOTOGRAPH.

in coral mud, attached to fragments of worn shell.

This species is very slender, much more profusely branching than
any specimens of the preceding species that I have seen, and most of
the branching at a very acute angle.

;

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 73

Subfamily 4. AMMODISCIN 24.

Test composed of a globular proloculum and long undivided tube,
closely coiled, either planospirally or in changing planes or to form
a spiral test; wall of fine sand with much cement.

Ammodiscus and its allies Gordiammina, Ammodiscoides, and
Turrntellella form a rather unified group in that they are all close coiled
and are of fine material, with an abundance of reddish cement. As
far as known the tests are all free. In Ammodiscus the two forms,
microspheric and megalospheric, are known to occur.

Genus AMMODISCUS Reuss, 1861.

Operculina (part) D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Cuba, 1839, p. 71.

Orbis STRICKLAND, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 2, 1846, p. 30 (not Orbis of Pait-
rpPr, 1844—Cornuspira).

Spirillina Wiuu1AMson, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858, p. 93 (not
Spirillina EHRENBERG, 1841).

Trochammina (part) JoNEs and PARKER, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p.304.—W. B. CarrenterR, PARKER, and Jones, Intr. Study Foram., 1862,
p. 141.

Ammodiscus (part) Reuss, Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 44 (1), 1861 (1862),
p. 365.—Btrscau, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs,
vol. 1, 1880, p. 189.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 329.—RuuMBLER, Nachr. k6én. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 84.—
Emer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 614.—Ruum-
BLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1908, p. 280. (Type, A. incertus D’ORBIGNY
=O perculina incerta D’ORBIGNY).

Cornuspira (part) Reuss, and various authors (not Cornuspira ScHULTZE, 1854).

Involutina (part) Terquem, Mém. Acad. Imp. Metz, 1860-61 (1862), p. 450;
1862-63 (1863), p. 221.

Description.—Test free, spiral, composed of a proloculum and
long undivided tubular second chamber, coiled regularly in one
plane, wall finely arenaceous, cement usually brown, surface smooth.

I have restricted Ammodiscus to the basis of Rhumbler, including
only those species which have a truly planospiral test.

AMMODISCUS INCERTUS (d’Orbigny).

Operculina incerta D’ ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Phis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
“‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 49, pl. 6, figs. 16, 17; Spanish Edit., 1840, p. 71, pl. 6,
figs. 16, 17. ;

Spirillina arenacea WiutraAmMson, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858,
D2 93, pla7 fie203+

Trochammina squamata, var. incerta JoNES and PaRrKeER, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 304.—ParkeErR and Jones, Appendix to W. B. Car-
PENTER, PARKER, and JongEs, Intr. Study Foram., 1862, p. 312.

Trochammina incerta W.B. CARPENTER, PARKER, and JoNngEs, Intr. Study Foram.,
1862, p. 141, pl. 11, fig. 2.—Harusier, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol.
10, 1882, p. 52, pl. 3.

Ammodiscus incertus H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p- 330, pl. 38, figs. 1-3.—SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1889, p. 484, pl. 11, fig. 7.—Burrows, SHERBORN, and Battery, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 552, pl. 8, fig. 8.—J. Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad.,

74 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

vol. 1, 1891, p. 468.—Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1892,-p. 326, pl. 6,
fig. 11.—-Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p.263, pl.
5, figs. 35, 36.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894,
p. 31, pl.6, figs. 238, 239.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 17.—
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16, 1895, p. 315, pl. 11, figs. 8, 9.—Gois,
Bull. Mus, Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 34.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 278, pl. 23, fig. 2.—Muiiett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p.
362.—Emer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 614, fig. 32
(in text).—RHUMBLER, Zeitschr. allg. Phys., vol. 2, 1902, p. 1, fig. 18;
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 280, fig. 129 (in text).—Smesotrrom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 5.
Ammodiscus tenuis H. B. BRapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.51; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 332, pl. 38, figs. 4-6.—Goiis, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 31, pl. 6, figs. 240, 241.

5b:

—CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 18.—F int, Rep. U. 8S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 279, pl. 23, fig. 1—Ruumstier, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3,
1908, p. 281, fig. 130 (in text).

Description.—Test composed of an ovoid proloculum and long
spirally coiled, undivided second chamber, coils in a single plane,
gradually increasing in size, in the microspheric form very small in
the center, in the megalospheric form much larger in the central
portion and increasing but little in succeeding coils, in the adult
condition chamber about as wide as high, building no floor of its
own, aperture at the open end of the chamber, wall arenaceous,
usually with an excess of cement, color usually a reddish or reddish-
brown, in alcoholic specimens and sometimes in dry ones with the
portion about the aperture white.

Diameter of test up to 6 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records a single station for this species in
the North Pacific. Besides this station the volume on the ‘‘Sum-
mary of Results” of ‘‘The Challenger Report” adds another, 237,
in 1,875 fathoms off Japan. Goés records the species as common
off the west coast of Mexico and Central America from six Albatross
stations. It is common in this material and from Station D3431,
from which there are 129 specimens selected by Goés. Flint records
it from Panama Bay in 51 fathoms.

Besides these records I have found the species in material from
thirteen Albatross and Nero stations in. the North Pacific. These are
along the west coast of Mexico and the United States, at the entrance
to the Gulf of California, off San Diego and off Oregon; two stations
near the Hawaiian Islands; from along the south coast of Honshu
Island, Japan, and near Guam. This gives a rather general distri-
bution, but one station being north of lat. 40° N. The depths range
from 20 to 3,125 fathoms, but only four stations are over 1,500 fathoms
in depth. Of the shallower stations, two are 20 and 51 fathoms, the
others between 250 and 1,150 fathoms, with the average of all less
than 1,000 fathoms for this area.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 75

There seems to be no great doubt that Ammodiscus tenuis H. B.
Brady is the megalospheric form of the species of which A. incertus

(d’Orbigny) is the micro-
sphericform. From one sta-
tion, Albatross D3431, there
were 129 specimens, 26 of
which were microspheric (A.
incertus) and 103 megalo-
spheric (A. tenuis); at station
D3738, of 16 specimens, 2
were microspheric. At sta-
tion D4337, 19 out of 30
specimens were microspheric.
At several other stations both
forms were obtained, but the
amount of material did not
admit of a large series being
selected. In general, the meg-
alospheric form is the more
common, the usual feature
wherever series of the two
forms have been studied in

other genera. Alsothemicro-_

spheric form is usually much
larger than the megalospheric
when the entire growth is fin-
ished. This also seems to be
the general rule in the other
Foraminifera observed from
this standpoint.
AMMODISCUS EXSERTUS,
new species,

Description.—Test consist-
ing of a proloculum and long
undivided tubular chamber
closely coiled for several rev-
olutions, then uncoiling, but

b 96 a

Fics. 95-96.—AMMODISCUS INCERTUS. X 20. 95, LARGE
FORM WITH MICROSPHERIC PROLOCULUM AND MANY
SMALL EARLY COILS. 96a, FORM WITH MEGALOSPHERIC
PROLOCULUM, MADE UP OF A FEW LARGE COILS, THE A.
TENUIS H. B. BRADY WHICH IS THE MEGALOSPHERIC
FORM OF A. INCERTUS (D’ORBIGNY); 0, APERTURAL VIEW
OF SAME SPECIMEN SHOWING THE MEGALOSPHERIC PROLO-
CULUM OF GREATER DIAMETER THAN THE SUCCEEDING
PORTIONS OF THE TEST.

in the same plane, by a straight tube,

wall finely arenaceous, with a reddish-brown cement, aperture at the
end of the uncoiled portion, a circular opening slightly constricted.

Diameter 0.45 mm.

76 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8260, U.S.N.M., from Albatross D4979,
in 943 fathoms, off the south coast of Honshu Island, Japan.
The specimen figured by Brady @

4 has a similar form, but less developed.

Genus GORDIAMMINA
Rhumbler, 1895.

Trochammina (part) JONES and PARKER,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 61,
1860, p. 304.

Ammodiscus (part) Smppatt and H. B.
Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879,
p.5; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 333.

Gordiammina RuumMBLER, Nachr,. kon.
Ges. wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 84;
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 281.
Type, G. charoides (JonES and Par-
KER)= Trochammina charoides JONES
and PARKER.

Description.—Test composed of
a proloculum and long, undivided
second chamber, winding upon itself
6 in various planes, not completely

Fig. 97.—AMMODISCUS EXSERTUS. X 100. spiral throughout, wall finely arena-

CEE IE ig ES IEA ceous, with much cement, smooth
both without and within, color reddish or yellowish brown.

Rhumbler has proposed a new generic name to include the two
species which have the coiled chamber winding in varying planes but
not in a regular spire. The method of growth is certainly very
different from the planospiral one of Ammodiscus, and the generic
name used by Rhumbler has been adopted here.

GORDIAMMINA GORDIALIS (Jones and Parker),

Trochammina squamata, var. gordialis JonES and PARKER, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 304.—ParxkeER and Joness, Trans. Roy. Soc. Lon-
don, vol. 155, 1865, p. 408, pl. 15, fig. 32.

Trochammina gordialis W. B. CARPENTER, PARKER, and Joness, Intr. Study
Foram., 1862, p. 141, pl. 11, fig. 4.—Jonrs, Parker, and Kirxsy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 4, 1869, p. 390, pl. 13, figs 7,8.—Wriaut, Proc. Belfast
Field Club, 1876-77 (App.), pl. 4, fig. 3—Haruster, Ann. Mag. Nat Hist.,
ser. 5, vol. 10, 1882, p. 55, pls. 3 and 4, figs. 8-20.

Trochammina (Ammodiscus) gordialis HArusLER, Neues Jahrb., 1883, p. 59, pl. 4,
figs. 2, 3.

Ammodiscus gordialis Sippatt and H. B. Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879,
p. 5.—Bitrscuut, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1,
1880, p. 196, pl. 5, fig. 22.—H.B. Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 42, 1881, p. 100; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p, 333, pl. 38,
figs. 7-9.—HarusteR, Neues Jahrb., Beil., vol. 4, 1885, p. 24, pl. 3, figs.

aRep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 38, fig. 4,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Ti

10-22, 31.—H. B. Brapy,Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol.
12, 1888, p. 218, pl. 42, fig. 22.—J. Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891,
p.469.—Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 264, pl.
5, figs. 39, 40.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 279, pl. 24., fig. 1.

Gordiammina gordialis RauMBLER, Nachr. k6én. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 84;
Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 282, fig. 132 (in text).

Description.—Test composed of a proloculum and long, undivided
second chamber, at first planospiral ike Ammodiscus, but soon leav-
ing the one plane and becoming irregularly; coiled wall finely arena-
ceous with much cement; color reddish or yellowish brown.

Diameter 0.25—-0.84 mm.

Distribution.—There are seven Challenger records for this species
in the North Pacific, six of them in the abyssal region from Japan
westward to the mid-Pacific and thence southward to the equator,
the other one between Hongkong and Manila. These stations range

100

Figs. 98-100.—GORDIAMMINA GORDIALIS. XX 70 (AFTER BRADY).

in depth from 1,875 to 3,125 fathoms, mostly in red clay areas. The
only other North Pacific record is that of Flint, Albatross station
D3080, in 93 fathoms off the coast of Oregon.

Many of the figured fossil specimens are very peculiar, and a ques-
tion may be raised as to whether they all belong to this species.

GORDIAMMINA CHAROIDES (Jones and Parker).

Trochammina squamata, var. charoides JoNES and PARKER, Quart. Journ. Geol.
Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 304.

Trochammina charoides W. B. CARPENTER, JONES, and ParKER, Intr. Study Foram.,
1862, p. 141, pl. 11, fig. 3—Stmpa11, Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., pt. 2, 1878,
p. 5.—Haervus.er, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 10, 1882, p. 56, pl. 4,
fig. 21.

Ammodiscus charoides BERTHELIN, Foram. de Bourgneuf et Pornichet, 1878, p. 23,
no. 18.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 334,
pl. 38, figs. 10-16.—J. Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 469.—
CHapMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 18.—Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 279, pl. 24, fig. 2.

Gordiammina charoides RHUMBLER, Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p.
84.—Krar, Norske Nordhavs-Exp., no. 25, 1899, p. 4.—RuumBLER, Arch.
Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 282, fig. 133 (in text).

Description.—Test consisting of a proloculum and long, undivided
second chamber evenly coiled in a series of layers making a subglobu-
lar mass, then turning at right angles to its preceding axis and making

78 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

finally a partial or complete revolution about the earlier-formed
globular test ; wall finely arenaceous with much cement; surface smooth
and polished; color reddish brown.

Diameter 0.34—0.4 mm.

103

106

Fias. 101-106.—GORDIAMMINA CHAROIDES. X 70 (AFTER BRADY). 104, SECTION THROUGH TEST. 105,
APERTURAL VIEW. 106, BROKEN SPECIMEN SHOWING COILS OF INTERIOR.

Distribution.—This species is known in the North Pacifie from two
Challenger stations in 1,875—2,575 fathoms, east from Japan. Brady
also mentions a North Pacific station ‘‘ from 50-150 fathoms.’’ Flint
records the species from off the coast of Oregon, 93 fathoms, from
Albatross station D3080.

Genus TURRITELLELLA Rhumbler, 1908.

Trochammina (part) SIDDALL, Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., pt. 2, 1878, p. 46.
Ammodiscus (part) Sippatt and H. B. Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879, p.
5.—BaLKwi.t and MiLLert, Journ. Micr. and Nat. Sci., vol. 3, 1884, p. 25.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 335.
Turritellopsis RHUMBLER (not of G. O. Sars, 1878), Nachr. kon. Ges. Wiss. Got-
tingen, 1895, p. 84.
Turritellella RuUMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 283.
Description.—Test free, consisting of a proloculum and long, undi-
vided second chamber, coiled in an elongated close spiral, wall com-
posed of sand grains and much cement, smooth; aperture, the open
end of the tubular chamber.
The single species here included has a long, closely spiral test very
different from any of the preceding, and it seems proper that it should
have a different generic name.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 79

TURRITELLELLA SHONEANA (Siddall).

Trochammina shoneana SippALL, Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., pt. 2, 1878, p. 46,
figs. 1, 2.
ia, shoneanus StppatLand H. B. Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879,
p. 5.—BaLkwi.i and Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 3, 1882, p. 546;
Journ. Micr. and Nat. Sci., vol. 3, 1884, p. 25, pl. 1, fig. 4.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy.: Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 335, pl. 38, figs. 17-19.
Turritellopsis shoneanus RuuMBLER, Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895,
p. 84; Zeitschr. allg. Phys., vol. 2, 1902, p. 284, fig. 103.
Turritellella shoneana RHUMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 283, text fig. 135.
Description.—Test free, composed of a proloculum and long undi-
vided tubular second chamber, in a close coiled, elongate spiral, of.
nearly uniform diameter, wall finely arenaceous, with much cement,
rounded open end of the tubular
chamber serving as the aperture,
color reddish-brown.
Length 0.25—-0.5 mm.
Distribution.—The only North
Pacific record for this species is the
deepest of the Challenger dredg-
ings, station 238, 3,950 fathoms,
east of Japan. In other parts of
the world this species has been
found in rather shallow water.

Family 3. LITUOLIDA.

Test composed of agglutinated & ‘e
material for the most part; consist- !'*- Ry ee eee aoe
ing of two or more chambers; ar-
ranged in a linear, coiled or irregular series; apertures usually one to
each chamber, but sometimes more.

The tests included in this family all have the wall composed of
agglutinated material with a varying amount of cement in the various
genera. Throughout the family as here used the tests are composed
of two or more chambers and a definite proloculum is apparent.
Usually the tests are composed of a series of chambers. There are
well marked genera in the coiled group which in their later growth
show a decided uncoiling and this may be carried to an extreme in
such forms as Ammobaculites agglutinans where only the early portion
shows any trace of coiling.

Several new genera have been made to include species which are
very different in their plan of growth. The genera Haplophragmium
and Trochammina especially have been divided. According to the
type-species of Haplophragmium the test is uncoiled in later develop-
ment, closely coiled when young, more or less labyrinthic in the

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

interior and having several apertures. Such forms occur most com-
monly among the fossil series, but are also known as recent species in
the East Indies. Therefore the genus Haplophragmium is here re-
stricted to those species none of which have been recorded from the
North Pacific.

The planospiral forms are here separated from the trochoid ones, as
in the Mollusca, for example, these two types are always distinct, and
it has seemed best to keep them so even in the Foraminifera. The
uncoiling and closely coiled planospiral forms have also been sepa-
rated. A number of previously proposed names have been used.
Certain of the genera include species not hitherto described in this
group, and which are apparently new.

After a careful review of the work done by various authors the
scheme of distributing the genera of the Lituolide among the various
families with which they are supposed to have affinities, has been
avoided. It is less confusing, it seems to me, to keep the family as
it now is, especially when the relationships of the arenaceous and
calcareous forms are so hazy and uncertain and in other cases when
details of structure are carefully considered the apparent likeness is
lost. It has seemed best, therefore, to regard the similarity of form
as cases of parallelism and not true relationships.

Subfamily 1. ASCHHMONELLIN 4%.

Test composed of agglutinated material, divided irregularly into
chambers without definite plan of arrangement.

The two species of Aschemonella recorded from this area are primi-
tive in character. The chamber seems to produce orifices at irregular
positions and from any of these a new series of chambers may be
initiated, thus giving rise to an irregularly formed test. In this
respect these species seem more primitive than the rest of the family

and are here separated from them.

Genus ASCHEMONELLA H. B. Brady, 1879.

Astrorhiza (part) Norman, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 25, 1876, p. 213.

Aschemonella H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 42.—
Biurscuu, in Bronns Klassen, und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p.
195. Type, Aschemonella caterrata (NORMAN)=Astrorhiza catenata NORMAN.

Description.—Test free, composed of a number of tubular or in-
flated chambers in a single or branching series, irregular in form and
size, walls arenaceous, firm, thin, apertures often several, at the end
of tubular necks.

The two following species were recorded from the material of the
Challenger expedition as occurring in the North Pacific.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 81

ASCHEMONELLA RAMULIFORMIS H. B. Brady.

Aschemonella ramuliformis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 273, pl. 27, figs. 12-15.

Description.— Test free, elongate; forming an irregular, more or
less branched, sometimes segmented
tube, with numerous apertures, lateral
and terminal. Walls very thin, but hard
and firmly cemented; exterior only
slightly rugose, interior surface smooth.
Length, 4 inch (8 mm.).”

Distribution.—Found at three Chal-
lenger stations in the North Pacific, 244,
246, and 253, in 2,050-3,125 fathoms.
Most common at station 244 in 2,900
fathoms.

ASCHEMONELLA CATENATA (Norman.)

Astrorhiza catenata NorMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc.
London, vol. 25, 1876, p. 213.

Aschemonella catenata H. B. Brapy, Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 42,
pl. 4, figs. 12, 13; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 271, pl. 27, figs.
1-11; pl. 27 A, figs. 1-3.

Aschemonella scabra H. B. Brapy, Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 44, pl.
3, figs. 6, 7.

Description.—‘‘Test free, irregularly
branched; chambers numerous, inflated,
variable in size and contour, usually with
several tubulated orifices, each of which
may produce a fresh segment. Walls
thin, compactly built, exterior more or
less rough, often acerose with partially
embedded sponge-spicules; interior
smooth. Complete specimens sometimes
zz inch (10.5 mm.) in length.” onus

Distribution.—This species isrecorded ig. 110.—AscuEMoNELLA RAMULIFOR-
at four Challenger stations in the North Mint ke
Pacific, 224, 237, 244, 246, in 1,850-2,900 fathoms. Brady speaks
of the specimens from station 244 as the finest obtained by the
Challenger.

Subfamily 2. REOPHACIN 4.

Test of agglutinated material, sand grains, sponge-spicules, etc.,
with a varying amount of cement, chambers in a Iinear series, aperture
single at the end of the last formed chamber.

16777—Bull. 71—10——6

{
82 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This subfamily includes many species mainly belonging to Reophaz
and Hormosina. The chambers vary in relative length and in their
relative position, sometimes closely fitting one over the other, some-
times drawn out with long tubular portions between the chambers.
There is much difference in the materials used by various species,
sand grains being the usual material, but certain species select sponge-
spicules and in one species, Reophax membranaceus the test is composed
largely of chitinous material.

Fias. 111-113.—ASCHEMONELLA CATENATA. X 15 (AFTER BRADY).
Genus REOPHAX Montfort, 1808.

Reophax Montrort (type, R. scorpiurus Montrort), Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808, p.
330, 83™° genre.—H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 289.—Emer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 675.

Nodosaria pD’ORrBIGNY (not of LAMARcK, 1812) (part), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 255.—Trerquem, Mém. Acad. Imp. Metz, vol. 51, 1870, p. 354.

Lituola Parker and Jonss (part), Trans. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 155, 1865, p.
407.—ParkeEr, Can. Nat., vol. 5, 1870, pp. 177, 180.—ParkeEr, JoNEs, and
H.B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 159.—Sippa.t, Proc.
Chester Soc, Nat: Sci., pt. 2, 1878, p. 47.—Btrscuur, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 192.

Haplostiche ScHwaGeEr (not of Reuss, 1861), Jahresh. Ver. vat. Naturk. Wirt-
temburg, vol. 21, 1865, p. 92.

Nodulina Ruumster, Nachr. kon. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 85.

Se ee on

ee Se

—— ce

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 83

Description.—Test free, composed of a linear series of chambers,
joined end to end in a nearly straight line, sometimes slightly curved
or irregular but not coiled, wall coarsely arenaceous, chambers
undivided, aperture simple and terminal.

This genus as now modified includes the multiple chambered
uniserial arenaceous forms with undivided chambers and a single

oral aperture.
REOPHAX SCORPIURUS Montfort.

“‘Orthoceras” ?, SOLDANI, Testaceographica, vol. 1, 1795, p. 239, pl. 162, fig. x.
Reophax scorpiurus Montrort, Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808, p. 330, 83™° genre.—
- W. B. Carpenter, The Microscope, 6th ed., 1881, p. 564, fig. 32le.—H. B.
Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 42, 1881, p. 99.—HAEUSLER,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 39, 1883, p. 27, pl. 2, fig. 7—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 291, pl. 30, figs. 12-17.— Bax-
witt and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p. 328, pl. 13, figs.
5 a, b.—Harvuster, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., Beil., vol. 4, 1885, p. 9, pl. 1, figs.
9-16.—A. Acassiz, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 15, 1888, p. 163, fig. 495 (in
text).—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol.
12, 1888, p. 217, pl. 41, fig. 10 —Haruster, Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges., vol.
17, 1890, p. 27, pl. 5, figs. 23, 24.—J. Wriaut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol.
1, 1891, p.467.—CHApPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1892, p. 320, pl. 5, figs. 4, 5.—
Eccer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 257, pl.4, fig.
18; pl. 5, figs. 45, 46—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no.
9, 1894, p. 24, pl. 5, figs. 158-163; pl. 6, figs. 164-167 [not 168-171].—CuHap-
MAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 14.—Goiis,. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 26.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 273, pl.
16, fig. 3—Mittett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 254.—Guppy, Proc.
Victoria Inst., Trinidad, vol. 2, 1902, p. 3, pl. 2, fig. 2—CHapman, Trans.
and Proc. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1906, p. 84.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 126.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) scorpionus D’ORrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p.
255, No. 40.

Lituola scorpiurus H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p.
467, pl. 48, fig. 5—Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland, vol. 1, 1867, p. 96,
pl. 12, fig. 3—Dawson, Can. Nat., vol. 5, 1870, p. 177, fig. 4—Parker,
Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 159,
pl. 9, fig. 29—Dawson, Amer. Jour. Sci., vol. 1, 1871, p. 206, fig. 4; Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 7, 1871, p. 86, fig. 4.

Lituola nautiloidea, var. scorpiurus PARKER and JongEs, Trans. Roy. Soc. Lon-
don, 1865, p. 407, pl. 15, fig. 48 a, b.—H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc. Monogr., vol.
30, 1876, p. 63, pl. 8, fig. 7—ScuwaGer, Boll. Reg. Com. Geol. Ital., vol.
8, 1877, p. 26, fig. 87.—Btrscuu, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des
Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 192, pl. 5, fig. 18.

Description.—Test consisting of a number of chambers, rapidly
increasing in size as added, early chambers irregularly arcuate, later
ones more nearly straight, surface rough, of fairly large sand grains,
aperture simple, with a short neck, small.

Length 0.5-2 mm.

84 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Brady at seven Chal-
lenger stations from 40 fathoms on the coral reefs of Honolulu to
3,950 fathoms in the abyssal region east of Japan. Goés records it
from Albatross station D3431, 995 fathoms at the entrance to the
Gulf of California as scarce. Bagge records it from three stations
near the Hawaiian Islands, 495-1,307 fathoms. I have found it in
North Pacific material, from about Japan at a number of stations,
and from the vicinity of Hawaii, usually in rather shallow water in
both regions.

Of Bage’s specimens, only one, that from station D4567, can belong
to this species. Of the other two specimens, one is not Reophaz, the

115

Figs. 114-116.—REOPHAX SCORPIURUS, 114, SPECIMEN FROM HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 114 FATHOMS. X 20.
115, SPECIMEN FROM OFF JAPAN, 77 FATHOMS. X15. 116, SPECIMEN OF QUESTIONABLE CHARACTER
FROM HAWAIIAN ISLANDS, 217 FATHOMS. X 10.

other very questionable. Some of the Goés material is typical, some

of it rather nondescript.

A review of the above synonymy will show that this specific name
has been a sort of dumping ground for every irregular arenaceous
Foraminifer or worm tube which is not definitely coiled or not well
characterized. The original figure of Soldani on which Montfort
based this species shows an arenaceous test with the early chambers
irregularly arcuate, the later ones nearly straight and larger. Mont-
fort made a fanciful copy of this figure of Soldani and the result is
rather surprising, the figured specimens being made to show a net-
work of raised ribs which were the lines between the sand grains in

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 85

Soldani’s figure. With such a copy and the subsequent figures
showing all sorts of arenaceous tests it is no wonder that there has
existed great confusion in regard to this species.

The species is here restricted to those specimens showing the typ-
ical structure, such as Goés, 1894, pl. 5, fig. 158; pl. 6, figs. 164, 166,
167, and Flint, 1899, pl. 16, fig. 3.

REOPHAX PILULIFER H. B. Brady.

Reophaz pilulifera H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
292, pl. 30, figs. 18-20.—H. B. Brapy, ParxeEr, and Jonss, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, pt. 7, 1888, p. 217, pl. 41, figs. 5-7[8?].—Cuapman, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 15.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 27.—Funt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 273, pl. 18, fig. 1.

Description.—Test composed of few (three to five) chambers, ar-
ranged in a straight or slightly arcuate line, chambers subglobose,
each much larger than the
preceding, walls of coarse
sand grains, but rather neat-
ly cemented with considera-
ble cement, giving a fairly
smooth exterior, aperture
small, often wath a slight
neck-like protuberance.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—In the Chal-
lenger material from the
North Pacific this species oc-
curs at stations 237 and 244,
1,875 and 2,900 fathoms, east
of Japan. Goés found it in
the Albatross material at sta-
tion D3419, in 772 fathoms,
in the eastern tropical Pa-
cific, not 1,800 fathoms as he Figs. 117-118.—REOPHAX PILULIFER. 117, SPECIMEN FROM
recorded it. His selected sents sELectep By Goiis. X 20. 118, ANOTHER SPECI-
material consists of tenspec- “"“ **
imens from this station, a typical one of which is here figured. I
have found two specimens from Albatross station D4957, in 437 fath-
oms, south of Japan. The figures given by Goés in 1894 are really PR.
guttifer H. B. Brady. Fig. 8, at least, of Brady, Parker, and Jones,
1888, is very questionable.

REOPHAX DISTANS H. B. Brady.

Reophaz distans H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 50; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 296, pl. 31, figs. 18-22.—_CHAPMAN,
Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 15.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol.
29, 1896, p. 27.

86 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test composed of a few fusiform chambers with long
slender connections in a straight line or irregular, usually not more
than three chambers found together,
wall of coarse sand grains, but rather
smoothly cemented, thin.

Length of three chambered speci-
mens, 5 mm.

Istribution—The Challenger ob-
tained this species from four North Pa-
cific stations, 1,875—2,050 fathoms, be-
tween Japan and 180°. Goés records
it from three Albatross stations off the
west coast of Mexico and Central Amer-
ica, station D3419, 772 fathoms; D
3399, 1,740 fathoms; D3375, 1,201
fathoms. I have found single cham-
bers in material from the stomachs of
Holothurians taken at Albatross sta-
tion D3603 in 1,771 fathoms, in Ber-
ing Sea; also single chambers at Nero
station 1012, in 1,932 fathoms, north
of Guam. The figured specimen is from
; Albatross station D3375. :
Fig. 119—Reornax Goés speaks of this material as We. 120—Reornax

ee KS “more globiform” than the Specimens
figured by Brady, but the material of Goés that I have examined
seems very typical, consisting of ten single chambers and the one
three-chambered specimen figured here. The slender connections
between the chambers are very easily broken, and complete speci-
mens are very rare.

REOPHAX BACILLARIS H. B. Brady.

Reophaz bacillaris H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 49;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 293, pl. 30, figs. 23, 24.—pE
Amicts, Nat. Sic., vol. 14, 1895, p. 72, pl. 1, fig. 17.—CHapman, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1895, p. 15.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 27.—F.uint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 274, pl. 18, fig. 3.—
Mretr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 254, pl. 14, fig. 12.

Description.—Test elongate, regularly tapering, usually with an
angle near the basal portion, composed of a large number (sometimes
as many as thirty) of short chambers, earlier ones often less distinct
than the later ones, aperture small, usually at the end of a very short
neck-like protuberance; color gray.

Length up to 5 mm.

Distribution.—The only published records for the North Pacific are
two stations from the eastern tropical Pacific recorded by Goés,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 87

Albatross stations D3375, D3376, 1,132 and 1,201 fathoms. I have
examined his material from the latter station, two specimens, each
with eight chambers, evidently not complete, but of the typical form.
One of these specimens is figured (fig. 120).

REOPHAX DENTALINIFORMIS H. B. Brady.

Reophax dentaliniformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 49; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884. p. 293, pl. 30, figs. 21, 22.—
Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 25, pl. 6, figs.
172-175.—ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 7,
1894, p. 239.—CuHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895,
p. 15.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 27.—Funt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 274,
pl. 18, fig. 2.—Mrett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 254.

Reophax nodulosa Baca (not H. B. Brapy), Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 23.

Description.—Test slender, tapering, composed of a
few (five or six) elongated chambers, but slightly tumid
in the middle, in a straight or slightly curved line,
walls composed of rather coarse sand grains but very
neatly cemented together, giving a fairly smooth exte-
rior, aperture rather large, at the end of the short tubu-
lar neck; color gray.

Length up to 2 mm. :

Distribution.—This species is now known from fifteen
stations in the North Pacific, down to 3,950 fathoms
off Japan. Schlumberger records the species from the 45, —Rpopnax
Okhotsk Sea and the other stations cover rather well DENTALINIFORMIS.
the area south of lat. 40° N. from the coast of Japan *””
to the Hawaiian Islands and off the west coast of Mexico and
Central America.

Goés’s specimens from Station D3276, 1,132 fathoms, are for the
most part complete and typical. The specimen referred by Bagg to

Reophax nodulosus is really a specimen of R. dentaliniformis H. B.
Brady.

REOPHAX NODULOSUS H. B. Brady.

Reophax nodulosus H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 52, pl. 4,
figs. 7,8; Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 42, 1881, p. 99; Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 294, pl. 31, figs. 1-9.—TourKowsk1, Zap.
Kievsk. obshch. Est., vol. 9, 1888, p. 5, pl. 2, figs. 2 a, 6. —Eaarr, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 256, pl. 4, figs. 5-7, 12, 13 [?].—
Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 26, pl. 6,
figs. 187-191.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 15.—Goiis, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 27.—Fuint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 274, pl. 18, fig. 4.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, usually straight but some-
times arcuate, consisting of several chambers (usually less than

88 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

twelve) pyriform in shape, the proximal part of each’ chamber
broadest, thence tapering gently toward the distal end, chambers
gradually increasing in size toward the distal end of the test, exterior,
in the large form with short chambers, roughish, in the
form with long chambers, smooth; aperture large, at
the end of the tapering chamber; color usually grayish.

Length very variable, up to 25 mm.

Distribution.—There are ten published records for
this species which with the new stations from the
Albatross and Nero soundings give a very general dis-
tribution for this species in the North Pacific, depths
ranging from 941-3,950 fathoms.

Bageg’s specimen from Albatross station H4585
assigned to this species is Reophax dentaliniformis
H. B. Brady, as I find upon examination of his ma-
terial. Goés’s specimens, as well as all other North
Pacific material that I have seen, are like plate 31, figs.
3 and 4 of the Challenger Report. Some of Goés’s
specimens had nine chambers. His specimens from
the Caribbean Sea are more like figures 6—8 of the same
plate, and it is very probable that Brady has included
more than one species under this name. Egger’s fig-
ures seem to.represent a mixed assemblage of little
character, none of which appears to be a typical Reo-
phax nodulosus.

REOPHAX GUTTIFER H. B. Brady.

Reophax guttifera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.
21, 1881, p. 49; Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882,
p.711; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 295,
pl. 31, figs. 10-15.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 26, pl. 6, figs. 192-195.

Reophax pilulifer Gots (not H. B. Brapy), Kongl. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 25, pl. 6, figs.
176-180.

Description.—Test elongate, nearly straight, com-
posed of from 38-8 chambers, typically pyriform, broad-
est at the base and rather rapidly narrowing to the
aperture at the distal end of the chamber, wall com-
posed of coarse sand grains, rather roughly cemented;
color yellowish-brown.

Fig. 122.—Reornax Length up to 1.6 mm.

Nopunosus. X %- Distribution. —With the exception of the Philippines
the only records for the North Pacific for this species are from the
Challenger material, stations 237 and 246, 1,875 and 2,050 fathoms,
east of Japan.

a a rr a

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 89

The narrow stolon-like connections between the chambers make
the test very fragile and probably account for the fact that specimens
with slender connections are composed of few chambers. Goés’s
figures are very small and it is difficult to deter-
mine exactly what he had. Goés’s figures of R.
pilulifer are apparently R. guttifer, as near as one
can make out.

REOPHAX INSECTUS Goés.
Reophax insectus Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29,
1896, p. 28, pl. 3, figs. 6, 7.

Description.—Test stout, tapering, consisting of
several short, inflated chambers, each larger than
the preceding one, wall composed of large sand
grains and rather rough on the exterior; circular in
end view; light gray in color.

Length 5-8 mm., the last chamber often 2 mm.
in diameter.

Distribution.—Goés described this species from
material from Albatross stations off the west coast
of Mexico and near the Galapagos Islands, Alba-
tross stations D3407, D3419, and D3431, in 772-995 fathoms.
Besides seeing the original material and
finding additional specimens at the last
station, I have found two specimens from
Albatross station D4337, in 617-680
fathoms off San Diego, California. The
material from this station was very
similar to that from farther south, and
might equally well be termed ‘‘ Rhab-
dammina ooze.”

Fig. 123.—REOPHAX GUT-
TIFER. X 100.

REOPHAX ADUNCUS H.B. Brady.

Reophax adunca H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 715;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 296, pl. 31, figs. 23-26.—F Lint,
Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p.
274, pl. 18, fig. 5.

Description.—Test consisting of sev-
pois Ade NmOrEas wsecros. Xx 12- 4, - eral subglobular chambers in an irregu-
SIDE VIEW; 0, END VIEW. epic
lar line, constrictions between the cham-
bers slight, walls thin, composed of rather coarse sand grains giving
a rough exterior, length indefinite, 2 mm. or more.
Distribution.—The only North Pacific records for this species are
from Challenger stations 237, 244, 246, and 256, 1,875-2,950 fathoms,
all curiously enough between lat. 30° and 40° N.

90 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This differs from the other species of Reophaz, and when its early
development is known, may be’placed elsewhere. It has the appear-
ance of the later chambers of certain attached species which later
become free or coiled species, straightening out in their later develop,

ment. Flint’s figures show specimens
of identical ee with those ob-
tained by the Challenger.

REOPHAX MEMBRANACEUS H. B. Brady.

Reophax membranacea H. B. Brapy, Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p.53,
pl. 4, fig. 9; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zo-
ology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 297, pl. 32, figs.
1-4.—Mittert?, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1899, p. 255, pl. 4, fig. 14.

Description.—Test elongate, slender,
tapering, straight or slightly curved,
consisting of from five to ten subeylin-
drical, elongated chambers, slightly
tumid in the middle; walls thin, chit-

inous, of a brown color; length up to

Fig. 125.—R EOPHAX ]|.4 mm.
ADUNCUS. X 50.

: : * : Fig. 126.—REo-
Distribution.—Brady records this pax wem-

species from Challenger station 238 in 3,950 fathoms off — BRANAcEUS.
. X 200.

Japan and in the volume on the ‘Summary of Results”

it is questionably recorded from the next station, 237, in 1,875 fath-
oms. I have found specimens in material from three Nero stations,
1012, 1021, 1030, in 1,932-
2,112 fathoms, north of
Guam. Specimens were
very rare.

These specimens, one of
which is figured here, are
more like the specimens
figured by Brady than those
figured by Millett. The
wallsare very thin and clean.

REOPHAX BILOCULARIS Flint.

Reophax bilocularis Fuint,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 273, pl. 17, fig. 2.

Description.—Test com-
posed of two chambers in a
straight line or set at an angle, chambers oval, walls of foreign mat-
ter, sand and largely of tests of other Foraminifera, surface irregu-
lar, aperture at the end of a tubular neck.

Length up to 2.5 mm

Fig. 127.—REOPHAX BILOCULARIS. X 25, ad, FRONT VIEW;
b, SIDE VIEW SHOWING THE OBLIQUITY OF THE CHAMBERS.

.
|
1
;
{
j

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 91

Distribution —I have found a single specimen from Nero station
1464, in 891 fathoms in globigerina ooze. This station is just north

129 a

¥ 130

131

Fig. 128.—REOPHAX ARMATUS. Figs. 129-131—REOPHAX CYLINDRICUS. X 20 (AFTER BRADY).
X 22 (AFTER GO#s). 129 a, SIDE VIEW; 0, APERTURAL VIEW. 130, LONGITUDINAL

SECTION. 1381, SIDE VIEW.

of Guam. The specimen appears to belong to this species. It has
two chambers of an oval shape, set at a slight angle. The wall made

up of a small part of sand with tests of other
Foraminifera and other foreign material making
up the rest.

REOPHAX ARMATUS Goés.

Reophax armatus Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29,
1896, p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 1.

There are no specimens of this peculiar form
in the material returned to the National Museum
by Goés. From his figure and description it is
difficult to determine just what was the character
of Goés’s specimens. The Pacific specimen was
from Albatross station D3415 in 1,879 fathoms,
off the coast of Mexico.

REOPHAX CYLINDRICUS H. B. Brady.

Reophax cylindrica H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 299, pl. 32, figs. 7-9.—Ee-
@ER, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18,

133

Figs. 132-133.— REOPHAX
SPICULIFER. X 50 (AFTER
BRADY).

1893, p. 257, pl. 4, fig. 37 [?]_—Furnt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p.

274, pl. 18, fig. 6.

92 BULLETIN “71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This species is recorded in the volume of the Challenger report on
the ‘Summary of Results,” from station 237, 1,875 fathoms, east of
Japan. The record is followed by a question mark, as though there
were some doubt about the correctness of the determination.

REOPHAX SPICULIFER H. B. Brady.

Reophazx spiculifera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 54,

pl. 4, figs. 10, 11; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 295, pl. 31,
figs. 16, 17 —Eacrr, Abh. kon,
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol.
18, 1893, p.258, pl. 4, fig. 19 (?).—
CuaprMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, 1895, p. 14.

Descrvption.—Test composed of
a few chambers, broadest at the
posterior end of each and grad-
ually narrowing to the apertural
end; wall composed of elongate
sponge spicules arranged in gen-
eral lengthwise of the chamber,
often projecting back toward the
posterior end of the chamber;
aperture circular.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—In the volume of
the Challenger report on the
“Summary of Results” this spe-
cies is recorded with a question
mark from stations 237 and 246,
1,875 and 2,050 fathoms. I have
not met with it in the material I
have examined from the North

Pacific.

REOPHAX EXCENTRICUS, new species.

Description.—Test small, com-
posed of a nearly straight linear
series of chambers, the size rapidly
increasing with each newly added
chamber; wall composed of sand
grains, rather neatly cemented
together; aperture at the end of a short tubular neck at one side of
the axis of the test, varying somewhat in the amount of its eccen-
tricity; color gray.

Length, 1.5 mm.; diameter of last-formed chamber often 0.6 mm.

Fic. 134.—REOPHAX EXCENTRICUS. X 80.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 93

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8261, U.S.N.M., from Albatross station
D3603, from the stomachs of Holothurians dredged in 1,771 fathoms
in Bering Sea.

REOPHAX CATENULATUS, new species.

Description.—Test consisting of a series of subglobular chambers
of large size connected by rather slender tubular portions, walls of
coarse sand grains very roughly cemented,
color gray or yellowish-brown.

Length of three chambers, 7 mm.; diam-
meter of largest chamber, 1.8 mm.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8262, U.S.N.M.,
from Albatross station*D4965 in 191 fath-
oms, off the southern coast of Japan.

This is one of the largest species of the
genus and the exterior is very rough.

Genus HORMOSINA H. B. Brady,
1879:

Hormosina H. B. Brapy (type, H. globulifera H. .
B. Brapy), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19,
1879, p. 56.—Birscutt, in Bronns Klassen
und Ordnurgen des Thierreichs, vol. 1, 1880,
p. 199.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challen-
ger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 325.

Description.—Test free, composed of a
series of subglobular, fusiform or pyriform
chambers joined end to end in a single
moniliform series, walls thin, finely arena-
ceous, chambers undivided, aperture a single
circular opening at the distal end of the neck
of the chamber, color brownish.

This genus differs from Reophax mainly
in its fine texture, smooth surface, and
brown cement. Several species occur in
the North Pacific, but usually in fairly deep water.

Fic. 1835.—REOPHAX CATENULATUS.
X 25.

HORMOSINA GLOBULIFERA H. B. Brady.

Hormosina globulifera H. B. BRapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 60,
pl. 4, figs. 4, 5—W. B. Carpenter, The Microscope, 6th ed., 1881, p. 563, fig.
320c (in text).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
326, pl. 39, figs. 1-6 —Der Foun, Le Naturaliste, vol. 10, 1888, p. 87, figs,
1, 2.—J. Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 468.—Goks, Konel.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 29, pl. 6, figs. 218, 219.—
CHaAprMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 17.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 34.—Furnt, Rep. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p- 280, pl. 24, fig. 4.

94 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test composed typically of a few subglobular cham-
bers, each larger than its predecessors and more or less embracing it,
arranged in a straight or slightly arcuate line, aperture small, at the
end of a definite, tubular neck, walls finely arenaceous, thin, surface
smooth both within and without; color, light brownish.

137

Figs. 136-137.—HORMOSINA GLOBULIFERA. 136a, END VIEW SHOWING APERTURE; 0, FRONT VIEW, X 30.
137, SINGLE CHAMBERED FORM, X 40.

Length about 3 mm.

Distribution.—In the Challenger material this species occurred at
four North Pacific stations, 237, 241, 244, 246, in 1,875-2,900 fath-
oms, all on the eastward voyage from Japan to the mid-Pacific.
Goés records the species from four Albatross stations in the eastern

—

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 95

tropical Pacific, D3375, D3376, D3407, D3415, in 888—-1,879 fathoms.
The figured specimen is from the Goés material from Station D3415.

Goés speaks of the specimens as not quite typical, but his speci-
mens agree very well with Brady’s figures and description.

HORMOSINA OVICULA H. B. Brady.

Hormosina ovicula H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 61,
pl. 4, fig. 6—Btrscuut, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs,
vol. 1, 1880, p. 199, pl. 5, fig. 15—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 327,
pl. 39, figs. 7-9.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 29, pl. 6, figs. 220,
221.—CHaApMAN, Proc. Zodl. Soc. London, 1895,
p. 17.—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 280, pl. 25, fig. 2.

Hormosina ovicula, var. Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 34, pl. 4, fig. 3.

Description.—Test composed of several fusi-
form chambers joined end to end with slender
connective portions, in a straight or slightly
curved line, wall thin, finely arenaceous, color
yellowish-brown with a distinctly darker red-
dish-brown portion at the distal end of the neck
of each chamber.

Length up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—There are four Challenger rec-
ords for this species, station 206, in 2,100 fath-
oms, west of Luzon, stations 237, 238, 246, in
1,875-3,950 fathoms, on the line east from Ja-
pan. Goés records the species fromtwo Alba-
tross stations off the west coast of Mexico and 6
Central America, D3357 in 789 fathoms and F'. 138.—Hormosina ovr
D3415 in 1,879 fathoms, the specimens being uaaeee Rleeeen
small and scarce. DE ERWe

Goés speaks of the material as not typical, but while the specimens
from the Caribbean Sea are not typical that from the Pacific is much
more so. The figured specimen is from Albatross station D3915
and is very typical, even to the color bamds of the neck of each
chamber.

HORMOSINA NORMANII H. B. Brady.

Hormosina normanii H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 52;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 329, pl. 39, figs. 19-23.
Description.—Test composed of a few subspherical segments, earlier
ones small, later ones much larger, irregularly arranged, aperture at
the end of a tubular neck often near the entrance of the last previous
aperture or at one side, walls very thin, smooth both without and
within.
Length, 8 mm.

96 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—In the Challenger material this species occurs at
three stations, 241, 244, 246, at 2,300, 2,900, and 2,050 fathoms,
respectively, all in the one line of sound-
ings east from Japan.

Genus HAPLOSTICHE Reuss, 1861.

Nodosaria (part) D’OrBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 252.—Reuss, Vers. béhm.
Kreide, vol. 1, 1845-1846, p. 26, pl. 13,
figs. 12-13.

Lituola (part) Jones and ParKER, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 307.
Haplostiche Reuss, Sitzb. kn. bdhm.Ges. Wiss.,
Jahrg. 1861, p. 16—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.

317. Type, H. fadissima Reuss, 1865.4

Description.—Test free, cylindrical,
composed of a linear series of chambers,
variously divided into labyrinthic cavi-
ties; walls thick, coarsely arenaceous but
Fig.139.—Hormostva Normanu. X10. usually fairly smooth on the exterior; ap-

Sa eae erture in the middle of the terminal face,
in the early chambers simple, in the adult made up of several pores
or dendritic.

There seems to be but a single recent species occurring in shallow
or medium depths usually in tropical or subtropical waters.

HAPLOSTICHE DUBIA (d’Orbigny).

“‘Orthoceratia Zoophytica minuscula’? Soupant, Testaceographica, vol. 1, pt. 2,

1791, p. 93, pl. 98, fig. a.

Nodosaria dubia dD’ OrBIGNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 252, No. 10.

Lituola dubia ParKxer, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4,
vol. 8, 1871, p. 263, pl. 9, fig. 30.

Lituola soldanii Jones and Parker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 307, no. 184.

Haplostiche soldanti H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 318, pl. 32, figs. 12-18.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol.
18, 1893, p. 263, pl. 4, figs. 34, 35.—F int, Rep. U. 8S. Nat. Mus. 1897 (1899),
p. 277, pl: 21, fig. 3. @

Description.—Test free, cylindrical or fusiform, made up of a
linear series of rather short chambers, usually straight; wall composed
of coarse sand grains neatly cemented, thick, produced in the chamber
and causing a labyrinthic condition; aperture in the early chambers a
single opening, simple, in adults becoming cruciform, dendritic or in

aNo type-species was designated by Reuss, but as his model was based upon
Dentalina fedissima Reuss 1861, that may best be taken as type.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 97

some cases the divisions are separated, giving several openings; color
variable, usually light gray.

Length up to 7.5 mm.; diameter up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—The only published record for this species in the
North Pacific is that of Bagg, who recorded it from two Albatross
stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, D4000 in 104-213
fathoms and H4590 in 978 fathoms. I have found
specimens in material from Nero station 2071 in 271
fathoms, also near the Hawaiian Islands and at Alba-
tross station D. 4900 in 139 fathoms off Japan.

The dendritic aperture is supposed to distinguish
this species from any others that may be confused with 140 141
it, but in the smaller specimens which have not attained Fuss. 140-141.—Ha-
adult characters the aperture is simple. The laby- >" rom pao.
rinthic condition of the interior is also characteristic. T0¢Rarx.

As d’Orbigny’s name is the first to be referred to the figure of Sol-
dani, priority will make necessary the use of his name dubia instead
of soldanii Jones and Parker.

Subfamily 3. TROCHAMMININ &%.

Test composed of several chambers, either in a planospiral coil,
trochoid, or otherwise arranged, wall composed of sand grains of
varying degrees of coarseness cemented with a calcareous or ferru-
ginous cement, free or attached.

This subfamily as here used contains the many-chambered arenace-
ous forms not arranged in a linear series throughout. Except the
large, somewhat anomalous form, Neusina agassizii, for which a
separate subfamily has been made. Some of the species, such as
Ammobaculites tenuimargo, appear to be largely made up of a linear
series, but have a close coiled early portion not seen in the Reo-
phacine.

TROCHAMMINOIDES, new genus.

Description.—Test free, typically planospiral, composed of several
coils, each constricted into a number of chamber-like portions with
the openings between large; wall of fine sand and a yellowish-brown
cement; aperture simple at the end of the last-formed chamber.

Type of the genus.—Trochammina proteus Karrer.

This species frequently shows a tendency to continue the Ammo-
discus condition through one or more of the early coils, and the latter
portion only may be divided, or in other specimens the divisions may
occur much earlier. By its early development the genus is seen to ©
have been derived from an Ammodiscus condition, as its early devel-
opment consists of a proloculum and long coiled chamber as in
Ammodiscus, but its later constricted condition foreshadows the con-
dition of complete division seen in the chambered coiled forms
usually assigned to Haplophragmium and Trochammina.

16777—Bull. 71—10——7

98 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TROCHAMMINOIDES PROTEUS (Karrer).

Trochammina proteus KARRER, Sitzb. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52 (Abth. 1), 1865
(1866), p. 494, pl., fig. 8 (not 1-7).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool-
ogy, vol. 9, 1884, p. 341, pl. 40, figs. 1-3.—HarusteEr, Neues Jahrb., Beil., vol.
4, 1885, p. 28, pl. 3, fig. 24 (25-27?).—_Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 266, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8 [?] —Ermer and Fickert, Zeitschr.
wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 694, fig. 42 (in text)—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 281, pl. 25, fig. 3—Bagee, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 128.

Ammodiscus proteus RauMBLER, Arch. Protistk., vol. 3, 1903, p. 281, fig. 131 (in
text).

Description.—Test of several coils, usually planospiral, each coil
usually constricted to form several chambers, but the early coils
sometimes unconstricted, wall composed of fine sand and a yellowish-
brown or reddish-brown cement, fairly smooth, chambers variable
in length, aperture large, with thickened lips.

Figs. 142-144.—TROCHAMMINOIDES PROTEUS. X 25 (AFTER BRADY).

Diameter 1—1.5 mm.

Distribution.—There are but two records for this species in the
North Pacific, one Challenger station 224 in 1,850 fathoms, west of the
Caroline Islands, and the other Albatross station H4566, at a depth
of 572 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands, recorded by Bagge.

This species in its typical form is clearly divided into chambers of
uniform size, especially in the last-formed coils, but the earlier coils
may be undivided or irregularly constricted. Its development indi-
cates the derivation of the many-chambered planospiral forms from
a type like Ammodiscus.

The eight figures given by Karrer show various forms of tests,
planospiral or involute, undivided tests belonging to Ammodiscus or
Gordiammina and other trochoid divided tests like true Trochammina
and in fig. 8 a test similar in form to the recent specimens placed
under this specific name. Brady @ has already noted the various
forms grouped by Karrer under this species and has proposed the
restriction of the name given by Karrer to the form represented by
fig. 8 of Karrer. This seems reasonable, and I have adopted the
same restriction.

Haeusler’s figures also show various forms under this specific
name. The specimen shown in fig. 24 may belong here, but the others
are hardly this species as here restricted.

a Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 341.

=”. Se

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 99

Genus HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES, new genus.

Description.—Test free, planospiral, composed of several coils,
each composed of a number of chambers, wall arenaceous, varying
much in texture and in the relative amount of cement in the different
species, aperture at the ventral border or on the lower portion of the
apertural face of the chamber.

Type of the genus.—Haplophragmium canariense d’Orbigny.

Included in this genus are the various completely coiled, plano-
spiral, arenaceous species with simple apertures which have usually

Figs. 145-147.—HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES CORONATA. X 20 (AFTER BRADY). 145, LARGE SPECIMEN FROM
SIDE. 146@, FROM SIDE; 6, APERTURAL VIEW. 147, SECTION.

been assigned to Haplophragmium or Trochammina. The. type-
species of the former genus is an uncoiled form with multiple aper-
tures, and the type-species of the latter genus has a trochoid spiral
test. As here recognized, the species of this new genus have approxi-
mately an equal portion of the chambers of the test visible from the
two sides. I have included here both the species with an excess of
cement often assigned to Trochammina and those of coarser texture,
which have been assigned to Haplophragmium.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES CORONATA (H. B. Brady).

Trochammina coronata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,

p. 58, pl. 5, fig. 15; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 340, pl.

40, figs. 10-12.— Fun, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 281, pl. 26, fig. 3.
Deseription.—Test planospiral, fairly smooth, composed of three
to six coils, the outer ones somewhat embracing, but all more or less

100 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

visible from either side, chambers somewhat inflated, usually six to
seven in the last-formed coil, distinct; aperture simple, at the ventral
border of the apertural face, sometimes with traces of a lip present;
wall composed of fine sand, usually with a reddish cement, but very
variable in color, from white to brown.

Diameter 2—2.5 mm.

Distribution.—The only record for this species in the North Pacific
is that of the Challenger, station 238, in 3,950 fathoms, east of Japan.
This is the deepest sounding of the Challenger expedition from which
material was examined.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES TRULLISSATA (H. B. Brady).

Trochammina trullissata H. B. Brap¥, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p.
56, pl. 5, figs. 10 a, 6, 11; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 342,
pl. 40, figs. 14-16 (not fig. 13)—Harustrr, Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 17,
1890, p. 64, pl. 10, figs.9, 11.—Eaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 265, pl. 5, figs. 25, 26 [?]—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1895, p. 18.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 33.—MILLETT,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 364.

Description.—Test spirally coiled, made up of about three coils, not
completely involute, somewhat umbilicate, so that the chambers of

b ite: a
Fic. 148.—HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES TRULLISSATA. XX 75. SPECIMEN FROM 2,875 FATHOMS, Albatross STA-
TION H2916. a, SIDE VIEW; 6, APERTURAL VIEW OF SAME SPECIMEN.

early ‘coils are visible at the center, usually about nine chambers in
the last-formed coil, chambers subglobular, aperture slightly above
the base of the apertural face of the chamber, elongate, test smoothly
finished exteriorly; color yellowish or reddish brown.

Diameter, 1-1.25 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded from six widely distributed
Challenger stations in the North Pacific, varying in depth from 1,850—
3,950 fathoms. Goés records it from three Albatross stations in the
eastern Pacific at the entrance to the Gulf of California and off
Panama in 978-1,218 fathoms. In the material I have examined, it
has occurred at Albatross station H2916 in 2,878 fathoms near the
Hawaiion Islands; at two Nero stations, 1014 in 1,987 fathoms, and
1085 in 2,360 fathoms, both north of Guam. In this same general
region at Alert station 1169 the species was found in 2,113 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 101

As a tule, this seems to be a decidedly deep-water species, as the
additional records of this work confirm. Specimens never seem to
be plentiful, occasional specimens occurring in the washed material
from these stations.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES CANARIENSIS (d’Orbigny).

Nonionina canariensis D’OrBIGNY in Barker-Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Iles
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, Foraminiféres, 1839, p. 128, pl. 2, figs. 33, 34.

Placopsilina canariensis PARKER and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19,
1857, p. 301, pl. 10, figs. 13, 14.

Lituola canariensis W. B. CARPENTER, PARKER, and Joners, Intr. Study Foram.,
1862, pl. 6, figs. 39, 40, 41.—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24,
1864, p. 472.—Carter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, pl. 13,
figs. 26-29.

Iituola nautiloidea, var. canariensis PARKER and Jones (part), Trans., Roy. Soc.
London, vol. 155, 1865, p. 406, pl. 15, figs. 45a, 6; pl. 17, figs. 92-95.

Haplophragmium canariensts Simpaut and H. B. Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram.,
1879, p. 4.—Burscuit, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs,
vol. 1, 1880, p. 192, pl. 5, fig. 17.—H. B. Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, vol. 42, 1881, p.99; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 310, pl.
35, figs. 1-5.—HarusiEr, Neues Jahrb., vol. 4, 1885, p. 12, pl. 1, figs. 17-20.—
H. B. Brapy, Parxer and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 218, pl. 41,
fig. 9—Batkwitt and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1888, p.
330.—HarEusLEeR, Abh. schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 34, pl. 4, figs.
1-3.—Eaeerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 261, pl.5,
figs. 27-29.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894,
p. 20, pl. 5, figs. 92-101.—J. Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p.
468.—CuapMaN, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. 16, 1895, p. 314, pl. 11, fig.
5; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 16.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29,
1896, p. 30.—MutETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p.359.—F int, Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 277, pl. 20, fig. 3—CHapman, Trans. New Zea-
land Inst., vol. 38, 1905 (1906), p. 84; Journ. Queckett Micr. Club, vol. 10,
1907, p. 126, pl. 9, fig. 3.—Baee, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 126.

Nonionina jeffreysii° W1LLIAMSON, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858,
p. 34, pl. 3, figs. 72, 73.

Haplophragmium jeffreysii BERTHELIN, Foram. de Bourgneuf et Pornichet, 1878,
p. 24, No. 20.

Deservption.—Test free, nautiloid, composed of several coils par-
tially involute or almost completely so, umbilicated, chambers sub-
globular, somewhat compressed laterally, from six to nine in each
coil, walls arenaceous, made up of sand in various degrees of coarse-
ness, but even when coarse usually fairly smooth on the exterior, thin,
aperture an elongated slit-like opening at the base of the apertural
face of the chamber; color brown or gray, often when brown the
last formed chamber may be gray.

Diameter, 0.75-2 mm.

Distribution.—There are a considerable number of records for this
species in the North Pacific. The Challenger report gives seven sta-
tions ranging from 1,850-3,950 fathoms, with one station on the coral
reefs of Honolulu at 40 fathoms. Goés records it at three Albatross

102 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

stations off the coasts of Mexico and Central America in 660-1,879
fathoms. Flint records it from a single station, Albatross D3080,
in 93 fathoms off the coast of Oregon. Bagg records it from two
Albatross stations, H4566 in 572 fathoms and H4696 in 367 fathoms,
both stations near the Hawaiian Islands. In the present work I have
had specimens from Albatross station D3431 off California, D4965,
D4993, D5068, 77-191 fathoms off the coast
of Japan; Nero stations 1308, 1311, in
1,040 and 1,503 fathoms near the Bonin
Islands. Specimens were also obtained from
the stomachs of Holothurians taken at Alba-
tross station D3608 in Bering Sea.

There is a considerable variation in the
texture of the wall, some specimens being
3 smooth and of very fine material, resembling

eae certain species of T’rochammina, while others

Fi. ee ae are of much coarser material. In general,

Feit however, the exterior of the test is smoothly

finished. A considerable variety of forms have been assigned to this

species by various authors, but I have placed here only those speci-

mens which have the somewhat compressed form with the rounded
chambers, which are characteristic of d’Orbigny’s type figure.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES EMACIATUM (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium emaciatum H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.9,
1884, p. 305, pl. 33, figs. 26-28.—CHapMaNn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p.
16.—Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 262, pl. 5,
figs. 538, 54.—Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 276, pl. 19, fig. 5.

Haplophragmium compressum MituETr [not Haplophragmium compressum Gois],
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 359, pl. 5, fig. 8.

Description.—Test nautiloid, planospiral, laterally compressed,
consisting of two or more coils, chambers slightly involute, seven or
eight in the last formed coil, usually rather indistinctly marked on
the exterior; wall rather coarsely arenaceous, often with sponge
spicules cemented into the test,
aperture an elongated slit at the
base of the apertural face; color
usually brownish or gray.

Diameter 1-1.5 mm.

Dstribution.—There are appar-
ently no published records for this
species inthe North Pacific. Inthe
Albatross and Nero collections the species occurs at several stations.
Singlespecimens were obtained from three Albatross stations off Japan,
D4970 in 500 fathoms, D4979 in 943 fathoms, and D5086 in 292
fathoms. Single specimens were obtained from two Nero stations, 12
off the Hawaiian Islands, 1,924 fathoms, and 172 in 2,086 fathoms near

151

Figs. 150-152.—HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES EMACIATUM,
X< 20. FROM PHOTOGRAPH.

er

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 103

Midway Island. <A single specimen from Alert station 1178 in 623
fathoms off San Augustino Island, belongs to this species.

From the series of specimens I have been able to obtain for study
it seems a questionable point as to whether H. compressum of Goés
is really the same as H. emaciatum H. B. Brady. As far as I have
observed there is no tendency for any of the Pacific specimens to
uncoil in later growth, and the aperture always remains a slit at the
base of the apertural face. In the West Indian material which may
be referred to H. compressum Goés there is a decided tendency to
uncoil and a coincident change in the position of the aperture occurs.
The specimen figured by Millet seems to be a close-coiled form and
is included here.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES SCITULUM (H. B. Brady).
Haplophragmium scitulum H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 50; Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 711; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 308, pl. 34, figs. 11-13.—CHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc.

London, 1895, p. 16.—Fut, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 276, pl.
20, fig. 2.

Description.—Test nautiloid, planospiral, consisting of about three
coils, not completely involute so that at the umbilical region the

153 a 154 6 155

Figs. 153-155.—H APLOPHRAGMOIDES SCITULUM. X 40 (AFTER BRADY). 153, SIDE VIEW. 154a@, SIDE
VIEW; 0, APERTURAL VIEW. 155, SECTION.

earlier coils are exposed; wall composed of firmly cemented sand
grains; from seven to eleven chambers make up the last-formed coil,
the chambers being wide and broadly rounded at their peripheral
edge give the whole test a much broader form than seen in H. can-
arvense; chambers nearly flush with one another, giving a fairly even
periphery to the test, aperture a somewhat curved slit at the base of
the apertural face; color of the test various shades of brown.

Diameter 0.75—1 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be rare in the North Pacific. In
the Challenger report it is recorded but once, from station 244 in 2,900
fathoms. Bagg records it from four Albatross stations in the vicinity
of the Hawaiian Islands, 367-1,544 fathoms. I have seen material
from but four other Albatross stations, D3431, at the entrance to
the Gulf of California, 995 fathoms; H2774, off the California coast

104 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

in 469 fathoms; D5018, in 100 fathoms in the Okhotsk Sea; and
D4998 in 66 fathoms in the Gulf of Tartary off the southwestern
coast of Sakalin Island, bottom temperature 35.9° F.

This species seems to be distinct from H. canariense and may be
distinguished by its broader form, more deeply excavated umbilici,
and the wider, flattened chambers.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES ROTULATUM (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium rotulatum H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 50; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 306, pl. 34, figs. 5, 6.—
CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 16.—Ea@cerr, Abh. kén. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 261, pl. 5, figs. 48, 44.

Description.—Test nautiloid, planospiral, composed of about three
coils, wall fairly thick, of rather coarse sand particles, slightly rough
on the exterior, chambers very broad and low, the peripheral margin
much flattened, somewhat involute but the preceding coils exposed
at the umbilical region, deeply concave on each side at the umbilici;
chambers about nine in the last-formed coil, but rather indistinct

a 156

a

Fias. 156-157. HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES ROTULATUM. XX 50(AFTER BRADY), @, @, FRONT VIEWS;
b, b, APERTURAL VIEWS.

when viewed from the exterior; aperture a narrow slit at the base of
the apertural face; color brown.

Diameter 0.56—0.75 mm.

Distribution.— Brady gives but a single North Pacific station, Chal-
lenger station 244 in 2;900 fathoms, but the volume on the “‘Sum-
mary of Results’’ adds two Challenger stations, 237 in 1,875 fathoms
and 246 in 2,050 fathoms. The only specimen I have seen referable
to this species is a single one from the coast of California, Albatross
station H2681 in 486 fathoms, and this may perhaps be an extremely
broad form of H. scitulum.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES GLOMERATUM (H. B. Brady).

Lituola glomerata H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p.
433, pl. 20, figs. la-c.

Haplophragmium glomeratum Wricut, Proc. Belfast Field Club, 1880-81 (App.),
p. 180, pl. 8, figs. 1, la.—H. B. Brapy. Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol.
43, 1881, p. 100; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 309, pl. 34, figs.

|

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 105

15-18.—Ba.kwitt and Mizerr, Journ. Micr. and Nat. Sci., vol. 3, 1884, p.
25, pl. 1, fig. 6—Batkwitu and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28,
1885, p. 329.—J. Wriaut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 468.—Gois,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 23, pl. 5, figs.
134-136 [not figs. 137-139].—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 15.

Description.—Test planospiral, composed of about two coils, cham-
bers very low and broad making a subglobose test, usually three or
four chambers making up the last-formed coil, slightly concave at
the umbilici, wall coarsely arenaceous, rather rough, thin; aperture

Fics. 158-161—HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES GLOMERATUM. X 100 (AFTER BRADY).

at the base of the apertural face consisting of a short slit which is
often obscured by sand grains; color variable, depending largely upon
the material composing the test.

Diameter 0.25-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady gives but one North Pacific Challenger station
for this species, off the Philippines in 2,550 fathoms. The volume
on the “Summary of Results” also gives a record off Japan, Chal-
lenger station 237 in 1,875 fathoms.

A number of specimens from Nero station 1295, in 1,415 fathoms
between Yokohama and Guam, are possibly this species. Otherwise
I have seen no North Pacific material referable to it.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES SUBGLOBOSUM (G. O. Sars.)

Lituola subglobosa M. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1868 (1869), p. 250,
(nomen nudum).—G. O. Sars, Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1871 (1872),
= 208:

Ede hears subglobosum H. B. Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 43, 1881, p. 100; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 8, 1881, p. 406.
Haplophragmium latidorsatum H. B. Brapvy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.

9, 1884, p. 307, pl. 34, figs. 7, 8, 10, 14 [?] (not fig. 9), and subsequent authors
(not Nonionina latidorsata BORNEMANN, 1855).

Description.—Test usually planospiral consisting of two or more
coils, involute, depressed at the umbilici, chambers very broad and
low, wall arenaceous somewhat roughened but variable, chambers
usually seven or eight in the last-formed coil, making the test as a
whole subglobose, aperture a more or less elongated slit at the base
of the apertural face, simple; color gray or brown.

Diameter 1—2.5 mm.

IMstribution—As Haplophragmium latidorsatum this species has
been widely recorded. There are given eleven Challenger stations in

106 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the North Pacific for this species, ranging from 1,850-3,950 fathoms.
Goés records it at several Albatross stations off the west coast of
Mexico and Central America in 772-1,879 fathoms. Bagg gives
four stations near the Hawaiian Islands, 367-1,342 fathoms. From
the Albatross and Nero material I have examined this species is noted
from many stations; Albatross D3603, from Holothurian stomachs,
specimens taken in 1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea; from H3012 in
2,067 fathoms, between California and Hawaii; D4832, D4957,
D4958 in 76, 437, and 405 fathoms, respectively. It occurred at
a number of Nero stations in the dredgings from the Hawaiian
Islands west across the Pacific, the depths varying from 1,040 to 2,226
fathoms.

The work of Brady in referring to Nonionina latidorsata Borne-
mann the recent species so common in the Arctic has been followed
by most later writers. After a careful study of Bornemann’s original
figure and description I am unable to find clear enough reasons for
giving Bornemann’s name to our species. The figure and description
call for a test which has high compressed chambers with the apertural
face quadrangular, while in recent
specimens the apertural face of the
last chamber is typically very much
wider than high. The form of the
7 164 test is usually more globose than in
Fics. 162-164.—HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES SUBGLO- Bornemann’s figure and the test pre-

BosuM. X 16. FROM PHOTOGRAPH. 163. sents a very different appearance.

ata As it is definitely known what the
types of subglobosum are and as they are typical of the recent material
it has seemed to me better to use Sars’s name rather than to refer
all our recent material to a rather indefinite fossil species.

The form with its aperture consisting of a number of pores which
is included by Brady under Haplophragmium latidorsatum seems to
be very distinct, and as far as the North Pacific material is concerned
has a definite distribution. It will be considered there as generically
distinct from the planospiral forms with simple apertures.

I have not attempted to give the complete synonymy as many
later authors have referred specimens to Haplophragmium latidor-
satum without figures or description, and without seeing the original
material a clearing up of the synonymy is impossible.

In the North Pacific this species seems to be common in cold or
deep waters and is well distributed, being perhaps the most common
of the chambered arenaceous forms.

ce

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 107

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES SPHAERILOCULUM, new species.

Description.—Test free, nautiloid, planospiral, consisting of five
chambers in the last-formed coil, partially involute, chambers very
globose, inflated, sutures depressed, peripheral margin of test deeply
indented, aperture at the base of the apertural face;
wall of fine arenaceous material smoothly cemented;
color yellowish-brown.

Diameter about 1 mm.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8218 U.S. N .M., from Alba- =
tross station D4970 in 500 fathoms off Japan. Another eats tees
specimen was found in material from Albatross station — P¥RAGMOTDEs

SPHZRILOCU-
D4957 in 437 fathoms, also off Japan. LUM. °X 30.

This species differs from other planospiral arenaceous = FROM PHOTO
forms in the spherical character and position of the aay
chambers, which are well separated so that their globose character
is given its full value in shaping the test.

HAPLOPHRAGMOIDES RINGENS (H. B. Brady).

Trochammina ringens H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 57,
pl. 5, figs. 12a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 343, pl. 40,
figs. 17, 18.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 33.—Fuint,
Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 281, pl. 27, fig. 1—Muuert, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 365, pl. 5, fig. 14 [?]—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 129.

Ammochilostoma ringens Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,
1899, p. 692.

Description.—Test spirally coiled, planospiral, of few coils, cham-
bers usually completely involute covering the previously formed
coils, chambers high, narrow, biconvex, usu-
ally with 3-65 in the lastformed coil; the last-
formed chamber being much higher than
precedmg ones, peripheral edge somewhat
sharp, surface smooth and polished, aperture
slightly arcuate, somewhat above the base
of the apertural face usually in a sort of
depression of the wall; color various shades
of brown.

Longer diameter 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Although Brady states in his
volume of the Challenger “‘ Report” that the
Wig. 166.-HarornzaGmorpzs Species seems to be limited to the Atlantic,

RINGENS. X 45. in the volume on the ‘‘Summary of Results”
this species is recorded from station 237, 1,875 fathoms, off Japan.
Goés records this species as very scarce from a single Albatross sta-
tion off Panama, D3375 in 1,201 fathoms. Flint records it from
another Albatross station, D2923, in 822 fathoms off California.

108 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Bagg records it from a single Albatross station near the Hawaiian
Islands, H4590, in 978 fathoms, rare. J have found specimens from
two North Pacific stations, Albatross D4979, off Japan, in 943 fath-
oms, and from Alert station 1156 in 2,046 fathoms south of Japan,
near the Bonin Islands.

This seems to be a rare species and to occur in small numbers when
found. In its earlier development the chambers are somewhat less
flattened and of nearly equal height in the coil, but in the later devel-
opment the chambers become high and the last-formed chamber
in the adult is often much longer than any of the preceding ones.

The specimen figured by Millett is not typical, the last-formed
chamber being of very different form from that usually seen in the
specimens I have examined.

CRIBROSTOMOIDES, new genus.
Haplophragmium H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 307.

Description.—Test free, planospiral, of several coils, chambered,
the last-formed coil with several chambers progressively increasing in
size, arenaceous wall, with much cement usually of a light-brown
color, aperture in young specimens a simple elongate slit at the
base of the apertural face, later subdivided by tooth-like processes,
and in the adult represented by a linear series of distinct rounded
openings.

Type of genus.—Cribrostomoides bradyi, new species.

This genus, while in general character is similar to Haplophrag-
moides, differs very distinctly in the apertural characters and in their
development.

CRIBROSTOMOIDES BRADYI, new species.

Haplophragmium latidorsatum H. B. Brapy (part), (not BoRNEMANN), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 307, pl. 34, fig. 9—Goks, Bull. Mus: Comp.
Zobl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 29 (part).

Description.—Test free, nautiloid, rotund, large, composed of seven
to nine rotund chambers in the outer visible coil, umbilicate on both
sides, wall composed of very fine arenaceous material with much
cement, surface smooth, even; in front view broad, chambers rather
low but broad, involute, aperture at first an elongate curved slit,
later with the growth of tooth-like projections from the two sides it
becomes subdivided so that in adult specimens the aperture is really
multiple, consisting of a linear series of rounded openings instead of
a single slit; color light grayish or yellowish brown.

Diameter up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were found in the Goés
collection, his series of specimens from Albatross station D3419 in
12 fathoms being all of this species, but labeled ‘‘ Haplophragmium
latidorsatum.”’ In the same general region, the west coast of Mexico

a

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 109

and the United States, the species has occurred in quantity at Alba-
tross station D3346 off Washington, 786 fathoms, and at station
D3431 in the Gulf of California, 995 fathoms. As is the case with
many of our west coast species of foraminifera, this species is again
seen in material from the coast of Japan. It occurred at Alba-
tross station D4975 in 712 fathoms, and D5078, in 514 fathoms.
Specimens, possibly the young of this species, were obtained at. two
Nero stations 1184 and 1287, in 1,542 and 1,606 fathoms.

Fic. 167._CRIBROSTOMOIDES BRADYI. X 20. @, SIDE VIEW; 06, APERTURAL VIEW.

A large series of specimens like that from Albatross station D. 3346
shows that this is a very different species from any of the described
forms to which it has usually been united. The characters in the
material studied are little modified by variation.

Genus CYCLAMMINA H. B. Brady, 1876.

Lituola W. B. CARPENTER (part), The Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 536.—CartErR,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, p. 203.

Cyclammina H. B. Brapy (MS.) in Norman, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 25,
1876, p. 214; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 350. Type,
Cyclammina cancellata H. B. Brapy.

Description.—Test free, composed of numerous chambers in a
close-coiled nautiloid series, final revolution usually completely
embracing the preceding ones except at the umbilicus; walls thick,
composed of fine arenaceous material with a reddish-brown cement,
exterior smooth, chambers with secondary labyrinthic structures
interiorly, especially on the peripheral portion of each chamber, early
chambers often becoming completely filled by this secondary growth;
aperture a curved fissure at the proximal portion of the apertural
face, supplemented by numerous pores on the apertural wall itself.

110 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

CYCLAMMINA CANCELLATA H. B. Brady.

“‘Nautiloid Lituola” W. B. CARPENTER, The Microscope, 5th ed., 1875, p. 536,
figs. 274a, b, ¢ (in text).

Cyclammina cancellata H. B. Brapy (MS.) in Norman, Proc. Roy. Soc. London,
vol. 25, 1876, p. 214; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 62; Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 351, pl. 37, figs. 8-16.—Agassiz, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1888, p. 164, figs. 498, 499 (in text).—J. Wricut, Proc.
Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 470.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1895, p. 18.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 32.—FLIn7,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 282, pl. 27, fig. 3; pl. 28, fig. 1.—Baee,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 129.

Lituola canariensis CartTER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, p. 203,
pl. 13, figs. 26-29.

Description.—Test nautiloid, biconvex or slightly more convex at
one side, umbilicated, chambers numerous, averaging about thirteen
chambers in the last-formed coil, usually about three full coils in the
adult test; sutures seen from the side somewhat curved anteriorly in

170

Figs. 168-170.—CYCLAMMINA CANCELLATA. X 16. FROM PHOTOGRAPH. 169. APERTURAL VIEW. THE
MEGALOSPHERIC FORM OF THE SPECIES WITH FEWER CHAMBERS IN EACH WHORL, AND ATTAINING, WHEN
FULLY DEVELOPED, A SMALLER SIZE THAN THAT OF THE MICROSPHERIC FORM.

the middle; exterior smooth and imperforate when perfect, interior
of the chambers labyrinthic, the structure thus formed almost or quite
filling the earlier developed chambers, peripheral edge of test rounded,
with little trace of depressions at the sutures of the chambers; aper-
ture an elongated slit near the base of the apertural face, supplemented
by a series of pores occupying the central part of the apertural face,
often becoming very numerous in very large specimens; color reddish-
brown.

Diameter up to 6.5 mm.

Distribution.—The Challenger obtained this species at stations 237
and 244 in the North Pacific east from Japan, in 1,875 and 2,900
fathoms. Goés records it from three Albatross stations off the coast
of Mexico, 660-995 fathoms. Bagg records it from two stations in
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, 495 and 865 fathoms. Flint

——-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, PET

records it from Albatross station D2860 in 876 fathoms off the
coast of British Columbia. I have found. the species in material from
Albatross station D3346 in 786 fathoms off
Oregon, H1135 in 2, 848 fathoms just south of
Unalaska, Aleutian Islands, and twice in the
vicinity of Japan, D4900 and D4975, in 139
and 712 fathoms.

As a rule, this species seems to be found in
cold and rather deep water, following rather
well the faunal lines already spoken of in the
introduction.

The microspheric form of the species grows
to a large size with more complicated laby- "\.)7)—Q°Q-AMMINA CANCEL”
rinthicstructures and apertures. The megalo- GRarH. THE microsPHERIc
spheric form is smaller and less complicated Aa eee en
in its structure. The two forms are shown eee ee eee NORE
in Flint’s plates, plate 27, fig. 3, showing the man tHE seEcatospHeric
microspheric form, plate 28, fig. 1, the megalo- = *°*™
spheric. The megalospheric proloculum is considerably larger than
that of the microspheric form.

CYCLAMMINA PUSILLA H. B. Brady.

Cyclammina pusilla H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 53.—
Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 32, pl. 6,
figs. 242-244.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 18.—Goiis, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 32.—Firnt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 282, pl. 28, fig. 2.

Description.—Test nautiloid, small, compressed, umbilicate, periph-
eral edge rather thin, almost keeled in some specimens, often lobu-
lated by successive chambers, composed of three coils, the last-formed
one enveloping the others except at the umbilicus; wall finely arena-
ceous, inclined to be porous, especially within, but not building defi-
nite labyrinthic structures; aperture a curved slit at
the base of the apertural face; color reddish-brown.

Diameter 0.5-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—There are two Challenger records
for this species, stations 237 and 246, at 1,875 and
2,050 fathoms, one east of Japan, the other in the
middle of the North Pacific. . Goés found the spe-
Fic. 172.—Cyctammina Cles at two Albatross stations in the eastern tropical

pusita. x 25. From North Pacific in 772-1,201 fathoms. Flint records

[a this species from Albatross station D3080, off the
coast of Oregon, in 93 fathoms. I have found specimens at one station
near the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2032 in 1,014 fathoms; also
at three Nero stations 1134, 1305, 1308, near the Bonin Islands in the
northwestern Pacific, 2,879, 1,289, and 1,040 fathoms; and at two
Albatross stations of the 1902 cruise, D4957 D4958, at 405 and
437 fathoms, off the south coast of Japan.

112 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Fig. 173.—CYCLAMMINA ORBICULARIS. X 3d. @. SIDE VIEW, b, APERTURAL VIEW.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 113

As in the case of the preceding species this is limited to the deeper
and colder waters, as far as the records show.
CYCLAMMINA ORBICULARIS H. B. Brady.
Cyclammina orbicularis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.
53; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 353, pl. 37, figs. 17-19.

Description.—Test nautiloid, subglobose, hardly umbilicate, peri-
pheral edge rounded, composed usually of less than two complete
coils, the outer one completely hiding those previously developed, wall
finely arenaceous, somewhat labyrinthic within; aperture a curved slit
at the base of the apertural face; color reddish-brown.

Diameter 1.5-2 mm.

Distribution.—There are four specimens in the Goés material from
Albatross station D3419, 772 fathoms off the west coast of Mexico,
that seem to belong to this species. A specimen from Nero station
D1204, in 846 fathoms off Japan, may be the young of this species.

CYCLAMMINA BRADYI, new species.
Trochammina trullissata H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 342, pl. 40, fig. 13 (not 14, 15).

Description.—Test free, spiral, nearly completely involute, com-
pressed, slightly excavated at the umbilicus, last volution with six
to nine chambers, smooth on the
exterior, aperture crescentiform
at the base of the apertural face,
not included in the wall but be-
tween it and the preceding volu-
tion; apertural face occasionally
with perforations in adult speci-
mens; color yellowish or reddish
brown.

Diameter 1.2-1.5 mm.
Fig. 174.—CYCLAMMINA BRADYI. X 30 (AFTER Distribution.—Single specimens

BRADY). @, SIDE VIEW; ), APERTURAL VIEW. occurred at two Nero stations,
1134 in volcanic mud, 2,879 fathoms, and station 1305 in globigerina
ooze, in 1,289 fathoms.

The specimen figured by Brady as Trochammina trullissata, re-
- ferred to above, seems to belong here. It is evidently a Cyclammina
in its characters and very different from the other specimens figured
as T. trullissata. This species is at once distinguished from the
young of Cyclammina cancellata and from C. pusilla by the smaller
number of chambers in each volution.

Ty pe-specimen.—Cat. No. 8212, U.S.N.M.

Genus LITUOTUBA Rhumbler, 1895.
Trochammina (part) H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 59:
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 342.
Iituotuba RuumMBteErR, Nachr. kén. Ges. Wiss. Géttingen, 1895, p. 83. Type, L.
lituiformis (H. B. Brapy)= Trochammina lituiformis H. B. Brapy.

16777— Bull. 71—10——8

114 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test of two distinct parts, an early close-coiled por-
tion and a long tubular uncoiled later portion; wall arenaceous, with
an excess of cement, either indistinctly or irregularly divided.

This genus seems fale ao on the one hand, to Ammodiscus through
such a form as Trochamminoides proteus (ar er), but shows a definite
senescent character in its uncoiled form. Besides certain fossil
species this genus includes the following recent species:

LITUOTUBA LITUIFORMIS (H.B. Brady). *
Trochammina lituiformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 59, pl..5, fig. 16; Rep. Voy. Oiaienies Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 342, pl. 40,
figs. 4~7.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mun. 1897
(1899), p. 281, pl. 26, fig. 1.—Bagaa, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 128.

Lituotuba lituiformis RuumMBLER, Nachr. kon. Ges.
Wiss. G6éttingen, 1895, p. 84.

Description.—Test composed of a close-
coiled early portion and a later uncoiled por-
tion, straight and tubular; irregularly or in-
distinctly divided into chambers; wall aren-
aceous with an excess of cement, aperture
at the end of the tubular portion; color yel-
lowish-brown.

Length up to 3.7 mm.

Distribution.— Bagg recordsa single speci-
men of this species from Albatross station
D4000 in 104-213 fathoms near the Ha-
Gevaert walian Islands. Single specimens have oc-

curred at two Nero stations, 1330 in 1,543
fathoms, and 1439 in 1,901 fathoms, in the western North Pacific,
north of Guam.

This species appears to be rare in the North Pacific, but three speci-
mens having been obtained from the dredgings.

Genus AMMOBACULITES, new genus.

Spirolina (part) p’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 137.
Haplophragmium (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 301.

Description.—Test free, chambered, early portion close coiled in
one plane, later portion uncoiled and made up of a more or less linear
series of chambers; wall coarsely arenaceous, fairly thick; aperture
single at the center of the terminal face of the uncoiled portion, but
in the coiled portion at the base of the apertural face.

This genus is more like the typical Haplophragmium described by
Reuss, but although it is uncoiled in later growth it does not have the
multiple apertures or the interior structure of that genus. It is evi-
dently derived from the genus Haplophragmoides and its early devel-
opment is similar to that ; genus. The true Haplophragmium is repre-
sented in the recent ocean by few species which have the multiple

~

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 115

apertures and the other characters of the genus, but they are to be
distinguished from the species included under this genus.

Type.—Ammobaculites agglutinans (d’Orbigny).

AMMOBACULITES AGGLUTINANS (d’Orbigny).

Spirolina agglutinans D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 137, pl. 7, figs.
10-12.

Haplophragmium agglutinans H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 301, pl. 32, figs. 19-26.—HarusLeR, Neues Jahrb., Beil., vol. 4, 1885,
p. 13, pl. 1, figs. 22, 23; pl. 2, figs. 3, 4—Bautkwitt and Wricut, Trans. Roy.
Trish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p. 330, pl. 13, figs. 18-20.—SHERBORN and CHaAP-
MAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 484, pl. 11, fig. 8—Harustrer, Abh.
schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 32, pl. 3, figs. 32, 36; pl. 4, figs. 5, 6, 18.—
FornasInI, Foram. Plioc. Pont. Savena, pl. 2, fig. 5.—CHapMAN, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1892, p. 324, pl. 5, fig. 14.—Eaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 260, pl. 4, figs. 16, 36.—Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 23, pl. 5, figs. 140, 141.—CHapman,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 16, 1895, p. 313, pl. 11, fig. 2; Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1895, p. 16.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 32.—
Mutett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 357, pl. 5, fig. 1.—Bage, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 126.

Haplophragmium calcareum Funt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 275,
pl. 19, fig. 1 (not H. calearewm d’Orbigny).

Description.—Test free, elongate, early portion closely coiled,
planospiral, of one or more volutions, each with five to seven cham-
bers, later portion uncoiled, made up of a linear
series of chambers, in adult specimens making
up the larger portion of the test, wall rather
coarsely arenaceous, variable in its surface, some-
times fairly smooth, sometimes rough; aperture
in the early chambers:at the base of the aper-
tural face, but in the uncoiled portion in the mid-
dle of the terminal face, single, circular; color
very variable from light to dark gray or brown.

Diameter of coiled portion about 1 mm., total
length up to 3 mm. i

Distribution. Brady records this species from p44, 176.—AsmaopacuuitEs
five Challenger stations in the North Pacific, giv- A¢¢LUTINANS. x 25.
: FROM PHOTOGRAPH.
ing the depths as 7-3,125 fathoms. I am unable
to find a record giving the shallowest station, but the other four range
as follows: 2,050, 2,300, 2,900, and 3,125 fathoms, showing that it
occurred as arule in deep water. Bagg records the species from one
station near the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4174, in 735-865
fathoms. I have found specimens of this species from six North
Pacific stations. Single specimens were obtained from three Alba-
tross stations near the Hawaiian Islands—H2764 in 122 fathoms,
H2999 in 549 fathoms, and H3009 in 603 fathoms. It was obtained
in material taken from the stomachs of Holothurians dredged at
Albatross station D3603, 1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea, and at two

_ Nero stations—1308 in 1,040 fathoms and 1410 in 1,144 fathoms—

between Yokohama and Guam.

116 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The early chambers of this species are not compressed as in the
following species, but are of nearly equal diameter to those of the
uncoiled portion. The species is represented by few specimens, but
seems to be well distributed. There is some considerable variation
in the color and texture of the material forming the wall. There is
usually a rather small amount of cement visible, so that the finish of
the surface of the wall depends upon the character of th material.
Where the wall is smooth the chambers may easily be made out, but
in the rougher specimens it is hard to distinguish their limits.

AMMOBACULITES FOLIACEUS (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium foliaceum H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 50; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 304, pl. 33, figs. 20-25.—

Funt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 276, pl. 19, fig. 6.
Description —‘‘ Test crosier-shaped, complanate, very thin, flat on
both sides; consisting of numerous segments, the earlier ones forming

Lie

178

Fias. 177-179.—AMMOBACULITES FOLIACEUS. X 40 (AFTER BRADY). 177 AND 178, SIDE VIEWS; 179,
SPECIMEN MOUNTED IN CANADA BALSAM AND VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT.

two or three convolutions of a flat spire, the later ones arranged in a
broad, straight, linear series. Segmentation distinct; peripheral
edge slightly constricted at the sutures; septal lines arched. Aperture
simple, terminal.”

Length ;4; inch (1.25 mm.).

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station, No. 232, in 345 fathoms, on the Hyalonema ground, south of
Japan. The specimens are recorded as ‘‘of poor dimensions and few
in number.”

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. TLy
AMMOBACULITES TENUIMARGO (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium tenuimargo H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11,
1882, p. 715; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 303, pl. 33, figs.
13-16.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 275, pl. 19, fig. 3.

Description.— Test elongate, crosier-shaped, much compressed;
lateral edges thin and jagged. Spiral segments few and small; those
of the linear series about six in number, broad and slightly convex;
septation obscure. Aperture simple, irregular in form; terminal.
Texture coarse, surface extremely rough.”

Length +; inch (2.5 mm.) or somewhat less.

oop

ps

183

181

Figs. 180-183.—AMMOBACULITES TENUIMARGO. X 25 (AFTER BRADY). 180, 181, FROM SIDE. 182,
APERTURAL VIEW. 183, FROM EDGE, SHOWING THICKNESS OF TEST.

Distribution—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station, No. 238, in 3,950 fathoms, east of Japan. I have seen no
specimens referable to this species in the material I have examined
from the North Pacific.

AMMOBACULITES AMERICANUS, new species.

Haplophragmium fontinense H. B. Brapy (not H.fontinense TERQUEM), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 305, pl. 34, figs. 14.—Goiis, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 31.

Description.—Test planospiral, compressed, slightly or not at all
involute, the two sides alike, composed of three or four volutions with
about nine chambers in the outer volution, the last formed chambers
in fully grown specimens tending to form an uncoiled straight growth,
wall made up of sand grains firmly cemented; aperture elongate, oval,
or forming a long slit across the apertural face of the chamber; color,
gray.

118 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Specimens were found by Goés in material from
Albatross station D3419 in 772 fathoms, off the west coast of Mexico.
This is a very different species from that described by Terquem from
the Oolite of France. The original description of that species refers
to a test convex on one side and concave on the other. The recent
species is the same on each side and truly planospiral. The aperture

aS:
Sey Lea

sae

Fias. 184-185.—AMMOBACULITES AMERICANUS. 184. X 20. 185 @, BROADER, MORE FLATTENED FORM;
b, APERTURAL VIEW, X 15.

varies in the recent specimens, but is usually rather elongate, and
the test six times as large as the fossil species described by Terquem.

‘

Genus PLACOPSILINA d@Orbigny, 1850.

Placopsilina D’OrBiaNY, Prodr. Pal., vol. 2, 1850, p. 96.—H. B. Brapy (part),
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, rou 9; ee p. 315.

Description.—Test attached, chambered, the’ early portion close-
coiled, later portions uncoiling and spreading out in an irregular but
in general a linear series of chambers, building no floor; last portion
of the test may be entirely free, made up of an irregular series of
chambers; wall arenaceous, aperture rounded, at the end of the last
formed chamber.

| ‘FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 1i9

PLACOPSILINA CENOMANA d Orbigny.

Placopsilina cenomana D’OrBIGNY, Prodr. Pal., vol. 2, 1850, p. 185, no. 758.—
Reuss, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ae 7, 1854, p. 71, pl. 28, figs. 4,
5.—BiTscuu, in Bronns Klassen und Ordnungen da ier ache vol. 1, 1880,
p. 191, pl. 5, fig. 19 —Haxrusier, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 39, 1883,
p. 27, pl. 3, fig. 1; Neues Jahrb., vol. 1, 1883, p. 59, pl. 3, figs. 12-14.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 315, pl. 36, figs. 1-3.—
Wrieut, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club., 1884-85, App. 9, 1886, p. 320, pl.
26, figs. 3a, b.—Haxrusiter, Neues Jahrb., Beil., vol. 4, 1885, p..8, pl. 1,
figs. 24, 25.—Howcntn, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1888, p. 536, pl. 8, fig. 4.—
H. B. Brapy, ParKer, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 218,
pl. 42, fig. 13.—J. Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 468.—
CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 17.—SrpEBotrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, no. 5, 1905, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 7

Lituola cenomana Jones and ParkER, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 302.—H. B. Brapy, Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 13,
1867, p. 105, pl. 1, fig. 1.

Lituola (Placopsilina) cenomana W. B. CARPENTER, PARKER, and JonEs, Intr.
Study Foram., 1862, p. 143, pl. 11, figs. 11-14.

Description.—Test attached, many chambered, the earlier portion
close coiled, more or less com-
pletely involute, of one or more
volutions, later portion uncoiled,
forming a linear or irregular se-
ries of chambers but building no
floor, the body to which it is at-
tached serving as the lower
wall, last formed portion in adult
specimens or those which are at-
tached to small objects rising free
from the attachment and making
an irregular cylindrical growth
and building a wall on all sides
except where it is in contact with eS
the previously formed chamber; Fig. 186.—PLACOPSILINA CENOMANA. X 10. FROM
wall arenaceous, variable in the PHOTOGRAPH. SPECIMEN ATTACHED TO STONE.
finish of its surface, usually rough; aperture fairly large, rounded;
color variable, usually gray but occasionally brownish.

Length in adults up to 5 mm., diameter 0.5-1 mm.

Distribution.—A single specimen was found at Albatross station
D4900 in 139 fathoms, off Japan.

If one looks up the various figures assigned to this species, a very
variable lot of things will be met with. I am not at all certain that
the recent material should be assigned to the cretaceous species which
d’Orbigny had, for even in recent material many specimens which
at a glance would be placed with this species are seen by close study
to be rugose species with smooth calcareous tests in the young and

120 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

belong with the Rotalide. If fossilized it would be difficult to dis-
tinguish such tests from truly arenaceous ones by superficial exami-
nation.

Genus TROCHAMMINA Parker and Jones, 1860.

Nautilus (part) Montaau, Test. Brit., Suppl., 1808, p. 81.

Rotalina (part) Wrtuttamson, Recent Foram. infera of Great Britain, 1858, p. 50.

Globigerina (part) Wrtttamson, Recent Foram. infera of Great Britain, 1858, p. 56.

Trochammina (part) PARKER and Jones, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16,
1860, p. 304.—W. B. CarPENTER, Parker, and Jones, Intr. Study Foram.,
1862, p. 141.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
337.—ErmmerR and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 695.
Type, T. inflata (Montacu) = Nautilus inflatus Montaau.

Lituola (part) ParKerR and Jonzs, Trans. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 155, 1865, p.
407.

Haplophragmium (part) Stppaut and H. B. Brapy, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879,
p. 4.-H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 312.

Ammoglobigerina Ermer and Fickert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 704.

Description.—Test free or sometimes adherent, spiral, trochoid,
chambered; all chambers visible when viewed from above, only the
chambers of the last formed volution visible from below; wall arena-
ceous usually with considerable cement; aperture an arched slit on
the ventral side of the chamber at its contact with the preceding
volution.

As here considered, Trochammina is restricted to those species like
T. inflata or T. squamata, which have a true spiral, trochoid test with
all the chambers visible only from above.

TROCHAMMINA SQUAMATA Jones and Parker.

Trochammina squamata Jones and ParKeErR, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16,
1860, p. 304.—W. B. CarRPENTER, PARKER, and Jones, Intr. Study Foram.,
1862, p. 141, pl. 11, fig. 1—Parxer and Jongs, Trans. Roy. Soc. London,
1865, p. 407, pl. 15, figs. 30, 31 a-c.—H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4,
vol. 6, 1870, p. 288, pl. 11, fig. 4; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p.
56.—Haeruster, Neues Jahrb., 1883, pt. 1, p. 60, pl. 4, fig. 8 —H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.337, pl. 41, figs. 3a—c.—Haerus-
LER, Neues Jahrb., Beil., vol. 4, 1885, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 30.—Batxwitt and
Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p. 331.—HaxrusiEr, Abh.
schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 65, pl. 10, figs. 27-29, 40.—J. Wricur,
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 469.—Eaaer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 264, pl. 5, figs. 4-6.—Ermer and Fickert,
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 695, fig. 43 (in text).—MILueETT, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 362.—Sipesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 5.

Trochammina proteus KarReER (part), Sitzb. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52,
1865, p. 494, pl. 1, fig. 6 (not 1-5, 7, 8).

Description.—Test free or sometimes adherent, trochoid spiral,
flattened, consisting of three to four volutions with four or five cham-
bers in each, convex above, flattened or somewhat concave below,
all chambers visible on the dorsal surface, only those of the last formed

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 121

volution visible from below; wall composed of sand grains of varying
size and a considerable amount of cement, surface fairly smooth ; aper-
ture a somewhat arched slit between the wall of the chamber and the
adjacent chamber of the previous volution on the lower side of the
test; color reddish-brown.

Diameter 0.75-1.25 mm.

Distribution —There are no previous published records for this
species in the North Pacific. It has occurred at three Albatross sta-

Fic. 187.—TROCHAMMINA SQUAMATA. X 5) (AFTER BRADY). @, FROM ABOVE; b, FROM BELOW.

tions, D5095 in 58 fathoms in the Gulf of Tokyo and H4881 in 316
fathoms near Blake Reef, Vincennes Strait, southern Japan. <A
single large specimen was obtained.

This species is much flatter than the preceding and has fewer cham-
bers in each volution.

TROCHAMMINA INFLATA (Montagu).

Nautilus inflatus Montacu, Test. Brit., Suppl., 1808, p. 81, pl. 18, fig. 3.

Rotalina inflata Witu1AMson, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858, p. 50,
pl. 4, figs. 93, 94.—ParkeEr and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol.
4, 1859, p. 347, fig. r.—Wu.u1amson, Pop. Sci. Rev., vol. 4, 1865, p. 174, pl.
8, fig. 8. ;

Trochammina inflata W. B. CARPENTER, PARKER, and JongEs, Intr. Foram., 1862,
p. 141, pl. 11, fig. 5H. B. Brapy, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and
Durham, vol. 1, 1865, p.95.—Harvus ter, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 10,
1882, p. 351, pl. 15, figs. 5-7; Neues Jahrb., 1883, pl. 1, fig. 60; pl. 4,
figs. 6, 7—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 338, pl. 41, figs. 4a-c.—Batkwitt and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,
vol. 28, 1885, p. 331, pl. 13, figs. 11, 12—Harus.er, Abh. schweiz. pal.
Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 65, pl. 10, figs. 25, 26—Woopwarp and THomas, Geol.
and Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 28, pl. p, fig. 31—E«aarr,
Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, pl. 5, figs. 10-12, 16-18.—
Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, no. 9, 1894, p. 29, pl. 6,
figs. 222-224.—Mriuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 364.—FoRNASINI,
Mem. Real. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, vol. 8, 1900, p. 367, fig. 15.—S1pE-
Bottom, Mem.and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, no. 5,
1905, p. 6, pl..1), fig. 9.

Description.—Test trochoid, spiral, composed of about three volu-
tions, the last-formed one consisting of five or six inflated chambers,

122 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

-

those of the inner volutions somewhat less inflated, all chambers visi-
ble from above, only those of the last-formed volution visible from
below, spire low; test umbilicate below; wall composed of fine sand
with an excess of cement, smooth, aperture small, a short arched slit
where the chamber meets the previous volution on the ventral side
and just in from the periphery; color yellowish-brown, the early
chambers of the spire often darker than the rest.

Diameter 0.7—1 mm.

Distribution.—There seem to be no published records for the occur-
rence of this species in the North Pacific. In the material that I

Fig. 188.—TROCHAMMINA INFLATA. XX 50. @,FROM ABOVE; b, FROM BELOW.

have examined it has been seen but once, from Nero station 1213,in
808 fathoms, off the coast of Japan.

TROCHAMMINA TURBINATA (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium turbinatum H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p- 50; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 312, pl. 35. figs. 9, a-c.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 262, pl. 5,
figs. 57-59.—CHapMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 16.

Trochammina turbinatum Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65,
1899, p. 695.

Description.—Test spiral, early volutions regular, low spired, last-
formed volution in the adult somewhat irregular leaving the regular
method of coiling and becoming oblique; five to eight chambers in
the last-formed volution, umbilicate below, in adults with a depres-
sion above due to the obliquity of the last-formed volution; wall
arenaceous, variable in coarseness and amount of cement, aperture
a slit at the base of the ventral side of the chamber; color yellowish
or reddish brown or grayish.

Diameter 0.75-1.25 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station, 246, in 2,050fathoms. Inthe material that I have examined
it has occurred at several stations: Albatross station D2806, in 1,379

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 123

fathoms near the Galapagos Islands; H1521, in 462 fathoms, off the
west coast of the United States; D4998, in 66 fathoms, in the Gulf of
Tartary off Sakalin Island; and D4979, in 943 fathoms,
off Japan. Specimens were found from four Nero sta-
tions, 1139, 1147, 1184, and 1306, in 1,208—2,101 fathoms,
between Yokohama and Guam.
There is a considerable variation in the texture of the
specimens included here, but all have the same general
characters. Re ee
Goés figured and described a variety which he named — rursinata.
Haplophragmium turbinatum, var. helicoidewm Goés, **: FROM
. i) ie . . PHOTOGRAPH.
Upon looking up the original series labeled by Goés with
this name I find among the Pacific material a very much mixed series
of tests. In all, there are ten Pacific specimens, none of which at all
resembles the figures given by Goés.

TROCHAMMINA NANA (H. B. Brady).
Haplophragmium nanum H.B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.21, 1881, p.

50; Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 43, 1881, p. 99, pl. 2, figs. 1, a-e;
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 8, 1881, p. 406, pl. 21, fig.1; Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 311, pl. 35, figs. 6-8.—H. B. Brapy, PARKER,
and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 14, 1888, p. 218, pl. 41. fig. 20.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1892, p. 324, pl. 5, fig. 15.—Eecerr, Abh.
kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p. 262, pl. 5, figs. 13-15.—
Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 22, pl. 5,
figs. 124-127.—Miuuetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 360, pl. 5, fig. 9.—
RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., vol. 24, 1906, p. 65, pl. 5, fig. 56.—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, p. 127.

Description.—Test trochoid-spiral, spire very low, consisting of
two or more volutions, the last-formed one with six to eight chambers,
somewhat flattened above but usually rotund below, very slightly
or not at all umbilicate, chambers all visible from the dorsal side,
only those of the last-formed volution visible from the ventral side;
walls composed of sand grains and a large amount of cement, surface
fairly smooth; aperturean arched slit at the periphery and ventraledge
of the chamber where it is in contact with the adjacent chamber of

the preceding volution; color
yellowish brown, the last-
formed chamber often gray.
Diameter 0.21-0.75 mm.
192 Distribution —Brady men-
Fics. 190-192.—TROCHAMMINA NANA. X35. FROM PHO- tions but one Challenger sta-
as tion for this species, 253, in
3,125 fathoms, but in the volume on the ‘““Summary of Results” two
other stations are added, 246, in 2,050 fathoms, and 237, in 1,875 fath-
oms, the last with a question mark. Rhumbler records a single young
specimen from Laysan Island. Bagg records it from a single Albatross
station, H4694, in 865 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands. I found
several specimens in material from Nero station 992, in 1,013 fathoms,
off Guam.

124 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TROCHAMMINA GLOBIGERINIFORMIS (Parker and Jones).

Globigerina bulloides Wit1AMsoN, Recent Foraminifera of Great Britain, 1858,
p. 56, pl. 5, figs. 116-118 (not G. bulloides D’ORBIGNY 1828).

Lituola nautiloidea, var. globigeriniformis PARKER and JoNEs, Trans. Roy. Soc.
London, vol. 155, 1865, p. 407, pl. 15, figs. 46, 47.

Lituola (Haplophragmium) globigeriniformis TERRIGI1, Nuovi Lincei Atti, 1880, p.
175, pl. 1, fig. 3.

Haplophragmium globigeriniforme Stppau, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879, p. 4.—
W. B. Carpenter, The Microscope, 6th ed., 1881, p. 561, fig. 320a, b.—
H. B. Brapy, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien., vol. 43, 1881, p. 100; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 312, pl. 35, figs. 10, 11—Ba.kwiLu
and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p.329.—Haruster, Abh.
schweiz. pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 36, pl. 4, figs. 13, 16, 17.—J. Wrieut,
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 1, 1891, p. 468.—TrErria1, Mem. Roy. Com. Geol.
Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 68, pl. 1, fig. 7—CHapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1892, p. 324, pl. 5, fig. 16.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol.
18, 1893, p. 260, pl. 5, figs. 30, 31_—Goks. Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 22, pl. 5, figs. 128-133.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1895, p. 16.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29,1896, p. 30.—
Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 277, pl. 21, fig. 1—SipEBortrtom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, no. 5, 1905, p. 4, pl.
1, fig. 6.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 126.

Ammoglobigerina bulloides Ermer and Ficxerr, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, |

1899, p. 704.

Description.—Test free or adherent, spiral, trochoid, spire varying
in its elevation, usually wider than high, chambers globose, all visible
from above, only those of
the last-formed coil visi-
ble from below; test com-
posed of from two to four
volutions, the last formed
one usually of four, occa-
sionally three, chambers,

193 194 rapidly increasing in size
Figs. 193-194.—TROCHAMMINA GLOBIGERINIFORMIS. X 20. progressively as added,

FROM PHOTOGRAPH. 193, FROM ABOVE; 194, FROM BELOW. wall of sand grains and a
variable amount of cement, outer surface fairly even; aperture an
arched slit on the ventral side of the chamber at its contact with
the adjacent chamber of the preceding volution; color of the test
reddish-brown.

Diameter 0.5-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species is one of the most common of the
arenaceous species in deep water. The Challenger obtained it at
seven stations in the North Pacific in 15-3,950 fathoms, all but one
in more than 1,800 fathoms. Goés records it at two Albatross sta-
tions in the eastern Pacific in 772-1,218 fathoms. Bagg records a
few doubtful specimens from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands,
Albatross station H4585 in 689 fathoms. In the present work I

i
;
7
;

i

.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 125

have found the species at numerous stations from 392-2,113 fathoms
in depth in the Albatross, Nero, and Alert material. At Albatross
station D3603 it was obtained from Holothurian stomachs at a
depth of 1,771 fathoms. It has occurred in largest numbers about
Japan.

This species belongs in the genus Trochammina as here recognized.
It has a regular spirally-formed trochoid test like the other species

Fig. 195.—TROCHAMMINA GLOBIGERINIFORMIS. X 25 (AFTER BRADY). d@,FROM ABOVE; b, FROM BELOW;
c, FROM SIDE.

of Trochammina included here and differs only in the very inflated,
globular character of the chambers. The elevation of the spire
varies somewhat, but as a rule the test is fully as broad as high.
In the texture of the wall there is some variation, the amount of
cement usually being considerable.

Genus GLOBOTEXTULARIA Eimer and Fickert, 1899.

| Haplophragmium (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
! p. SISe
Globotextularia Ermer and FicKkert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899, p. 679.
Description.—Test arenaceous, the early chambers in a spire, the
later ones irregular, globular, Globigerina like, containing only the
following species:

GLOBOTEXTULARIA ANCEPS H. B. Brady.

Haplophragmium anceps H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 313, pl. 35, figs. 12-15.—Cuastrr, First Rep. Southport Soc. Nat. Sci.,
1890-91 (1892), p. 57, pl. 1, fig. 2—Mutietrr, Proc. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899,
p. 361, pl. 5, fig. 10.

Globotextularia anceps Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 679, fig. 25 (in text).

126 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test irregular, early portion spiral with a high spire,
compact, later portion with much larger globular chambers, irregular
in position, usually four in regular speci-
mens in the outer volution, wall arena-
ceous, surface fairly smooth; aperture
near the inner end of the chamber; color
brown.

Diameter 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Although not recorded
by Brady this species is given in the
volume on the ‘‘Summary of Results”

Fig, 196.—Gtonorextutarma ancers. from Challenger station 237, 1,875

NT ta fathoms off Japan. There is a single

specimen from Albatross station H2766 in 196 fathoms off California,
which I have referred to this species.

Genus AMMOCHILOSTOMA Eimer and Fickert, 1899.

Trochammina (part) H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 58;
vol. 21, 1881, p.52; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 344.

Haplophragmium (part) H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 50; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 312.

Ammochilostoma (part) Emer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 692. Type, A. pauciloculata (H. B. Brapy)=Trochammina pauciloculata
H. B. Brapy.

Description.—Test free, early chambers spiral, later ones very
involute and the last-formed volution often entirely coverimg the
previously formed chambers and usually at an oblique angle to the
earlier growth; wall arenaceous with a variable amount of cement;
aperture at or near the base of the apertural face of the chamber,
elongate, narrow. .

This name was proposed by Eimer and Fickert for three species of
Trochammina, T. ringens, T. galeata, and T. pauciloculata. As the
first of these species has already been included under Haplophragm-
oides, this name, Ammochilostoma, will stand for the other two species
with others which in their last-formed volution become involute or
irregularly winding about the test in a changing plane.

AMMOCHILOSTOMA PAUCILOCULATA (H. B. Brady).

Trochammina pauciloculata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 58, pl. 5, figs. 13-14; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 344, nl.
41, figs. 1, 2.—Eaaer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, vol. 18, 1893, p.
265. pl. 5, figs. 37, 38.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 33.—
Furnt, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 282, pl. 27, fig. 2—Baee,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1907, p. 128.

Ammiochilostoma pauciloculata Eimer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zoél., vol. 65,
1899, p. 692.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. , 127

Description.—Test ovoid, early chambers spiral, hidden by the
later chambers which are in a plane oblique to the early ones and very
involute, inflated, three or four chambers visible in an adult speci-
men; wall arenaceous with an excess of cement, smooth and polished,
aperture an elongate slit at
the base of the chamber; color
yellowish or reddish brown
with some of the chambers
eray In some specimens.

Diameter 0.14-0.75 mm.

Distribution —From the
Challenger work there are
four recorded stations in 1,850
to 3,950 fathoms. Goés re-
cords the species from a sin-
gle Albatross station, 3375 in
1,201 fathoms, rare. I have
examined the material se-
lected by Goés and also that
recorded by Bagg from the
vicinity of Hawaii in 689-
1,398 fathoms, and in both
cases the material seems to
be typical. The species has
occurred at three Nero sta-
tions, 170 in 1,990 fathoms
near Midway Island and at
two stations 1155 and 1389
in 1,632 and 1,653 fathoms,
between Yokohama and
Guam. It has also occurred
at three Albatross stations,
H2898 and H2999, in 1,265
and 549 fathoms near the eg
Hawaiian Islands, and D4979 Fic. 197.—A MMOCHILOSTOMA PAUEHLOCOTAA. THREE
in 943, fathoms off Japan. VIEWS OF SAME SPECIMEN. X 100.

This is a very characteristic species of small size, and with little
variation. It usually occurs in but few numbers and most of the
stations for the species are in deep water.

AMMOCHILOSTOMA GALEATA (H. B. Brady).

Trochammina galeata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 52
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 344, pl. 40, figs. 19-23.—
Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,vol. 18, 1893, p. 265, pl. 4, figs.
32-43.

Ammochilostoma galeata Ermer and Ficxert, Zeitschr. wiss. Zoél., vol. 65, 1899,
p. 692, fig. 39 (in text).

128 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test nearly symmetrical, subglobular, early cham-
bers spiral, the later ones enveloping the earlier ones, the last-formed
chamber in the adult forming half the area of the test, wall arenaceous

200

Fics. 198-201.—AMMOCHILOSTOMA GALEATA. X 50 (AFTER BRADY). 201, APERTURAL VIEW.

with much cement, smooth; aperture a narrow slit near the base
of the apertural face; color yellowish-brown.

Diameter 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—There are two Challenger records for this species in
the North Pacific, 224 in 1,850 fathoms and 237 in 1,875 fathoms,
both in the western Pacific.

AMMOSPHAEROIDINA, new genus.

Haplophragmium (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p.313.—Howcatn, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 12, 1889, p. 6.—-CHaAP-
MAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoél., vol. 30, 1907, p. 24.

Description.—Test globose, arenaceous, early portion spiral, later
chambers like Sphexroidina in form, embracing; aperture rounded,
at one side of the chamber in the adult.

Type of the genus.—Haplophragmium spheroidiniforms HV. B.
Brady.

This genus in its general external characters much resembles
Spexroidina, but has a rather coarse arenaceous test.

AMMOSPHROIDINA SPHEROIDINIFORMIS (H. B. Brady).

Haplophragmium sphexroidiniformis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p.313.—Howcum, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, vol. 12, 1889,
p. 6.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zodl., vol. 30, 1907, p. 24, pl. 3, figs. 50,
ol.

Description.—Test free, composed of a spiral earlier portion, the
later portion in the adult made up of usually three large globose cham-
bers similar in form and arrangement to Spheroidina bulloides, one
large one at one side and two smaller ones at the other, the aperture
at the inner side of the last-formed chamber semicircular or rounded;
wall rather coarsely arenaceous; color brownish or gray.

Diameter 0.75-1.75 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 129

Distribution.—Specimens referred to this species have been obtained
at seven stations in the North Pacific; Albatross stations H2986 in
271 fathoms and H3012 in 2,067 fathoms, both near the Hawaiian
Islands; and at several Nero stations near Midway Island, near
Luzon and between Yokohama and Guam in 1,406—2,135 fathoms.

The structural characters of this species will not allow of its being

placed in any of the genera used here in a re-

____ stricted sense and it has seemed best to make
anew genus for it.

Subfamily 4. NHEUSININ&.

Test arenaceous with some chitin, flattened
and broad, composed of many chambers, early
portion coiled with the later chambers broad
and spreading, sides with elongate chitinous

filaments. Fig. 202.—AMMOSPHEROIDINA
This subfamily containing the single species, 8? ®Rowrnirormis. x 25.

. ei wia . FROM PHOTOGRAPH.
Neusina agassizvi, is different from the other
arenaceous Foraminifera but in its general plan of structure is not
unlike certain other genera.

Genus NEUSINA Goés, 1892.
Neusina Go#s (type, Neusina agassizii Go#s), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 23,
1892, p. 195.

Description.—Test expanded, flat, made up of a series of very broad,
low, flattened chambers, early ones in complete specimens apparently
coiled, later ones in a broad, flat expanse of varying shape; wall are-
naceous or of fine mud and sand with a chitinous network, flexible
with a thread-like border of chitin; apertures numerous, along the
edge of the chamber; color in fresh specimens brown.

NEUSINA AGASSIZII Goés.
Neusina agassizti Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 23, 1892, p. 195, pl., figs. 1-9.

Description.—Similar to that of the genus, simply the one species
being known.
Diameter in largest specimen, 190 mm.
Distribution.—Specimens of this species were found in material
from a single Albatross station, D3399, off the northwest coast of
South America in 1,740 fathoms in olive green ooze.

16777—Bull. 71—10—_9

130 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

There has been much discussion as to whether this is really a fo-
raminifer or not. It has many of the characters of the group and the
main objection to placing it here is on account of its size. A single
small specimen in the National Museum figured here shows something

Fig. 203.—NEUSINA AGASSIZII. @, COMPLETE SPECIMEN, X 1}. 6, EARLY PORTION OF SAME SPECIMEN
FROM OPPOSITE SIDE, X 5.

of the early development. Evidently from this specimen there is a
close coiled young, then an arcuate uncoiled growth, and finally the
broad, flaring growth characteristic of the adult is taken on. The
specimen was associated with Rhizammina algeformis H. B. Brady.

.

ae ee

i
A
. INDEX.
i
b
, Page Page
Seeevapyssorum, Astrorhiza. ...-..--<20c--se2s058 Y code A strarhiza SliTCatan cc. asecessmeaen eon ates. 20
- Grithionina. ss sta ecne see 55, 56 STANT OSAL ease coe eee eee 21
: Rhapdammings see! 2) koe os oe 23, 24 Limicola ss Veen ye ee eee ie er 19
Inbabdopleura: teec.ccsie= cee see 27 TONUWIS!. -carae eee ae ate eee eee 23
i robusta, Rhabdammina........- Day WASTTOLUIZIC SO: < Co. c.os2 cisco seis qe ene aio ere ae 18
Reiner ACCU Aiiemc. © ctciasic c'ecap esse cece ane TO MASTLOTHIZIN Goo oo Meee earn poeta cis ae te 19
. PAR MU STOO DD AN. ia)— G5 ns) aces cee este o ees 89) |mbacillaris dReophaxs os coc. acseecsteclaesiels 86
agassizii, Neusina............-- ne een teh 20S BAC UI ATNEMIM G2 acs cans ctoists eeneectete fale ae eiarahcia 60
agglutinans, Ammobaculites ..............-- 115 elongata 8st eanceees cote seer 60
f iBaplophragmium = 22 225 422... (M5? | PBAthySIDHOM =~. -ieseserces seat een 30
F SMIEO Aes sees eat oats 115 filiformiseey ese eee 30, 31
. BEICAHS eM NULAMMING =<. 2520505 -cecece esc s 58 MULUS 2c 2s eRe eee 32
‘ algaeformis, Rhizammina.............-..--- a Ie DUOCHIATIS seo DH Axe eee aero ere = 90
americanus, Ammobaculites............-..-- 117 | bradyi, Cribrostomoides...-.....-...-.- ieee LOS
; PAMRPERERACUUGOS = 2 attra oiniceta Hnin\wisis'cla (eins us<% 114 Cy Claman ay san ae eases a 113
Si VU VOE NOS, See ae bes bullasPlacopsulinas.— 2 2eeise cee oeacee el 49,51
BMEFICANUS 5-1 sissies 117 Pseudoplacopsilina........-....--.--.- 49
POMACRUISN A cape sae oe eee cia 116 DHOlOSINArR. -.s2eaee a Aone ce cee 49
POMUIIATL OSs - tease sense =< 117 | bulloides, Ammoglobigerina.-..........-.-.. 124
JT aS 0) 000 126 Globigerinas. s2.--.saseace ees = = 124
CABAL reese okey 127 | caleareum, Haplophragmium..............-.- 115
pauciloculatas.. 222 25:--42- 126 |ecaleilera. Sactorniza. 2 temas <= eee ee la 1 = C6
SIFIOCL See cresisee cee eos 107 | canariense, Haplophragmium............----. 99
PPUONUAS( TIA clare Sasi sn injs Scio cick acct ene =: 73 | canariensis, Haplophragmoides..........---.- 101
PRSHHOCISCUS 3) orn )5))=;3. tea oie = ss 19, 23, 73, 76,78 MEA UU lap ne ae ece 101,110
GHAnOIdpSesete eases etecc eece 77 Lituola nautiloidea........-...-. 101
CRSOUUUS gemin cena scisnne es es celaee 75 Piacopsihina= pease eae aaee 101
BOMMialiSermesnes sone b6508acioe ce 76 | cancellata, Cyclammina.............-....- 109, 110
RRICOTUT Sep arta «(seo 1e.210,5)-s Sate ee 73. | catenata, Aschemonella....-.....-.--.2---2-- 80, 81
ALOLCUS eae a Scie c cece 98 INStYORBIZAL Meee ene nace bene tee 80
SHOMCABUS eet cit: esc sercias ee ese = 79) | catennlatus, WeOpOake ects ss seeee eee 93
PTT tespet catoe sie =a a Cinieieamiateis 2S 74. |) Canomana wu llOlasesee <2 as 5 see aie ciavas 119
PMUMOPIODI SONU elec ace sec cee tessecige+ sc 120 PICO PSN As: essen eect ee 119
JOtNOIGeS =f Be een aero ose 5 124 |) charoides; Ammiodisens:..-- 222-225. ---.---- 77
‘ BrP BHA eee esis nee Societe cit Sanne es = 67 Gordiamamina: =. 22eueseeee sano 76,77
: LAV BU Aaa aisle comes ye ete cele 68 Mrochamming.<sc.2s2- 22s =~ 77
PAEIHOSPHACTOIUES >... 2): oe = (<'ss ae ecles So actcleses 51 squamata.........- 77
GISCOMAL n= oe cel gos bla dlavata; Aun Glagena ie. ..-6 scan sac aaee iar 68
PAEMOSPHACTOIGING . —- 2.022 <5 seceen cece ene 128 Trochammina irregularis...........- 67, 68
sphaeroidiniformis..-...-- 128 WWD DIN Sie iramte ee fom em eet cent clate 68
RACES GlODOtESTULATIG << 2-1-2025 sce =o = 125 ‘ Wiebbinella) 2e se ean oat ee ante noe 68
PaplOpHTagMUuUIM. 2c). hci anes -\nce 125 | compressum, Haplophragmium..........-..- 102
mepiloss: AStrorhiza..........-.2------2-26=- 20) reonttsa, Sorospanerase ens... .-- scenes 37
RACE ODINIUING 2. ome cacecas.< f= 2ses5045 73s NCOMMUSDITAS occa eames eae el snateee boas 73
merenistella.......-....- Bae nines ad sie secre 19 | coronata, Haplophragmoides............-.-- 99
MMS ELCOPNAX .<oa\occ bc coe s vacc(e' scpein'o tes 91 Trochammmilndses-..2 5 =o scenes = 99
SPE OMOTICUA 2c 2 w. aie cisciajen siaeie Salt ae's ees 80:||) crassatina, A'strorhizaso. 5-2 4-- 2-2-5 --- 22
; CALCNEUR: =o. fe .5 aoe sco sa=imee 80, 81 Rihabdammiinae 2. cesses. 22
TATUUINTONUUS | & =o.) = to- = ise ce 3 Riles MOLIDLOSLOMOIG CSc. eee eters ayo neta sista 108
SUADT Ais ose Maer tats ahaa 81 radyissees ass eo oe eeu 108
Mee MONel inde o.oo esse eke awa eeis 2 SO PaGnithioninae sae eee feet oon ciel stewie.s 53
BPRIGISOUR Me on oe cen ees aac 19 Aly SSOLU epee ees caraten ca 55,56
THEN eg Pe 19, 23, 80 Va AS A ee Pees ee eae 54
#2 Diy SSOUUID sore sets janes elas aisini= le 24 AUIM DE ere ee evs oO tcie we cinta sce = 53
POU OS Bee se ee re ee ele os 20 MSU See eee eee mete a eesle sane 2 55
Catena aececec edocs seele aes eels 80 ASLO ae see sai os alee ara ave 56
GNASS HES Soe oe oeincie aeyeiate mais 22 MOUMTIG Ales mame cece. ea Ae ans 56

132 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Crithionina, rugosa... ............--<- Mesos 53: || granulosa, Marsipella. ..2...<...¢--ce5c~ sc s- 21
Cyclammina=2 cence. sceeacerice eee aeeee 109 Rhabdammings-.o--seesseeeeee ee 21
DIAG YU t eee ce eee bee eee 113" sGromidies. cacc see eae eee bees ae eee 18
cancellata-. <assaes eco ese eee 1LO9M108) euttiter; Reophaxs 2... .oe ole eee ee eeee 88
orbiculariste-- sec eeconss eee IS.) Saieeekelinas 2. couse saacanceer ee amceeeeee eee 19
pusilla nly. cseeee ees stone 111 | Haplophragmium.......-. 108, 114, 120, 125, 126, 128
cylindrica, Marsipella...........-..... Seo set 30 agglutinans.;.=.......-..c- 115
Pelosinag seis magsee sects cneeee a 46 SNCEPS Ete se scc55525seeeeee 125
eylindricus, Reophaxs.5o-- s-25-5-2- seers 91 ealeareumiz. <: 2-502 222.026 115
dentaliniformis, Reophax................--.- 87 Carlariensess-i320. 22-5. eee 99, 101
Diflugiac we hss os shoes ee tse sere 40 Comipressums.c--.-s5e-ee 102
difflugiformis, lagenarium, Proteonina-...... 42 eMmacigtum:.--ss2-24-eeeee 102
lagenarium, Reophax......... 42 foliaceumc 2s :e2.- ee ee 116
Proteoning = 22.22. S-seee- a= 41 fontinense=:-22.>---ssseee- 117
Rieophax. tacc-'. Scere cee 41, 42 globigeriniforme .......... 124
SHCCAMIMINAN ne eee 2 ee 41 glomeratamis= -se eee 104
disereta, RihabGamirmnings fee ae see see 27 MOLreysiiie = sea scc as cassette ee
distansReopham-ieces.sce see eeeee eel cine 85 lagenariumy 2s. -- 4s -cee eee 42
distoma, Ammosphaeroides.............---- 51 latidorsatum' =... ------5 105, 108
dubia, Haplostiche ss aa. oe. ane ee 96 NANUME 2 2225062 -seeeee 123
WMituolae.. sstsJs2 sees seeee es Sees 96 rotulatum< 22 ose cee 104
INGUGSarlax ates se ccs peneeene a= S25 .ces 96 Seitulum 22) aseseeecer sore 103
elongata, Bactrammina..s:..22-22-----c---<5 60 spheeroidiniformis. .......- 128
by peramimins. 2/25 gec- = 2 = 21 60, 61, 62 Ssubglobostim)s=-2pee=sse= 105
levigata, Hyperammina........... 61 LOnUIMATe One eeeee ee ee 117
Marsipellas.2c.2/ seen o- scck cece ee 29 RUCDINa Wee eee 122
emaciatum, Haplophragmium..........--.-- 10270) Elaplophracmoidestaes- sense eee eee ee 99
Haplophragmoides............--. 102 Canariensis-s-- -5-/----5-- 101
eninaceas; Dhuramiminder se ase cose sae 59 coronatasn-ceeeenes eee ne 99
excentricus), Reopnak.ie.- sea scese es oes 92 emaciatumis- 2s. aseeeees 102
exsertus, Ammmodiseus:....-5----------- Sa 75 glomeratuimt.ss-e-5-4- 56 eni0s
filiformis: Bathysiphouess--—s-.-+--ceesesee- 30, 31 TINGONS |e) saGee ese 107
foedissima, Haplostichessease. <<< sees eee 96 rotilatwmiees-seee-eee 104
foliaceum, Haplophragmium.............--- 116 SCILMIUIM Ee asa e eee 103
foliaceus, Ammobaculites:.-......-.-.----..- 116 spheriloculum ....-...-- 107
fontinense, Haplophragmium ............--- 117 subglobosum........--- = 05
friabiliss Ely perammina ls...) 2-22 2-122oee-e 2 trullissatars eens ae oecee 100
frondescers;Sagenellan joa. 2 sence se eee nis 7) DHlaplostich esis. «ss sccicccssciace- oe aoe eee 82,96
Sageninaseses s.0eess ase nse ee 71 Gubiar ts soscsess cesses eee 96
furcata vAStrorbiza, we s-eeras ¢= caer asters 20 foedissima:2/4:<-255- se eses ee cee 96
fusca sPsammosphmrasceseee- asso se eee eee 35, 36 soldanilt So 5- he ee eee 96
fasiformisWituold--ceneessess + =. 4-ee eee 41 | hemispheerica, Psammospheera.......-.-..--- 51
Proveoninacet escee ain 52 sees 40,41 Webbing: iio. scteseeesceeeee 51
Rieophaxce: Pasa ees. ace seas 41 Wiebbinellata sess se sere 50, 51, 67
galeata, Ammochilostoma..............----- 127 | hispida, Crithionina pisum--....-....--.-...-- 56
(Drochamimiin ae eee ee see aoe cies 127. 5! ELORMOSING 50sec cine Sone eee ae seen 93
Gilobigerinaster... 52ers anemia sec pote 120 globtilifera. 3 (2-426 senses sees 93
bulloidess2e) sc. ee ene cesaaeccr 124 MOFMANII sae ee ene Oana 95
globigeriniforme, Haplophragmium .......-- 124 OVICUlaS- veo 522 oa eee ee vA OS
globigeriniformis, Lituola ........-.-.....-.. 124) 4|| iy peramminaysstaeee eee cee eee acces 60, 64, 66
Lituola nautiloidea......- 124 elongata: s. 252s asec eee 60, 61, 62
irochammingee=-sesseee- 124 laevigata ....-------- 61
Globotextularias 4. se 5a ee eee 125 friabilis)o522. ce. osi-d en tee 62
ANGCEPS. 2-47. oe Soe eee ee 125 MARINA sete emcee aeons 63
glopulifera, Hormosina: oa. -acee eee oer 93 PAMOSAS Sen Som eee eee 64, 65
glomeratum, Haplophragmium...........-.-. 104 subnodosa.....--- ATS Re teeta 63
Haplophragmoides. ....... 52 cGek esl O4 vagans:......-- Sei orale eye 66, 67
PbO ae. Loan absence ieee oe 1047 |) Ely perammininisssssse- oe =e eee seeeens 59
gordialis AmmoOdiscus:-2. a=. ee eee ae eee 26,\|\" incerta, Operculinas seers s-=- ees see eee 73
Gordiamimina. 2.2 esas secneeae 76,77 Trochamming-< = cesses sass 73
: Mrochamimainas as sesecs ee eee reat 76 Trochammina squamata......-....- 73
Trochammina squamata..........-. 76) | incertus, -Ammodiscusi=so-see-s>seees= sees 73
Gordiamiminta seer. oes) ence teeerieeceee see 76,\\pindivisa; Marsipellases.- .---ee eee eeu oes 34
Gharoidess ease SS eee eee see 76,77 Rhizammina::..-52-seseee eee 34
POnGIANIS +: Ase eee ee Oste) | ntlata wR Otalings.ne. cee ec ceee eee ee eee 121
pranuless, Astrorhizas cone dosacicce. tes cce se 21 TrochammMinga.. 2. setts eee ace 121

INDEX.
Page.

PAH ATPIS: IN AITGUUG. o00saccod oonecsewnseeae snes LZ enormanii Ormosinas =... acces oneece = cee 8
RNPCHIS RL BODUAR=. oc. \ccc cn nicesmoeeaeee SECT Se eGbousa, Jacwlellaes 2s. oe tose eee ee
RS EI PEELETIS, 2 RS ele oS Sele SL oe ROS Loa PONCULN A: seme tee eee ee ee ee ee
irregularis, clavata, Trochammina..........-. 67,68 WCET hare ne ata A oe ee = Pas
Rhabdammina.............- Wass. 26 | orbicularis, Cyclammina.....................
TTOCHAMMINA. 555.2. c424 0 sess OST OED ig. = fares = Os ie ee ee ge eS
PRE AS ory 2c camacace Gree ooehe comnblesescan 7 ovens, Pilulinas - mee 2 5 eee ee
ROU tscss os oe sc cce sewn csins aaeesceecn 70 Proteon ia... 55ers a eee
ODUUNB ees. = s2oe cee aoe comes anes Sake jk, ovicitia.Hormosina:. 2.2.05. 2225-92 a. sn
jeffreysii, Haplophragmium..............-.. TOUS papillata Thuramming:=: 2222.20). fe. ee
Nonionina........... Be eed emi eee 10b parva; Psammosphmrasot-2!02 2.252522
piling ote secs ec cee coe 43 | pauciloculata, Ammochilostoma.............
levigata, Hyperammina elongata ..........- 61 sProchammina men sete. 7s
lagenarium, Haplophragmium............-.-- ADs CLONES 5 3242 asec ets sees ee a ee oo
Proteonina difflugiformis ......- 42 eylindrichzee: tase te eee ne
Reophax difflugiformis........- 42 TOGUNGAtA 2 oaee sete ate ee
latidorsatum, Haplophragmium..........- 105, 108 Waris Dilig ose eae sete se aay
WWoniouinaiscs Sec Ce ods ccc 105.) pllalifer; Reo phax:c.sssees seers oer ee. =:
apeuinen: -Lechnitella:. .<o.2 2.2 .-<-2.¢.0-e-- A7,48""|) Bilulinal. $2.25 J oscs sae eee ceeace oe
fers OriiMiOninadsc..s..<0-+--<-22: SoS soe 54 Jetireysiiic: sete ae eee ee ss
Merrit ASUPOLNIZAS = scence ease asec eos 19 OVALS . 33.25 ae eae ae
PMCATIS | MADGAMMING. .. 5 .c2c. 226-2 ecen 25) | pisum, Crithionina;.<s3-see=o: eee a. oe
PianornmisWithotubas=....0205. 20.2..." 1138, 114 hispida: Crithionings-2>. 25a." a

MrachammMminae. oo)... ks 2S se Ag 4) Placopsilingy;. {2s o25een sass 5 ee eee Cee
PRA eee eres) eiaciaa/octgtesm asian 57, 82, 96, 109, 120 CaNnariensis 2. 257 Sees ee
(ES aS) Sel 2, ee 101, 110 Cenomana ys =o Loe ene eee
EHOMIANIS see cee ee nets cece e 119) || sProteonina 5-2... 2222 55ee eae ee oe ee
epi eee ees = eS ees 96 GiHugiformiss: A. eee
RANMOTHNG oe 2 keke asec ssees eee 41 lagenarium........
globigeriniformis:. =... --.--.2.2.-2 <5. 124 fusiformis:: 05 t.ce sche ee
SIOMEFALUM == sa552) 5225 -205- 3-02 Seton ae O48! OVELASAW 2 See cee cea
nautiloidea canariensis.........-..... 101 )}\ proteus; Ammodiseus's. = 2--2-222 9 ses an

globigeriniformis.-......-. 124 Prochamming2=2 =e sae eesuse ss. 2
SCOnpInTUS: = oF oo <- os. 522% 41,83 Trochamminoides=:22.-2-2------.--
RCONDIUIUS Hae ores ccte am- aeocccaseess 83) fe Psammosphreraere 22 3 .c acne oes ae
POH Miner orate a Ae eee serie Mech oe 96 PUSCA 22 eee. eee a ee ee
RIED POMOS s sek trons = accee. songs sa- 105 hemispheerica 5 2...:.2.....-
PINS EE eee ec ean ok oe aden 79 DAEVAS 22.0 eae ke ce eee te
Meine ee Oe ee aa a a see St oe 113: | ePseudoplacopsilina: ses. .2--.2soueenense sea
MET TOR EMIS eee os oe Se we eh eS 113, 114 Ulla a. en
Ppaitia: Critmionina. ....5..5 20h. 2265s4sec06 53 | pusilla, Cyclammina........-.. Sa ee eee
MENSA eee sree Ae so atoe acai n =e oxo ankle 29,33 | ramosa, Caleilega...........-2222..52.-- 22.
Py NOM CH eam ee ee Soe 30 Hy perammings. 25.2) seen eee
RIDHPAtRE reac mare a eo Ane oot 29 | ramuliformis, Aschemonella................-
Ire OSA See ere ee etna tee ele ZU FaRMOSa SSaAPeBINA 15.1326 soe eee
DCIS ie eae ee ee eee oa | ERCODOSCIN GY: S58 ic. oe. See eee ee
maxima, Hyperammina......-.--2.--20..-< 63.4 *Reophaxee28 0... 2 5.6 oe a ae eee
SHEN OR BCHINCOUBE <7 te Ss 8 = cea Se cisce ens 48 SQUNCUS Sst Aree eee oe
membranaceus, Reophax................---- 90 SPMAtUS Silo ce asics eae eee eee
PUL OCRAMIINNINE 2.0 noo ccm cimndemtccce 123 bacillariss: 65. Sah eee
nanum, Haplophragmium................... 123 Dilocwlarise ss. 2 ss eee eee ee
nautiloidea canariensis, Lituola.............- 101 Catenulatuses: < ss- oe eee
globigeriniformis, Lituola ....... 124 cylindricnseen. sso 54 eee
Scorpiurus;bitvola- 225-2... --- =. 41,83 dentaliniformis)) 53 4-ssso 2 ses cee
BEI ERAS St rere er is eH bs a th hc 120 ditilupiformisS-<ns95 eee epee eas
BERLE Sytner ee es ae ae l= 121 lagenarium..........
MRE EIA Er emer rf nies crac me neces 129 Gistans see tmeee sooner eno
PASAT eee ne em Nea ee 129 Oxcentinicusuerse-: 2-2 Jestint ss on ees
PRSMMIIZIEIS Seer eee ire po gee a a wet Snes bes 129 PUSMONIMISHE eee = asc koe ae
REMAIN EY raed ee ners a at oe tne eee ec 82,96 PUttHera see eee ns eee ee oe
GUUS Eee eye sans Cn ae eee Eee 96 INSCCIIS= ene eacon.. tassels See
SCORPIONS sao scceee see kent sens 83 MEM PIANACCUseetlag- ce see one ae 2
RaMMASETIBS cee) Anat it ee cee 82 NOGUIOSUS= ose sass re asa tokee ee
MeminlosHs, HGQDHSK. 22.5265 beocessccc seo 87 UNTTCT Es ea aaa OE Ree
MipianinsiOUNeV Sil. 60262 524 2 ot 101 SCOLPIULUS eee ae. eens ode oe
Intidorsatiinys 72s tot eet. ocsc5 ue 105 SPICUMIet ass se etene - seat oe taracte a

133
Page.

71
73
73
113
73

43

57,58
36
126
126
45

46
45
45,47
85,88
43
43

55

49,118
101
119

29, 40
41
42

40,41
43
98

7,120
98

35, 50

35, 36
51
36
49
49
111

64, 65
81
72
81

40, 82
89
91
86

93
91
87
41,42

85
92
41

89

87
85, 88
82,83

92

134 INDEX.
Page. | Page.
Rhabdamminad +. eesee ease eee eee eee 19,23 | squamata, Trochammina................-..- 120
ADV SSODUMIY ese see es selereere 23.94) | subglobosa,, Dituola.s---s-- sec -o== s6-- oes 105
TODUStAS: see eee 24 | subglobosum, Haplophragmium............- 105
CTASSA TIN Ges eee eerie 22 _ Haplophragmoides............ 105
discretace se. sieeossseaece es 27 | subnodosa, Hyperammina............-....-- 63
pranwlosac’ seiceicics eeeeee 210) Lech tell asec. creates emer meat eee see ae 47
Grrepmlanis: cise = lee ees 26 LOSUMEN: oer Socetuecvueaeaeee 47,48
VINCATIS® boot eee cee eee 28 MEMO se baseeewnsc ce seee va aso eeme 4g
Rhabdopleura abyssorum......------------ 27 | tenuimargo, Ammobaculites............-...- 7
RhizamIninas sees ee eee eee 33 Haplophragmium..........-...- u7
alemeformis.,.-)28s-5-2-eh eos 33, | tenuis, sAMHNOGISCUS? 2e ewer sae eae aaa
INGLVISAS ese one estes ese 34 AStrorhizaiys 6 canescens eee aoeeaee
ringens, Ammochilostoma.....-------------- 107 || Lholosing.-). ssh. eee cccos ase eseeeaeeasee
Haplophragmoides.......----------- 107 DUN a se soncrescosmeceres seeeeeses
Trochammina.......- Boo Se Sloe 107))| huraMmM ine ese e eee ease aoe ee eee
ROtaling tas ccd oe eae eee aes ee eRe eee == 120 Al DICANS Hees ane ee eee ee
Gniflsstarce is soe wate on Cope creme = 121 erinaceas 5.5 -seeerctan lessee ene
rotulatum, Haplophragmium....-...-------- 104 papillata os. sance se sseeeeeeee 57,
Haplophragmoides..-..-.-------- 104) | Dhyramming ce secer sess seeee eae ese
rotundata, Crithionina.........------------- 5G. | olypammina see sete eee see Vere ee
IB ClOSIM Ase cease esas ete 45 WAP BS mete et ote erat eee 66,
TUGIS) \VerUGINas = eee eee lela 52 | Trochammina..............-- 73, 76, 78, 113, 120,
Tofus» Bathysipnon:.--.-.---s--e—ee=-----=—- 32 Charoides? sc. 2a-os4-5 seein 7
rugosa, Crithionina.....-..------------------ 53 COLONAtA? . s2fac jase adeeeee ee = 99
Saccamminas sssceee see ee eee aia 35, 38, 40 paleatar. i. Sect. eee seen aaa 127
Giftupiformisse=se-see----sesee 41 globigeriniformis.............. 124
SOCialiSs=: = 34s -pce nee eee cre 40 POrdialis: oon =e see 76
SphpeniGaes ses a+ -scaee esses 38,39 incerta: iets scee eee see 73
Saccamimnininceseeneersceen-sesneee eee 35 WnHata seks sos eters 121
RAGGOnniZay coe soc koe ence Sea ee ee oe cea ees 64 irregularis'.22. 220 eteee see 68
CalGH eas aces ete eten ee sass sae 66 clavate ese see asses 67,68
TAMOSA te ees sane eee eit eee 65 NUUMOnMNIS sess sos 113,114
Sagerella fee ea tontos win ele wife eres = =i 71 MIAN oe clatter eee teenies 123
ATONGeSCONSios =e aceeen cose eee 71 paucilocwlatay Naser sees 126
Sagenina.....- See eee ea ete eae ie 71 PLOUCU See ee eee aa eee 97,120
ROT AGSCONS Meteo tose cee seen ne 71 TINGONS) A 3. cheese ees 107
PATEL CNS Ehlert a oteet tee tarnteke ote 72 SQUAMALAS 2 aja ose econ eee 120
scabra, Aschemonella .......---------------- 81 Charoid este eer eae. 77
scitulum, Haplophragmium..-.....-..----- See OS POLGIAlis geese eee 76
Haplophragmoides .......-.----.-- 103 incerta. ys ssehae as 73
scorpionus, Nodosaria.....-..--.----------+- 83 (rullissatasA5sces-—4ee eee es 100, 113
SCOEDIUTUS) WAtUOl fee ence ee ae 83 turbinates Ac sesso e eee ee 122
MAUtiloideds: = - on. sss ANE So OG META 22 aera eet eel 97
Reoph aks 5. seen once so eeeeee 82,83 | Trochamminoides.-.........--..------------- 97
Soop ulellet sees ae 66 PLOUEUSS Bae sacem eee oesees 98
VAPADS!. -- wsecencisnce nels = sisices 67 | trullissata, Haplophragmoides.........-..-.- 100
shoneana, Turritellella.........-.-.---- Arete 79 Mrochamimindern -cn-eeeeeae 100, 113
shoneanus, Ammodiscus.......-. ----------- 79, Wtunbinatas LOC Mamma Mae arse ete see ieee 122
MurritellopsiSe--co- =e eseee sae see 79 | turbinatum, Haplophragmium...........-.- 122
Socialis, SaccamMiMina)/ a. e-- 2252 -e see eee 40) Aburritellellass cs: cegeer cewicins eaten tetera 78
Soldantin Haplostiche ses s-e ee eee ener 96 shoneanan sta. sees atyatrere cee 79
DltWOlasooscee sea tos ses eee eee 06: j Dburritellopsis: on. -serems = ee ese eee 78
Sorosphceraee=-e eee ates eee eee eee eeeme tt 37 SNONECANUS: = Sa ustes eee eee 79
CONMISAL ce ie -=o eee eee = = 37 | vagans, Hyperammina..............-.-.-.- 66, 67
spheerica, Saccammina .........-.---..------ 38, 39 Serpuleila). ess4as52 sae se eee 67
spheriloculum, Haplophragmoides ...-.-..-- 107 Moly pana sae e eee eee 66, 67
spheeroidiniformis, Ammospheeroidina .. -.. AOR aria bilis- sr elositan ss op eet. ae oe = eee 45,47
Haplophragmium......-. TORT PAV TRU Cia alesetseenen eae eieie nee eee eer 52
SPICUMIET) CODE BK es ee ere ole ee ere 92 TGS eet reece tae eho Eee 52
SOM ee eee eee sneer eee ie To ViED DID a eee nee ee el aenleeie seen eel eer 50, 67
QTONACKA Sa cinc's so sossce nese eee ees 73 Glavatlaes once ce hemes ae eee 68
SST IONE ce eee eee ates ore eee ee eee 114 hemispheerica cases a-- ee eeeeee seer 51
Soc GING ss.) c eee eee eee LAB) MOVWE DDIM CL eye ete eee ate terse eterna tee ett 50, 67
Squamata charoides, Trochammina ...-..... 77 CLE eters ce Sa cera srsicro at eee renee 68
gordialis, Trochammina ........- 76 hemispheerica ....------.----- 50, 51, 67
incerta, Trochammina .......-... nS

an

a

i:

nh

Pr

re a
me rhe aa
at 7. ond are ie ie

R ee Tall-aa, ie Ss y)
° wi ARM Mpeg: em
: ’ © Nae 4 Cp pea
i ce es ee
mee), a > ore
; ee > (ree merry, : '
oo ee vane ; Hale
meres 29, 1 A
P 74 i aa
oar ie De Se ial Gen ® wp oa
7 i, Pyare ms:

MA a) ah
, f Z a 7
+ ¥ A eR ‘
i vd ' te Mi
‘ 4 .
War Ale? @ , ai, eer
1 ¥ ¢
.) y ' y : fla
1 4 Wa
* i 5 1 = Pes '
S op t :
i
j
' ? /
~ tT i 1
. +. i ) =» ae
: i 4h ; s R 1
: 4
a i ,
/ fi 4 ~~ 7
’ t
i 1
i
; ( fe, oy ‘
i ‘ Pan uv’ Ae Fake hg peels
i 5 if = 7
, p : : ie A x x f a!
é ; i ; : ; alia Os vim ¥ we
‘ OT vx i)
- 5 i 6 ¢ is’
A ‘ ¥ ¥.
0 r x ‘1
; e 1s
ma
i ’ A
: a | 7
ae To » ee pare:
: 5 ee ot
<7
{
’ .
] af
f
» on
7 é 1é
ay
,
1 -
iy
‘
te S
.
%
i
: \
af 'y
| 5
a rer
4 ‘ et
/
¢ a
fr i ‘ .
i ; Heat yoy i” i
v My
om i ; f my,
oe s aye
~ +
i ‘
I
’ Wel’
i a
Z 1
t
/
5” iy
1 0
ie ‘
: :

- SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
a : Bulletin 71

_A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part II. TEXTULARIIDZ

~ BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

scp B28 WV

:
foes WF

|

- WASHINGTON
_GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1911

a

Neonat Sat atts
Bie wel eae
yee

7 n : en

i c
fan
os",

a

Bes Cr

ak oh cls nN, AqW) ne

. ul
me ray
Aad " ee

ee

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part II. TEXTULARIID/E

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

DEC 43 1912

W ASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1911

BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
ISSUED JUNE 30, 1911.

INTRODUCTION.

The present volume is the second of a series dealing with the
Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. It contains the Foramini-
fera included in the family Textulariide. The first part, issued in 1910,
included the families Astrorhizide and Lituolide. The third part, on
which work is now actively being done, will be devoted to the Lagenide,
and further volumes will take up the remaining families of the
Foraminifera as they are represented in the North Pacific.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.

Iil

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

iy Page.

Pee EU StranlOussee soccer eta bane of atl ae Ces eee Ix
DiRR ECA TESTO Tiersen era ota eee ene Cee Ss Be ok Ses 1
Pe RUUCLE hse ee oe eats i mo S22. hog dodienls Se yeees. 2
Siiasitivet jopiroplectins oo 2). 2-225. 52.252... odaseeecgiesne soe t
PeeNUANSATOPICCtA see esos hee. ci Loose esse f ett Aer een re 4
JoNOUN CFE ci cela kict atte le pee CaN Ngee eae ale ere Se 5

Sen DEX GMAT ULM eee ho ik! ais Soins as wecteieeieee em sime Oud 5
Me THIS MC XU T teers eee Besa A eve are Seo DE Ee neta eee ee mere an es Su 5
SACO HU amv cure Gna CA mete ser eee s ere hae) orale memeeereen ens Se ere 7

STAM OM chee naraateaainia, cess ine sere s 2 aicies Use eS ane Wepre ate 8

PcG ELI DNB OVE asl a ats a Od oh he Ah ad a I AA oer ec 9

VON eS Uhl eyes so epsom ee Week Se eee ule Sussman ees Sen cs 10

NORERG Aen eect en Stereo he eee art rere hk Bar a! 10

BLT Cee ee ee oot k aa ae EMCO UR ears Senn 2 eae Te Nee yet We

CANNOT AMA cree a kel RR Me raph t ae Ue Ne ee ree gi oy Skee 12

TIGL GBs a een eal ne te mes ane Series set SS pe ghee Ns eae 13

SUN TOM Gsvbeau bealict sey sewer rs PN TER PS, oye ine et re eR LUE eo 14

AS PGE wesc tee arate St She sere ee atty Neve eee eaga ye ta ene a | 14

eietineete nen mee aed) EAM SPOR We ting Ae ier tes @uh 15
rhomboidalis........-- EES Ae) blest gt SR hee BEES AS eels oe 16

CAIN eee okt & Re Pele oie otro NMS 2 GaN RTM ee eae: 17

RULE Ra am ones A ana ee Siete aa eee mae ne Se 17

IANS OTTER Ulta ers Meee ta PEE SNS Oren ae gee ee, eas ee ate erie 18

POLINA eta nt Pe Ne AGA eee a RR me We) CL, se est ely 19

DRG LU MMe MS Sue eae oe Ree area tak Dey NPS Vee eae Rey a oe 20

ESO Hie Reape Me Sapa ae ee vm ee Bon ty et ape Sra cee ay 21
CLEACEM MIMO GTATS Ue ee nek ee eaatys Se, RN Ea flee de NEA i sli ee 21

COIN eee De ae! fe 5 Aare PNR PRR ar aT ee 22

CODELLA ahs seme = Aen eee Mee te ee ee eee Cn oe Foe eo eS 23

Cine pic ea ee ORL ESN Te nea eme en te ore la fd 24

CTR UT Si ce OAS i ei Ey, pe A ATR i 24

A emis he xu amiGlCenuee sae em. Pee hae) Oe he Te es CRIN Od Se 26
Terai cl ieee ee RA 2 ea ee a a ee Rie Che elas, 26

1 EDITS) 1B SST CN ie eA i aa EM a eon 27
TEVO(G LORIE sn eet te A een nee nee RR oh geet Ee gees 27

CACTUS SA ie Pa ee Be, cl Git eR 28

PLCMAC CHEE wenn Some eer Meg de tv ley Tele eee BR my ereay peas) Mies 29

ASTIN Se Essy OTN ae mene eer, ono TY oy BOM I NSU ctor le Ost 1s 30
PRAGUE eee ek a A Te tee a de MERE a ee 30

CG CHUSeeOlivininmeenn ee wk a ah Cea lo Full eae eR Se a 31
HUG RADA ere re oe eye Wil ean bate SAM PRE es ONS as 32

AN Ahmet eps hee el hone tLe eRe ME atte Oi Sec) ao

SES TAAITAT CEES Mel: al Sen ee eee eb IAS gS ue ea 34

Pee Ree Caen eee es Tee Ah ye hn a Ca Prat Wabives oe Es 34

NSM LAT Slee ere ee Onn Oa a te Tee ty ye 35

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Famiiy 4. Textulariide—Continued.
Subfamily 2. Textulariinze—Continued.

Genus Bolivina—Continued.
COMPAC tae. Sas «sane we ee se See ee ee ee ee
TO OUST) set eee os ae Bycte Ce ic ae re ee a ee
Bemmralaitan vee See ere ee Oe aye ae cess ee Rae Re
pchwareniemngnys ic Jee e Sale as geen ao ee ee ene
TLOWULS, © = RAE el Ae Re ere, Sch ae ee te?
earrenianay ste c 1 a5 desea 4 Se We ae See okie eee kee SiO
Vary Cantata 24S .o eae d® Se Seekers eee ky ey ane
posi Tata Pee oa Ss PAs oo Ee a ee
ant kena’ 2.15 tires Ba on ee ane ee Danan
ainly oda keel aninaiis Seis siete es re, eens eee Be algae
sO eters a ea ar Nie enct aol em A a
SOMMICOStaltig sem Se osc os Bh Seen rn Se Ue rege ee ae eas
SOM ALLEMSIS ante Se oe St tooth het aes ee ee gE ee ae
Salven ental) ai see ee ge Seg re a
Oar se centers cet Aes a An es nd Re eee (eee Bree
BPUESG RMS ee NU i rl ees See See ann seh oa a
decupsaitals sashes FINO a! oo oe enya age a de rank fe
RIGND ALAS Se yanks oe. ee ee ad i ei ne wee a ge Uae a et
(Bilarimay): porrectasge 2:62 tot a ot ton eee oe eee
(@Bitarima) sbmloOsaity. oc te tae Maen, NN aie ge eee eee
Genus Pleurostome\lla 30:4. 2 520552 ee ne ee er eee
allienmein si) 25218 o he ke Sect Cysts hr Pe Ae pe Da cae Re
Si MOG Osae eel years ress eae ie ae kde pe wea tae
SPMOsae ae. we, Saori SA Se tiesioh oe eee oe eee
Subiamily.35 Wemleuullamimse 2128 a Cre ye a eee ee rare
Genus Vermeunlimas. 555 SS. siete oe eee ae eee
Oly Stop bass. boss te ok lace ae Oke = ie eh Ween eee eee
PEODUNG AS ete ae aa Sia tee oan Od le ae Dh Oh ene es ee

pusillae 7 eco deme eS ee spi See cer on ee ee Recor
Gens sValivquilitia sos ees Sees oe et ark ae EY A 5 ie Re
COMMAS ate Cer eas Gra OAL Pe) SIME coped fee eg

Genus Chirysalidina. steers toe ee de Ea ya eee bee eee
dimmorplian. sears ths Sse ee Doe So eRe a
Genus Pritaxdas sie ee Seg en, oat ge hl, a 282 on ee aidan aN oe ae
TU Carian aay) Ce eee eee ee =e 2a rt ee sep
Genus) Garidiryama ls 575 ee ice ee ee Oo ea eee ee anes
BGA Tag re se cee enine te ct SA ee reetoeeaS

CONVERG 22%, Wie ee ea ciealctocis ox en ee ne ORO es hice meee
panpereullan 22 b2bs ae mates oss sles nce ae eeeE eos een
Dotadyae ui ths ooh ol Sepeat sapere ists win nm speci meeteers re seers
accata so shussae se recseeetrae ine sien Se eee eee Cee ee eee
Chilvstoma3 sire se co ee ee eee
apicularig a.) § oh ece ace eee ee ete ee ee
pscudofilifotmis’ /c 75 5 PV. ae omer ally one Apes ergs

36
36
37
38

Or ot
S

Or Ot Or Or
WwNwN SK

=

NON o ore
So Cl

~J

61

62
62
63
64
65
66
66
67
68
69
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS. VALI

Family 4. Textulariidee—Continued.

Subfamily 3. Verneuilininee—Continued. Page.
CUP CTL Eo -Eemesa emer e er. Stok eee eae ce ote ton 71
CD CLS Ucar ee eee cee tae Dens Sa rhe See eRe Rae oc a

ACe@MTIGRG Lanvin cyegse meres en OM chen hr re ie ee bi ie
CUA Ie eee ee eee Me EAC SAL De Nae ae = ees 72

PS Ree Aes sean eI eee iF smeets te eee dS ee tents 2 i

UU L AT 1S vse ie Oe wh Ce 2 2 Phd $e oe ce IT 74
(OREISLCGIG aoe 62 ae oa at es eee 75
ePcndhyy a. cis fc Bebe ee ao ee Soe Le Sasi asels-ewoedsasa 2 76
eae ie SPMD Hees aps eee erie eT em SUS te ae ete Gee Sal 76
OV MUM a acter iiaia atatte SiS ohare a oom apa atone Neds ae eas Be slate Sats 77

Pope lene a eee eens et Se oe cee es BS he Raabe ae aS 78

Peete Sahel ese ORS E es seer. cle vin Die ye eet Pies oh 78

STEERS ste Me ee ee Ey i ta PA a ays ess 79

LE ea em ee re aed he pre GA ge yet heer Ses Sy 79

SNORE CR Sees seme ee et te oe ee Me RNG OE dy oe UR 80

MOU bole eine nets meats heron ayes eae Ss Ae Cae ht ee On Bice 81

CLD ATI See yee ee eek PS Ge eee ae ra. ae Ya Be hee, SAN ee 82

Vea KITS Sates PT RES SPN Us td eR 1 le ie 82

POSER ANCL et nena ya at ne pe ye NS et 2 ee 83

NEVA UU ere eh Oe aE ee eae ee ee ne hear ee gee Ra oe es 84

Hage Cee Ses A OR horde eee es ae ny eRe 85

SALOU Cat freee peer ene Perse N Gree REL ee cs oa SORES SoS ge AE SUN 86

DSS GAAS x ee ef ee rae teres ee eat see meet thes ay See ets nee Se 87

SUMTOTMIE LA Se cones 6 Oe AE Ser hs tne See a eR ORE Oat 88

Ponuper MhMniinelaner< sacar i oat Bolen) Ss Le ee 88
SUTHET OR eee haat ain fees A BR ee ahr alee wr ns 89

COLOV ANS WF here Reels A Ne ep at eS nea at ae ee ee, ee 89

BTiS DEG LSICCer( se Meee ee nen ee my ee ee Se. ree 90
PRUE AOR OT REAL: eee oF ere tetas es em hee RNS 90

Rearsea let PENNA aca gee eae ee te ae ey se ee ee 91
SCI AI NYO SEA tare, sees apt rag eceee SIT n eet N s P ae eat ere cpp ah 91

BoD SGIaMOsae) 558s aoa ooo al ei eae Seats ee 92

SV ISLS Lil eal estas ome ce ee pcos Mins Sg ee ee Ao ed 93

BS PPEGA ES (NSies chester cae eines he cigs ee a Lah ae 2 os Ming 93

SMES Eee CISA aera eens mee be ee ON De Des Oat eee cS 94

ANITA Aree sey tripe eae ste erat aia, cays ea NA STs Se ace era 95
Seeettinley a Anni nt Ee. 2 alee. oe ob ye eke ees ee dec eoes = 95
PecriMie Or Nesteiee Sart es a oh ee tao a le 2 teehee nee chan kee eh Bie 95
Rear ce eee pe nee i Nee LL pete 96

CRASS Aer sere ai oh cates es SNe a raat taper ae eee, Shiels ee ran 97

BUD OO DOS sp sae eee acces Maret AP pce eS Cece 98

hirer es eea eet gO aI aN che fo, fa ieee Staats aeiot net en atte 99

ICI SS ae Fae pag OG See ea Sage eee Ua Re TEN 99

Sr ae Ra ELERENSES Pare ee eet ernie. eee eee So) Ge cee tals 0 100

Bc ePaPIB DURE MAR VET MEENA oe eer ay tt ON RE Pe he sae Set CA er 101
BSBA Dee erie arene Ree op stays 2 aia eh a orn Manatee eaten at ine aeeiSreye%e 101

LSS CS 20 eRe) ee he ees aren ce oe ae 102

maa ere re ee ES ee Se ys 5 ee ee eden Sl cicic aoe 105

Fic.

6-8.

10.
oe
12.
13.
14-17.

18-19.

20.
21-23.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

. Spiroplecta bulbosa. a, view from exterior, showing large propor-

tion of the circular part of the test. X 120. b, optical section
of the test, showing the complete volution made by the coiled
chamibersiabout the proloculum: “<7200) 22252. 45--- 952-5. 6.

. Textularia sagittula, var. atrata. 2, front view. x 60. 3, end

view of another specimen. X 60. 4, view of microspheric
proloculum and succeeding chambers by transmitted light, the
early chambers forming a coiled series about the proloculum, the
later chambers assuming the biserial condition. X 75. 5, view
of megalospheric proloculum and succeeding chambers by trans-
mitted light, the early chambers following the proloculum
immediately assuming the biserial condition. XX 75........--
Textularia gramen. 6, a, side view; b, end view. X 60. 7,
microspheric proloculum and succeeding chambers viewed by
transmitted light, the early chambers forming a coiled group half
way around the proloculum. % 150. 8, megalospheric prolocu-
lum and succeeding chambers, the chambers following the pro-
loculum assuming the biserial form at once without trace of
coiling. Specimen viewed by transmitted light. X 75_......

. Textularia gramen. a, side view, showing the peculiarly modified

chambers in the later growth; b, end view. X 60..-.....-...
Textularia agglutinans. > 40. a, front view; b, end view.......
Mextulanavarclitinans,, Var ustulas xXCA0n os seas] se eee cne eee
Textularia horrida. > 60. a, front view; b, end view..........-
Textularia stricta. X15. a, front view; b, end view.......-..-
Textularia candeiana. 14,specimenfrom Hawaiian Islands. 60.

a, apertural view; b, front view. 15, specimen from Gaspar

Strait. > 60. a, apertural view; b, front view. 16, micro-

spheric proloculum and early coiled chambers. « 115. 17,

megalospheric proloculum and following chambers of megalo-

Be MO MOI 6, ULOM SSS ne Shr Ro As 2 oh oan Utena scene eee eo
Textularia milletti. 18, a, end view; b, front view. xX 50. 19,

optical section by transmitted light. X 40..........-........
Textularia abbreviata. X 60. a, apertural view; 5, front view.
Textularia aspera. 21, specimens growing attached to a fragment

of Rhabdammina. X 20. 22, front view of specimen detached.

X 25. 23,end viewof anotherspecimen. X 25(after Brady)..

. Textularia goésii. X 35. a, front view; b, apertural view (after

BTC ay an) PE ete eee ern, Ma ore tutte Soe a nee ele te ene apap ta Steve SS pea

. Textularia rhomboidalis. 75. a, apertural view; 6, front view. .
. Textularia carinata. 30. 26, front view. 27, a, front view of

another specimen; b, end view (after Brady)......-.......-..

9. Textularia siphonifera. 28, a, front view of specimen with three

projections on each of the adult chambers; b, side view; ¢, end
view. X 40. 29, proloculum and early chambers by trans-
ERG REC Mule MeO OOS Notaries rar nie ate heels cis oid one e

Page.

on

10
11
i

13
14

14

16

17

18

~

FIa.

30.

31-33.

34-35.

36.
37.

38.
39-40.

41.
42-44.

45.
46-48.

58.
59-60.

61-62.

63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
69.

70.

LIST OF LLLUSTRATIONS.

Textularia Inconspicua. X 70. a, front view; b, apertural view;
; apreal view s(aiter Bradwan .2 ai 2 ian are eee cee a a eran
Textularia folium. 31, front view. X 125. 32, early chambers
viewed by transmitted light, showing broadly oval proloculum
withaspine. 125. 33, specimen with spherical proloculum,
foyer sanity Hla orate, pea 7: 20 sme eee re ny
Textulariaaperturalis. 34. X30. 35, a, front view; b, side view;
¢, end. view... < 207. (Bigxdosatter Goes) i= 20s. tee toe ee
Textularia flintii. x 40. a, front view; b, apertural view-.....--
Textularia crescentiformis. » 75. a, front view; 6, side view
showing the distinct curvature of the test; c, apertural view....
Textularia concava. XX 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.....
Textularia catenata. 39, a, front view; b, apertural view. 60.
40, another specimen, microspheric, by transmitted light, show-
ing the microspheric proloculum followed by four chambers in
a coil before the biserial condition is taken on. 120....-....
Textularia crassisepta. > 60. a, front view; b, apertural view. -
Textularia quadrilatera. 42, megalospheric form; a, front view;
b, side view; c, apertural view. X 60. 438, optical section
through the early chambers of a megalospheric specimen. > 60.
44, optical section through the early chambers of a microspheric
Specimens! ySO2(0 Fe. eBian aota eh eae ne ee ete aero s Bee
Textularioides inflata. Xx 30. a, front view; b, end view......-
Bigenerina nodosaria. XX 35. 46, a, front view; b, end view.
47, a, front view; 6, end view. 48, longitudinal section of the
beshi(ahtersdanad ys ene os seep ee ek an eee ee Behe

. Bigenerina digitata. X 30. a, front view; b, apertural view... ..
. Bigenerina arenacea. X 30. a, front view; b, apertural view... -
. Pavonina flabelliformis. a, front view; b,apertural view. X 75..
2. Pavonina flabelliformis. Young specimen viewed by transmitted

Light. AS d50s.) fk 2 eens Maeve Jar RelaPean tm cease et

3. Bolivina punctata. > 100. a, apertural view; b, front view...
. Bolivina dilatata. x 60. a, apertural view; 6, front view... -.--
J WBxelltinranava syeremmmuneeis S< GO. san cee acne eee. cence adesussese seed:
J Bolivinapeynehie, ">x<qio0) (alter radi) ape er ene eee eee
. Bolivina beyrichi, var. alata. x 60. a, apertural view; 5, front

Bolivina compacta. X 120. a, front view; 6, end view. ...--..--
Bolivina robusta. 59, spineless variety with deeply lobed chamber
margin. > 100. 60, typical specimen with apical spine and less
deeply lobed maroine XO... ce oe ewer eee oe ee ee
Bolivina semialata. 75. 61, type-specimen. 62, another
more regular specimen from the same region...........-.-------
Bolivina schwageriana. X 65. a, apertural view; b, front view..
Bolivina nobilis. X 40. a, apertural view; 6b, front view...--..-
Bolivina karreriana. X 80. a, apertural view; 0, front view-.....
Bolivina karreriana, var. carinata. > 60. a, front view; b, aper-
tural: vaews(atitexs Miu eth) yee tls yao siete sre fae AM ogee see rer
Bolivina pusilla. XX 60. a, front view; 6, apertural view....-.---
Bolivina hantkeniana. X 60. a, apertural view; b, front view. .
Bolivina amygdaleformis. X75. a, apertural view; b, front
VAL@W «chick Se cee ieee tir a lees ar ep
Bolivina semicostata. X75. a, apertural view; b, front view. - -

Page.

19

19

20
21

22
22

23
24

25
26

28
29
30

ol
32
33
34

30
36

37

38
38
39
40

41
4]

43
44

.

Fie.

92.
93.

94-95.
96-97.
98-99.
100.
101.
102.

103.
104.

105.

106.
107.

108.

109.

110.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

. Bolivina enariensis. X 40. a, apertural view; 6, front view.

Specimen without the long median coste ............-...----

. Bolivina subangularis. XX 60. 72, a, front view; 6, apertural

view. 73, front view of another specimen (after Brady). -.-...-

5. Bolivina lobata. X 80. 74, a, front view; 6, apertural view (after

IES TeUGl hyp) apes eat tal tapae ater tetatre Sic cinrs cs Sine cum cioe tie elatbiniars aac

. Bolivina spinescens. XX 75. a, apertural view; 6, front view ..-.
SP EO Livalt ales USSApalums orl ements eee 2 ee Pe es ee
. Bolivina limbata. X 125. a, front view; 6, same specimen from

Opposite mide yc, ene wWewe so. os a oye e eee sie eee nee eee

. Bolivina (Bifarina) porrecta. 60. a, apertural view; b, front
. Bolivina (Bifarina) strigosa. > 120. a, apertural view; ), front

. Pleurostomella alternans. 60. a, front view; 6, view showing

AO CUUUITG | Seen A mae De tee ahora! bleeds 2/5. Sui aichal. Ge tinued oto, BLe reek

. Pleurostomella subnodosa. a, aperture, X 150; 5, front view; c,

STG RA AION HS hai Ps Besitee ie IER TRS a RE ree teh cs aa ag a

. Pleurostomella spinosa. XX 75. 83, a, front view; 6, apertural

view with the upper end of the chamber slightly broken and
jagged. 84, front view of another more inflated specimen . . .. .

5. Verneuilina polystropha. 30. a, apertural view; 5, front view-
. Verneuilina propinqua. XX 35. a, apertural view; b, front view.
. Verneuilina bradyi. x 40. a, front view; b, apertural view ....
. Verneuilina spinulosa. X 60. a, front view; b, apertural view. -
. Verneuilina spinulosa (?). 60. Specimen with coiled young. -
90-91.

Verneuilina affixa. X 15. 90, specimen attached to Rhabdam-

mina. Jl, apertural view of detached specimen ............--
Vernentlinapusilla (after Goes)- vi .2',02 fea se been Phe Se ae
Valvulina conica. XX 40. a, front view; 6, from above; c, from

Valvulina fusca. 94, attached specimen. 40. 95, a, dorsal
view; b, ventral view; c, side view, X 50 (after Brady)......--
Chrysalidina dimorpha. X 70. 97, a, front view; b, apertural
wad ewa (alverw Db radky))a sacks taerneniteia a severe ee ees erence eee ns) ha ore
Tritaxia tricarinata. X 35. 98, a, apertural view (after Brady)..
Gaudryina scabra. XX 45. a, apertural view; b, front view......-
Gaudryina.scabra. 30. Specimen with wall containing sponge
SIG CU CS OMe Ae rath i Pah gues 0 fe Me ie SNR PV A a See aM Ds aa Lge
Gaudryina flintii. X 20. a, front view; 6, apertural view; c, side

Gaudryina quadrangularis. X 30. a, front view; 6, end view...
Gaudryina triangularis. X 40. a, end view; 5b, side view; c, front

Gaudryina convexa. 60. a, end view; 6, dorsal view; c, ven-
LTA Val COVE SoD rw mah RDN ts AP gener hd) SEL LN MR Des tN Liab 2g Ba
Gaudryina paupercula. X 15. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
Gaudryina bradyi. X 25. a, end view; }, front view; c, side
SVL CW gree aa RIE raf NS hae Saas Nc ft Rg i et RE MBE ha ac Se rg
Gaudryina baccata. XX 20. a, side view; b, front view (after
TS rel liv) eos efor Spee ey tat tn cl a ee PS Meany: Wee
Gaudryina chilostoma. X 25. a, front view; b, side view (after
UES Glivs) crear ee prey steht AA en CEA par A WO gM
Gaudryinaapicularis. < 60. a, front view; 6, apertural view...

XI
Page.
45
45
46
47
47
48
48
49
50
dl
52
53
54
5D
56
56

57
57

58

59

60

61
63

64
65

65

66
67

67

69
70

XII

Ria) Lue

112-114.

(15-117.

118-119.

120-122.

123-124.

125.

127.
128.

129.

130.
131.

132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.
140.
141.

142.
143.

144.
145.
146.
147.

148.
149.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS,

Gaudryina pseudofiliformis. > 60. a, front view; b, end view,
showing outline and ridge above the aperture...........-.-..---
Tritaxilinacaperata. X16. 112,a,apertural view. 114, specimen
cut longitudinally showing labyrinthic interior (after Brady)...
Clavulina communis. X 30. 115, young specimen with but two
of the second series of chambers developed. 116, a, front view

of medium-sized specimen; }, end view of the same. 117, adult
specimen in front wiew... 2.20 420062. 5 sane a Seta eee nee
Clavulina bradyi. X 30. 118, a, end view, without footle b,
front view of typical specimen; 119, front view of a peculiarly
roughened, Specimen)..e -/ke = | aces eee ares ea peepee ns meas
Clavulina angularis. X 35. 122, a, front view; 6, apertural view
(after Bradly,)- i. 2054 peace dee sindlene, fo oes e erose Dae eee eee
Clavulina parisiensis. XX 30. 123, a,apertural view; b, front view
(atter Brady)ke 42 Seotcine 2 ast ce etaaoe eon aererea aeeraoee
Bulimina ovata. > 40. a, front view; 6, end view; c, view show-
ime aperture. ots. lai tao sees nea See OS eee nee

. Bulimina pyrula. X 60. a, side view; 6, view eae pees

CSOT A BVIE Wats SNe eee owe ce 7 CREE EEE Seer eee a eenee
Bulimina pyrula. X 75. Details of the ecm Se oS ee ae ee
Bulimina pyrula, var. spinescens. 80. a, front view; b, end

VaLO Ws) Cs¥ SIG Chav 6 Wie ast a eae ee ee ee
Bulimina pyrula, var. spinescens. 175. Young specimen,

OULLMestotsinsteiwerchamberss-—ee ee see eeeeee eee eee eee
Buliminaathnisy. >< 50i(after Brady). - 2c. Ses see eee eee
Bulimina elongata. a, ventral view; 6, dorsal view; c, end view.

60: di vaewrol apertural region). S120: seo asia dca aee oe:

Bulimina pupoides. X 40. a, dorsal view; b, end view; c, ven-

biaieall Sava Wes crs ees Stare ar St IS ve See ae ee
Bulimina torta. > 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, end

Bulimina elegans. X 60. a, apertural view; b, ventral view; c,

Gorsall VAG Wee ieeA il ere er Ne RRS et eee a Ng eel ng
Bulimina pies var. exilis. X60. a, eel view; b, side

view: -¢,dront view, (aiter-brady)22 5 {ose eos eet eee ee
Bulimina marginata. > 150. a, front view; 6, apertural view. --
Bulimina inflata. > 60. a, front view; 6, apertural view........
Bulimina buchiana. X 150. a, front view; 6b, apertural view - . -
Bulimina aculeata. X 75. a, front view; b, apertural view......
Bulimina rostrata. > 150. a, front view; b, apertural view......
Bulimina subornata. X 80. a, front view; b, side view (after

Brady) se 55 hae ee sate ocak (eed Bee Pane Sono oe preter
Buliminella subteres. 80. a, apertural view; 5, side view. .---
Buliminella contraria. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; ¢,

peripheral view. (alter! Brady.) 05.25.3235 get as eee ers
Buliminoides williamsoniana. XX 60. a, apertural view; 6, front

Virgulina squamosa, modified from the Beene a, apertural view,
Dis PRO TU VLG Wisse ase Se teiayd Ree oeeke tae oe meee occa ana a
Virgulina subsquamosa. X 120. a, front view; }, side view;

c; apertural wview- 2... 52.28 hae aisle ce oa eee cielo ee eee
Virgulina subdepressa. > 50. a, apertural view; J, front view. .
Virgulina schreibersiana. X 60. a, apertural view; }, front view
Virgulina texturata. XX 35. a, front view; b, apertural view... -

Page.

70

71

73

74

75

75

77

81

81

82

82
83
84
85
87
87

88
89

90
91
92
92
93

94
95

Fia.

150.
151.

152.

153.

154.

155.

156.

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.

Cassidulina levigata. 30. a, apertural view; b, front view..
Cassidulina crassa. 30. a, apertural view; 6, dorsal view; ¢,
aera eed aloe Wy ie earners st kt NTS ok Soames a
Cassidulina subglobosa. > 30. a, ventral view; b, side view; c,
EST Sen Si t= Be a hn el ieee Ane renee eT
Cassidulina bradyi. 60. a, view from dorsal side; b, apertural
Nae May GUM GavtOW ie wertaae mee val eth: ligase otdosat cae nesene
Cassidulina parkeriana. % 50. a, apertural view; b, ventral
Wieweac nO Onsal wicwrtae ee esse. ek a eke 2
Ehrenbergina serrata. X 75. a, ventral view; b, dorsal view; c,
Ride Vicw.. @, aperiulaliwlewle cele woe a2 Rk
Ehrenbergina hystrix. X 40. a, ventral view; b, dorsal view; c,
side view; d, apertural view............. Ei Sete tate Seater

XIII

Page.
96

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

TEXTULARIIDE.

By JosrpH AvuGUSTINE CUSHMAN.
Of the Boston Society of Natural History.

INTRODUCTION.

This second part of the work on the North Pacific Foraminifera
deals entirely with the Textulariide, a family following in natural
sequence those families already considered in the first part. The
same arrangement of data is here followed.

In addition to the material mentioned in the previous part there
has been available a considerable amount dredged by U.S. S. Tusca-
rora in various parts of the North Pacific. This consists of mounted
slides of Foraminifera from the various stations. It adds some
species and a considerable number of records of distribution for
many species.

It has been found necessary to describe several new species and to
erect a few new genera, but the number of these has been kept as
small as possible. The genus Teztularia, as will be noted, contains
several more or less distinct groups of species, but no attempt is
here made to give these groups generic standing. The species of
certain genera, such as Bulimina for example, are in an unsatisfactory
state, and without large series of specimens it is impossible to satis-
factorily delimit the various species. Figures referred to the same
species by different authors are often very unlike and the synonymy
thus becomes very difficult to work out satisfactorily.

Reference to the figures and descriptions of types has shown the
necessity of separating our recent forms from the fossil species in a
number of cases. Where this is necessary and no names are avail-
able, new names have of necessity been given to the recent species.

More strikingly perhaps than in the first part the various faunal
areas are shown by the species of the Textulariide. Many of the
species occurring in the Indo-Pacific region extend southward

Mio ball gens tt — 1 1

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

to the region of Torres Strait. In the North Pacific, however,
these species are, as a rule, confined to the western portion from
southern Japan southward. The rediscovery of some of the species
described by Brady, from almost the exact locality at which they
were dredged by the Challenger, is very interesting and tends to
show the restricted distribution of certain forms.

A systematic presentation of the various groups of the family
follows:

Family 4. TEXTULARIIDA.

Test either arenaceous or calcareous, perforate, the chambers usually
numerous, essentially biserial or triserial, or in some genera spirally
arranged.

The family Textulariidz is apparently the most primitive, after
the Lituolide. A number of the genera are wholly or in part com-
posed of species with arenaceous tests, which is in itself a primitive
character in the group. In many species both the microspheric and
megalospheric forms are known. In the microspheric form, which
repeats most completely the phylogenetic characters, a coiled early
development succeeding the proloculum is commonly found. This
stage may be compared to the entire development of such a genus
as Haplophragmoides in the Lituolide. -

In the most primitive subfamily, the Spiroplectine, the coiled
development is continued for a fairly long period, and makes up a
considerable portion of the test. This coiled stage also occurs in
both the microspheric and megalospheric forms, showing that this
subfamily is decidedly primitive, and has not as yet become so
specialized as to lose the coiled stage in the megalospheric form.
In Spiroplecta, the only genus of this subfamily, the coiled develop-
ment is followed by a series of more or less numerous chambers
arranged biserially. Spiroplecta in its stages of development recapitu-
lates the essential features of the Textulariide; a proloculum, followed
by a closely coiled series of chambers, in turn followed. by a biserially
arranged group. This sequence is the basis of the development
throughout the family, as will be shown, and is not an exceptional
character.

In the Textulariine, the typical genus of which, Textularza, may be
taken as an example, the same stages are shown, but are modified
by specialization and acceleration of development. The earlier
stages are either much reduced or are entirely skipped. In the case
of Textularia candeiana d’Orbigny, for example (figs. 14-17), in the
microspheric form the small proloculum is followed by a series of
chambers, few in number compared with those of Spiroplecta, but
just as distinctly coiled (fig. 16). The later chambers, which in this

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

case make up the greater part of the test, are biserially arranged.
The stages in the development are exactly the same, but there is a
difference in the proportion of each as usually occurs in the upward
step in the scale, the earlier stages being shortened and the later
stages coincidently shoved back and taking their place. In the
megalospheric form of the species, however (fig. 17), there is a larger
proloculum, followed at once by the biserially arranged chambers,
the coiled stage being entirely skipped. Microspheric forms of such
species of Textularia have been referred by many later writers to S piro-
plecta, but in the type species of Textularia both of these forms occur,
and if such a procedure were adhered to, the genus Textularia would
have to be made synonymous with Spiroplecta and the former used
as the older name, the latter being dropped. As used here, however,
Spiroplecta includes simply those species which have a very consider-
able coiled stage, and in which it usually occurs in both forms, micro-
spheric and megalospheric.

In Textularia, it is only very rarely, so far as observed, that a
coiled stage occurs in the megalospheric form, and then in but a very
few chambers. It is obvious, therefore, that the microspheric form
of many species of Textularia has a coiled development in the young.
In the more specialized species, such as Textularia quadrilatera,
which should perhaps be removed from the genus Tezxtularia, there
has been observed no coiled young in either the microspheric or the
megalospheric form, though the number of available specimens of
each form has been large.

In this same subfamily have been included those other genera
which have essentially a biserial arrangement of the chambers, such
as Bolivina and Pavonina, and a biserial development followed by
‘a uniserial, as in Bigenerina. In this last genus there is a coiled
development in the microspheric form of at least one species.

In the subfamily Verneuilinine, the typical arrangement of the
adult chambers is triserial instead of biserial, but here again there is
in the microspheric form of some species a coiled series of chambers
in the young. The specimens are much more difficult to manipu-
late, and the coiled series may be more common than may at first
appear. The expected modification, the return to the biserial con-
dition of the previous subfamily, takes place in Gaudryina, in some
species only in the last-formed chambers, in other species appearing
by acceleration of development early in the life history, the triserial
portion much reduced. In Clavulina there is a complete return to
the uniserial condition, but with the triserial character present in the
young.

The subfamily Buliminine, as here considered, includes the spiral
forms with a loop-shaped aperture, such as Bulimina and Virgulina,

4 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the latter tending to assume a biserial arrangement. The test here
is hyaline and perforate. Two new genera have been separated
from the typical Bulimina to include species considerably different
in their characters from the genus in its restricted sense.

The subfamily Cassidulinine includes species which are like the
Buliminine in their aperture, but which have a peculiar arrangement
of the chambers. These are biserial, but are secondarily coiled in a
helicoid spiral. In CGassidulina the species are either completely
involute, or in late growth are somewhat uncoiled. In Ehrenbergina
the uncoiling takes place early, and little of the involute character is
seen.

The Textulariide as a whole are much more rich in ornamentation
and complicated forms than are any of the preceding families. In
Bolivina and in some species of Bulimina, Ehrenbergina, and Virgulina
there is a considerable range of ornamentation, puncte, limbate
sutures, knobs or bosses, costz and spines being the most common
forms. On the whole, however, the ornamentation is simple and
uninteresting compared with that seen in the Lagenide.

Subfamily 1. SPIROPLHCTIN &.

Test either coarsely arenaceous or calcareous, or even hyaline,
the early chambers following the proloculum closely coiled, the later
chambers biserial, occasionally tending to become uniserial in the
last developed chambers.

This subfamily includes the single genus Spiroplecta, which in its
developmer.tal stages connects the Textularudze with the Lituolide.
Its development is primitive in that the stages are seen in both the
microspheric and megalospheric forms of the species, and are of
comparatively long duration.

Genus SPIROPLECTA Ehrenberg, 1844.

Spiroplecta EHRENBERG (type, S. americana Ehrenberg), Monatsber. d. k. preuss.
Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1844, p. 75.

The characters are given above under the description of the sub-
family. The name Heteroheliz was used by Ehrenberg in 1843, but it
is not clear whether it is entirely synonymous or not, and the type-
species is not clearly characterized.

As noted above, many recent writers are referring to Spiroplecta
species of T'extularia which show a coiled arrangement of the cham-
bers in the early development, especially in the microspheric form.
Such a treatment of these species seems to be incorrect, as previously
stated. Although Brady records two species of this genus from
Torres Strait, neither of them has been found in the material from
the North Pacific which I have examined.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5

SPIROPLECTA BULBOSA, new species.

Description.—Test compressed, the early portion nearly circular, the
later portion elongate, narrower, rectilinear; the chambers numerous,
those of the early portion coiled, involute, the later biserial; wall cal-
careous, perforate, smooth; color white.

Length about 0.40 mm.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 8328, U.S.
N.M., from Albatross station D4957 in
437 fathoms off the coast of Japan.

This species is small, and has a remark-
ably large portion of the
test made up by the spi-
rally coiled chambers. Fig.
1, b, shows the arrange-
ment of the chambers in
the megalospheric form,
making a complete volu-
tion about the proloculum.

Subfamily 2. THXTU-
LARIIN &X%.

Test typically biserial,
wholly orin part,the early

portion in the micro-
: . . Fig. 1.—SPIROPLECTA BULBOSA. @, VIEW FROM EXTERIOR,
spheric form often with a SHOWING LARGE PROPORTION OF THE CIRCULAR PART OF THE

few coiled chambers, fol- rest. x 120. b, OPTICAL SECTION OF THE TEST, SHOWING

S istees HE COMPLETE VOLUTIO 9E BY OILED CHA
lowed by the biserial T E UTION MADE BY THE COILED CHAMBERS
ABOUT THE PROLOCULUM. X 200.

chambers; later cham-
bers variously modified in the different genera, uniserial, broadly ex-
tended, etc. ; walleither arenaceous or calcareous and hyaline, perforate ;
aperture single, or in a few cases, many present in a single chamber.

This subfamily includes those forms which are essentially biserial
in their development, not having reached the triserial stage anywhere
in their stages of development. The stages in the simpler genera are
like those of Spiroplecta, except in duration, the biserial condition
being taken on much earlier than in that genus. Variously modified
forms occur as in the uniserial arrangement in Bigenerina, the
broadly flaring later growth of Pavonina, and the peculiarly modified
aperture in Plewrostomella.

Genus TEXTULARIA DeFranee, 1824.

Textularia DEFRANCE (type, 7’. sagittula DeFrance) Dict. des Sci. Nat., vol. 32,
1824, p. 177; vol. 53, 1828, p. 344; Atlas Conch., pl. 13, fig. 5.

Textilaria EHRENBERG, Abh. d. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1839, p. 135.

Grammostomum EHRENBERG (part), Abh. d. k. preuss. Akad. Wiss., Berlin, 1839,
p, 129:

Plecanium Reuss, Sitz. kon. Akad. Wiss., Wien, vol. 44, 1861 (1862), p. 383.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, composed of two series of
alternating chambers; wall calcareous, in the young, hyaline and per-

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

forate, occasionally so throughout the test, often with an external
coating of siliceous or calcareous sand, or in some species nearly the
whole test arenaceous; aperture typically an arched slit at the inner
margin of the chamber close to its line of attachment to the preceding
chamber; occasionally with the aperture surrounded by a raised lip,
or in some species with the aperture circular and terminal.

The genus Textularia as usually considered includes species of
several different sorts which might perhaps be placed in separate
genera, as has been done by some authors. All have the same gen-
eral type of test in that the chambers, at least in the adult, are
arranged biserially, each chamber alternating with the immediately
preceding and succeeding chamber of the opposite side and connecting
with them, so that typically no chambers of the same series are con-
nected with one another except indirectly through the chambers of
the opposite series. In many species where a large series of speci-
mens can be obtained from a single dredging both the microspheric
and megalospheric forms of the species may be found. Here again
there is a considerable difference in the various groups. In the
typical arenaceous species the microspheric form has a definitely
coiled series of chambers about the small proloculum before the
biserial condition is taken on. This shows its relation to Spiroplecta
‘and to the coiled forms of the Lituolide. In the megalospheric form
of the same species the biserial condition is usually taken on by the
two chambers immediately succeeding the large proloculum. As a
rule the megalospheric form is the more common, as is usually the
case in other groups.

Other species, as 7. quadrilatera, for example, may be found in the
two forms, but the difference is mainly in the size of the proloculum
and the number of succeeding chambers, in both cases the biserial
condition being taken on with the two chambers following the
proloculum.

Usually in species of Textularia there is a regular increase in the
diameter of the test with the addition of new chambers, but in some
individuals there is a definite senescence, in which the chambers of
the later portion are smaller and the diameter of the test actually
reduced.

In an end view it is usually seen that the lateral portions of the
newly added chamber extend beyond the aperture on either side so
that the aperture in the end view seems to be in an indentation of
the inner margin of the chamber. This is especially true of those
species that have the aperture a slitlike opening on the inner margin
close to the line of meeting with the previous chamber. In those
species in which the aperture is not so elongate and is farther from the
previous chamber, this indentation is much less marked or wanting,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. * 7

and where the aperture is circular and terminal there is no trace of
an indentation.

As a whole the genus Textularia shows little trace of ornamenta-
tion of the test, except in the thickening of the wall at the junction
of the chambers and occasionally spines at the earlierend. In a few
species there are signs of raised lines of ornamentation. In one group
of species there is a tendency to form proliferations at the sides of the
chambers, carried to its extreme in 7. siphonifera H.B. Brady. These
are peculiar modifications of the test and occur in several species.

The largest and best-developed species of Textularia are from shal-
low water in tropical or subtropical seas, but the various species are
widely distributed, both as to depth and latitude, and the geological
history of the genus is apparently a long one.

TEXTULARIA SAGITTULA DeFrance, var. ATRATA, new variety.

Description.—Test as a rule broader than in the typical form, the ini-
tial end broad and rounded in both the microspheric and megalospheric

Fia@s. 2-5.—TEXTULARIA SAGITTULA, VAR. ATRATA. 2, FRONT VIEW. X 60. 3, END VIEW OF ANOTHER
SPECIMEN. X 60. 4, VIEW OF MICROSPHERIC PROLOCULUM AND SUCCEEDING CHAMBERS BY TRANSMIT-
TED LIGHT, THE EARLY CHAMBERS FORMING A COILED SERIES ABOUT THE PROLOCULUM, THE LATER
CHAMBERS ASSUMING THE BISERIAL CONDITION. X 75. 5, VIEW OF MEGALOSPHERIC PROLOCULUM AND
SUCCEEDING CHAMBERS BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT, THE EARLY CHAMBERS FOLLOWING THE PROLOCULUM
IMMEDIATELY ASSUMING THE BISERIAL CONDITION. X 75.

forms; sutures between the chambers covered by a dark material much

darker than the rest of the test; test otherwise unornamented.

Length 1 mm., microspheric proloculum 0.04 mm., megalospheric
proloculum 0.07 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred in some numbers at Albatross
station D4875, in the eastern channel of the Korean Straits, in 59
fathoms. (Type, Cat. No. 8329, U.S.N.M.)

The peculiar dark condition of the material above the sutures was
noted in all the specimens from this region.

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TEXTULARIA GRAMEN d’Orbigny.

Textularia gramen D’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 248, pl. 15, figs. 4, 6.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zodlogy, vol. 9, 1884, p. 365, pl. 48, figs.
9, 10.—Baukwiit and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p.
332, pl. 13, figs. 18, 14.—ForwnasrnI, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 6, 1887, p.
399, pl. 11, figs. 4a, b.—Trrriai, Mem. R. Acc. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889,
p. 109, pl. 5, figs. 1, 2.—Hastrer, Abh. Schweiz. Pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890,
p. 71, pl. 11, figs. 26, 27, 37.—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1,
1891, p. 470.—Forwnasin1, For. Plioc. Pont. Savena, 1891, pl. 2, fig. 6.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 272,
pl. 6, figs. 24-26.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 19.—F 17,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 284, pl. 29, fig. 5.Minuerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 563.—SrpeBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 7.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.),
vol. 30, 1907, p. 25, pl. 3, fig. 53.—Baee, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 30.

Description.—Test rather short and broad, thick, subconical, increas-
ing rapidly in diameter; chambers broad and low, the lateral borders
acutely angled, the early chambers compressed, the sutures often

Fies. 6-8.—TEXTULARIA GRAMEN. 6, a, SIDE VIEW; 0, END VIEW. X 60. 7, MICROSPHERIC PROLOCU-
LUM AND SUCCEEDING CHAMBERS VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT, THE EARLY CHAMBERS FORMING A
COILED GROUP HALFWAY AROUND THE PROLOCULUM. X 150. 8, MEGALOSPHERIC PROLOCULUM AND
SUCCEEDING CHAMBERS, THE CHAMBERS FOLLOWING THE PROLOCULUM ASSUMING THE BISERIAL FORM
AT ONCE WITHOUT TRACE OF COILING. SPECIMEN VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT. X 75.

indistinct; wall arenaceous, sometimes rough; aperture elongate,
slitlike, in the indentation near the base of the inner border of the
chamber.

Length 1 to 1.5 mm., microspheric proloculum 0.014 mm., megalo-
spheric proloculum 0.05 mm.

Distribution.—This species is widely distributed. It is recorded
by Bagg from seven Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaian
Islands, in from 275-865 fathoms. From the Western Pacific I have
seen specimens from Hongkong and from Gaspar Strait. One from
the latter locality occurring with the typical form is shown in fig. 9,
where the irregularity of the last-formed chambers gives a very
different appearance to the test. Both microspheric and megalo-

SS ee Eee

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

spheric specimens were found in the material from Gaspar Strait,
figs. 7 and 8. In the specimen of the microspheric form but few

Fic. 9.—TEXTULARIA GRAMEN, a, SIDE VIEW, SHOWING THE PECULIARLY MODIFIED CHAMBERS IN THE
LATER GROWTH; 0, END VIEW. X 60.

chambers were included in the early coiled portion. The megalo-

spheric form was, as usual, much the more common of the two.

TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS d’Orbigny.

Textularia agglutinans b’ORrBIGNy, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat.
Cuba, 1839, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ p. 136, pl. 1, figs. 17, 18, 32-34.—ParKER
and Jones, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 369.—Me«stus,
Beitr. Meeresfauna d. Insel Mauritius, 1880, p. 93, pl. 9, figs. 1-8.—H. B
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 363, pl. 43, figs. 1,
2.—EGcEerR, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 267, pl. 6, figs. 1, 2.—Go#s, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
Nos sb, 1894; -p.. 35, -pl..7,. figs: . 300;
301; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29,
1896, p. 41.—MILteEtTT, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1899, p. 562.—Sipesortom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 7.

Description.—
Test large and
stout, some-
what elongate,
the chambers
high, rotund;
wall coarsely
arenaceous in
surface view,
with a calcare-
ous base as seen
in section, the early chambers somewhat compressed, in end view
somewhat rounded; aperture in a well-marked depression of the inner
border of the chamber, slitlike; surface roughened; last-formed
chamber often more smooth.

Length 1-3 mm.

Fic. 10.—TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS. X 40. a, FRONT VIEW; b, END VIEW.

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution—The species seems to have a wide range both in
depth and latitude. Brady records it from Challenger station 253, in
3,125 fathoms, in the North Pacific. It is more often found in rather
shallow water. Bagg records it from four Albatross stations near the

Hawaiian Islands, in from 104-1,342 fathoms. The most typical —

specimens are from Nero station 2071, in 271 fathoms, off the Hawaiian
Tslands.

The various figures of specimens assigned to this species show the
great variety of forms which have been grovped under this specific
name.

TEXTULARIA AGGLUTINANS d’Orbigny, var. FISTULA, new variety.

Description.—In general similar to the typical form, but with lateral
fistulose projections on the early chambers,
these in the later chambers becoming ex-
tended into a projecting peripheral border;
the early chambers are somewhat com-
pressed, the later rotund as in typical T.
agglutinans.

Length 1-2 mm.

Distribution.—Numerous specimens of
this variety were found in material from
Albatross station H3007, in 323 fathoms,
and Nero station 2071 (type), in 271
fathoms, both near the Hawaiian Islands;
also from Blake Reef, Vincennes Strait, off
southern Japan, in 248 fathoms. (Type,
Cat. No. 8330, U.S.N.M.)

The specimens occur with the typical
form, and are apparently a fistulose variety
OS ee a Of it. In the form and appearance oftte

; extended rim on the later chamber it is
very different from 7. sagittula, var. fistulosa H. B. Brady, which it
otherwise in some ways resembles.

TEXTULARIA HORRIDA Egger.

Textularia horrida Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. nu, vol. 18,
1893, p. 270, pl. 6, figs. 11, 12 [7. horroida on explanation of plate].

Description.—Test broad, short, compressed, composed of a few
low chambers directed backward, each extending outward into an
elongated process; walls rough, made up of cemented particles of cal-
careous sand; aperture a curved slit in an indentation of the inner
margin of the chamber.

Length 0.37-0.80 mm.

|
|
7

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

Distribution.—Egger’s specimens were from Mauritius.

11

The speci-

men figured here is from the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2071, in

271 fathoms.

The semilunar form of the last-formed chambers, the backward
direction of the outer portions of the chambers and their prolon-

gations serve to distinguish the

species.

TEXTULARIA STRICTA, new species.

Description.—Test long and nar-

Fig. 13.—TEXTULARIA
STRICTA. XX 15: a,
FRONT VIEW; 0b, END
VIEW.

row, composed
of numerous
high chambers,
the early por-
tion somewhat
compressed, the
later portions
nearly circular
in cross section,
the later cham-
bers inflated,
giving a lobular
outline to the
test; wall arena-
ceous but rather
smoothly fin-

ished; sutures

deep; apertural

end somewhat

; s B Fig. 12.—TEXTULARIA HORRIDA. X 60. @, FRONT
acute ; aperture VIEW; b, END VIEW.

an elongated slit
near the base of the inner border of the chamber.

Length up to 6 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were
very common in material from Albatross station
D4900 in the Eastern Sea off southwestern
Japan, in 139 fathoms. (Type, Cat. No. 8331,
U.S.N.M.)

This is one of the largest species of Tezxtu-
laria I have met with, and seems to differ from

the other described species in form and size, and in the form of

its apertural end.

chambers.

Some of the specimens had 40 or more

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TEXTULARIA CANDEIANA d’Orbigny.

Textularia candeiana D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
“Foraminiféres,’’? p. 143, pl. 1, figs. 25-27.—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad. Sci.
Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 10, 1902-1904, p. 137, pl., fig. 8

Textularia sagittula, var. candeiana MiuuET?, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p, 562,
pl. 7, fig, 12.

Deseription.—Test elongate, club-shaped, the early portion narrow,
much compressed, the edges almost carinate, slightly tapering to
the round-pointed apex, the later chambers enlarging rapidly, much
inflated; chambers numerous; wall rather coarsely arenaceous;
aperture in a broad but shallow sinus at
the base of the inner margin of the cham-
ber; color dark gray.

Length about 1 mm.; microspheric
proloculum about 0.015 mm. megalo-
spheric proloculum about 0.050 mm.

Distribution.— There are no previously
recorded stations for this species in the
North Pacific. Fornasini refers Textu-

Figs. 14-17.—TEXTULARIA CANDEIANA. 14, SPECIMEN FROM HAWADAN ISLANDS. X 60. @, APERTURAL
VIEW; b, FRONT VIEW. 15, SPECIMEN FROM GASPAR STRAIT. X 60. @, APERTURAL VIEW, b, FRONT
VIEW. 16, MICROSPHERIC PROLOCULUM AND EARLY COILED CHAMBERS. X 115. 17, MEGALOSPHERIC
PROLOCULUM AND FOLLOWING CHAMBERS OF MEGALOSPHERIC FORM. X 115.

laria polita Schwager, var. inflata Goés to this species. If such were
really the relationship of this form, Goés’s specimens would provide
records for this area, but an examination of Goés’s material shows it
to be very different.

The species was found to be abundant in the region of the Hawa-
jian Islands in comparatively shallow water, at Nero stations 2042

|

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

and 2043, in 55 and 58 fathoms. Specimens, less elongate, were also
found in material from Gaspar Strait (fig. 15).

Some of the Hawaiian specimens are very much expanded at the
apertural end, even more so than the figured specimen. This is
especially accentuated when they are viewed laterally so that the
thin edge of the early portion is seen.

Both megalospheric and microspheric forms were found in the
material examined. In the microspheric form the early portion is
coiled as in this form in other species. The coiling is not apparent
in the megalospheric form.

TEXTULARIA MILLETTI, new species.

Textularia sagittula, var. jugosa Miuett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 561,
Dien ties 8.

Description.—Test free, compressed, composed of numerous broad,
low chambers, rapidly increasing in breadth in the earlier chambers,
in end view narrow, acutely pointed at the lateral margins; wall
coarsely arenaceous; distal and inner walls of chambers much thick-

Figs. 18-19.—TEXTULARIA MILLETTI. 18, a, END VIEW; 0, FRONT VIEW. X 50. 19, OPTICAL SECTION BY
TRANSMITTED LIGHT. X 40.

ened, forming a raised ridge, often with irregular portions extending

from the proximal edge; peripheral margin thin; chambers of earlier

portions often obscure in external view.

Length 1 mm., megalospheric proloculum 0.055 mm. (in one speci-
men).

Distribution.—Specimens referred to this species were obtained at
four North Pacific stations, Nero stations 990 (type), in 859 fathoms,
and 1464, in 891 fathoms, both near Guam; also Nero station 1205,
in 737 fathoms, south of Yokohama, and Albatross station H3007,
in 323 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands.

Type.—Cat. No. 8332, U.S.N.M. Apparently the recent form
figured by Millett from the Malay Archipelago is the same species.

The form and ornamentation of the test will distinguish this species
from others of the genus.

14 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TEXTULARIA ABBREVIATA 4’Orbigny.

Textularia abbreviata D’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 249, pl. 15, figs.
9-12 (7-12)—Eaaer, Neues Jahrb., 1857, p. 293, pl. 12, figs. 17, 18.—
FornastnI, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 6, 1887, p. 399, pl. 11, figs. la, b, 3a,
b.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonegs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12,
1888, p. 219, pl. 42, figs. 4, 5—Trrriz1, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6,
1889, p. 109, pl. 5, fig. 3—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Bologna, ser. 5,
vol. 10, 1902-1904, p. 139, pl., fig. 10.

Description.—Test short and broad, somewhat compressed, the
apical end bluntly and the apertural end broadly rounded ; chambers
few, broad and low;
sutures indistinct;
wall arenaceous,
fairly smooth; aper-
ture at the inner
border of the cham-
ber rather narrow
and deep; colorgray.

Length about 0.50
mm., breadth 0.65

Fig. 20.—TEXTULARIA ABBREVIATA. X 60. d@, APERTURAL VIEW; yy)mM.
b, FRONT VIEW.

IMstribution.—Ap-
parently not previously recorded from the North Pacific. The figured
specimen is from the coast of Japan, Albatross station D4968, in 253
fathoms.

TEXTULARIA ASPERA H. B. Brady.

Textularia aspera H. B. Brany, Proc. Roy.
Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p.715; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
367, pl. 44, figs. 9-13.—Eaerr, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 270, pl. 6, figs. 32, 33.—Baee,

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 130.

Figs. 21-23.—TEXTULARIA ASPERA. 21, SPECIMENS GROWING ATTACHED TO A FRAGMENT OF RHAB-
DAMMINA. X 20. 22, FRONT VIEW OF SPECIMEN DETACHED. X 25. 23, END VIEW OF ANOTHER
SPECIMEN. X 25. (AFTER BRADY.)

Description.—Test free or adherent, rather broad, sightly tapering,
somewhat compressed, in end view broadly rounded, composed of

|

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 15

few chambers, which are inflated, with distinctly depressed sutures;
chambers high; wall coarsely arenaceous, somewhat roughened; aper-
ture a subelliptical opening at the base of the inner margin of the
chamber.

Length 1.26—2.25 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species is that
given by Bagg, from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross
station D4000, in 104—213 fathoms.

Brady figures specimens growing attached to the surface of the
test of Rhabdammina. They are surrounded at their attachment
by a light-colored material, probably related to the attached condi-
tion. This habit would tend .to separate the species from true
Textularva, which is typically free.

In some respects the species is not so greatly removed from cer-
tain species of Vernewilina.

TEXTULARIA GOESII, new name.

Textularia sagittula DEFRANCE, var., Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, pl. 5, figs. 150-158.

Textularia trochus H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 366, pl. 43, fig. 17 [not 15, 16. 18, 19]; pl. 44, figs. 1-3 [not 7. trochus
d’Orbigny].

Description.—Test broadly triangular in front view, subcircular in
end view; in front view tapering abruptly to the apex, margins con-
vex; chambers low and broad,
sutures distinct, limbate, but
not deep; wall more or less
coarsely arenaceous but usually
rather smoothly finished; aper-
ture linear, in a depression at
the base of the inner margin of
of the chamber.

Length 0.85—2.25 mm.

Distribution.—This species oc-
curs in rather shallow water in
various parts of the North
Pacific. Bagg records it from
Albatross station D4000, in 104-213 fathoms, in the vicinity of the
Hawanian Islands, as 7. trochus.

The synonymy of Textularia trochus illustrates well the rather inter-
esting confusion that has arisen through the desire to unite fossil and
recent species under the same name. Brady carried this union to an
extreme, and the majority of later writers have been willing to fol-
low the Challenger report blindly. The figure and description given
by d’Orbigny of his typical Teztularia trochus from the cretaceous

Fic. 24.—TEXTULARIA GOESH. X 35. @,FRONT VIEW;
b, APERTURAL VIEW (AFTER BRADY).

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

of France both call for an entirely different form of test from the
recent species usually passing under that name. In d’Orbigny’s species
the test is distinctly flaring with concave sides, the sutures flush and
not limbate, and the broader apertural end of the test concave.

The common recent species has a tapering test, but instead of a
broadly flaring later growth tends to increase in diameter less rapidly
as it approaches the adult condition. As a result the sides, instead
of becoming very concave are really convex, and rather strongly so.
The sutures as a rule are limbate and the chambers typically overlap
slightly, giving a test of greatly different appearance from d’Orbigny’s
figure.

After a study of a considerable series of foraminiferal material from
various European Tertiary and other deposits, especially from France,
I have been struck with the very considerable differences that appear
between the species of these fossil faunas and recent material. The
resemblances are for the most part small, and to unite any consider-
able number of these fossil species with the recent ones would mean
ignoring the very real differences that exist. To unite them on the
plea of great variation is not a position strengthened by a study of
large series of recent material. Therefore, it has seemed to me best
to call attention to certain of the apparent discrepancies that have
originated in this way and to try to correct them.

TEXTULARIA RHOMBOIDALIS Millett.
Textularia rhomboidalis MitLErr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 559, pl. 7, fig. 4.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, apical end rounded, aper-
tural end broadly rounded, in end view quadrangular or rhom-
boidal, the sides shghtly con-
cave, the sutures distinct,
somewhat depressed, curved;
wall calcareous, hyaline,
coarsely perforate; aperture
a deep rounded opening; color
white.

Length 0.34-0.60 mm.

Distribution.—N ot hitherto
recorded from the North Pa-
cific. One specimen was
found at Nero station 2042,
in 55 fathoms, near the Ha-
waiian Islands. From what
may be learned of the dis-
tribution of this species, it is apparently confined to tropical and
subtropical waters.

Fie. 25.—TEXTULARIA RHOMBOIDALIS. Sb:
a, APERTURAL VIEW; 0, FRONT VIEW.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 17

TEXTULARIA CARINATA d’Orbigny.

Textularia carinata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 263, No. 23; For.
Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 247, pl. 14, figs. 32-34.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 360, pl. 42, figs. 15, 16—Eacrr, Abh.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 270, pl. 6, figs. 39-41.—
Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 284, pl. 29, fig. 1.

Plecanium carinatum Scuwacer, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26,
pl., fig..97.

Description.—Test somewhat elongate, fairly broad, much com-
pressed toward the edges, sharply rhombic in end view; chambers
low and broad, the sutures strongly limbate, running out into acutel

Sh ‘ a

Figs. 26-27.—TEXTULARIA CARINATA. X 30. 26, FRONT VIEW. 27, a, FRONT
VIEW OF ANOTHER SPECIMEN; b, END VIEW (AFTER BRADY).

pointed spines; wall coarsely arenaceous; aperture an elongate slit at
the base of the inner margin of the chamber.

Length 1-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species is
that of the Challenger station 209, in 95 fathoms off the Philippines,
where it is recorded by Brady as ‘‘tolerably abundant.”

TEXTULARIA SIPHONIFERA H. B. Brady.

Textularia siphonifera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 53;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 362, pl. 42, figs. 25-29.—Baaa,
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 130.

Spiroplecta siphonifera CHAPMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 272,
pl. 3, fig. I.

Description.—Test free, elongate, subcylindrical, tapering toward
the initial end, where it is often somewhat twisted and flattened; end
view broadly oval with six or eight projecting portions; chambers
low and broad, the earlier flattened and produced into fistula, the
later with three or four projections, forming vertical rows with those
of the chambers directly above and below; ends of the projections
usually open, occasionally closed and bluntly rounded; wall arena-
ceous, of medium thickness; surface slightly roughened.

Length 1-2.5 mm.; megalospheric proloculum in one specimen
0.04 mm.

71112°—Bull. 71, pt 2—11——2

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—This species seems to be limited to the Indo-Pacific
region and is best developed in shallow water in the vicinity of coral
reefs. Brady records it from 40 fathoms on the coral reefs of Hono-
lulu, Hawaiian Islands, and Bagg records it from a single Albatross
station, H4567, in 1,307 fathoms off the same islands. This is prob-
ably a case similar to those already mentioned where currents have
carried the tests of shallow water forms into the deeper water outside
the reefs. I have noted the species at Nero station 2042 in 55 fathoms
and Albatross station H3007 in 323 fathoms, both near the Hawaiian
Islands, and Albatross station H4881 off Blake Reef, southern Japan,

Figs. 28-29.—TEXTULARIA SIPHONIFERA. 28, @, FRONT VIEW OF SPECIMEN WITH THREE PROJECTIONS
ON EACH OF THE ADULT CHAMBERS; b, SIDE VIEW; C, END VIEW. X 40. 29, PROLOCULUM AND EARLY
CHAMBERS BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT. X 300.

in 316 fathoms. This last station is the one already noted at which
there is developed a decidedly southern coral reef fauna.

Chapman has found specimens of this species in which the mega-
lospheric proloculum was followed by a short spiral, and refers the
species to the genus Spiroplecta.

TEXTULARIA INCONSPICUA H. B. Brady.
Textularia inconspicua H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 357, pl. 42, figs. 6a-c.—Mitertr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 557, pl. 7,
fig. 1.

Description.—‘‘Test short, subconical, compressed laterally; distal
end broadly elliptical, truncate or somewhat concave; apex rounded.
Segments few, about six in each series, placed transversely; sutures
flush externally. Walls thin, hyaline, perforate.

“TLeneth ;4, inch (0.25 mm.).”

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 19

Distribution.—Brady recorded this species from three Pacific sta-
tions, one of which is in the North Pacific, Challenger station 232, in
345 fathoms on the Hyalonema-ground south of Japan. Millett
records the species from the
Malay Archipelago. I have
not found the species in the
material I have examined.
The’ above description and
figures are from Brady.

As noted by Millett this Spe- Fic. 30.—TEXTULARIA INCONSPICUA. X 70. @, FRONT
cles has certain characters Seay APERTURAL VIEW; C, APICAL VIEW (AFTER
more like some of the Rotalidee
than like any of the other species of Zextularia. Inits aperture, also as
figured both by Brady and by Millett, this same resemblance is noticed.
It may be a Discorbina, with chambers extending half way about the
circumference of the test, but a study of the apical characters and
the arrangement of the early chambers should determine this.

TEXTULARIA FOLIUM Parker and Jones.

Textularia folium Parxer and Jonss, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. vol. 155, 1865, pp.
370, 420, pl. 18, fig. 19.—Mosivus, Beitr. Meeresfauna Insel Mauritius, 1880,
p. 92, pl. 8, figs. 16-17.—Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p.357, pl. 42, figs. 1-5.—Eacarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 272, pl. 6, figs. 27, 28.—RuumBLER, Zool. Jahrb.,
Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 59, pl. 5, figs. 51, 52.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 180.

Description.—Test free, much flattened, broad, triangular in front
view, in end view narrow, tapering toward the rather acute lateral

Fias. 31-33.—TEXTULARIA FOLIUM. 31, FRONT VIEW. X 125. 32, EARLY CHAMBERS VIEWED BY TRANS-
MITTED LIGHT, SHOWING BROADLY OVAL PROLOCULUM WITH A SPINE. X 125. 33, SPECIMEN WITH
SPHERICAL PROLOCULUM, BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT. XX 175.

margins;chambers broad and low in later development, earlier the less
broad, the inner and distal margins thickened to form a raised ridge ;

20 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘she

peripheral margin thin, surface smooth; wall fairly thick, clearly per-
forate, proloculum rounded or often somewhat quadrangular.

Length 0.18-0.54 mm., proloculum in rounded form 0.024—0.030
mm. in diameter, in quadrangular form 0.027-0.036 mm. high and
0.055-0.066 mm. in breadth.

Distribution.—The distribution of this species is again in the Indo-
Pacific region, although it was not found by Millett in the Malay
Archipelago. It has been recorded from the Australian region, from
about the Fiji and Admiralty Islands, and from Mauritius. From the
Hawaiian Islands it was recorded on the coral reefs of Honolulu, 40
fathoms, by Brady, and from Albatross station H4017, in 305
fathoms, by Bagg. Rhumbler records it from shallow water at Lay-
san Island. I have noted specimens from two Nero stations off the
Hawaiian Islands, 2033 and 2071, in 249 and 271 fathoms, respectively.

This in its form and ornamentation js in many ways a rather unique
species. The occurrence of double tests has been noted by several
writers.

TEXTULARIA APERTURALIS, new name.

Textularia solita (SCcHWAGER), var. inflata Goés, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29,
1896, p. 42, pl. 5, figs. 1-3.

Description.—Test tapering, triangular in front view, the initial
end acute and compressed, the later portion inflated, with high
chambers; the end view broadly oval;
wall composed of very fine almost
amorphous material, smooth; aper-
ture a much elongated slit slightly
above the base of the inner margin
of the chamber, in adult specimens
divided in the median plane to form
two apertures; aperture often bor-
dered by a slightly projecting raised
rim; color white.

Length 1.45 mim.

Distribution.—Goés described this
species from Albatross station D3375
in 1,201 fathoms off the west coast
of America.

An examination of Goés’s original
material does not seem to show the
reason for uniting this species with
Textularia solita (Schwager) even as
Fics. 34-35.—TEXTULARIA APERTURALIS. @ varietal form. With its peculiar

34. X 30. 35, a, FRONT VIEW; Db. SIPE inflated adult chambers and its tend-

VIEW; C, END VIEW. X 20? (FIG. 35, i

AFTER GOis.) ency to divide the aperture, it seems
to be a very distinctive species, and as inflata has already been used
in this genus, I propose the above name for this species.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 21

TEXTULARIA FLINTII, new species.

Textularia agglutinans Fut (part), Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 284, pl.
29, fig. 4 (in part) [not 7. agglutinans d’Orbigny].

Textularia rugosa BaGcG, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 131 [not 7. rugosa
(Reuss) ].

Description.—Test triangular in front view, irregularly rhombic in
end view, rapidly increasing in size from the early portion, rather
thick, but somewhat compressed laterally; chambers numerous, low
and broad, inflated, separated by rather deep sutures; wall very
finely arenaceous but smooth and shining; aperture an elongated slit
slightly above the inner base of the chainber, often with a slightly
raised lip.

Length about 1 mm.

Bisribution. —Specimens referred to. this species were found a
Albatross station H2899, 1,531 fathoms, east of the Hawatian eae
and at Nero stations
1294, 1,417 fathoms,
off the Bonin Islands,
and 1464 (type), in
891 fathoms, near
Guam; also at Tus-
carora station 58, in
814 fathoms, near
the Bonin Islands.
Bagg records thisspe-
cies under the name
of Textularia rugosa,
as a study of his se-
le ete d mater 1 al Fic. 36.—TEXTULARIA FLINT. X 40. a, FRONT VIEW; 0, APERTURAL
shows. The figured ok
specimens were from Albatross station 14568, in 1,274 fathoms, near
the Hawaiian Islands.

Type.—Cat. No. 8333, U.S.N.M.

In the figures given by Flint this species is confused with Tezxtularia
agglutinans. This species differs much from typical 7. agglutinans in
the greater lateral compression, the broader, more triangular form, the
low broad chambers, the rhombic or almost quadrangular outline in
end view and the broad aperture with its raised border above the base
of the chamber, as well as in the much smoother and polished surface.

This species may be found to be rather common if it is carefully
distinguished from the others with which it has been confused.

TEXTULARIA CRESCENTIFORMIS, new species.

Description.—Test elongate, slender, tapering, the initial end suba-
cute, in side view crescentiform, gradually increasing in size from
the initial end, in end view broadly rounded; chambers numerous, the

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

earlier broad and low, becoming higher in later development and the
last formed chambers higher than broad; sutures depressed and, with
the somewhat tumid chambers, giving a sinuous outline to the test;
wall arenaceous but of fine material and smoothly finished; aperture
narrow, slightly above the base of the inner border of the chamber.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution —This species was found near the Hawaiian Islands at
Nero station 2034, in 175 fathoms.

Type.—Cat. No. 8334, U.S.N.M.

This species in some respects resembles Bolivina but in most
characters is a Tertularia. The curva-
ture of the test in side view is marked.

FiG. 37.—TEXTULARIA CRESCENTIFORMIS. X 75. a, FRONT
VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW, SHOWING THE DISTINCT CURVATURE OF FIG. 38.—TEXTULARIA CONCAVA. X 60.
THE TEST; Cc, APERTURAL VIEW. a, FRONT VIEW; 0, APERTURAL VIEW.

TEXTULARIA CONCAVA (Karrer).

Plecanium concavum Karrer, Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss., Wien, vol. 58, 1868.
p. 129, pl. fige/3-

Textularia concava H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 360, pl. 42, figs. 11, 12 [not pl. 43, fig. 11]—Wriaut, Prec. Roy. Irish Acad.,
ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 471.—Eaesr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 271, pl. 6, figs, 3, 4 [?].—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp,
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 42.—Fiint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 283, pl. 28, fig. 5—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 559, pl. 7,
fig. 5.—Stpesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 7; pl. 15 fie. TL.

Description.—Test tapering, becoming broad in the adult, com-
pressed, broad faces often distinctly concave; chambers low and broad,
squarely truncated laterally; wall arenaceous; aperture a narrowly

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 23

elliptical opening, surrounded by a raised lip, somewhat above the
base of the inner wall of the chamber.

Length 0.5-1.0 mm.

Distribution.—This species is apparently not common in .the
North Pacific. It has been noted occasionally in the material from
about the Hawaiian Islands.

TEXTULARIA CATENATA, new species.

Description.—Test elongate, rounded in end view, composed of
inflated chambers separated by rather deep sutures, making the
outline of the test sin-
uate; wall somewhat
coarsely arenaceous; aper-
ture in the early chambers
slit-like at the ventral bor-
der of the inner margin,
in later chambers grad-
ually moving away from
the margin and in the last-
formed chamber subter-
minal and rounded.

Length about 1 mm.;
microspheric proloculum
0.022 mm.

Distribution.—This spe-
cies was obtained from
two Nero stations in the
western North Pacific, sta-
tion 1160 (type), in 1,907
fathoms and station 1320,
in 2,048 fathoms. These

FIGs. 39-40.—TEXTULARIA CATENATA. 39, a, FRONT VIEW; B,

stations are between APERTURAL VIEW. X 60. 49, ANOTHER SPECIMEN, MICRO-

Yokohama and Guam, SPHERIC, BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT, SHOWING THE MICRO-
: SPHERIC PROLOCULUM FOLLOWED BY FOUR CHAMBERS IN A
one occupied on _ the

COIL BEFORE THE BISKRIAL CONDITION IS TAKEN ON. X 120.
northern voyage, the other
on the return. They are but a few miles apart and the difference
in depth is unimportant.

Type.—Cat. No. 8335, U.S.N.M.

The microspheric form of the species which is here figured has
several small chambers in a coil about the proloculum. Then
follows a series of broad low chambers, arranged biserially (fig. 40.)

Such species as this, with the terminal rounded aperture, have
clearly essential characters different from the typical species of
Textularia with the elongated aperture at the base of the inner
border, yet these forms here described are evidently directly related
to typical Textularia as is shown in their early development.

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This species has a sight resemblance in its last chambers to Gau-
dryina svphonella Reuss, but is not a Gaudryina, having the biserial
arrangement developed directly after the coiled series of chambers
in the young.

TEXTULARIA CRASSISEPTA, new species.

Description.—Test broad, much compressed, in end view quad-
rangular, composed of rather few chambers, the earlier low and
broad, the later shorter and comparatively high;
walls coarsely arenaceous; borders of chambers
much thickened and appearing as raised por-
tions with depressed areas between; aperture
becoming terminal
some distance from
the inner border of
the chamber in the
adult.

Length 0.8-1.0
mm.

Fig. 41.—TEXTULARIA CRASSISEPTA. % 60. @, FRONT VIEW; b, APER- Distribution.—This
Be as species was found at
Albatross station H3007, in 323 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands.

Type.—Cat. No. 8336, U.S.N.M.

In some respects this species suggests Textularia concava, but is
readily distinguishable.

TEXTULARIA QUADRILATERA Schwager.

Textularia quadrilatera ScawaGER, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1866, p.
253, pl. 7, fig. 10—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 358, pl. 42, figs. 8-12.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 288, pl. 28, fig. 3—Mutuert, Journ. Rey. Micr. Soc., 1899, p. 559, pl. 7,
fig. 3.—Baaee, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 131.

Bolivina quadrilatera Wriaut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 475.

Description.—Test elongated, slender, very slightly tapering, in
end view quadrilateral, the angles usually carinate; chambers high
and narrow, running back obliquely on the outer border, compressed ;
the initial end of the test often with a stout spine, occasionally with
several small spines or smooth and broadly rounded, the early
chambers sometimes with one or more longitudinal raised costs
for a short distance; wall hyaline, distinctly perforate; aperture at
one side near the distal end of the chamber, sometimes obliquely
elongate, but somewhat variable.

Length up to 1.2 mm., megalospheric proloculum 0.076-0.115
mm., microspheric proloculum 0.012—0.023 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 25

Distribution.—The distribution of this species is very interesting.
According to the Challenger report, it was found once in the South
Atlantic and at a number of stations in the South Pacific, in from
410 to 1,350 fathoms. Flint records it from near Colon, Canal Zone,
in 896 fathoms. Bagg records it from two stations near the Hawaiian
Islands, station H4430, in 1,544 fathoms, and station H4568, in 1,274
fathoms. In the material I have examined it has occurred very
frequently in the western North Pacific. Off the coast of Japan it
was often noted in the Albatross material, and also in the Nero
material from the line of soundings between Yokohama and Guam.
The depths range from 191 to 891 fathoms, with a single record
from 1,599 fathoms.

Fics. 42-44.—TEXTULARIA QUADRILATERA. 42, MEGALOSPHERIC FORM; @, FRONT VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW;
Cc, APERTURAL VIEW. X 60. 43, OPTICAL SECTION THROUGH THE EARLY CHAMBERS OF A MEGALO-
SPHERIC SPECIMEN. 60. 44, OPTICAL SECTION THROUGH THE EARLY CHAMBERS OF A MICROSPHERIC
SPECIMEN. X 275.

Both microspheric and megalospheric forms occurred in the
material examined. In the microspheric form, which is not com-
mon, the proloculum is very small and the initial end of the test very
tapering, the full width of the test not being attained until near its
completion. The microspheric proloculum in the specimens exam-
ined varied from 0.012 to 0.023 mm. in diameter. In the megalo-
spheric form the proloculum is much larger, often of nearly as great
a diameter as that of the completed test and greater than the thick-
ness of any other portion of the test. This form is therefore usually
less tapering, with nearly parallel sides. The megalospheric proloc-
ulum varied from 0.076 to 0.115 mm. In the record kept the ratio
of frequency of the megalospheric to the microspheric form was
about 6 to 1.

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This species, as has been suggested by various authors, is more
like Bolivina in some respects than like the other species of Textularia.
I have left it in the latter genus for the present, not without some
doubts.

Both forms of the species are, so far as has been noted, without a
coiled series of chambers in the early development of the test, a

character which seems characteristic

faa ER of the microspheric form in most spe-

<= cies of Textularia. This would tend to

place the species as a highly specialized

one which in its acceleration of devel-

opment had skipped this stage in its

ontogeny even in the microspheric
form.

TEXTULARIOIDES, new genus.

Description.—Test attached, consist-
ing of a Textularia-like series of cham-
bers, arranged in two series, the cham-
bers of one series alternating with those
of the other; wall arenaceous; aperture
an elongated slit in a depression at
the base of the inner margin of the
chamber.

Type of the genus.— Textularioides
inflata, new species.

This genus ts closely related to Tex-
tularia, being mainly distinguished by
the attached habit and the consequent
changes in the structure of the test.

TEXTULARIOIDES INFLATA, new species.

Description.—Test attached, elon-
gate, slender, biserial, composed of
alternating series of chambers, each
slightly wider than high; sutures fairly
distinct; chambers inflated, margin
sinuous; wall coarsely arenaceous;
aperture an elongated slit in a depression at the ventral border of
the inner margin of the chamber.

Length 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species was found attached to a fragment of
shell dredged by the Albatross at station D4900,in 139 fathoms, off
the coast of Japan.

Type—Cat. No. 8337, U.S.N.M.

Fig. 45.—TEXTULARIOIDES INFLATA. X 30.
a, FRONT VIEW; 6, END VIEW.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 20

Apparently this specimen is megalospheric, as the chambers
immediately succeeding the proloculum are arranged biserially, with
no trace of a coiled series of chambers. The species is a large and
striking one.

Genus BIGENERINA dQ Orbigny, 1826.
Bigenerina pD’ORrBIGNY (type, B. nodosaria d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 261.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 368.

Description.—Test free, elongate, composed of a series of biserial
chambers in the early portion, followed by several chambers uniseri-
ally arranged; aperture typically an oval or rounded opening near the
middle of the terminal face; walls fairly thick, arenaceous, usually
fairly coarse, but sometimes of fine material and smooth.

The specimen figured originally by d’Orbigny is rather charac-
teristic. It has twelve biserially arranged chambers followed by a
uniserial series of four chambers. In his sectional figure d’Orbigny
shows the apertures of the early portion as truly textularian on the
border of the inner margin of the apertural face, between it and the
preceding chamber, while in the. uniserial chambers it becomes a
central opening in the middle of the terminal face of the chamber.

Later authors have included in this genus a great variety of species
with characters not in accord with those established by d’Orbigny.
Brady, in his synonymy, gives a long list of genera which he places
wholly or in part in this genus.

As shown in B. arenacea Bagg, there are apparently both megalo-
spheric and microspheric forms present. In the microspheric form
the early chambers following the proloculum are coiled, as in the
microspheric form of various species of Texrtularia, and like both forms
in Spiroplecta. Later chambers are biserially arranged, as in Textu-
laria, and those of the last formed group are arranged uniserially,
giving the generic character. In the megalospheric form the coiled
chambers may be wanting. As in other types, the microspheric
form of the species attains the larger size.

BIGENERINA NODOSARIA d’Orbigny.

Bigenerina nodosaria p’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 261, pl. 11, figs.
9-11; Modeéles, 1826, No. 57.—ParxeEr, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 28, pl. 2, fig. 62.—Trrriar, Atti. Acc. Pont.
Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 192, pl. 2, fig. 28H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 369, pl. 44, figs. 14-18.—Wriaut, Proc.
Roy: Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 471.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 37, pl. 7, figs. 313-315 [316-3237]; Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 44.—Fiint, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., -
1897 (1899), p. 286, pl. 31, fig. 4—Minuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1899, p.
564, pl. 7, fig. 13.

Textularia agglutinans, var. nodosaria PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans. Roy.
Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 371, pl. 15, fig. 25; pl. 17, fig. 80.

Clavulina elegans Karrer, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 1, 1864, p. 80, pl.
16, fig. 11.

28 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test elongate, the early portion composed of a biserial
group of chambers, considerably flattened and with the sutures

clearly marked externally; chambers progressively broader;

later

portion composed of a uniserial group of chambers, rounded, usually
less in width than the biserial por-

Distribution.—In
the North Pacific this
species is recorded by
Brady in - shallow

Fias. 46-48.—BIGENERINA NODOSARIA. X_ 30. ,
46, a, FRONT VIEW; b, END VIEW. 47, a, FRONT water from three lo-

VIEW; b, END VIEW. 48, oe SEC- ealities: China Sea;
TION OF THE TEST (AFTER BRADY).
Hongkong Harbor,

7-10 fathoms; Inland Sea, Japan, 15 fathoms.
Outside the North Pacific it is widely distributed.

, BIGENERINA DIGITATA d’Orbigny.

Bigenerina digitata p’OrBIGNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p.
262; Modéles, 1826, No. 58.—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn.
Soc., London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 468, pl. 48, fig. 8; Nat. Hist.
Trans. Northumberland, vol. 1, 1865-67 (1867), p. 102, pl.
12, fig. 7—Parker, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 28, pl. 2, fig. 61.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 370,
pl. 44, figs. 19-24.—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3,
VOM ee ES Oana e7ke

Textularia agglutinans, var. digitata PARKER and Jones, Philos.
Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 371, pl. 17, fig. 81.

Description.—Test fusiform or cylindrical, elongate,
rounded in cross section, the early portion consisting of
a number of chambers arranged biserially, but circular
in cross section; sutures somewhat indistinct; apex

tion; wall usually coarsely arena-
ceous, sometimes of fine material
and nearly smooth; aperture in
the early portion as in Tezxtularia,
an elongate slit between the base
of the inner margin of the chamber
and the adjacent wall of the pre-
ceding chamber, in the later por-
tion rounded and in the middle
of the terminal face of the cham-
ber; color white or light gray.
Length about 1 mm.

Fig. 49.—BIGeE-
NERINA DIGI-
ATAU TVA ts
ad, FRONT VIEW;
b, APERTURAL
VIEW. :

bluntly rounded; later portion consisting of a number of chambers
arranged uniserially ; division between the two portions not marked
by a difference in size; wall rather coarsely arenaceous, but the
particles neatly cemented with a reddish brown cement to form

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

anearly smooth surface; aperture rounded, small, usually in the mid-
dle of the apertural face.

Length 1-1.6 mm.

Distribution Although this species has not heretofore been
recorded from the Pacific, specimens from Albatross station D4949,
in 110 fathoms on the coast of Japan, seem to belong to it. It
occurs with numerous other species of the colder water area, which
are similar to or identical with those of the northern Atlantic.

This species at first sight might be taken for a Clavulina, but the
early chambers are biserial instead of triserial, as is the case in the
early development of Clavulina. The species differs from the preced-
ing in the early portion, which is here rounded, in B. nodosaria, being
much flattened, and in the union between the biserial and uniserial
portions, which are clearly distinguished in B. nodosaria by the differ-
ence in diameter of the test at that point, while in B. digitata the
point of union is hardly distinguishable, except by the sutures.

BIGENERINA ARENACEA Bagg.

Bigenerina arenacea Baca, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 132, pl. 5,
figs. 4-6.

Description.—Test flattened, fairly large, composed of a series of
chambers arranged biserially, followed by a later portion made up of
broad, somewhat arched chambers arranged
uniserially, both portions much compressed;
in cross section elongate oval; sides well
rounded, not at all carinate; wall arenaceous,
varying in coarseness, smoothly finished;
aperture in the later portion an oval opening
in the middle of the apertural face.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—This species was described
by Doctor Bagg from several Albatross sta-
tions in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands.
J have examined
the type andother
specimens _ re-
turned to the Na-
tional Museum,
and have found £F'4-50.—BIGENERINA ARENACEA. X 30. @, FRONT VIEW; b, APERTURAL
specimens from moe
two other Albatross stations, station H2999, in 549 fathoms, and
station H2986, in 271 fathoms. A specimen from Nero station 990,
in 859 fathoms, off Guam, apparently belongs to this species. It is
somewhat more smooth a of finer mvaeeard than usual, but this is
probably due to local conditions of the bottom.

30 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

One additional feature not noted by the author is the tendency
in the larger specimens to have the earliest chambers in a coil. Appar-
ently this genus is related, as is Textularia and certain other genera,
to an ancestral coiled form, as is indicated by the coiled arrange-
ment of the earliest chambers in several genera of the family. This
repetition of characters usually occurs only in the microspheric form
of the species, which in this case as in many others seems to attain
the larger size.

Genus PAVONINA dQ Orbigny, 1826.

Pavonina vd’ OrBIGNY (type, P. flabelliformis d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 260.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 374.

Description.—Test calcareous, hyaline, perforate, many chambered,
the early chambers biserial, the later embracing, each embracing por-
tion composed of one or more chambers; apertures numerous at the
peripheral margin of the chamber.

There seems to be but a single well-defined living species, which
is rather widely distributed.

PAVONINA FLABELLIFORMIS d’Orbigny.

Pavonina flabelliformis p’OrsiaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 260, pl. 10,
figs. 10, 11; For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 72, pl. 21, figs. 9, 10.—Parkxerr, JONES,
and H. B. Brapy, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol.
16,1865, p. 27, pl. 1,fig. 22.—
H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 282, pl. 8, figs. 29, 30.—
Mosius, Beitr. Meeresfauna
Insel Mauritius, 1880, p. 91,
pl. 8, figs. 13-15—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challen-
ger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 374, pl. 45, figs. 17-22.—
Basset, Ann. Soc. Sci.
Charente-Inf., 1884 (1885),
p. 161, fig. in text.—Baaa,
Proce. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
34, 1908, p. 182.

Pavonina flabelloides BRronn,
Klassen und Ordnungen
Thier-Reichs, vol 1, 1859,
p. 72, pl. 6, figs. 13a, b.—
sUTscHu, in Bronn, Klas-
sen und Ordnungen Thier- Fic. 51.—PAVONINA FLABELLIFORMIS. @, FRONT VIEW;
Reichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 204, b, APERTURAL VIEW. X 75.
pl. 18, fig. 13.

Description.—Test free, many chambered, much compressed, the
early portion consisting of chambers arranged biserially, the later por-
tion spreading; chambers in a single series, elongated, forming a fan-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 31

shaped test; wall thin and transparent; apertures numerous on the
peripheral wall, varying in size, and irregularly placed; wall porous,
with numerous pores of good size more or less disposed in linear
series, each with the wall immediately about it thickened and often
slightly raised; color white, hyaline.

The Garhier of the test rarely exceeds 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be rather rare, yet widely dis-
tributed throughout the warmer waters of the oceans. From the
Pacific it has been recorded by Brady from the coast of Korea and
from the coral reefs of Honolulu, in 40 fathoms; Bagg records it
from Albatross station D4174, near the Hawaiian Islands, in 735-865
fathoms. I have seen specimens from
three Nero stations, station 2042, in 55
fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands,
station 201, in 1,033 fathoms, near
Midway Island, and station 1310, in
518 fathoms, near the Bonin Islands.

D’Orbigny’s original figure shows the
whole test without the biserial condi-
tion usually observed. Since the redis-
covery by Mébius of the species in
Madagascar sand, where d’Orbigny’s
type material was collected, it is clear
that this is the species meant by d’Or-
bigny. The early portion was either Fic. ont FLABELLIFORMIS.
obscure in his specimen or else it rep- YOUNG SPECIMEN VIEWED BY TRANS-
resents a megalospheric specimen with- “77? "HEX 100-
out the biserial early stages. The later developed elongated cham-
bers may run entirely across the periphery of the test or it may take
two or even three chambers to complete the distance.

Genus BOLIVINA @d@Orbigny, 18389.

Bolivina p’OrsIany, (type, B. plicata d’Orbigny) Voyage Amér. Mérid., vol.
5, pt. 5, 1839, p. 61—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 416. -

Description.—Test elongate, distinctly biserial throughout; wall
usually thin and hyaline in the young, but becoming thickened with
age in many species, ornamented by puncte, striae, coste, knobs
and spines, with carine developed in some species; aperture elongate,
usually wider at one end, usually symmetrical.

This genus includes a large number of species, most of which are
of small size. In many cases the species seem to be very local in
their distribution, as shown by the work of the Challenger and again
in the present material. This is especially true of the species occur-
ring in fairly shallow water in the tropical and subtropical seas.

32 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Although resembling Bulimina in some ways, its aflinities seem |
closer to Textularia and related genera. The aperture is not usually
asymmetrical to any extent, as claimed by Brady.

A study of the microspheric and megalospheric forms in the differ-
ent species should be made to determine whether or not there are
coiled chambers in the early development of the microspheric form.

The species which exhibit a tendency toward a uniserial condition
have been referred by some authors to Bifarima. The last two
species in the present series may be so placed.

BOLIVINA PUNCTATA d’Orbigny.

Bolivina punctata p’ORBIGNY, Voyage Amér. Mérid., vol. 5, pt. 5, ‘‘Forami-
niféres,’? 1839, p. 63, pl. 8, figs. 10-12.—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc., Lon-
don, vol. 24, 1864, p. 468, pl. 48, figs. 9, a, 6; Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland
and Durham, vol. 1, 1865-67 (1867), p. 103, pl. 12, figs.
8 a, b.—M@6stvs, Beitr. Meeresfauna Insel Mauritius, 1880,
p. 94, pl. 9, figs. 9, 10.—Terriai, Atti Acc. Pont. Nuovi
Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 197, pl. 2, fig. 41.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 417, pl. 52,
figs. 18, 19 —Woopwarp and Tuomas, 13th Ann. Rep.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota for 1884 (1885), p. 169,
pl. 3, fig. 12—SnHerBorn and CHapman, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 748, pl. 14, figs. 10 a, b—Ma.aco ut,
Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 7, 1889, p. 375, pl. 14, figs.
1-4.—Terrica1, Mem. Com. Geol. d’Italia, vol. 4, 1891,
p. 74, pl. 1, figs. 26-28.—Woopwarp and Tuomas, Geol.
Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 34, pl. c, figs.
27, 28.—Eeerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Mtinchen,
Cl. my, vol. 18, 1893, p. 298, pl. 8, figs. 1-3.—Goks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl, vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 49,
pl. 9, figs. 475-478, 480.— Eaarr, Jahr. 16, naturhist. Ver.
Passau, 1895, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 11.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 47.—Fnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 292, pl. 38, fig. 1.—Wricut, Geol. Mag.
Dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 10.—Minterr, Journ, Fic. 53.—Bortvina

Roy. Micr. Soc. 1900, p. 540.—SipEsorrom, Mem. Proc. PUNCTATA. X 100.

a oT one : ; 2 S @, APERTURAL
ee Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, eae bt RON
p. 14.—Cuarpman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1907, VIEW.

p. 32, pl. 4, fig. 80.— Baga, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,

1908, p. 138.—CusHMan, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908, p. 28,

pl. 5, fig. 13.—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 274.
Bulimina presli, var. (Bolivina) punctata Parker and Jones, Philos. Trans.

Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 376, pl. 17, fig. 74.

Description.—Test much elongated, straight or slightly curved,
the apical end bluntly pointed, tapering very gradually to the aper-
tural end; chambers numerous, somewhat compressed, the sutures
slightly depressed, the chambers increasing in height as added; wall
smooth, conspicuously but finely punctate; aperture an elongated
slit, widest at the inner end; color white, brownish when living.

Length 0.40-0.85 mm,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 30

Distribution — Generally recorded from the North Pacific by Brady.
Goés records it from several stations in the eastern Pacific in 695—
1,882 fathoms, and Bagg records it at a number of stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, in 104-1,544 fathoms. I have
found the species well scattered in the North Pacific material that
I have examined. The deepest record is Nero station 2049, in
2,226 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

A considerable variety of smooth forms have been assigned to this
species, as a study of the references quoted will show. That there
are several species or varieties present seems
most likely. The variety with a portion of each
chamber smooth, without puncte, as noted by
Millett, was found off the southern coast of Japan,
and there may be other varieties with a definite
distribution were sufficient material available from
the different oceans.

The elongate form is not greatly removed from
some forms of Bb. nobilis, except for the striations
of the latter.

BOLIVINA DILATATA Reuss.

Bolivina dilatata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss., Wien,
vol. 1, 1850, p. 381, pl. 48, fig. 15 —Terrriat, Atti
Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 197,
pl. 2, fig. 42.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 418, pl. 52, figs. 20, 21.—Ma-
LAGOLI, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., ser. 4, vol. 6, 1887, p.
520, pl. 13, fig. 3—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and JonEs,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 221, pl.
43, figs. 3, 6—Trrric1, Mem. Com. Geol. d’Ital.,
vol. 4, 1891, p. 75, pl. 1, fig. 29—Woopwarp and
Tuomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, vol. 3,
1893, p. 33, pl.c, fig. 26.—Ecaerr, Abh. kon. bay. yye 54—Rouvina DE
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 294, LATATA. X 60. a,
pl. 8, figs. 17-20.—Goiks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. APERTURAL VIEW; ),
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 50, pl. 9, figs. 482- Be:

486, pl. 14, figs. 5-10.—Eaarr, Jahr. 16, naturhist.
Ver. Passau, 1895, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 6—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodi., vol.
29, 1896, p. 47.—MmLeETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 542.

Description.—Test cuneate, broadening rapidly toward the aper-
tural end, the apical end small, blunt, much compressed, the edges
thin; chambers numerous, broad and low, little inflated; sutures very
distinct but hardly depressed; wall smooth, punctate; aperture elon-
gate, narrow, ending at the edge of the inner border of the chamber;
color white.

Length 0.3-0.6 mm.

71112°—Bull. 71, pt 2—11——3

34 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Recorded by Goés from the eastern portion of the
North Pacific in 695-1,832 fathoms, and by Bagg from the Hawaiian
Islands, in 275-1,544 fathoms, with the average depth below 400
fathoms.

IT have had material from Nero station 990, in 859 fathoms, near
Guam, and from stations about Japan, in the Inland Sea, and in
Bering Sea, from depths ranging between 120 fathoms and 898
fathoms. Specimens were nowhere common.

Although Reuss’ name has been used for all the broader forms
which could not well be included under B. punctata d’Orbigny by
various writers, there is, as is seen from a study of the present
material, a definite species with the characters given above. It is
apparently very distinct from B. punctata, with chambers of a very
different form.

BOLIVINA SEMINUDA, new species.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, very slightly com-
pressed, the apical end rounded; chambers numerous,
high, very slightly inflated, sutures nearly flush; wall
hyaline, finely punctate except the lower half of each
which has coarse foramina, otherwise smooth; aper-
ture elongate, loop-shaped; color transparent and
whitish about the lower half of each chamber.

Length up to 1 mm.

Distribution.— ‘Specimens of this species were fairly
common at two Albatross stations in Bering Sea,
station H4025, in 536 fathoms, and station D4775
(type), on Bowers Bank, in 584 fathoms.

Type.—Cat. No. 8338, U.S.N.M.

The cylindrical form and the very peculiar orna-
mentation of the test distinguish this species. The
test is hyaline and the lower half of the chamber,
instead of being spinose or granular as in B. spinescens,
is characterized by coarse foramina. No specimens
were found except in Bering Sea.

Fic. 55.—BO.LIvINA
SEMINUDA. X 60.

BOLIVINA BEYRICHI Reuss.

Bolivina beyrichi Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesellsch., vol. 3, 1851, p. 83,
pl. 6, fig. 51.—HantxKen, Mitth. Jahrb. Ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. 4, 1875 (1881),
p. 64, pl. 7, fig. 11.—Terrrtet, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880,
p. 198, pl. 2, figs. 43-45; vol. 35, 1883, p. 191, pl. 3, fig. 33.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 422, pl. 53, fig. 1_—Eacsr,
Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 296, pl. 8, figs.
24-26.
Description.—Test. elongate, rather narrow, much compressed,
slightly tapering to the round-pointed apical end, apertural end

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ; 30

evenly rounded, the chambers numerous, high at the posterior outer
edge each projecting backward in a spinose projection; wall smooth,
punctate; aperture elongate; color white.

Length slightly less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—The only records in the North Pacific
for this species are the two Challenger stations from
which it was recorded by Brady, off the Philippines,
in 95 fathoms, and on the Hyalonema-ground south
of Japan, in 345 fathoms.

The figures of this species are very different, that
of Hantken showing little it any of the posterior
projections, and Egger’s figure being very different
Fi. 56-—Bouvima 120m the usual form assigned to this species. From

Beyricu. X50 a study of the published figures and descriptions it
(AFTeR BRADY). Seems very possible that our recent species may be
found upon careful study to be different from the fossil.

BOLIVINA BEYRICHI Reuss, var. ALATA (Seguenza).

Vulvulina alata SecuEenza, Atti Accad. Gioenia Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. 18, 1862,
p. 115, pl. 2, figs. 5, 5a.

Bolivina alata Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893,
p- 296, pl. 8, fig. 27.

Bolivina beyrichi, var. alata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 422, pl. 53,
figs. 2--4.

Bolivina beyrichi, var. carinata HANTKEN, Magy. kir.
foldt. int. évkényve, vol. 4, 1875 (1876), pl. 7,
fig. 12; Mitth. Jahrb. Ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. 4,
1875 (1881), pl. 7, fig. 12.

Description.—Test differing from that of the
typical form of the species by the wide periph-
eral flange; it is also broader and much more
tapering.

Length about 1 mm.

Mstribution.— Brady records this variety from
one North Pacific Chal-
lenger station off the Philip-
pines, in 95fathoms. There
is a specimen (figured) in
the material which I have
examined from Albatross
station H4025, in 536 fath-
oms, near the Aleutian Islands, which seems to belong here and _ is
not unlike the specimen figured by Brady in pl. 53, fig. 2, of the
Challenger report.

a

Fig. 57.—BOLIVINA BEYRICHI, VAR. ALATA. X 60. a,
APERTURAL VIEW; 6, FRONT VIEW.

36 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
BOLIVINA COMPACTA (Sidebottom).

Bolivina robusta H. B. Brapy, var. compacta SipEBorrom, Mem. Proc. Man-
chester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 15, pl. 3, fig. 7.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, the apex blunt-pointed, com-
pressed, the edges rounded, the chambers numer-
ous, somewhat inflated; sutures slightly de-
pressed; surface areolated by the coalescence of
the raised edges of the rather coarse puncte;
aperture elongate, with a slightly raised border;
color silvery white.

Length about 0.60 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens which agree well with
the figure and description given by Sidebottom
have been found at various stations in the North
Pacific. The relation to Bolwina robusta does not
seem to be close enough to make it a variety of
that species, and so I have raised it to specific
rank.

It was secured near the Hawaiian Islands at

Albatross station H3007, in 323 fathoms, and at
Fig. 58.—Boutvina coM- two Nero stations in the same region, from Guam,
PACTA. X120. a, FRONT 5 5 one °
view; b, END VIEW. and from a Nero station near the Philippines.

BOLIVINA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina robusta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 57; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 421, pl. 53, figs. 7-9.—EccEr, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 294, pl. 8, figs. 31, 32.—
Mituett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 548.—(?)CHapmMan, Journ. Linn.
Soe. Zool., vol. 30, 1907, p. 32, pl. 4, fig. 82.—(?)Bagae, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 1388.

Bolivina acaulis Eacrr, Abh. kin. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18,
1893, p. 295, pl. 8, figs. 28-30.

Description.—Test roughly triangular, tapering gradually to the
apical end, which is either bluntly rounded or with a long, stout spine;
apertural end very broadly rounded, almost obliquely truncate; test
thickest at the median line, from which it slopes away to the fairly
thin but rounded lateral edges; chambers numerous, longer than
high, curved, in the later often crenulate with fairly deep reéntrants
on the posterior margin; sutures scarcely depressed, limbate, curved;
wall calcareous, thickly set with rather coarse perforations; aper-
ture oval with a slightly raised lip; color white or gray,

Length about 0.50 mm. ; microspheric proloculum 0.011—0.012 mm. ;
megalospheric proloculum 0.047—0.050 mm.

Distribution.—From the North Pacific, Brady records this species
as occurring at three stations in from 7-345 fathoms, the last being on

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ot

the Hyalonema-ground south of Japan. Bagg records it from the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, but not all of his selected set are
of this species, and none of them are at all typical.

From the 1906 cruise of the Albatross there is a large number of
specimens representing many stations ranging in depth from 59 to 500
fathoms, mostly off the southern coast of Japan, from the region from
which some of Brady’s material was obtained, with one or two stations
in the Eastern Sea. From the Nero material the species is repre-
sented from stations south of Yokohama in 660 to 2,119 fathoms, the
latter being at the only station in this area from which the species
has been obtained from more than
1,500 fathoms. There area few spec-
imens from Albatross station H3007,
near the Hawaiian Islands, in 325
fathoms, and from Tuscarora station
58,in 814 fathoms, south of the Bonin
Islands.

In the material, microspheric and
megalospheric specimens have been
found at the same station, and the
measurement of the proloculum in
several cases has been obtained.
There seems to be no tendency toward

coiled young in the microspheric form, Fias. 59-60.—BOLIVINA ROBUSTA. 59, SPINE-
: i LESS VARIETY WITH DEEPLY LOBED CHAM-
so far as seen. BER MARGIN. X 100. 60, TYPICAL SPECIE

There is a considerable variation MEN WITH APICAL SPINE AND LESS DEEPLY
in the character of the lobulation of | "°" “““°™ *™
the posterior border of the chambers and in the presence or absence
of the apical spine. Egger has described a species, B. acaulis, which
seems to include those forms which lack the spine and have the lobu-
lated margins of the chambers, but these characters are somewhat
variable. The microspheric form is the more tapering of the two.

The figures show the extreme forms as made out in the material.
The spineless form with the deeper lobulations is that called B.
acaulis by Egger.

BOLIVINA SEMIALATA Bagg.
Bolivina semi-alata Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, Deleon on hono:

Description.—Test broad, very much compressed, the early cham-
bers in a conical, little compressed test, the later chambers broad-
ening out, very much compressed, with a broad thin flange about
the periphery; apical end acuminate, with a short, rather stout,
spine; apertural margin very broadly rounded; posterior margin
of the flange with short, posteriorly directed tooth-like projections;
wall calcareous, thin, perforated with rather coarse perforations,

38 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

smooth except for the apical end which may be slightly costate;
aperture long and narrow, bordered by a raised lip formed by the
flange bordering the chamber; color

white.

Fias. 61-62.._BOLIVINA SEMIALATA. X75. 61,TYPE-SPECIMEN. 62, ANOTHER
MORE REGULAR SPECIMEN FROM THE SAME REGION.

Length 0.75-1.00 mm.
Distribution.— Bagg described this

species from
two specimens
from Albatross
station H4555,
in 1,398 fath-
oms, near the
Hawatian Is-
lands. The
type-specimen
is figured here;
the other was
not seen.

I have had a
single specimen
from Nero sta-
tion 2034, in 175

fathoms, also off the Hawaiian Islands. It is figured here. Appar-
ently it is a younger and less developed specimen of this same species,

with the apical portion slightly
costate.

BOLIVINA SCHWAGERIANA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina schwageriana H. B. Brapy,
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21,
1881, p. 58; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 425, pl.
53, figs. 24, 25.—Mruerr, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 547, pl.
4, fig. 10.

Fic. 63.—BOLIVINA SCHWAGERIANA. X 65. @, APERTURAL VIEW; 0, FRONT VIEW.

Description.—Test broad, a little longer than wide, compressed,
thickest in the median line, thence curving gently to the carinate mar-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39

gins; apical end blunt, rounded; no keel developed on the early
chambers, but in the later prominent though rather narrow; cham-
bers well rounded; sutures limbate with raised beads near the junction
with the chambers of the opposite series; wall calcareous, smooth
except for the sutures and occasional costz near the border of the
test; aperture rather large, somewhat elongate, with an oblique pro-
jecting tooth; color white.

Length 0.50—-0.65 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. Brady described it from specimens from Humboldt
Bay, New Guinea, in 37 fathoms, and doubtful specimens from
Torres Strait, in 155 fathoms. Millett records the species from the
Malay Archipelago.

There are typical specimens from Nero station 1472, in 1,000 fath-
oms, near Guam. These are the only ones I have seen from the North
Pacific. Apparently the species is limited to the Australasian region
and the East Indian archipelago.

BOLIVINA NOBILIS Hantken.

Bolivina nobilis HANTKEN, Magy. kir. féldt. int. évkényve, vol. 4, 1875 (1876),
p. 56, pl. 15, fig. 4, Mitth. Jahrb. Ung. geol. Anstalt, vol. 4, 1875 (1881),
p. 65, pl. 15, fig. 4.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 424, pl. 53, figs. 14, 15.—CHapman, Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc., vol. 48, 1892, p. 516, pl. 15, fig. 11.—Mixert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 541, pl. 4, fig. 4.—CHap-
MAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 30, 1907, p. 32, pl. 4,
fig. 81—Baae, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 138.

Description.—Test much elongated, slender, some-
what compressed; sides nearly parallel but tapering
rather quickly to a blunt point at the apical end,
apertural end obliquely truncate; chambers numerous,
high, somewhat inflated; sutures slightly depressed;
wall calcareous, the apical portion with fine longitu-
dinal cost, the apertural end smooth; aperture oval,
in some specimens, where a uniserial condition is
attained, remote from the border and subterminal,
otherwise reaching to the preceding chamber as also in
the young; color white.

Length up to 1.20 mm.

Distribution —All the Challenger stations for this #16. 64—Bottvina
species are in comparatively shallow water in the South Deane
Pacific. Bagg’s records for the species are from Alba- VWs }, FRont
tross station H4567, in 1,307 fathoms, and station a
H4696, in 367 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands. I have examined
the specimens from these two stations and find that they are of the
long slender type with finely costate apical ends.

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

I have specimens from five stations, Albatross station H2922, in 268
fathoms, station H3007 in 323 fathoms, Nero stations 2037 in 55
fathoms, 2064 in 1,355 fathoms and 2071 in 271 fathoms. All these
five stations are close to the Hawaiian Islands.

These specimens as well as those which have been described by
others are not very distinct from B. punctata except in the striations
of the early chambers.

BOLIVINA KARRERIANA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina karreriana H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 58;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 424, pl. 53, figs. 19-21.—Eacgr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 299, pl. 8,
figs. 38, 39.—MILLETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 546.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, the apical end occasionally
rounded, but usually pointed with one large spine or two or more
small ones; chambers comparatively few, inflated;
sutures much depressed; wall calcareous, ornamented
by longitudinal raised cost, occasionally branching
or anastomosing, continued even on the last-formed
chamber; aperture broadly oval, subterminal, occa-
sionally with a small tooth projecting into the ori-
fice, bordered with a raised lip; color, white.

Length 0.50—0.80 mm.

Distribution Brady found this species abundant
in material from the Hyalonema-ground south of
Japan, in 345 fathoms. I have examined material
from more than twenty stations, all in the region
about Japan or to the southward. At some of these
stations specimens are fairlycommon. ‘The Albatross
material from near the southern coast of Japan in
most of stations from D4965 to D4975 contained this
species. These stations are in the same region as the
Challenger station mentioned above. They vary in
depth from 191 to 905 fathoms. The species is well
represented in the Nero material, mostly from the
line of soundings between Guam and Yokohama. In
depth these soundings range within the limits just
given for the Albatross stations. In the Tuscarora
Fic. 65.-Botivina material lately come under notice there is a single

KARRERIANA. X80. mounted specimen from station 2, which is south of
S enowtt vary the Hawaiian Islands, in 1,468 fathoms. The speci-
men is typical in all its characters.

The specimen recorded by Doctor Bagg from the vicinity of the
Hawaiian Islands proves upon examination to be Bulimina buchiana

d’Orbigny.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

41

BOLIVINA KARRERIANA H. B. Brady, var. CARINATA Millett.

Bolivina karreriana.H. B. Brapy, var. carinata Mert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,

1900, p. 546, pl. 4, fig. 8.

Description.—This variety has the test more compressed and larger
than in the typical form, the aperture reaching to the preceding cham-
ber instead of remote from it, and with the lateral borders distinctly

carinate; the aperture is more elongate with a long
tooth-like projection.

Length 0.75-0.80 mm.

Distribution.—Rare in the North Pacific, occurring
but once, at Nero station 1472, in 1,000 fathoms,
near Guam. Millett described this variety from
the Malay Archipelago where it occurred at several
stations.

Millett remarks upon the similarity of the variety
to B. hantkeniana as well as to B. karreriana, and it
may be that it is a distinct species. With but little
available material I am leaving it as Millett has

described it.
BOLIVINA PUSILLA Schwager.

Bolivina pusilla ScHwaGER, Novara-Ex-
ped., Geol. Theil, pt. 2, 1866, p. 254,

Fic. 66—BoOLIVINA

KARRERIANA, VAR. pl. 7, fig. 101.
CARINATA. X 60. a, tos
FRONT VIEW; b, Description.—Test elongate, taper-

APERTURAL VIEW

1 g x i x ; .
eee Miers). ing, composed of numerous rather

low broad chambers, the apical end
often with a very short spine, mucronate; wall orna-
mented with slightly raised longitudinal coste, except
at the apertural end where the chambers are usually
smooth; aperture elongate, symmetrical; color, white.

Length about 0.40-0.60 mm.

Distribution.—This species is well distributed in the
North Pacific in fairly deep water. It occurred at a
large number of Nero stations from the Hawaiian
Islands westward and along the coast of Japan. The
shallowest record is near Japan, at Albatross station
H4878, in 84 fathoms, and the deepest, Nero station
2049, in 2,226 fathoms, near the Hawalian Islands.

FIG.67.—BOLIVINA
PUSILLA. xX 60.
a, FRONT VIEW;
b, APERTURAL
VIEW.

The larger

number of records are from depths between 1,000 and 1,500

fathoms.

These specimens seem to be identical with the species described

by Schwager from the fossil deposits of Kar Nicobar.

The loss of

ornamentation in the later chambers of adult specimens is interesting.

42 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BOLIVINA HANTKENIANA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina hantkeniana H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.
58; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 424, pl. 53, figs. 16-18.—
Eaecer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 296,
pl. 8, figs. 40-42.—Miuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 546, pl. 4. fig. 9.—
Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 137.

Deseription.—Test broad, much compressed, usually completely
surrounded except at the aperture by a broad wing-like flange,
either entire or variously lobed; chambers
inflated somewhat; sutures very distinct,
slightly depressed; wall calcareous, with
a few short longitudinal costz, usually
confined to the limits of the chamber on
which they originate; aperture narrow,
oval, with a single tooth-like projection
in the orifice; color, white.

Length 0.60-0.84 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded
by Bagg from several Albatross stations
in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands.
While some of these specimens have the
characters of this species, others I should
refer to B. beyricht, var. alata, and to
B. semialata.

The only specimen I have which can
without doubt be this species is from
Albatross station D4970, in 500 fathoms,
off the southern coast of Japan.

Brady’s specimens were all from the
Indo-Pacific region, and apparently this
is a species limited to the warmer re-
gion from Australia northward, includ-
Fic. 68.—BOLIVINA HANTKENIANA. ing the oceanic islands. This is the

xX 60. @, APERTURAL VIEW; b, .
Sara range of a large number of our species.

BOLIVINA AMYGDALFORMIS H. B. Brady.

Bolivina amygdalxformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,

p- 59; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 426, pl. 53, figs. 28, 29.
Description.—Test oval, compressed, the apical end round-pointed,
the apertural end broadly rounded; chambers few, the sutures mostly
hidden by the exterior ornamentation of the test, but showing slightly
as darker lines; wall calcareous, ornamented by longitudinal cost
variously branching and anastomosing; terminal chamber, or some-
times the last two, nearly smooth, except for slight coste at the
lower border of the chamber, conspicuously and rather coarsely

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 43

perforate; aperture terminal, in end view nearly central, long-oval,
slightly constricted near the middle, bordered by a rounded raised
lip; color, white or gray.

Length about 0.75 mm.

Distribution —In the North Pacific, Brady records this species
from Challenger station 209, in 95 fathoms, off the Philippines. I
have seen specimens from two Albatross stations, D4875, in 59
fathoms, eastern channel of Korea Strait, and
14964, in 37 fathoms, off the southern coast
of Japan. Brady also records the species
from off the north coast of New Guinea,
1,070 fathoms, and in Torres Strait, in 155
fathoms.

The specimens I have had for study are of
the same form and with the same details as
those figured by Brady. The specimen fig-
ured by Egger® does not seem to be of this
species and is referred elsewhere

BOLIVINA PLICATA d’Orbigny.

Bolivina plicata D’ORBIGNY, Voyage Amér. Mérid.,
vol. 5. pt. 5, ‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ 1839, p. 62, pl. 8,
figs. 4-7.—Baaa, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 138.

This species is recorded by Goés from Alba-
tross station D3395, in 730 fathoms, but an
examination of the selected material mounted
by Goés from this station shows it to be a
new species, later described.

Bagg records B. plicata from a single station
near the Hawaiian Islands, but his mounted
specimen is unfortunately difficult to study,
and dismounting was not attempted.

I have found no material in the North ''¢. .—Bottvina amyapaLz-

: eran ° FORMIS. X 75. a, APERTURAL
Pacific referable to this species. ey. eee OMn wee

BOLIVINA SEMICOSTATA, new name.

Bolivina costata H. B. Bravy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 426,
pl. 53, figs. 26, 27 (not B. costata d’Orbigny, 1839).

Description.—Test broadly oval, two-thirds as broad as long, the ends
obtusely rounded, somewhat compressed; chambers few, the sutures
distinct, somewhat depressed; wall calcareous, ornamented with a
number of raised rounded costz running lengthwise of the test,

a Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 299, pl. 8, fig. 45.

44

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

somewhat irregular; last one or two chambers usually smooth,
carinate; aperture, in end view, central, terminal, broadly oval,
with a raised, rounded border; color white.

Length 0.60-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—I have specimens of this species from Nero station
990, in 859 fathoms, off Guam. The oval specimens of Brady referred
to above were from off Raine Island, Torres Strait, in 155 fathoms;
in Humboldt Bay, off New Guinea, in 37 fathoms; and off Amboina,
in 15-20 fathoms. Goés’s specimen® does

not belong here.

This species differs in several important
characters from the typical form described
by @Orbigny. From the available records
the species seems to be limited to tropical
or subtropical waters.

Brizalina aenariensis Costa, Atti Acad. Pon-

Bolivina aenariensis H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy.

BOLIVINA 2ZNARIENSIS (Costa).

taniana, vol. 7, 1856, p. 297, pl. 15, fig. 1,
Ga

Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882, p. 711,
table; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 423, pl. 53, figs. 10, 11.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 221, pl. 43,
fies. 2, 4, 5.—Manacout, Boll. Soc. Geol.
Ttal., vol. 7; 1889, p. 377, pl. 14, figs. 11,
12.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 50.—Funr, 54 Oar aes Se ea
Rep: Ui SaiNat Mus. 71897 (1899), «p02, te owes ei
pl. 37, fig. 8—Muiiierr, Journ. Roy. Micr.

Soc., 1900, p. 544.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 137
(part). ;

Bulimina punctata Goiis?, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No. 4, 1882,

pl. 4, figs. 114, 115 (not Bolivina punctata dOrbigny).

Description.—Test elongate, slightly tapering, much compressed, the
edges carinate; apical end broadly rounded, often with a stout spine;
apertural end rounded; chambers numerous, slightly inflated, the
sutures curved, very slightly depressed; wall calcareous, smooth and
punctate except for two or more longitudinal costz, usually two long
costee extending well forward near the middle of the test, with shorter
accessory ones near the apical end; aperture elongate-oval, with a
continuation of the carina of the chamber forming a smooth raised
lip about the opening; color white or gray.

Length up to 1.25 mm.

4 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 48.

\

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 45

Distribution —The species has been recorded by Brady at two
North Pacific stations, off the Philippines, in 95 fathoms, and from
the south coast of Japan, in 15 fathoms. Bagg records it from a
number of Albatross stations near the Hawaiian
Islands, but an examination of his material
shows most of his specimens to belong to an-
other species.

Typical specimens were found at a number
of stations off the coast of Japan, in from 39-
584 fathoms; also at three Albatross stations
in Bering Sea, H4025, in 536 fathoms; D4781,
in 482 fathoms; and D3608, in 276 fathoms.
Specimens were abundant and large at station
H2768, in 373 fathoms, near the coast of Cali-
fornia. Specimens were also found at Tusca-
rora stations 32, in 309 fathoms, from the Cali-
fornian coast; and 79, in 799 fathoms, near the
Aleutian Islands.

The figured specimen did not have the typi-
cal long median cost which are shown in
Brady’s figures and in the photographed speci-
mens of Flint. }

; Fig. 71.—BOLIVINA X.NARIEN-
BOLIVINA SUBANGULARIS H. B. Brady. sis. X 40. a, APERTURAL
VIEW; 0, FRONT VIEW.
SPECIMEN WITHOUT THE
LONG MEDIAN COST.

Bolivina subangularis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 59; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 427, pl. 53, figs. 32, 33.—Mmerr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1900, p. 545.

Description.—‘ Test oblong,
tapering, stoutly built, more or
less angular, somewhat concave or
excavated on both sides; aboral
extremity obtusely pointed.
The angular contour of the
transverse section is determined
by the prominence of superficial
FIGS. 72-73.—BOuIvINA SUBANGULARIS. X 60. 72, COSt&, the principal of which, SIX

eee ee, SAL view) FRONT in ngmMber, are. placed» one down
VIEW OF ANOTHER SPECIMEN (AFTER BRADY). :
each lateral margin, and two
down each face of the test. Aperture comma-shaped.”

Length 0.5 mm. or less.

Distribution.—Recorded by Brady from Challenger station 209,
in 95 fathoms, off the Philippines. I have not found specimens
referable to this species. The description and figures are from

Brady.

46 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BOLIVINA LOBATA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina lobata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 58; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 425, pl. 58, figs. 22, 23.

Description.—‘ Test elongate, depressed, digitate; distal end ob-
liquely truncate or rounded, aboral extremity obtuse, peripheral
margin lobulated. Segments inflated, their outer margins projecting
and subangular; sutures thickened, and deeply sunk; surface, espe-
cially of the later chambers, more or less granulated. Aperture a
long oval slit contracted at the middle; nearly central.”’

Length 0.40 mm.

Mstribution.—This species was described by Brady from the region
about New Guinea. Ihave found it at a single station, Nero station
1583, in 777 fathoms, between Guam
and Midway Island. The granulations
of the surface and the form are similar.
Kgeer’s figures’ do not seem to repre-
sent this species, but it is hard to judge
from the quality of the figures in that
work. Millett’s figure? closely resem-
bles B. lobata, but its connection with
the young of Bigenerina fimbriata Mil-
Figs. 74-75.—Boutvina Lopata. X 80. lett makes it certain that it is a young

ee eee 7 OF chabsspecies. Ulies Webore nadeenah

a uniserial development, it seems that
Brady’s material would have shown it. Therefore, for the present,
it seems best not to unite it, but to keep it with the species as de-
scribed by Millett. The resemblance is, however, so striking that it
may be that the uniserial form was present but overlooked or placed
elsewhere. The question remains as to whether the figured specimen
given by Millett is really the same as the type of Bolivina lobata
If. B. Brady. If it is, then Brady’s name should be used, although
the genus would necessarily be changed.

The description and figures are from Brady.

BOLIVINA SPINESCENS, new name.
Bolivina textilarioides H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 419, pl. 52, figs. 24, 25 (not Bolivina textilarioides Reuss, 1862).—
Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900,p. 542, pl. 4, fig. 5—Baace, Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 139.

Description.—Test elongate, subeylindrical, the apex bluntly pointed;
chambers numerous, inflated, the sutures fairly deep, the surface
smooth except the portion at and just above the sutures, which is
minutely spinose or granular; aperture large, loop-shaped, with a
slightly raised border; color white or gray.

Length 0.50-0.75 mm.

a Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, pl. 8, figs. 55, 56.
bJourn. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, pl. 1, fig. 4.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

47

Distribution.—It is impossible to determine which of the two forms
figured by Brady was obtained from the one North Pacific station
given by him, Honolulu Reefs, 40 fathoms. However, an examina-
tion of Bagg’s material labeled B. tezxtilarioides shows the rough

bordered form here described. In the Nero material

from the area between Yokohama and Guam.

being seen.

BOLIVINA DECUSSATA H. B. Brady.

9, 1884, p. 423, pl. 53, figs. 12, 13.

Fic. 76.— BOLIVINA
SPINESCENS. X 75.

I have had specimens from stations 2068, 2071, and
2074 in 307, 271, and 22 fathoms, respectively, the
last being at Honolulu. Therefore Brady’s specimens
were probably of thisspecies. There are alsonumerous
specimens from the southern coast of Japan and

Millett recognized two distinct forms in the Malayan
material. This spinose or granular form, at least in
the North Pacific, seems to be the more common, no
specimens which could be assigned to Reuss’s species

Bolivina decussata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 21, 1881, p. 58; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.

Description.—Test broad, tapering to the rounded

a, Aperturat apical end; apertural end obliquely truncate, com-

VIEW; 6, FRONT
VIEW.

pressed, the edges thick and square, or somewhat
rounded; chambers numerous, the sutures indistinct,

the surface ornamented with a series of rounded bosses, arranged
more or less in vertical rows and also in oblique rows across the

test; aperture rounded, with a raised border; color white.

Length 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—The only records for this species are
those given by Brady from off Juan Fernandez in
the South Pacific. What certainly seems to be this
species has occurred at Albatross station D4839, in
140 fathoms, off Japan. The form is similar and the
surface has the peculiar raised ornamentation shown
in Brady’s figures.

BOLIVINA LIMBATA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina limbata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.
21, 1881, p. 57; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 419, pl. 52, figs. 26-28.—Howcutn, Trans. Roy.
Soc. South Australia, vol. 12, 1889, p. 8—Eacer, Abh. SATA.
kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893,

Fic. 77.—Bo.r-
VINA DECUS-

X 120.

p. 300, pl. 8, figs. 10-12.—Muxerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 543.—

Srpesorrom, Mem.and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No.5
1905, p. 15.—Cuarman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 30, 1907, p. 32, pl. 4,

fig. 83.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 138.

?

48 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test elongate, much compressed, gradually tapering
to the rather bluntly-rounded apical end, often somewhat twisted,
thickest along the median line,
thinning toward the lateral mar-
gins, which are slightly rounded;
chambers usually about as high
as wide, slightly tumid, the su-
tures very distinct, irregularly
curved, limbate, especially along
the median portion of the face;
wall calcareous, smooth, punc-
tate; aperture elongate-oval, in
some specimens somewhat remote
from the border
and terminal;
color white.

Length 0.50-
0.75 mm.

FIG. 78.—BOLIVINA LIMBATA. X 125. a, FRONT VIEW; b, SAME SPECI- Distribution.—

MEN FROM OPPOSITE SIDE} C, END VIEW. Brady records the
species from the following three stations in the North Pacific, off the
Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms, south shore of Japan,
15 fathoms, and in Hongkong Harbor, 7 fathoms.
Bage’s specimen is from Albatross station H4694, in
865 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

In the material I have examined the species has
been noted from the following stations: Albatross
station D4965, in 191 fathoms, off the coast of Japan,
and Nero station 1466, in 234 fathoms, near Guam.

There is a tendency in adult specimens to assume
a uniserial development with a terminal aperture.
From the other published records the species seems to
be confined to fairly shallow tropical and subtropical
waters.

BOLIVINA (BIFARINA) PORRECTA H. B. Brady.

Bolivina porrecta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol.
21, 1881, p. 57; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zovlogy, vol. 9,
1884, p. 418, pl. 52, fig. 22, a, 6, c—Eaaer, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 300,
pl. 8, figs. 7-9, 46, 47—Fuint, Rep. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Fic. 79.—BoLivina

1897 (1899), p. 292, pl. 38, fig. 2. Caeser
Bifarina porrecta MitueTT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. Memento nee
540, pl. 4, fig. 3. b, FRONT VIEW.

Description.—Test elongate, slightly tapering, the apex rounded;
apertural end truncate, compressed, the edges rounded, the chambers

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 49

high, the later triangular, the sutures in later growth passing
entirely across the test and forming an almost uniserial stage; wall
smooth, perforate; aperture subterminal, removed from the inner
edge of the chamber, elongate, with a raised border; color white.

Length 0.75-0.84 mm.

Distribution.—Not previously recorded from the North Pacific,
but known from off Tahiti, the north coast of New Guinea, and from
the Malay Archipelago. The only North Pacific station at which I
have found the species is Albatross station D4875, in 59 fathoms,
eastern channel of Korea Strait. This material is typical.

This species is referred to Bifarina by Millett, and if that genus be
recognized that is its logical position.

BOLIVINA (BIFARINA) STRIGOSA (H. B. Brady).
Bolivina lobata, var. strigosa H. B. Bravy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 425, pl. 113, fig. 7.

Description.—Test elongate, slightly tapering, compressed; cham-
bers triangular, the outer posterior angle extending outward, giv-
ing a very lobulated margin to the test; wall
perfectly hyaline, except at the border, where it is
partially white and opaque; sutures distinct, ex-
tending across the test in the later chambers;
aperture elongate, subterminal, removed from the
inner border of the chamber, surrounded by a
raised lip; color transparent, white.

Length 0.40 mm.

Distribution.—Brady described this as a variety
of B. lobata from Torres Strait. The figured
specimen from Nero station 1310, in 518 fathoms,
between Yokohama and Guam, is in every respect
identical with Brady’s specimen. The resem-
blance to B. lobata seems to be remote, and it is
here considered as a distinct species.

In this same region and at corresponding depths
many of the other species described from Torres
Strait are found, and it is not surprising to

Fic. 80.—BOLIivIna (Br-
FARINA) STRIGOSA.

find this rare form here also. The arrangement X 120. a, APER-
oD
gcat— ace > e : TURAL“ Vidi wis 0,
of the last-formed chambers strongly suggests ene

Bifarina.
Genus PLEUROSTOMELLA Reuss, 1860.

Nodosaria (part) Reuss, Verst. B6hm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845, p. 28.

Dentalina (part) Reuss, Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 4, 1850, p. 24.

Pleurostomella Reuss (type, P. subnodosa Reuss.), Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 40, 1860, p. 203.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 410.

Description.—Test elongate, somewhat compressed, composed of
numerous chambers, usually biserially arranged; wall calcareous,
71112°—Bull. 71, pt 2-10 —4

50 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

perforate, smooth or ornamented; aperture distinctive, an arched
opening with a vertical notch or slit in the middle of the lower edge,
usually with tooth-like projections upward at either side.

The aperture is really the distinguishing character of this genus.
It differs much from that of the other genera of the family, and
there are considerable differences in the various species, some hay-
ing asimple vertical slit without teeth, others a broad notch with
a well developed tooth at each side. This wall containing the slit
or notch is usually well within the arched space, and is not always
easy to see when examining material. There are several described
species, but none of them seem to be at
all common. None of the species have
previously been recorded from the North
Pacific.

PLEUROSTOMELLA ALTERNANS Schwager.

Pleurostomella alternans ScHwaGcEr, Novara
Exped., geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1866, p. 238,
pl. 6, figs. 79, 80.—TzErRric1, Atti. dell’
Accad. Pont., ann. 33, 1880, p. 199, pl. 2,
fig. 46.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 412, pl. 51,
figs. 22, 23.—CHapMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1895, p. 25.

Description.—Test elongated, com-
pressed, very gradually tapering from the
subacute base; apertural end acute in
front view, In side view broadly rounded;
chambers numerous, longer than wide; su-
Fic. 81—Prevrostowenta aurer tures slightly depressed; aperture broadly

Te eee ee ® arched; notch of the lower wall broad,

almost semicircular, with an _ acutely
pointed tooth projecting forward on each side; wall smooth and
polished; color white.

Length 0.60-0.85 mm.

Distribution.—There is a single specimen in the collection from
Albatross station D2806, in 1,379 fathoms, off the Galapagos Islands.
It has not been met with in material from any other part of the
North Pacific.

Whether or not this species is really P. alternans Schwager may be
open to question. That species, as the original figures show, has a
very high vertical wall in which the aperture is seen near the top as
a relatively small opening. In the recent specimens figured this
opening is much larger and broader.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 51

PLEUROSTOMELLA SUBNODOSA (Reuss).

Nodosaria nodosa Reuss (part), Verst. Bohm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845, p. 28, pl. 13,
fig. 22.

Dentalina subnodosa Reuss (part), Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 4, 1850, p. 24,
pl. 1, fig. 9.

Pleurostomella subnodosa Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 40, 1860, p. 204,
pl. 8, fig. 2a, b—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p- 412, pl. 52, figs. 12, 13 —Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 25.

Description.—Test much elongated, very slightly compressed, nearly
cylindrical, hardly tapering, the apical end broadly rounded, the
apertural end subacute in front view, rounded in side view; chambers
several, the very early ones biserial, the
later uniserial, but with oblique sutures
showing the traces of the biserial condi-
tion; aperture fairly broad; sinus’ broad
with slight projections at each side; color
white.

Length 0.65-0.90 mm.

Distribution.—Apparently this species is
more common in the North Pacific than the
preceding. It was found
in material from Tuscarora
station 2, in 1,468 fath-
oms, in the southwestern
Pacific, Nero station 842,
in 1,330 fathoms, off the
coast of Luzon, Philippine
Islands, and at Nero sta-
tions 1294 and 1299, in
ry tc, a ee ee
south of Japan.

The early portions of the test show biserially arranged chambers
and the later ones while uniserial are really a biserial series, which
shove one another apart, as is seen by the arrangement of the sutures
and the wedge-shaped chambers alternating from side to side as

added.

PLEUROSTOMELLA SPINOSA, new species.

Description.—Test broad, abruptly tapering to the acute spinose
apical end; chambers several, greatly increasing in size in the adult,
broad and much inflated, the sutures deep; surface with numerous
very short subacute spines, either over all the chambers or limited
to the earlier ones; aperture with the sinus a narrow slit with bluntly
rounded short teeth at the sides; color white.

Length 0.50-0.70 mim.

52 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 8339, U.S.N.M.) from
Albatross station D4970, in 500 fathoms, off Japan. Two other
specimens were found at this station.

This species differs from the other abruptly tapering species of the
genus by its more depressed sutures and its spinose surface.

Subfamily 3, VA RNEUILININ 4+.

This subfamily includes those genera which, at least in their early
development, have a distinctly triserial arrange-
ment of the chambers. In Verneuilina this
method of arrangement is continued through-
out the development of the test, but in other
genera becomes
variously modi-
fied. In Gaudry-
ina the early por-
tion of the test is
triserial and the
adult arrange-
ment is_ biserial
and comparable to
Peztulariva. In
Clavulina there
is still another
regressive step
and the young are
triserial, while
the adult arrange-

ment is uniserial
Figs. 83-84.—PLEUROSTOMELLA SPINOSA. X 75. 83, @, FRONT VIEW; D, APER- with a centr al
TURAL VIEW WITH THE UPPER END OF THE CHAMBER SLIGHTLY BROKEN
AND JAGGED. 84, FRONT VIEW OF ANOTHER MORE INFLATED SPECIMEN. aperture.

Genus VERNEUILINA @’Orbigny, 1840.

Verneuilina p’ORrBIGNY (type, V. tricarinata d’Orbigny), Mém. Soc. Géol.
France, ser. 1, vol. 4, 1840, p. 38.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 382.

Bulimina (part), Reuss, Verst. Bohm. Kreid., pt. 2, 1845, p. 109, and other au-
thors.

Polymorphina (part), ScHutTzE, Organ. Polyth., 1854, p. 61.

Textularia (part), PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 371 and other authors.

Description.—Test free, more or less elongate, tapering, in cross
section rounded or triangular, composed of a series of chambers
spirally arranged, but in three vertical columns; walls variable,
arenaceous Or feline aperture a slit at or near the base of the imner
margin of the chamber.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH. PACIFIC OCEAN. 58

In general the genus Vernewilina may be used to include all the
definitely triserial species which have a slit-like aperture at the base
of the inner margin of the chamber. This is apparently the primitive
genus from which have developed such genera as Gaudryina, and
inits relations to Textularia, Vernewilina may be taken as the simplest
member of the subfamily Vernewilinine. It includes a number of
well characterized species, some of them
rather common and of wide distribution.

VERNEUILINA POLYSTROPHA (Reuss).

Bulimina polystropha Reuss, Verst. Bohm.
Kreid., pt. 2, 1845, p, 109, pl. 24, fig. 53.
Verneuilina polystropha Parker and JONEs,
Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 311.—H. B.
Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol.
1, 1878, p. 436, pl. 20, figs 9a-c.
Description—Test elongate, conical,
triserial, the apical end bluntly rounded,
the chambers somewhat inflated; wall
coarsely arenaceous, the surface rough;
aperture at the base of the inner margin
of the chamber, in a depression formed
at the junction of the three chambers,
rounded or oval; vertical columns of
chambers usually spirally twisted; color
reddish brown.
Length 0.50-1.0 mm.
Distribution.—This shallow water spe-
cies has heretofore not been recorded
from the North Pacific. Specimens
from two Albatross stations, H2681, in
486 fathoms, and H2772, in 343 fath-.
oms, off the western coast of the United
States, seem referable to it as figured
by Brady. Whether this is really the
species described by Reuss from the
eteuseccousas very doubtful, but for the. "6. %.—V"RNEUnIN« | PoLYSTROFHA.

ae , X 30. a, APERTURAL VIEW; 0, FRONT
present it is so considered. ee

VERNEUILINA PROPINQUA H. B. Brady.
Verneuilina propinqua H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 387, pl. 47, figs. 8-12 [not 13, 14].—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 33, pl. 7, figs. 264-266.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 285, pl. 31, fig. 2.
Description.—Test free, pyramidal, triserial, the apical end bluntly
rounded; chambers well inflated but closely set; wall coarsely arena-

54 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ceous, the surface somewhat rough or nearly smooth; aperture elon-
gate at the base of the inner margin of the chamber; color brown.

Length up to 3.6 mm.

Distribution—Brady records tliis species from three Challenger
stations in the southwestern portion of the North Pacific, in 95, 2,050,
and 2,900 fathoms. Goés records the species, but his Pacific material
belongs to the following species, and his Atlantic is V. bradyi. In
the Albatross, Nero, and Tuscarora soundings the species has occurred
at a number of stations from off California to the coast of Japan.
Its most shallow occurrence is 905 fathoms and
the deepest 2,086 fathoms.

The vertical columns of chambers are straight
as in V. bradyi and show no tendency toward
the spiral form as in V. polystropha.

VERNEUILINA BRADYI, new name.

Verneuilina pygmxa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 385, pl. 47, figs. 4-7
(not Bulimina pygmxa Egger).—F nT, Rept. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 285, pl. 31, fig. 1.

Verneuilina propinqua Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 38 (part).

Description.—Test pyramidal, the triserial
chambers inflated, the wall finely arenaceous;
about five visible chambers in each vertical se-
ries; surface smooth, but not usually polished;
aperture an elongated slit near the base of the
inner margin of the chamber, occasionally with
a thickened lip; color light gray.

Gl SGUae ee aT a Length 0.60-1.50 mm.
PROPINQUA. X 35. a, Distribution.—Apparently this species is widely
arene kan VIEWS distributed in the deeper water of all the oceans.
The only North Pacific records are those of
Brady, who found the species in material from six Challenger sta-
tions in this area ranging in depth from 1,850-3,125 fathoms. In
the material which I have examined the species has occurred many
times. No station with a depth of less than 1,000 fathoms gave
specimens of this species. This accords with Brady’s observations
on the Challenger material, where but 8 out of 42 stations at which
this species occurred were of a depth of less than a thousand fathoms,
and 14 were greater than 2,000. Only one of our stations is below
the 2,000 fathom mark, though several are close to it. The shal-
lowest station from which I have seen specimens had a depth
of 1,040 fathoms. In general the stations are well scattered over
the area of the North Pacific where dredging has been done, except.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 55

that it did not occur in the 1906 soundings from about Japan.
Most of the work done here, however, was in more shallow water.

There has been considerable doubt in the
minds of various authors as to the correctness
of assigning our recent species to the some-
what incomplete figure of Bulimina pygmxa
given by Egger. Brady remarks upon
the doubtfulness of using Egger’s name for
thisspecies. Goés also is inclined to ques-
tion the identity.

From a study of the available data it
seems to me very unwise to refer our well
characterized recent species to the very
doubtful and ill characterized fossil species.
Egger’s figure does not at all represent our
common recent species nor does the later
figure given by Goés.? Neither Textilaria
triservata Terquem nor Verneuilina rotundata
Karrer are clearly this species, certainly
not the former, although both are included
by Brady under V. pygmzxa. In such a
case it seems best to use a new name for
our recentspecies, and from the clear descrip- b
tion and excellent figures given'by Brady yg. 37—veaneumina BRavvt.
his name is used here for the species. AN A SEONT NEEM 3} AEE Bs

An examination of the series selected by “

Goés shows that a part of his specimens referred to V. propinqua
are in reality V. bradyi and not V. propinqua H. B. Brady.

VERNEUILINA SPINULOSA Reuss.

Verneuilina spinulosa Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1850, p. 374,
pl. 47, fig. 12.—Eacrr, Neues Jahrb., 1857, p. 292, pl. 9, figs. 17, 18.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 384, pl. 47, figs. 1-3.—
H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888,
p. 219, pl. 42, fig. 15 (not fig. 14)—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3,
vol. 1, 1891, p. 472.—Miutett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 11.—Sipe-
Bottom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905,
p. 10, pl. 2, fig. 5—Raumster, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906,
p. 61, pl. 5, fig. 53.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 132.

Description.—Test pyramidal, three-sided, triangular in transverse
section, the sides flat or slightly concave, the initial end acutely
a Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1857, p. 284, pl. 12, figs. 10, 11.

bGoés, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 33, pl. 7, figs.
262, 263.

56 BULLETIN 71,

UNITED: STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

pointed; initial end and angles of chambers often with sharp spines;
walls of medium thickness, hyaline, or in some cases thickened and

Fic. 88.—VERNEUILINA SPINU-
LOSA. X 60. a, FRONT VIEW;
b, APERTURAL VIEW.

rough, perforate, smooth or granular; aper-
tural end of test bluntly angled, the edges of
the chambers thickened; aperture a curved
slit at the base of the inner edge of the
chamber.

Length 0.25-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be
widely distributed in the North Pacific.
Brady records it from four Challenger stations
in this area, the extremes of depth being 7
and 2,300 fathoms. Rhumbler notes its oc-
currence at Laysan Island, and Bagg records
it from five Albatross stations near the Ha-
waiian Islands in from 275 to 865 fathoms.

I have had material from a considerable
number of stations in the North Pacific, all
but two of which were from depths greater
than 100 fathoms. Brady found that but
7 of his 24 stations for this species were in
depths greater than 100 fathoms. The great-
est depth at which material was taken in-

cluding this species was 1,355 fathoms in the Nero soundings near

the Hawatan Islands.
mens examined were from south of 30°

north.

VERNEUILINA AFFIXA, new name.

Verneuilina propinqua H. B. Brapy (part), Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
387, pl. 47, figs. 13, 14 [not figs. 8-12].—
Goiis (part), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl, vol. 29,

1896, p. 38.

Description.—Test

Nearly all the speci-

affixed, pyramidal,

tapering to a rather acute point at the
apical end, triserial except at the attached
end, which may be biserial in the attached
chambers; test usually somewhat curved;
wall coarsely arenaceous, but only slightly
roughened on the surface; aperture at the
base of the inner margin of the chamber in
an elongated depression formed by the last
formed whorl of chambers, rounded or some-

Fig. 89.—VERNEUILINA SPINU-
LOSA (?). X 60. SPECIMEN
WITH COILED YOUNG.

what elongate; color reddish brown, except the attached chambers
and the area of attachment about the chambers, which are light gray.

Length up to 4 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. aH

Distribution.—As Brady includes this under Verneuilina propinqua,
it is impossible to know at which stations this species occurred
without consulting his material. Goés’s specimens, one of which
is figured here, were from Albatross station D3419, in 772 fathoms,
off the west coast of Mexico, attached to tubes of Rhabdammina
aregularis W. B. Carpenter.

90

Fias. 90-91.—VERNEUILINA AFFIXA. XX 25. 90,SPECIMEN ATTACHED TO RHABDAMMINA.

91, APERTURAL VIEW OF DETACHED SPECIMEN.

This species is different in every way from typical V. propinqua
H.B. Brady. It is higher and more tapering, and is usually distinctly
bent toward the tip. The chambers are more numerous and less
inflated, the later with a tendency to become biserial; and it differs
also in the attached habit with its consequent modifications of the
apertural portion of the test.

The light gray or white border of loose material about the area of
attachment appears to be common to a large number of attached
forms which are not at all related.

VERNEUILINA PUSILLA Goés.

Verneuilina pusilla Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 39, pl. 5,
figs. 6-8.

Description.—‘‘ Short, often nearly cylindrical, with very little
inflated segments, or sometimes ovoid with inflated segments; aper-
ture a sutural slit or an obliquely set comma-
formed fissure. Pale yellow or whitish.”’

Length 0.50-0.66 mm.

Distribution.—This species was described
by Goés from Albatross station D3431, in
995 fathoms, at the entrance of the Gulf of 'S- 92-—V£2NEummna usta

3 : (AFTER GO#S).
California.

I have carefully examined the mounted set returned to the U.S.
National Museum by Goés from the above station and labeled
Verneuilina pusilla Goés on the original label. The specimens do
not fit the description or figures at all well, but many of the figures

58 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

of the paper quoted are very poor when compared with the specimens.

I should place these specimens under V. polystropha Reuss, as they

seem to have all the characteristics of Brady’s figures of that species.
The above description is taken from Goés.

Genus VALVULINA dQ Orbigny, 1826.

Valvulina p’ORrBIGNY (type, V. triangularis d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 270.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 391.
Rotalina (part) Witu1amson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 55.

Description.—Test spiral, conical, with three chambers in a whorl,
umbilicate, usually attached; wall arenaceous, fairly smooth; aperture
provided with a valvular tooth; color usually reddish brown, area of
fixation white or light gray.

The genus Valvulina as designated by d’Orbigny includes various
fossil forms which differ somewhat in shape from our recent species
but only in minor points. Typically the test is attached but it is
not always found in place. The area of fixation is large.

The genus is best represented by fossil species, the recent ones being
few and specimens rare.

Fic. 93.—VALVULINA CONICA. XX 40. a, FRONT VIEW; 0, FROM ABOVE; C, FROM BELOW.

VALVULINA CONICA (Parker and Jones).

Valvulina triangularis PARKER and Jonges, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol.
19, 1857, p. 295, pl. 11, figs. 15, 16 (not Valvulina triangularis d’Orbigny).

Valvulina triangularis, var. conica PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans. Roy Soc.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 406, pl. 15, fig. 27.

Valvulina conica M. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1868, p. 249.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 392, pl. 49, figs. 15, 16.—H. B. Brapy,
PaRKER, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, pl. 41, fig. 21;
pl. 42, figs. 16, 17.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No.
9, 1894, p. 39, pl. 8, figs. 342-352.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
pH2s6,. ple sie hie.

Description.—Test typically attached, conical, often with the axis
somewhat curved, the apical end bluntly poimted, the affixed end
flat and truncate, even concave; chambers arranged spirally, but so

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 59

as to form a triserial test; wall coarsely arenaceous, rough or fairly
smooth on the surface; aperture slit-like, at the inner basal margin of
the chamber, protected by a valvular lip; early chambers dark reddish
brown, the later becoming lighter; area of attachment light gray.

Diameter about 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—There are no previously published records for this
species in the North Pacific. The only specimens obtained from the
material examined were from Albdtross station H2922, in 268 fathoms,
near the Hawauan Islands.

Figs. 94-95.—VALVULINA FUSCA. 94, ATTACHED SPECIMEN. X 40. 95, a, DORSAL VIEW; 0, VENTRAL
VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW. X 50 (AFTER BRADY).

VALVULINA FUSCA (Williamson).

Rotalina fusca Witu1aMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 55, pl. 5, figs.
114, 115.—Trrquem, Ess. Anim. Plage Dunkuerque, 1875, p. 26, pl. 2,
figs. 6, a, b.

Valvulina fusca M. Sars, Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1868, p. 249.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 392, pl. 49, figs. 13, 14.—Goss,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 39, pl. 8, figs.
353-355.

Valvulina triangularis, var. austriaca PARKER and JoNnEs, Introd. Foram., 1862,
Deol:

Valvulina austriaca H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 472.

Description.—Test typically attached, low conical, depressed,
rounded, the affixed end concave; chambers spirally arranged, with
only three chambers in each whorl; wall finely arenaceous, smooth;

60 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

aperture slit-like, at the inner basal margin of the chamber, pro-
tected by a valvular lp; early chambers reddish brown, the later
yellowish brown; area of attachment light gray.

Diameter 0.50-0.65 mm.

Distribution.—The only record for this species in the North Pacific
is that given by Brady from near the Philippines, in 95 fathoms.
T have not met with the species in the material which I have examined.

Genus CHRYSALIDINA QOrbigny, 1846.

Chrysalidina pD’ORBIGNY (type, C. gradata d’Orbigny), For. Foss. Vienne,
1846, p. 194.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 387.

Description.—Test many chambered, triserial, at least in the early
portion, tapering; apertures numerous, scattered over the ter-
minal wall of the chamber; other walls also porous.

This genus includes two species, one a fossil from the cretaceous of the
Vienna basin, the other a very rare recent species occurring in shallow
water in the warmer portion of the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

It is rather probable that these two species are not generically
related, but until more is known about them they may be considered
as belonging to Gne genus.

CHRYSALIDINA DIMORPHA H. B. Brady.
Chrysalidina dimorpha H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 54; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 388, pl. 46, figs. 20, 21.—
Eaeer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 274,
pl. 6, figs. 47, 51, 52.—Munterv, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 14.
Description.—Test free, elongate, tapering, triangular in cross sec-
tion, the sides nearly equal, somewhat concave, the edges slightly
carinate; early portion
acute, consisting of cham-
bers arranged triserially,
the later portion com-
posed of chambers ar-
ranged in a single series;
wall hyaline, perforate;
apertures numerous on
the broadened terminal
face of the chamber.
Fics. 96-97.—CHRYSALIDINA DIMORPHA. X 70. 97, a, FRONT Length about 0.50 mm.,
VIEW; b, APERTURAL VIEW (AFTER BRADY). diameter about Or sean
Distribution.—This species is known from the warmer portions of
the Pacific and Indian Oceans, almost entirely from shallow water or
from shore sands. The only published North Pacific records are given
by Brady: Coral reef of Honolulu, in 40 fathoms: Hongkong Harbor,
in 7 fathoms.

96

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 61

Genus TRITAXIA Reuss, 1860.

Textularia (part) Reuss, Verst. Béhm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845, p. 39.

Tritaxia Reuss (type, T. tricarinata (Reuss)= Textularia tricarinata Reuss), Sitz.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 40, 1860, p. 228 —H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 388.

Description.—Test triserial, at least in the earlier portion, usually
triangular in cross section; aperture central and terminal with or
without a distinct neck and lip, rounded; wall usually arenaceous.

This genus, as defined by Reuss and employed by Brady, includes
those triserial forms which in their earlier development are like Ver-
neuilina and have a textularian aperture, later changing their plan
of development so that the newly added chamber occupies nearly
or quite the whole of the apertural end of the test. With this
change in the chamber comes a change in the aperture to a ter-
minal position and a corresponding change in shape to a circular
opening, usually with a raised lip, and in some species with a definite
tubular neck as well.

A new genus has been erected for 7. caperata H. B. Brady. which
is In many ways different from other species of Tritaria.

TRITAXIA TRICARINATA (Reuss).

Textularia tricarinata Reuss, Verst. B6hm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845, p. 39, pl. 8, fig. 60.

Tritaxia tricarinata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 40, 1860, p, 228, pl. 12,
figs. 1, 2—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 389,
pl. 49, figs. 8, 9 —Goés, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 39.

Description.—Test elongate, triangular in cross section, the edges
carinate, the apical end bluntly rounded, the sides slightly concave;
apertural aspect triangular; wall rather coarsely arenaceous, fairly
smooth, the sutures rather indis-
tinct; aperture in adult speci-
mens rounded, central, terminal,
often with a short neck; color
brown.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records
this species as rare in the Pacific
(referring to the southeastern
portion of the North Pacific), in
900 fathoms. None of the Pa-
cific stations from which Goés
had material is exactly 900 fath- Se aoe eee oe

5 > 98, @, APERTURAL VIEW (AFTER BRADY).
oms in depth, although several
are near it. Under the lists by stations this species does not occur
from the Pacific list, and there are no specimens in the lot returned
by Goés. Therefore the record rests solely upon the published work
of Goés.

62 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

It is a question whether Brady was correct in assigning the recent
form which occurred only off Torres Strait to the cretaceous species
described by Reuss. In the absence of material this point can
simply be suggested as open to question.

Genus GAUDRYINA d’Orbigny, 1889.

Gaudryina pb’ ORBIGNY (type, G. rugosa d’Orbigny), in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis.
Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ p. 109; Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser.
1, vol. 4, 1840, p. 43; For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 197.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 377.

Heterostomella Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52, pt. 1, 1865, p. 448.

Description.—Test free, composed of two distinct portions, the
earlier consisting of a series of chambers arranged triserially, followed
by a later consisting of a series arranged biserially; wall arenaceous,
varying much in coarseness 1n the different species; aperture variable
as in the various species of Textularia, either an opening at the base
of the inner margin of the chamber, between it and the wall of the
preceding chamber, or a perforation near the base of the inner margin,
often with a raised border, or in some species a terminal more or
less circular opening.

This species, while related to Textularia, is by its development
a genus derived through triserial forms, such as Vernewilina, and its
resemblance to Textularia is due to a reversion in its later develop-
ment to the biserial condition. There has been some attempt on
the part of certain authors to split the genus on the basis of the
apertural characters. While this seems reasonable, it is not followed
out here, as already mentioned in connection with Tertularia.

This genus has a considerable geological range, but after a study
of certain forms it has not seemed wise to unite the recent species
with the cretaceous ones described by d’Orbigny. The differences
are great enough to be of good specific value, and a discussion of the
characters involved will be found under the various species. Most of
the recent species are rather constant in their characters, the varia-
tions being limited to unimportant details.

GAUDRYINA SCABRA H. B. Brady.
Gaudryina pupoides H. B. Brapy (not G. pupoides d’Orbigny 1840), Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 6, 1870, p. 300, pl. 8, fig. 5.
Gaudryina scabra H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 381,
pl. 46, fig. 7.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 40.—FLINT,

Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 288, pl. 34, fig. 1.

Description.—Test elongate, gradually tapering to the initial end,
which is broadly rounded; cross section rounded; early triserial por-
tion composed of but few chambers, the later biserial portion forming
the greater part of the test, chambers rotund; sutures distinct; wall

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 63

coarsely arenaceous, but rather neatly cemented with a reddish-brown
cement; aperture elongate, situated between the inner border of the
chamber and the adjacent wall of the preceding chamber; color reddish,
brown, the last formed chamber often being
light gray.

Length up to 2 mm.

Distribution—The only published records
for this species in the North Pacific are
those given by
Goés from off the
west coast of Amer-
ica, Albatross sta-
tions D3419,in 772
fathoms, D3431,
in 995 fathoms,
and D3418, in 660
fathoms. I have
examined the
specimens of this
species returned
by Goés to the Na-
tional Museum and
they appear to be
typical. In the
further material I
have examined the

species has been Fria. 101.—GAUDRYINA SCABRA. XX 30
Fic. 100.—GAUDRYINA SCABRA. yoted but twice, SPECIMEN WITH WALL CONTAINING

5 St mY from Albatross sta- “PONS SPICULES.
tion H2922, in 268
fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands and from Tuscarora station 126,
in 500 fathoms, just south of the Aleutian Islands.

GAUDRYINA FLINTII, new name.

Gaudryina subrotundata Funt (not G. subrotundata Schwager, 1866), Ann. Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 287, pl. 33, fig. 1.

Gaudryina rugosa Go&s (not G. rugosa d’Orbigny, 1840), Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 39.

Description.—Test subcylindrical, gradually tapering to the initial
end, the early triserial portion forming but a small part of the test,
the later biserial portion making up fully three-fourths; chambers of
the later portion well rounded, nearly circular in cross section; sutures
well marked; wall arenaceous, usually rather coarse, but in some cases
finer and more smoothly finished; aperture in the biserial portion a

64 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

subcircular opening near, but somewhat away from, the inner border
of the chamber; color gray.

Length 1-5 mm.

Mstribution.—The specimens recorded by Flint and figured by
him as G. subrotundata Schwager were from the Atlantic. The
specimens recorded by Goés from the eastern Pacific as G. rugosa
d’Orbigny, prove upon examination to belong to this new species.
Specimens were also common in material from Nero station 990, in
859 fathoms, off Guam.

It is possible that the Challenger specimens referred to G. subro-
tundata by Brady may also belong to this species, especially those
from the West Indies. The specimens recorded by Goés seem to be

Fic. 102.—GAUDRYINA FLINTII. XX 20. @, FRONT VIEW; b, APERTURAL VIEW; ¢, SIDE VIEW.

neither the G. rugosa of d’Orbigny nor the recent species referred to
G. rugosa by Brady. This species differs from G. subrotundata in
the large size, more circular form in cross section, in the general
tapering form, and in having the aperture circular and in the end wall.

GAUDRYINA QUADRANGULARIS Bagg.

Gaudryina quadrangularis Baaa, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 138,
pl 5, dager

Description.—Test elongate, tapering abruptly at the initial end,
composed of an early trihedral portion with acute angles made up of
a triserial group of chambers, and a later more or less quadrangular
portion composed of chambers biserially arranged; wall coarsely
arenaceous and rather roughly cemented; aperture an elongate
orifice between the inner border of the chamber and the adjacent

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 65

wall of the preceding chamber, with in end view a sort of rounded
lip above and a depression at either side; in side view the aperture
is in a depression of the abruptly truncated end of the test.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—The type-specimen (which I
have examined) is from Albatross station D4000,
in 104-213 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.
The only other specimens I have seen were
obtained at Nero station 2071, in 271 fath-
oms, and Albatross station H2922, in 268
fathoms, also near the Hawaiian Islands.

The species is a large one,
with a distinctly textularian
aperture.

GAUDRYINA TRIANGULARIS, new

species.

Description.—Test — slightly
longer than broad, for the most
part triangular, the angles
rather acute, composed of a
series of chambers triserially
arranged, the later chambers
rotund, biserially arranged, few in number; walls coarsely arenaceous,

more or less smoothly finished; sutures plainly visible on the exterior;

Fic. 103—GAUDRYINA QUADRANGULARIS. X 30.
a, FRONT VIEW; 6b, END VIEW.

Fic. 104.—GAUDRYINA TRIANGULARIS. X 40. a, END VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; ¢, FRONT VIEW.

aperture narrow, between the inner border of the chamber and the
preceding chamber; color gray.
Length about 1 mm.
Distribution.—Type-specimen from Albatross station H2922, in
268 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands (Cat. No. 8342, U.S.N.M.).
71112°—Bull. 71, pt 2-10 —5

66 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

It occurred also at Nero station 1254, in 264 fathoms, near the Bonin
Islands in the western Pacific.

This species may be the same as that from the Atlantic referred by
various authors to G. rugosa d’Orbigny. A glance at the original
figure given by d’Orbigny, however, shows the great difference
between this recent species and d’Orbigny’s cretaceous fossil species.
In true G. rugosa, according to d’Orbigny’s figure and description,
the triangular portion is the smaller part, and the biserial portion
the greater, the whole appearance of the test being very different.
Here the triserial condition is maintained well toward the end of the
test, where the biserial condition is taken on. Our recent species
seems to me to have little in common with the cretaceous species.

GAUDRYINA CONVEXA, new species.

Description.—Test triangular in front view, broad at the apertural
and rather rapidly tapering to the initial end, one face nearly
flat, the other strongly convex and with deeper sutures; apertural

Fic. 105.—GAUDRYINA CONVEXA. XX 60. d@, END VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, VENTRAL VIEW.

end obliquely truncate, in end view roughly semicircular; wall rather
coarsely arenaceous; aperture elongate, between the inner border of
the chamber and the adjacent wall of the preceding chamber, in a
distinct depression of the inner border of the chamber; color gray.

Length 0.60 mm.

Distribution.—Type from Albatross station D4878, in 59 fathoms,
eastern channel of the Korean Strait (Cat. No. 8343, U.S.N.M.).

This species suggests somewhat G. wrightiana Millett, but both
faces in our species in the biserial portion are convex, one of them,
however, only slightly so. It also somewhat resembles G. jonesiana
Wright.

GAUDRYINA PAUPERCULA, new species.

Description.—Test short and broad, abruptly tapering to the
broadly rounded initial end, the early portion triserial, the last
developed chambers biserial; chambers inflated; sutures dis-
tinct; end view broadly rounded; walls arenaceous, but with a

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 67

smooth exterior; aperture elongate, situated in a depression of
the inner border of the chamber, between it and the adjacent
wall of the preceding chamber; color gray or slightly brownish.

Length 2 mm.

Distribution.—This species was very abun-
dant in material from Albatross station D4900,
in 139 fathoms, Eastern Sea (type, Cat. No.
8340, U.S.N.M.).

This species seems at first glance to be very
similar to Verneuilina propinqua H. B. Brady,
but it is a Gaudryina, as the last formed
chambers are decidedly biserial. It is a very
short species and differs in general appearance
from the others of its genus.

GAUDRYINA BRADYI, new name.

Gaudryina pupoides H. B. Brapvy (not G. pupoides
d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zodlogy, vol.
9, 1884, p. 378, pl. 46, figs. 14.—H. B. Brapy,
ParKER, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 219, pl. 43, figs. 7, 8—Wricur,
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p.
471.—Cuarpman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, b
p. 20.—Go#s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, Fig. 106.—GaupRyYINA PAUPER-
1896, p. 40 —Fuint, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., CULA. X15. @, FRONT VIEW;
1897 (1899), p. 287, pl. 32, fig. 4. b, APERTURAL VIEW.

Description.—Test stout, somewhat elongate, tapering slightly until
near the initial end where it tapers abruptly to the somewhat
blunt end; triserial portion nearly circular in cross section, of few
chambers, the later biserial portion making up about three-fourths of
the test, slightly compressed; chambers overlapping and appearing
crowded, broadly el-
liptical in cross sec-
tion, inflated; su-
tures deep and dis-
tinct; end strongly
convex; wall of fine
arenaceous material
or calcareous shell,
smooth; aperture
oval, slightly back

Fic. 107.—GAUDRYINA BRADYI. X 25. a, END VIEW; Db, FRONT from the inner mar-
VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

gin of the chamber
and with the border raised somewhat and thickened; color light gray.
Length 0.38 to 0.90 mm.
Distribution.—Under the name of Gaudryina pupoides this species
has been recorded as follows from the North Pacific: Brady records

68 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

it at two Challenger stations in 1,850 and 2,050 fathoms; Goés
records it from two Albatross stations, D3375, in 1,201 fathoms, and
D3376, in 1,132 fathoms; Bagg records it from four Albatross stations
near the Hawaiian Islands, H4430, in 1,544 fathoms, H4555, in 1,398
fathoms, H4568, in 1,274 fathoms, and H4571, in 384 fathoms; Flint
records it% from Nero station 613, in 1,072 fathoms.

In the material I have examined, the species has been frequently
found in the vicinity of the Hawaiian and Galapagos Islands, Guam,
off Japan, etc. The average depth of the stations is about 1,000
fathoms.

From an examination of the original figure and description given
by dOrbigny, it seems clear that our rather common recent form is
not the same as his cretaceous species. Goés came to the conclu-
sion that Brady’s union of the two was incorrect. However, to
unite both this species and G. chilostoma as Goés has done, both
under the latter name, does not seem to me to be a solution of the
matter, as the two seem to be very distinct. As no other name is
available, a new name is here proposed. This is one of the cases
where it would seem to have been better if Brady had proposed a
new name instead of uniting different things, as the Challenger Report
has been looked to so long as a standard that Brady’s distinctions
in regard to original figures and descriptions have not always
been investigated by later authors. A new name at that time and a
recognition of the existing differences would have cleared the
synonymy greatly.

GAUDRYINA BACCATA Schwager.

Gaudryina baccata ScawaGER, Novara Exp., Geol. Theil, p. 2, 1866, p. 200, pl. 4,
figs. 12a, b.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 379,
pl. 46, figs. 8-11.—CHapman, Proc: Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 20.—F.1n7,
Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 287, pl. 32, fig. 5.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering
eradually to the somewhat acute initial
end; early portion composed of triserially
arranged chambers with rounded angles
and forming the lesser portion of the
test; later portion biserial, often some-
what irregular; wall arenaceous, of fine
material and smoothly finished; aper-
ture elongate, somewhat back from the
inner border of the chamber and often

ee Mpa ateryacta ation Micra oh TENTS border; color gray.
TER BRADY). Length about 2 mm.

Distribution.—The only records for this species in the North Pacific
are the specimens recorded by Brady from Challenger station 206,
in 2,100 fathoms, between China and the Philippines.

Fic. 108.—GAUDRYINA BACCATA. X 20.

@ Bull. 55, U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1905, p. 20,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 69

This species is characterized by an irregular form in the biserial
=
portion, one or more of the chambers breaking the alignment some-
what and causing the following to be less regular than they would
be otherwise.
GAUDRYINA CHILOSTOMA (Reuss).

Textilaria chilostoma Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 4, 1852, p. 18.

Gaudryina chilostoma Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1866, p. 120,
pl. 1, fig. 5—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand1., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894,
p. 34, pl. 7, figs. 278-280; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 41.

Gaudryina pupoides, var. chilostoma H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zodlogy,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 379, pl. 46, figs. 5, 6.—H. B. Brapy, ParKer, and Jones,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 219, pl. 42, fig. 9.

Gaudryina pupoides, var. chilostomella Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 278, pl. 7, fig. 6 [?].

Description.—Test compressed, broad, gradually tapering to the
broadly rounded initial end; triserial portion consisting of but few
chambers; biserial portion compressed, making up most of the test;
chambers rounded; wall of fine arenaceous material; the surface
smoothly finished; aperture an elon-
gate slit slightly in from the inner edge
of the chamber, surrounded by a
slightly thickened and raised lip; color
eray.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records this spe-
cies from Albatross station D3407, in
885 fathoms, off the Galapagos Islands.
One at least of the two specimens |... io cavpavma To i

+. 109:—G! d LOS fA. X 25.
selected by Goés from this station ap- a, FRONT VIEW; 0, SIDE VIEW (AFTER
pears to be this species upon exami- aa
nation. Egger’s figure and description are apparently meant for this
species, but do not fit it very closely. I have seen but one specimen
which I can refer to this species, from the coast of Japan, Albatross
station D4916, in 361 fathoms.

GAUDRYINA APICULARIS, new name.
Gaudryina siphonella H. B. Brapy (not G. siphonella Reuss, 1851), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 382, pl. 46, figs. 17-19.—F int, Ann.
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 288, pl. 34, fig. 2.
Description.—Test elongate; triserial portion consisting of few
chambers, forming usually somewhat less than half the test; later
portion biserial, the chambers inflated and distinct, the later cham-
bers with a forward extension, at the end of which is the aperture;
wall rather coarsely arenaceous and slightly rough; aperture nearly
circular, at the end of the elongate chamber; color reddish brown.
Length up to 1 mm.

70 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—As G. siphonella, Brady has recorded this species
from three Challenger stations in the North Pacific, in from 2,100-

3,950 fathoms.

I have noted the species but once, in 2,141 fathoms,
Nero station 1293, between Yokohama and Guam.
An examination of the original description of
Gaudryina siphonella Reuss,* and especially the fig-
ures, shows that the recent species described here is
very different from that fossil. Fig. 42 of Reuss
shows a test with five vertical rows of chambers,
and need not be further considered here. Of the
others, each has the final chamber very convex and
extending much higher on the outer side than on
any other part, and the aperture at the end of a small,
much lower projection. This curious form occurs in
both figs. 40 and 41 and is noted in the description.
The recent species is very different, the apertural

portion forming the highest part of
the chamber, which on its peripheral
portion is lower than elsewhere, while
the fossil species is highest there.

GAUDRYINA PSEUDOFILIFORMIS, new name.

Gaudryina filiformis H. B. Brapy (not
G. filiformis Berthelin), Rep. Voy.

Fig. 110.—Gaupry-

eC: Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 380,
X 60. a, FRONT pl. 46, figs. 12a-c.

VIEW; b, APERTU- Byles

RAL VIEW. Description.—Test much elongate,

composed of numerous chambers;
early portion triserial with indistinct sutures; later
portion, including nearly the entire test, biserial with
the sutures deep and well marked; cross section ellip-
tical, showing some compression; walls arenaceous, but
usually smooth; aperture small, in adults back a little
way from the inner margin of the chamber, slightly
elongate, the edges thickened and raised to form a rim
about it, appearing nearly tooth-like in end view;
color gray.
Length 1 mm.
Distribution.—G@. fiiformis has been recorded from
the North Pacific only once, by Bagg, at Albatross
station H4568, in 1,274 fathoms, off the Hawaiian

Fra. 111.—Gav-
DRYINA PSEUDO-
FILIFORMIS.
X 60. a, FRONT
VIEW; b, END
VIEW, SHOWING
OUTLINE AND
RIDGE ABOVE
THE APERTURE.

Islands. I have the species also from Albatross station H2923, in
392 fathoms, off the same islands. These are the only records for

the species in this area.

a Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 78, pl. 5, figs. 40-42.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. TL

Although Brady referred the recent species to the cretaceous G.
filiformis, it seems from a comparison of the material obtained with
the original description and figure, that the two species are not the
same, and the recent species is therefore differentiated under another
name. It is smooth and has the aperture somewhat in from the
edge, surrounded by a raised ridge.

TRITAXILINA, new genus.

Clavulina (part) H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 54.
Tritaxia (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 390.
Description.—Test in the early portion triserial, later becoming
biserial or uniserial; wall arenaceous; aperture in the adult, central
and terminal, in the young like Textularia or Vernewilina, in adult
condition with peripheral teeth projecting into the apertural opening;
interior labyrinthic.
This genus includes a single species, 7. caperata (H. B. Brady),
which differs from the species of Tritaxia in the form of the test, the
aperture, and the labyrinthic interior of the test.

TRITAXILINA CAPERATA (H. B. Brady).

Clavulina caperata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 54.
Tritaxia caperata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
390, pl. 49, figs. 1-7.

Description.—Test fusiform, the early portion triserial, roughly
triangular in cross section but with well rounded angles, the later
portion becoming biserial
or uniserial and circular in
cross section; apical end
rather acutely pointed;
apertural end truncate or
broadly rounded, chambers
numerous; wall thick, com-
posed of fine arenaceous
material, in part traversed
by long pore canals leading
from the chamber to the
exterior; interior of test
labyrinthic; outer part of
wall witha wrinkled appear- Figs. 112-114.—Trrraxtuina CAPERATA. X 16. 112,a, APER-
ance due to the thickening THEMEN. 114 stscnnx con yosamvomatey, ow
of the chamber wall just
above the sutures; sutures distinct; aperture in the young like
Vernewilina, in the adult becoming terminal and central with a
peripheral border of inwardly projecting teeth; color gray.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

w BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from but one North Pa-
cific station, in 95 fathoms, near the Philippines. The other stations
from which he records it are off Kandavu, Fiji, in 250 fathoms, and off
Sombrero, West Indies, in 450 fathoms.

There are two specimens in the Albatross material from station
D4781, in 482 fathoms, near the Aleutian Islands, which certainly
seem to be this species. If this is the case the distribution is a very
peculiar one. Except that the final stages are not entirely complete,
the two specimens fit the figure and description excellently.

Genus CLAVULINA dQ Orbigny, 1826.

Clavulina dD’ ORBIGNY (type, C. parisiensis d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 268.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 393.

Verneuilina (part) PARKER and JONES, Quart. Journ. Geol. Sci., vol. 16, 1860, p.
303.—Broeck, Ann. Soc. Belgique Micr., vol. 2, 1876, p. 136.

Valvulina (part) PARKER, JoNEs, and H.B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3,
vol. 16, 1865, p. 35.

Description.—Test free, elongate, cylindrical, or angled; early por-
tion consisting of a number of chambers arranged triserially; later
portion consisting of numerous chambers arranged uniserially ; walls
arenaceous, usually smooth; aperture in early chambers with a
valvular tooth; in the later portion aperture central or nearly so,
rounded, and with or without a tooth.

This genus includes those species of Textulariidee which have a
triserial early portion and the adult portion uniserial. Such species
are clearly related to such forms as Valvulina and have added to the
characters of that genus the uniserial condition. By acceleration of
development the triserial stage has become very short in comparison
to the entire test and is only seen at the beginning of the devel-
opment; the uniserial stage has come to occupy most of the test.
The genus is known in the Tertiary and from that period to the
recent seas.

There are a few widely scattered species, for the most part best
developed about the shores of oceanic tropical islands, such as the
West Indies. Other species are characteristic of rather deep water
and are widely distributed.

CLAVULINA COMMUNIS d’Orbigny.

Clavulina communis p’OrBIGNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 268; For. Foss.
Vienne, 1846, p. 196, pl. 12, figs. 1,2 —Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 394, pl. 48, figs. 1-13.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and JONEs,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, pl. 42, fig. 11—Eacer, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 275, pl. 6, figs. 42, 43.—
Gots, Kong. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 40; Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vel. 29, 1896, p. 36, pl. 4, figs. 9-15.—F int, Ann. Rep.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 288, pl. 34, fig. 3—Mutiert, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 12.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, vol.
30), 1907p. 29> pls. ie. 66)

Verneulina communis Jones and ParKER, Quart. Jour. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 303.—Brorck, Ann. Soc. Belgique Micr., vol. 2, 1876, p. 136, pl. 3, fig. 14.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 63)

Description.—Test elongate, cylindrical, the early portion consisting
of chambers arranged triserially, rounded in cross section; cham-
bers almost indistinct from the exterior, the sutures not depressed ;
later portion consisting of chambers arranged uniserially, distinct,
but the sutures only slightly excavated, circular in cross section;
wall composed of sand, usually fine in texture, with the surface
smoothly finished; aperture in the middle
of the terminal wall of the chamber in
the uniserial portion, usually with a
short but very distinct neck; aperture
with a single tooth; color gray.

Length up to 5 mm.

Distribution.—In_ the North Pacific
this species was recorded by Brady
from two Challenger stations, in 345
fathoms off Japan, and in 2,300 fathoms
in the region east of Japan; Goés records
it from several Albatross stations off
the west coast of America in depths
from 772-1,471 fathoms; Flint records
it from 51 fathoms in Panama Bay. I
have found it frequently in the North
Pacific material which I have examined,
most frequently in globigerina ooze and
muds from a medium depth. It has
occurred near the Galapagos Islands,
and at scattered stations in the Nero
material from the line of soundings
across the Pacific, and in the material
from the Albatross (1906) cruise it is
common from about Japan. It occurs
also in the collections from south of the

Figs. 115-117.—CLAVULINA COMMUNIS.
xX 30. 115, YOUNG SPECIMEN WITH

Aleutian Islands, Tuscarora station 126, BUT TWO OF THE SECOND SERIES OF
: CHAMBERS DEVELOPED. 116,@,FRONT
in 500 fathoms. VIEW OF MEDIUM-SIZED SPECIMEN;

This, as far as the North Pacific is 8, np view or THE same. 117,
comeerned: 19 by far the most. common >» °°)" eonien OOo awe
species. As shown by Brady’s figures in the Challenger report, there
are two rather different forms, but the material is not sufficient to
establish definite varieties at this time.

CLAVULINA BRADYI, new name.

Clavulina cylindrica H. B. Brapy (not C. cylindrica d’Orbigny, 1826), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 396, pl. 48, figs. 32-38.—Baaa, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 134.

Description.—Test stout, cylindrical, the early triserial portion
not well shown exteriorly, the later uniserial portion of few

74 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

chambers, large, distinct, with well-defined, depressed sutures; wall’

arenaceous, composed of a mixture of coarse and fine material, but
usually with a smooth exterior; aperture cir-
cular, often at the end of a short neck, usually
with a single valvular tooth; color light gray.

Length up to 5 mm.

Distribution.— The only
previously recorded station
for this species 1s that given
by Bagg: Albatross station
D4000 in 104-213 fathoms,
off the Hawaiian Islands.
I have seen the species in
material from Nero station
2037, in 55 fathoms, and
2071, in 271 fathoms, both
in the vicinity of the Ha-
waiian Islands.

There is much exterior
resemblance between this
species and Haplostiche du-
bia, but the specimens of
Clavulina bradyi having the
single valvular tooth or
sometimes none. Fig. 119

shows a specimen some-

a Serres oe ee ae

SPECIMEN. 119, FRONT VIEW OF A PECULIARLY ROUGH- usual form shown in fig. 118.

eee It has a more distinctly

roughened surface and a longer and more slender neck, but is
associated with the species at the same station.

CLAVULINA ANGULARIS d’Orbigny.

Clavulina angularis dD’ OrBIeNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 268, pl. 12, fig.7.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 396, pl. 48, figs.
22-24 —Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 37.—F int, Ann. Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 289, pl. 36, fig. 2—Muuerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 13—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 30, 1907,
p. 29, pl. 4, figs. 68, 69 [70], [mot 71-73]—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
34, 1908, p. 133.

Valwulina angularis Jones and ParKER, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 305.

Valvulina triangularis D’OrBIGNY, forma clavulina Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No. 4, p. 86, pl. 11, figs. 387-389.

Description.—Test elongate, triangular in cross section, the early tri-
serial portion limited to a few chambers, followed by a few chambers

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 75

biserial in character; finally the main portion of the test, which is uni-
serial, the chambers extending back along the angles of the test, arched
upward across the faces, leaving a
slight hollow below; wall arenace-
ous but smoothly finished on the
exterior; aperture in the uniserial
portion circular, in the middle of
the apertural face, with a single
valvular tooth.
Length up to 1.25 mm.
Distribution—There is but one
record for this species in the North
Pacific, that given by Bagg, from
Albatross station D4017, in 305
Bee ey peeve) snetuawie (x45. dave eathoms,- off-thei Hawaiian Islands.
FRONT VIEW; b, APERTURAL view (artER | have examined Bage’s S specimen
yee and it seems without doubt to be
this species, although the test is not entire. It has been found in
various parts of the other oceans, usually in rather shallow water.

CLAVULINA PARISIENSIS d’Orbigny.

Clavulina parisiensis D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 268; Modeéles,
1826, No. 66.—ParkeEr, Jones, and H. B. ee Cia Mag. Nat. Eig,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 29, pl. 1, fig. 26—Trrquem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 121, pl. 12 (20), figs. 34a, 6b —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 395, pl. 48,

figs. 14-18.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and JoNEs,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, @.
pl. 42, figs. 10, 12.—SHERBoRN and CHAPMAN,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 485, pl. 11, fig. 11.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Mtinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 274, pl. 6, fig. 44.—Goés,
Konel. Svensk. Vet. aka Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 41, pl. 8, figs. 378-386.—CHapmaNn, Proc.
Zool. Soc. iden, 1895, p. 21.—Goss, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 37.—F int, Ann.
Rep. i S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 289, pl. 35,
figs. 2, 3

Valvulina parisiensis ParKER, Jones, and H. B.
Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865,
pp. 29, 35, pl. 1, fig. 26.

124

Description.—Test elongate, slender, the

eas é — J d Figs. 123-124—CLAVULINA
early triserial portion decidedly angled, pyram- _parisrensis. x 30. 123, 4,
idal, the upper end usually wider than the 4?®®TURAL view; }, FRONT

: 2 Zs ‘ VIEW (AFTER BRADY).

early part of the following uniserial portion

which is cylindrical; chambers of this portion inflated, often well
separated by deep sutures, sometimes moniliform; walls arenaceous,

We. BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

usually rather coarsely so, and the exterior more or less rough;
aperture in the uniserial portion circular, central, partially closed
with a broad valvular tooth.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—The only published records for this species from the
North Pacific are those given by Brady from two Challenger stations,
one off the Philippines, in 95 fathoms, the other in the deep water of
the Pacific, in 3,125 fathoms. This latter seems all the more peculiar,
as the species as a rule has been found in comparatively shallow
water.

Subfamily 4. BULIMININA:.

Included in this subfamily are those forms which are typified by
Bulimina. In typical species the arrangement of the chambers is
an elongate spiral. The aperture is elongate, loop-shaped, usually
in an oblique position, and in some species there is a tooth, flange, or
other structure which partially closes the opening. The test is cal-
careous, often hyaline in the young, but may be considerably thick-
ened and opaque in the adult; is always perforate.

Two new genera have been segregated from Bulimina, the differ-
ences in structure and development appearing to be worthy of more
than specific rank.

Genus BULIMINA @d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Bulimina D’ORBIGNY (type, Bulimina marginata d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 269.—H. B Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 397.

Description.—Test usually fusiform or tapering, free, composed of
numerous chambers arranged typically in a a al, each chamber
situated above the third preceding one, making a triserial arrange-
ment, not always visible from the surface except in the last convo-
lution; wall calcareous, perforate, usually thin and transparent but
thickening somewhat with age; smooth or ornamented with raised
cost, spines, etc.; aperture typically a comma-shaped slit broadest
above and tapering obliquely to a point below, usually with a raised
rim and often partly closed by a tooth-like rim at one side.

The genus Bulimina as it has come to be used includes several dis-
tinct groups of species as noted by Brady in the Challenger report
upon the Foraminifera. If these groups are closely examined it will
be noted that their differences are really morphological and essential
characters, too distinct to be accounted for on the basis of variation
and seem to be of generic significance. I have therefore divided the
genus into several genera which show distinctive characters, and have
limited the name Bulimina to those species which show a triserial
arrangement of the chambers. Such an arrangement is seen in the
typical Bulimina marginata, the only species figured by d’Orbigny of
those given under the genus in the original description.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. i

The groups of species which have numerous chambers in each coil
and a definite umbilicus, with other accompanying characteristics, are
grouped under the new genus Buliminella, and the single species
Bulimina williamsonii H. B. Brady, which has the chambers hidden
at the surface by the ornamentation, but nevertheless spiral, and the
aperture central and terminal, has been ‘made the type of the new
genus Buliminoides.

There is a considerable range of species characters in the species
of Bulimina as restricted, the chambers in certain forms becoming
rapidly larger, and in the adult hiding the earlier or becoming larger
with an accompanying extension of the axis of the spire forming a
long tapering test with the triserial arrangement visible throughout.

From the difficulty of examining the proloculum and early cham-
bers, little is known concerning the occurrence of the microspheric
and megalospheric forms in the species of this genus.

BULIMINA OVATA d’Orbigny.
Bulimina ovata D’OrBIGNy, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 185, pl. m1, figs. 13,
14.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 400, pl. 50,
figs. 13a, b.

Description.—Test ovate in front view, circular or nearly so in end

view, the apex broadly rounded; visible chambers several, little

Fig. 125.—BULIMINA OVATA. XX 40. @, FRONT VIEW; 0, END VIEW; C, VIEW SHOWING APERTURE.

inflated; sutures but slightly compressed; wall smooth; aperture
rather narrow with a plate-like tooth; color white.

Length 0.75-1.20 mm.

Distribution.—Rather common throughout the area, except in very
deep water.

The smooth species of Bulimina are in an extremely confused state,
and as the material I have examined is insufficient to determine defi-
nitely the interrelationships of all the forms, they are referred to cer-
tain general species, usually taking the figures given by Brady as a
broad basis for distinguishing the forms.

Brady’s figure of Bulimina ovata is referred by Goés to B. ellip-
soides Costa,

78 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BULIMINA PYRULA d’Orbigny.
Bulimina pyrula D’OrBiGNy, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 184, pl. 11, figs. 9,
10.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 399, pl. 50,
figs. 7-10.
Deseription.—Test ovate in front view, broadest usually near the
base, nearly circular in end view, the apex rounded; visible chambers

a

Fic. 126.—BULIMINA PYRULA. XX 60. a, SIDE VIEW; b, VIEW SHOWING APERTURE; C, END VIEW.

few, very little inflated; sutures flush with the surface or very slightly
depressed; wall smooth; aperture short and broad with a broad plate-
like tooth partially closing the opening; color white.

Length 0.50-0.85 mm.

Distribution.—Strangely enough all the material which I have
selected as belonging to this form has come from the coast of Japan,
in from 134 to 437 fathoms.

This species has fewer visible chambers with a
broader and shorter aperture than the preceding.
The details of the aperture are shown in the
enlarged figure.

BULIMINA PYRULA d’Orbigny, var. SPINESCENS H. B. Brady.
Bulimina pyrula D’ORBIGNY, var. spinescens H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 400, pl. 50, figs. 11, 12.

Description.—Similar to the typical form of
the species but with the broad apical end of the
test beset with short spines. 7

Distribution.—Specimens were found at Alba- *'S- PT TBUEBUNA, BY
tross station D4972, in 440 fathoms, off Japan. or m= arerrurs.

All have the same spinose apex.

The specimens figured here are much more elongate and of some-

what different form from those figured by Brady, but they have a

similar spinose apex,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 79

BULIMINA AFFINIS d’Orbigny.

Bulimina affinis D’ ORBIGNY, Foram. Cuba, 1839, p. 109, pl. 2, figs. 25, 26.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 400, pl. 50, fig. 14a, b.—
SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 743, pl. 16, fig. 1.—
Burrows, SHERBORN, and Baltey, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 554, pl.
8, fig. 23.—CHapmaNn, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1892, p. 756, pl. 12, fig. 10. —
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 285,
pl. 8, fig. 71—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p 290, pl. 37, fig.
2.—Miutett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 274.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 134.

Fic. 128.—BULIMINA PYRULA, VAR. SPINESCENS. X 80. @, FRONT VIEW; Fic. 129.—BULIMINA PY-

b, END VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW. RULA, VAR. SPINESCENS.
X 175. YOUNG SPECI-
Description.—Test conical, tapering from the BENS eg ON SAREE

FIVE CHAMBERS.
broadly rounded apertural end to the acutely

pointed apical end; chambers numerous, inflated; sutures somewhat
depressed; wall calcareous, smooth; aperture loop-shaped, rather
short; color white.

Length about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this
species from one station in the deeper
part of the North Pacific, in 3,125
fathoms, and Bagg records its occur-
rence at three Albatross stations,
D4017, D4025, and D4174, in305-865
fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.
I have not noted specimens which

could be determined as this species. ¥!- ee ee eee X 50 (AFTER
RADY).

BULIMINA ELONGATA d’Orbigny.
Bulimina elongata v’OrBIGNy, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 187, pl. 11, figs. 19,
20.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 401, pl
51, figs. 1, and 2?
Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, nearly circular in cross
section, the chambers numerous, inflated, short, sutures much

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

depressed, apical end rounded, occasionally with minute spines; wall
calcareous, smooth; aperture broad and rounded, with a broad plate-
like tooth, partially filling the opening; color white.

Length 0.50—1.00 mm.

Distribution.—A few specimens from the western North Pacific
seem referable to this species, at least to the form figured by Brady,
which is stouter than the type. These were from Nero station 1299,
in 1,817 fathoms, south of Japan, and Albatross station H4891, in
756 fathoms, in Yezo Strait.

The form of the apertural tooth in the specimen figured is a pecu-
liar one. It is broad, but instead of being like the one figured by

Fic. 131.—BULIMINA ELONGATA. @, VENTRAL VIEW; 6, DORSAL VIEW; C, END VIEW.
xX 60. d, VIEW OF APERTURAL REGION. X 120.

Brady is slightly bifurcate, with a median ridge from which the two
sides gradually slope away, as shown in the figure. This is a rather
peculiar type of apertural tooth for this family.

BULIMINA PUPOIDES d’Orbigny.

Bulimina pupoides b’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 185, pl. 11, figs. 13,
14.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 400, pl.
50, figs. 15a, b.

Descrvption.—Test ovate, broadest near the apertural end; apical
end bluntly pointed, tapering; end view nearly circular; visible cham-
bers numerous, much inflated; sutures rather deeply depressed;
wall smooth; aperture long and narrow, with a narrow plate-like
tooth; color white.

Length about 1 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 81

Distribution Bagg records this species from two Albatross sta-
tions, D4174 and D4025, in 275-865 fathoms, near the Hawaiian
Islands. The only specimens I have seen were from near the Gala-
pagos Islands, in 1,379 fathoms.

Fic. 132.—BULIMINA PUPOIDES. X 40. a, DORSAL VIEW; .0, END VIEW; C, VENTRAL

VIEW.

BULIMINA TORTA, new species.

Description.—Test elongate, broadest near the apertural end, taper-
ing to the subacute apical end; apertural end broadly rounded;
early portion slightly compressed; later portion circular in cross
section; chambers several, somewhat inflated; sutures depressed ;

wall calcareous, perfo-
rate, smooth; aperture
very long and narrow,
curved, broadest at the
upper end; color white.

Length 0.65 mm.

Ty pe-specimen.—Cat.
No. 8341, U.S.N.M.,
from Albatross station
H2902,in 1,783 fathoms,
northeast of the Hawai-
ian Islands.

The aperture of this

FIG. 133.—BULIMINA TORTA,. X 60. @, DORSAL VIEW; 0, VENTRAL
VIEW; C, END VIEW.

species is very elongate, with no apertural tooth present in this
specimen. The chambers in dorsal view have an irregular arrange-
ment, becoming regularly placed in ventral view.

71112°—Bull. 71, pt 2—11——6

82 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BULIMINA ELEGANS d’Orbigny.

Bulimina elegans dD’ ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 270, No. 10; Modéles,
1826, No. 9.—PARKER, JonES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 20, pl. 2, fig. 64—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 398, pl. 50, figs. 14.—Ea@crr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 284, pl. 8, figs. 66, 67.—F int, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 290, pl. 36, fig. 3—Mumert, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 274, pl. 2, fig. 1.

Description.—Test elongate,
conical, tapering to the acutely
pointed, sometimes mucronate,
apical end; chambers numerous,
inflated; sutures deeply depressed ;
wall calcareous, smooth; aperture
short, broad, and rounded; color,
white.

Length 0.50-0.85 mm.

Distribution.—
The species has
not previously
been recorded
from the North
Pacaiie. The
specimens I have
examined were
from various
stations off the coast of Japan, in 282-584 fathoms, and from
Bering Sea, in 536 fathoms.

FIG. 134.—BULIMINA ELEGANS. X 60. a, APERTURAL VIEW; 0, VENTRAL
VIEW; C, DORSAL VIEW.

BULIMINA ELEGANS d’Orbigny, var. EXILIS
H. B. Brady.

Bulimina elegans v’ORBIGNY, var. exilis
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 399, pl. 50,
figs. 5, 6.—Minuert, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1900, p. 275.—SmpEBoTTOM,
Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 12,
lee tie salle

Description.—‘ Test much elongated,
slender, tapering, more or less com-
Fig. 135—Buvuimiwa Evecans, var. pressed on three sides; oral end sub-

EXIUS. X 60. ¢, APERTUEAL VIEW; b, acute or rounded, aboral extremity

SIDE VIEW; ¢, FRONT VIEW (AFTER A OX

BRADY). acuminate. Segments numerous, ob-
lique, somewhat inflated, arranged in a regular triserial spire.”

Length 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this variety from the North Pacific
at Challenger station 232, in 345 fathoms, on the Hyalonema-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 83

ground south of Japan. Ihave not found any specimen sufficiently
elongated to warrant their being placed in this variety. The figure
and description are from Brady.

BULIMINA MARGINATA 4d’Orbigny.

Bulimina marginata p’Orsiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 269, No. 4, pl.
12, figs. 10-12.—Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19,
1857, p. 296, pl. 11, figs. 35-40.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 405, pl. 51, figs. 3-5.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and JoNnEs,
Trans. Zook. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, pl.
43, figs. 7, 10.—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish
INGHAM TREE. oye Vols ti) I80N5 ¥ pa. 474.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, Cl. 1m, vol. 18, 18938, p. 287, pl. 8, figs.
69, 70.—Goés, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 46, pl. 9,
figs. 439-444.—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
pec. 1809) p.. 207.
Bulimina pupoides, var. marginata WILLIAMSON,
Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 62, pl.
5, figs. 126, 127.
Bulimina presli, var. marginata ParKeR and
Jones, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155,
1865, p. 372, pl. 15, fig. 10; pl. 17, fig. 70.
Description.—Test ovate or tapering;
chambers numerous, inflated, all visible
from the exterior; sutures deep; lower
margins of the chambers extending back
with a free edge which is serrate, or may be
only crenulate, or even spinose; remaining
portion of chamber smooth and unorna-
mented; wall thin and transparent, or in
older specimens thickened, white, and
nearly opaque; aperture a comma-shaped
slit in a sight depression of the inner face
of the chamber, withaslightly raised border. te. 6—Bumma MarcrNnata.
Length usually under 1 mm., but some — X10. ¢.FRonT view; }, arEn-
specimens slightly larger. ne toga
Distribution.—This species has been recorded once from the North
Pacific. It occurred at Challenger station 232 on the Hyalonema-
ground south of Japan, in 345 fathoms. In the present collection
I have seen specimens from two Albatross stations off Japan, D4972,
in 440 fathoms, and D5056, in 258 fathoms. Specimens were also
found in the Nero material from three stations near the Bonin Islands,
south from Japan, in 1,208-1,760 fathoms. All the records for this
species in the North Pacific are therefore from the faunal region of
Japan, and adjacent waters. The recorded distribution of the species
elsewhere is very wide, both as to geographical and bathymetrical
range.

84 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The species may be confused on one hand with Bulimina inflata,
which, however, has ribs running up on the face of the chambers,
these in B. es being Galea and with B. aculeata on the guher
hand, which has long spines over the chamber wall on the early
chambers, in adult specimens the last formed chambers being smooth.
In B. marginata the lower margins of all chambers are serrate with
little difference in the earlier and later formed in this respect.

BULIMINA INFLATA Seguenza.

Bulimina inflata SEGuENzA, Atti Accad. Gicenia Sci. Nat., ser. 2, vol. 18, 1862,
p- 109, pl. 1, fig. 10—Scuwacer, Novara Exped. geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1866, p.
246, “ ie ie. 91.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zee gy, vol. 9,
1884, p. 406, pl. 51, figs. 10-13.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool.
Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, pl. 43, fig. 9—
Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ger. 3, vol.
1, 189], p. 474.—EaceEr, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893,
p- 288, pl. 8, fig. 85.—CHapman, Proc. Zool.
Soc. London, 1895, p. 22.—Gois, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 46.—F inv,
Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 291,
pl. 37, fig. 5.—Mitiert, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1899, p. 279.—Baae, Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 135.
Description.—Test short, ovate, com-
posed of overlapping chambers, triserial,
the sutures deep; edge of chamber extend-
ing out into a free winglike expansion with
a crenulated border extending outward
into short spines, from which raised costz
extend back into the outer surface of the
chambers; upper portions of the chambers
smooth and unornamented; wall trans-
parent and thin in the young, becoming
thickened and white in the adult; aperture
an obliquely placed slit, elongated, widest
near the upper end, usually with a raised "
border, and often with a lip extending in fie. 137—Buunmna weLaTA. X 60.
on the concave side. CE aa a Op eee

Length, 0.4-1.0 mm. ibe

Distribution.—This species seems to be widely distributed in the
North Pacific. It was recorded by Brady from Challenger station 209,
in 95 fathoms, near the Philippine Islands. Goés records it from two
Albatross stations in the eastern part of the tropical Pacific, in 695
and 995 fathoms. Bagg found it in material from four Albatross
stations near the Hawaiian Islands, in 384-1,307 fathoms. In my

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 85

own work I have found specimens from a large number of stations,
especially in the Western Pacific about Japan, and southward, and
also in the deeper water in various places. It has occurred also in
material from between Hawaii and the western coast of America.
Of these various stations the shallowest at which I have found the
species is 181 fathoms, and the deepest 1,417 fathoms.

The species, although widely distributed, has not been met with
in any considerable numbers at any one station.

Brady speaks of this species as a transition form connecting Bulimina
aculeata and B. buchiana, but it has always been easily distinguished
from either of these two species in the material I have examined. In
a large list of stations the two species 6. inflata and B. buchiana
occurred at the same station but twice.

As far as the North Pacific is concerned Bulimina inflata seems to
be the most common species of the genus.

BULIMINA BUCHIANA d’Orbigny.

Bulimina buchiana p’OrBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne,
1846, p. 186, pl. 11, figs. 15-18.—Revss, Sitz.
kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 55, 1867, p. 95, pl.4,
figs. 10a, b—Terrriat, Atti Acc. Pont. Nuovi
Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 195, pl. 2, fig. 37.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zodlogy,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 407, pl. 51, figs. 18, 19.—Wriaut,
Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p.
474.—Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 286, pl. 8,
figs. 68, 77.—CHAPMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, 1895, p. 22.—Baaa, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 135.

Bulimina presli, var. buchiana PaRKER and JONES,
Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 374,
pl17, fig. 71.

Bolivina karreriana Baae, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 138 (not B. karreriana H. B.
Brady).

Description.—Test ovate, short, composed
of numerous inflated chambers; sutures fairly
deep, triserial; chambers visible from base to
apex; ornamentation consisting of a series of
raised cost, usually three to five on each
chamber, and becoming confluent with those
on the chambers directly above and below, SO Fia. 138.—BULIMINA BUCHIANA.
that the test has the appearance of bearmp, (302) & Zsexe yw. ?:
longitudinal costz from the early chambers
to the basal portion of those last formed; wall thin and transparent in
young specimens, in adults becoming thickened, white, and opaque,

86 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

perforate; final series of chambers smooth above; aperture a looplike
opening on the inner margin of the chamber.

Length, 0.3-0.8 mm.

Distribution.—The only previous records for this species in the
North Pacific are those of Bagg from near the Hawaiian Islands, at
Albatross stations H4568, in 1,274 fathoms, and H4585, in 689 fathoms.
His selected specimens appear to be typical. Brady did not find
the species in the Challenger material from the North Pacific. In
the Albatross and Nero material that I have examined this species
has occurred at numerous stations. These are for the most part
in the western portion of the area. As a rule the depths at which
this species has been taken correspond well with the observations
of Brady on the Challenger material. All of our stations come
within the range given by Brady. The shallowest occurrence of
the species in this material is 440 fathoms and the deepest 2,086
fathoms. The great majority of the stations are in water between
1,000 and 2,000 fathoms in depth.

The oe specimen is not an adult, the coste on all but the
last-formed chamber reaching well up toward the upper end, while
in the adult, as a rule, the three chambers last formed are com-
paratively smooth. The overlapping appearance is seen in profile
at the sides.

An examination of Bage’s specimen recorded as Bolivina karreriana
shows it to be a young specimen of Bulimina buchiana.

BULIMINA ACULEATA d’Orbigny.

ee pineiformis Soupani, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pis 2. 179k. pels,
pl. 127, fig. 1, pl. 130, fig. vv.

Bari aculeata D ’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 269.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 406, pl. 51, figs. 7-9.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 220, pl. 43,
fig. 8—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 287, pl. 8, figs. 72, 78.—CuapMan, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1895, p. 22.—
Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 45.—Fiint, Rep. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 291, pl. 37, fig. 4.—Baea, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 134.

Bulimina pupoides, var. spinulosa WruttAMSON, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858,
p: 62, pl. 5; fig, 128.

Bulimina presli, var. aculeata PARKER and Jongs, Intr. Foram., 1862, Appendix,
DD. oid

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, triserial, the early chambers
with rather stout aculeate spines, in part from the projecting border of
the chamber and in part from its outer surface above the projecting
portion; later chambers in adult specimens typically smooth and
inflated, with depressed sutures; wall calcareous, perforate, in adult
specimens white and opaque; aperture a slightly curved looplike
opening at the lower inner border of the chamber.

Length, 0.4-0.8 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 87

Distribution.—This species is very widely distributed in the various
ocean basins. In the North Pacific it is recorded by Brady from one
Challenger station, 232, in 345 fathoms, on the

Hyalonema-ground south of Japan. Bagg rec-
ords it from a single Albatross station, H4567,
in 1,307 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands.
Goés did not note the species in the eastern Pa-
cific material examined by him, and I have failed
to find it in material from the same region.
Just east of the Hawaiian Islands it has been
noted in material from a few stations, in 1,424—
2,615 fathoms. I have found it also at one sta-
tion just off the Hawaiian Islands, in 392 fath-
oms. It has occurred at a great number of
stations in the Western Pacific, about Japan
and in the region to the south. The depth of the
stations at which it was taken range from 76 to
1,299 fathoms, with the average depth between
500 and 1,000 fathoms.

From a study of the various figures of specimens
assigned to this species it would seem as though

Fic. 140.—BuLIMINA ROs-
TRATA. X 150. a, FRONT
VIEW; b, APERTURAL
VIEW.

there were two or more dis-
tinct forms confused under
this name. The mosit com>. i, aaee ade
mon and typical form seems teata. xX 75. a, FRONT
to be that figured here and 18 ¥'°s APuenumAL
in the Challenger report on |
plate 51, fig. 8. In the North Pacific this is the
common form.

BULIMINA ROSTRATA H. B. Brady.

Bulimina rostrata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 408, pl. 51, figs. 14, 15.—
Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.
11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 287, pl. 8, figs. 96, 97.

Description.—Test ovoid, tapering to an acute
point, sometimes with a distinct apical spine;
chambers arranged triserially, but indistinct in
front view; surface with a series of raised costie
running from the apical end to the last-formed
whorl, concealing the sutures; end view showing
the sutures; wall punctate, opaque, white; aper-
ture elongate, comma-shaped.

Length 0.3-0.5 mm.

Distribution. Brady found this species in material from four
Challenger stations in rather deep water in the South Atlantic and

88 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Southern Ocean, between the Cape of Good Hopeand Kerguelen Island,
and off the Ki Islands. Egger in the Gazelle report records it once
from West Australia; but his figures do not indicate typical specimens.
It has not previously been recorded from the North Pacific. I have
specimens of this species from six stations widely scattered in this
area, as follows: Albatross station H2899, in 1,531 fathoms, near the
Hawaiian Islands; Nero stations 170, east of Midway Island, in 1,990
fathoms; 1123, 1185, and 1208, near the Bonin Islands, in the West-
ern Pacific in 1,877, 1,491, and 665 fathoms, respectively; and
Albatross station D4957, in 437 fathoms, off Japan.

This seems to be a small species, distinct from Bulimina buchiana,
with continuous cost of sufficient strength to obscure the sutures

of the test.
BULIMINA SUBORNATA H. B. Brady.

Bulimina subornata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 402, pl. 51, figs. 6a, b-

Description.‘ Test. oblong-ovate; resembling that of Bulimina
pupoides in general form and segmentation; the earlier chambers
ornamented externally with raised
longitudinal coste; the aboral ex-
tremity generally armed with a stout
spine. Shell-wall conspicuously orna-
mented.”

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species was
described by Brady from material
dredged by the Challenger on the
Hyalonema-ground, south of Japan,
in 345 fathoms. It is very interest-
Ni ctta| Noi eimonkaea. oC go. Log to mote that the onlyispeeumenvor

a FRONT VIEW; b, sipE view. (AFTER this species obtained from the North

Ronee Pacific material examined was from
Albatross station D5090, in 200 fathoms, but a few miles from the
spot where this species was obtained by the Challenger. This speci-
men might have been used for Brady’s figure, so exactly is it like the
figure in the Challenger report in its details. The description and
figure are from Brady.

BULIMINELLA, new genus.
Bulimina (part) D’OrBIGNy, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 51.—H B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 397.

Description.—Test composed of chambers triserially arranged, but
in later development becoming involute and spirally coiled, the aper-
ture being in the umbilicus thus formed; wall calcareous, perforate;
aperture in the species but little twisted spirally, long and narrow,
nearly vertical, in the closely spiral species becoming rounded in the
middle of the concave umbilical area.

\
=

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCBAN. 89

This genus contains species such as Buliminella elegantissima
(d’Orbigny), where thespiral form of the testis very marked, and others
which show a lesser tendency toward the spire, sich as Buliminella
subteres (H. B. Brady), B. declhivis (Reuss) and B. contraria (Reuss).
It is very different from typical Bulimina, with its simple triserial
arrangement of the chambers.

Ty pe-species.—Buliminella elegantissima (d’ Orbigny).

BULIMINELLA SUBTERES (H. B. Brady).

Bulimina presli, var. elegantissima PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 374, pl. 15, figs. 12-17.

Bulimina elegantissima (var.) H. B. BRapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1,
1878, p. 436, pl. 21, fig. 12.

Bulimina subteres H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.55.—
Wrieut, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1880-81, App. p. 180, pl. 8, figs 2, 2a.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zeolog zy, call 9, 1884, p. 403, pl. 50, figs.
17, 18.—Eaaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miine feu Cl. I, cal 18, 1893,
p- 289, pl. 8, figs. 73, 74.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Weal Handl., vol. 255
No. 9, 1894, p. 46, pl. 9, figs. 445-453.—SipEBortom, Mem. Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 10.

Description.—‘ Test elongate-ovate, tapering to a blunt point at the
initial extremity, rounded at the distal end; consisting of from two to
three more or less regular, oblique
convolutions. Chambers relatively
large and onlyslightly ventricose ex-
ternally; sutural lines very distinct.
Aperture a curved slit near the in-
ferior umbilical margin of the termi-
nal chamber, considerably removed
from the distal end of the test.’

Length 0.4-0.6 mm.

Distribution.—A single specimen
of this species was found in mate-
rial from Nero station 1254, in FIG. 142. BULIMINELLA SUBTERES. X 80.
264 fathoms, south of Japan. It TALES ALY VIEWS, CSE VEEN
appears to be the only record for this region, although Brady records
it from eight stations in the South Pacific.

The Nero specimen matched exactly the figure given by Brady and
reproduced here. The description is from Brady.

BULIMINELLA CONTRARIA (Reuss).

Rotalina contraria Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 76, pl. 5,
fig. 37.

Bulimina contraria H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
409, pl. 54, fig. 18a, b, c—Eaaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 288, pl. 8, figs. 81, 82.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 135.

Cassidulina jonesiana H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 59.

Description.—Test coiled in a depressed spire, umbilicate, the cham-
bers numerous, slightly inflated; sutures distinct, slightly depressed;

90 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

wall smooth, calcareous; aperture distinctly bulimine, loop-lke,
rather long and narrow, extending to the umbilicus; color white.

Diameter abouf 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Recorded by Brady from the Hyalonema-ground,
south of Japan, in 345 fathoms, and by Bagg from three Albatross
stations near the Hawaiian Islands, D4000, H4430, and H4555, in
104—1,544 fathoms.

This is a rather anomalous species, but seems to be related to the
other species of the Bulimina group by its aperture, and to Buliminella
by its spirally coiled form.

Fic. 143.—BULIMINELLA CONTRARIA. X 60. @, DORSAL VIEW; b, VENTRAL VIEW; C, PERIPHERAL
VIEW (AFTER BRADY).

BULIMINOIDES, new genus.

Description.—Test triserial, spiral, elongate, subcylindrical; wall
calcareous, perforate; aperture nearly circular, terminal, in a depres-
sion of the truncated apertural end.

This genus differs from true Bulimina in its spiral cylindrical form
and its central, circular, terminal aperture. It contains but one
specias, B. williamsoniana (H. B. Brady).

Ty pe-species.— Buliminoides williamsoniana (H. B. Brady).

BULIMINOIDES WILLIAMSONIANA (H. B. Brady).

Bulimina williamsoniana H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 56; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 408, pl. 51, figs. 16, 17.—
MitteTt, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 279, pl. 2, fig. 8—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 136.

Description.—Test subcylindrical, elongate, spirally twisted, tri-
serial, slightly tapering, the apical end broadly rounded, the apertural
end obliquely truncated, depressed; chambers numerous, long and nar-
row, obliquely placed; sutures not clearly marked, being hidden by
the surface ornamentation; wall calcareous, perforate, ornamented
with a series of longitudinal costa, somewhat twisted, following over
the apertural end and continuing to the edge of the aperture, occa-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 91

sionally bifureating; aperture terminal, central, circular, situated in
the center of the depression at the apertural end; color, white.

Length 0.50—0.80 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species is
given by Bagg, Albatross station H4694, in 865 fathoms, off the
Hawaiian Islands. J have had material from Alba-
tross station H2922 in 268 fathoms, also off the
Hawaiian Islands.

The species seems to be a tropical or subtropical
one, being found in the area from northern Australia
through the South Pacific and Malay Islands, a not
uncommon distribution for other species found in
the Hawaiian waters.

Genus VIRGULINA d’Orbigny, 1826.

Virgulina D’ORBIGNY (type, V. squamosa d’Orbigny). Ann.
Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 267——H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 413.

Bulimina (part) Battey, Smiths. Contr. Knowledge, vol. 2,
1851, p. 12.—Parkerand Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, p. 296; Philos. Trans. Roy Soc., vol.
155, 1865, p. 375.—WrittamMson, Rec. Foram. Great
Britain, 1858, p. 63.

Description.—Test elongate, made up of chambers
from one side biserial, from the other more or less
spiral or irregular; wall calcareous, perforate; aper- Fic. 144—B uit
ture large, comma-shaped, on the inner portion of the Sop ee eg,
chamber; color, white. a, APERTURAL

This genus, including but a few species, has a wide =" re Nas
distribution in the present seas and is found fossil
especially in the later tertiary. On the one hand it is related to
Bulimina, and on the other hand many of its characters are not
unlike Bolivina, especially the aperture.

VIRGULINA SQUAMOSA d’Orbigny.

Virgulina squamosa pD’OrBIGNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 267; Modéles,
"No. 64.—Parker, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3,
vol. 16, 1865, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 66; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 415.—Eacaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol.
18, 1893, p. 291, pl. 8, figs. 98, 104.—Goés, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, pt. 9, 1894, p. 47, pl. 9, figs. 454, 456, 460; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 46.—Srpesorrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. Philos.
Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 5—Baea, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 136.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, the chambers oblique, longer
than wide; test becoming much wider toward the apertural end, thin;

92 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

walls calcareous, smooth, and polished; sutures clearly marked, but
not deep; aperture elongate, narrow, comma-shaped; color, white.

Length about 0.50 mm.

Diawabution. —This eee is well distributed over the North
Pacific in water of medium depths, few stations being
less than a thousand fathoms.

There is some confusion as to the application of
d@Orbigny’s name, but it is here applied to the rather
thin, broad, tapering form with oblique chambers, such
as is shown by d’Orbigny’s model. With such an apphi-

sation it may be rather easily distinguished from the
more rotund, less tapering V. subsquamosa Egger.

VIRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Egger.

Virgulina subsquamosa Eacerr, Neues Jahrb., 1857, p. 295, pl.
12, figs. 19-21.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zo-
ology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 415, pl. 52, figs. 9-11.—Eccerr, Abh.
kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p.
291, pl. 8, figs. 89, 90, 109.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, pt. 9, 1894, p. 49, pl. 9, figs. 473-
474: Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 46.—F.inT,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 291, pl. 37, fig. 7.— Bee ee an
Sipesortom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. Philos. Soc., vol. nea an,
49, No. 5, 1905, p. 13.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, THE ORIGINAL.
1908, p. 136. fy RUELBININONLUE

VIEW; 6, FRONT
Description.—Test elongate, tapering, the chambers VW.

somewhat oblique, with slightly depressed sutures, slightly inflated in
the narrower forms; test in side view
somewhat curved; walls calcare-
ous, smooth and polished; aperture
elongate, fairly broad, comma-
shaped; color, white.
Length 0.40-0.65 mm.
Distribution.—This_ species has
been recorded by Brady, Goés, and
Bagg fromthe North Pacific; from
the Hyalonema-
ground, 345 fath-
oms, off Japan by
Brady; from the
eae Pacific in
,132 fathoms by
Fic. 146.—VIRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA. X 120. @, FRONT VIEW; D, SIDE eae and from
VIEW; C, APERTURAL VIEW. about the Hawai-
ian Islands by Bagg, in 275-1,544 fathoms. I have found specimens
referable to this species from many stations well scattered over the
North Pacific.

|
|

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 93

That there is a decided confusion in regard to this and the fore-
going species is evident from a study of the original descriptions and
figures and a comparison with later figures. The originals are much
closer than later authors have made their diagnoses of the two, and
it is now difficult, without a large series of specimens, to determine
clearly the limits of the species as they exist at present. Unfortu-
nately, although the material studied from the North Pacific is from
many stations, the number of specimens from any one station is too
small to admit of a comparative study of variation. <A large series
would probably show that there are definite species with more or less
clearly defined distribution, as has been elsewhere found to be the
case when conditions were favorable for such a study.

VIRGULINA SUBSQUAMOSA Egger, var. STRIATA Bagg.
Virgulina squamosa striata Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 137,
fle, LS 7.

Description.—Test elongate, slightly tapermg, bluntly rounded at
the apical end, obliquely truncate at the apertural end; the chambers
about as broad as high, somewhat rotund; the sutures distinct; wall
calcareous, polished, ornamented with longitudinal cost; color,
white.

Length about 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—Described from Albatross station D4025, in 275-368
fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands.

A study of the type specimen seems to place the species rather as
related to V. subsquamosa Egger rather than to V. sguamosa @’ Orbigny
as here considered. It may be a good species, but further material
is desirable for study before this can be determined.

VIRGULINA SUBDEPRESSA H. B. Brady.
Virgulina subdepressa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 416, pl. 52, figs. 14-17.—EcaEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18,
1893, p. 291, pl. 8, fig. 103.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 47.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, slightly
compressed; the chambers fully as high
as broad, inflated, the sutures deep; out-
line distinctly crenulate; apical end of
test broadly rounded; wall calcareous,
smooth and polished; aperture fairly

broad, comma-shaped; color, white. Fic. 147.—VIRGULINA SUBDEPREBSA.
Length about 1 mm. x 50. a, APERTURAL VIEW; 0, FRONT
VIEW.

Distribution.—Goés records this spe-
cies from a single station off the western coast of America, in 730
fathoms. I have seen material from four stations, Albatross station

94 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

H4856, 898 fathoms, Bering Sea, Nero station 170 in 1,990 fathoms
near Midway Island, and Nero stations 1128 and 1123 in 1,418 and
2,049 fathoms in the Western Pacific.

From the material examined the characters of this species seem to
be well defined. It is more cylindrical in form than any of the other
recent species, and its shape, with the triangular outline of the
inflated chambers, distinguishes it from the other species.

The original stations given by Brady are all in deep water, as are
also the Gazelle stations, from which the species is recorded by Egger.

VIRGULINA SCHREIBERSIANA Czizek.

Virgulina schreibersiana CzsjzEK, Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 2, 1848, p. 147,
pl. 13, figs. 18-21—Eacrr, Neues Jahrb., 1857, p. 295, pl. 12, figs. 12-14.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 414, pl. 52,
figs. 1-3.—Eaeerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 290, pl. 8, figs. 93, 95—Go#s, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 48, pl. 9, figs. 459, 461-
472.—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 291, pl.
37, fig. 6.—ForNnasinI, Mem. Accad. Sci. Instit. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 7, 1898, p. 206, pl., fig. 6—Muixterr, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1900, p. 280, pl. 2, fig. 13 —SipEBorrtom,
Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5,
1905, p. 13, pl. 3, fig. 4.

Bulimina presli, var. ( Virgulina) schreibersti PARKER and JONES,
Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. 155, 1865, p. 375, pl. 15, fig.
18scpls dy igs: 72, 13:

Description.—Test much elongated, narrow, tapering,
compressed, slightly curved in side view, the apical end
tapering to a blunt point; the chambers much longer
than wide, oblique; the sutures distinct, shghtly com-
pressed; wall calcareous, smooth and polished; aper-

ture rather broad and widely open, loop-shaped; color #1. 148.—Vir-
] it GULINA SCHREI-
white. BERSIANA.

Length 0.30-0.50 mm. X 60. a, APER-

Distribution.—Recorded by Brady from two Chal- 4) sxoynview.
lenger stations in the North Pacific in deep water, in
2,425 and 3,125 fathoms. JI have had material from a number of
stations, all in the western Pacific, two stations, in 891 fathoms
and 1,331 fathoms, being the only two in less than 1,500 fathoms,
more than half the stations being in water more than 2,000 fathoms
in depth.

This is another of the species in which there is great confusion, as a
study of published figures will show. From the material at hand
there seem to be rather definite groupings into two or more
distinct forms, but more of a series is necessary to define these with
certainty.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 95

VIRGULINA TEXTURATA H. B. Brady.

Virgulina texturata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 415, pl. 52, figs. 6, a, b—E@crr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 292, pl. 8, fig. 99.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, gradually tapering to
the subacute apical end, somewhat compressed ; chambers numerous,
inflated, about as broad as high, the sutures distinctly depressed; wall
calcareous, smooth and polished; aperture elongate, loop-shaped;
color white.

Length 1.0-1.3 mm.

Distribution.—Although not previously recorded from the North
Pacific, this species has occurred at three stations,
Albatross station H2902, in 1,783 fathoms, and Nero
stations 166 and 170, in 1,850 and 1,990 fathoms.

The specimens from Nero station 166 were very
smooth and somewhat different from the typical ones
found at the other stations.

Subfamily 4. CASSIDULININ..

This subfamily includes forms which are peculiarly
constructed in that there is a combination of two dis-
tinct modes of growth. One of these, so usual in this
family, is the biserial, which is here combined with a
spiral or volute method. The combination of the two
makes a complex test.

Two genera are common in the North Pacific,
Cassidulina and Ehrenbergina, both of which are
represented by more than one species.

Genus CASSIDULINA, d’Orbigny, 1826.

Cassidulina bD’ORBIGNY (type, C. levigata d’Orbigny), Ann.
Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 282.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Chilicnae, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 427.

oy : Sek x Fig. 149.—VIRGU-
Description.—Test coiled, at least the earlier por- °°

tion, and the chambers biserially arranged on the — x 35. a, rront
Shes of the axis of coiling; wall palette. Pertor sue ee
rate, usually smooth; the chambers numerous, with

distinct sutures; aperture loop-like, variously modified in the dif-
ferent species.

The most lucid description of the arrangement of the chambers in
this genus is that given by Brady, as follows: ‘“‘The arrangement of
the test in Cassidulina is in some respects more complex than that of
any other type of Foraminifera, inasmuch as it combines two dis-
tinct modes of growth, the biserial and the convoluted. This may

96 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

be best understood by its analogy, in the typical condition, to a
broad Textularian or Bolivine shell, doubled or folded longitudinally
on the median line, and then rolled in the crease so formed from
the narrow to the broad end. The flaps of each convolution extend
nearly or quite to the umbilicus, and completely enclose the previous
whorls.”’ ,

In some species there is the tendency to uncoil as in so many other
genera which are close coiled. The various species appear to be
widely distributed.

CASSIDULINA LAVIGATA d’Orbigny.

Cassidulina levigata pD’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 282, pl. 15,
figs. 4, 5; Modéles, 1826, No. 41.—Writtamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain,
1858, p. 68, pl. 6, figs. 141, 142 —Parxker and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol.
155, 1865, p. 377, pl. 15, figs. 1-4; pl. 17, fig. 64, a, b, c—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 428,
pl. 54, figs. 1-3.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and
Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12,
1888, p. 221, pl. 43, fig. 11.—Eeerr, Abh.
k6n. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol.
18, 1893, p. 302, pl. 7, figs. 47, 48, 54-56.—
Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 43, pl. 8, figs. 418-320.—
Srrvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei,
vol. 12, 1896, p. 103, pl. 2, fig. 10.—Mu1-
LETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 1.—
StpeBporrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit.
Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 16.—
RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., vol
24, 1906, p. 62.

Description.—Nearly circular in outline,
lenticular or biconvex with a thin, carinate, =
peripheral border; chambers numerous, Fie. 150—Cassmutia LevicaTA.
long and narrow, curved, the surface nearly ae Bean tye b,
smooth; sutures distinct but hardly de-
pressed; wall calcareous, perforate, smooth; aperture a long narrow
shit just below and nearly parallel to the periphery of the test;
color white. :

Diameter 0.50—0.90 mm.

istribution.—Brady records this species as occurring at three
stations in the North Pacific. I have material of this keeled form
from but one station, Albatross station D4822, in 130 fathoms, off
Japan. The other species are all more common in the material
from this region, but from the colder waters of Bering Sea as well as
on the northern coast of western America this species is common.
Rhumbler records a very small specimen measuring 0.234 mm. from
Chatham Island.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. OF

CASSIDULINA CRASSA d’Orbigny.

Cassidulina crassa D’OrBIGNY, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 56, pl. 7, figs.
18-20; For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 213; pl. 21, figs. 42, 43.—Eqacrer, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 303, pl. 7, figs. 35,
36.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 43, pl.
8, figs. 421, 422.—Eearr, Nat. Ver. Passau, Jahr. 16, 1895, p. 19, pl. 9, fig.
19.—Sitvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 12, 1896, p. 104, pl. 2,
figs. 11, 12.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 292, pl. 38, fig. 3—
Mrit1eTT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 2.—SipEsBorrom, Mem. Proc. Man-
chester Lit. Philos. Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905, p. 17.—Baee, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 139.

Cassidulina levigata, var. crassa PARKER and JONES, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 377, pl. 15, figs. 5-7; pl. 17, fig. 64d.

Cassidulina obtusa WILLIAMSON, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 69, pl. 6,
figs. 143, 144.

Description.—Outline subcircular or oval, biconvex, with a
broadly rounded peripheral border; chambers rather few, short, and
inflated, the surface depressed at the sutures; wallcalcareous, perforate,

a
Fig. 151.—CASsIDULINA CRASSA. X 30. a, APERTURAL VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, VENTRAL VIEW.
smooth; aperture a long narrow slit just below and nearly parallel
to the periphery of the test, with a long tooth partially filling the
aperture; color, white.

Diameter, 0.60—1.00 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from five stations in the
North Pacific at depths varying from 40 to 2,475 fathoms. Bagg
records it from Albatross stations H4440 and H4694, in 1,259 and 865
fathoms, respectively, off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had material
from three stations off Japan, in 120-142 fathoms, from the Okhotsk
Sea in 100 fathoms, from the vicinity of the Aleutian Islands, in 500
fathoms, and from off California, in 65 fathoms. This gives a rather:
general distribution for the area, and specimens are usually in con-
siderable numbers when found. The broadly rounded periphery will
distinguish this species from C. levigata, and its more narrow and elon-
gate aperture and more numerous chambers from C. subglobosa. When

Witte? Bull. 71, pt 2—11——-7

98 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the aperture is viewed from above there is visible a broad tooth-like
plate partially filling the aperture except at the upper end. This
gives the aperture a very narrow appearance in some views.

In this region at least C. crassa seems to be much more common and
more widely distributed than C. levigata.

CASSIDULINA SUBGLOBOSA H. B. Brady.

Cassidulina subglobosa H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.
60; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 430, pl. 54, figs. 17, a-c.—
H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc., London, vol. 12, 1888,
p. 221, pl. 43, figs. 12-14.—Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 304, pl. 7, figs. 41, 42, 52, 53.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 49.—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 293,
pl. 38, figs. 4.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. 30, 1907, p. 33, pl. 4, fig.
84.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 140.

Description.—Test with an oval outline, subglobular, inequilateral,
somewhat compressed on the two faces, the peripheral border broadly

F1G. 152.—CASSIDULINA SUBGLOBOSA. X 30. @, VENTRAL VIEW; }, SIDE VIEW; C, DORSAL VIEW.

rounded; chambers few, somewhat inflated; sutures slightly depressed,
wall calcareous, perforate, smooth; aperture fairly broad and short,
looplike or oval; color, white.

Diameter, 0.50 —1.00 mm.

Distribution.—The two stations in the Northwest Pacific from
which Brady records this species are in 2,300 and 2,950 fathoms.
Goés records the species from the southeastern part of the area
in 770-1,201 fathoms, and Bagg found it in material from three
Albatross stations near the Hawaiian Islands, H4430, H4571, and
H4585, in 384-1,259 fathoms. In the Nero material this species
was very common in the area between Guam and Japan at an average
depth of about 1,500 fathoms. Specimens from the Albatross
material from off the coast of Japan were dredged in 130 and 200
fathoms. In the Tuscarora material this species occurred at several
stations: station 2, in 1,468 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands;
station 13, in 190 fathoms, off the coast of California; station 23, in

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 99

1,964 fathoms, in the middle of the Pacific, south of Midway Island;
station 41,in 530 fathoms, off California; and station 83, in 282 fathoms,
off the western Aleutian Islands. Taken with the other records these
give a rather broad distribution, including most parts of tne North
Pacific, as well as rather wide ranges in depth.

The species is very distinct from the others of the genus, the sub-
globose form, and the short oval or loop-like aperture serving to dis-
tinguish it at once.

CASSIDULINA ELEGANS Sidebottom.

Cassidulina elegans StpeBotTrom, Journ. Queckett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 11,
1910, p. 106, pl. 4, figs. 1, }, c.

Description.—Test somewhat globular, somewhat compressed later-
ally; chambers numerous, distinct; sutures fairly deep; wall of the
distal border of the chambers often raised into a well-marked keel;
surface somewhat roughened; aperture a curved loop-like slit, oblique,
with a raised border.

Diameter, 0.40-0.60 mm.

Distribution.—This species, recently described by Sidebottom from
the Southwest Pacific, occurred at four Nero stations between Guam
and Japan as follows, 1301, in 1,088 fathoms, 1308, in 1,040 fathoms,
1309, 891 fathoms, and 1464, in 891 fathoms.

This species is ornate with raised ridges and is at once distin-
guished from all other species of the genus.

CASSIDULINA BRADYI Norman.

Cassidulina bradyi (Norman, MS.) Wriaut, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, App.,
1880, p. 152.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 59;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 481, pl. 54, figs. 6-10.—EaceEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 304, pl.
7, figs. 38-40.—Goks,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Hand1., vol.25, No.
9, 1894, p. 44, pl. 8, figs.
423-426; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p.49.—
StpEBotTrom, Mem. Proc.
Manchester Lit. Philos.
Soc., vol. 49, No. 5, 1905,
p-t7, pl. 3, fig. 10.

Description.—Test elon-
gate, compressed, the early Fic. ee SL x oP a, ey FROM
s x 5 DORSAL SIDE; b, APERTURAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

portion spirally coiled, the

later chambers forming an uncoiled biserial series; lateral faces convex;
peripheral border thin, either acute or (usually) somewhat rounded;
chambers fairly long, very slightly inflated; suture very slightly

100 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

depressed; wall calcareous, smooth; aperture broad and short, loop-
like or oval on the inner face of the chamber; color, white.

Length, 0.40-0.80 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from two North Pacific
stations, in 95 fathoms, off the Philippines and, in 345 fathoms, on the
Hyalonema-ground south of Japan. I have had specimens from
Nero station 1464, in 891 fathoms, near Guam; station 170, in 1,990
fathoms, off Midway Island, and station 2049, in 2,226 fathoms, near
the Hawaiian Islands. There is a single specimen of this species
from Tuscarora station 47, in 1,499 fathoms, in the Western Pacific.
This species is interesting in showing the development of an uncoiled
form, a process which is carried still farther by the following.

CASSIDULINA PARKERIANA H. B. Brady.

Cassidulina parkeriana H. B. Bravy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 59;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 432, pl. 54, figs. 11-16.—
Eaccer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 304,
pl. 7, fig. 37.

Description.—Test elongate, cylindrical, the very early portion spi-
rally coiled, the later chambers forming an uncoiled biserial series,
making up the larger part of the test, circularin crosssection ; chambers
broad and high, considerably inflated; sutures much depressed; wall
caleareous, smooth; aperture very |
broad and short, occasionally sub-
circular, often with a broad tooth-
like plate nearly filling the opening;
color, white.

Length, 0.50-0.65 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not
been previously recorded from the
North Pacific. Brady’s specimens
were dredged by the
Challenger among the
islands on the west
coast of Patagonia,
and our specimens are
from the same coast
of the Pacific. Single
specimens were ob-
tained at Albatross
stations D2806, in 1,379 fathoms, near the Galapagos, and D3608, in

276 fathoms, in the Bering Sea.

The species carries the uncoiling to an extreme and develops a
cylindrical test with the aperture nearly terminal and rounded, but
keeps to the biserial condition, although in some specimens the
chambers nearly separate those adjacent.

Fic. 154.—CASSIDULINA PARKERIANA. X 50. a, APERTURAL VIEW;
b, VENTRAL VIEW; C, DORSAL VIEW.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 101

Genus EHRENBERGINA Reuss, 1850.

Ehrenbergina Reuss (type, E. serrata Reuss), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1,
1850, p. 377.—H. B. Brapy, Rep Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 433.

Cassidulina (part) p’ORBIGNY, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 57.

Description.—Test free, composed of numerous chambers arranged
biserially about an elongate axis, evenly united on the dorsal border
but forming a deep groove on the ventral border, generally triangular
in cross section; wall calcareous; aperture elongate, nearly at right
angles to the edge of the chamber, smooth or ornamented with spines
or ridges.

Brady, in the Challenger Report, speaks of this genus as almost
confined to the southern hemisphere. This has been largely due to
lack of material, in the Pacific at least, for in the present work it
has been found at a great many stations and often in very consider-
able numbers.

EHRENBERGINA SERRATA Reuss. |

Ehrenbergina serrata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1850, p. 377,
pl. 48, fig. 7.—Bronn, Leth. Geog., ed. 3, vol. 3, 1853-6, p. 231, pl. 35,
figs. 25 a-c.—ScuwaG_Er, Boll. Roy. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26,
pl. 68.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 434,
pl. 55, figs. 2-7.—Eaarr, Ahh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol.
18, 1893, pl. 7, figs. 30-32.—Goés, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
No. 9, 1894, p. 44, pl. 8, figs. 428-480.—CHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London,
1895, p. 26.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 140.

Ehrenbergina serrata, var. trigona Gos, Bull. Mus Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 49.

Textulavia triquetra Minster, var., Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, p. 83, pl. 6, figs. 181, 182.

Description.—Test longer than wide, of several chambers, arranged
biserially about a central axis, on the dorsal side meeting evenly to
form a smooth surface, on the ventral often leaving a deep groove
between the two adjacent series of chambers, or smooth; test trian-
gular, ovoid, or biconvex in transverse section; angles of the test
carinate, often produced into short spines; wall calcareous, finely
perforate; aperture an elongate, somewhat curved slit; color white.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—There are a number of records published for this
species in the North Pacific. Brady, in the Challenger Report, records
it from but one station, in 2,340 fathoms. Goés found. it in material
from two stations, off the west coast of America, Albatross stations
3375 and 3400, in 1,201 and 1,322 fathoms; Bagg records it from five
Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, varying
in depth from 367-1,544 fathoms. Ihave had material from thirty
or more stations in the North Pacific. It was found in material from
Albatross station D2806 in 1,379 fathoms near the Galapagos Islands;
it occurred several times in the line of soundings from San Francisco

102 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

to the Hawauan Islands, in 392-2,615 fathoms, and in the Nero
material from about the Hawalian Islands and Guam, and is
common between Guam and Japan
at many stations. Among variously
scattered Tuscarora stations it oc-
curs in 500 fathoms just south of
the Aleutian Islands. It is a fairly
common constituent of globigerina-
ooze and voleanic muds in a num-
ber of areas of the
North Pacific, accord-
ing to the data avail-
able.

There seems to be
some variation in the
shape and the amount
of spinosity developed.
In general the more
triangular forms are
most spinose and the

Fia. 155.—EARENBERGINA SERRATA. X75. @, VENTRAL VIEW; 0b, DORSAL VIEW; C¢, SIDE VIEW;
d, APERTURAL VIEW.

biconvex forms often almost smooth and frequently with the long
axis of the test considerably curved.

EHRENBERGINA HYSTRIX H. B. Brady.

Ehrenbergina hystrix H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 605
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 434, pl. 55, figs. 8-11.—F.in7,
Bull. 55, U. S. Nat. Mus., 1905, pp. 16, 19.

Description.—Test free, biserial, nearly as broad as long, stout;
dorsal border with spines often coalescing laterally to make a fringe-
like projection, later chambers smooth dorsally, the lateral margins
and ventral portion with large stout spines, the last developed cham-
ber often smooth and somewhat inflated, marked with fine raised
lines running radially outward from the aperture; wall fairly thick,
calcareous; aperture elongate, rounded at the inner end; color white.

Length up to 1 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 103

Distribution.—The only published records for the North Pacific are
those of Flint, who found it in the Nero material from three stations.
I have found it in material from two of these same stations and from
a number of others, most of them northwest of the Hawaiian Islands.
It occurred also near the Bonin Islands and at one Albatross station,
12902, east of the Hawaiian Islands. All of these records are from

Fig. 156.—EHRENBERGINA HYSTRIX. X 40. a@, VENTRAL VIEW; 0, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW;
d, APERTURAL VIEW.

rather deep water, ranging from 1,321-2,203 fathoms, mostly from
globigerina ooze.

The Challenger records for this species are all from the South Pacific,
in rather deep water. This species is much more robust than the
preceding; the shorter and stouter spines and the broad last formed
chamber with its ornamentation of radial lines and the shape of the
aperture are all very different from the conditions seen in £. serrata.

ae

we

ea " fa
irc
1 x

LDN EX.

Page.

abbreviate Lextmlarias oo osc essdoeccccseess 14

Belin WESOlLUAT Aosta cic ctacice toate sete alleys 36

en esi ts CIT NAA ao See So ocean aa 84, 86

presli.ss 22523 asec555 55 86

FSBRRIGNSIS SE OMIVANA Ao, 6s ~\=)-1s2 so nctaceexe wie 44

IBIZAN a ee Rear Sasa 44
PRESET one toe’ sie, ict se Se so Sees ee 7

affixa, Verneuilina......... ee Ronee 56
BeelpNaANs. NexiWlanias.s2ceiacsdaeaccseselo 9, 21

digitata, Nextnlaria.-.-..-22s--- 28

Histola, whextularian..) ses 555 - 10

Asiiosas Nextulanianese-s2- ot 10

nodosaria, Textularia........... 10

BIiMiaOlNVIN aa aA Ge2 ss ane c/s enellee we oes ee 27

SMI Angee Lita eee po 2 Oe Naan ase 35

alternans, Pleurostomella................-.-- 50

amygdalaeformis, Bolivina................-- 42

BRP AMIS LAVINA 325.2 5 spits eas sicle = 74

NVied live lina eee ee pe ee 74

BDEMMILANS WWextularia..... 0.5 -cschcececss = 20

apicnlanssGaudryina....2.-.2-ssks.-005 aoe 69

Srenaced BIPONeLiNa- oa. — 2 ee gece neon 29

aspera whe xiMlarians. oo 8). eS 5h S25 2.8 14

airata, Textularia sagittula..--....-....2-..- th

SISTA p VAN VANLIN aha oe ek Soe oe ee cose 59

GRAM Ml aniSscce- a ane 59

baccata, Gaudryina........- DeSee av aceeenees 68

ay MIGhitD OliviNaH i s9 S48 222225 ck 2 Sons ose 34

alata wb OMMingaet ose eto cess 35, 42

iarina POLrecta. <2 5<- + 2:2 ss2c..Js- pays ee 5 48

(Bifarina) porrecta, Bolivina..............2- 48

Strigosa; Bolivina.<.a---252.... 2 49

EPG WGBIN ere = aes n ee ce Ne we rel dot ol 27

ARCTIAGCC AR eae eee oe mele sees 55 29

Gicitatae oe = cate yest s 28

TOTAL AY Me A ee chk Gee: Se 46

MOWOSATI Aer 2 sno eta eR eee ek ee 27

IB OLUVIN eer opeaay Aee ete Le eee Se bee 31

SUG apis 2 oe en 3 eee he ci s 36

CERADICUSIS bo errs ee Sa) ea 44

aabaeae ke eee ROS a eae Pe ae ee 35

AME Calsoformis +2. 52 5 cect sc ees 42

Devin Chicos eek ee Sea oe Fe 34

Blethen et eae hs 35, 42

CaLinatas soot toss unas = 35

(Bifarina) porrectia .-- 2222. 2292-2 = 22 48

SUMP OSHA eu seo eee oe As 49

COMMDSC Ae eres ee hee ke esos ne 36

GOSTALA es sere eee oe Soe sace cece 43

GGCUSSATA Et secepam ne eins seek e 47

Cilatatligiees les esse ese Seen = 33

Nanikenian de nmessesss see. 41, 42

ATTORIANE (x2 fo conte setae 40, 41, 85, 86

CATIND A Et eesaee ec oc 41

HIM Ea eet oe See ee 47

Page.
Bolivinalobatasas=:ssascsesee sents kee ee 46, 49
SULIBOSa: cape e eee eee 49

MOP TIS Fae ie Mae eee ee ee eee 39

Dlicata a A2<b J see eM aces cee ee 43

pormectal= =i M. oo eee Se 48
puNnclatad. 2h sss. eee ee 32, 40, 44
quadrilaters. 2.25 - 2. =2.2 = eee 24

TODUSLAL. A ee ee eee ee 36
Compacta cess. sete ssesce 36

SCHWAZCrIAM asee =e = See Een gees ae 38

Semiial sia! setece son see oe ane eee ee 37, 42
SemmlicoSta tase 5 Sa ce see en le 43

SANTINO CaN a. cee eee eee eee 34
SPINeSCen Steere eee ase ae 46
Subangplanis sce oa eee eran ne 2 45
Kextilarloidessnce ere. see ee 46

praciyd je Cassiduilinaysense see) see ee 99
Clavullna’ ean eee a enios 73
Gaudryind cet = te eas ee 67

MV enneyiilin tees oe eco oe hee seer ys ae 54
iBrizalinatenariensists 3. ..c- 8 eee en ee eee 44
buchianasB mlimings=se-- eee ene 40, 85, 88
pulbosa Spiroplectaje=cssce seseee ea) ase 5
DLESise ee eee 85

Bultmmina aes ne 8 western ce kee See A 52, 76, 88
aciileatac ceo. ese oe ete eee 84, 86

SHLD ye eis See Seer et ra eter 78

uchian aires ee eee seer eg 40, 85, 88

COMUTALIAG 555. See aoe ey see 89

le pans aes we he pe aaa ee Ole 82

ERTS UES oe es eee 82
elegantissimal(yar.)pce. 2 seen ee ee 89
ellipsoides: 335s. ae cee 77

elonga tate. . meena aanase mene 79

rifle bases SEE ey Sa eae 84

IMVAT iN LAY ee oe eee Sake ee ee 76, 83

Ovalasst 4 batt alo eee Sa re ce it
polystrophaicz - o. eases se este 53
preslitacnleatars.. == Je one 86

buchiannse ysis esses eee 85
elegamtissimlas.3- 54252045225 89

MOAT Pima tas eye eae ee 83

PUNCLAtas Seer Goscee essere 32

Schrebersilia meee eee ee 94
punctata.---s2cskee ase eee ene 44

Pupoides..~ sees ee ee a ee 80, 88
Marginalae ys << es n0.'- 2a) 83

Spinulosaees snes ss-4 3s 86

DY See a eee ei ses sees 54

PYCUla ee pent sae emaee ne oe sb 78
SPINCSCEMS eee tene ois 78

TOSULALE ER ee oe eae a ecjocee 87
Suboniatas tee aat as nace acre 88

SUPTGTOS HR ho saan ce resecee eh emisisics 89

LODGES eho acierenetest se dsseaes:s 81

106 INDEX.
Page Page.
Bulimina williamsoniana. ......-.-.--------- 7700) |) dilatata; Bolivinas=cessseere ies oneee ence eee 33:
Buliminellas 22.2 h oe eee eon Senior 1ig65 |) dlmonpha, Chrysalidinasesssse-s22e-oeseeeee 60
Gon traniaee qeics aeeeeeeace sees 89) |Mditbia. Haplostichetenss-e2 lee ase eee see 74
Geelivis tease tee ate cee 89.) brenbergina s.cedccares seoe an seeeeee 101
elecanbissimal- ces -cemienie- = rtel= <= 89 hystrin 28) cisecdeadose peers 102
SuUDtereS 6 acc een serene ee aelsene 89 SCLTAtA cee ease eet aaeee 101, 103
Bullmininges=2-eee eee ee see ee eae eee eel 76 (HOU Ae ee eee eee 101
Buliminoides: e525. scee seen eee ee sees ete 90))|Relegans; Buliming apenas sseeeecmee tease sere 82
williamsoniana.......-. eeotas 90 Cxilis Bulimia eee eee ae 82
Candeianas Dextmlaniae.seeessee-eeeee=s ees 2 | elegantissima, Bulimina var............----- 89
SAP LGU ames see ae ai 12 presli\-e- esses 89
Caperatar Clavullinas ss. eee eee oe (1) |ellipsoides;Baliminaper nese aee ace aaa aT
Rit AKA) ten Soe eee eee onic eer Gl |\elongatarrG tim nia pee eee eee eee 79
carinata, Bolivina beyrichi............-.---- 35) /exalis; Buliminaselegarists se. eeeesee sees 82
Ikanrevianals o.ceeece oss 41) ehliformiss Galdnyinaees-seeseee eases * 70
Mextiulanigecse cass. ce eonse ee aceee 7 || fumbrista, Bigenerina- sess cea. seseseee. seer 46
Caninatum,, Plecamiame: -c.q-occe=6 eee ene 17 | fistula, Textularia agglutinans....-......-.-- 10
Cassidlindas see eeeeeee eases see eer 95,101 | fistulosa, Textularia agglutimans.-.........-- 10
rad yale aeach ase aeons 99 | flabelliformis, Pavonina......-..-..--------- 30
GIASSAY hee cet see ares 97, HabelloidessPayonina se]. -oses-- see eee ase 30
elegans). o-semaaeee nace shee eee 99! || Silin til, (\Gaudnmyina aw asseeeer -aeseeee eee ose 63.
HOMES) 55 esas candoscoonpasseds 89 Textularia- 23 e es ieee eee es sces 21
lnevigatarto. cs cence tesserae sae 95,96") folinms Lextulaniaseseseseeesoseeee sees oes 19
CLASS Aes see sabes. bees 97 |) fusca; Rotalinass{ccseeasescssaeecose-sceeee 59
Obiusatieeess--ee coer oeeeer ose 97 Walyullima,-5-2.jecc et ce cinacrasteoneniae 59
pan keniantee seas eee ae eet 1002) (Gaudnyina te eeens) asec ee eee eee ers 62
SUD PIO WOSa Meee eee = ae 97,98 apicularis:. 2 ete e ese cere 69
Cassidilininaes -masa-p see e eee eee eae 95 baccalta, co rast ete sees see 68:
Catenata, Wextwlamasas-peeeseeaee ee eee 23 brad Vie sseco-cseesce sense eee eee 67
Chilostoma, Gaver yimae esse eect eee 68, 69 + -ebilostomass.-2cs- 02 secs ce sense 68, 69
Mextilarigeeen macs see eeie sem = 69 COnVexd Ae eee See mater 66
GhySalidin a seers see se eee eee aes 60 filiformMis sss aves) secs 70
dimorphasmeeaseaaee et eee 60 flintilc sss tases eee aeeeee 63
prada tae aewassscetecccertcesee 60 JONesianae soca seeceeeee ae see oe 66
Cla wuillinas ea eee eee beccine erie ateie 71, 72 paupercuilassseweeen eee ees 66
angullaris:) Jscjscceo sete eases 74 pseudofiliformisysae.cceeeneee sees 70
LAG yidles see stasse sos eecnece 73 DUPOLdess <A hess Mer sass eet 62, 67
Caperatass.odccisiacc = cess acsoce estes 71 chilostomasesser seeeeee 69
COMM UNIS Sse see eee = sees 72 chilostomella.........-- 69
Cylindrica sate ses aeaese soe eelscis 73 Quadrangulaniss2--semseeeeee esas 65
eleganss2 gsc cacao eee 27 TULOSA sce os ete aeose sees 62, 63, 64, 66
parisiensis.. sss acceso. dese cess il WOES SCabrais.. 9.922 tesecincse hoseaeee ss 62
clavulina, Valvulina triangularis............ 74 siphonella-222. eee ae eae cee eee 69,70
communis, Clavullina=: 2-2 52252-----s---5--- 72 subrotundata se: soe ssaee sees eee 63, 64
Vermeuilina= 2 sass cseeeeeeewec- 72 triameularisis.- aces eeee eee eee 65
COMpaActa ws living meses ecnee as eet encc el 36 wrightiama=- 2.4 stuewe wees 66
TODUSiA eee neem e es 30)4|se0esU Uext Wana nes sce soso e ree 15
concavas hextwlanige saeco sess nase seeissiae 22 |\Seradata wWhrysalidinaspeiae-ss= sete eee 60
concavum, Plecanium)_---..--.-----.------.- 22 neramen’ exc ulanl ase - at) sarel cemeteries 8
conica»Valwrilings se sseeee ene ses see eece 58h Gram OStOMUUM asses = eee eee 5
imangilaniseerr sees aeee ae 58h hantkeniana:)B oliviniaa. --sssseee nse ee eee 41,42
contrania Ss ulmindeeee eee eee eee Sou Haplostiche:dubiassssacese-=-e eter ase sneer 74
Buluminellaeaeeeeeee acess esse cease 89) ||| Peieterostomellasss5ec22-oe- seem eee eae 62
Rotaliina casas soe tee eee a cee 89) || thorida, Mextulaniagast s.2es--sc-s=e eee eee 10
COnVexd Gaudnyindanscse eaters seme ee see 66m) ehtys tins, nr en engine sae seer ase eeet 102
costata, Bolivina ss, 22: -2-2----5-ss2 sees si 43") sineonspicuay Textilaniaesa: eee. eee 18
erassa,\Cassid ulinan--e seater oe acteeacisicise ciel OF) einflata, iB aiming an see ae ates eee rae 84
NBOWAS Ate Se ac acsetecte ese 97 Mextulania Solita «=e see eeeeeeeeeee 20
crassisepta, Dextulaniassas:--o-sscses ss sere 24 Textularioidese: 2. 4255- ase eee eee eee 26
crescentiformis, Textularia...............-.- 2i' || irregularis; Rhabdammiina sn seen eee 57
cylindrica | Clawullinases- sec \oecers seer e ae 73, |) jonesiana, Cassidulinas.< 222 ---2--+2--2s==-— 89
decussatasB olivines sees pe ce telnet cle1te sel 47 Gaudtyinds. 522. 2ss5es¢ eee eee 66
Wentalinay:%- 52 sete Sae.ne sscse tee cee eects 49 | jugosa, Textularia sagittula................-- 13
SUP NOGOS ae see eee ae eens 5. ||) karreriana, Bolivinge.s.2-s-- esses eee 40, 41, 85, 86
divitatayBigenerinas* es. s254s. eee eee 28 carinata, Bolivina ..-.-...2.---- 41
Textularia agglutinans...........-- 28) Ul Neevigata.| Cassidilinaasss ses. -ee aoe ese 95, 96

sii ta i ie

INDEX. 107

Page. Page.

leevigata, crassa, Cassidulina ................ OY a elositata 6 wlimina s-s-e eee ceeeereene: 2 eee 87
pate BOM Vi0a 5.22 coco nc Sclyn< Sets UO ROLALING.. selacon Bat eee ee ee 58
ORs IB} ini ke ee a ee 46,49 Contiariags 2. <cads noses eens 2 89
SimiposaBolivina:.. S24: 2. saasce seek 49 FUSER S42. ds seeaes ee ee eet eee 59
PHATPANALA SIMI. oi 2-8 cara soeucebee 76,83 | rotundata, Verneuilina...................... 55
ECS Oe ese Dos ras So) | FUgosa; ‘Gandrying . se- < so2cc0s2 ecco ne 62, 63, 64, 66

(PUPOIGES ses o-oo en eee 83 Mextullartace ce cccos cee eee eae 21

UCT UOKHIATIA a 2 25 5245-85 saqnea chews 13 | sagittula atrata, Textularia.................. 7
Hy DUNS wes OU VIN Eon = aes oats cis eee eee 39 candeiana, Textularia.............. 12
mtn Ossie NOGOOSANIA: << 22. <=. 05 235sheceseee 51 qugosa, -Textilanin=s 2 case eee eee 13
Rte OSE ey Nn OE Sens cena ee aon escabra vGautryinds 26 ccceeos ee ees 62
mogasaria. Bipenerina:.-----...-----s.<--250 27 | Schriebersiana, Virgulina ...............-...- 94
INGHOSHEINIIGUOSAS ci -- 5. 2225-2 Saloon eee 51 | schriebersii, Bulimina preslii................ 94
nodosaria, Textularia agglutinans............ 27 | schwageriana, Bolivina...................... 38
Ghimsan Wassidulinas... 2. £<.524.4. 252-2 555s5 97 | semialata, Bolivina...............-.....-..-- 37, 42
PIaRIgeMAIS. Cla VIN. «(222 =< <.seccsceetecesee 72,75 | semicostata, Bolivina.................-...... 43
RiWITso co eS Ae (or | LSeminudaiBoliving <2 5 -o25-ce 5 -eeed 34
PAnKPrIAna 4 OASSIG UMMA: 25. 5)55 442 <.5h cess lok 100) | serrata, Ehrenbergina -......2..-.2.2.c-2-. 101, 103
pauperctila, GAUOryINa.. ... 2c. cc.t-5sene = 66 trigona, Ehrenbergina .............. 101
uray mn Fee) ee See NL en 30' || Siphonella; Gatidryina +. 22.3.2 2-6 c cc oe 69, 70
Mabelifonmisess2-coe ose 2 cse ce 30 | siphonifera, Spiroplecta ..................-.. 17
albelipicles ss cece sree oe ae 30 MexGilaniqeeencteies oe les a See 17
pineliormas, Polymorpha:--.-2---5----.66-<+ 86 | solita inflata, Textularia .................-.: 20
PCAN ee Seer 3 Sci) wae eben Oy RSDINESCeNS | B Olin aa sees soe ee ee 46
COMA AIMS ese Ieee cee 17 Buliminaipyrulassssss- 2 s2se a 78

RTCA TINS 8 it eos eee ee 22 | spinosa, Pleurostomella ................---.. 51
MulpMTOSpOMeli acer. 52 es ee amteancls 49 | spinulosa, Bulimina pupoides...........__.. 86
SLILCQUUADIS = a ots cera arses 50 Worneutlinni-: a 5 fy ee ee 52

STAI SS Se Sie Sen erre eer ee oe 61 | apiroplectassrs..-tacden sere 1d ae ee 4

BTDLO MOSHE meee aA Scene aee 51 ulbOsa eee ees se eee See eee 5

bicatet pO OU WIN A oe Sen scan acc beens ncicis'ce 43 Siphonilera=s<- 7 eee eeas ened 17
Polymorpha pineiformis..................-.- SOS iSpiroplectinwe ese hep ease eee 4
RIMINI et eS O28 | SSQuUamose AVirpulinne as ek a hen 91
polystrophs, Bulimina...........--2-----s-- 53 | striata, Virgulina subsquamosa.............. 93
MMERNOMIN ts tees woe ee ou Selicha hex bulartae. sacha ames oa ees 11

PEReCiA DHAIINA! 6.6. ooncatoss dodamecces 48 | strigosa, Bolivina (Bifarina)................. 49
HES OMVITER Eien So eee rh feats eos See 48 lobaba: <5 seks eacee 49
(@Bifarmay eee. sce ee 48" |subanrularis, Bolivina: <24. 52.2455. 6 oa. 45

presii aculeata,, Bulimina. :.-....20::..2.--.. SOc) subdepressa, Varpmlina es sce eee e ee ee 93
buchiana, Bilimina <3 2202 <eneoeer st 85 subglobosa, Cassidulina. .........2...-/.---- 97,98
PRIM ABE ye. Soncs oe canis eee 40,85,88 | subnodosa, Dentalina.....................-- 51
elegantissima, Bulimina............... 89 ipleurostomellansee eee -eeecee 51
marginata, Bulimina.................- 83° |;subornata, Bulimina 2.5.2 -2222ss-an-6a. see 88
punctate, Bolimina: = -...5--o2-0.-6<s 32 | subrotundata, Gaudryina..... BS ea eee 63, 64
scbriebensit, Buliming =: 25.23.0082. 94 | subsquamosa striata, Virgulina ............. 93
propingua, Verneuilina....2........2:.... 53, 57, 67 Wirpulinas 2 23. 32ssest sees ase 92
pseudofiliformis, Gaudryina................. 10s sSibteres. Boling oe. aceon a ee eee eee 89
muneiata, boliwina..2.-. 02... 2-5-2.-2556- 32, 40, 44 Buliminella: Sse so. e eee 2 oeeee ee 89
IBF Boats eee ene Be Ah ene 44." Dextilaria == saat ensanen asia. cet enias neo oee 5

pH puided? Bulimtinag 2) 2-42-2542 osbose. 2k 80,88 chilostomasoccmsseeh seo eeoeeae 69
chilostoma, Gaudryina............ 69 Priseriahe :. So tec scee as Sacceee 55
chilostomella, Gaudryina.......... 69) | |(*textilarioides; Bolivinays2--sss4ess20- sees 46
GERIATR oe eet ete ee 62567 |iRextilaris oo. > ecco see a es eee ee 5, 52, 61
marginata, Bulimina.............. 83 abbreviata- 4.452 s4c-42 eee eee 14
spinulosa, Bulimina..............- 86 agelutinanseoses- nase eee eee 9, 21

Usa WV erBCUIIN A: soe ots es oe eeeiseas 57 Gipitataasene ssa 28
VPA ay NUN ye ose sae sca 54 Astle oe cts cece35s 10
\Wermentliias as oe. Bon ee 54,55 Aistulosatees ces hes 10

pyxila pDulimninaR. oes. eee ss Se gce ss 78 NOGOSATIA SS ac5- osm 27
_ Spinescens, Bulimina................ 78 APSMULAlISs js ess ose eee eles 20
quadrangularis, Gaudryina.................. 65 ASPEla noe pac ee eee se een « 14
quadrilatera, Bolivina. .....22 022 -h25--.5 ee 24 candelansane sens eee ae cena 12
RE RUGS: MeN eee pe 24 Calinatasnecpe sen hase ss ees eos 17
Rhabdammina irregularis................... By CAabenatae 5 2 iase nos sets beni eicnias 23
THOMMNOIM AIS) LExbUlArla . sossae-eescsc~ aces = 16 CONGA VEER Sec aioe emis ices ca ee 22
POPUStA, HBOMVINAe cate see aes ae se 5oes 36 CTASSISEP bak wen oet nee ee ew 24
compacta, BOlivina: 555s. cc. c2cs 36 erescentiformis =< o.-. 62222 calecan 21

108 INDEX.

Page
Textulaniainiiees-ceseees a eaeee wea eee 21
fol s \-ec meee as eee re 19

HOS Sa cgtorkaszaccdsossacscoss 15

PTAMEI IS: 55.5252 c2e teem ase 8
Novridat Joe tacs soees = soe ene tee soe 10
INCONSPICUASes = h2- ee eee ee ceee 18

millettis c-2ios2 50-1 oe o nates cee 13
Quadnilateras--<csc--oseeoeee se 24
FHOMPOIGAIS= sce. eee eee eee 16

TP OSA = ele ee ee ee eee 21
sagittulaiatratan <2... cseee cen 7

Cand Olana miele see oeee 12

WUWLOSA sce se- asc cte aes 13

Niele etebstnets etait ae ere 15
Siphoniferdesssecesse a eee 17
solitainflatas:225-<csss-e 2. oe 20

Strictatece stesso ereee eee ease 11
tricaninatae recess sec ae eee 61
briquetrasvarsooeeee cesses eee 101

CLOCHUS ME Va eee here eee 15
Textulariid ee esas ee oe eee ee nee seeo cena 2
Texbulaniinge: ete eee eae eee see a eet 5
Textularioldes: so ee ee nee er eo eee 26
INH a bas Meee aoe toe eee 26

texturata, Wireline. seer cee sce le= ciel es in 95
triangularis, austriaca, Valvulina..........-. 59
clavulina, Valvulina...........-. 74

conica, Valvulina.-----.--2----- 58

Gadryina lees. escs tees oe 65

Mallia merece acc cseiacsee seer 58

iricaninata weextulanideas sess. secre ee rene. 61
AR TILAK aie tes Soares Seis Serato 61
WVernetilimate: sic. Sans steer 52

trigona, Ehrenbergina serrata...........---- 101
triquetras var. extularia:=2-.--- 2-22-22 --6 101
iriseniata. Lextilarianwes= eee eee ane 55
PTT CAA oor eis eet onsale tan oye are taieiaie ates te 61,71
CADCIALAS EEE Perna eee eeree etc 61,71

Page

Dritexiatricarinatas wees asset ole ee eee 61
Tritaxilina: to. - 208 Sets a ee ee 71
caperatal: ..): 0. o.eeeeeeeeee 71
trochus+Dexgulania teste tcc eee 15
WValvuling <2 coae eee eee oe eee ee 58, 72
aNgulariscccesecee sets seis cee es 74

@UStLIACA Se cemet ne: ces tee 59

CONNICK assent e te ec Shee een 58

GUS as Bee a ere Nis ee 59
parisiensisSe=.-----)-4 foils SRR ee 75
iniangilarisheeseeer eee eee eeeeerre 58

SUS tMACH aa: beecmeeere 59

clavilinate eee 74

CONIA a2. ne nsar eee 58

Viermeulllina ss: ce soe are ee eee ee 52, 72
SELLE eee eee eee 56

pradiyilete seco esr eee 54

COMmmMUnisee. see eee eee eee ners 72
Dolystrophans-e--- one eae 53

PLOPINGUAt eee asee ae ee eee 53, 57, 67

pusilla ete: eee oeeeeesecc seers 57

DYEMBCdE A care ace~ a -creese see 54, 55

rotund ata. ne euek eee ere eee 55
spinulosalzcsesesas2 = 4-22 soe 55
tricaninatas.co9-<.oe eee eee 52
Werneuilininae: 32 a sacee canes sone eee 52
Wirgulina- : .22522sss-e2eennace cee oeceeeeee 91
schreihersiana-. sence scee= one ccc 94

SQUAM OSA So oe Steet cee siceine ee leiee 91
Subdepressae se secee noes sees eee 93
SUDSQUaMOSA == oe sas ee eeee peee=ee 92
strigtass.4--co seen 93
texbtUrataeecn-s-ee oe ee ee eee ees 95
WVulvilinaialatalics-: osess sm. oeeeceecoecere 35
williamsoniana, Bulimina.........--.----.--- 77,90
Buliminoides!eecsssee eee 90

Wie ht ialia| GaGa Gyles ees esas 66

we _ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
_--—s UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

Bulletin 71

4 MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
_ OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

xt

~ Parr Ill. LAGENIDZE

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN —
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

4 nn

WASHINGTON DES 13 iy.

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE Ok Rae
_ 1913

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part III. LAGENIDZE

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WE’ Ncp >

So

2 °oea00e082

DES 13 ile

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1913

BULLETIN OF THE UN ITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,
Issuep DrcemBER 12, 1913.

INTRODUCTION.

The present volume is the third of a series dealing with the Forami-
nifera of the North Pacific Ocean. It contains the Foraminifera
included in the family Lagenide. The first part, issued in 1910,
included the families Astrorhizide and Lituolide. The second part,
issued in 1911, included the family Textulariide. The fourth part
will be devoted to the Chilostomellide, Globigerinide and Num-
mulitide, and further volumes will take up the remaining families
of the Foraminifera as they are represented in the North Pacific.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.
Tit

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

DUERMO c= tee sok hese Ske Re OE oo ra ce tia wee oso Laeeeia a's
ICIP Ces tee ds ee | Me LEER LAS SU ee ona eta as aaa aal
eriararh unt AGRI ES tae oe Cee eer nek Coles aac sae wae ye eS

CTT EIS AETV 2 ae ol a te eo Ge eg, Re

lQhGn: 522 Sec en © San ee erin a te ween . Shas 2

Devries Ans MUL ea eee eh eer. ake tr cee oa ote ea one eee
BACCUIUS MER ara paar a Se AAs heels Ses Saas Coker noaten elena
Clava eet 1 Ved Oat hs SAE Bn fee tre ahs i OR sat sh
MeGerailta eee ferry fi eee ten neta nein ee re er neces Scie ee ed a
Ol eirie eaten tee A eh een ae Se eee eee ase Aa aS
FGISITTIOR Rane ON CET Rieter Rik a) Nc ure arya At etal Saliba
SRM SEN tC TAY the tre arctic aie ape a ke
PMR LEY Oe eA Cah Ota ne ays am Serra fe areas ede eka A
RMON BLS ace hit - Ot ems c ret ere aaa a cake eee

SUIMEN US pil MCP ee er ie te ot ore ens ita eee
WALES CFT DEORLOM OLA GR! aoe ane ee sparta ae ee eee oes
verse ene ee A nse en SS Se een oe ee eae tA a
RAVINE DELS eee AOE et ae rere shoe oe eee tect at Ie
STUNTS cose ee Ine eet Nee Rr ene. ye ea es en aL ete
PST ESEST Pa lata uh pn 2) A a a ih sR aU Sl SEER ra eae eae
eesti: Se UA PRN Sek SNE LE Reet a sok oe ROO SS oe
MADRS CA AnTTOnIN SS: chee aera cere tees, Sh aes = re eR met
ROVE AU oe ee ea ie tae reo erste ac as che eR oo
Vidlieae AERO Re eee sts ayes ere ay a eee ea ts eg ae ate
Cater latae ts Se See Re eee eek oe ee Aree RP eu te aE
BETIS ote Ce ee eet Ble ere els see epee vet 1h ney List
Voir HEATER ORE ste es ci We nates ia <a. aia atale
Von SUNDA ED Lua a eee ee eee ar yee feed cet, epee ree
VAr A SULUILIMOSW a ton, tee oerela are eo Sse aie oes Ste eaiaiere
COBUADA SE Sec ts er ae eee ea Bete oat ara i eaters tala ara a eee erento
WAL AIONOrALC tse sa he es he Aaa win matte a eer arte
WAC PIOUTBONALA es <0 eo va shes a's nad gee a eee
PORTE NTR Sf foe EAI ASA AS 2 Sng a chal eer a ae
FU LCE Tm SD A Be yl Ph li hE MRA ee
Le AUTON DALE aes ae Stan ole oe sve eacrn ey ean ony ices as Leyte
oLILSRE ITE Ts] EAESH 1 UP TR ae se ee I hapa RCN ee
SUG ENTE OSTA Pet er ite ns sca SUING ae are ramet a Nee Mr SESE
SERED Ue PTET ECE SF alee i ea eg: pS A RAR a oe ea
SiTeaeaN Ae ere ee UNE CR NP LAY PTR elie cae ae ak

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 5. Lagenidee—Continued.
Subfamily 1. Lagenine—Continued.
Genus Lagena—Continued.

TUICHORU A tale tage acc ee a a ICN orc eee ree
plumigera.) bee RUA on. ses sateen Siete henselae eee
BLCHIig panic. sate octet we ei ic wee ee en at ae eee
G@rescantieostaita sss seh Me cee ee ean
strinto-areolatac. se 2. ce Sates Mane a
HORQUATA 2s See Me cicc trie eesafeleeineiale cites isch ete cee is eg
desmopliora 2.0.) ce't son Steines cee ao ee ae ee
ROU TRE eye cha icra srt tea re ts pe a cet
PTUGEV TC TE oases ee eat
FOLLGOnIAtIAS eset he cies Det Se ee eee! eR oe
Bitinto-punctata.6 hae. eo Sole Leas Soe ame tien eee
EAT Po Wek ea EY Se ale (ea AR As eet ey a
Biapoyllesrig corse kN e see Ae age Sos ea
GEUMCALAR eee Meter GR Rs Cee ar ee eeepc ale seaiaty ate tate hen = hates
COUT Eg oS VG ek Pa See A Ek OR UN ated eee Pe
auriculgia: var: \Costatas: \ oe Mcloke ea aeieee epi nee meee

Var! SUDCATIN AAR se Mies ete nee eet i eee Meee ee

VET HOD ORIG Ue 220 E oe SU ae Eo a ee aN ec ae
alveolata ieee 7s el 2 i A 2 8 SNe Aes er Re eps

Wars PIEDE aes cee wks a Shes er ah pe te ea

VarNAUDAtHIa tates eae itn ee 4 ye keeanee oe ee

Vary DAsIeRCavata seu Soc tia tsa oe eg a hee ee a

War tproloncata sf hese oh aoe ey eee ee Re oe
Mund rata Pe sees eG Ea oh Ra Rn ee ey aoe ate

VALE SZ Zee 73) Nesta ae eh 2 EC OY ccna
quadricostulatats s-ecscoss secre eee ee Cee eee eee
BETTE NOU SLR TEA Coa ak ee
TABCIA ta War, |SDINOBALcaisewis ok ic sous cel eee oats sees

VAT CATI I bey ieee ts aie te ele tone cles ye ea
BORUMIOTMIS +52. ea be ee ee eon eee oe Ce ee
WNATOMAA soo 82 2) Gee hee ence et ae See ae ae ae eee

Ineenoides =. ste ica. wwe otis aaa a See eee
Vane TOnUIstiiatasessuc se scoeee oe a SRC eae
sublacemoid eae rare oi) AMINE aeRO Te ioe oar sen ne ems
VAT VS ELL UUL Leet eee Ree eh rte TR DAI A aren Ct a at AN
POTTIN OBES nee re a ey eee cet SPRAINS Ed Yee nC ged us oe PAPO
VEU: SLA OR eect ate RY se Ra VN aD Aan a a
VAT, (COTA Bae are he toraia cos sensors. 2 ciexarseetedaenteverain reve era nero pe ee
bicarinata war Materocostata: ea eee eee eee eee eee
OFDIDU YAMA eS ek ye ak A a Sea el ae
VAT PLAC UTI DA erie se oe ycteg. eet en eee Map oO Lin
VareaiCOLONabacceme wes eee ele ei ee Moose eee eae
Val (CON GEMELICA eta aie ee ya a eee eee eel ee eee
War re laine tame mika eae yen el sll Tia gen plese Ae
VAT. CLeMitla tan conse ee an ls ticiee cetera ae eee ee eee
Var alae Se er a sme hae es a ti seep ets na
favoso-puncetata: -o2c ses. ene eee. Coe ee eee ee eee
trigono-mareinatan. hoo. woo ene Cee daeeaae Soe eee

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 5. Lagenidzee—Continued.
pantry 2e Nedouariinte:) Voi ssw ute elt es oe ES
Genus MOdosdMA Sate tease aks AME echehe la bth, cde nate er PENG Saree fate
(Glandulina) rotimdataces 3235 cis Soe ee Soe ae
(Glandnlina) Inewieata 225. aio. fees tes c'/seyaa sear

POSAUNTO CTA chatter etapa tater ee ate epee ete leet reat era at eretety a tc
GIG SSORUMA Leek eee as tise ae eines Stow see ata
ROMER Fis chs alee a oe aie als ae alae Maeda aoode Sa leharale ©
PACICUIAL So aCe SS wee EG Ee a 2 Seles, aioe Cee pane Seale c

DUCT CEs ee erm eet i. at cots Aa EE AE At eu
CONEOWEMIO, ,VAr) CMAGCIAta. Woo f55.c.25 oe eM Sse Soe!
PMU CRON LA cei ces scant gie oie ey cleifaray=etovets ch aia Sc ayseerts leis aienaalalacey are
PAOMICR Ge Soa ono sac Ses a Oc oe melanie eo eg gictonie
Cabeminlataias phys so) pan cs PRR MONE AEN Ey oicie et dtet sa ah Belt ah ae
Meaaeinoatared bay) o)e 2 Nel aac eR ARR CA Scheie dng
Balers] Mey te tas a ung Saa bes Lo) aes SCPE SAP AL EU Leta ATA
PRD MATTU ef sete oa aU ielase bale sian cena s oarn sian a
Ob brg iis: Weis oy-Pcece onus ssa OA, US Sorel oe oi
SROMUCE PALER so ysis SON LLG ac Lae aS SR NS ah

Gea MAT INTID 6s oo oe eee Eee es a bean Bes eb crala'a atmisinisleh
GATEETISU LAE E Geers ees Site Bree ree ear ys ar OS aU ROE aac DS YEP
erensis Iiplasine st ob eecle foot ASS eek Ae oN Ss ae
EPUCATIT AA ote eee ele wes ee EEN EE Ns eM SCAMS Setar cet eis
. TEL U Yer ou by SERA it LOM een RIA DL 6 eR hd ee pe ee a ie
Genus Cristellaria vay Mine Many Beobevay Ma ent ay Me lees SAN gana oi Yi
CU trea Beare Se eres ah cee EN LLL OU PM Me elaine URES I a
MENU OVINE sree ek ee pee tae ea pln ees apa eaeTSa
ANT Ul a ber ot eee See ea et ne Nk ea Se OE) SUN Sie tte
TiC CUTS tte yee os a ere is ea RAL Ie tec ME a) A I oats aks

Gomvyersens. on ok ii be Ue sled si Oe ule See eoeiee es
GUC TIC UL LATIS? ss sys aIe eiat

VIII TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 5. Lagenidee—Continued.
Subfamily 2. Nodosariinzee—Continued.
Genus Cristellaria—Continued.
moa aera se 2 he eh ei iat ok EPS eb WO 2 eae Be ead
denticniitana (7s. 30k ee ttey Solas heen iar tae
SemmMata sss e| ose ck ee «a aia ae Sol ee RENE eyecare pee
COBTA TAs cje tah 2a a 2 sie hc Soe eas Ey rk er gt Rc ear ee
ele meribiscirna 2b et ae a eh eke ah El gn eee ee
wetherellit, ‘var /sublineata.cosss)ode Mes Son oe eee
supalatae ae G2 Le, hase atc |e Mo eee eet ewnG setae eee

WACOM BS secre ceo yateian a rapelape aint ar nels ayn toy SE STE ore ee ete
PROBUIOAG Se a2 Se Been Sern eee eee ee
Gens; Hrondscularia 002 os 2 Crema at ahi ae eek eRe en etn ee FORT nae

ATNCUSED ie ea a ac )s cet Sele sre ease easel: See Ene ne
I EevaKeX er bay te ue en ee NIE Lise Be Relay at va a Seba aa)
COMMIMUMIS 4 = Od Monae fe Nn De Stee 2 Ua enema eee

: ASh ul OSeGTOMIMN Ase ees ear A cieel ees eh coe SENN Oe eae ete
Oblong cs: [os So tire ctr Me ree aa ay cee a
7 COLUSA Tene tsa teeee aera ie ese enc cate tet Cy aR oe ects eC
BOLOTIAS see scan ee AB 1) Sp: 2 A SO A NR Ore ean eet aa
COMIPPEReae sce ae Oe ad ae a ele an Misa U ee eS ce Ne Oa
eleva bissimma te oe yobs a eR ro OO a pe
Pommicol ahs elaine 2, oa ae ane eo. Se Aan ae

fistulose form..... Lam a VL Nt RO Ed Ci Mi RI On Gate

Gens Ungimertma se ieee ere os out CN eek SNR I nC cre puie are
CAMATICTSIS CS Menem MT rts. 90 ge on I ibe ar ea

SLO AGI hee ade a 2A ool cer te 2 oe he me em erage! ey a oka ances

BEISSVORBIS CUP en yeaa crab oe at release PNR Pee eon ae ana
DPrOboseldea tag se ses ee ey uh ia Aeon, UMM ac et eter ian ea

STIL op eS eal coo a ine eee oi suena
COMMITTING od sere ce ces Me Rist Heke eae ners ete ero

irate. 2 ue Lee at Rue oie Cre cree es ee ee irc

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 5. Lagenidsee—Continued.
Subfamily 4. Uvigerinine—Continued.

Genus Uvigerina—Continued. Page.
PIPULLOR SS TSUR Near as tea ch anatiuic «RU cas a aie neo 98

WEEN SPATE casebook RL le See ens 99

DORTOC Ua sae rae gts Soy Bias afin in a ete 8 oie (ak eee 99

SC UULCag be re een eee suet Fok oY OS eeicis ws ot eu oe 100

SECURE et oa Tee ee re eee ee SP er ec i oe 101

Situ acon * Pees ees. eh See be ee he Dk ae aie 102

CE] Ses tha G ieee: cin ON eg ee ie ae eS te eg Oe RA a he 102

formance Vines eet ee a t=) Seat eames IES 103

ESD Rel #1) yk Bea 4 0 Sepals etn PN Ms Co Ren eS 2 103

Genus! Siphoreneninal 3402 ee ees eee Scale cle cis cre eon te 104
Colnmeliariqh Ss: case awe sls yawn ries oS oe oe let tau * 104

DLA OMS Soe A ee ena H Ray sR eR eae LEH ein UM ERE OLY me RR 105

cimorplias: tole e eh eS ee aad AS ua 106

SU G12) RA pea ee is Lo Be TT ae a ne een na ae 107

Tap Anus e aloe ee eee a ee a ae or ee Se Taso 108

PRE arectlOsk <n th dy es seo Ne a cee etc Sea 108

BORIS ULLAPIS es Lp Ara uy Ree ag oo NGS ae Recreate Bae 109

SUERTE DAs Se eee eee meee nn aR) eae an NS 109

SEES Gal te 1 cs aa ne ER oe ner ae Selo 110
A PRVICe aA TRANU AT ee he ee SON yd OL NS ye de Ng hele oe pete 110
OU teb acess eS Se nh eR cea ed outa Ne oh ee a 110

MRSS RUG iors Sr. os uk Oe it na Acid Wane oa aete cia me tee nae 111
NU rere a is ie ee a erg tee A tt eae SP eat a 119

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

LAGENID#.

By JosEPpH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN,
Of the Boston Society of Natural History.

INTRODUCTION.

This third part of the work on the North Pacific Foraminifera deals
entirely with the Lagenide, a family following in natural sequence
those families already considered in the two earlier parts. The same
arrangement of data is here adopted.

The treatment of the Lagenidz will be found perhaps more con-
servative than that adopted in the earlier parts. This is due mainly
to the much greater amount of work that has been done on this family
by students of the Foraminifera. The Lagenidze have seemingly
always been a favorite with workers on the group, and the amount of
literature is far greater than that on the families thus far considered.

There have been a number of works treating of the genus Lagena
alone, and it has therefore been unnecessary to describe any great
number of new species. The recent publication of Mr. Sidebottom on
Lagena' has been of great assistance.

With the working out of the distribution of various species the
faunal areas of the North Pacific have become more clearly defined.
The number of species found at some stations of the United States
Bureau of Fisheries steamer Albatross, off southern Japan, which are
recorded by Brady from off the Philippines, is very considerable.

In addition to determining restrictions of range it has been possible
to greatly extend the known range of certain species.

In this part, in addition to the data given in the other parts, the
bottom temperature record of the station has been given in many
cases. With certain species this seems to have a definite bearing on
the distribution.

1 Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912.

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

A systematic presentation of the various groups of the family

follows:
Family 5. LAGENIDL.

Test calcareous, vitreous, finely perforate; either monothalamous
or made up of a series of chambers arranged in a straight or curved
axis, or close coiled or spirally, or even in an alternating manner;
aperture either radiate or simple, with a neck and phialine lip.

The Lagenide form one of the most distinctive groups of the
Foraminifera and its members are readily recognized. Usually the
genus Lagena, making up the subfamily Lagenide, has been taken as
the radicle from which the other genera have been derived. Species
like L. globosa probably come as near a primitive radicle for this
family as it is possible to determine.

From Lagena the simplest step in development is a series of such
chambers as is seen in Nodosaria. On the other hand this series may
become coiled as in Cristellaria. With these two genera as the base
all the genera of the subfamily Nodosariinz may be definitely assigned
to one or the other groups. With Nodosaria belong such genera as
Lingulina and Triplasia and with Cristellaria as reversionary forms,
Marginulina, Vaginulina, and Frondicularia.

With the subfamily Polymorphinine a distinct mode of develop-
ment is instituted, an alternating subspiral arrangement being
introduced, usually accompanied by a radiate type of aperture.

In the subfamily Uvigermine there is again a spiral arrangement,
much more definite in its characters and the aperture typically has a
long neck and phialine lip.

In the subfamily Ramulinine the method of growth is very irregu-
lar and a mass of stolon-like tubes results.

In various genera microspheric and megalospheric forms occur
and as usual the microspheric form holds longest to the earlier devel-
opmental stages. These stages tend to show that many of the genera
have been derived from a coiled ancestral type, although in the
megalospheric form this is not so definitely shown.

The Lagenide are richly ornamented and the range includes coste,
spines, wing-like plates as well as complicated surface patterns,
especially well developed in the genus Lagena. The various combi-
nations of surface ornamentation, together with the delicacy of form
and curves that appear throughout the group make the Lagenide
by far the most interesting of the various groups of the Foraminifera.

Although some forms are found in shallow water, the best develop-
ment of the Lagenide takes place in waters from 50 to 500 fathoms
in depth. JZagena is found in perhaps greater numbers between
1,000 and 2,000 fathoms as far as the North Pacific material shows.
Warmer waters are necessary for the best development of Cristellaria,
Nodosaria, ete.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

Subfamily 1. LAGHNIN 2.

Test consisting of a single chamber, the aperture either ecto- or
entosolenian.
This subfamily includes the single genus Lagena.

Genus LAGENA Walker and Boys, 1784.

Lagena WatKeER and Boys (type, L. globosa (Montagu)), Test. Min., 1784, p. 3.—H.
B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 440.

Description.—Test monothalamous, smooth or ornamented, gen-
erally flask-shaped, aperture ecto- or entosolenian.

The genus Lagena is one of the largest in point of view of numbers
of described species and varieties of any of the genera of the Fora-
minifera. The opinion as to the limits of variation in the group
varies with nearly every student of the group. In the material [
have examined I have again and again been made aware of the simi-
larity, even the almost identical character of ornamentation in speci-
mens from widely separated stations, but usually in the same faunal
area. Then, too, there must be recognized a considerable amount of
variation in the group as well. The whole problem of Lagena is a
very puzzling one, but the greater the amount of material from a
given area the more definite these limits of variation seem. With a
large series of specimens from a given faunal area it would seem that
the limits of variation might be rather definitely fixed and a more
orderly system brought out of the present somewhat chaotic condition.

In describing the various species and varieties of Lagena a general
scheme has been adopted of keeping those species together which
have similarities of ornamentation. In this way they may be most
easily grouped, and this has been the method usually followed by
previous writers.

On the basis of the aperture various names have been used in a
generic sense, such as Entosolenia, Fissurina, Phialina, and so on,
and on the basis of form many others have been used. The value of
these groupings can only be tested by the study of large series as has
already been suggested.

I have not tried to make the synonymy in any sense complete, as the
whole literature in regard to the genus is in such a chaotic state. The

following species and varieties have been recognized from the North
Pacific:

LAGENA GLOBOSA (Montagu).

Plate 4, fig. 2.

“Serpula (Lagena) laevis globosa” Watker and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 3,
pl. 1, fig. 8.

Vermiculum globosum Monraau, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 523.

Lagena globosa Brown, Illus. Rec. Conch. Great Britain and Ireland, ed. 1,
1827, pl. 1, fig. 37; ed. 2, 1884, p. 126, pl. 56, fig. 37.—Reuss, Sitz. kais.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 318, pl. 1, figs. 1-3; Bull.

4 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Acad. Roy. Belg., ser. 2, vol. 15, 1853, p. 143, pl. 1, figs. 13, 14.—Jonzs,
Parker, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc. Mon., vol. 19, 1866, p. 32, pl. 1, fig.
32.—Butscul, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen Thier-Reichs, vol. 1, 1880,
p. 197, pl. 7, fig. 2—TEerquem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882,
p. 26, pl. 1, fig. 7—Terria1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 35, 1883,
p. 170, pl. 2, fig. 3—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 452, pl. 56, figs. 1-3.—Ba.LKwiLL and Wriacut, Trans. Roy. Irish
Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 336.—SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 744, pl. 14, fig. 11—Haxrusuer, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min.,
1887, pt. 1, p. 181, pl. 4, figs. 1-4 (not 5-18).—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and
Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 221.—Wrieut, Proc.
Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 477.—Eaarr, Abh. k6n. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 323, pl. 10, fig. 69.—Goks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 77, pl. 18, fig. 741.—
CHaprMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 27.—Morron, Proc. Port-
land Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, pt. 4, 1897, p. 116, pl. 1, fig. 1—Ea@err, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 21, 1899, p. 102, pl. 5, fig. 3.—
Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 306, pl. 53, fig. 4—Kiazr,
Rep. Norwegian Fish. Mar. Invest., vol. 1, No. 7, 1900, p. 39, pl., fig. 17.—
MiuuetTt, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 3.—RaumBLER, Zool. Jahrb.
Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 63.—SrpEBorrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 1.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol, 34, 1908, p. 141.—StpeBorrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 14.

Entosolenia globosa WittrAMson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848,
p. 16, pl. 2, figs. 13, 14; Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 8, pl. 1, figs.
15, 16.—Dawson, Can. Nat., vol. 4, 1859, p. 28, figs. 4, 5; vol. 6, 1872, p. 254,
pl. 3, fig. 2.

Lagena sulcata, var. (Entosolenia) globosa PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 348, pl. 13, figs, 37a, b; pl. 16, figs. 10a, b.

Description.—Test subspherical, smooth, aperture either stellate or
a fissure with an entosolenian neck, wall thin, usually transparent,
but sometimes thicker and nearly opaque, white.

Length about 0.35 mm.; breadth usually a little less.

Distribution.—This species seems to be a cosmopolitan one and is
well distributed in the North Pacific as elsewhere. Nearly all the
stations are in deep water, but a few are in shallow depths and near
shore in the case of the record of Rhumbler off the Chatham Islands
and Brady from the coral reefs of Honolulu.

A great many very variable figures are found if one looks up the
synonymy of this species. According as the author’s idea of variation
has been restricted or loose the number of things put here varies.
Perhaps the worst example of the latter is that of Parker and Jones.!

1 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, pl. 11, figs. 25-29, where four figures referred to this species
are four distinct species not one of which can be in any sense truly referred to this species with a smooth
test. Brady’s specimen from the Silurian as figured might be fully as well and perhaps better some form
of Difflugia than Lagena globosa.

Balkwill and Wright, 1885, make note of two forms occurring in their material, one with a stellate aperture

the other with a fissure. Witha large collection of material various forms would doubtless be found which
are perhaps of varietal rank and definitely distributed.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 5

LAGENA OVUM (Ehrenberg).
Plate 2, fig. 2.

Miliola ovum ExRENBERG, Berlin Monatsber., 1843, p. 166; Mikrogeologie, 1854,
pl. 23, fig. 2; pl. 29, fig. 45; pl. 31, fig. 4.

Lagena ovum Marsson, Mitth. nat. Ver. Neu-Vorpom. Riigen, Jahrg. 10, 1878,
p. 120, pl. 1, fig. 1—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 454, pl. 56, fig. 5.

Description.—Test elongate, elliptical in front view, nearly circular
in cross section, slightly compressed, ends broadly rounded, nearly
equal; wall thin, transparent, smooth; aperture broadly elliptical,
central, with a comparatively short entosolenian neck.

Length 0.4 mm.; breadth 0.2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station in the North Pacitic, in 2,300 fathoms. Specimens appar-
ently referable to this species have occurred at three Nero stations,
1129 in 1,505 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama, 2049 in 2,226
fathoms, and 2064 in 1,355 fathoms, both off the Hawaiian Islands.

Ehrenberg’s figures referred to Miliola are rather crude and inde-
terminate to which to. assign this recent species, and it may be ques-
tioned whether this is a wholly satisfactory disposal of these almost

elliptical forms.
LAGENA LEVIS (Montagu).

Plate 1, fig. 3; plate 38, fig. 5.

*“‘Serpula (Lagena) levis ovalis’? WatKER and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 3,
pl. 1, fig. 9.

Vermiculum leve Montacu, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 524.

Lagenula levis Fiemine, Brit. Anim., 1828, p. 235.

Lagena levis Wiu1aMson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848, p. 12, pl. 1,
figs. 1, 2—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
455.—JoNES, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 40, 1884, p. 769, pl. 34, fig. 3 [?].—
SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 744, pl. 14, fig.
13.—HAaAEvsLER, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., pt. 1, 1887, p. 181, pl. 4, figs.
31-49.—Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. 10, 1890,
p. 466, pl. 1, fig. 1—Marrant, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 10, 1891, p. 725,
pl. 21, fig. 9 —Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 478.—
Fornasint, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 431, pl. 2,
fig. 1.—CHarmaNn, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893, p. 581, pl. 8, fig. 5—Gois,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 74, pl. 18, figs.
719-722.—Kécer, Jahrb. 16, Nat. Ver. Passau, 1895, p. 24, pl. 2, fig. 11.—
Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 51.—Fornasin1, Mem.
Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1898, p. 210, pl., fig. 19.—Eacer,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 21, 1899, p. 102, pl. 5,
fig. 2.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 306, pl. 53, fig. 6.—
Wricut, in Meade, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 12.—
Smivestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 17, 1900, p. 244, pl. 6,
fig. 56.—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 9.—Baae, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 141.

Miliola levis EHRENBERG, Mikrogeologie, 1854, pl. 26, fig. 2; pl. 31, fig. 5.

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Ovulina clava EHRENBERG, Mikrogeologie, 1854, pl. 32, II, fig. 2b.

Lagena vulgaris Wixt1AMson, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 4, pl. 1, figs. 5,
5a.—Revss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862, p. 321, pl. 1, fig,
15; pl. 2; figs. 16, /17.

Lagena sulcata, var. levis PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 349, pl. 13, fig. 22; pl. 16, fig. 9a. ‘ :

Description.—Test in front view oval, elliptical, or nearly circular,
with a more or less elongate neck, in cross section subcircular; wall
smooth, usually transparent; aperture at the end of the elongate
neck, which often has a phialine lip.

Length up to 0.8 mm.; diameter up to 0.4 mm.

Distribution.—This species from the records would seem to be very
common everywhere in the present oceans and in all the geological
formations in which Foraminifera occur, but in the North Pacific
material examined the species has occurred but a few times. Brady
records it from several stations, but none of the figures in the Chal-
lenger report represent the typical species, and most of them may
be referred to other things. All the specimens I have had came
from the Nero and Albatross material dredged off Japan and be-
tween there and Guam, in 437 to 2,250 fathoms. Bagg records it
from off the Hawaiian Islands and Goés from the western coast of
America.

The synonymy of this species is interesting, including a very great
range of things, some smooth, others striate, hispid, and variously
ornamented, and in form a great many varied shapes are placed
here. Without the original material it is useless to try to straighten
out this perplexity of figures, as some of them in the older works are
more or less conventionalized.

It is interesting to note the lack of records for this species in some
of the works of more careful students. From this and my own expe-
rience the question of the very general distribution of this species

may be raised.
7 LAGENA ACUTA (Reuss).

Plate 38, fig. 6.

Fissurina acuta Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p.
340, pl. 7, figs. 90, 91.
Lagena acuta Fornasint, Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 7, 1888, p. 47, pl. 3, fig. 6.
Description.—Test somewhat elongate, compressed, in front view
pyriform, broadest toward the aboral end, tapering gradually to the
bluntly pointed apertural end, aboral end with an acutely pointed
tip, more or less prominent, wall smooth, aperture elongate elliptical,
extending to the central chamber by a fairly long neck.
Length about 0.75 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. q

Distribution.—This species seems to be rare in the North Pacific,
having been noted but once in the material examined, Nero station 10,
in 2,098 fathoms, west of the Hawaiian Islands.

This seems to be distinct from the form here referred to L. sacculus
Fornasini, as the outline is more nearly that of the figures given by
Reuss and the exterior is very smoothly sloping without an accentua-
tion of the central chamber as in the species L. sacculus.

LAGENA LZVIGATA (Reuss).

Plate 2, fig. 1.

Fissurina levigata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 366, pl.
46, fig. 1; Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 338, pl. 6,
fig. 84.—Trerquem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 30, pl. 1
(9), figs. 17 a, 6.

Lagena levigata TerrIc1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 177,
pl. 1, fig. 6H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
473, pl. 114, figs. 8 a,b. —Buackwiu and MixeTT, Journ. Micr., vol. 3, 1884,
p. 81, pl. 2, fig. 6—Eaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 330, pl. 10, figs. 64, 65.—Mapsen, Medd. fra Dansk. Geol,
Forening, No. 2, 1895, pp. 74, 195, pl., fig. 3—Miierr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1901, p. 493.—SrpEBotrrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 6 [?].

Fissurina globosa BORNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855, p. 317,
pl. 12, fig. 4.

Lagena marginata HarustER, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1887, pt. 1, p. 186, pl. 4,
figs. 51, 52 (not Vermiculum marginatum Montagu).

Description.—Test subglobose, compressed, somewhat pyriform in
front view, in cross section elliptical; wall smooth, transparent in
thin specimens or opaque in more thickened ones, along the lateral
margins usually clear even in thickened specimens; aperture elongate,
fairly narrow, connecting with the interior by a fairly long entoso-
lenian neck.

Length up to 1 mm.; breadth slightly less.

Distribution.—Brady records this species at four Challenger sta-
tions in the western and middle North Pacific from 1,850 to 3,125
fathoms in depth. In the material which I have examined it has
occurred at many Nero and Tuscarora stations from the Hawaiian
Jslands to Japan, the depths varying from 1,186 to 2,086 fathoms.

This species is common everywhere from existing records, yet fails
to appear as would be expected in lists from certain regions. This
may be due to the fact that the figure in the Challenger Report was
not placed on the plates with the others but is near the end of the
volume and may have been overlooked.

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——2

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

LAGENA SACCULUS Fornasini.
Plate 3, figs. 1-3.

Lagena acuta H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 474,
pl. 59, figs. 6a, b (not L. acuta (Reuss)).

Lagena acuta, var. sacculus ForNasIN1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 9,
1901, p. 49, fig. 3.

Description.—Test usually somewhat carinate, body of test in
front view nearly circular, in end view broadly elliptical, neck some-
What variable in length and breadth, but varying correspondingly
with the development of the carina, which may be very slight or
rather well developed according to the specimen; wall smooth,
fairly thick, either transparent and distinctly punctate or thickened
and nearly opaque, aboral end of test extending out into an acute
angled process; aperture at the exterior elongate, elliptical, with a
well-developed entosolenian neck extending well into the central
cavity of the test, usually with the inner end somewhat expanded,
carina when well developed often showing radial lines formed by
punctz extending in from its periphery.

Length up to 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—Well distributed in the Nero material from the region
west of the Hawaiian Islands to Guam and the coast of Japan. The
depths of the stations at which this species was taken vary from
1,088 to 2,225 fathoms, most of the stations being more than 1,500
fathoms in depth. There are records for two Challenger stations, 241
in 2,300 fathoms and 244 in 1,850 fathoms, both east from Japan.

This is one of the species in which a definite variation seems to
occur. In the specimen figured by Fornasini there is little if any
keel developed and the external neck is very short and broad. From
this the variation is through a series increasing the breadth of the
carina and at the same time increasing the length of the neck until
in such specimens as that figured by Brady and again in my figure
(fig. 8) there is a broad fairly thin keel and a relatively long ne¢k.
Throughout the series, however, there is the same shape to the body
of the test, circular in front view and broadly elliptical in end view;
the external aperture remains elliptical and the entosolenian neck of
the same general shape and of fairly uniform length.

Reuss’s figure of Fissurina acuta shows a specimen with amuch more
elongate body and an acute apertural end, the whole outline con-
siderably different from our recent specimens, and apparently Forna-
sini is right in segregating this form from that described by Reuss.
Even Brady questioned the identity of the two.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

LAGENA CLAVATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 2, fig. 3.

Oolina clavata pD’ORrBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 24, pl. 1, fig. 2.

Lagena clavata Macxtr, Recreative Science, vol. 1, 1859, p. 148, fig. 13.—Reuss,
Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 320, pl. 1, figs. 13, 14.—
TrerqueEM, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 25, pl. 1 (9), fig.
2.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 456.—
Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 324,
pl. 10, fig. 68.—Haruster, Abh. schweiz. Pal. Ges., vol. 20, 1893, p. 14, pl. 1,
figs. 17-22.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894,
p. 75, pl. 13, figs. 725-727.—Morrton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2,
pt. 4, 1897, p. 116, pl. 1, fig. 2.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 7, 1897 (1898), p. 14 (206), pl., fig. 18—Wruicur, in Meade,
Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 13.—Mmerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 490.

Lagena levis, var. amphora Wit1amson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1,
1848, p. 12, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4.

Lagena levis HaEusuLER, Neues Jahrb., 1887, pt. 1, p. 181, pl. 4, figs. 39-48; Abh.
schweiz. Pal. Ges., vol. 17, 1890, p. 86, pl. 13, figs. 17, 18.

Lagena vulgaris, var. clavata Wi11aAMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858,

Doon pl. 1h fies 6.
Lagena levis, var. clavata WrieuT, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891,
p. 478.

Description.—Test elongate, clavate or fusiform, with a long neck
at the oral end and an elongation of the test somewhat variable in
length at the aboral end, surface smooth, cross section nearly circular,
wall thin and transparent, aperture nearly circular, at the end of the
neck, often with a phialine lip.

Length up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Apparently this species is not definitely recorded
from the North Pacific. The only material I have had referable to
this species was from Nero station 1466 in 234 fathoms near Guam.

LAGENA LATERALIS, new species.
Plate 1, fig. 1.

Description—Test elongate, somewhat compressed, broadest
toward the basal end, apertural end somewhat tapering, both ends
broadly rounded, the basal end somewhat truncate, end view oval;
wall smooth, transparent or nearly so, the flattened sides closely
set with puncte, the lateral margins without puncte, aperture
lateral, at one side below the apex, elongate, elliptical with lip-like
margins, with a long entosolenian neck more than half the length
of the test, flaring at its inner end.

Length about 0.45 mm.; broadest diameter about 0.2 mm.

Distribution—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8524, U.S.N.M., from
Albatross D4974 in 905 fathoms off Yokohama, Japan. Specimens

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

also occurred at several Nero stations and one Tuscarora station
between Guam and Yokohama in 660 to 2,104 fathoms. There was
little variation observed in the specimens from these six stations.

The specimens figured by Brady * may very probably belong to this
species. They have the broad-lipped aperture at one side of the
axis while Reuss’s examples of L. apiculaia have a definite stellate
aperture.

LAGENA COLLARIS, new species.

Plate 1, fig. 2.

Description.—Test elongate, ovoid in front view, widest near the
aboral end, apertural end with a deep constriction somewhat in from
the actual end; cross section circular, wall thin, transparent, smooth;
aperture nearly circular, opening into a separate cavity which con-
nects with the larger part of the test by a short entosolenian tube.

Length 0.35 mm.; breadth 0.2 mm.

Distribution —Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8525, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1147 in 1,856 fathoms, midway between Yokohama and Guam.

The external constriction in the test seems to really mark the apex
of the test and the small portion above is a supra-added chamber-
like portion of the test with its own aperture to the exterior. From
the level of the constriction or slightly above there is a short entoso-
lenian tube passing downward into the main cavity of the test.

LAGENA FELSINEA Fornasini.
Plate 4, fig. 1.

Lagena vulgaris, var. (Entosolenia) globosa RymeR-JonEs, Trans. Linn. London,
vol. 30, 1872, pl. 19, fig. 2 (not L. globosa (Montagu)).

Lagena apiculata H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, pl. 56, fig. 4.

Lagena emaciata, var. felsinea Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol.
9, 1901, p. 47, fig. 1.

Description.—Test elongate; subcylindrical, arcuate in side view
especially toward the apertural end, aboral end broader, rounded
or slightly acute; wall thin, smooth, aperture eccentric, rounded,
with a long entosolenian neck somewhat inflated at its inner end.

Length about 0.7 mm.; diameter about 0.25 mm.

Distribution Specimen figured from Nero station 1012 in 1,932
fathoms between Guam and Japan. The specimen figured by
Rymer-Jones was from the region of Java. Fornasini’s original
specimen is from the Mediterranean region.

1Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 56, figs. 17, 18.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, Lt

LAGENA GRACILLIMA (Seguenza).

Plate 1, fig. 4.
Amphorina gracilis Costa, Atti Accad. Pontiniana, vol. 7, 1856, p. 121, pl. 11,
fig. 11.
Amphorina gracillima SEGUENZA, Foram. mon. Mioc. Messina, 1862, p. 51, pl. 1,
fig. 37.

Lagena gracillima Jones, Parker, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc. Mon., vol. 19,
1866, p. 45, pl. 1, figs. 36, 37—H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4,
vol. 6, 1870, p. 292, pl. 11, figs. 6a-c_—Butscuu1, in Bronn, Klassen und
Ordnungen Thier-Reichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 197, pl. 7, fig. 20—Fornasmnt,
Boll. Soc. Geol. Ital., vol. 2, 1883, p. 185, pl. 2, fig. 5H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 456, pl. 56, figs. 21, 22, 24-26 [19?
20? 23? 27? 28?].—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol.
18, 1893, p. 330, pl. 10, fig. 12.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 75, pl. 13, fig. 729 (not 728, 730); Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 52.—F unt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 306,
pl. 53, fig. 3—Smvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 17, 1900,
p. 245, pl. 6, fig. 42 —Mitert, Journ. Ray. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 491.

Lagena sulcata, var. distoma-polita ParKER and Jonzs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 357, pl. 13, fig. 21; pl. 18, fig. 8.

Lagena lxvis, var. gracillima Wriaut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891,
p. 478.

Description—Test much elongate, slender, broadest near the
middle, thence tapering toward either end and continued out into a
long slender tubular neck at each end, apertural end with a definite
rim at the apex when complete and the opposite end probably
closed in perfect specimens, delicate, wall thin and hyaline, smooth;
transparent.

Length up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Brady from three Chal-
lenger stations; 206 in 2,100 fathoms in the China Sea; 241 in 2,300
fathoms east of Japan; and 232 in 345 fathoms on the Hyalonema-
ground south of Japan. Goés records it from three Albatross sta-
tions off the west coast of America in 782, 1,132, and 1,832 fathoms.
In the material I have had the species has occurred in these same
two regions, Albatross D4775 in 584 fathoms and D4964 in 37 fathoms,
both off Japan, and Tuscarora station 9, in 980 fathoms off southern
California.

Although this species is usually described as having an aperture at
both ends it seems to me that this is accidental, and that in perfect
specimens the aboral end will be found to be closed. Owing to the
extreme tenuity of the ends and the fragile character of the wall,
the perfect aperture with its prominent lip is seen in but a small
per cent of the specimens examined. This is apparently due to
breakage in handling the material. The same is probably true of
the aboral end, for no trace of a lip or other indication of a finished
end is noted either in specimens or figures of this species. The

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

complete apertural end is shown in the accompanying figure and in
the figure given by Parker and Jones (pl. 18, fig. 8). There may be
gradations between this species and Lagena elongata, but as far as
seen L. gracillima has the main portion of the test decidedly fusi-
form, while in L. elongata the sides are usually nearly parallel for a
considerable portion of their length.

The specimen figured by Flint, which in his figure (pl. 53, fig. 3)
is shown as the second specimen from the left side, is the most per-
fect I have seen and shows the perfect apertural lip and the almost
perfect aboral end terminating in a very delicately pointed tip.
Some of the other specimens in this set had perhaps best be referred
to L. elongata.

LAGENA ELONGATA (Ehrenberg).

Plate 1, fig. 5.

Miliola elongata EHRENBERG, Bericht preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844, p. 274,
1845, p. 371; Mikrogeologie, 1854, pl. 25, fig. 1.

Lagena elongata Tate and Buaxke, Yorkshire Lias, 1876, p. 454, pl. 18, figs. 9, 9a.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 457, pl. 56,
fig. 29.—Goks, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 75,
pl. 18, fig. 731.—Fiimt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 306, pl. 53,
fig. 1.—Mriuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 492, pl. 8, fig. 10 —CHap-
MAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 91.

Lagena gracillima (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, pl. 56, figs. 27, 28.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
No. 9, 1894, pl. 13, figs. 728, 730 (not 729).

Lagena vulgaris, var. distoma-polita Rymer-JONES (part), Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. 30, 1875, p. 64, pl. 19, fig. 55.

Description.—Test much elongate, slender, middle portion cylindrical
tapering gradually into slender tubular projections at either end,
apertural end when complete with a slightly projecting lip; wall thin
and hyaline, smooth; transparent.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species does not seem to be recorded from the
North Pacific. Ihave found specimens in but two regions in the mate-
rial I have examined, Albatross H4025 in 536 fathoms in Bering Sea and
several stations off Japan, depths varying from 44 to 649 fathoms,
average 308 fathoms, and bottom temperatures varying from 38.1° F.
to 39.9° F. In none of these cases was L. gracilluma present.

As usually considered, this species is cylindrical in the middle, with
nearly parallel sides for a considerable distance, instead of fusiform
from the middle as in L. gracillima. In rare cases the apertural lip
seems to be preserved, but usually specimens are broken close back to
the stouter cylindrical portion.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

The original figure given by Ehrenberg is a rather poor one, but may
be this species. Egger’s figure’ has prominent lines of punctz which
are not typical of this species,and apparently does not belong here.

LAGENA APICULATA (Reuss).

Oolina apiculata Reuss, in Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 4, 1850, p. 22, pl. 1,
fig. 1.

Lagena apiculata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862 (1863), p. 319,
pl. 1, figs. 4-8, 10, 11—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 453, pl. 56, figs. 4, 15-18.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, 1894, p. 80, pl. 18, fig. 747.—Stpesorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr.
Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 381, pl. 14, figs. 16-18.

Description.—Test subglobose, smooth, entosolenian, but slightly if
at all compressed, apical end with a pointed spine, variable in length.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded in the Summary of Results
of the Challenger Report at stations in the western Pacific down to
2,300 fathoms. I have had a specimen from Nero station 1155 in
1,652 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

LAGENA HISPIDA Reuss.
Plate 4, figs. 4, 5; plate 5, fig. 1.

“‘Sphaerule hispide” Sotpan1, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 53, pl. 17, figs.
Vek.

Lagena hispida Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 10, 1858, p. 43; Sitz.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1863, p. 335, pl. 6, figs. 77-79.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 459, pl. 57, figs. 1-4; pl. 59,
figs. 2, 5—Eacerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 324, pl. 10, fig. 26.—Fint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 307,
pl. 53, fig. 8—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 141.—Srpz-

BOTTOM, Journ. Quekett Micr. Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 385, pl. 14, fig. 31;
pl. 15, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—Test variously formed, globular to pyriform, the sur-
face clothed with delicate spines uniformly distributed over the test.

Length 0.4 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution—Brady records this species at a single Challenger
station in the North Pacific off Japan in 345 fathoms. Bagg records
it from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross station H4585
in 689 fathoms. I have material from Nero station 2037 in 55 fathoms
off the Hawaiian Islands, 1147 in 1,856 fathoms and Albatross D4891
in 181 fathoms, both off Japan.

Figures are here given of two of the modifications noted, the globose
form with long tubular projection (pl. 4, fig. 5) and the compressed
form (pl. 4, fig. 4) noted by Sidebottom.

«! Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 0, vol. 18, 1893, pl. 10, fig. 14.

14 BULLETIN aay UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
LAGENA HISPIDULA, new species.

Plate 5, figs. 2, 3.

Lagena levis H. B. Brapy (part) (not L. levis (Montagu)), Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 56, figs. 10, 11.

Description—Test flask-shaped, broadly rounded at the base,
abruptly narrowed above into a long tubular neck, whole surface
very finely and evenly hispid; aperture rounded.

Length 0.60 to 0.95 mm.

NMsiribution.—This species occurred in the North Pacific material
off the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2049 in 2,226 fathoms, off
Japan, Albatross station D4950 in 529 fathoms, bottom temperature
38.9° F., in Gaspar Straits, North Pacific Exploring Expedition,
Captain Rodgers, and at several Nero stations along the line of sound-
ings between Yokohama and Japan, as follows: 1137 in 2,250 fathoms;
1160 in 1,907 fathoms; 1163 in 2,049 fathoms; 1209 in 660 fathoms;
1264 in 2,080 fathoms (type-locality); 1306 in 1,208 fathoms’ and
1310 in 518 fathoms.

Type.—Cat. No. 8526, U.S.N.M.

This species, which has been included in Lagena levis, has a very
characteristic form and is as far as I have observed invariably hispid.
In fact in selected material this form has been taken out first with
a low-power lens on account of form alone, and has always been found
hispid when examined with a higher-power lens. It seems worthy
of being separated from the smooth, more pyriform L. levis.

LAGENA AMPULLA-DISTOMA (Rymer-Jones).
Plate 14, fig. 7.

Lagena vulgaris WILLIAMSON, var. ampulla-distoma RyMER-JoNES, Trans. Linn,
Soc. London, vol. 30, 1872, p. 63, pl. 19, fig. 52.

Lagena ampulla-distoma H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 458, pl. 57, fig. 5—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 5, pl.
1, fig. 5.—Simpesorttom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 384.

Description.—Test subglobular, broadest slightly below the mid-
dle, apertural end broadly truncate with a raised rim about the
aperture at some distance; apical end with an external tube usually
somewhat curved; wall of the test rough granular.

Length 0.4 to 0.6 mm.

Disiribution.—The only occurrence of this species in the North
Pacific material examined is Nero station 2037 in 55 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 15
LAGENA AMPULLA-DISTOMA (Rymer-Jones), var. CRIBROSTOMOIDES, new variety.

Plate 4, fig. 3.

Description.—Like the typical, but the aperture a sieve-like plate,
with numerous small rounded openings, apical end with numerous
spines as well as the apical tubular projection.

Length 0.4 mm.

Distribution. —Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8527, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1310 in 518 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

This variety shows a rather unusual type of aperture for this
genus.

LAGENA HYSTRIX Reuss.
Plate 5, fig. 5.
Lagena hystrix Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 335,
1. 6, fig. 80.
aa histrix TerquEM, Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 28, pl.
1 (9), fig. 14; ser. 3, vol. 4, 1886, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 7.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, somewhat compressed, broadest
at about the middle, neck short; surface with spine-like tubes, open
at the end, intermediate spaces punctate.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution Specimens which from their peculiar surface orna-
mentation seem to belong to this species occurred off Japan, Nero
station 1294 in 1,417 fathoms and Albatross H4878 in 84 fathoms,
bottom temperature 51.9° F.

A figure is given showing the surface view of the tubulations.
These are apparentiy not broken spines, as suggested by Brady, but
are a definitely developed surface character in the test of this species.

LAGENA PUNCTULATA, new species.

Plate 5, fig. 4.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, broadest below the middle,
apical end rounded, apertural end gradually tapering to a short neck
with a phialine lip; rounded in cross section; surface with an orna-
mentation consisting of an irregular series of large puncte or fine
pores, with the areas between finely punctate.

Length 0.4 mm.

Distribution —Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8528, U.S.N.M., from Alba-
tross station H4878 in 84 fathoms off Japan.

This species is perhaps related to L. hystrix, but the ornamentation
consists of pores instead of spine-like tubulations.

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

LAGENA ASPERA Reuss.

Plate 16, fig. 1.

Lagena aspera Revss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 44, 1861, p. 305, pl. 1, fig. 5;
vol. 46, 1863, p. 335, pl. 6, fig. 81—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 457, pl. 57, figs. 7-10.—Batkwit and Wricut,
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 337, pl. 14, figs. 10-12.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893, p. 582, pl. 8, fig. 8—EaceEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 325, pl. 10,
fig. 11.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, usually globular with a short
stout neck, surface ornamented with an irregularly placed series of
beadlike blunt spines.

Length 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from two Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific in 2,050 and 2,300 fathoms. I have seen
it but once, from Nero station 172 in 2,086 fathoms near the Midway”
Islands and 1463 in 951 fathoms near Guam.

In this specimen there is a tendency for the ornamentation on the
neck to be linear in its arrangement and a definite phialine lip is
present.

LAGENA SQUAMOSA (Montagu).

Plate 6, fig. 1.

Vermiculum squamosum Montaau, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 526, pl. 14, fig. 2.

Entosolenia syuamosa Witt1AMson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848,
pl. 2, fig. 19; Rec. For. Great Britain; p. 12, pl. 1, fig. 29.

Lagena squamosa Brown, Ill. Rec. Conch. Great Britain, 1827, pl. 1, fig. 32.—
JONES, PARKER, and H. B. Brapy, Mon. For. Crag, 1866, p. 39, pl. 4, fig. 7.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 471, pl. 58, figs.
28-31.—BaLKwit and Wriceut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885,
p. 340, pl. 14, fig. 9 —Eeerr, Abh. koén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 326, pl. 10, figs. 58, 59.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 79, pl. 13, fig. 745.

Entosolenia globosa, var. sgquamosa PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, p. 278, pl. 11, fig. 25.

Description.—Test subglobular, broadly rounded at the apical end,
bluntly pointed at the apertural end, surface reticulated, the aper-
tural end of each areole being arched, giving the appearance of over-
lapping scales.

Length 0.25 to 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—I have had material of this species from the follow-
ing North Pacific stations: Tuscarora 2, lat. 21° 07’ N.; long. 158°
14’ W., in 1,468 fathoms and 41, lat. 33° 38’ N.; long. 120° 38’ W., in
530 fathoms; Nero stations 201 in 1,033 fathoms near the Midway
Islands and 1065 in 1,321 fathoms north of Guam; and Albatross
station D4825 in 120 fathoms off Japan.

This species may be distinguished from ZL. hexagona and its varie-
ties by the form of the reticulations.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 17
.
LAGENA HEXAGONA (Williamson).

Plate 6, figs. 2, 3.

Entosolenia sywamosa Montacu, var. hexagona Wiuut1amson, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848, p. 20, pl. 2, fig. 23; Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858,
pe. 18;\pl. 1; fig: 31.

Lagena hexagona S1ppat1, Cat. Brit. Rec. For., 1879, p. 6.—GrrENn, Amer. Journ.
Micr., vol. 6, 1881, p. 46, pl., fig. 4-H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 472, pl. 58, figs. 32, 33.—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 326, pl. 10, fig. 60.—SiprBottrom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910,
p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 3.

Description.—Test subglobular, broadly rounded at the apical end,
bluntly pointed at the apertural end, surface ornamentation consist-
ing of a reticulate pattern, the areoles of which are hexagonal, oe
arranged in vertical rows or irregular.

Length 0.25 to 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—I have had this species from the following North
Pacific stations: Nero 1867 in 2,311 fathoms near the Midway Islands;
1603 in 1,733 fathoms and 1294 in 1,417 fathoms between Guam and
Yokohama; and Albatross D4957 in 437 fathoms and D5054 in 282
fathoms off Japan.

In the specimens examined the arrangement of the reticulations
seems usually to be very irregular, but occasionally it assumes vertical
lines.

LAGENA HEXAGONA (Williamson), var. SCALARIFORMIS (Williamson).
Plate 6, fig. 4.

Entosolenia squamosa (Montaav), var. scalariformis WrLL1AMSON, Rec. For. Great
Britain, 1858, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. 30.

Lagena scalariformis Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863),
p. 333, pl. 5, figs. 69-71.

Description.—Test similar in form to L. hexagona but differing in
the surface ornamentation, which is elongate hexagonal, the vertical
sides forming almost continuous cost, the sides of the reticulations
being thick.

Length 0.33 mm.

Distribution. —This form was noted at two North Pacific stations:
Tuscarora 5, lat. 37° 04’ N.; long. 123° 22’ W., in 1,200 fathoms, and
Nero station 201 in 1,033 fathoms near the Midway Islands.

LAGENA FOVEOLATA Reuss.
Plate 7, fig. 3.

Lagena foveolata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p
332, pl. 5, fig. 65.—Miuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 11, pl. 1, fig. 15.—
SmEBorTtom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 395, pl. 16, fig. 15.

Description—Test pyriform, broadest toward the base, broadly
rounded at the apical end, gradually tapering to the slender neck at
the apertural end, surface ornamentation consisting of longitudinal

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

raised coste, the furrows between divided transversely by less well-
developed transverse coste.

Length 0.25 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens occurred at three Nero stations between
Guam and Yokohama; 1065 in 1,321 fathoms, 1128 in 1,418 fathoms,
and 1301 in 1,088 fathoms. The coarser of these is here figured.
The other is much finer in its sculpturing. Both specimens are closer
to Reuss’s figure than those given by either Millett or Sidebottom.

LAGENA FOVEOLATA Reuss, var. PARADOXA Sidebottom.
Plate 15, fig. 3.

Lagena foveolata Reuss (?), var. paradoxa SrmpEBoTToM, Journ. Quekett Micr.
Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 395, pl. 16, figs. 22, 23.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, elongate, broad and rounded at
the aboral end, tapering gradually toward the apertural end; neck
short but definite; wall ornamented with longitudinal coste running
the entire length of the test, the inner costal furrows divided trans-
versely by slightly raised lines and the whole furrow occupied by a
double row of elongate, fine openings, outer wall tending to disinte-
erate and flake off, leaving the inner wall of the test exposed and
spinose, the spines in longitudinal lines.

Length of North Pacific specimens 1.25 mm.

Distribution—This variety was described from the southwest
Pacific. This characteristic ornamentation and disintegration of
the test is apparent in material from Nero station 2052 in 1,184 fath-
oms off the Hawaiian Islands.

LAGENA CATENULATA (Williamson).
Plate 7, figs. 1, 2.

Entosolenia squamosa Montaau, var. catenulata Wri11AMsoN, Rec. Foram. Great
Britain, 1858, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 31.

Lagena catenulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p.
332, pl. 6, figs. 74, 75.

Description.—Test pyriform, nearly circular in transverse section
or polygonal, surface ornamented with prominent longitudinal coste,
with a series of coordinate transverse coste between, usually hori-
zontal or slightly arched upward.

Length about 0.25 mm.

Distribution.—This species occurred at the following North Pacific
stations: Nero, 1129 in 1,505 fathoms, and 1310 in 518 fathoms,
between Guam and Yokohama; also at Albatross station, D4843 in
100 fathoms off Japan.

Although the original figure given by Williamson shows a surface
ornamentation less regular in character than those figured here,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ; 19

nevertheless the general character is the same, the transverse and
longitudinal coste being practically of equal prominence and nearly
at right angles with one another.

LAGENA STRIATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 7, figs. 4, 5.

Oolina striata D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 21, pl. 5, fig. 12.

Lagena striata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 327,
pl. 3, figs, 44, 45; pl. 4, figs. 46, 47H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 460, pl. 57, figs. 22, 24.—Eacxrr, Abh. koén. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 327, pl. 10, figs. 21-23.

Description—Test flask-shaped, nearly circular in cross section,
body of test subglobular, neck variable in length, usually rather
abruptly contracted from the body of the test at its base, surface
ornamented with numerous rather fine coste running the entire
length of the test, apical end typically broadly rounded, occasionally
slightly tapering to a point.

Length 0.25 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution —Bagg records this species from three Albatross sta-
tions: H4566 in 572 fathoms, H4567 in 1,307 fathoms, and H4694
in 865 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had material from
Nero station, 2049 in 2,226 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands, 1309 in
891 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama, and at three Albatross
stations—D4900 in 139 fathoms, D4958 in 405 fathoms, and D5056
in 258 fathoms, all off Japan.

There are many forms of striate Lagene, and it is very uncertain
from the material I have had at my disposal where to draw lines of
demarcation between forms. Unless there have been definite charac-
ters which have had some appearance of stability, I have. preferred
to place them under L. striata. Certain other forms have occurred
in some numbers and have had rather definite characters, and for
these certain names have been used to distinguish them here.

LAGENA STRIATA (d’Orbigny), var. HAIDINGERI (Czjzek).

Plate 7, fig. 6.

Oolina haidingeri Cz3zEx, Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 2, 1847, p. 138, pl. 12,
figs. 1, 2.

Lagena haidingerit Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p.
326, pl. 3, fig. 41.

Lagena striata H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
pl. 57, figs. 29, 30.—SipEBorrom (part), Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11,
1912, pl. 15, fig. 9.

Description.—Variety differing from typical L. striata in the neck,
which is subconical with several prominent platelike coste and the

apical end with numerous short spines, usually curved outwardly.
Length 0.65 mm,

20 . BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution —This variety was obtained at Albatross station,
D2806 in 1,379 fathoms off the Galapagos Islands.

The two added characters of a fluted truncate conical neck with the
basal outwardly curving spines seem to be correlated and the form
worthy of recognition.

LAGENA STRIATA (d’Orbigny), var. SUBSTRIATA Williamson.
Plate 8, figs. 1-3.
Lagena substriata Wrtt1amson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848, p. 15,
pl. 2, fig. 12.

Lagena vulgaris, var. substriata Witi1AMSON, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 7,
pl. 1, fig. 14.

Description.—Variety differing from the typical in the more elon-
gate body, long tapering neck, costulate surface extending up onto
the neck often to its end and usually spirally arranged on the neck.

Length 0.4-0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This variety seems to be much more common in the
North Pacific than the others. It occurred at Tuscarora station 9 in
lat. 31° 51’ N.; long. 119° 3’ W., in 980 fathoms. It has also
occurred at numerous Albatross and Nero stations off Japan in depths
ranging from 33 to 1,529 fathoms, but one station, however, being
over a thousand fathoms.

LAGENA STRIATA (d’Orbigny), var. STRUMOSA Reuss.

Plate 7, figs. 7-10.

Lagena strumosa Reuss, Zeitschr. geol. Ges., 1858, p. 434; Sitz. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 328, pl. 4, fig. 49.

Description.—Test clavate, body portion subglobular or slightly
fusiform, ornamented with numerous longitudinal costz, the apical
end prolonged into a stout spine; neck long and comparatively stout,
ending in a phialine lip, which is itself prominently costate, neck
ornamented with raised annuli either transversely costate or beaded
and sometimes spinose between the annuli.

Length up to 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—This is again one of the most common varieties of
this species, especially in the material from off the coast of Japan.
Near the Midway Islands it occurred at Nero station 105 in 2,370
fathoms, between the Midway Islands and Guam at Nero station 542
in 1,996 fathoms, between Guam and Yokohama at Nero stations
1209 in 660 fathoms and 1301 in 1,088 fathoms. It occurred at
several Albatross stations off Japan, the depths ranging from 84 to
440 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 4

LAGENA COSTATA (Williamson).
Plate 9, fig. 6; plate 10, fig. 1; plate 12, fig. 1.

Entosolenia costata Wruu1AMsoN, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 9, pl. 1, fig. 18.

Lagena costata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 329,
pl. 4, fig. 54.—Batkwitt and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28
(Sci.), 1885, p. 338, pl. 14, figs. 10-12——Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1901, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 8—Sipesorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11,
1912, p. 388, pl. 15, figs. 16-20.

Description.—Test subglobular ornamented with a few rather
remote ribs or costz running nearly the length of the test, frequently
not reaching the apex, but ending in a ring of spinose projections,
aperture small and rounded; costz most often rounded.

Length 0.25 to 0.50 mm.

Distribution —I have had this species from Nero station 165 near
the Midway Islands in 2,135 fathoms, between Guam and Yokohama,
Nero stations 1065 in 1,321 fathoms, and 1306 in 1,208 fathoms, and
Albatross station D4875 in 59 fathoms off Japan.

LAGENA COSTATA (Williamson), var. AMPHORA Reuss.
Plate 10, figs. 2, 3; plate 12, fig. 2.
Lagena amphora Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863),
p. 330, pl. 4, fig. 57.

Description —Test elongate pyriform with a long tapering neck;
surface with comparatively few, prominent cost; aperture small,
rounded.

Length 0.4—0.6 mm.

Distribution.—This variety was found at the following stations:
Tuscarora 9, lat. 31° 51’ N.; long. 119° 3’ W., in 980 fathoms; T'us-
carora 40, lat. 33° 41’ N.; long. 120° 50’ W., in 1,092 fathoms; Nero
542 in 1,996 fathoms between the Midway Islands and Guam; at
several Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama at depths rang-
ing from 891 to 1,632 fathoms; and two Albatross stations off Japan,
D4825 in 120 fathoms and D4843 in 100 fathoms.

In this form there is much variation in the number of cost and in
the form as shown in the specimens here figured.

LAGENA COSTATA (Williamson), var. POLYGONATA, new variety.
Plate 10, fig. 4.

Description—Test subglobular, apertural end somewhat reduced,
base truncate, polygonal in transverse section, angles reduced into
longitudinal costz; apical end with a polygonal depression at which
the costz end; aperture rounded.

Length 0.50 to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen from Nero station 173 in 2,111
fathoms southeast of the Midway Islands. It also occurred at Nero
station 1294 in 1,417 fathoms north of Guam.

Type.—Cat. No. 8529, U.S.N.M.

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

LAGENA DISTOMA Parker and Jones.
Plate 13, figs. 1, 2.

Lagena levis (Montaav), var. striata Parker and Jonss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, p. 278, pl. 11, fig. 24 (not L. striata (Walker and Boys)).
Lagena distoma Parker and Jonss in H. B. Brady, Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 24, 1864, p. 467, pl. 48, fig. 6—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 461, pl. 58, figs. 11-15.—Ee@arr, Abh. kon. bay.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 330, pl. 10, fig. 13.—Goiis, Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 53.—F.int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 306, pl. 53, fig. 5.
Description.—Test elongate subcylindrical or elongate fusiform,
tapering at either end, wall longitudinally striate; translucent.
Length 1 to 2 mm.
Istribution.—Brady records this species in the North Pacific from
a single Challenger station off Japan in 345 fathoms. Goés records
it from the eastern Pacific in 782 to 1,132 fathoms. I have had
material from three stations off Japan; Nero stations 1305 in 1,289
fathoms and 1309 in 891 fathoms; and Albatross D4843 in 100 fath-
oms, bottom temperature 39.9° F.
Except for its striate surface this species is very close to L. elongata
(Ehrenberg).

LAGENA SULCATA (Walker and Jacob).
Plate 9, fig. 2.

“Serpula (Lagena) striata sulcata rotundata’’ WALKER and Boys, Test. Min.,
1784, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 6.

Serpula (Lagena) sulcata WALKER and Jacos, Adams’ Essays, Kanmacher’s ed.,
1798, p. 634, pl. 14, fig. 5.

Lagena sulcata PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 351.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 462, pl. 57, figs. 23,
26, 33, 34.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 307, pl. 53, fig. 7.—
SrwesotTtom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 389, pl. 15, figs.
24, 25.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, body portion subglobular, orna-
mented with numerous plate-like coste running the length of the test,
a few often more prominent than, others, rather closely set and numer-
ous, sometimes ending in spimose projections at the apical end; neck
variously ornamented by costz or annular rings.

Length 0.35 to 0.65 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific stations from which I have
had this species are all from Guam to Japan; off Guam, Nero station
1464 in 891 fathoms; between Guam and Yokohama, Nero stations
1065 in 1,321 fathoms and 1313 in 1,716 fathoms; and off Japan,
Albatross station D4957 in 437 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. rs

LAGENA SULCATA (Walker and Jacob), var. ALTICOSTATA, new variety.
Plate 9, fig. 5.

Description.—Test subglobular, ornamentation consisting of a few
prominent primary cost high, thin, and plate-like, running from
the aperture to the apical end of the test; between these, secondary
costz running only to the base of the neck, the alternating ones of
these being shorter; aperture small, rounded.

Length 0.4 mm.

IMstribution.—Ty pe-specimen, Cat. No. 8530, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 991 in 1,143 fathoms off Guam. It also occurred at Nero
station 1466 in 234 fathoms in the same vicinity.

LAGENA SULCATA (Walker and Jacob), var. APICULATA, new variety.
Plate 9, figs. 3, 4.

Lagena sulcata, apiculate forms, H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, pl. 58, figs. 4, 17 (?).

Description.—Test like typical L. sulcata, but the apical end drawn
out into a stout spine; aperture rounded.

Length 0.60-0.85 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred at Nero station 172 in 2,086
fathoms near the Midway Islands and at several Nero stations
between Yokohama and Guam at depths ranging from 1,299 to 1,737
fathoms. It also occurred at two Albatross stations off Japan,
D4807 in 44 fathoms and D5054 in 282 fathoms.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 8531, U.S.N.M., from Nero station 1440
in 1,737 fathoms.

LAGENA ACUTICOSTA Reuss.

Plate 8, figs. 9, 10; plate 23, fig. 2.

Lagena acuticosta Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 44, pt. 1, 1861 (1862),
p. 305, pl. 1, fig. 4; vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863), p. 331, pl. 5, fig. 63.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 464, pl. 57, figs. 31,
32; pl. 58, figs. 20 (?), 21.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jonzs, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 222, pl. 44, figs. 26, 31—Eacrr, Abh. kén.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 329, pl. 10, figs. 47, 48,
82, 83.—SipEBotTom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 388, pl.
15, fig. 22.

Description.—Test subglobular to pyriform, broadest toward the
base and gradually tapering upward toward the apex; apertural end
of the test smooth and unornamented, lower portion with compara-
tively few, thin, much elevated cost running to the apical end of
the test; aperture rounded.

Length 0.25 to 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—Brady mentions the occurrence of this species in the
North Pacific. From the material I have been able to examine the

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——3

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

species seems to be well distributed in the area, occurring at the
following stations: Albatross H4857 in 324 fathoms in Bering Sea;
H2922 in 268 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands; Nero 991 in 1,143
fathoms off Guam; Nero 862 in 1,550 fathoms off Luzon; Nero 1160
in 1,907 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama; and two Albatross
stations off Japan, H4878 in 84 fathoms and D4975 in 712 fathoms.

LAGENA ACUTICOSTA Reuss, var. PAUCICOSTATA, new variety.
Plate 9, fig. 1.

Lagena acuticosta SiwEBotTtTom (part), Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p. 388, pl. 15, fig. 23 (not fig. 22).

Description.—Test more globular than in the typical, the coste
reduced to three, remaining portion of the test smooth; aperture
very small, rounded.

Length 0.33 mm.

Distribution—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8532, U.S.N.M., from
Albatross station D4887, in 71 fathoms off Japan.

This agrees well with the variety figured by Sidebottom as noted
above, the three cost forming the whole of the ornamentation of
the test. In our specimen the costz do not continue to the apertural
end, though they do in the specimen figured by Sidebottom.

LAGENA GRACILIS Williamson.
Plate 8, figs. 5, 6.

Lagena gracilis Witt1aMson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1, 1848, p. 13, pl.
1, figs. 3, 4—Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 2, 1862 (1863), p.
331, pl. 4, figs. 58-61; pl. 5, fig. 62H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 464, pl. 58, figs. 19, 22-24.—Eaarr, Abh. k6n. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 328, pl. 10, figs. 25, 49.

Lagena vulgaris, var. gracilis Wrut1AMSoN, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 7,
pl Wigs 12. Fo)

Description.—Test elongate, fusiform, ornamented with 4 to 12 or
more high coste or plate-like ribs running the entire length of the
test from near the aperture to the apical end, where they unite in an
apical spine; neck slender, aperture small, rounded.

Length up to nearly 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species was found at numerous Nero stations
between Yokohama and Guam, the depths ranging from 518 to
1,915 fathoms. It occurred off Guam, Nero station 1464 in 891
fathoms, and between Guam and Midway Islands, Nero station 542
in 1,996 fathoms. It also occurred at Tuscarora station 47, lat. 24°
21’ N.; long. 154° 06’ E., in 1,499 fathoms.

These North Pacific examples are very constant in their form and
ornamentation, being of the form here figured. The number of
cost is somewhat variable.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, Jd

LAGENA GRACILIS Williamson, var.
Plate 8, fig. 7.

Description.—Test elongate, the body of the test with numerous
cost, the apertural end with comparatively few, plate-like costz
independent of the costz of the body.

Length 0.4 mm.

Distribution.—Figured specimen from Nero station 1294 in 1,417
fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

LAGENA INFEROCOSTATA, new species.
Plate 8, fig. 8.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical or fusiform, central
portion with nearly parallel sides, abruptly pointed at either end;
lower portion costate, the coarse cost meeting in a ring at the base
of the test; upper portion of test without coste, nearly smooth
except for a reticulation of irregularly placed depressions; aperture
circular, without a definite neck.

Length 0.35 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8533, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1073 in 1,208 fathoms between Yokohama and Guam.

This species is remotely related to LZ. acuticosta in some of its
characters.

LAGENA MUCRONULATA Reuss.
Plate 8, fig. 4.

Lagena mucronulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862 (1863),
p. 329, pl. 4, fig. 52.

Description.—Test fusiform, the apical end tapering into a short
spinose projection; the apertural end with a short nec,, ending in a
subglobular portion, the neck below being somewhat annular, surface
ornamented with a few coarse coste# extending from a rim below the
neck to the apical end.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species was found at Nero station 1064 between
Guam and Yokohama in 1,588 fathoms.

The peculiar form of the test and the shape of the apertural end of
the neck seem to be distinctive features.

LAGENA PLUMIGERA H.B. Brady.

Plate 12, fig. 4.

Lagena plumigera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 62;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 465, pl. 58, figs. 25, 27.—
EeceEr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 329,
pl. 10, figs. 37, 38.—Miuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 490, pl. 8, fig. 8.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, broadest near the base tapering to
a long slender neck; wall ornamented with seven to twelve longitudinal

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

coste, plate-like at the aboral end of the test spreading into wing-like
expansions showing transverse striations. .

Length 0.60 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution —This species does not seem to have been previously re-
ported from the North Pacific. Typical specimens were obtained in
material from two Nero stations; 1117 in 2,123 fathoms and 1294 in
1,417 fathoms, between Yokohama and Guam.

Nearly all the records for the distribution of this species are in deep
water and these two are no exceptions to the rule. Most of the sta-
tions are m tropical or subtropical waters but the depth at which the
species has occurred precludes any influence of temperature in the
distribution.

LAGENA STELLIGERA H. B. Brady.
Plate 12, fig. 3.

Lagena stelligera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 60;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 466, pl. 57, figs. 35, 36.—SipE-
Bottom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 391, pl. 15, figs. 28, 29;
pl. 16, figs. 1-4.

Description—Test pyriform, broadest near the middle, tapering
toward the truncate base and toward the obtusely pointed apertural
end; aboral end of the test with a central raised circular rim from the
periphery of which radiate eight to twelve short acute coste extending
a short distance up the basal portion of the test; wall smooth above or
with slight crenulations about the aperture; the wall about the neck
often with darker concentric circles of a slightly darker color.

Length 0.5 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Brady in the Challenger
Report from deep water in the North Pacific Ocean in 2,300 fathoms.
I have hady+ecimens from three Nero stations between Yokohama
and Guam, 1128 in 1,418 fathoms; 1294 in 1,417 fathoms, and 1318
in 1,210 fathoms.

In the work above quoted Sidebottom refers many variations to
this species but in the material I have seen from these stations the
specimens correspond very closely with the figures given by Brady, as
will be seen from the specimen figured here.

LAGENA CRESCENTICOSTATA, new species.
Plate 17, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—Test ovate, widest below the middle, aboral end sub-
truncate, much compressed, surface with a broad flange-like extension
ornamented with interrupted cost, central portion of the test
separated from the flange by a raised crescentiform ridge open at the
aboral end, the central area ornamented by interrupted cost, aper-
ture with a short tapering neck.

Length 0.75 to 1.00 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. aT

Distribution.—Type-specimens, Cat. No. 8534, U.S.N.M., from Tus-
carora station 23, lat. 21° 40’ N.; long. 179° 20’ E., in 1,964 fathoms.
The ornamentation of this species is a peculiar one composed of the
prominent oval ring and the irregular broken cost of the rest of the

test.
LAGENA STRIATO-AREOLATA Rymer-Jones.

Plate 14, figs. 5, 6.

Lagena vulgaris Wmitamson, var. striato-areolata Rymer-Jonges, Trans. Linn.
Soc., London, vol. 30, 1872, p. 53, pl. 19, figs. 21, 21a.

Lagena striato-areolata StpeBorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p- 390, pl. 15, fig. 27.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, neck long and slender, upper por-
tion of test with four coste becoming tubular or punctate below, in-
termediate portion composed of an irregular, generally hexagonal,
net-work.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—The single specimen, which compares very favorably
with the figure given by Sidebottom noted above, is from Nero station
172 in 2,086 fathoms, between the Hawaiian and Midway Islands.

LAGENA TORQUATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 11, fig. 3.

Lagena torquata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 62;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 469, pl. 58, fig. 41.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, neck long and slender, surface of
test with a series of prominent primary longitudinal coste with puncte
or tubulations down the middle of each, between each pair of primary
cost secondary cost, imperforate, shorter and less prominent, and
transversely finer ribs, breaking the whole up into a reticulate pattern.

Length 0.50 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—The only station at which this form occurred in the
North Pacific material is Nero station 1122 in 1,926 fathoms, between
Yokohama and Guam.

This species is close to L. desmophora and represents a higher de-
velopment of the surface ornamentation in the transverse ribs and
consequent reticulation of the surface.

LAGENA DESMOPHORA Rymer-Jones.
Plate 12, fig. 5; plate 13, fig. 3.

Lagena vulgaris WitLIAMSON, var. desmophora RyMER-JONES, Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. 30, 1872, p. 54, pl. 19, figs. 23, 24.

Lagena desmophora H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
468, pl. 58, figs. 42, 43.—SiprBotrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11,
1912, p. 394.

Description—Test flask-shaped, neck long and slender, surface
ornamented with several longitudinal, primary costz with tubulations,

28 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

between which are usually secondary coste, solid and nontubulated,
aboral end with or without a spine or series of spines at the ends of
the primary coste.

Length 0.60 to 0.85 mm.

Distribution—Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific Challenger station in 1,850 fathoms. I have had specimens
from several Nero stations; one between the Hawaiian and Midway
Islands, 165 in 2,135 fathoms and the following stations in the lines of
soundings between Guam and Yokohama; 1068 in 1,884 fathoms;
1145 in 2,119 fathoms; 1158 in 1,584 fathoms; 1301 in 1,088 fathoms;
1312 in 1,552 fathoms and 1323 in 1,583 fathoms.

The more simple of the specimens here figured may be perhaps
closely related to L. striato-punctaia in that it lacks the secondary
costs, but those coste which are presént are decidedly catenulate in
character and I have included it here.

LAGENA EXSCULPTA H. B. Brady.
Plate 13, fig. 5.

Lagenulina sulcata TERQquem (not Lagena sulcata (Walker and Jacob)), Essai
Animaux plage Dunkerque, pt. 2, 1876, p. 68, pl. 7, fig. 9.

Lagena exsculpta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 467, pl. 58, fig. 1; pl. 61, fig. 5.—
SmpEBoTTomM, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 392.

Description.—Test subglobular or pyriform, rounded or com-
pressed, apertural half of test smooth and unornamented, aboral half
ornamented with-numerous cost, not raised above the surface of the
remaining portion of the test, but made by the sculpturing of the
intermediate areas.

Length 0.5 to 1.2 mm.

Distribution — Brady records this from a single Challenger station
in the North Pacific in 2,300 fathoms. J have had material from four
Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama as follows: 1294 in
1,417 fathoms; 1295 in 1,415 fathoms; 1305 in 1,289 fathoms; and
1315 in 1,494 fathoms. All the Challenger records are in compara-
tively deep water.

All the North Pacific material which I have examined is of the
compressed form figured by Brady.t Sidebottom notes that his
South Pacific material is also of this same compressed form.

1 Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 61, fig. 5.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

LAGENA INTERMEDIA Sidebottom.
Plate 13, fig. 4.

Lagena semistriata? H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 465, pl. 57, fig. 20.

Lagena intermedia SipEsottom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 399,
pl. 17, figs. 1-3. :

Description —Test pyriform, broadest near the base, circular in
cross section; surface smooth, except the basal portion, which has an
irregular series of coste radiating from the center of the base; aper-
ture fissurine.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution —This species has occurred at but a single station,
Nero 1163 in 2,049 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

This agrees very closely with some of the figures given by Side-
bottom and with the figure in the Challenger Report, but the specimen
here figured has also a secondary apical radiating group of cost
below the rim. In this regard this specimen is almost intermediate
between the rounded specimens of L. exsculpta and L. intermedia,
However, in its general characters this seems decidedly to belong to

L. intermedia.
LAGENA FEILDENIANA H. B. Brady.

Plate 15, figs. 1, 2.

Lagena feildeniana H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p.
434, pl. 20, fig. 4; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 469, pl. 58,
figs. 38, 39.—Eccerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18,
1893, p. 328, pl. 10, fig. 100.

Description.—Test elongate, ovate, broad and rounded at the
aboral end, tapering nearly to a point at the apertural end; surface
ornamentation made up of numerous acute raised coste running
longitudinally the entire length of the test, the surface between con-
sisting of longitudinal furrows each with a series of perforations, each
in a slight depression and ovate in shape, the narrow end toward the
apertural end of the test.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species in the North Pacific from
a single Challenger station in 2,300 fathoms. I have had it from a
single Albatross station, D5085, in Sagami Bay, Hondo, Japan, in 622
fathoms, bottom temperature 37.8° F.

With a high-power lens to bring out the details of the ornamentation
this is one of the most beautiful species of Lagena. The orna-
mentation is simple, but the delicacy of the sculpturing is really
beautiful. This seems to be described by Sidebottom.! as Lagena
hertwigiana H. B. Brady, var. undulata Sidebottom.

1 Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 397, pl. 16, figs. 26-28.

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

LAGENA STRIATO-PUNCTATA Parker and Jones.
Plate 14, fig. 10.

Lagena sulcata, var. striato-punctata PARKER and Jonzs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 350, pl. 13, figs. 25-27.

Entosolenia striato-punctata G. M. Dawson, Can. Nat., vol. 5, 1870, p. 178, wood-
cut, p. 180, fig. 11.

Lagena striato-punctata H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878,
p. 434, pl. 20, fig. 3; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 468, pl.
58, figs. 37, 40.—Baitkwitt and Wriaut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28
(Sci.), 1885, p. 339, pl. 14, fig. 20.—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Minchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 327, pl. 10, figs. 35, 36, 44-46.—Goiis,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 83, pl. 18, fig. 753.—
Miutetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 489, pl. 8, fig. 6.—SipEBortrom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 17,
pl. 2, fig. 5; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 392, pl. 16, figs. 7-10.

Description.—“‘'Test oval pyriform, or flask-shaped, and either ecto-
or entosolenian, It is decorated externally with tolerably stout lon-
gitudinal cost, from 6 to 20 in number, bearing conspicuous pseudo-
podial foramina. The perforations are placed either in single rows
down the middle of the costz, or in double lines, one on each side, in
their thickened bases.”

Length 0.3mm.

Dstribution.—Brady records this species from Challenger station
241 in 2,300 fathoms.

LAGENA FIMBRIATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 14, fig. 8.

Lagena fimbriata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 486, pl. 60, figs. 26-28.

Lagena orbignyana (?) Stpesorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p. 418, pl. 21, fig. 15.

Description.—‘Test pyriform or flask-shaped, broad at the base,
compressed; ento- or ecto-solenian; furnished with a deep vertical
wing, encircling the oval base; the wing traversed by parallel tubuli,
and sometimes fringed at the free margin.”

Length 0.42 mm.

Distribution—Among other stations Brady records this species
from a Challenger station in the North Pacific in 2,300 fathoms.

The figure quoted above from Sidebottom’s work on the Lagenze
of the Southwest Pacific seems possibly to be this same species, or
at least closely related to it.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Si

LAGENA STAPHYLLEARIA (Schwager).
Plate 17, fig. 3.

Fissurina staphyllearia SchwaGerR, Novara-Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1866,
p. 209, pl. 5, fig. 24.

Lagena staphyllearia H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 474, pl. 59, figs. 8-1l.—Eeerr, Abn. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 331, pl. 10, figs. 50, 51, 99.—Fint, Rep. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 307, pl. 54, fig. 1—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1901, p. 619, pl. 14, fig. 2—SrpEBorrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 8, pl. 1, figs. 18-20; Journ. Quekett
Micr. Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 403, pl. 17, figs. 19-24.

Lagena vulgaris, var. spinicosto-marginata Rymer-Jones, Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. 30, 1872, p. 57, pl. 19, figs. 34-36.

Description—Test ovate, compressed, wall smooth, periphery
keeled usually, with several spines symmetrically arranged about
the border; aperture fissurine.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. It has occurred at three Nero
stations; 91 in 1,983 fathoms and 170 in 1,990 fathoms between the
Hawaiian and Midway Islands and 862 in 1,550 fathoms off Luzon,
Philippine Islands.

Both three- and five-spined specimens occur, but the range of
variation shown by Sidebottom does not seem to exist in our speci-
mens. The figured specimen is very similar to the one figured by
Sidebottom as Lagena fasciata Egger, var. spynosa Sidebottom,’
but our specimen lacks the ornamentation of L. fasciata. Otherwise
the two are very similar.

LAGENA TRUNCATA HE. B. Brady.
Plate 19, fig. 3.

Lagena truncata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
457, pl. 56, figs. 31, 32.

Description.—Test elongate, pyriform; greatest breadth below the
middle, aboral end broadly rounded; apertural end obtusely rounded;
wall smooth; aboral end with two or more short spines; aperture
radiate.

Length 0.4 to 1.0 mm.

Distribution.—This species occurred in material from Nero station
1065 in 1,321 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

Brady speaks of the aperture as ‘‘either round or fissurine” but
the specimen figured has a decidedly radiate aperture. The optical
section gives the form and comparative length of the entosolenian
tube.

1 Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 402, pl. 17, fig. 17.

32 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
LAGENA UNGUICULATA H. B. Brady.

Plate 11, fig. 1.

Lagena unguiculata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 474, pl. 59, fig. 12.

Description.—‘‘Test pyriform, compressed; inferior end broad and
tapering to a thin edge, which is furnished with a number of more or
less curved teeth symmetrically set.”

Length 0.35 mm.

Distribution—On page 876 of the volume on the “Summary of
Results of the Challenger Report,” this species is recorded from
station 224 in 1,850 fathoms.

This seems to be the only North Pacific record.

LAGENA AURICULATA H. B. Brady, var. COSTATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 14, fig. 2.

Lagena auriculata H. B. Brapy, var. costata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 487,
pl. 60, fig. 38.—SrpEBottrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p.
422, pl. 20, figs. 21, 22.
- Description.—Variety with the body of the test costate and also
carinate.
Length 0.25 mm.
Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station in the North Pacific in 2,300 fathoms.
The figure is from the Challenger Report

LAGENA AURICULATA H. B. Brady, var. SUBCARINATA, new variety.
Plate 17, fig. 4.

Lagena auriculata H. B. Brapy, var., SmEBortom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club,
vol. 11, 1912, p. 421, pl. 20, figs. 15-18.

Description.—Test ovate, somewhat compressed, central portion
somewhat irregularly roughened, basal portion or whole test with a
wide peripheral keel with two tubular projections from the lower
border; entosolenian tube long and sinuous.

Length about 0.25 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred at Nero station 1300 between
Guam and Yokohama, type-specimen, Cat. No. 8535, U.S.N.M.,
and at Albatross station D4957 in 437 fathoms off Japan.

This is the variety noted without name by Sidebottom. It seems
worthy of some distinctive name that its distribution may be noted.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 33

LAGENA AURICULATA H. B. Brady, var. LINEARITUBA, new variety.
Plate 17, fig. 5.
Lagena auriculata H. B. Bravy (part), se Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 487, pl. 60, fig. 31.

Description.—Test elongate, ovate, icuacioat below the middle,
apical end broadly rounded, gyertucal end gradually tapering to an
obtuse point; surface smOdub lateral tubulations much elongated and
very shallow; aperture radiate.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8536, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1294 between Guam and Yokohama in 1,417 fathoms

This is the form referred by Brady to this species with a question.

LAGENA ALVEOLATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 18, fig. 1.

Lagena alveolata H. B. Bravy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 487,
pl. 60, figs. 30, 32.—SipEsorrom, Mem.and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 15, pl. 2, fig. 17; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol.
11, 1912, p. 424, pl. 21, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—‘‘Test pyriform compressed, lateral edges obtuse
or rounded; base broad and round in outline, rarely mucronate;
furnished with a median and two lateral carinae, which unite so as
to form two loops on each side of the test, usually separated by a
central depression.”’

Length 0.3 to 0.5 mm.

Distribution Brady records this species from a single station
in the North Pacific in 2,300 fathoms. I have had the typical form
from three Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama; 1065 in
1,321 fathoms, 1155 in 1,632 fathoms and 1440 in 1,737 fathoms.

The species seems to occur nearly always in deep water as noted
by Brady. This typical form of the species is small, the test sub-
transparent, the loops entirely at the sides, very different from the
following.

LAGENA ALVEOLATA H. B. Brady, var. PLEBEIA, new variety.
Plate 18, fig. 2.

Description.—Test larger than the typical, coarser, opaque, walls
thick, the three keels separated from one another, forming two
gaping depressions at either side of the median keel, margins rough-
ened, apertural end much like the typical.

Length 0.5 to 0.9 mm.

Distribution.—This form is by far the most common of the species
in the North Pacific. It occurred at Nero station 170 in 1,990
fathoms, southeast of the Midway Islands, and at 10 stations between
Guam and Yokohama, in depths varying from 1,040 to 2,250 fathoms.

34 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8537, U.S.N.M., from Nero station 1160
in 1,907 fathoms. It also occurred at Tuscarora station 2 in lat. 21°
07’ N.; long. 158° 14’ W. in 1,468 fathoms.

LAGENA ALVEOLATA H. B. Brady, var. SUBSTRIATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 18, fig. 5.

Lagena auriculata H. B. Brapy, var. substriata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61.

Lagena alveolata H. B. Bravy, var. substriata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 488, pl. 60, fig. 34.—SipEBotTrom, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Soc., vol. 11, 1912, p. 424.

Description.—V ariety characterized by the body portion of the test
being striate or costate, especially about the base and somewhat less
so toward the apertural end.

Length 0.60 mm.

Distribution.—I have had specimens of this variety from Tuscarora
station 5, lat. 37° 04’ N.; long. 123° 22’ W., in 1,200 fathoms and
from four Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama as follows:
1299 in 1,817 fathoms, 1301 in 1,088 fathoms, 1320 in 2,048 fathoms,
and 1324 in 1,915 fathoms.

The basal costz in this variety seem not to extend up beyond the
lower half of the test.

LAGENA ALVEOLATA H. B. Brady, var. BASIEXCAVATA, new variety.
Plate 18, fig. 4.

Description.—Variety characterized by two cost on each side in
the middle of the inferior half of the test, each forking near the periph-
ery and the two angles thus formed excavated.

Length 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen Cat. No. 8538, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1185 in 1,491 fathoms between Yokohama and Guam.

The peculiar costz and basal excavations will distinguish this
variety.

LAGENA ALVEOLATA H. B. Brady, var. PROLONGATA, new variety.
Plate 18, fig. 3.

Description.—yV ariety differing from the others by having a much
elongated neck instead of the typical bluntly pointed test.

Length 0.65 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen Cat. No. 8539, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1299 in 1,817 fathoms between Yokohama and Guam.

All other forms which I have seen have the aperture without a
definite neck, but in this variety the test is gradually prolonged into
a long tapering neck.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 35

LAGENA QUADRATA (Williamson).
Plate 14, fig. 9.

Entosolenia marginata, var. quadrata Witu1AMsoN, Rec. Foram. Great Britain,
1858, p. 11, pl. 1, figs. 27, 28.

Lagena lucida, var. quadrata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, pt. 1, 1862
(1863), p. 324, pl. 2, fig. 26.

Lagena quadrata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 475,
pl. 59, figs. 3, 16—E@exrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 331, pl. 10, figs. 78, 79.—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1901, p. 496, pl. 8, fig. 18-—SmpEBotrrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 8, pl. 1, figs. 21, 22; pl. 2, figs. 1-3.—
Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 142.—Sr1pEBorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 18, pl. 2,
fig. 8 [?]; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 405, pl. 17, figs. 26-28 [?].

Description.—Test compressed, somewhat quadrate in outline,
usually somewhat keeled, aperture somewhat elongate, wall smooth.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from Albatross stations
H4440 in 1,259 fathoms and H4694 in 865 fathoms off the Hawaiian
Islands. I have had the typical form only from Nero station 1208
in 665 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

LAGENA QUADRATA (Williamson), var. RIZZAE (Seguenza).
Plate 19, fig. 4.
Fissurina rizze SEGUENZA, Foram. monotal. Mioc. Messina, 1862, p. 72, pl. 2,
fig. 50.
hs quadrata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 475, pl. 60, fig. 5.

Description.—Test subquadrate, compressed, central portion smooth,
each side with a peripheral carina just back from the edge of the
test, neck short, aperture with a broad phialine lip.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred at two Nero stations 1464 in
891 fathoms near Guam and 1310 in 518 fathoms between Guam and
Japan.

This is close to the form figured by Brady in the Challenger report
and seems near enough to the above form described by Seguenza to
warrant the use of his name for it.

LAGENA QUADRICOSTULATA Reuss.
Plate 14, fig. 1.

Lagena quadricostulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 469.—
Scuuicat, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 4, figs. 25-30.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.

Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 486, pl. 59, figs. 7(?), 15.
Description.—‘‘Test pyriform and more or less compressed, the
margin obtuse or rounded, the base frequently mucronate, and the
aperture entosolenian; the surface bears four arched cost, two on
each face of the test, near the lateral margins and parallel to them.

36 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. —

The costs are thickest near the middle, and taper away toward the
ends.”

Length 0.25 mm.

Distribution.—In the volumes on the ‘‘Summary of Results of the
Challenger Expedition” this species is recorded on page 965 from
station 246 in*2,050 fathoms, and on page 937 recorded with a question
from station 237. In many respects this is close to L. fasciata
Egger.

LAGENA LUCIDA (Williamson).

Entosolenia marginata, var. lucida Wmu1amson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2,
vol. 1, 1848, p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 17.

Lagena lucida Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862 (1863), p. 324, pl. 2,
figs. 25, 26.—BauKkwitt and Mixer, Journ. Micr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 80, pl. 2,
fig. 7; pl. 3, figs. 4, 5—Munuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 494.—
Smesotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 50,
No. 5, 1906, p. 6, pl. 1, figs. 9-12; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 7;
Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 401, pl. 17, figs. 12-14.

Description.—Test somewhat compressed, marginal portion and
central area clear and translucent, with a rather broad more or less
opaque band between, wall smooth, aperture usually fissurine or
rounded.

Length 0.3 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—At three North Pacific stations excellent specimens
of this species were found, Nero station 1464 in 891 fathoms off Guam;
1129 in 1,505 fathoms southeast of Japan; and Albatross H4881 in
316 fathoms off Japan. |

The specimens vary much in outline, one being very truncate and
broad at the apertural end, others rounded.

LAGENA FASCIATA Egger, var. SPINOSA Sidebottom.
Lagena fasciata Eaaer, var. spinosa SipeBottom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Soc.,
vol. 11, 1912, p. 402, pl. 17, figs. 16, 17.

Description.—Test ovate, compressed, central portion ornamented
by two bands on each side nearly meeting at the apertural and
aboral ends; periphery with an apical and two lateral spines;
aperture fissurine, made up of a linear series of small openings.

Length 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Sidebottom described this variety from the South
Pacific. The only station in the North Pacific from which I have
material is Albatross D4972 in 440 fathoms, bottom temperature
39.8° F. off Japan.

This is similar to the specimen figured here as L. staphyllearia,
but that lacks the characteristic ornamentation of L. fasciata.

LAGENA FASCIATA Egger, var. CARINATA Sidebottom.
Plate 21, fig. 1.

Lagena fasciata Eacer, var. carinata SipeBottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 7, pl. 1, fig. 17; Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 403, pl. 17, fig. 18.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 37

Description.—Test more or less compressed, each side of the body
portion with a curved band, usually hollowed somewhat into the
surface of the test, the periphery of the test with a keel, surface
otherwise smooth.

Length 0.35 to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred at several Nero stations in
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands at depths ranging from 22 to
2,098 fathoms; between Guam and Yokohama at several Nero sta-
tions ranging in depth from 1,417 to 1,817 fathoms; at two Alba-
tross stations off Japan, D4825, in 120 fathoms, and H4878, in 84
fathoms, and two Tuscarora stations; 28 in lat. 35° 15’ N.; long.
120° 58’ W., in 65 fathoms, and 47 in lat. 24° 20’ N.; long. 154° 06’
E., in 1,499 fathoms.

LAGENA SEMINIFORMIS Schwager.
Plate 11, fig. 2.

Lagena seminiformis Sc~wacer, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil., vol. 2, 1866, p. 208,
pl. 5, fig. 21—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 478, pl. 59, figs. 28-30.

Lagena marginata, var. seminiformis Mmuetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901,
p. 620, pl. 14, fig. 3.

Description.—Test circular or ovate in front view, with a compara-
tively long tubular neck, whole surrounded by a wide, thin peripheral
keel, extended at each side of the base into long pointed projections;
wall smooth.

Length up to 1.26 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single North Pacific
station, Challenger, 224 in 1,850 fathoms.

LAGENA MARGINATA (Walker and Boys).
Plate 22, figs. 1-7.

Serpula (Lagena) marginata WALKER and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 7.
Vermiculum marginatum Montacu, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 524.
Entosolenia marginata WitL1AMSON (part), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 1,
1848, p. 17, pl. 2, figs. 15-17.
Lagena marginata Brown, Illus. Conch. Great Britain, 1827, pl. 1, figs. 30, 31.—
Reuss, Sitz. Acad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862 (1863), p. 322, pl. 2, figs. 22a, 6,
23a, b.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 476,
pl. 59, figs. 21-23—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc.,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 222, pl. 44, figs. 27, 29, 30, 32.—Eceerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 332, pl. 10, figs. 20, 66, 67, 96,
97.—Goks, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 81, pl. 13,
fig. 748; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 52.—Furnt, Rep. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 307, pl. 54, fig. 2—Bage, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 141.—Sipexsorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p. 405, pl. 17, figs. 29-31; pl. 18, figs. 1-3.
Description.—Test more or less compressed, rounded in front view,
wall smooth, bordered by a peripheral keel of greater or less width,
solid or with radiating tubuli, aperture usually fissurine.

38 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Length 0.25 to 1.50 mm.

Distribution.—This species in its various modifications is common
in the North Pacific. Goés records it from the eastern Pacific in
695 to 1,201 fathoms and Bagg from four Albatross stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, D4017, D4174, H4430, and H4696,
in 305, 735-865, 1,544, and 367 fathoms, respectively. I have seen
specimens from Nero station 172 in 2,086 fathoms near the Midway
Islands, Albatross H3007 in 323 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands,
from over 25 Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama at depths
ranging from 518 to 2,250 fathoms, from three Albatross stations off
Japan, D4843, D4875, and D4953, in 100, 59, and 1,350 fathoms,
respectively. It also occurred at two Tuscarora stations, 47 in
lat. 24° 20’ N.; long. 154° 06’ E., in 1,499 fathoms, and 58 in lat.
26° 52’ N.; long. 142° 21’ E., in 814 fathoms.

There is much variation in the comparative breadth and the char-
acter of the keel and in the amount of compression of the test and
in the size of various specimens.

LAGENA MARGINATA (Walker and Boys), var.

Plate 21, fig. 2.

Description.—Test with a thin peripheral keel, broadest toward the
base and sides, slightly emarginate below and gradually decreasing
in width toward the apertural end, where it ceases entirely, leaving
the upper third of the test noncarinate.

Length 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Found at three stations between Guam and Yoko-
hama, Nero stations 1155 in 1,632 fathoms, 1299 in 1,817 fathoms,
and 1300 in 1,529 fathoms.

This is somewhat different from typical L. marginata.

LAGENA MARGINATA (Walker and Boys), var.
Plate 21, fig. 3.

Description—Test compressed, with a peripheral keel similar to
the preceding, but inside it a band similar to L. fasciata next an
opaque band and a clear center, as in L. lucida.

Length 0.85 mm.

Distribution —Found at Albatross station H2766 off the Hawaiian
Islands in 196 fathoms.

This is a rather peculiar form, uniting, as it does, the characters of
L. marginata, L. fasciata, and L. lucida.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39
LAGENA LAGENOIDES (Williamson).
Plate 16, fig. 2.

Entosolenia marginata WALKER and Boys, var. lagenoides WrititaMson, Rec.
Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 11, pl. 1, figs. 25, 26.

Lagena lagenoides Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862, p. 324, pl. 2,
figs. 27, 28.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 479, pl. 60, figs. 6, 8, 9, 12.—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 623,
pl. 14, fig. 8—Bage, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 141.—S1pE-
BOTTOM, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 411, pl. 18, figs. 22-28.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, usually compressed, body oval or
ovate, surrounded by a simple peripheral keel which has numerous
radiating tubulations, neck usually comparatively short, in complete
specimens usually joined with the peripheral keel.

Length 0.4 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—The single Albatross station, H4566, in 572 fathoms
off the Hawaiian Islands, seems to be the only record for this species
in the North Pacific. I have a single specimen, here figured, from
Nero station 1310 in 518 fathoms, between Yokohama and Guam.

There are apparently various modifications of the tubulated keeled
Lagenas and from the North Pacific material at least two which may
be definitely distinguished. Therefore I have here restricted the
use of the name to those specimens which have a peripheral keel,
which in its unbroken condition extends entirely about the periphery
of the test, is rather remotely tubulated, the neck usually seeming a
portion of the keel, comparatively short, usually the keel not
emarginate but entire.

LAGENA LAGENOIDES (Williamson), var. TENUISTRIATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 16, fig. 3.

Lagena tubulifera H. B. Brapy, var. tenuistriata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ.
Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 61.

Lagena lagenoides WitL1AMSON, var. tenuistriata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 479, pl. 60, fig. 11 (not 15, 16).—SrpEBoTTom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 12,
pl. 2, figs. 9, 10; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 413, pl. 19, figs. 4, 5.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, pyriform, keel with compara-
tively few, large, remote tubulations; body of test not greatly com-
pressed; surface ornamented with coarse longitudinal coste running
the length of the body of the test.

Length 0.35 to 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—This restricted varietal form has occurred at four
stations in the Nero material at one station; 542 in 1,996 fathoms
between Midway Islands and Guam and three stations; 1137 in
2,250 fathoms; 1160 in 1,907 fathoms, and 1287 in 1,606 fathoms
between Guam and Yokohama.

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——4

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

In the Challenger report under this variety Brady figures what
seem from a study of the North Pacific material to be two distinct
forms. In plate 60, figure 11, is given a figure of a specimen which in
its essential characters is very similar to the specimen figured here,
plate 16, figure 3. On plate 60, figures 15, 16 are figured specimens
with a very wide keel with numerous fine tubulations and the surface
ornamented, with very fine striations instead of coste. I find in the
North Pacific material that this distinction is met with in all the
specimens examined, and I have included under Brady’s var. |
tenuistriata such specimens as are figured here and selected by Side-
bottom in his figures above referred to. The other form is placed
under the following species.

LAGENA SUBLAGENOIDES, new species.
Plate 16, fig. 4.

Lagena lagenoides (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 479, pl. 60, figs. 13, 14.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonzs, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 223, pl. 44, fig. 23.—Muxierr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 623, pl. 14, fig. 9 [?]

Description.—Test flask-shaped, much compressed, central body of
test elongate ovate tapering into a long, slender neck, surrounded by a
wide peripheral keel with numerous close-set, fine tubulations, central
portion smooth, apical end of keel usually but not always emarginate.

Length 0.60 to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—This, like LZ. formosa Schwager, seems to be a
deep-water species. It was found at three North Pacific stations;
Albatross D2806 in 1,379 fathoms off the Galapagos Islands; Nero
170 in 1,990 fathoms and 173 in 2,111 fathoms near the Midway
Islands. Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8540, U.S.N.M. from Albatross
station D2806.

This seems to be a distinct species from the ordinary forms of L.
lagenoides Williamson, distinguishable by its much broader keel, with
numerous fine, closely set tubulations, and long, slender neck.

LAGENA SUBLAGENOIDES, new species, var. STRIATULA, new variety.
Plate 16, fig. 5.

Lagena lagenoides (WiLLIAMSON), var. tenuistriata H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 479, pl. 60, figs. 15, 16 (not fig. 11).
Description.—Variety distinguished from the typical form by the
surface ornamentation of the body of the test, consisting of delicate,
slightly irregular longitudinal striz.
Length 1 mm.
Distribution.—Strangely enough this variety was not found at any
of the stations where the typical form occurred. 'Type-specimen,
Cat. No. 8541, U.S.N.M., from Nero station 1440 in 1,737 fathoms,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 4l

north of Guam. It'also occurred at three other Nero stations; 1439
in 1,901 fathoms also north of Guam; 1691 in 1,912 fathoms be-
tween Guam and the Midway Islands, and 166 in 1,850 fathoms
between the Midway and Hawaiian Islands.
_ This variety is characterized by very fine, often slightly wavy
longitudinal strie, a type of ornamentation which seems to go with
the broad keel with fine tubulations.

LAGENA FORMOSA Schwager.
Plate 11, fig. 6.

Lagena formosa ScowaGeEr (part), Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1886, p.
207, pl. 4, figs. 19a, 19d (not 196, 19c).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 480, pl. 60, figs. 10, 18-20.—Goiis, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 53.—Miuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 624,
pl. 14, figs. 10-12.—SipEBorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p. 414, pl. 19, figs. 6-9.

Lagena lagenoides EacEr (not Williamson), Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. ny, vol. 18, 1893, p. 335, pl. 10, fig. 85.

Description.—Test flask-shaped, compressed, body of test elongate
oval, with a long, tapering, slender neck, the central portion of the
test immediately surrounded on either side by a raised edge outside of
which peripherally is a broad keel with radiating fine tubulations;
apertural and apical ends of the central portion of the test passing
into the inner keel by a series of interrupted costz, apical end of
peripheral keel usually emarginate.

Length up to 1 mm. or more.

Distribution. — Brady records this species from two Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific, in 1,850 and 2,575 fathoms. Goés records
it from Albatross station 3399 in the eastern Pacific in 1,740 fathoms.
I have found this species to be fairly common in the Nero material
from the region between Guam and Yokohama, mostly in compara-
tively deep water, the depths varying from 1,417 to 2,119 fathoms.
It occurred near Guam at Nero station 1464 in 891 fathoms; near the
Midway Islands, Nero station 170 in 1,990 fathoms; station 91 in
1,983 fathoms and off the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 10 in 2,098
fathoms.

This is a large and beautifully ornamented species. It seems to be
widely distributed in deep water.

LAGENA FORMOSA Schwager, var. FAVOSA H. B. Brady.
Plate 11, fig. 7.

Lagena formosa ScuwaceEr, var. favosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 480, pl. 60, fig. 21.

Description.—Variety differing from the typical in having two or
three rows of reticulate ornamentation between the body of the test
and the peripheral wing.

Length 1 mm.

42 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Described by Brady in the Challenger report from
Challenger station 224 in 1,850 fathoms in the western part of the
North Pacific.

LAGENA FORMOSA Schwager, var. COMATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 11, fig. 8.

Lagena formosa ScowaGsER, var. comata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 480, pl. 60, fig. 22.

Description.—Variety differmg from the typical in having the
body of the test striate and the periphery and base of the neck
reticulate.

Length 0.85 mm.

Distribuiion.—This variety was described by Brady from Chal-
lenger station 224 in 1,850 fathoms in the western part of the North
Pacific. The only North Pacific station from which I have seen this
variety is Nero 1464 in 891 fathoms.

LAGENA BICARINATA Terquem, var. LATEROCOSTATA, new variety.

Description.—Test compressed, ovate in front view, periphery of
test concave with a keel at either side, on each side of the body por-
tion posteriorly a short, curved, prominent costa, remainder of body
surface smooth.

Length 0.4 mm.

Distribution.—Ty pe-specimen Cat. No. 8553, U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1012 in 1,932 fathoms north of Guam.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza).
Plate 19, fig. 1.

Entosolenia marginata WILLIAMSON (part) (not LZ. marginata (Walker and Boys)),
Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 9, pl. 1, figs. 19, 20.

Fissurina orbignyana SEGUENZA, Foram. monotal. Mioc. Messina, 1862, p. 66,
pl. 2, figs. 24, 26.

Lagena orbignyana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
484, pl. 59, figs. 1, 18, 24, 26—H. B. Brapy, Parxesr, and Jones, Trans.
Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 222, pl. 44, fig. 20—Ecacrr, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 333, pl. 10, figs. 89-91.—
Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 308, pl. 54, fig. 4—Smrsortrom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 50, No. 5, 1906, p. 12,
pl. 2, fig. 11.

Lagena orbignyana, var. elongata Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 52.

Description.—Test rounded or elongate, ovate, much compressed,
whole test surrounded by a peripheral keel inside of which on either
side of the test is a complete raised rim about the body proper, neck
somewhat elongate, wall smooth, in side view appearing tricarinate.

Length 0.5 to 0.7 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 43

Distribution.—Goés records the elongate form of this species from
Albatross stations in the eastern Pacific in 1,132 to 1,201 fathoms.
I have had specimens from Nero station 2049 in 2,226 fathoms off
the Hawaiian Islands and from numerous stations between Guam
and Yokohama, depths ranging from 688 to 1,907 fathoms. It also
occurred at two Albatross stations off Japan, D4957 in 437 fathoms
and D4975 in 712 fathoms.

The elongate form here figured has occurred much more frequently
than the rounded form.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. LACUNATA (Burrows and Holland).
Plate 20, fig. 1.

Lagena castrensis H. B. Brapy (not Schwager), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 485, pl. 60, figs. 1, 2—Batkwiii and Wricut, Trans. Roy.
Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 341, pl. 12, figs. 20, 21—Ecacrr, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 333, pl. 10, figs. 71,
72.—F unt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 308, pl. 54, fig. 5.

Lagena lacunata Burrows and Houuanp, in Jones, Palaeont. Soc., 1895, p. 205,
pl. 7, fig. 12.

Lagena orbignyana, var. castrensis MiLLETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 626,
pl. 14, fig. 20.

Lagena orbignyana, var. lacunata StpeBottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 19, pl. 2, fig. 14; Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 416, pl. 19, figs. 16-18.

Description.—Variety with the body portion of the test marked by
a network of lacune or pitted areas of varying size, usually darker in
color than the rest of the test.

Length 0.35 mm.

Distribution—Brady records this variety from the Challenger
station south of Japan on the Hyalonema-ground, depth 345 fathoms.
I have had material from three Nero stations between Guam and Yo-
kohama, 1154 in 1,602 fathoms, 1300 in 1,529 fathoms, and 1310 in
518 fathoms. It also occurred at two Albatross stations off Japan,
D4875 in 59 fathoms and D4966 in 290 fathoms, and at Tuscarora
station 23, lat. 21° 40’ N.; long. 179° 20’ E., in 1,964 fathoms.

Schwager’s figure and description call for a specimen with its orna-
mentation made up of raised beads on the body portion of the test.
It seems that a distinction should be made between the raised beads
and pitlike lacune.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. CORONATA Sidebottom.

Plate 20, fig. 3.
Lagena orbignyana (SEGUENZA), var. coronata SipEBoTToM, Journ. Quekett Micr.
Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 416, pl. 19, fig. 15.
Deseription.—Variety with the central area translucent, sur-
rounded by an opaque band, outside of which is the inner keel,

44 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

peripherally bordered by the wider median keel, which is denticulate
about the basal half of the border.

Length of North Pacific specimens 1 mm.

Distribution.—Found in the North Pacific material only at Alba-
tross station H2902 in 1,783 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands.

This seems to agree nearly enough with the above variety to
warrant its being placed here. The opaque ring is here decidedly
raised and annular but the other characters are very similar.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. CONCENTRICA Sidebottom.
Plate 19, fig. 2.

Lagena orbignyana (SEGUENZA), var. concentrica StpEBoTTom, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912, p. 417, pl. 19, fig. 23.

Description.—Test compressed, but umbonate, median keel well
developed, inner keel less prominent; body portion ornamented by
concentric cost, apertural end bluntly pointed.

Length 0.6 mm.

Distribution—Figured specimen from Nero station 1464 in 891
fathoms off Guam.

Although more umbonate than shown in the figure referred to
above, this specimen has all the essential characters of this variety.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. CLATHRATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 11, fig. 4.

Lagena clathrata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 484,
pl. 60, fig. 4—Batxwi11 and Muerr, Journ. Micr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 82, pl. 2,
fig. 14; pl. 4, fig. 3.

Lagena orbignyana, var. clathrata MuLETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1901, p. 628,
pl. 14, fig. 23.—Smpesorrom, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, vol. 11, 1912,
p. 418.

Description.—Variety with the central portion of the test orna-
mented with longitudinal coste.

Length 0.25 mm.

Distribution.—This variety occurred at two Nero stations, 1294 in
1,417 fathoms and 1448 in 2,084 fathoms between Guam and
Yokohama.

Our specimens are not typical of the variety, as they are much
more finely costate than is Brady’s figure of this variety.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. CRENULATA, new variety.
Plate 20, fig. 2.

Description.—Variety with the central portion of the test orna-
mented by very slightly developed, irregular strie, the border
regularly pitted, inner keel normal, outer keel broad, the surface

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 45

between the two keels regularly crenulated, apertural end with a
short broad neck, truncate.

Length 0.35 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8542, U.S.N.M., from Alba-
tross station H4878 in 84 fathoms off Japan. It also occurred at
Albatross station D4957 in 437 fathoms; also off Japan and Nero
station 1464 in 891 fathoms off Guam.

This variety seems rather distinctive.

LAGENA ORBIGNYANA (Seguenza), var. ALATA, new variety.
Plate 23, fig. 1.

Description.—Variety with the central portion smooth, except at
the border, where it is regularly pitted, peripheral keel extended
outward into a very broad, thin keel extending about the entire test
from the aperture, radiately striate, basal border tending to become
denticulate.

Length 0.45 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8543, U.S.N.M., from Alba-
tross station D4953 in 1,350 fathoms off Japan.

This seems to be different from any of the previously described
varieties of this species.

LAGENA FAVOSO-PUNCTATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 11, fig. 5.

Lagena favoso-punctata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc., vol. 21, 1881,
p-62; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 473, pl. 58, fig. 35; pl. 59,
fig. 4; pl. 61, fig. 2—Eccrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 325, pl. 10, fig. 98.—Bacge, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 140.

Description.—Test ecto- or entosolenian, shape variable; surface
areolated or reticulated, with a conspicuous orifice or perforation 4 in
the middle of each area or depression.

Length 0.34 mm. or less.

Distribution. —The only North Pacific records for this rallies are
those given by Bagg, H4590 in 978 fathoms and H4694 in 865 fath-
oms off the Hawaiian Islands.

LAGENA TRIGONO-MARGINATA Parker and Jones
Plate 14, figs. 3, 4.

Lagena trigono-marginata PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p.
348, pl. 18, figs. la, 6 —Wricut, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1876-77, App.,
p- 104, pl. 4, figs. 8a, b—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 482, pl. 61, figs. 12, 13.

Description.—Test ovate or pyriform, trifacial, the angles of the
test ornamented by a marginal beading with an acute edge often

46 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

subcarinate, or smooth and without the beading, occasionally rounded
and not distinctly carinate, aperture rounded.

Length 0.35 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from one North Pacific
Challenger station, 241 in 2,300 fathoms.

This has by some authors been referred to L. orbignyana as a
variety.

Subfamily 2. NODOSARIIN &.

Test polythalamous; chambers arranged in a straight, arcuate,
planospiral or uncoiling series, apertures either radiate or with a neck
and phialine lip.

Genus NODOSARIA Lamarck, 1812.

Nodosaria Lamarck (type, N. raphanistrum (Linneeus), (Extrait Cours Zool., 1812,
p- 121; Hist. Anim. Sans Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 596.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 488.

Description—Test composed of a straight or arcuate series of
chambers, either loosely joined together by stolons or close-set and
overlapping or various forms between; surface smooth or orna-
mented; aperture either radiate or with a definite neck and phialine
lip.

In this genus both microspheric and megalospheric forms occur.
In some species the megalospheric proloculum is the largest chamber
of the series and none of the following chambers attain so large a
diameter. In the microspheric form the proloculum is very small
and the chambers gradually increase in size.

Some species tend to show definite senescent characters in the loss
of the ornamentation in the later developed chambers. In some cases
also the last formed chamber tends to become separated from the
preceding ones by a constriction of the connection between them
and a Lagena-like last chamber results.

In some species the ornamentation extends back to the proloculum
which assumes the characteristic costa, etc., of adult chambers.

In the subgenus Glandulina there is a tendency for the chambers
to reach back and overlap the preceding ones, often making the
sutures hardly visible, with little or no depression.

In Dentalina there is a tendency toward an arcuate form with the
sutures coincidently oblique instead of directly transverse. Such
conditions tend toward the theory that these may in reality be
uncoiled forms which have in the megalospheric form at least lost
-their early coiled stages. The microspheric form in rare cases shows
a tendency of the early chambers to be coiled in these arcuate and
oblique sutured forms.

It is possible that Glandiolus Montfort, 1808, may have to replace
Nodosaria Lamarck, 1812, if an examination of Montfort’s types

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 47

shows that the two are synonymous. At present Montfort’s poorly
executed figures make it impossible to determine his species with
certainty without such an examination of types, and at present this

is impossible.

NODOSARIA (GLANDULINA) ROTUNDATA (Reuss).
Plate 28, fig. 6.
Glandulina rotundata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 366,
1. 46, fig. 2.

tic (Glandulina) rotundata H. B. Bravy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 491, pl. 61, figs. 17-19.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 308, pl. 54, fig. 6—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 510.

Description —Test oval or subovate, broadest in the middle, com-
posed of few chambers, apical end broadly rounded, without spines,
apertural end more elongate, aperture with radiate lines about the
margin; last-formed chamber occupying one-half or more of the
visible test.

Length 1 to 2 mm.

Distribution —This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. I have found it at Albatross station D4807, off
Japan, in 44 fathoms.

Millett raises the question as to whether this and N. laevigata are
microspheric and megalospheric forms of a single species.

In the figured specimen the last-formed chamber occupies rather
more than usual of the surface of the test.

NODOSARIA (GLANDULINA) LAEVIGATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 24, figs. 1, 2.

“Cornu Hammonis erectum globosius’’ PLancus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 16, pl.
isp aig. 1.

Nodosaria (Glandulina) laevigata D’OrBIGNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 252,
pl. 10, figs. 1-3.—Parker and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 340,
pl. 13, fig. 1—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 490, pl. 61, figs. 20-22.—Burrows, SHERBORN, and Batey, Journ. Micr.
Soc., 1890, p. 556, pl. 19, figs. 14, 15.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 71, pl. 13, figs. 702, 703, 705, 707, 709; Bull.
Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 59.—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 308, pl. 55, fig. 3—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., p. 509, pl. 11,
fig. 1.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 143.

Glandulina laevigata D’OrBIGNY, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 29, pl. 1,
figs. 4, 5 -BoRNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Gess., vol. 7, 1855, p. 320,
pl. 12, fig. 8—NrucEsoreEN, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 12, 1856,
p. 67, pl. 1, figs. 3, 4—Harus.er, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1887, p. 189, pl. 5,
fig. 29.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 336, 339, pl. 11, fig. 31_—Smvesrri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol.
17, 1900, p. 248, pf. 6, figs. 41, 49.

Description.—Test fusiform, very broad in the middle, tapering
rapidly toward either end; apical end usually with one or more spines;

48 BULLETIN 71, UNITED’ STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

chambers few, embracing, the last-formed one making up two-thirds
or more of the visible test, sutures flush but marked by a distinct
fine line; apical end somewhat rounded, usually with radiate lines
about the aperture; wall smooth.

Length 2 mm. or more.

Distribution —Brady records this species from the North Pacific
in 7-95 fathoms. The latter depth represents the Challenger station
off the Philippines. Goés records it at four Albatross stations in the
eastern Pacific, D3371 in 770 fathoms, D3375 in 1,201 fathoms, D3376
in 1,132 fathoms, and D3407 in 885 fathoms. Bagg records it from
three stations off the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4025 in 275-368 ©
fathoms, H4555 in 1,398 fathoms, and H4696 in 367 fathoms. I
have had material from the western portion of the region, Albatross
D4843, off the coast of Korea in 100 fathoms, bottom temperature

°
sey , F NODOSARIA CALOMORPHA Reuss.
Plate 25, fig. 6.

Nodosaria calomorpha Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1865, p. 129,
pl. 1, figs. 15-19.—Trrriei, Atti Accad. Pont., ann. 33, 1880, p. 178, pl. 1, fig.
7.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 497, pl. 61,
figs. 23-27.—H. B. Brapy, ParKer, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol.
12, 1888, p. 223, pl. 44, figs. 1, 4?--Burrows, SHERBORN, and Bartey, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 566, pl. 9, fig. 21.—Trrric1, Mem. Com. Geol. Italia,
vol. 4, 1891, p. 78, pl. 2, fig. 5.—CHaster, First Rep. Southport Soc. Nat.
Sci., 1890-1891 (1892), p. 63, pl. 1, fig. 12—EcecGrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 340, pl. 11, figs. 21, 26.—Goks, Kong].
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 72, pl. 13, figs. 712, 713.—
Morton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 118, pl. 1, fig. 6.—
Muettr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 513.—SmpEBoTrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 1, pl. 1, figs.
1-8.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 142.

Description.—Test elongate, usually somewhat arcuate, composed
of a few elliptical chambers in adult specimens three to five in num-
ber; wall smooth or occasionally with a few very delicate hispid
spines, wall transparent; both ends broadly rounded, smooth; aper-
ture a simple opening without neck.

Length 0.50-1.00 mm.

Distribution —Brady records this species in the North Pacific at a
single Challenger station off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. Bagg
records it at a single Albatross station, H4508, in 495 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands. I have a single specimen here figured, plate 25,
figure 6, from Nero station 1313, in 1,716 fathoms, between Guam
and Japan.

This seems in all its characters to be a primitive species and one
with little character except the form, the few chambers, and the
transparent wall of the test. These elementary characters, however,
seem to be rather constant.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 49

NODOSARIA SIMPLEX Silvestri.
Plate 28, fig. 5.

Nodosaria simplex Strvesrri, Atti Accad. Gioenia, Catania, ser. 3, vol. 7, 1872,
p. 95, pl. 11, figs. 268-272.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 496, pl. 62, figs. 4, 5, and 6?—Eaaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 340, pl. 11, fig. 6—Fum7, Rep.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 309, pl. 55, fig. 2.

Description.—Test composed of two or more chambers, the initial
chamber globular with a short spine at the base, the second pyriform
with a well drawn out neck and radiate aperture; wall smooth,
sutures well depressed.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution There are no previously published records for this
species in the North Pacific. The only record I have is Albatross
D2806 off the Galapagos Islands in 1,379 fathoms. The specimen
obtained here is very typical, like Silvestri’s figures and like fig. 4
of the Challenger report.

NODOSARIA PYRULA d’Orbigny.
Plate 26, figs. 1-3.

“Orthoceras Monile” Soxtpanr, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 35, pl. 10,
figs. b, ¢.

Nodosaria pyrula pD’OrBicNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 253, No. 13.—
Wiuiamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 17, pl. 2, fig. 39.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 497, pl. 62, figs, 10-
12.—Ba.kwit and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p. 343,
pl. 12, fig. 23.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 223, pl. 44, fig. 2—Eaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 345, pl. 11, figs. 14, 15.—Fiivt, Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 309, pl. 55, fig. 4.—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1902, p. 514.

Description.—Test elongate, very slender, composed of numerous
chambers, either in a straight or slightly curved line, pyriform in
shape with long tapering necks; surface smooth, chambers varying
little in size; proloculum extended backward in a long drawn out
point.

Length up to 8 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species at two Challenger sta-
tions, 95 fathoms off the Philippines and the Hyalonema-grounds
off Japan, 345 fathoms. Goés had specimens which he records under
. N. monile from two Albatross stations, D3375 in 1,201 fathoms and
D3431 in 995 fathoms, in the eastern Pacific. I have seen only broken
specimens in the material examined from Albatross station D4891, off
Japan, 181 fathoms, bottom temperature 50.2° F., and D4807, off
Japan, in 44 fathoms.

50 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Specimens are rarely obtained in an entire condition due to the
delicacy of the connecting stolonlike necks. It is a species of com-
paratively shallow and comparatively warm water from the records
available.

NODOSARIA PYRULA d’Orbigny, var. SEMIRUGOSA d’Orbigny.
Plate 26, figs. 4-8.

Nodosaria semirugosa D’OrBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 34,
pl. 1, figs. 20-23.—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 515, pl. 11,
fig. 5.

Nodosaria No. 35, von Scuuicut, Foram. Septarien Thones von Pietzpuhl, 1870,
p. 24, pl. 7, fig. 20.

Nodosaria stipitata Reuss, var. costulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62,
Abth. 1, 1870, p. 471.

Nodosaria costulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 515, pl. 63, figs. 23-27.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 312,
pl. 58, fig. 1.

Description.—Similar to typical Nodosaria pyrula, but with the
basal portion of each chamber with several coste and alternating
depressions.

Distribution.—Brady records this species at the Challenger station
off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. I have it from Albatross D4807
in 44 fathoms off Japan. From material examined it seems that
this is but a variable form of N. pyrula and frequently occurs with
it in tropical and subtropical waters. Millett is certainly right in
referring this form to N. semirugosa d’Orbigny.

NODOSARIA GUTTIFERA (d’Orbigny).

Plate 35, fig. 5.

Dentalina guttifera p’OrBieny, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 49, pl. 2,
figs. 11-13.—H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 6, 1870, p. 296,
pl. 12, fig. 2.

Nodosaria guttifera StEINMANN, Elem. Paleont., vol. 1, 1888, p. 27, fig. 8. B.—
Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 143.

Description.—Test composed of a few chambers, each pyriform in
shape connected by stolonlike tubes, broadly rounded at base, thence
tapering gradually to the apertural end, wall smooth.

Length 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg refers to this species fragments of Nodosaria
found at Albatross station H4566 in 572 fathoms off the Hawaiian
Islands. One of these is here figured.

Of d’Orbigny’s figures in the Vienna Basin Monograph, figure 11
seems certainly to be referable to N. pyrula d’Orbigny, but figure 13
is much more like the specimens found by Bagg. It is not like the
ordinary form or size of N. pyrula.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 51
NODOSARIA PAUPERATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 25, fig. 7.

Dentalina pauperata D’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 46, pl. 1,
figs. 57, 58.—BorNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855, p. 324,
pl. 13, fig. 7,—H. B. Brapy, Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc., vol.
13, 1867, p. 108, pl. 1, fig. 14.

Nodosaria pauperata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 500, woodcuts figs. 14a, b, c-—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 68, pl. 12, figs. 682-688 [part]; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 61.—Baae, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 144.

Description.—Test comparatively short, slightly arched, tapering,
composed of a few chambers, cylindrical in the early portion, later
chambers more inflated; apical end usually with a short spine; aper-
tural end slightly prolonged.

Length 2 mm.

Distribution—Goés records rather poor examples of this species
from three Albatross stations in the eastern Pacific, D3363 in 978
fathoms, D3376 in 1,132 fathoms, and D3399 in 1,740 fathoms.
Bagg records it from the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands at two Alba-
tross stations, D4000 in 104-213 fathoms and D4025 in 275-368
fathoms. These specimens also are not typical, one broken one being
here figured. It is not mucronate and the apertural portion is
broken away.

NODOSARIA ABYSSORUM H. B. Brady.

Plate 28, fig. 7.

Nodosaria (?) abyssorum H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p.
63; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 504, pl. 63, figs. 8, 9.—
Eaeer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 342,
pl. 11, fig. 11 [2].

Description.—Test elongate, composed of several chambers, straight
or slightly arcuate, chambers inflated, subspherical, sutures much
depressed, surface smooth, apical end broadly rounded, with a group
of short acicular spines; aperture at the end of a short neck, with a
phialine lip.

Length up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded in the
North Pacific. I have it from two stations, Nero 1302 in 1,331
fathoms and 1867 in 2,311 fathoms in the western Pacific. The
figured specimen from the first station is evidently broken, showing
but the two early chambers. The specimen from the second station
is also broken, but composed of eight chambers, and except for the
larger number of chambers and broken lip is very similar to Brady’s
figures in the Challenger report.

This seems to be a rare, deep-water species.

52 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NODOSARIA PROXIMA Silvestri.

Nodosaria prozxima Stuvestri, Atti Accad. Gioenia, Catania, ser. 3, vol. 7, 1872,
p. 63, pl. 6, figs. 138-147.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 511, pl. 64, fig. 15.—Fornastin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 4, 1894, p. 206, pl. 1, figs. 33-35.—Munet, Journ. Roy. Micr. Sci.,
1902, p. 519, pl. 11, fig. 9.

Description.—Test composed of few chambers, usually two, with
several cost, apical end often spinose; aperture at the end of a tubu-
lar neck.

Length 1 mm.

Distribution—Brady records this species from two North Pacific
stations, off the Philippines in 95 fathoms and from the coral reefs
of Honolulu, Sandwich Islands, in 40 fathoms. I have seen no mate-
rial which can not be referred to other species as young specimens.

NODOSARIA RADICULA (Linnzus).

“‘Cornu Hammonis erectum” Piancus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 14, pl. 1, fig. 5.

Nautilus radicula Linnazvs, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1164, 285; (Gmelin’s) ed.
13, 1788, vol. 1, pt: 6, p. 3373, No. 18.—Monvagu, Test. Brit., 1803, p.
197, pl. 6, fig. 4.

Nodosaria radicula D’OrzBIGNny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 252, No. 3; Modéles,
No. 1.—H. B. Brapy, Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. 13,
1867, p. 106, pl. 1, fig. 4; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 495,
pl. 61, figs. 28-31.—SHERBORN and CHapMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886,
p. 746, pl. 14, fig. 24.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 60.—
Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 309, pl. 55, fig. 1—Munuert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 513.

Description.—Test elongate, composed of three or four chambers,
with but slightly depressed sutures, wall smooth, apical end with a
short spine; aperture at the end of a slightly produced neck.

Length about 2 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records this species from one Albatross station
in the eastern Pacific, D3375 in 1,201 fathoms. I have had speci-
mens from Albatross station H2999 in 549 fathoms, off the Hawaiian
Islands, and from two Nero stations 1463 in 951 fathoms and 990 in
859 fathoms, both off Guam.

NODOSARIA INFLEXA Reuss.
Plate 25, fig. 1.
Nodosaria infleca Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1866, p. 131, pl. 2,
fig. 1; Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 472, No. 16.—von ScHtIcurt,
For. Septarien Thones von Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 38, fig. 3—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 498, pl. 62, fig. 9.
Description.—Test elongate, tapering, slightly arcuate, chambers
comparatively few, pyriform, united to one ancther with slight necks;
wall smooth, portion of each chamber near the distal end clear, giv-
ing a darker appearance to that portion of the chamber.
Length 2 mm. or more.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 53

Distribution.—Brady records this species at the Challenger station
off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. I have had material from three
stations, Tuscarora 2, lat. 21° 07’ N., long. 158° 14’ W., in 1,468
fathoms, and Albatross D4843 in 100 fathoms and D4979 in 943
fathoms. The bottom temperatures at these two stations were 39.9°
and 36.4° F., respectively.

In some ways this species is intermediate between N. pyrula and
N. soluta, and may be only a variety of the former. The peculiar
dark appearance of the clear portions is rather distinctive.

NODOSARIA SOLUTA (Reuss).
Plate 26, figs. 9-11.

Dentalina soluta Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 60, pl. 3,
figs. 4a, b.—Sracue, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 1, 1864, p. 203, pl. 22,
fig. 29—HantTKEN, Mitth. Jahrb. Ung. Geol. Anstalt., vol. 4, 1875, p.29,
pl. 2, figs. 2, 14.

Nodosaria soluta BoRNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855, p. 322,
pl. 12, fig. 12—Reruss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1865, p. 131,
pl. 2, figs. 4-8.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 503, pl. 62, figs. 13-16; pl. 64, fig. 23—SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 746, pl. 14, figs. 25, 26—Burrows, SHERBORN,
and Baiey, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 557, pl. 9, fig. 26.—CHAPMAN,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893, p. 587, pl. 8, fig. 26—Goks, Kongl. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 70, pl. 12, fig. 690; Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 62.—F inv, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 310, pl. 56, fig. 3—Munterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 516.—Baaea,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 144.

Description.—Test elongate, somewhat arcuate, comparatively
stout, composed of rather few globular or ovate chambers, inflated,
sutures much depressed, aperture radiate with an acute neck, apical
end often with a short spine; wall of the distal portion of the chamber
smooth, the proximal half of each chamber usually roughened, often
conspicuously so, sometimes faintly striate; color chalky white,
opaque.

Length up to 6 mm. or more.

Distribution.—Goés recorded this species from the eastern Pacific
at three Albatross stations, D3375, in 1,201 fathoms; D3376, in 1,132
fathoms; and D3407, in 885 fathoms. Flint records it from Albatross
station, D2805, in 51 fathoms, Panama Bay, and Bagg from one
Albatross station, H4964, in 865 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.
The only stations from which I have had material are, Nero 1298,
in 1,711 fathoms, off Japan, and Albatross D4957, in 437 fathoms,
also off Japan.

54 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NODOSARIA HAUERIANA Neugeboren.
Plate 25, fig. 4.

Nodosaria haueriana NEUGEBOREN, Verh. Mitth. sieb. Ver. Nat., vol. 3, 1852,
p. 39, pl. 1, figs. 8, 9 —-Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 341, pl. 11, figs. 1, 25.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, composed of few chambers,
elongate pyriform, sutures much depressed, wall smooth, apertural
end of last formed chamber very tapering.

Length about 1.50 mm.

Distribution.—Egger records this species off West Australia. The
specimen here figuréd is from Albatross station D4966, off Japan, in
290 fathoms, bottom temperature 44.1° F.

NODOSARIA COMMUNIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 28) figs. 1) 2:

Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis dD’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 254,
No. 35.

Dentalina communis D’ORBIGNY, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. 4, 1840, p. 13,

Ll, fies 4:

Wee communis REuss, Verst. Bohm. Kreid., pt. 1, 1845, p. 28, pl. 12, fig.
21.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 504,
pl. 62, figs. 19-22 —Burrows, SHERBORN, and Bamey, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1890, p. 557, pl. 9, fig. 27.—CHapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893,
p. 590, pl. 9, fig. 1—Ea@err, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. un, vol. 18, 1893, p. 342, pl. 11, figs. 22-24.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 67, pl. 12, figs. 667-671; Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 61, pl. 6, fig. 1—Fiint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 310, pl. 56, fig. 2—Mutierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902,
p. 522.—Baaea, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 142.

Description.—Test elongate, slender, tapering, straight or more
often slightly curved, composed of numerous chambers, slightly
inflated toward the apical end but later ones becoming more inflated;
sutures oblique; aperture radiate somewhat eccentric, elongate some-
what; surface smooth.

Length up to 3 mm. or more.

Distribution.—Goés records this species at three stations in the
eastern Pacific, Albatross, D3376, in 1,132 fathoms; D3400, in 1,322
fathoms; and H2627, in 1,839 fathoms. Bagg records it from the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, D4000, in 104-213 fathoms ; D4025,
in 275-368 fathoms; H4430, in 1,544 fathoms; and H4566, in 572
fathoms. I have had material from numerous stations well scat-
tered over the region between San Francisco and Hawaii, near
Guam, several stations between Guam and Yokohama, and several
stations off the coast of Japan. The shallowest depth is 124 fathoms
and the deepest 2,615 fathoms.

Many very different forms have often been included in this species,
and it may be questioned whether Brady was really correct in placing
our recent material with d’Orbigny’s Cretacean species.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 55
.NODOSARIA FILIFORMIS d’Orbigny.

Plate 27, figs. 1-4.

“‘Orthoceratia filiformia aut capillaria” SoLpan1, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798,
p. 35, pl. 10, fig. e.

Nodosaria filiformis D’ORBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 253, No. 14.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 500, pl. 63, figs.
3-5.—Funt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 310, pl. 55, fig. 6. —Mrzert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 523.

Dentalina filiformis ParKer, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 156, pl. 9, fig. 48.

Description.—Test elongate, slender, arcuate, chambers numerous,
elliptical or ovate, elongate, tumid, sutures usually oblique, cham-
bers increasing in length toward the apertural end, aperture radiate,
slightly eccentric; wall smooth.

Length up to 5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady in the Challenger report mentions this spe-
cies as being found in the North Pacific, but stations are not given.
I have had material from the following stations: Albatross D3608 in
276 fathoms; material from stomachs of holothurians, D4900, in 139
fathoms off Japan; Nero station 1466, near Guam, in 234 fathoms; and
Tuscarora station 11,in 437 fathoms, lat. 33° 46’ N.; long. 140° 21’ E.

Specimens are easily broken and complete specimens seem to be

rare.
NODOSARIA ROEMERI (Neugeboren).

Plate 24, figs. 4-6.

Dentalina roemeri NEUGEBOREN, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 12, 1856, p. 82,
pl. 2, figs. 13-17.

Nodosaria roemeri Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol, 62, 1870, p. 475.—von
Scuurcut, Foram. Septarien Thones von Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 10, figs. 21, 22,
24.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 505, pl.
63, fig. 1.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 310, pl. 56, fig. 5.

Description.—Test elongate, somewhat arcuate, comparatively
stout, composed of few chambers, early ones with little inflation, later
ones somewhat inflated, apical end rounded, sutures oblique, wall
smooth.

Length up to 4.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from one Albatross station
off the Hawaiian Islands, H4566, in 572 fathoms. I have had mate-
rial from three Nero stations, 10, near the Hawaiian Islands, in 2,098
fathoms; 201, near Midway Islands, in 1,033 fathoms; and 990, near
Guam, in 859 fathoms.

The species is not well distinguished from NV. communis and seems
to be intermediate between this and NV. mucronata.

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——5

56 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NODOSARIA CONSOBRINA (d’Orbigny), var. EMACIATA (Reuss).
Plate 27, fig. 9.

Dentalina emaciata Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 63, pl. 3,
fig. 9.

Nodosaria (D.) consobrina, var. emaciata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 25, 1865, p. 132, pl. 2, figs. 12, 13H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 502, pl. 62, figs. 25, 26.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 310, pl. 56, fig. 1.—Bage, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 143.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, slightly curved, composed
of numerous chambers, short and cylindrical in form, sutures but
slightly depressed in the early portion, later chambers more tumid
and sutures somewhat depressed; wall smooth, apical and rounded.

Length up to 8 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this form from Albatross station D4000
in 104-213 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had material
from the same region at Albatross station H2922 in 268 fathoms,
bottom temperature, 44.8° F.; H2986 in 271 fathoms; and Nero
station 2071 in 271 fathoms. It occurred at Nero station 1464 in 891
fathoms, off Guam; and Albatross stations H4882 in 248 fathoms,
off southern Japan, bottom temperature, 48.8° F., and D4965, also
off Japan, in 191 fathoms, bottom temperature, 49.4° F.

NODOSARIA MUCRONATA (Neugeboren).
Plate 24, fig. 3; plate 25, fig. 2; plate 27, figs. 5-7; plate 35, fig. 6.

*Orthoceras intortum ” SoLpANI, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1791, p. 98, pl.
105, fig. V.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) obliqua pD’OrBiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 254,
No. 36; Modéles No. 5 (not NV. obliqua (Linneeus)).

Dentalina mucronata NEUGEBOREN, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 12, 1856,
p. 83, pl. 3, figs. 8-11.

Nodosaria mucronata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 475, No.
30.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 506, pl.
62, figs. 27-31.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. Lon-
don, vol. 12, 1888, p. 223, pl, 44, fig. 10.—Fuint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 311, pl. 57, fig. 2.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, broadest near the apertural
end, composed of few chambers; wall smooth, sutures flush but dis-
tinct, oblique, apical end of test often with a spine; aperture with a
short neck at the acute end of the chamber, radiate.

Length up to about 1.50 mm.

Distribution.—The only previous record for this species in the
North Pacific is a Challenger station in 345 fathoms, Hyalonema-
ground off Japan, given by Brady. Ihave material from off the
Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2071 in 271 fathoms; from off Japan,
Albatross station D4954 in 957 fathoms; and at four Nero stations,

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 51

1145, 1293, 1299, and 1302, between Guam and Japan, with depths,
respectively, 2,119, 2,141, 1,817 and 1,331 fathoms.

At Nero station 1145 aspecimen was found, plate 35, figures 6a, 6,
which may be compared to some of the abnormal specimens, figured
by Brady and others. Such forms seem to occur rather frequently

in this species.
NODOSARIA JAPONICA, new species.

Plate 28, fig. 4.

Description —Test much elongate, large, tapering, composed of
numerous cylindrical chambers, sutures of clear material, walls of
chambers whitish; apical end often slightly bulbous at the beginning
then somewhat contracting before again enlarging as chambers are
added; walls smooth, sutures indistinct in outline, but very distinct
on account of the difference in texture of the material forming them;
last formed chamber in adult specimens often more rounded and
distinct, aperture with a tapering neck which is fluted about the
opening. -

Length up to 16 mm.

Distribution. —This species nee occurred off yapan at Albatross sta-
tion D4900 in 139 fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F. This seems
to be a well-distinguished avec

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 8544, U.S.N.M.

NODOSARIA CATENULATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 25, fig. 3.
Nodosaria catenulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 515, pl. 63, figs. 32-34.—Fiint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 312,
pl. 58, fig. 2.

Description.—Test elongate, slender, straight or more often slightly
arcuate, tapering; apical end bearing a well-developed spme; cham-
bers numerous, elliptical or ovate, distinctly separated by deep
sutures; walls smooth, ornamented by four or six equidistant longi-
tudinal costz bridging the depressions between the chambers but
usually not continuous over the chambers; costs more or less
rounded; aperture small at the end of a long tapering neck, the
apertural end of which is costate giving a stellate appearance in end
view.

Length up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady described this species from off the Philippine
Islands in 95 fathoms. The only other North Pacific record I have
for this species is Albatross station H2922 in 268 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands. Brady records it also from Torres Strait and it
is apparently a warm-water species.

The figured specimen is a young one consisting of but three cham-
bers. The view by transmitted light shows the relation of the
chambers and the wall.

58 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NODOSARIA LONGIROSTRATA, new species.

Plate 27, fig. 8.

Description.—Test elongate, composed of few very elongate cham-
bers, sutures slightly depressed, wall smooth, aperture at the end of
a long tubular neck, somewhat clavate at the tip with several flange-
like extensions, bicarinate.

Length of broken specimen 2.50 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8545, U.S.N.M., from
Albatross station D4949 in 110 fathoms, off Japan, bottom tempera-
ture 57.8° F.

This is a very elongate species, the chambers being several times
as long as wide and the peculiar form of the apertural end makes it
especially distinctive.

NODOSARIA SCALARIS (Batsch).
Plate 24, fig. 7.

‘‘Orthoceratia Flosculi’’ So~pant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1791, p. 91,

pl. 95, figs. BM. °
Nautilus (Orthoceras) scalaris BatscH, Conch. des Seesandes, 1791, No. 4, pl. 2,
figs. 4a, b.

Nodosaria scalaris PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 340, pl.
16, figs. 2a, b, c.—ParkeEr, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 157, pl. 9, fig. 42—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 510, pl. 63, figs. 28-31—H. B. Brapy, PARKER,
and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 223, pl. 44, figs. 6, 19.—
Gots, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 73, pl. 13,
figs. 716-718.

Nodosaria longicauda pD’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 254, No. 28.

Description—Test composed of few nearly spherical chambers,
rapidly increasing in size as added, apical end often with a spine,
surface ornamented with numerous longitudinal raised cost, aperture
at the end of a fairly long neck ornamented with transverse ring-like
coste.

Length 1.50-3.00 mm.

Distribution—From the material I have examined this species
seems to be the most common in the region. Brady records it from
two Challenger stations, off the Philippines, 95 fathoms, and off the
south coast of Japan on the Hyalonema-ground, 345 fathoms. Bagg
records it from Albatross station H4566 in 572 fathoms off the Ha-
waiian Islands. I have had material from a large number of sta-
tions, off the Hawaiian Islands, off Guam, and especially between
Guam and Japan. The depth varies from 84 to 1,503 fathoms.

There is a considerable variation in the number and prominence of
the cost in different specimens and also in the various chambers of
the same specimen as in plate 24, figure 7. The aperture is inter-
esting, often being surrounded by several tooth-like prominences.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 59

NODOSARIA RAPHANUS (Linnzus).
Plate 26, figs. 12, 13.

‘‘Cornu Hammonis erectum striatum’’ Puancvus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 15, pl. 1,
fig. 6.

“‘Orthoceras minimum ”’ etc. GAULTIERI, Index Test., 1742, pl. 19, fig. L.

Nautilus raphanus Linnzvs, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1164, (Gmelin’s), ed. 13,
1788, p. 3372, No. 16.

Orthocera raphanus Lamarck, Anim. sans. Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 593, No. 1;
Tabl. Encycl. et Méth., pl. 465, fig. 2a, }, c.

Nodosaria raphanus PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 3,
1859, p. 477.—Sitvestri, Atti Accad. Gioenia, Catania, ser. 3, vol. 7, 1872,
p. 43, pl. 4, figs. 67-81. H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 512, pl. 64, figs. 6-10 —Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 64.

Goés in the paper last quoted above records this species from Alba-
tross station D3353 in 695 fathoms, one small specimen. I have been
unable to find a specimen so labeled in the Goés collection, and as
there are no other records for the species in this region the record
must remain a doubtful one.

NODOSARIA OBLIQUA (Linneus).
Plate 25, fig. 5.

‘‘Orthoceras minimum ” etc. GAULTIERI, Index Test., 1742, pl. 19, fig. N.

Nautilus obliquus Linnazus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1163 (Gmelin’s), ed.
13, 1788, p. 3372, No. 14.

Nodosaria (Dentalina) obliqua ParKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 3,
1859, p. 482.

Nodosaria obliqua H.B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
518, pl. 64, figs. 20-22.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zo6l. Soc.
London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 223, pl. 44, fig. 7—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 63.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 311, pl.
57, fig. 4.

Description —Test long and tapering, composed of numerous
chambers, slightly inflated toward the apical end, more inflated and
distinctly separated toward the apertural end, apical end usually
with a single large spine, surface of the test with numerous distinct
costs running longitudinally the length of the test, aperture with an
elongate neck smooth or nearly so.

Length up to 8-10 mm. or even more.

Distribution —Brady speaks of this species as found in ‘‘every sea
and at almost every depth from the laminarian zone to 1,500 to
2,000 fathoms.’’ Goés found specimens from two stations off the
west coast of North America, Albatross D3376 in 1,132 fathoms and
D3407 in 885 fathoms. I have seen a few broken specimens only in
the region.

60 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NODOSARIA VERTEBRALIS (Batsch).
Plate 32, fig. 1.

Nautilus (Orthoceras) vertebralis Barscu, Conch. des Seesandes, 1791, p. 3, No. 6,
pl. 2, fig. 6a, b.

Nodosaria vertebralis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 514, pl. 65, fig. 35; pl. 64, figs. 11-14.—Eaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 312, pl. 57, fig. 5—_Fur, Rep. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 312, pl. 57, fig. 5—Baee, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
34, 1908, p. 144.

Description.—Elongate, slender, tapering, straight or very slightly
arcuate, chambers comparatively short, numerous, little inflated,
sutures of clear shell material, appearing darker than the opaque
portions; surface ornamented with longitudinal coste, apical end
usually with a short spine.

Length up to 6 mm.

Mstribution—The only record from the North Pacific is that of
Bagg, Albatross station D4000 in 104-213 fathoms off the Hawaiian
Islands. From its distribution this seems to be a species of compara-
tively warm shallow water of tropical and subtropical seas.

NODOSARIA HIRSUTA d’Orbigny.
Plate 28, fig. 3.

‘‘Orthoceratia quasi hispida’? Soipan1, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 15, pl.
2 hobs

© Grubaecmicin hispida’’ Sotpant, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 36, pl. 11,
figs. n-z, A, B.

Nodosaria hirsuta D’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 252, No. 7.

Nodosaria hispida p’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 35, pl. 1,
figs. 24, 25.—Parker, JoNnEs, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
4, vol. 8, p. 154, pl. 9, fig. 45.—Smvestri, Atti Accad. Gioenia, Catania,
ser. 3, vol. 7, 1872, p. 80, pl. 9, figs. 207-228—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 507, pl. 63, figs. 12-16.—BaLKwit and
Waricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1885, p. 343, pl. 12, fig. 31.—
SHERBORN and CHApMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 748, pl. 14, fig.
32.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12,
1888, p. 223, pl. 44, figs. 3, 5—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 343, pl. 11, fig. 16—Fumt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 311, pl. 57, fig. 1—Mruerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1902,
p. 515.

Description.—Test tapering, elongate, composed of few chambers,
globular, surface covered with spines of varying coarseness, cham-
bers close set or separated by stolonlike connections, aperture at the
end of a tubular neck.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a Challenger station
off the Philippimes in 95 fathoms. The only specimen I have refer-
able to this species is from D4900 off Japan in 139 fathoms, bottom
temperature 52.9° F. ‘This specimen which is figured here is some-
what broken and is not typical.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 61

Genus LINGULINA @d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Lingulina p’OrgtIany (type L. carinata d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 256.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 517.

Description.—Test compressed, chambers arranged in a linear
series, usually closely set; aperture usually elongate, corresponding
to the form of the chamber.

This genus seems to be less clearly defined than many of the genera
established by d’Orbigny. It is closely related to Nodosaria, differ-
ing from this genus only in the compressed character and the conse-
quent changes in the aperture.

Species of this genus are few in number but have a wide range. It
is most common as a fossil in the Miocene.

LINGULINA CARINATA d@’Orbigny.
Plate 29, fig. 3.

Lingulina carinata pD’OrRBIeNny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 257, No. 1; Modéles
No. 26.—BarkeErR, Wess, and BerTHetort, Hist. Nat. Iles Canaries, vol. 2,
pt. 2, Foraminiféres, 1839, p. 124, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6—Wiu1amson, Rec. Foram.
Great Britain, 1858, p. 14, pl. 2, figs. 33-35 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 517, pl. 65, figs. 16, 17 —BaLkwitLand WRricHT,
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28, 1888, p. 343.—SHERBORN and Bamey, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p.558, pl.10, fig.3.—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser.
3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 484.—Eaaemr, Abh. kén. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 345, pl. 11, fig. 8, 20—Fuint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 312, pl. 58, fig. 3.—Baaa, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 144.

Nodosaria carinata Go#s, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand1., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894,
p. 74, pl. 13, figs. 714-715 [?].

Description.—Test compressed, chambers in a linear series, early
ones short and broad, later ones usually hyaline, edges nearly acute,
surface smooth; aperture an elongated, simple ellipse without a defi-
nite neck or radiate openings.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—In the North Pacific, Brady records this species
from the Challenger dredgings, off the Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms. Bagg records it as rare off the same islands,
Albatross station 4508, in 495 fathoms. This is the specimen figured
here.

Many forms have been figured as belonging to this species which it
does not seem should be placed here, as their characters are so unlike
the type of d’Orbigny’s species.

“

62 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus TRIPLASIA Reuss, 18584.

Vaginulina p’OrBIGNY (part), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 258.

Orthocerina D’ORBIGNY (part) in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat., Cuba, 1839,
‘“Woraminiféres,’’ p. 18.

Triplasia Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 7, abth. 1, 1854, p. 65.

Rhabdogonium Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 40, 1860, p. 198.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 18845 p. 524.

Description.—Test elongate, triangular or quadrangular in cross
section, chambers numerous, uniserial or somewhat irregular; wall
hyaline, surface smooth or roughened, aperture at the end of a short
tubular neck.

There has been some dispute as to the names for this genus.
D’Orbigny applied the name Vaginulina to a species of this genus,
but as this name had been used previously in a different sense it is not
available here. He also described Orthocerina, but the original spe-
cies described under this genus is probably a Clavulina as nearly as
can be determined. Therefore it can not be used here. The next
name, Triplasia, was used by Reuss for three-angled species. Rhab-
dogonium was a later name which he used because four-angled species
had been found and Reuss thought Rhabdogonium a more appropriate
name. He put Triplasia as a synonym of Rhabdogonium and places
there his type species of Triplasia (Triplasia murchisonn). As a
result it seems that Triplasia must, by all laws of priority, be used
instead of Rhabdogonium.

TRIPLASIA TRICARINATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 39, fig. 2.

Vaginulina tricarinata p’OrBiIGNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 258 No. 4;
Modeéles, No. 4.

Rhabdogonium tricarinatum H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 525, pl. 67, fig. 1-3.—SuHEeRBorN and Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1886, p. 752, pl. 15, fig. 16—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans.
Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 45, fig. 3—Scuropt, Zeitschr.
deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 42, 1890, p. 411, pl. 22, fig. 2—Burrows, SHER-
BORN, and Bartey, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 558, pl. 10, fig. 7—
Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 484.—Eacrr, Abh.
kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 18938, p. 355, pl. 11, figs. 49, 50;
pl. 12, figs. 36-38.—CHapMaNn, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1895, p. 33.—S1L-
vestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 12, 1896, p. 194, pl. 1, fig. 8.—
Miutett, Journ. Micr. Soc., 1902, p. 525.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 145.

Description.Test elongate, slightly tapering toward either end,
often somewhat twisted, triangular in cross section, aperture in the
center at the end of the chamber, usually with a short tubular neck
and phialine lip; angles of the test carinate.

Length about 0.4 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 63

Distribution.—The Challenger, from Brady’s records, did not
obtain this species from the North Pacific. Goés records it at
Albatross station 3395 in 730 fathoms. Bagg found it from about
the Hawaiian Islands at 13 Albatross stations, very abundant, rang-
ing in depth from 104 to 1,544 fathoms. I have obtained it from
a number of stations about the Hawaiian Islands, off the west coast
of America, and Guam, and off Japan, depths ranging from 181 to
1,355 fathoms.

TRIPLASIA REUSSH, new name.

Plate 39, fig. 3.

Rhabdogonium minutum H. B. Brapy (not R. minutum Reuss), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol 9, 1884, p. 526, pl. 67, figs. 4-6.—Baae, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 145.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. London,
Zool., vol. 30, 1910, p. 412 [?].

Description.—Test thick and short, triangular in cross section,
chambers few, somewhat elongate, somewhat carinate, walls roughish,
thick; aperture with a short neck, fairly large, often with a fringe-like
cutting about the opening.

Length, about 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Brady found this species off the Ki Islands, south-
west of New Guinea, 129 fathoms. Bagg records it from several sta-
tions about the Hawaiian Islands in 104 to 1,544 fathoms.

This species is rare in the North Pacific. It can easily be distin-
guished from T. tricarinatum by its more irregular form, short, thick
chambers, roughened surface, and different apertural characters.

To unite this recent tropical species with Rhabdogomum minutum
Reuss is rather a difficult problem, as Reuss’s figure shows a com-
pressed form entirely different in all its general characters. As the
recent species seems to be entirely distinct from the fossil species
described by Reuss from Galicia, a new name is here given to the
recent species.

Genus CRISTELLARIA Lamarck, 1812.

Nautilus (part) Linnzus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162.

Lenticulites (part) Lamarcx, Annales du Muséum, vol. 5, 1804, p. 188.

Cristellaria Lamarck, (Type, Cristellaria calcar (Linnzeus)) Extract Cours
Zool., 1812, p. 122.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 534.

Description.—Test planospiral, typically close coiled, but becoming
much uncoiled in some species; chambers numerous; wall hyaline,
perforate; variously ornamented; aperture usually distinctly radiate.

This genus is one of the most interesting of the various genera of
the Lagenide. It shows a great range of characters along several
lines. The test may be close coiled typically, but in some species
becomes uncoiled early, and the resuiting development is often almost

64 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Nodosarian, but the chambers usually keep an oblique tendency and
the sutures usually oblique, at least in side view. Some species are
very much compressed, while others are tumid or strongly umbonate.
The surface of the test may be smooth or it may be variously orna-
mented with cost, limbate sutures, knobs and bosses, spines or com-
binations of them and often the peripheral border is broadly keeled.
Altogether except for Lagena it presents a greater range of ornamen-
tation than any genus of the Lagenide. The aperture is usually very
characteristic, being distinctly radiate and in some species being vis-
ible in many of the earlier chambers even when adult size is reached.

The genus is widely distributed geographically and bathymetric-
ally, although it undoubtedly reaches its greatest development in
comparatively shallow water—less than 500 fathoms—in rather warm
waters, as about tropical islands. It is, however, found in great num-
bers in colder waters, but the species are fewer in number and lack
the extravagant ornamentation seen in the tropical species. Geolog-
ically the range of the genus is a long one, its earliest limits not being
satisfactorily determined.

There are several names of Montfort which were used previously to
the use of Cristellaria by Lamarck, but these are ill defined and the
poorly executed figures makes it impossible without a study of the
types to say just what species the author had in mind. With such
an ill-defined condition it seems ill advised at the present time to
replace Cristellaria with any of Montfort’s names. With a study of
the types it may be necessary to do this.

.

CRISTELLARIA CULTRATA (Montfort).
Plate 29, fig. 4.

“‘Cornu Hammonis” Piancus, Conch. Min., 1760, p. 120, pl. 1, fig. 12.

“Nautili (Lenticulae marginatae)”’ Sotpant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789,
p. 54, pl. 33, fig. B.

Robulus cultratus Montrort, [?] Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808, p. 214, 54° genre.

Robulina cultrata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 287, No. 1; Modéles,
No. 82; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 96, pl. 4, figs. 14, 15.

Cristellaria cultrata ParKER and JongEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 344, pls.
13, 17, 18; pl. 16, fig. 5H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 550, pl. 70, figs. 4, 5, 6—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 352, pl. 12, figs. 8-10, 24, 25.—-F int, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 318, pl. 65, fig. 2—Baee, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 147.

Description.—Test very similar to that of C. rotulata, but with the
added character of a peripheral keel of greater or less extent.

Length up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific station, off the Philrppines in 95 fathoms. Bagg records it

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 65

from three Albatross stations, off the Hawaiian Islands; D4000 in
104-213 fathoms; H4566 in 572 fathoms; and H4696 in 367 fathoms.

Fine large specimens occur off the Pacific coast of the United
States and in Bering Sea in comparatively shallow cold water.
Occasional specimens occur off Japan being common at one station,
Albatross D5056 in 258 fathoms, bottom temperature 46° F. It
also occurred off the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross H3007 in 323
fathoms.

The main distinguishing character between this species and C.
rotulata is the presence of the broad keel in C. cultrata. The distribu-
tion, at least so far as is shown by the North Pacific material exam-
ined, is by no means coextensive in the two species.

CRISTELLARIA RENIFORMIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 30, fig. 4; plate 33, fig. 1.

Cristellaria reniformis D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 88,
pl. 3, figs. 39, 40.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 539, pl. 70, figs. 3a, b.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 316,
pl. 62, fig. 2—Baee, Bull. 518, U. S. Geol. Survey, 1912, p. 66, pl. 19,
figs. 2a, b.

Description.—Test compressed, somewhat elongated, early cham-
bers forming a close coiled test, later chambers becoming longer and
a tendency toward an elongate form is shown, with oblique sutures;
wall smooth; peripheral border slightly to strongly keeled; aperture
often slightly produced, radiate.

Length up to 5 mm.

_ Distribution.—Brady records this species from the North Pacific in
2,050 fathoms in the Challenger report, but in the volume on the
Summary of Results it is also recorded from Challenger station 237 in
1,875 fathoms. I have had material which seems to belong to this
species from three Albatross stations, D4310, D4972 in 440 fathoms,
bottom temperature 39.8° F., and D5078 in 514 fathoms, bottom
temperature 38.9° F., off Japan. It also occurred at Nero station
1302 in 1,331 fathoms, also off Japan.

CRISTELLARIA ARTICULATA Reuss.
Plate 31, fig. 1.

Robulina articulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 48, 1863, p. 53, pl. 5,
fig. 62.

Cristellaria articulata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 483.—von
Scuiicut, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 17, figs. 5-12.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 547, pl. 69, figs. 10-12.—F tint, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 317, pl. 64, fig. 2—Bagee, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 146.

Description.—Test close coiled, nearly circular in side view, thick,
chambers tumid, sutures depressed; periphery obtusely angled; aper-

66 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ture exserted, broad and rounded in side view, radiate; umbonal
portion of test often of clear shell material.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from a single Albatross sta-
tion H4696 in 376 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had
material from four stations, all off Japan; H4882 in 248 fathoms,
bottom temperature 48.8° F.; D4893 in 106 fathoms, bottom tem-
perature 55.9° F.; D4895 in 95 fathoms; and D4964 in 37 fathoms,
bottom temperature 66.6° F.

CRISTELLARIA ROTULATA (Lamarck).
Plate 35, fig. 3.

‘‘Cornu Hammonis seu Nautili’’ PLancus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 13, pl. 1, fig. IIT.

Lenticulites rotulata LamaRcK, Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 188, No. 3; vol. 8, 1806,
pl62, figs 11:

Cristellaria rotulata D’ORBIGNY, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 1, vol. 4, 1840, p.
26, pl. 2, figs. 16-18.—ParKer and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 345, pl. 13, fig. 19—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 547, pl. 69, figs. 13a, b —H. B. Brapy, ParKeEr, and Jongs, Trans.
Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 224, pl. 64, fig. 15.—Eaazr, Abh. kén. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 351, pl. 12, figs. 1, 2, 32, 33.—
Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 435, pl. 2,
fig. 11; vol. 4, 1894, p. 221, pl. 3, figs. 24, 25—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 60, pl. 10, figs. 559-578; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 54.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 317,
pl. 64, fig. 4.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 148; Bull. 513,
U.S. Geol. Surv., 1912, p. 67, pl. 19, figs. 5a, b.

Description.—Test large, close coiled, chambers numerous, lenticu-
lar, biconvex; wall smooth, thick; peripheral margin rather acute,
but not distinctly carinate; apertures of all chambers of visible test
usually apparent.

Length 1.5 to 4 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific Challenger station 232 in 345 fathoms south of Japan. Goés
records it from seven Albatross stations in the eastern Pacific at
depths varying from 660 to 1,201 fathoms. Bagg records it from
two stations near the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4000 in 104 to 213
fathoms and H4430 in 1,544 fathoms. I have had material from
Albatross station D3346 in 19 fathoms off Alaska and from several
stations near Japan, depths ranging from 437 to 712 fathoms and the
bottom temperatures from 37.5° to 39.8° F.; also from several Nero
stations in the same area.

This species seems to differ from C. cultrata (Montfort) in the lack of
a definite keeled periphery, but many intermediate forms are found,
and such specimens are with difficulty placed in either one of the two
extreme forms.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OGEAN. 67

CRISTELLARIA NITIDA d’Orbigny.
Plate 32, fig. 2.

“ Nautili Lituitati’’ Sotpant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789, p. 64, pl. 64,
figs. O, P.
Cristellaria nitida pD’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 291, No. 5.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 549, pl. 70, figs. 2a, b.
Description.—‘‘A feeble modification belonging to the ‘cassis’ and
*mamilligera’ group. The shell is compressed and carinate and the
earlier sutures limbate. It is a doubtful and unsatisfactory species.”
Length 1.4 mm.

_Distribution.—The only record for this somewhat doubtful species
in the North Pacific is that given by Brady in the Challenger Report,
95 fathoms off the Philippines.

The description and figure are taken from the Challenger Report.

CRISTELLARIA ORBICULARIS (d’Orbigny).
Plate 36, figs. 4, 5.
“Nuclei conico rotundati” Sotpant, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, App., p. 138,
piel, fig.\12..p,)P:
Robulina orbicularis pD’OrRBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 288, pl. 15,
figs. 8, 9.
Cristellaria orbicularis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,

p. 549, pl. 69, fig. 17.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 317, pl.
64, fig. 3—[?] Baaa, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 148.

Description.—Test very similar to C. vortex, but the periphery
extended into a distinct keel, varying in width.

Length 1 to 1.5 mm. -

Distribution—Bagg records this species from Albatross station
_ H4508 in 495 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands asrare. I have ma-
terial from Albatross stations off Japan, D4807 in 44 fathoms; D4887
in 71 fathoms, bottom temperature 59.7° F.; D4891 in 181 fathoms,
bottom temperature 50.2° F.; and D4900 in 139 fathoms, bottom
temperature 52.9° F. It also occurred at Nero station 203 in 1,625
fathoms near the Midway Islands.

This species seems to be very slightly different from C. vortez,
except in the character of the keel. The specimens figured by Flint
seem to me to be rather different in most cases from the typical form
figured by d’Orbigny. The sutures are much less oblique, the
chambers much shorter, and the whole seems unlike the type.

68 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

CRISTELLARIA VORTEX (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 32, fig. 3.

‘“‘Nautili globuli” So~pan1, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1879, p. 66, pl. 59,
fig. tt.

Nautilus vortex FicuteL and Mou, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 33, pl. 2, figs. d-7.

Polystomella vortex BLAINVILLE, Man. de Malac., 1825, p. 389.

Robulina vortex D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 288, No. 4.

Cristellaria vorier PARKER, JoNES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 240, pl. 10, fig. 82-—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 548, pl. 69, figs. 14-16.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 317, pl. 65, fig. 1—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 148.

Description.—Test close coiled, biconvex, umbonate; chambers
elongate, curved, the sutures making a long curve from the periphery
to the umbo; peripheral margin acute but not distinctly carmate;
wall smooth.

Length 1 to 1.5 mm.

Distribution. Bagg records this species from a single Albatross
station H4508 in 495 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. J have had
specimens from Albatross H3007 in 323 fathoms also off the Hawaiian
Islands and Nero station 990 in 859 fathoms off Guam.

CRISTELLARIA CONVERGENS Bornemann.
Plate 34, fig. 3.

Cristellaria convergens BORNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. Geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855,
p. 327, pl. 13, figs. 16, 17 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 546, pl. 69, figs. 6, 7.

Deseription.—Test oval, biconvex, close coiled; chambers triangu-
lar, the last formed one drawn out to a point at the apertural end;
sutures hardly visible, the chambers embracing to the umbo; wall
smooth and thick.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species at a single Challenger
station 224 in 1,850 fathoms in the North Pacific. I have had mate-
rial referable to this species from numerous stations, most of them
off Japan. It occurred at two Nero stations 1208 in 665 fathoms and
1213 in 808 fathoms off Yokohama and at numerous Albatross sta-
tions in the same region with a range of depth from 361 to 649
fathoms, the bottom temperatures ranging from 38.1° F. to 42.7° F.
The species also occurred at one Tuscarora station No. 58 in 814
fathoms, lat. 26° 52’ N., and long. 142° 21’ E.

The most striking characters of this species are the extension of the
alar projections laterally over the sides of the test with a consequent
obscuring of the sutural lines.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 69

CRISTELLARIA ACUTAURICULARIS (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 35, fig. 2.
“‘Hammoniz subrotund”’ SoLpant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789, p. 61,
pl. 49, fig. X.
Nautilus acutauricularis Ficutet and Motu, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 102, pl. 18, figs.
4.
Cristellaria acutauricularis PARKER and JonEs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol.
5, 1860, p. 114.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 543, pl. 114, figs. 17a, b—Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 353, pl. 12, figs. 19, 20.—F Lint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 316, pl. 63, fig. 5.

Description.—Test thick, slightly elongate; early chambers close
coiled, later ones elongate and oblique; sutures somewhat depressed ;
wall smooth, apertural end rather pointed.

Length less than 1 mm.

Distribution—The only published record for this species in the
North Pacific is that of Brady in the Challenger Report. It occurred
off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. I have had material referable to
this species only from Nero 2055 in 536 fathoms near the Hawaiian
Islands.

This species is close to C. crepidula, from which it seems to differ
only in the less compressed and less elongate form of the test.

CRISTELLARIA GIBBA d’Orbigny.
Plate 35, fig. 1.

Cristellaria gibba D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’”’ p. 63, pl. 7, figs. 20,21.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 546, pl. 69, figs. 8, 9 Burrows, SHERBORN,
and Bamey, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 259, pl. 10, figs. 19, 21_—EacrEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 352, pl. 12, figs.
21, 27.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 61, pl. 10,
figs. 287, 288.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 4, 1894,
p. 221, pl. 3, fig. 20—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 55.—
Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 317, pl. 64, fig. 1—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 147.

Description—Somewhat oval; biconvex; inner face decidedly con-
tracted; peripheral margin somewhat keeled; wall smooth; sutures
not depressed; apertures of earlier chambers usually apparent, even
in adult condition.

Length usually 1 to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records this species from a single Albatross
station in the eastern Pacific, D3376 in 1,132 fathoms. Bagg records
it from two stations off the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4000 in
104 to 213 fathoms and H4694 in 865 fathoms. I have had material
from one Nero station, 2055 off the Hawaiian Islands in 536 fathoms
and from three Albatross stations off Japan, D4958 in 405 fathoms,
bottom temperature 40.1° F.; D5055 in 124 fathoms, bottom tem-
perature 56.6° F.; and H4882 in 248 fathoms, bottom temperature

70 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

48.8° F. It also occurred at Tuscarora station 1, lat. 27° 7’ N., and
long. 142° 7’ E. in 73 fathoms.

CRISTELLARIA VARIABILIS Reuss.

Plate 36, figs. 1-3.

Cristellaria variabilis Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 369,
pl. 46, figs. 15, 16—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 541, pl. 68, figs. 11-16 —H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonzs, Trans.
Zool. Soc., al: 12, 1888, p. 224, pl. 44, fig. 12. Reeeors! Samneonn and
Batley, faa Res Micr. oe 1890, p. 560, pl. 10, fig. pot aneane: ‘Abh.
koén. bay. Akad. Wiss., Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 353, pl. 12, figs.
16-18.—GoEs, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 1894, p. 62, pl. 10,
figs. 593-595. —Fyanr, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., p. 316, Bh 63, fe 1.—MILLETt,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 256, pl. 5, aul

Description.—Test compressed, varying in form according to stage
in development, early stages nearly circular, later becoming elliptical
or oblong; chambers comparatively few, high and broad; surface
smooth, sutures very slightly depressed, in adult specimens the
periphery keeled; aperture in adults somewhat produced, the outer
border irregularly dentate.

Length usually not much exceeding 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station, 232, on the Hyalonema-ground, south of Japan in 345 fath-
oms. I have had it from but four stations, Albatross stations off
Japan, D4897, 207 fathoms, bottom temperature 49.7° F.; D4949,
110 fathoms, bottom. temperature 57.8° F.; D4970 in 500 fathoms,
bottom temperature 39.1° F.; and D5056 in Suruga Gulf, Japan,
258 fathoms, bottom temperature 46.0° F.

This species is distinct from most others of the genus in its few
high, broad chambers, taking but a very few to make a complete
convolution and in the peculiar form of the aperture with its almost
ragged appearance at the periphery.

CRISTELLARIA CREPIDULA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 29, figs. 5, 6; plate 31, figs. 2-5.

Nautilus crepidula Ficutet and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 107, pl. 19, figs. g-7.

Cristellaria crepidula D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘“‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 64, pl. 8, figs. 17, 18—ParxKeR and Jonsgs, Philos.
Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 344, pl. 13, figs. 15, 16; pl. 16, fig. 4H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 542, pl. 67, figs. 17, 19, 20;
pl. 68, figs. 1, 2—Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 4, vol. 10,
1890, p. 471, pl. 2, figs. 31-33, 56-60 —Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 350, pl. 11, figs. 51, 52; pl. 12, figs. 34,
30.—GokEs, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand]., vol. 25, 1894, p. 62, pl. 11,
figs. 599, 600; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29; 1896, p. 57—Fuint, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 316, pl. 63, fig. 2—Mutuerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 254.—SmxEsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 7, pl. 2, fig. 1.—Bagee, Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 146.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 71

Description.—Test elongate, compressed, early chambers close
coiled, later ones becoming uncoiled, elongate; sutures slightly de-
pressed; wall smooth; periphery rounded, without a keel.

Length up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from 40 fathoms off the
coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, and in the Challenger
volume on ‘‘Summary of Results,” it is also recorded from Challenger
station 246 in 2,050 fathoms. Goés records it from two Albatross
stations, D3375 and D3376, in 1,201 and 1,132 fathoms, respectively,
in the eastern Pacific. Bagg records it at four Albatross stations in
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands; D4000 in 104-213 fathoms;
H4430 in 1,544 fathoms; H4508 in 495 fathoms; and H4694 in 865
fathoms.

I have had specimens from numerous Nero stations about the
Hawaiian Islands, west of Midway Island, and between Guam and
Japan, ranging in depth from 518 to 2,080 fathoms. Off the Gala-
pagos I have had it from D2806 in 1,379 fathoms, and off Japan at
the following stations: D4949 in 110 fathoms, bottom temperature
57.8° F.; D4966 in 290 fathoms, bottom temperature 44.1° F.; and
D4967 in 244 fathoms, bottom temperature 45.9° F.

CRISTELLARIA LATA (Cornuel).
Plate 35, fig. 4.

Marginulina lata CornvEL, Mém. Soc. géol. France, ser. 2, vol. 3, 1848, p. 252,
pl. 1, figs. 34-37.

Planularia pauperata Jones and Parker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16,
1860, p. 454, pl. 20, fig. 39 —H. B. Brapy, Proc. Somerset Arch. and Nat.
Hist. Soc., vol. 13, 1867, p. 110, pl. 2, figs. 24, 25.

Cristellaria lata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 539,
pl. 67, fig. 18a, 6.

Description —Test broad, subtriangular in side view, much com-
pressed, early chambers somewhat close coiled, later ones very
elongate and uncoiling, sutures very slightly depressed, oblique, wall
smooth, aperture somewhat produced, radiate.

Length up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—This species has been previously unrecorded from
the North Pacific. I have had specimens from the three following
stations, Albatross D4843, in 100 fathoms, bottom temperature 39.9°
F., off Japan, and Tuscarora 11, in 437 fathoms, lat. 33° 46’ N.;
long. 140° 21’ E. and Tuscarora 126, in 500 fathoms, lat. 54° 08’ N.;
long. 161° 31’ W.

This species seems to be a broadened development of a form like
C. crepidula, but seems to have characters which make it distinct
from that species.

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——6

72 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

CRISTELLARIA TRICARINELLA Reuss.
Plate 34, figs. 1, 2.

Cristellaria tricarinella Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862, p 68, pl. 7,
fig. 9; pl. 12, figs. 2-4.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 540, pl. 68, figs. 3, 4.

Description.—Test elongate, greatly compressed; earliest chambers
close coiled, following ones soon becoming elongate, but extending
back to the previous coil, giving an elongate subtriangular form to
the later developed portion, sutures limbate; periphery of the test
with a flange-like keel at each side, the border between them concave
or with a median raised keel in addition to the lateral ones, wall
unornamented except for the limbate sutures and keeled periphery.

Length 1.5-2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species in, the North Pacific from
one Challenger station, off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. The only
North Pacific stations from which I have had material are Albatross
D4840 in 154 fathoms, bottom temperature 39.9° F., and D4900 in
139 fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F., off Japan. This is the
same region from which so many southern species seem to reach
their northern limits, that it is not surprising to find this species
there, which is really from its distribution a species of tropical

waters.
CRISTELLARIA TRICARINELLA Reuss, var. SPINIPES, new variety.

Plate 33, fig. 2.

Description.—Like the typical but the early chambers of the close
coiled portion, showing limbate sutures and the apical end of the
test bearing a large stout spine.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 8546, U.S.N.M., from Albatross station
D4900 in 139 fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F., off Japan.

CRISTELLARIA CALCAR (Linnzus),
Plate 32, fig. 4.

“Nautilus minimus non umbilicatus” Gavuurieri, Index Test., 1742, pl. 19,
fig. C.

“‘Nautili (Lenticule radiate)’ So~pant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789, p.
54, pl. 33, figs. aa, bb.

Nautilus calcar Linnamvs, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162, No. 272; (Gmelin’s)
ed. 13, 1788, p. 3370, No. 2.

Robulina calcar D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 99, pl. 4,
figs. 18-20.

Cristellaria calcar PARKER and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857,
p. 289, pl. 10, figs. 10-12.— Parker, Jones,and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 242, pl. 10, fig. 91—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 551, pl. 70, figs. 9-15.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 224, pl. 44,
fig. 14.—Funt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 318, pl. 66, fig. 1.—
Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 10, 1902, p. 46, fig.
45.—Baaea, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 146.

Robulina aculeata D’ORBIaNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 289, No. 14.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

Description.—Test close coiled, biconvex, umbonate; wall smooth,
sutures distinct but hardly, if at all, depressed; periphery of test
acute, with a distinct carina of greater or less width, with a long
acicular spine opposite each chamber.

Length without spines about 1 mm.

Distribution —Brady records this species from a single Challenger
station in the North Pacific, 95 fathoms off the Philippines. Bagg
records it from an Albatross station D4000 in 104 to 213 fathoms off
the Hawaiian Islands. I have had specimens from one Albatross
station H2922 in 268 fathoms and Nero station 2071 in 271 fathoms
off the Hawaiian Islands and from several stations off Japan, depths
ranging from 37 to 139 fathoms and bottom temperatures from
52.9° to 66.6° F. It is interesting to note that one of these stations,
D4900, is one from which so many species recorded by Brady from
the Philippines have been obtained.

From the above data the distribution of this species in the North
Pacific at least seems to be largely in comparatively shallow, warm
waters.

There seem to be two distinct forms at least which are included
under this specific name. One of these is small in size, of compara-
tively few chambers in each whorl and with a few long acicular
spines radially placed, the peripheral carma bemg narrow. The
other is of much larger size, with many more chambers in each
whorl and with many short broad flattened spinose projections
extending somewhat backward from the wide peripheral carina and
appearing as projections of the carina rather than as distinct spines.

The small form with the long acicular spines is the only one which
I have seen in the North Pacific material. The synonymy is not
clear on these two forms and it will be interesting to see if these are
not really distinct from one another. The figures given by Flint
show well the contrast in size and other characters between these

two forms.
CRISTELLARIA ECHINATA (d’Orbigny).

Plate 34, fig. 5.
“‘Nautili Echinati’’ etc. Soupanr, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789, p. 65, pl.

59, figs. qq, 77.

Nautilus calcar, var. e, Ficutet and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 74, pl. 12, figs.
ab. 3e.

Robulina echinata D’ORBIeNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 100, pl.
4, figs. 21, 22.

Cristellaria (Robulina) echinata CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jonss, Inir. Foram.,
1862, pl. 12, fig. 3.

Cristellaria echinata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 554, pl. 71, figs. 1-3.—Furnt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 318,
pl. 66, fig. 2.

Description.—Test close coiled, composed of comparatively few
chambers, biconvex, umbonate; sutures limbate, in the earlier

74 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

development tending to break up into a series of raised rounded
bosses, the largest near the umbo and thence diminishing in size
toward the periphery, in the last-formed chambers the whole becom-
ing a single raised ridge; wall between the sutures in the earlier
development closely set with small raised papillze becoming less
numerous or wanting on the later-formed chambers; periphery with a
slight keel and each chamber with a long acicular spine.

Length without spines about 2 mm.

Distribution —The only North Pacific record for this beautiful
species is that given by Brady, a single Challenger station off the
Philippines in 95 fathoms.

This species combines many of the characters of (. calcar and C.
papillosa.

CRISTELLARIA PAPILLOSA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 37, fig. 2.

Nautilus papillosus Ficaten and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 82, pl. 14, figs. a-c.

Cristellaria papillosa PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5,
1860, p. 113, No. 17.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 553, pl. 70, fig. 16.

Description.—Test close coiled, composed of numerous chambers,
peripheral margin acute but not distinctly carinate; biconvex, sutures
limbate, the thickenings developing into a series of rounded knobs,
largest near the umbo and gradually decreasing in size toward the
periphery; the wall in the earlier development between the sutures
is more or less covered with fine raised papille, but these are not
developed in the last-formed chambers.

Length about 2 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. The only material [ have had is from the Inland
Sea of Japan, depth not recorded. It is typical.

CRISTELLARIA MAMILLIGERA Karrer.
Plate 34, fig. 6.

Cristellaria mamilligera Karner, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil., vol. 1, pt. 2, 1864,
p. 76, pl. 16, fig. 5—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, p. 553,
pl. 70, figs. 17, 18.

Description.—Test close coiled, composed of numerous, compara-
tively long-tapering chambers, sutures limbate, occasionally enlarging
into rounded bosses at the inner end; test biconvex, somewhat
umbonate; peripheral margin extended into a well-developed carina.

Length up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species in the North Pacific from
a single Challenger station, 95 fathoms, off the Philippines. I have
had material only from Albatross station D4900, off Japan, in 139

eee

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 75

fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F. This is another example of
the extension of the species recorded by Brady from the Philippines
to southern Japan at this particular station.

CRISTELLARIA DENTICULIFERA, new species.
Plate 37, fig. 1.

Cristellaria cultrata H. B. Brapy (part) (not C. cultrata Montfort), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 550, pl. 70, figs. 7, 8.

Description.—Test close coiled, biconvex, sutures somewhat lim-
bate; wall of earlier chambers ornamented with longitudinal curved
costee often broken up into irregular tubercles; later chambers smooth
and unornamented; peripheral border keeled, but the outer edge
broken up into a series of tooth-like projections.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Type-specemen.—Cat. No. 8547, U.S.N.M., from Albatross station
D4900 in 139 fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F. off Japan.

This certainly seems to be a different species from typical C. cul-
trata. It differs in the limbate sutures, the smaller number of cham-
bers in the coil, the surface ornamentation, and the denticulate char-
acter of the peripheral keel.

CRISTELLARIA GEMMATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 34, fig. 7.

Cristellaria gemmata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc., vol. 21, 1881, p. 64,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 554, pl. 71, figs. 6, 7.
Description.— Test planospiral, broad, oblong, compressed or com-
planate; lateral faces only slightly convex, dorsal edge acute or
subcarinate; segments broad and arcuate, two or three of later ones
free at both lateral margins; exterior ornamented with exogenous
beads, arranged either upon the sutural lines, or, less frequently, in
rows parallel to them.”
“Length 1/20th inch (1.26 mm.).”
Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species is
that given by Brady, a Challenger station off the Philippines in 95

fathoms.
CRISTELLARIA COSTATA (Fichtel and Moll).

Plate 34, fig. 4.

Nautilus costatus FicutEt and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 47, pl. 4, figs. g-7.

Spincterules costatus Montrort, Conch. Syst., 1808, p. 222, genre 56°.

Lenticulina costata DE France, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 32, 1824, p. 182.

Robulina costata p’OrzBiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 289, No. 13 [?].

Cristellaria costata PARKER and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860,
p. 113, No. 19.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 555, pl. 71, figs. 8, 9.

Description.—Test close coiled, chambers comparatively few to
each volution, sutures limbate; surface ornamented by numerous

76 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

stout coste in general parallel with the periphery of the test; aper-
tural angle decidedly acute.

Length about 1 mm.

Dstribution.—This species has not previously been reported from
the North Pacific. The only material I have seen is from Nero
station 203 in 1,625 fathoms, bottom temperature 35° F., west of
Midway Islands.

This is a remarkable occurrence for this species, which by its pre-
vious recorded distribution seems to have been taken in compara-
tively warm and shallow water.

CRISTELLARIA ELEGANTISSIMA (Costa).
Plate 36, fig. 7.
Robulina elegantissima Costa, Atti Accad. Pont., vol. 7, pt. 2, 1856, p. 198, pl. 19,
fig. 4.
Cristellaria elegantissima Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894,
p. 64, pl. 11, figs. 641, 642.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 147.

Description.—Test compressed with the earlier development close
coiled, later chambers elongate, taking on a tendency toward uncoiling,
early chambers ornamented with closely set, rather acute coste,
parallel to the periphery of the test, sutures indistinct, not limbate;
later chambers smooth, ornamentation persisting longest on the
periphery; peripheral border with a narrow but very distinct keel;
apertural angle prominent.

Length about 1.25 mm.

Distribution. Bagg records this species from a single Albatross
station, H4508, in 495 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. This
specimen I have examined and it is here figured.

This species differs from C. costata in the form of the test and in
the ornamentation which here is close set and rather acute while in
C. costata the costz are coarser and rounded.

CRISTELLARIA WETHERELLII Jones, var. SUBLINEATA, new variety.
Plate 33, fig. 4.

Description.—Test at first close coiled, later becoming uncoiled and
crozier-shaped; curved; compressed, sutures depressed, portion of
chamber wall between the sutures ornamented with rows of tubercles
in linear rows both transversely and longitudinally, in later growth
tending to fuse into a raised ridge.

Length about 5 mm.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 8548, U.S.N.M., from Albatross station
D4900 in 139 fathoms, bottom temperature 52.9° F., off Japan.
This is the first occurrence of this species in the North Pacific, and
the form is not the typical one.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Tt
CRISTELLARIA SUBALATA H. B. Brady.

Plate 30, figs. 5-7.

' Cristellaria obtusata Reuss, var. subalata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 536, pl. 66, figs. 24, 25.
Cristellaria subarcuatula Gos (part, not C. subarcwatula Monracu), Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 57.

Description.—Test much elongated, earliest chambers close coiled,
later ones very early becoming uncoiled and developing an elongate,
compressed test, with oblique, slightly depressed sutures; wall smooth;
initial end of the test, with a broad flaring plate-like keel, not extend-
ing up the peripheral margin, or at least only slightly, bearing nu-
merous concentric lines of growth and usually with radial markings
as well; aperture radiate, terminal.

Length up to 5 mm.

Distribution.— Under the name C. subarcuatula Goés has recorded
this species from two stations in the eastern North Pacific, Albatross
D3375, 1,201 fathoms, and D3407 in 885 fathoms.

An examination of Goés’s specimens from these stations shows
them to be of the form here figured rather than that shown! by
Goés, who simply used as illustrations copies of his figures in the
“Report upon the Arctic and Scandinavian Foraminifera” previously
published.? In reality the specimens found by Goés at these North
Pacific stations as is shown by Goés’s own material are identical with
the form figured by Brady in the Challenger Report as noted above.
In many of its characters this form seems worthy of specific rank
and its relation to C. obtusata Reuss is very doubtful. I have taken
the liberty of raising it to specific rank.

CRISTELLARIA SCHLOENBACHI Reuss.

Plate 36, fig. 6.

Cristellaria schloenbachi Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 46, 1862, p. 65,
pl. 6, figs. 14, 15—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 539, pl. 67, fig. 7—Funr, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 315,
pl. 63, fig. 4—Miert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 253.
Description.—Test much elongate, compressed, early portion close
coiled for a few chambers, then gradually assuming an uncoiled
straight form, but with the sutures oblique, the chambers high;
surface smooth, sutures slightly depressed, peripheral border rounded;
aperture terminal, radiate.
Length about 2 to 2.5 mm.
Distribution.—Although not previously recorded from the North
Pacific, the species occurred at Albatross station D4875 in 59 fathoms,
eastern channel of Korea Strait.

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, pl. 5, figs. 19-24.
2 Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 63, pl. 11, figs. 630-637.

78 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

CRISTELLARIA LATIFRONS H. B. Brady.
Plate 38, fig. 2.

Cristellaria latifrons H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 544, pl. 68, fig. 19; pl. 113, fig. lla, 6.—Fumt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 316, pl. 63, fig. 3.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering toward either end, triangular
in transverse section; early chambers close coiled, later ones uncoiling
elongate, very broad on the inner face, each chamber extending well
back toward the preceding coil, its marginal angles acute or obtusely
rounded, peripheral margin of the test angular.

Length 0.6 to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. The only station from which I have had material
is Albatross D4966 in 290 fathoms, bottom temperature 44.1° F.,
off Japan. The material was very typical.

In the form of the chambers this is very different from ©. ¢ttalica, in
which the chambers are shorter and do not extend back to the
initial whorl.

CRISTELLARIA ITALICA (De France).
Plate 33, fig. 3.

Saracenaria italica DE France, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 32, 1824, p. 177; vol. 47,
1827, p. 344; Atlas Conch., pl. 13, fig. 6—BuarnvittE, Man. de Mal., 1825,
p. 370, pl. 5, fig. 6.

Cristellaria (Saracenaria) italica D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293,
No. 26; Modéles, Nos. 19 and 85.

Cristellaria italica PARKER, JoNES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3,
vol. 16, 1865, pp. 21, 32, pl. 1, figs. 41, 42—-H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 544, pl. 68, figs. 17, 18, 20-23—Eaecnr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. mu, vol. 18, 1893, p. 350, pl. 12,
figs. 22, 23, 26, 40-42.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5,
vol. 4, 1894, p. 219, pl. 3, fig. 8; vol. 5, 1895, p.12, pl. 4, fig. 28.—F int, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 316, pl. 63, fig. 6. :

Description.—Test stout, trihedral, triangular in cross section,
early chambers close coiled, later ones uncoiling but short, not extend-
ing back to the earlier volutions; sutures somewhat depressed; wall
smooth; face of the last formed chamber nearly triangular.

Length of North Pacific specimens usually less than 2 mm.

Distribution.—Apparently this species has not been recorded from
the North Pacific. I have had specimens from but two Albatross
stations, D4874 in 66 fathoms and D4972 in 440 fathoms, bottom
temperature 39.8° F., both off Japan. At both these stations the

specimens were small.

FORAMINIFERA s«0F NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 79

Genus MARGINULINA dOrbigny, 1826.

Marginulina p’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 258 (type, IM. glabra
d’Orbigny).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p- 526.

Description.—Test subcylindrical, early portion close coiled, later
chambers uncoiled, rounded in transverse section, last formed
chambers often inflated; aperture in early chambers marginal, later
often becoming nearly median, usually radiate.

This genus is not well characterized, and the limits between it and
the much uncoiled species of Cristellaria are not at all well defined.

MARGINULINA GLABRA d’Orbigny.
Plate 23, fig. 3.

Marginulina glabra D’OrBiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 259, No. 6;
Modéles, No. 55.—ParkeEr, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 27, pl. 1, fig. 36 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 527, pl. 65, figs. 5, 6.—Banxkwitt and Wricut,
Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 344, pl. 12, figs. 24, 25.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 346,
pl. 11, figs. 28, 29.—Fuit, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 318, pl. 60,
fig. 1.

Vaginulina glabra Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 59.

Description.—Test short, stout, early chambers close coiled,
later ones uncoiled, subcylindrical, inflated, sutures depressed,
surface smooth; aperture usually radiate.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from two Challenger
stations in the North Pacific off Japan in 345 and 2,150 fathoms.
Goés records it from Albatross station D3376 in 1,132 fathoms off
the west coast of America. I have found it but very rarely in the
material I have examined.

MARGINULINA STRIATULA, new species.

Plate 23, fig. 4.

Description.—Test elongate, early part forming a portion of a coil,
later chambers moniliform, tumid, separated by deep constrictions;
wall with numerous very fine longitudinal striz; aperture at the end
of a well developed neck, four-radiate.

Length nearly 2 mm.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8549, U.S.N.M., from Nero station 2071
in 271 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.

The finely striate surface and the apertural characters will easily
distinguish the species.

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus VAGINULINA d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Vaginulina pD’OrBIaNny (type V. legumen Linneeus), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 257.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 529.

Description.—Test elongate, chambers in a linear series, placed so
that the sutures are oblique, aperture marginal, chambers laterally
compressed.

The genus Vaginulina is a more or less convenient one for certain
compressed forms which have, in common, oblique sutures and a
marginal aperture. Among the fossil forms this genus has no
definite position, but its place as a genus, including recent species, is
not a very stable one.

VAGINULINA LEGUMEN (Linnzus)
Plate 39, fig. 4.

Nautilus legumen Linna&vs, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 711, No. 248; ed. 12, 1767,
p. 1164, No. 288.

Vaginulina legumen D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 257, No. 2.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 530, pl. 66,
figs. 13-15.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 58.—F.int,
Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 314, pl. 60, fig. 2—Baaea, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 145.

Description.—Test compressed laterally, composed of several
chambers, sutures distinct, often the wall below being translucent,
earlier not distinguishable in contour, later ones often somewhat
tumid and distinguishable, length of individual chamber variable;
initial end with or without a spine; wall smooth and polished, aper-
ture marginal on a somewhat extended neck, radiate.

Length 2 mm. or more.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Bagg at Albatross station
D4174 in 735 to 865 fathoms and H4567 in 1,307 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands. I have had specimens from Nero station 1254 in
264 fathoms and station 1464 in 891 fathoms and from Guam and
Japan.

This species is somewhat variable in length of chamber and in the
presence or absence of the terminal spine.

VAGINULINA PATENS H. B. Brady.
Plate 32, figs. 7, 8.

Vaginulina patens H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
533, pl. 67, figs. 15, 16 —Ea@arr, Abh. kon. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 348, pl. 11, figs. 4447 [?].

Description.—‘‘Test elongate, complanate, broadest near the middle,
tapering to apoint at the apertural end; aboral end broad and rounded,
but finishing in ashort, stout spine. Dorsal edge thin, nearly straight,
ventral margin thickest near the middle, square orsomewhat kicarinate.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 81

Segments about 12 in number; long, narrow, slightly bent; obliquely
set or nearly erect.”

““ Leneth 34, inch (0.74 mm.).”’

Distribution.—Described and figured by Brady from specimens
dredged by the Challenger in 95 fathoms off the Philippines. The
specimens figured by Egger seem rather doubtfully the same as Brady’s,
but the figures lack detail.

VAGINULINA PROTUMIDA (Schwager).
Plate 30, fig. 1.

Nodosaria protumida Scuwacer, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil. vol. 2, 1866, p.
227, pl. 6, fig. 59.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering, arcuate, early chambers
somewhat oblique, sutures indistinct, later chambers much inflated;
wall ornamented with numerous longitudinal raised costz, increasing
in number as chambers are added; apical portion very ‘tapering;
aperture at the end of a long slender neck.

Length about 3 mm.

Distribution.—Schwager described this species from the Tertiary
of Kar Nicobar. The figured specimen is from Albatross station
D4966, off Japan in 290 fathoms, bottom temperature 44.1° F.

Evidently this belongs to Vaginulina rather than Nodosaria. The
apertural neck in the figured specimen is broken, but otherwise it
agrees very well with Schwager’s figure.

Genus FRONDICULARIA De France, 1824.

Frondicularia De FRANCE (type, F. complanata De France), Dict. Sci. Nat., vol.
32, 1824, p. 178.

Description.—Test compressed, in the adult consisting of chambers,
elongate and narrow, running back on either side of the test; wall
vitreous, finely perforate; aperture single, either radiate or sur-
rounded with a lip which is usually cut in a radigl manner; surface
smooth or ornamented with costz; microspheric specimens with a
coiled development in the earlier chambers; megalospheric specimens
without the coiled chambers as a rule.

The genus Frondicularia is interesting in showing very clearly the
differences between the microspheric and megalospheric forms in the
same species. Formerly the coiled microspheric forms were called
Flabellina, but it has been shown that instead of generic differences
these early stages represent the complete phylogenetic development
seen in sO many species only in the microspheric form. In the
megalospheric form with its much larger proloculum the coiled
chambers are few or are not developed at all. This difference in the
development is shown in the accompanying outline figures.

82 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

As a fossil genus Frondicularia is very well represented from the
Triassic onward, being very abundant, both in number of species and
individuals in some horizons. In the present ocean, except in certain
restricted regions, it is almost unknown. There are but few living
species

FRONDICULARIA BRADYI, new name.
Plate 23, fig. 5; plate 39, fig. 5.

Frondicutaria spathulata H. B. BRADY (not F. spathul.ta Willisemson) Quart.
Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 56, pl. 8, figs. 5a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 519, pl. 65, fig. 18.—SmEBotrom, Mem. Proc. Man-
chester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 26.

Description.—Test elongate, compressed, narrow; chambers com-
paratively few in number, proloculum largest, elliptical, more rotund
than the later chambers; chambers following the proloculum reflexed;
those of the later development often less so; aperture terminal,
elliptical; sutures slightly depressed; surface smooth.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady obtained material of this species from off the
Ki Islands, 129 fathoms, and off Raine Island, 155 fathoms. In the
Challenger Report, page 520, he also mentions the only North Pacific
record, as follows: “Mr. F. W. Millett has the same from the coast of
Korea, 40 fathoms.’’ Sidebottom records the species from the coast
of the island of Delos (Grecian Archipelago) as very rare. His
specimen from the Bay of Palermo and Egger’s single specimen from
the Gazelle expedition, both of which are referred to this species,
would seem best referred to I’. nitida Terquem, as Millett has already
suggested in regard to Egger’s specimen. The single specimen I
have had from the North Pacific and which is here figured is from
Nero station 990 in 859 fathoms, off Guam.

The proloculum of this species is very interesting, with its very
thick wall and distinct canals. The following chambers are com-
paratively thin walled and lack the large canals of the proloculum.

FRONDICULARIA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady.
Plate 32, figs. 5, 6.
Frondicularia robusta H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 523, pl. 66, figs. 1, 2.

Description —‘ Test elongate, compressed, stoutly built; lateral
margins nearly parallel, ends obtusely angular or rounded, peripheral
edges thick, rounded, slightly lobulated. Segments numerous;
nearly uniform in size after the initial stage, somewhat irregular in
contour, comparatively little bent. Surface furnished with closely
set, irregular or interrupted, longitudinal costex.”’

“Length + inch (3.6 mm.).”’

—
———

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 83

Distribution Brady described this species from specimens from
two localities: Off the Ki Islands, southwest of New Guinea, 129
fathoms, and on the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, 40
fathoms.

The species is a peculiar one in many respects, the ornamenta-
tion suggesting many of the Tertiary species, but the thickened form
and broad rounded edges being distinct.

The figures and description are fyom Brady.

FRONDICULARIA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady, var. REPANDA, new variety.
Plate 29, figs. 1, 2.

Frondicularia robusta Baae (not F. robusta H. B. Brady), Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 145.

Description.—Test compressed, broad, later chambers extending
backward, giving the test a broadly fan-shaped form; otherwise like
F. robusta H. B. Brady.

Length up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg’s specimen is of this broad flaring form, found
at Albatross station D4508 in 495 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.
I have seén specimens which are here figured from Albatross stations
H4881 (type-locality) in 316 fathoms and D4922 in 60 fathoms, off
the southern part of Japan.

Type-specimen.—Cat. No. 8550, U.S.N.M.

This variety lacks the form of the typical, but has the same general
character of ornamentation and rounded borders.

Subfamily 3. POL.YMORPHININ A.

Test polythalamous; chambers arranged either biserially or in an
irregular spiral; surface smooth or variously ornamented; aperture
usually radiate.

This subfamily includes the genus Polymorphina and its closely
allied form Dimorphina.

Genus POLYMORPHINA @d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Polymorphina p’Orpieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 265.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 557.

Description.—Test more or less rounded, usually not equilateral,
chambers few, obliquely placed in a more or less spiral arrangement;
aperture terminal, usually radiate; wall calcareous, perforate, either
smooth or variously ornamented with spines, coste, or tubercles.

Although there are various modifications of Polymorphina, the
unity of the whole is very well defined, the aperture is usually radiate
and the modifications are largely along the lines of ornamentation and
the arrangement, number, and form of the chambers.

84 BULLETIN 71, UNIYED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

POLYMORPHINA LACTEA (Walker and Jacob).
Plate 34, fig. 8.

‘‘ Serpula tenuis ovalis laevis” WALKER and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 2, pl. 1,
fig. 5.

“‘Polymorpha Subcordiformia vel Oviformia’’ Soxtpant, Testaceographia, vol.
1, pt. 2, 1791, p. 114, pl. 112, figs. 11, nn, ete.

Serpula lactea WALKER and Jacos, Adams’ Essays, ed. 2, 1798, p. 634, pl. 24, fig. 4.

Vermiculum lacteum Montaau, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 522.

Polymorphina lactea Maarutivray,” Moll. Aberd., 1843, p. 320.—WiLLIaAmMson
(part) Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858, p. 71, pl. 6, fig. 147.—H. B. Brapy,
Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 27, 1870, p. 213, pl. 39,
fig. 1 a-c.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 559,
pl. 71, fig. 11.—Burrows, SHEersorn, and Barney, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1890, p. 561, pl. 11, fig. 9—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1,
1891, p. 486.—Crick and SHERBorRN, Journ. Northampton Nat. Hist. Soc.,
vol. 7, 1892, p. 71, fig. 25.—Eaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 308, pl. 9, figs. 8, 14, 15 —Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1896, p. 9, pl. 2, fig. 3—Morrton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897,
p. 119, pl. 1, fig. 7—Mrtuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 261.—S1pE-
Bortom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9,
1907, p. 9, pl. 2, fig. 11 [?]—Cuapman, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, 1907, p.
131.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 149.

Description.—Test ovate, nearly symmetrical in transverse section,
chambers few, elongate, separated by slightly depressed sutures;
wall smooth.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species was recorded by Brady from one
Challenger station in the North Pacific, depth 2,300 fathoms, and by
Bagg from Albatross station H4579 in 387 fathoms, off the Hawaiian
Islands.

I have not found material which could be referred here. Bagg’s
specimens which I have examined are too poor for figuring. The
figure given here is from Brady.

POLYMORPHINA LACTEA (Walker and Jacob), var. DIFFUSA Jones and Chapman.
Plate 41, fig. 8.

Polymorphina lactea, fistulose form, H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 560, pl. 73, fig. 14.

Polymorphina spp., var. diffusa Jones and CHapmAn, Journ. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 25, 1896, p. 505, figs. 26-29.

Polymorphina lactea (WALKER and Jacos), var. diffusa CHAPMAN, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, 1907, p. 131, pl. 10, fig. 1.

Description.—Early chambers similar to’the typical Polymorphina
lactea, but finally developing a ‘‘wild growth” of a fistulose form,
usually spinose and irregular.

Distribution.—The specimen figured is from Albatross station
D4900, Eastern Sea of Japan, 139 fathoms, bottom temperature
52.9° F. It has a much greater development of the fistulose chamber

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 85

than either of the other two specimens to which reference is given
above. The earlier portion, however, is similar to Polymorphina
lactea.
POLYMORPHINA AMYGDALOIDES Reuss.
Plate 41, fig. 5.

Globulina amygdaloides Reuss, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 82,
pl. 6, fig. 47.

Polymorphina amygdaloides Reuss, Sitz. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 18, 1855,
p- 250, pl. 8, fig. 84—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 561, pl. 71, fig. 13.—Burrows and Hottanp, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol.
15, 1897, p. 46, pl. 2, fig. 18 —Muterv, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 261.—
Smwesortom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9,
1907, p. 9, pl. 2, figs. 12-14.—Baaa, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 148.

Polymorphina lactea WALKER and Jacos, var. amygdaloides H. B. BRapy, PARKER,
and Jongs, Trans. Linn Soc. London, vol. 27, 1870, p. 214, wood cuts.

Description.—Test oval, somewhat compressed, cross-section elip-
tical, chambers few, elongate, sutures only very slightly depressed;
wall smooth.

Length 0.6 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records the species from three Albatross stations
in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, D4017, 305 fathoms; D4174,
735-865 fathoms; and H4567, in 1,307 fathoms.

I have found no material to place in this species. The figures are
drawn from the specimens recorded by Bagg.

POLYMORPHINA GIBBA d’Orbigny.
Plate 41, fig. 4.

“Polymorphina Subcordiformia vel Oviformia”’ SotpANt, Testaceographia, vol. 1
to 2, 1791, p. 114, vol. 113, figs. zz, C, etc.

Polymorphia (Globulina) gibba D’ORBiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 226,
No. 20; Modéles, No. 63.—Eaarr, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1857, p. 288, pl. 18,
figs. 1-4.

Polymorphina gibba H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jones (part), Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. 27, 1870, p. 216, pl. 39, figs. 2a-d—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 561, pl. 71, figs. 12a, b.—Wruieut, Proc.
Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 486.—SipEBotrom, Mem. and Proc.
Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 10, pl. 2, figs. 15-17.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, 1907, p. 131.—Baaa, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 149.—Cuarman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol.
22, 1910, p. 279.

Globulina gibba p’OrBIaNy, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 227, pl. 18, figs. 13, 14.

Description.—Test rotund, front view nearly circular, end view
broadly oval; visible chambers few; broad sutures slightly excavated;
wall smooth, aperture somewhat produced.

Length 0.75 to 1 mm.

Distribution.— Bagg records this species from one station only,
Albatross H4430, rarely, in 1,544 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.
The specimen I have examined, and it is typical. I have a single
specimen from Albatross D4807, in 44 fathoms, off Japan.

86 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

POLYMORPHINA ANGUSTA Egger.
Plate 39, fig. 6.

Polymorphina (Globulina) angusta Eacrr, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1857, p. 290, pl.
13, figs. 13-15.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 563, pl. 72, figs. 1-3.

Description.—Test elongate, compressed, cylindrical, apical end
acute and subacute, apertural end obtuse, chambers comparatively
few, elongate, sutures but very slightly depressed; wall smooth,
aperture finely radiate.

Length 0.6 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from one Challenger station
in the North Pacific, station 241, in 2,300 fathoms. Bagg also
records it in another, Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4017, in 305
fathoms. Bagg’s specimen which I have examined seems more like
a Quinqueloculina than a Polymorphina, but it is too poor to make out
surely. I have had specimens from three Nero stations, 170, north-
west of the Hawaiian Islands toward Midway Island, 1,990 fathoms;
station 1300 in 1,088 fathoms, and 1301 in 1,529 fathoms, both south
of Japan.

POLYMORPHINA LANCEOLATA Reuss.
Plate 40, fig. 2.

Polymorphina lanceolata Reuss, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 83,
pl. 6, fig. 50; Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 487, No. 12.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,vol. 9, 1884, p. 564, pl. 72, figs. 5-6.

Polymorphina fusiformis H. B. BRapy, PARKER, and Jongs (part), Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, vol. 27, 1870, p. 219, pl. 39, figs. 5b, c.

Description.—Test elongate, compressed, cylindrical, fusiform, ini-
tial end rather acute, apertural end obtusely pointed; chambers sev-
eral, smooth, elongate, tumid, sutures somewhat depressed, last
formed chamber rather more inflated; wall smooth.

Length 1 to 1.25 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded for
the North Pacific. Material referable here has been obtained at
several Nero stations between Guam and Japan, depths between
1,529 and 2,119 fathoms. The species is not well distinguished from
Polymorphina rotundata, differing especially in the more elongate
form and less tapering outline.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 87

POLYMORPHINA COMMUNIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 37, fig. 7.

Polymorphina (Guttulina) communis D’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 266, pl. 12, figs. 1-4; Modéles, No. 62.—EaceEr, Neues Jahrb., 1857, p. 288,
pl. 13, figs. 16-18.

Polymorphina communis H. B.- Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. 27, 1870, pl. 39, p. 224, figs. 10a, 6H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 568, pl. 72, fig. 19—Burrows and
HoutanD, Proc. Geol. Ass., vol. 15, 1897, p. 46, pl. 2, fig. 14—Furnt, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 319, pl. 67, fig. 2—Muerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 263.—CHapmMaNn, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, 1907,
p. 131.—Smesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol.
51, No. 9, 1907, p. 11.

Description.—Test ovate, somewhat elongate, initial end broadly
rounded, apertural end somewhat obliquely pointed; chambers few,
inflated, sutures excavated; wall smooth.

Length 0.75 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Flint from Albatross
station 2842 in 72 fathoms off Unalaska. Bagg records it from the
Hawaiian Islands, but I am inclined, after examination, to place his
specimens under Polymorphina sororia. I have seen specimens from
Tuscarora station 11, in 437 fathoms in the eastern Pacific, and
Albatross H4856 in 898 fathoms in Bering Sea. This species has more
or less tumid chambers and a rounded initial end but is variable.

POLYMORPHINA OVATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 30, fig. 2.

Polymorphina ovata D’ORBIGNy, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 233, pl. 13, figs.
1-3.—Reuss, Sitz. kon. Akad. Wien, vol. 55, 1867, p. 91.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 564, pl. 72, figs. 7, 8—Gois,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 54.

Description.—‘‘The test of this species has an oval but somewhat
inequilateral outline and the two faces are almost equally convex;
the oral end is obtuse, the aboral acuminate. The segments are
arranged with regularity in two alternating series, the last pair
occupying two-thirds of the visible shell. The sutures are complinate
and are marked by fine lines without external depressions.’”’ Descrip-
tion copied from Brady.

Distribution—Goés records this species as rare from Albatross
station 3407 in 885 fathoms. This specimen is here figured.

POLYMORPHINA OVATA d’Orbigny, fistulose form.
Plate 40, fig. 4.

A specimen with long branching last-formed chambers was found
in material from the Gulf of Sidra. The early chambers seem to be
allied to Polymorphina ovata. It is an exceptionally branching and
extended form.

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——7

88 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

POLYMORPHINA OBLONGA d@’Orbigny.
Plate 37, fig. 6.

Polymorphina oblonga p’OrBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 232, pl. 12, figs.
29-31.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 569,
pl. 73, figs. 2-4.—CuasterR, First Rep. Southport, Soc. Nat. Sci., 1890-91
(1892), p. 64, pl. 1, fig. 13—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 309, pl. 11, figs. 9, 10, 24.—Fuint, Rep. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 319, pl. 67, fig. 5.—Muituert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 164.—SipEBotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 12, pl. 2, fig. 20—Cnapman, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, 1907, p. 182; Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 280.

Description.—‘The test is more or less compressed, and has six
to eight visible segments which are somewhat oblong and inflated in
contour and separated by excavated sutures.”

Brady records this species from the North Pacific down to 2,050
fathoms. The species is recorded by Bagg, but an examination of
his specimens show it to be an Uvigerina with a phialine lip on the
opposite end from which the aperture would be if the specimen were
a Polymorphina of this species. The description and figure are from
Brady.

POLYMORPHINA ROTUNDATA (Bornemann).
Plate 40, fig. 1.

Guttulina rotundata BoRNEMANN, Zeitschr. d. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855,
p. 346, pl. 18, fig. 3.
Polymorphina rotundata Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 487,
No. 14.—von Scuuicut, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 26, figs. 13-15; pl. 28, figs.
1-5; pl. 30, figs. 33-40—H. B. Brapy, ParKeEr, and Jonss, Trans. Linn.
Soc. London, vol. 27, 1870, p. 234, p. 40, fig. 19a-e and wood cuts.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 570, pl. 73, figs. 5-8.
Description.—Test broadest at the apertural end, tapering rapidly
toward the initial end; chambers several, earlier ones with slightly
depressed sutures, later ones inflated, sutures deeper; aperture pro-
duced, radiate; wall smooth or with a slight indication of striz.
Length 1.50 to 2 mm.
Distribution.—Brady records this species from Challenger station
224 in 1,850 fathoms. JI have had material from Nero station 1287
in 1,606 fathoms between Guam and Japan.

POLYMORPHINA SORORIA Reuss.
Plate 30, fig. 3.

Polymorphina (Guttulina) sororia Reuss, Bull. Acad. Roy. Belg., ser. 3, vol. 15,
1863, p. 151, pl. 2, figs. 25-29.
Polymorphina sororia H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 562, pl. 71, figs. 15, 16.—CHapMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1896, p. 12,
pl. 2, figs. 11, 12.—Mitietr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 265.
Description—Test similar to Polymorphina communis, but the
sutures less defined; chambers less inflated, apical end less rounded,
whole test more fusiform.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 89

Length 0.6 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Picaglia from long.
109° 58’ W.; lat. 0° 47’ N. in 4,670 meters.

Bagg’s specimens referred by him to Polymorphina communis seem
more properly to be placed here. His specimens are figured. They
are from Albatross station H4585 in 689 fathoms near the Hawaiian
Islands.

POLYMORPHINA COMPRESSA 4’Orbigny.
Plate 40, fig. 3.

Polymorpha ‘‘Subovalia” Sotpani, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1791, p. 114,
pl. 114, fig. F, I; pl. 115, fig. N; pl. 116, figs. V, X, etc.

Polymorphina compressa p’OrBIGNY, For. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 233, pl. 12,
figs. 32-34.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jongs, Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
p. 227, pl. 40, figs. 12a-7—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 565, pl. 72, figs. 9-11.—Marian1, Boll. Soc. Geol. Italia, vol. 7,
1888, p. 288, pl. 10, fig. 13.—Wrieut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1,
1891, p. 487.—Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Acad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 309, pl. 9, figs. 11-13.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 58, pl. 10, figs. 539-553.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 319, pl. 67, fig. 3—Muterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 262.—Sr1pEBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 51, No. 9, 1907, p. 13, pl. 3, figs. 1-6, 12, 13 [?]—Baae, U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 149.—CHapmaNn, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910,
p. 280.

Description.—Test usually oblong, strongly compressed, chambers
numerous, elongate, but often as broad as long in surface view except
the last, in an alternating biserial arrangement, sutures somewhat
excavated, surface somewhat smooth, but occasionally with traces
of striz near the initial end; aperture strongly radiate, often on a
protuberant portion of chamber.

Length up to 3.15 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from the North Pacific
without station. Bagg records it from three stations off the Hawaiian
Islands, D4017, 305 fathoms, H4430 in 1,544 fathoms, and H4694
in 865 fathoms. Of the two specimens of the Bagg material in
Washington which I have examined, the specimen from D4017 is
definitely a Quinqueloculina and that from H4694 too broken to
determine.

Excellent specimens of this species were obtained from material
dredged at Albatross station H4878 in 84 fathoms and D4825 in 120
fathoms, adjacent stations off the coast of Japan.

This seems to be a more clearly defined species than most of the
others of the genus.

90 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

POLYMORPHINA ELEGANTISSIMA Parker and Jones.
Plate 38, fig. 1.

Polymorphina elegantissima PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc., vol.
155, 1865, p. 438.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonsgs, Trans. Linn. Soc.,
vol. 27, 1870, p. 231, pl. 40, fig. 15a-c.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 566, pl. 72, figs. 12-15.—Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 319, pl. 67, fig. 4—Mitert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893, p.
263.—CHAPMAN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, 1907, p. 132, pl. 10, fig. 3;
Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 280.

Description.—Test ovate, initial end broad and rounded, apical end
tapering, bluntly pointed, end view often subtriangular; chambers
few but unequally biserial; wall smooth, sutures not depressed but of
a darker color; aperture radiate, prolonged.

Length up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—This is evidently a tropical or subtropical species
of comparatively shallow waters. It has been obtained in the Aus-
tralian and the East Indian region. In the North Pacific Brady
records it from Hongkong Harbor, 7 fathoms. I have had specimens
collected from the Inland Sea of Japan, depth not given.

The arrangement of chambers in this species is peculiar for the
genus, the biserial arrangement being oblique, so that the last-formed
chamber on one side of the test covers all previously added chambers
of that side and on the other side leaves the other set exposed. In
this way there are a number of chambers visible from either side of
the test.

POLYMORPHINA LONGICOLLIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 41, figs. 1-8.

Polymorphina lanceolata Reuss (part), Sitz. kin. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870,
p. 487, No. 12.—von Scuuicut, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 31, figs. 25-28, etc.
Polymorphina longicollis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 64; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 572, pl. 73, figs. 18, 19.

Description.—Test fusiform; chambers few, smooth inflated, espe-
cially the last-formed one, sutures but slightly excavated; surface
more or less hispid, the last-formed chamber spinose; aperture with
an elongate neck, often irregular, sometimes with a radiate lip.

Length about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded for
the North Pacific. I have had material from Nero station 2061 in
1,670 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands and Nero station 1319 in
2,167 fathoms between Guam and Japan.

This seems to be essentially a deep-water species, the stations given
by Brady averaging about this same depth.

A fistulose form which is hispid throughout and evidently belongs
to this species was found at Nero station 1063, in 1,884 fathoms,
in the line of soundings between Guam and Japan. It is here figured.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 91
@ >

POLYMORPHINA REGINA H. B. Brady, Parker, and Jones.
Plate 41, figs. 6, 7.

Polymorphina regina H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon-
don, vol. 27, 1870, p. 241, pl. 41, figs. 32a, b —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 571, pl. 73, figs. 11-13 —Eacrr, Abh. kén.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Ci. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 310, pl. 9, figs. 45, 50,
51.—Mitett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 265.—CHapmMan, Journ.
Quekett Micr. Club, 1907, p. 132, pl. 10, fig. 4.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 149.—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22,
1910, p. 281.

Description.—Test fusiform; chambers several, inflated, with deep
sutures; wall ornamented with elongate, coarse cost, usually not
broken on the individual chambers; aperture radiate, produced.

Length 0.60 to 1 mm. .

Distribution.—The only records for this species in the North Pacific
are from the region of the Hawaiian Islands. Brady found it in the
Challenger material from off Honolula in 40 fathoms. Bagg records
it from Albatross station H4694 in 865 fathoms as rare, and I have
found it in material from Albatross station H2922 in 268 fathoms. It
seems to be a tropical species of comparatively shallow water.

Subfamily 4. UVIGHRININ&.

Test composed of several chambers, typically spirally arranged,
especially in the earlier portion, later chambers often becoming
loosely arranged, or even uniserial; wall smooth or variously orna-
mented; aperture typically consisting of a neck with a definite
phialine lip.

In Uvigerina the spirally arranged chambers are typical, old age
characters appearing in the loss of ornamentation or in the tendency
to become loosely spiral as in U. interrupta. In Siphogenerina the
early chambers are spiral or biserial, especially well developed in the
microspheric forms, and the later development is uniserial.

Genus UVIGERINA d’Orbigny, 1826.

Uvigerina p’OrBIany (type, U. pygmexa d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 268.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 573.
Description.—Test elongate, spiral, consisting of numerous cham-
bers, usually arranged triserially, occasionally in later growth with
fewer than three chambers in each volution; wall calcareous, perforate,
hyaline, smooth or ornamented with spines or costz or modifications
of them; aperture with usually a tubular neck at the end of which
is a phialine lip.
The genus Uvigerina is one of the most clearly distinguished of any
of the genera of the Foraminifera. Its triserial arrangement of
chambers with a tubular aperture and phialine lip will at once serve

.

92 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

to distinguish it. In some of the species in the last-formed chambers
there is a tendency to reduce the number of chambers in a volution
to two, or even to become almost uniserial as in Uvigerina interrupta
H. B. Brady. The surface ornamentation presents a considerable
range from smooth and unornamented as in U. canariensis d’Orbigny,
through the finely striate forms to ones with heavy costz, and these
may be broken into spines or the whole test may be spinose, as in
U. asperula Czjzek and U. interrupta H.B. Brady. One of the most
interesting forms of ornamentation in the genus is the secondary
development of spines in U. aculeata d’Orbigny, developed in the later
chambers first, but progressively extending backward and finally in
some cases covering the entire test.

The genus Uvigerina is known from the Eocene through the later
formations of the Tertiary to the present. Some of the species seem
to have a limited distribution, both geographically and bathymet-
rically, but others, as U. pygmxa d’Orbigny, have a much wider range
geographically and are found to considerable depths.

UVIGERINA CANARIENSIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 42, fig. 6.

“‘Testee pineiforme sminuscule’’ Soupant, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 18,
pl. 4, figs. E, F, G, H.

Uvigerina nodosa, var. B D’OrBiIeNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 269, No. 3.

Uvigerina canariensis p’ ORBIGNY, Foram. Canaries, 1839, p. 138, pl. 1, figs. 25-27.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 573, pl. 74,
figs. 1-3.—Woopwarp and Tuomas, 13th Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Sur-
vey Minnesota for 1884 (1885), p. 171, pl. 4, fig. 37; Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey
Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 39, pl. D, fig. 9—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 311, pl. 9, fig. 43 —Goks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 52, pl. 9, figs. 489-492.—
Muuett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 266, pl. 5, fig. 7—SmpEBorrom,
Mem. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, 1908, No. 13, p. 1, pl. 1,
figs. 1, 2.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 30, 1910, p. 414.

Uvigerina urnula D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Test. Vienne, 1846, p. 189, pl. 11,
figs. 21, 22.

Uvigerina irregularis H. B. Brapy, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Dur-
ham, vol. 1, 1865, p. 100, pl. 12, fig. 5.

Description —Test elongate, made up of numerous chambers,
spirally arranged, three chambers making up each whorl, chambers
inflated, rotund, distinctly separated externally by rather deep
sutures; wall smooth, occasionally the early chambers showing traces
of costz or spines; aperture usually with a tubular neck and broad
phialine lip; color grayish-white.

Length 1 mm. or somewhat more.

Distribution.—From the material examined the species seems to
be generally distributed in the North Pacific, for the most part in
comparatively deep water. It has occurred in Bering Sea, in mate-

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 93

rial from the stomachs of holothurians dredged at Albatross station
D3603 at 1,771 fathoms and from both the eastern and western sides
of the North Pacific in depths from 1,597 to 2,112 fathoms. From
the region of the Hawaiian Islands Bagg records it from three Alba-
tross stations, D4000, D4025, and H4571 in from 104 to 384 fathoms.
The least depth at which any of the material of this species which
I have examined was dredged was at Tuscarora station 11 in 437
fathoms, about midway between the Hawaiian Islands and the Cali-
fornia coast. Brady did not record the species from the North Pacific.

From the material at hand and a study of the published figures
referred to this species it is evident that there is a considerable differ-
ence in the material referred here. Some of the figured specimens
are fusiform, decidedly tapering at either end and with a long, drawn
out tubular neck, others as in the figured specimen are much the
largest near the apertural end. All are uniform in having the sur-
face of the adult chambers smooth, but the early chambers are either
smooth as in the type figure, or slightly costate (U. urnula d’Orbigny)
or slightly spinose as in the figured specimen. A larger series should
throw some light on the actual distribution of the various forms
now included under this specific name.

UVIGERINA CANARIENSIS d’Orbigny, subspecies STRIATA Bagg.

Uvigerina canariensis D’ ORBIGNY, subspecies striata Baca, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 151, pl. 5, fig. 2.

Description—“* * * A form which has definite striations
extending in groups clear and well defined, though not closely set
down, and over the last chamber as well as over the earlier segments
as in Uvigerina pygmxa. The inflation of the segments is marked
and the septa are depressed.”

Disiribution.—Bagg deseribed this subspecies from material dredged
off the Hawaiian Islands at Albatross station H4566 in 572 fathoms.

I have examined the type-specimen, but in the absence of suffi-
cient material am inclined to leave it here until more may be
available. The description is copied from the original. A single
* specimen very similar to that figured by Bagg was found in globige-
rina ooze at Nero station 172 in 2,086 fathoms near the Midway
Islands.

UVIGERINA SELSEYENSIS Heron-Allen and Earland.
Plate 42, fig. 5.

Uvigerina selseyensis HERON-ALLEN and Ear.anp, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1909,

p. 437, pl. 18, figs. 1-3.
Description.—Test subovate, broadest toward the apertural end,
chambers numerous, early ones rotund, triserially arranged, later ones
more or less trihedral, more loosely arranged; the outer lower mar-

94 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

gins somewhat angular and projecting, wall smooth, aperture with a
very short broad neck with a narrow phialine lip.

Length about 0.35 mm.

Distribution.—This species, described as a European fossil, seems to
occur in the North Pacific, specimens from Albatross station H2923
in 392 fathoms being very similar to U. selseyensis. The figure does
not show the angular character of the periphery of the chambers, but
this occurs and makes the resemblance much more striking, and the
comparison made by the authors that the species resembles both U.
angulosa and U. porrecta is well sustained.

UVIGERINA PROBOSCIDEA Schwager.
Plate 42, fig. 2.

Uvigerina proboscidea ScowacEeR, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, 2, 1866, p. 250,
pl. 7, fig. 96.—Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. nu, vol.
18, 1893, p. 312, pl. 9, fig. 53.

Description.—Test ovate, tapering somewhat at either end, cham-
bers inflated, but closely set with sutures nearly flush, surface slightly
hispid with very fine aculei, aperture with a tapering tubular neck
with the greatest diameter near the base and a slightly phialine lip.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution—Not previously recorded from the North Pacific.
Described from the Pliocene of Kar Nicobar and recorded by Egger
from Gazelle station 90 off Western Australia. Specimens which
seem to be this species were found at Nero station 1464 in 891 fathoms
off Guam.

Although Brady places this species as asynonym of U. canariensis,
it seems that it belongs rather with the hirsute group of the genus.
Our specimens are very similar to the drawing of the type.

UVIGERINA STRIATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 48, fig. 5.

Uvigerina striata pD’ORBIGNY, Voyage Amér. Mérid., 1839, vol. 5, pt. 5, ‘‘ Foram-
iniféres,’’ p. 53, pl. 7, fig. 16.

Uvigerina tenuistriata Baca (part) (not U. tenuistriata Reuss), Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 151.

Description.—Test elongate, fusiform, tapering rather abruptly
toward either end, chambers numerous, three in each whorl, some-
what inflated and separated by fairly deep sutures, wall with fine
longitudinal cost somewhat interrupted; somewhat angul in end
view; aperture with a short tapering tubular neck without a definite
phialine lip.

Length 0.3 to 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens referred to U. tenuistriata Reuss by Bagg
from Albatross station H4696 in 367 fathoms off the Hawauan Islands

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 95

seem to fit excellently the figure and description of U. striata given
by d’Orbigny. The finely costate tapering test and the characters
of the apertural portion are very different from the more common
material usually referred by authors to U. pygmea.

UVIGERINA TENUISTRIATA Reuss.
Plate 42, fig. 4.

Uvigerina tenuistriata Reuss, Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52, 1870, p.
485.—von Scuuicut, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 22, figs. 34-36—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 574, pl. 74, figs. 4-7. —
Eacer, Abh. kin. bay. Akad. Wiss., Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 315,
pl. 9, figs. 44, 52.

Description —Test elongate, subcylindrical, tapering at the apical
end, composed of numerous rounded chambers with distinct sutures;
wall with numerous fine raised longitudinal cost, except the distal
portion of the last-formed chamber, or in full-grown specimens more
than the last chamber, with roughened or even nearly smooth walls;
aperture with a short comparatively thick tubular neck with usually
a distinct phialine lip.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Recorded by Brady in the North Pacific in 95 fath-
oms off the Philippines. I have not seen material definitely referable
to this species from the North Pacific. Bagg’s material which I have
examined seems to belong to U. striata, although recorded by him under
the name fenuistriata.

UVIGERINA STRIATULA, new species.

Plate 44, fig. 3.

Description.—Test elongate, fusiform, tapering gradually from the
middle toward either end; composed of numerous inflated chambers,
those last formed considerably drawn out, wall usually thin and
translucent, finely and distinctly striated; aperture with a tubular
neck and phialine lip.

Length about 0.5 to 0.7 mm.

Distribution —Type-specimen, Cat. No. 8551, U.S.N.M., from Nero
Station 1310 in 518 fathoms, globigerina ooze, near the Bonin Islands.
It also occurred from the same region at Nero Station 1306 in 1,208
fathoms, also in globigerina ooze.

In its extreme modification this species has a general resemblance
to U. interrupta H. B. Brady, but most of the specimens examined
were less drawn out than is usual in that species.

96 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

UVIGERINA PYGMA d’Orbigny.
Plate 42, fig. 1; plate 44, fig. 5.

‘*Polymorpha Pineiformia’’ SoLpANI, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1791, pl. 130,
figs. ss, tt.

Uvigerina pigmea D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 269, pl. 12, figs. 8, 9;
Modelés, 1826, No. 67.

Uvigerina pygmxa D’ORBIGNY, For. Foss. Bass. Test. Vienne, 1846, p. 190, pl. 11,
figs. 25, 26—Parxer and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857,
p. 297, pl. 11, figs. 4143.—Wiuramson, Rec. Brit. Foram., 1858, p. 66, pl. 5,
figs. 138, 139.—Parxker, Jones,and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 54.—Parxer and Jongs, Philos. Trans.,

_ vol. 155, 1865, p. 368, pl. 17, figs. 65a, b; pl. 13, fig.54.—Parxer, Jongs, and

H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol.8, 1871, p. 171, pl. 11, fig. 109.—
ScuwaGerR, Boll. R. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 25, pl., fig. 34.—
Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, p. 59, pl. 4,
figs. 68-70.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 575, pl. 74, figs. 11-14—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 224, pl. 45, figs. 1, 2—Wricut, Proc. Roy.
Trish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 487.—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss., Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 314, pl. 9, fig. 42—Goks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 51, pl. 9, figs. 496-501.—
CHapMAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 35.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 26, 1896, p. 50.—F unt, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 320, pl. 68, fig. 2—Mrerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 269.—Cuap-
MAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905 (1906), p. 99.—SipEBorrom,
Mem. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, 1910, No. 16, p. 23.—CuHap-
MAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 30, 1910, p. 414.

Uvigerina bifurcata D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Voyage Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 53, pl. 7,
fig. 17.

Uvigerina semiornata D’OrBIGNY, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 189,
pl. 11, figs. 23, 24.

Description.—Test broadly ovate to subcylindrical, chambers
numerous, inflated, with distinct sutures; wall with large, well-
developed cost, placed longitudinally, apical end rather bluntly
rounded, the earliest chambers visible with costz plainly developed;
aperture with a short, stout tubular neck and a distinct phialine lip;
color of the test white to a light brown.

Length 0.5 to 1 mm.

Distribution—This species is one of the most widely distributed
of the family, being found in all the ocean basins. In the North
Pacific, Brady speaks of it as rare, but this was due to simple lack of
material, for I found it widely distributed in all parts running north-
ward into Bering Sea, where it is very common at several stations.
As a rule it seems to be most abundant in cold waters and at the
north in shallow water, while southward toward the Equator it seems
to occur most frequently at a considerable depth where the water is
again cold. Brady recorded the species from the Hawaiian Islands
and Bagg records it from the same region at five Albatross stations.
Goés records it from two stations off the west coast of America, one at

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 97

the entrance of the Gulf of California, the other southwest of Panama.
In the material I have examined it has occurred frequently in the
Albatross, Nero, and Tuscarora dredgings.

D’Orbigny’s original figures of this species show a fusiform taper-
ing test, in which the last-formed chambers lack the characteristic
coste and in which the tubular neck is long. Later in his Vienna
Basin monograph he uses the same name for a test of different form,
still fusiform but with a much shorter and stouter neck. In recent
material, however, in almost all cases the later-formed chambers
are broad and the test is much broader toward the apical end. The
figures given by Brady, Parker, and Jones! of specimens from the
Abrolhos Bank and by Flint? show the typical form so abundant
in the cooler waters of recent seas.

UVIGERINA SCHWAGERI H. B. Brady.
Plate 37, figs. 3, 4.
Uvigerina schwageri H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 575, pl. 74, figs. 8-10.—CHapmaNn, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 35.

Description.—Test elongate, subovate, tapering to a blunt point at
the aboral end; segments numerous, only slightly inflated externally;
surface ornamented by a few ill-defined, partial costz; color pure
white.

Length 1.6 mm.

Distribution.—Brady Lands this species from 95 fathoms off the
Philippines in the North Pacific as well as from off the Fiji Islands
and Torres Strait. Chapman records it from the Arabian Sea. Out-
side of the Philippine region I have failed to find this species in the
North Pacific.

The figures and description are from Brady.
UVIGERINA BRUNNENSIS Karrer.
Plate 43, fig. 2.

Uvigerina brunnensis Karrer, Abh. k. geol. Reichs., vol. 9, 1877, p. 385, pl.
166, fig. 49.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 577,
pl. 75, figs. 4, 5.—Eaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, 1893, p. 312,
pl. 9, figs. 60, 61.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 36.

Description.—Test elongate, composed of numerous inflated
chambers, wall with longitudinal cost for the most part breaking
up into rows of spinose projections longitudinally placed; aperture
with a short stout neck with a broad phialine lip.

Length about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not hitherto been recorded from the
North Pacific. Brady’s stations were off Christmas Harbor, Kergue-
len Island, 120 fathoms, and off the western shore of Petesonies 245

1 Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, pl. 45, figs. 1, 2.
2Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), pl. 68, fig. 2.

98 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fathoms. Egger also recorded it at two stations off Kerguelen at
similar depths. Chapman records it from the Arabian Sea. I have
had the species from numerous stations, only one, Albatross station
112764, 122 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands, being less than a
thousand fathoms. Jt has occurred at numerous Nero stations
mostly between Guam and Yokohama in 1,415 to 2,135 fathoms.
Although the recent material does not agree very closely with
Karrer’s original description it may be left under that name.

UVIGERINA ANGULOSA Williamson.
Plate 44, fig. 4.

Uvigerina angulosa Witt1aMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 67, pl. 5,
fig. 140.—SraueEnza, Atti Accad. Lincei., ser. 3, vol. 6, 1879, pp. 226, 307.—
Burtscu.i, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen Thier-Reichs, vol. 1, 1880, p. 200,
pl. 7, fig. 31.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
576, pl. 74, figs. 15-18 —Ba.kwiLt and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,
vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 347.—Wriaut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1,
1891, p. 487.—Eaerr, Abh. k6n. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 314, pl. 9, figs. 40, 46, 47.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 51, pl. 9, figs. 502-509.—Jonzs, Pal. Soc., 1895, p. 277,
pl. 7, fig. 26—CHarman, Proc. Zool. Soc., London, 1895, p. 35.—F.in7,
Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 320, pl. 68, fig. 3—Limsus, Neues
Jahrb. fiir Min., vol. 1, 1901, p. 120, pl. 5, fig. 3.—Mitert, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1903, p. 269.—CHapman, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club., ser. 2, vol. 10,
1907, p. 132, pl. 10, fig. 5—Smrsorrom, Mem..and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, pt. 3, No. 18, 1908, p. 1, pl. 1, fig. 4. —-CHapman, Proc.
Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, new series, pt. 2, 1910, p. 281.—SipEBorrom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, pt. 3, No. 16, 1910, p.
23.—CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 414.

Uvigerina pygmaea, var. angulosa PARKER and JongEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 364, pl. 13, fig. 58; pl. 17, fig. 66.

Description.—Test elongate tapering toward either end, composed
of numerous chambers, three making each whorl, chambers com-
pressed at two sides making a decided angle in the middle and making
up a trifacial test, triangular in end view and section; wall more or
less costate, usually the costz numerous and distinct; aperture with
a short tubular neck and with a phialine lip usually more developed
on the outer side.

Length 0.5 to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—In general this species appears to be widely distrib-
uted. Brady records it from three North Pacific stations in from
50 to 500 fathoms. Flint records it from Panama Bay in 51 fathoms.
Bagg records it from numerous stations about the Hawaiian Islands
in 104 to 1,342 fathoms. I have had typical material from four
Albatross stations, H2922 in 268 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands
and D4813, D4818, and D4857 in 200, 225, and 324 fathoms, respec-
tively, off the coast of Japan.

The characters of this species are very distinctive and it is not
easily mistaken.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 99
UVIGERINA ANGULOSA Williamson, var. SPINIPES H. B. Brady.

Plate 43, fig. 3.

Uvigerina spinipes H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 64.
Uvigerina angulosa WILLIAMSON, var. spinipes H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 577, pl. 74, figs. 19, 20—Eacrr, Abh. kén.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 315, pl. 9, fig. 59.—Car-
, MAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 200.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering toward either end, chambers
more or less triangular in cross section, early chambers with longitu-
dinal costz often prolonged into spinose projections at the apical
end; later chambers with smooth walls and more loosely arranged;
aperture with a tubular neck gradually merging into the outline of
the chamber at the proximal end and with a definite phialine lip at
the outer end.

Length about 0.75 mm.

Distribution —This variety has not been recorded from the North
Pacific. Brady recorded it from off Tristan d’Acunha, Egger from
two stations off New Amsterdam and West Australia, and Chapman
from the Arabian Sea.

The only North Pacific material I have seen is from Nero station
1306, in 1,208 fathoms between Yokohama and Guam. The figured
specimen is from this station.

Brady described this as a distinct species and it certainly has but
little in common with U. angulosa Williamson. With the exception
of one of the stations recorded by Chapman and one by Egger, it has
not occurred in company with U. angulosa, but as these are two from
only five stations the percentage is rather large. The spinose condi-
tion of the early chambers is also different from what is usually seen
in U. angulosa.

UVIGERINA PORRECTA H. B. Brady.

Plate 44, fig. 2. J

Uvigerina porrecta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 60, pl.
8, figs. 15, 16; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 577, pl. 74, figs.
21-23.—Eccer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 315, pl. 9, figs. 51, 63.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910,
p. 414.

Description —Test much elongated, early chambers in a close
spiral, later ones drawn out and considerably separated from one
another; chambers, especially the later ones, concave below, the
peripheral edge angular and projecting; upper surface of the cham-
bers convex and ornamented by coarse longitudinal coste which pro-
ject at the peripheral edge, making it serrate; aperture with an elon-
gated tubular neck, the lip not well developed.

Length about 0.5 mm.

100 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—From the known records this species seems to be
confined to the region of coral reefs, although it may occur at con-
siderable depths, as shown by Chapman, who records it at 2,400 fatli-
oms off Funafuti. Such records as have already been noted in regard
to other coral reef species in this paper may be due to the carrying
out of such species into deep water through the action of currents.
Brady records this species from north of New Guinea in 1,850 fathoms
as the only North Pacific station. I have not seen it from the region
of the coral reefs of the Hawaiian Islands nor does Bagg record it
from this region. I have found it, however, in material from several
Nero stations near Guam in 859 to 1,503 fathoms. This material is
typical.

There is a considerable variation in the cost, which in some cases,
as shown in figure 2, are only developed on the periphery of the

chambers.
UVIGERINA ACULEATA d’Orbigny.

Plate 43, fig. 4.

Urigerina aculeata D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 191, pl.
11, figs. 27, 28.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
578, pl. 75, figs. 1, 2.—Wricut, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891,
p- 487.—Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 311, pl. 9, figs. 48, 49.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 35.—
Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 50.—ForNasInI, Boll. Soc.
Geol. Ital., vol. 25, 1907, p. 348, pl. 4, fig. 1—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 414.

Description.—Test elongate, tapering; chambers numerous, in-
flated, sutures distinct, even under the ornamentation which in the
early chambers is often made up of longitudinal coste, the later
chambers or all-in some cases covered with a spinose development,
having the appearance in certain specimens of a secondary shell
layer, the spines stout, initial end of the test acute, usually with a
spine; aperture with a short neck and flaring phialine lip.

Length up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—This species has been recorded from the North
Pacific by Goés, from the west coast of America in 759 to 1,218
fathoms. In the mounted set returned to the United States Na-
tional Museum by Goés there is but a single specimen of typical U.
aculeata, the others being U. pygmexa and U. asperula. In the
material which I have examined the typical form of the species
shown in the figures has occurred but once, Albatross D4957, off
Japan, in 437 fathoms, bottom temperature 39.8° F. At Nero
station 1154, 1,602 fathoms, a specimen was dredged showing this
spinose character well developed on the last formed chamber only.
This species seems to be more common in the South Pacific.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 101
UVIGERINA ASPERULA Czjzek.
Plate 43, fig. 1.

Uvigerina asperula Czjzex, Haidinger’s Nat. Abh., 2, 1848, p. 146, pl. 18, figs.
14, 15.—Revuss, Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss., Wien, vol. 55, Abth. 1, 1867, p. 93,
pl. 4, figs. 6a, 6, 7, 8, 9.—Terrier, Atti Accad. Port. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 35,
1883, p. 185, pl. 2, fig. 26—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 578, pl. 75, figs. 6-8.—SHERBORN AND CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 755, pl. 16, fig. 7,—H. B. Brapy, PAarKerr, and Jongs,
Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 225, pl. 45, figs. 4, 5—TErria1,
Mem. Com. Geol. Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 100, pl. 3, fig. 25—Wricurt, Proc.
Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 3, vol. 1, 1891, p. 487—Eacerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol, 18, 1893, p. 312, pl. 9, fig. 41.—CHapman, Proc.
Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 35.—Fuint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p- 320, pl. 68, fig. 4—Miuuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 267.—CHap-
MAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1906, p. 99; Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 415.—Baae, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 150.

Description.—Test elongate-ovate, chambers somewhat inflated,
sutures distinct but not deep; surface ornamented by a hispid or
spinose exterior of much variableness in different specimens, the fine
spines either in indefinite longitudinal rows or scattered without a
definite arrangement; initial end bluntly rounded or with a distinct
stout spine, aperture with a definite tubular neck with a well
developed phialine lip.

Length 0.6 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—From the material examined this seems to be one
of the most common species of the genus, having been dredged at
many stations in various parts of the North Pacific, from 323 to 1,758
fathoms. It was recorded from between 20 and 40 stations well
scattered over the area. The bottom temperature where recorded is
in almost all cases between 35° and 36° F.

Brady records this species from three stations in the North Pacific
in 345 to 2,300 fathoms, and Bagg records it from 13 Albatross stations
off the Hawaiian Islands in 275 to 1,544 fathoms.

There is certainly a very considerable difference in the shape and
ornamentation of the various forms assigned to this species. Even
in the material examined it appears that various modifications can
be segregated, and with sufficient material from other areas it would
not be difficult to establish definite groups which have in general a
hispid ornamentation.

The specimen figured is one of medium coarseness as far as the
ornamentation is concerned.

102 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
UVIGERINA AMPULLACEA H. B. Brady.

Plate 42, fig. 3.

Uvigerina asperula CzIzEK, var. ampullacea H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 579, pl. 75, figs. 10, 11.—CHapman, Proc. Zool. Soc.
London, 1895, p. 35.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 320,
pl. 68, fig. 5—Mrzert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 267.—Baaa, Proc,
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 150.—CuapMan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology‘
vol. 30, 1910, p. 415.

Uvigerina ampullacea Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 313, pl. 9, fig. 37.

Uvigerina auberiana Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 52, pl. 9, figs. 494, 495.

Description.—Test composed in the early portion of a more or less
compact spiral of chambers followed by two or more chambers
uniserially arranged; surface finely hispid, with pointed aculei;
aperture with an elongate neck and narrow rimmed phialine neck.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution.—F rom the material examined this species is much
less common in the North Pacific than U. asperula. It has occurred
at numerous stations, mainly in the western Pacific and about the
Hawaiian Islands. The shallowest station is Nero station, 2034, in
175 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands, and the deepest is Nero
station 187, in 2,473 fathoms. Most of the stations had depths of
less than 1,500 fathoms. The only stations from which the bottom
temperatures are recorded are 35° and 38° F. Bagg records this
species from several Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands in
384 to 1,342 fathoms.

The distribution of U. ampullacea and U. asperula is not identical
in the material examined and the decidedly senescent character of
uniserial arrangement of the chambers after the compact growth at
the start make it seem that this form is worthy of specific rank.

UVIGERINA AUBERIANA d’Orbigny.
Plate 37, fig. 5.

Uvigerina auberiana D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
“Foraminiféres,’’ p. 106, pl. 2, figs. 23, 24.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, p. 60, pl. 4, fig. 75; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 50.

Uvigerina asperula CzizExK, var. auberiana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 579, pl. 75, fig. 9—Bage, Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 150.

Description.—Test ovate, chambers numerous. The later ones
arranged biserially; surface covered with short spines; aperture
with a short lip and phialine lip.

Length about 1 mm.

I

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 103

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from several Albatross
stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, in 384 to 1,307
fathoms. I have not found North Pacific material which seemed to
me definite enough to assign to this species.

D’Orbigny’s figure shows a coarsely spinose test with a shape
somewhat different from that given by Brady and which is repro-
duced here.

UVIGERINA AUBERIANA d’Orbigny, forma LAVIS Goés.

Uvigerina auberiana Gots (part), Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19,
No. 4, 1882, p. 60, pl. 4, figs. 71-74.

Uvigerina auberiana D’ORBIGNY, forma levis Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,-vol.
29, 1896, p. 51.

Description.—‘‘Our form comes very near to U. farinosa Hantken,}
and is in all respects but for its smooth surface of similar build as
the type, the strong relationship of which it shows, even by its
earliest segments being provided with a few short spines or warts.”’

Length about 0.50 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Given, by Goés as found in the Eastern Pacific in
600 to 1,201 fathoms.

The above description is copied from Goés. No figure was given.

UVIGERINA INTERRUPTA H. B. Brady.
Plate 44, fig. 1.

Uvigerina interrupta H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 60,
pl. 8, figs. 17,18; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 580, pl. 75,
figs. 12-14.—Eacrr, Abh. kén, bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18,
1893, p. 313, pl. 9, fig. 58 —Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 34.—
MitettT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 268—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 151.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30,
1910, p. 415.

Description.—Test slender, elongate, loosely spiral, chambers in-
flated, earlier ones in a more or less compact spire, later ones in an
interrupted irregularly spiral series; surface with fine spines, giving
a hispid character to the whole test; aperture with an elongated
tubular neck and a phialine lip at its termination.

Length about 0.5 mm.

Distribution—In the North Pacific the only records for this species
are those given by Bagg, Albatross stations H4430, H4440, and
H4508, in 1,544, 1,259, and 495 fathoms, respectively. In the
material I have examined it has occurred most commonly off Guam
and in the region between Guam and southern Japan, about the
Hawaiian Islands, and off the Galapagos. The last were much
smoother than the usual form. In depth the stations range from

1¥For. Clavul. Szaboi Sch., 1875, Separ., pl. 7, fig. 6.
89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13 8

104 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

437 to 1,505 fathoms. In temperature there is data but for three
stations, 437 fathoms off Japan, 39.8° F.; 1,505 fathoms also off Japan,
35.7° F.; and 1,379 fathoms off the Galapagos, 36.4° F. In general,
this species seems to have a tropical distribution running up to
southern Japan.

Genus SIPHOGENERINA Schlumberger, 1883.

Sagrina Parker and Jones (not Sagrina d’ Orbigny), Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 363.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 580.

Dimorphina Scuwacer (not Dimorphina d’Orbigny), Novara Exped., Geol.
Theil., vol. 2, 1866, p. 251.

Siphogenerina SCHLUMBERGER [type, S. raphanus (Parker and Jones), Uvigerina
(Sagrina) raphanus Parker and Jones], Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, ann.
34688, p41:

Description.—Test elongate, composed at least in the microspheric
form of a series of chambers arranged tri- or biserially, followed by a
later uniserial development; walls hyaline and perforate, aperture in
the uniserial portion central and terminal, usually with an elongated
neck and flaring lip; interior of the chamber with a tubular connection
running from the base of the apertural neck to the lip of the aperture
below; wall smooth or ornamented by coste, pits, etc.

This genus is evidently closely related to Uvigerina, but seems to
be distinct in its uniserial development, which in Siphogenervna
becomes the major portion. In the megalospheric form the uniserial
condition is taken on much earlier than in the microspheric form.

Both genera, Sagrina and Dimorphina, as used by d’Orbigny,
undoubtedly belong to the Textulariide, and are not available for use
here even as amended by Parker and Jones. Therefore the generic
name Siphogenerina of Schlumberger is the next available name and
is here used.

SIPHOGENERINA COLUMELLARIS (H. B. Brady).
Plate 47, figs. 2, 3.

Sagrina columellaris H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 64;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 581, pl. 75, figs. 15-17.—Cap-
MAN, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 36.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist.
Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 8, 1900, p. 391, fig. 41.—Munuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 270, pl. 5, figs. 10, 11.—Bagee, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p.
151.

Siphogenerina columellaris Eaanr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.
1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 316, pl. 9, figs. 28, 31, 33; vol. 21, 1899, p. 134, pl. 16, figs.
20, 21.—Sitvestri, Atti Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, ann. 55, 1902, p.1,
figs. 1, 2.

Siphogenerina glabra ScHLUMBERGER, Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, ann. 13,
1883, p. 118, pl. 3, fig., 1.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical, somewhat tapering,
straight or very slightly curved; chambers comparatively few; those

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 105

of the uniserial portion well rounded, shorter than broad, sutures
only slightly constricted; aperture large, terminal, with a very short
tubular neck and broad flaring lip; wall smooth.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution. —The only published North Pacific records are those
given by Bagg. These are seven Albatross stations in the vicinity of
the Hawaiian Islands, 104 to 1,544 fathoms. Ihave found the species
fairly common in the region from near the Hawaiian Islands, Alba-
tross H2922 in 268 fathoms, Nero 2071 in 271 fathoms, and off the
coast of Japan, D4968 in 253 fathoms. It has occurred also in the
Nero material from numerous stations on the line of soundings
between Yokohama and Guam in 1,208 to 1,660 fathoms. This
species has been found at three Tuscarora stations, 57 and 58, in 814
and 1,331 fathoms near the Bonin Islands and at station 15 in 1,874
fathoms south of the Midway Islands. The bottom temperatures
where recorded are 44.8° and 45.7° F. off Japan and the Hawaiian
Islands, but at the deeper Nero soundings go down to 35° F.

SIPHOGENERINA BIFRONS (H. B. Brady).
Plate 45, figs. 1, 2, 5-7.

Sagrina bifrons H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 64; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 582, pl. 75, figs. 18-20.—Eecsr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. nm, vol. 21, 1899, p. 134, pl. 15,
figs. 25, 26.—MrxerT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 270.—CHapMan, Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 415.

Siphogenerina (Sagrina) bifrons Eacrer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 317, pl. 9, figs, 25, 26, 29.

Description.—Test elongate, compressed, straight or very slightly
curved, in end view elliptical, median portions of the broad faces
somewhat concave, megalospheric form with the apical end broadly
rounded and of about the same diameter as the rest of the test,
microspheric form with the apical end much more attenuate, growing
rapidly broader, then contracted where the uniserial portion begins;
sutures hardly depressed, distinct, often of clear material, appearing
darker than the rest of the test; aperture rounded, without a distinct
neck but with a slight rounded lip; microspheric form usually the
larger.

Length 0.75 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady described this species from material dredged
in 345 fathoms on the Hyalonema-ground off southeastern Japan.
This is the only locality noted in the Challenger Report. It has been
recorded by Egger off west Australia, by Millett from the Malay
Archipelago, and by Chapman from about Funafuti. Apparently the
species belongs to a warm-water fauna reaching its northern limit off
Japan. Egger’s material was from 560 fathoms, Millett’s material
from shallow water, while Chapman’s specimens were from 2,400

106 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fathoms, but the occurrence in deep water off oceanic islands has been
several times referred to.

In the material which I have examined the species has occurred
at several stations off southeastern Japan in the region from which
Brady’s types came. These stations have depths of from 191 to
500 fathoms. It was also found to be frequent off the Philippines,
occurring at Nero station 849 in 737 fathoms.

As is usual in other species the microspheric form occurs less
frequently than the megalospheric and the latter does not attain as
large dimensions. The two may be distinguished at a glance as the
megalospheric form, which is represented in all of Brady’s figures, is
bluntly rounded, the early portion being of about the same diameter
as the later developed, uniserial portion. In the microspheric form
the early portion is more acute and tapering, the test above being
contracted at the beginning of the uniserial portion.

Occasionally specimens of this species show traces of delicate
striations.

One point of particular significance is the fact shown in fig. 5,
where it may be seen that in the microspheric form there is a ten-
dency toward a spiral development in the earliest chambers. This
shows the relationship of this genus to close coiled genera such as
Oristellaria and its probable development from a close coiled form.

The relation of the interior tubular structure to the walls of the
test is diagrammatically shown in fig. 7.

In four cases the bottom temperature is given for.the stations at
which this species has occurred. They are 39.1°, 44.1°, 45.7°, and
49.4°F. These are all off the coast of Japan, and as will be seen
are rather higher than bottom temperatures run as a rule. This
may have a definite bearing on the distribution in this species.

SIPHOGENERINA DIMORPHA (Parker and Jones).
Plate 45, figs. 3, 4.

Uvigerina (Sagrina) dimorpha Parxer and Jonzs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 420, pl. 18, fig. 18.

Sagrina dimorpha H. B. Brapvy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 582, pl. 76, figs. 1-3.—H. B. Brapy, ParKer, and Jonss, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 225, pl. 45, fig. 6.—Gots, Kongl. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 52, pl. 9, figs. 510, 511.—Baae,
Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 152.

Siphogenerina dimorpha Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 317, pl. 9, fig. 30.

Description.—Test nearly cylindrical, elongate, slightly tapering,
usually broadest near the apertural end, chambers comparatively
few, broader than long, slightly inflated; sutures distinct, usually
somewhat excavated at nearly regular intervals, the portions be-
tween extended backward and bridging over the suture; walls with

_—

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 107

comparatively large pitted depressions or perforations; aperture
circular with a very short neck and flaring lip.

Length 0.5 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from three Albatross
stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, in 572 to 1,259
fathoms. In the same region it occurs at Albatross station H3007
in 323 fathoms. In the western Pacific it has occurred off the
coast of Japan, Albatross station D4957 in 437 fathoms. It also
occurred at Nero stations 1306 and 1311 in 1,208 and 1,503 fathoms
and at two Tuscarora stations 47 and 58 in 1,499 and 814 fathoms.
These last four stations are not far from the Bonin Islands. At D4957
the bottom temperature was 39.8°, but it is not recorded from the
other stations.

This species is more widely distributed than others of the genus,
both in depth and area. It is characteristic in its appearance and
can easily be distinguished.

Goés ' refers to this species a form which is evidently a Clavulina,
as his figures and description show. Later he figured a specimen
in his work on the Scandinavian Foraminifera? which very clearly
belongs to this species.

The interior has the characteristic tubular structure as shown in
fig. 4, c.

SIPHOGENERINA STRIATA (Schwager).
Plate 47, figs. 4, 5.

Dimorphina striata ScawaceER, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil., vol. 2, 1866, p. 251,
pl. 7, fig. 99.

Sagraina striata ScawaGER, Bull. Comm. geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 25, pl., fig. 35.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1894, p. 584, pl. 75, figs.
25, 26.—MretT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 272.

Siphogenerina (Sagrina) striata Eacrr [?], Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 316, pl. 9, figs. 32, 34, 35, 64, 65.

Description.—Test elongate, cylindrical, chambers of the uniserial
portion broader than long, sutures not deep but conspicuous, wall
ornamented by longitudinal cost, not close together and not high;
aperture circular with no neck but a prominent rounded lip.

Length 0.75 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species at one North Pacific sta-
tion off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. I have found specimens from
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2035, in 114 fathoms,
Nero Station 1466, off Guam, 234 fathoms, and a specimen which can
be referred here from Nero station 1321, southeast of the Bonin
Islands in 1,618 fathoms.

1Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No. 4, 1882, p. 62, pl. 4, figs. 77-81.
2Idem, vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, pl. 9, figs. 510, 511.

108 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

From the original figure given by Schwager this recent form would
seem to be distinct in the large aperture which is without a neck, the
chambers low and broad, while the figure given by Schwager shows a
typical Uvigerina aperture, the neck long and slender and the cham-
bers as long as broad and much more inflated. I am inclined to
think that our recent species figured here is distinct, but more mate-
rial is necessary to establish this view.

SIPHOGENERINA RAPHANUS (Parker and Jones).
Plate 46, figs. 1-5.

Uvigerina (Sagrina) raphanus PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 364, pl. 18, figs. 16, 17.

Sagrina raphanus H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 585,
pl. 75, figs. 21-24.—Mitiett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. i —CHAP-
MAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 415.

Siphogenerina (Sagrina) Dee Eccer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wise, Minchen,
Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 317, pl. 9, fig. 36.

Siphogenerina costata SCHLUMBERGER, Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, ann. 13,
1883, p. 118, fig. 13.

Description.—Test elongate, cylindrical, or tapering, chambers of
the uniserial portion broader than long; surface marked by several
rather widely separated, well-developed coste, each extending nearly
the length of the test and not affected by the sutures; aperture typ-
ically with a short tubular neck and well-developed flaring lip.

Length 0.5 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records the occurrence of this species from off
the Philippines in 95 fathoms, off the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms and in the volume of the Challenger ‘‘ Report
on the Summary of Results,” from station 232 in 345 fathoms on the
Hyalonema-ground southeast of Japan. Ihave material from Alba-
tross stations off Japan in this same region, D4916 in 361 fathoms and
D4807 in 44 fathoms. It occurs also at Nero station 1306, between
Yokohama and Guam, in 1,208 fathoms, and Nero station 2071 in
271 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands. The only temperature
records are from D4916, where the bottom temperature was 42.7°.

Both megalospheric and microspheric specimens were seen and fig-
ured by Brady, who notes the much larger size of the latter. The
form, too, is different, the microspheric form being much more tapering.

SIPHOGENERINA STRIATULA, new species.
Plate 47, fig. 1.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical; chambers for the most
part broader than long, but the terminal one nearly as long as broad;
sutures slightly indented; surface ornamented with fine longitudinal
strie; aperture narrowly elongate, without a neck, but a well-
developed lip present.

Length about 1 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 109

Distribution.—This species has occurred at numerous stations in
the region between Yokohama and Guam, depths ranging from 859
fathoms to 1,660 fathoms. Type, Cat. No.8552,U.S.N.M., from Nero
station 1472 in 1,000 fathoms. No bottom temperatures are recorded
for any of the stations at which this species has occurred, but where
they are given from adjacent stations they are below 40° F.

The fine striate surface and the form of the aperture will serve to
distinguish this species.

SIPHOGENERINA IRREGULARIS (Bagg).
Plate 47, figs. 6, 7.
Sagraina irregularis Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 152, pl. 5,
figs. 8-10.

Description.—Test elongate, subcylindrical; chambers somewhat
irregular, but becoming uniserial in the later developed portion;
variable as regards height of individual chambers; surface ornamented
with very fine coste; wall thin and translucent, apertural end of the
chamber depressed; aperture slightly excentric, with a long tubular
neck and a slightly flaring lip.

Length 0.75 to 1.50 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg described this species from Albatross material
dredged near the Hawaiian Islands, D4025 in 275 to 368 fathoms and
14571 in 384 fathoms. I have found the species at four stations in
this same region, Albatross H2922, H2923, and H2986 in 268, 392,
and 271 fathoms. It also occurred at Nero station 2071, in 271
fathoms. But one station, H2922, has the bottom temperature
recorded, this being 44.8° F. However, the adjacent station to
H2986 at nearly the same depth has a recorded temperature of 48.1°
F. Evidently this species is a somewhat local one, but is to be
watched for elsewhere under similar conditions. This belongs to
Siphogenerina, as is shown by the figure of the interior, fig. 7.

There is a specimen from Nero station 166 in 1,850 fathoms north-
east of Midway Island, which has many of the characteristics of this
species, but the costz are much coarser. It may be a deep-water form
of this species. Bagg speaks of this species as resembling S. striata
(Schwager), but it much more closely resembles the figure given by
Schwager‘ and named by him Uvigerina nitidula.

SIPHOGENERINA (?) ANNULATA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 37, figs. 8, 9.
Sagrina (?) annulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 586, pl. 76, figs. 20, 21.
Description.— Test subcylindrical; oral end rounded, aboral ex-
tremity obtusely angular or rounded; composed of few (two to four),
elongate, somewhat inflated segments, united end to end. Surface

1 Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol 2, 1867, pl. 7, fig 93.

110 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

marked by closely set, slightly depressed, transverse lines. Aperture
a simple terminal rounded orifice.”’

“Length = inch (0.75 mm.).”’ :

Distribution.— Described by Brady from material dredged from
Honolulu coral reefs in 40 fathoms.

The description and figures are from Brady. He questions whether
or not the species may be a Sagrina and until further material may
be found its affinities can not clearly be determined.

Subfamily 5. RAMULININ ZX.

Test composed of branching tubular masses with rounded cham-
ber-like portions at irregular intervals.

Genus RAMULINA Rupert-Jones, 1875.

Ramulina Rurert-Jones (type, R. levis Rupert-Jones) in Wright, Rep. Proc.

Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1873-74, App. III, 1875, p. 88 [90].

Description.—Test free, branching, consisting of more or less
round chambers connected by long stoloniferous tubes; wall hyaline.

This genus includes rather ill-defined forms, suggesting the so-called
‘“‘wild growth” seen in the final chambers of certain species of Poly-
morphina. Just what its relations are to the rest of the Lagenide is
not really determined. It seems to occur in the Cretaceous and there
are one or two recent species.

RAMULINA GLOBULIFERA H. B. Brady.
Plate 39, fig. 1.

Ramulina globulifera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 58,
pl. 8, figs. 32, 33; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 587, pl. 76,
figs. 22-28.—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 310, pl. 9, fig. 62—Dz Amicts, Naturalista Siciliano, ann. 14, 1895,
p. 112, pl. 1, fig. 14.—Cuapman, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1895, p. 36; Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc. 1896, p. 582, pl. 12, figs. 3-6.—Jonrs and CHAPMAN, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Zool., vol. 26, 1897, p. 340, figs. 5-22—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay.
Acad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. 11, vol. 21, 1899, p. 135, pl. 2, fig. 2, pl. 22, fig. 33.—
Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 321, pl. 68, fig. 6—Mutiertt,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1903, p. 274.—Brnuam, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. 37, 1904 (1905), p. 300.—CHapmMan, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38,
1905 (1906), p. 99.

Description.—Test free, branching, composed of nearly globular
chambers connected by stolon-like tubes; wall hyaline, usually hispid;
apertures tubular, often several to a single chamber.

Length up to nearly 2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records the species from a single Challenger
station off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. I have had specimens from
Albatross station D4949, off Japan, in 110 fathoms.

SS =

ee er

Fig.

Fig.

i

i

A.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
Pirate 1.

Lagena lateralis. 125. a, front view by transmitted light; 6, apertural
view; c, front view; d, side view.

. Lagenacollaris. 125. a, front view; b, same by transmitted light; c, aper-

tural view.

. Lagena levis. X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Lagena gracillima. XX 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Lagena elongata. X35. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 2.

Lagena levigata. X65. a, front view; 6, apertural view; c, front view by
transmitted light.

. Lagena ovum. X 125. a, front view; 6, same by transmitted light; c, aper-

tural view.

. Lagena clavata. X 125. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

PLATE 3.

Figs. 1-3. Lagena sacculus. 1. Form with slight development of keel X 65. a,

Fig. 1.

Fig.

Fig.

on

mod we

apertural view; b, front view; c, same by transmitted light.

2. Form with medium keel X 65. a, apertural view; 6, front view; c, same
by transmitted light.

3. Form with broad keel X 125. a, apertural view; }, front view; c, same by
transmitted light.

PLATE 4.

Lagena felsinea. X75. a, front view; 6, same by transmitted light; c, aper-
tural view.

. Lagena globosa. a, front view, X 75; 6, apertural view, X 75; c, optical sec-

tion, X 40.

. Lagena ampulla-distoma, var. cribrostomoides. a, front view, X 90; b, basal

view, X 90; c, view of aperture, X 300.

. Lagena hispida. X 150. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena hispida. X90. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 5.

. Lagenahispida. X 90.

. Lagenahispidula. X90. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Lagenahispidula. X 90.

. Lagena punctulata. a, front view, < 90; b, apertural view, X 90; c, portion

of surface, < 300.

. Lagena hystrix. a, front view, X 90; b, apertural view, x 90; ¢, portion of

surface, X 300.
PLATE 6.

. Lagena squamosa. 125. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena hexagona. X 65. a, front view, b, apertural view in outline; c, de-

tail of aperture.

. Lagena hexagona. X 125. a, front view; b, apertural view in outline.
. Lagena hexagona, var. scalariformis. X 125.

111

112

Fig.

aomhe dw

aN awk WNW FE

oo bo

SOON

oo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 7.

. Lagena catenulata. XX 150. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Lagena catenulata. X 75.

. Lagena foveolata. X 75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Lagena striata. X 75.

. Lagena striata. X 75.

. Lagena striata, var. haidingeri. 75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Lagena striata, var. strumosa. X 90.

. Lagena striata, var. strumosa. X 90.

. Lagena striata, var. strumosa, neck. X 150.

. Lagena striata, var. strwmosa, neck. X 150.

Puate 8.

. Lagena striata, var. substriata, elongate form. X 150. a, front view; b, aper-

tural view.

. Lagena striata, var. substriata. X 150.
. Lagena striata, var. substriata. X 180. Apertural portion of unbroken speci-

men showing spiral ornamentation of neck.

. Lagena mucronulata. X 75.
. Lagena gracilis. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagana gracilis, neck. XX 150.

Lagena gracilis, var. X 150.

. Lagena inferocostata. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view; c, basal view.
. Lagena acuticosta. 75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena acuticosta. X 75.

PLATE 9.

. Lagena acuticosta, var. paucicostala. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena sulcata. X 75.

. Lagena sulcata, var. apiculata. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Lagena sulcata, var. apiculata. X 90.

. Lagena sulcata, var. alticostata. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Lagena costata. XX 75.

PLatTeE 10.

. Lagena costata. X 45. a, front view; b, same by transmitted light; c, aper-

tural view.

. Lagena costata, var. amphora. X 150.
. Lagena costata, var. amphora. X 75.
. Lagena costata, var. polygonata. X 90.. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 11.

. Lagena unguiculata. X 60.

. Lagena seminiformis. X 45.

. Lagena torquata. X 75.

. Lagena orbignyana, var. clathrata. X 75.
. Lagena favoso-punctata. X 75.

. Lagena formosa. X 50.

. Lagena formosa, var. favosa. 60.

. Lagena formosa, var. comata. X 75.

i}
.
\
!
|
|

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 113

PLaTE 12.
Fig. 1. Lagena costata, ovalform. X 90. a, front view; b, apertural view.
2. Lagena costata, var. amphora. X 90. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
3. Lagena stelligera. XX 75. a, front view; b, apertural view; c, basal view.
4. Lagena plumigera. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
5. Lagena desmophora. XX 90. a, front view; b, apertural view.
Pirate 13.
Fig. 1. Lagena distoma. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
2. Lagena distoma. X75. a, front view; 0, apertural view.
3. Lagena desmophora. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
4. Lagena intermedia. X90. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
5. Lagena exsculpta. X 35. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
PuaTeE 14.
Fig. 1. Lagena quadricostulata. 75.
2. Lagena auriculata, var. costata. XX 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.
3. Lagena trigono-marginata. X 100. a, front view; b, apertural view.
4. Lagena trigono-marginata. X 100.
5. Lagena striato-areolata. X 100.
6. Lagena striato-areolata. 100. Portion of the surface.
7. Lagena ampulla-distoma. X 60.
8. Lagena fimbriata. X 60.
9. Lagena quadrata. X 75.
10. Lagena striato-punctata. X 75.

Puate 15.

Fig. 1. Lagena feildeniana. a, front view, X 150; 6, apertural view, X 150; c¢, portion
of surface enlarged, X 375.
2. Lagena feildeniana. 150. Specimen with wider intercostal areas and higher,
more acute coste. a, front view; b, apertural view.
3. Lagena foveolata, var. paradora. a, front view, X 75; b, enlarged portion of
surface, X 150.
PuateE 16.
Fig. 1. Lagena aspera. XX 90.
. Lagena lagenoides. X 150.
. Lagena lagenoides, var. tenuistriata. XX 150. a, front view; b, side view.
. Lagena sublagenoides. XX 75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Lagena sublagenoides, var. striatula. X 75.

of, OD

PLateE 17.
Fig. 1. Lagena crescenticostata. XX 75. a, front view; b, side view.
. Lagena crescenticostata. 75. Specimen with more simple ornamentation.
. Lagena staphyllearia. X45. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena auriculata, var. subcarinata. XX 150. a, front view; b, side view.
. Lagena auriculata, var. linearituba. X75. a, front view; 6, side view.

aor WN e

PuatTe 18.

. Lagena alveolata. X75. a, front view; b, side view.

. Lagena alveolata, var. plebeia. X90. a, front view; b, side view.
. Lagena alveolata, var. prolongata. X 75.

. Lagena alveolata, var. basiexcavata. X< 75.

. Lagena alveolata, var. substriata. 75.

Fig.

oP © tO Fe

114

Fig. 1.
. Lagena orbignyana, var. concentrica. X 90. a, front view; b, side view.
. Lagena truncata. X 45. a, front view; 6, same by transmitted light; c, side

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

IOaoh wh om ON IOahwWN EE mob bo

bo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 19.

Lagena orbignyana. X90. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

view; d, apertural view.

. Lagena quadrata, var. rizze. X 75.

Puate 20.

. Lagena orbignyana, var. lacunata. X 150. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena orbignyana, var. crenulata. X 150. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena orbignyana, var. coronata. X 45. a, front view; b, side view.

PLATE 21.

. Lagena fasciata, var. carinata. X 133. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena marginata, var. X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Lagena marginata, var. X 65. a, front view; b, side view.

. Lagena apiculata. X 45. a, front view; b, side view.

PLATE 22.

. Lagena marginata. XX 133. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Lagena marginata. X 133. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Lagena marginata. XX 133. Specimen by transmitted light.

Lagena marginata. XX 133. Specimen with broad keel.

. Lagena marginata. X 65. Specimen with keel resembling L. lagenoides.
. Lagena marginata. X 65. Specimen with narrow keel by transmitted light.
. Lagena marginata. X 65. Specimen showing irregularly striate surface.

PLATE 23.

. Lagena orbignyana, var. alata. X 150.

. Lagena acuticosta. X 75. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Marginulina glabra. X 40. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Marginulina striatula. X 40. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Frondicularia bradyi. XX 75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

PLATE 24.

. Nodosaria (Glandulina) laevigata. 30. Specimen with twin spines at base.
. Nodosaria (Glandulina) laevigata. X 30. a, front view; b, view of aperture.
. Nodosaria mucronata. X 30. Outline.

. Nodosaria roemeri. X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Nodosaria roemert. X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Nodosaria roemert. X 65. Two-chambered stage.

. Nodosaria scalaris. X40. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 25.

. Nodosaria infleca. X 75.
. Nodosaria mucronata. X 40. a, front view; 6b, apertural view.
. Nodosaria catenulata. X 75. a, front view; 6, same by transmitted light; c,

apertural view.

. Nodosaria haueriana. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Nodosaria obliqua. X15. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Nodosaria calomorpha. X 75. a, front view; 6, outline of same by trans-

mitted light; c, apertural view.

. Nodosaria pauperata. X 40. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. PLS

PLATE 26.

Figs. 1-3. Nodosaria pyrula. X 30-40. 1a, front view; 16, apertural view.
4-8. Nodosaria pyrula, var. semirugosa. Fig. 6, X 30. Others, x 15.
9-11. Nodosaria soluta. 12. 10a, front view; 100, apertural view.
12,13. Nodosaria raphanus. X15. 18a, front view; 13), apertural view.

PLATE 27.

Fig. 1. Nodosaria filiformis. X65. Outline by transmitted light.
2. Nodosaria filiformis. X 65.
3. Nodosaria filiformis. X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
4. Nodosaria filiformis. X 33. a, front view; 6, same by transmitted light.
5. Nodosaria mucronata. X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
6. Nodosaria mucronata. XX 65. Outline of chambers by transmitted light.
7. Nodosaria mucronata. X 65. Outlines of chambers.
8. Nodosaria longirostrata. a, front view of last two chambers X 33; 6, apertural

end X 133.
9. Nodosaria consobrina, var. emaciata. XX 16. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
PLaTE 28.
Fig. 1. Nodosaria communis. X 20. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

1

2. Nodosaria communis. X 33. Outline of chambers.

3. Nodosaria hirsuta. X 65.

4. Nodosaria japonica. a, front view, X 12; 6, last-formed chamber, x 50;
¢c, apertural view, X 50.

. Nodosaria simplex. X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

on

6. Nodosaria (Glandulina) rotundata. X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
7. Nodosaria abyssorum. X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
PLATE 29.
Fig. 1. Frondicularia robusta, var. repanda. X 30. a, front view; b, apertural view.
2. Frondicularia robusta, var. repanda. X 30. A more irregular specimen.
3. Lingulina carinata. X 20. a, front view; b, apertural view.
4. Cristellaria cultrata. X 25. a, side view; b, face view.
5. Cristellaria crepidula. X90. Outline of chambers.
6. Cristellaria crepidula. X60. Outline of chambers.
PLATE 30.
Fig. 1. Vaginulina protumida. X 30.
2. Polymorphina ovata. X 25. a, front view; b, apertural view.
3. Polymorphina sororia. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
4. Cristellaria reniformis. X 35. a, side view; 0, face view.
5. Cristellaria subalata. XX 25. Side view.
6. Cristellaria subalata. X60. Basal wing.
7. Cristellaria subalata. X60. Basal wing, X 60.
Puate 31.
Fig. 1. Cristellaria articulata. X 30. a, side view; 6, face view.
2. Cristellaria crepidula. X 60.
3. Cristellaria crepidula. X 30. a, face view; b, side view.
4. Cristellaria crepidula. X 60. Outline of chambers.
5. Cristellaria crepidula. 150. Outlines of chambers by transmitted light.

116 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 32.

. Nodosaria vertebralis. X15.

. Cristellaria nitida. X 30. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria vortex. X30. a, side view; }b, face view.

. Cristellaria calear. X 35.

. Frondicularia robusta. X 17.

. Frondicularia robusta. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Vaginulina patens. X75. a, side view; b, face view.

. Vaginulina patens. X 75.

ONO or DH

Puate 33.

. Cristellaria reniformis. X 30. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria tricarinella, var. spinipes. X 30. a, side view; b, face view.
. Cristellaria italica. X 30. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria wetherellii, var. sublineata. X18. a, side view; b, face view.

BOD Re

PLATE 34.

. Cristellaria tricarinella. XX 50. a, side view; b, face view.
. Cristellaria tricarinella. X 50.

. Cristellaria convergens. X50. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria costata. X 35.

. Cristellaria echinata. X 20.

. Cristellaria mamilligera. X 20. a, side view; b, face view.
. Cristellaria gemmata. X 35. a, side view; b, face view.

. Polymorphina lactea. X 50.

OCNnor wd

Puate 35.

. Cristellaria gibba. X 40. a, side view; }, face view.

. Cristellaria acutauricularis. X 133. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria rotulata. XX 20. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria lata. X 80. a, side view; b, face view.

. Nodosaria guttifera. XX 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Nodosaria mucronata. X 65. a, front view; 6, side view, abnormal specimen,

aor WN

PLATE 36.

. Cristellaria variabilis. X 65. a, side view; }, face view.

. Cristellaria variabilis. XX 80. a, side view; 6, apertural view.

. Cristellaria variabilis. X 65. Young specimen.

. Cristellaria orbicularis. XX 65. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria orbicularis. X 65. a, side view; b, face view.

. Cristellaria schloenbachi. X 50. a, side view; 6, apertural view.
. Cristellaria elegantissima. XX 33. a, side view; b, face view.

NOD OP GN Re

Prate 37.

. Cristellaria denticulifera. X 20.

. Cristellaria papillosa. X 20.

. Uvigerina schwagert. X 30. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina schwagert. X 30.

. Uvigerina auberiana. X 40.

. Polymorphina oblonga. X 40. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Polymorphina communis. X 50.

. Stphogenerina annulata. X 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Stphogenerina annulata. 100. Last chamber.

Fig.

oonrtnm or NE

Fig. 1.

Fig.

Fig,

Fig,

Fig.

Fig.

op

1.

wm CO bo

oo

aur ON FE cont mS Ot

Om wh

FORAMINIFERA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 117

Piate 38.

Polymorphina elegantissima. X 33. a, front view; 6, side view; c, aper-
tural view.

. Cristellaria latifrons. X 80. a, side view; }, face view.

Cristellaria sp. XX 33. a, side view; b, face view.
Cristellaria sp. X 33. a, side view; b, face view.

. Lagena levis. X 133.
. Lagena acuta. X 100. a, front view; b, came by transmitted light; c, aper-

tural view.
PLATE 39.

. Ramulina globulifera. X 33. a, elongated specimen; 6, globular portion.
. Triplasia tricarinata. X 80. a, specimen with irregular contour; b, specimen

with regular contour; c, apertural view.

. Triplasia reussti. X 65. a, side view; 6, apertural view.
. Vaginulina legumen. X 33. a, side view; 6, apertural view.
. Frondicularia bradyi. X 160. Specimen by transmitted light showing very

thick proloculum with radiating tubes.

. Polymorphina angusta. X 65. a, side view; 6, front view; c, rear view;

d, apertural view.
PuaTeE 40.

Polymorphina rotundata. X 30. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural
view.

. Polymorphina lanceolata. X 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Polymorphina compressa. X 30. a, front view; 6b, apertural view.
. Polymorphina ovata, fistuloseform. X60. a, ventral view; b, apertural view;

c, dorsal view.
Puate 41.

. Polymorphina longicollis. XX 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view; c, side

view.

. Polymorphina longicollis. X 65. a, front view; 6, side view.
. Polymorphina longicollis, fistulose form. XX 33. a, front view; 6, apertural

view.

. Polymorphina gibba. XX 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Polymorphina amygdaloides. XX 80. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Polymorphina regina. X 65. Young specimen.

. Polymorphina regina. X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Polymorphina lactea, var. diffusa. X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 42.

. Uvigerina pygmza. X 60. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina proboscidea. X 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Uvigerina ampullacea. X 30. a, front view; }, side view.

. Uvigerina tenuisiriata. X 60. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina selseyensis. 120. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina canariensis. X 60. a, front view; }, side view; c, apertural view.

Puate 43.

Uvigerina asperula. X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina brunnensis. X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Uvigerina angulosa, var. spinipes. XX 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Uvigerina aculeata. X 33. a, front view; 6, side view; c, apertural view.

. Uvigerina striata. X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

118

Fig. 1.
. Uvigerina porrecta. X75. a, front view; 6, front view; c, apertural view, a

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

>

or me © bo

IOS OR WD Fe

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 44,

Uvigerina interrupta. X 75. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.

more attenuate specimen.

. Uvigerina striatula. X75. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Uvigerina angulosa. X75. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Uvigerina pygmea. X 75.

PuatTe 45.

. Siphogenerina bifrons. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view, microspheric

specimen.

. Siphogenerina bifrons. XX 75. Megalospheric specimen.

. Siphogenerina dimorpha. X 75. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Siphogenerina dimorpha. X 150. Later chambers by transmitted light.

. Siphogenerina bifrons. X 300. Outline of early chamber of microspheric

specimen.

. Siphogenerina bifrons. XX 75. Outline of megalospheric specimen by_trans-

mitted light.

. Siphogenerina bifrons. X 300. Later chambers by transmitted light.

PLATE 46.

. Siphogenerina raphanus. X40. Megalospheric specimen.
. Siphogenerinaraphanus. X 40. a, front view; 6, apertural view, microspheric

specimen.

. Siphogenerina raphanus. X 225. Outline of early chambers of microspheric

specimen.

. Siphogenerina raphanus. X75. Outline of megalospheric specimen.
. Siphogenerina raphanus. X75. Later chambers by transmitted light.

Puate 47.

. Siphogenerina striatula. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Siphogenerina columellaris. X75. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Siphogenerina columellaris. X75. Specimen by transmitted light.

. Siphogenerina striata. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Siphogenerina striata. X75. Later chambers by transmitted light.

. Siphogenerina irregularis. X75. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Siphogenerina irregularis. X75. Later chambers by transmitted light.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 1

3c

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 2

2b

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 3

1c

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111.

. i :
eet: . 7 ; .
© . 5 “
- a
2 F ¥ * >
. ‘
: . :

: + x ~

* o e

ae
t

-

’

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 4

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 5

LAGENIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 6

LAGENIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 111,

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 7

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 112.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 8

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Ao

cg ait
Fe rad

a

Te,

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 112.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 9

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 112.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 10

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 112.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 11

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 112.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 12

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113.

“

a

seen

so

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 13

5a
LAGENID@ OF NoRTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 1123,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 14

LAGENID2 OF NorRTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 15

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 16

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 17

LAGENID4Z OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 18

LAGENIDAZ: OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 113.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 19

LAGENID4Zz OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 20

LAGENIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71. PART 3, PL. 21

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 22

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 8, PL. 23

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 24

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114, —

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PE. 25

64

LAGENIDA OF NorRTH PaAciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 114.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 26

rs
%

Ss 28 BS OY

—

132
LAGENID@ OF NORTH PAciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 115.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 27

LAGENIDZ OF NorTH PacliFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE dibs

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 28

LAGENIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 115.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 29

he

5 6

LAGENID€ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 115.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 30

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 115.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 31

Sse

E

e
t

E
:
f

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 115.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 32

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 33

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PAciFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 34

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116,

U. S& NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 35

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116.

ae

- NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 36

LAGENID OF NORTH Pacific OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116.

aie

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 37

2

LAGENID4Z OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 116.

y

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 38

5 66
LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 39

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 40

LAGENIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 41

LAGENIDZ OF NorRTH PAciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 42

65
LAGENIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 43

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

*

AS
Relat!
«fe

oie?

LAGENID2 OF NoRTH Pacific OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 117.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 44

LAGENID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 118.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 2, PL. 45

LAGENID@ OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 118.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 46

LAGENID@ ‘OF NorRTH PAciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 118,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 3, PL. 47

LAGENIDZ OF NoRTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 118.

INDEX.

Page.

abyssorum, Nodosafia..........-.....------- 51
TEL a 2G] oe ee ra 72
DINNIP UPI RRS arc tve So oS tle Uae 100

SURI ae TCISSETITISN 5.0 Socom oc ate miele Lis MUEISS <a sade 6
MAAS oe crate hee tac OG Gin S wieia acid Si wiein's 6
BACCHUS : UAPANA ae a os noc bests 8
acutauricularis, Cristellaria..........-......- 69
Waihilicutirtie Sse ccs 69

BENUOOSLAS EAC ONAS soc wool cess sak tekitle 25 th 23, 24
paucicostata, Lagena...........-. 24

alata, Lagena orbignyana............-.---.-. 45
alticostata, Lagena, sulcata...........-...-. 23
MIGOBLAEH ALOR. ooo) Se iect bende’ 33
basiexcavata, Lagena. -.....-.-.-- 34

plebeia, Lagena........---2---.s 33
prolongata, Lagena................ 34
aubsiriata, lagena |... .vaskeA.s 34
BINDHOTA POGTENA. 2.2. 5. oaic Slsigijn te deb stcieee th
Wyarenal costata;.....: (ates. 483 21

arenas Leeyiss a. 2). 5- as eek. Ss 9
Bonnhorina eracilis. —.--25 - 225-0 Saeses cane il
Pig tal Niac a a a ey om es il
ampullacea, Uvigerina ...............-.-.... 102
. Uvigerina asperula ...-...--.... 102
ampulla-distoma cribrostomoides, Lagena. . . 15
arena. 2.25. s08 ante st. 14

Lagena vulgaris............ 14

amygdaloides, Globulina.............-...--- 85
Polymorphinge cus 3. -pescan-- 8&5

Polymorphina lactea........- 85

angulosa spinipes, Uvigerina..........-..... 99
WAP ORIN 23 suet. = amaenes nee ss 98
Uvigerina pygmea .......-..-..-.. 98

angusta, Polymorphina..........-....-.----. 86
Polymorphina (Globulina)......... 86
MATA ASTIN ooo ia ain febalson as ka ce 109
Siphorenening. 2.6.05 5. i's. cece. 2 109
mpplcnlates, WBPONA. 5 <<. Sapice las seis 52. - = 10,13
Lagena sulcata.........2:-...---.% 23

Calne eres Foe ease mtasex we 13
articulata, Cristellaria.......-~....0¢-.c2es022 65
1540) 0) 8 Ua 2 eR ey Oe fo +65

HBOS MBP OD oo. we teas re ose SNS 16
asperula ampullacea, Uvigerina ............. 102
auberiana, Uvigerina .........-.... " 102

I Sipering 2 25.5 2 1 psa 2. 101
auberiana levis, Uvigerina ...............2.. 103
igipering sc 8s. seeds 5 2 102
Uvigerina asperula ....- Weal tess 102
auriculata costata, Lagena........-.......... 32
ORO et Mh eS Soa 32
linearituba, Lagena............2.- 33
subcarinata, Lagena.............. 32
substriata, Lagena.......22'c..2.. 34
basiexcavata Lagena alveolata........-....- 34

89977°—Bull. 71, pt. 3—13——9

bicarinata laterocostata, Lagena............. 42
Difrons, Sagring 2/6. 25:(2 setae Naot cae 105
Siphogenerina. ..25.22ssb26 Leek to 105
Siphogenerina (Sagrina)............. 105
bifurcata; Uvigerina. .-. 0/2 es asdee ok 96
bradyi, Frondicularia..< . 2... --...8sb& 2.2 82
brunnensis, Uvigerina). .2-2...-..Wley.2 52. 97
calear; Cristelaria so: 3: s.c5'56 525 ates 72
Natitilos. s2se 202.2 2552. A SIRS =a 72
Robaling. 2205-5. ..ceean eee a 72
calomorpha, Nodosaria.................-.-.- 48
canariensis striata, Uvigerina................ 93
Wivigerma ys s.<' oe. 2k 92
carinata, Lagena fasciata...........02....-.- 36
DANSON IAB e555 aide SS ASEEED of 61
Nodosaria,sc.jcosee:2 Suet oo 61
castrensis; Lagena |. <<<. -2 <<: .ibseeet oes. 43
Lagena orbignyana..............- 43
catenulata, Entosolenia squamosa........... 18
NGAP Gots (3 Uo. SS a ae be 18
Nodosaria: ..'.- attest cs 61
clathrata, Lagena..........-.22.222h2220.---- 44
Lagena orbignyana................ 44
clavate, Lapenge oo). 5020345 eee, ooo 9
Pagenaclevis-. 0265205. .eaewees_ 9
Lagena ‘yulgaris))..2-sesn oe oo 9
Ooling 53 sao) SUR 9
Opllaris: arena: 5245.2. 22 So's. eee eee 10
columellaris, Sagrina..<. 0.2.5. -.e de 104
Siphogenerina.. -.. 320.0202. 104
comata, Lagena formosa...................-- 42
communis; Dentalina.....-¢-. sees oe 54
Nodosariaz 254-06 222eepe ues. 54
Nodosaria (Dentalina)........... 54
Polymorphina..; sss ee on. 87
Polymorphina (Guttulina)....... 87
compressa, Polymorphina..................- 89
concentrica, Lagena orbignyana............. 44
consobrina emaciata, Nodosaria.............. 56
convergens, Cristellaria... .scie02.2 0). otk: 68
coronata, Lagena orbignyana................ 43
costata amphora, Lagena....-............... 21
Cristellaria.. -o.poseh ee ees 75
Entosolenia: «\..2-.-22)2 4 ae see een 21
BAGONG ooo Sos Ge, « SOU ee 21
Lagena auriculata..... 20)... aside 32
Lenticulings 332.5255-< see sens wanes 75
polygonata, Lagena.................5 21
Robulina...4asesGen. eset ls abe 75
Siphogenerinadenuss cee. oo £08
epstatus, Nautilus 2222320) eee ve 75°
Sphincterules wes eee. 75
costulata, Nodosarias.- 2.225. .e2c tit... 50
Nodosaria stipitata......2..2.2.... 50
crenulata, Lagena orbignyana............... Ad

120 INDEX.

Page. Page.
crepiaula, Cristellaria-=-s.-..-2see-aces eee 70 | elegantissima, Robulina..............-....-. 76
IN AEbIGS: oe asl Fee ere en ee 70°:|\\elongata, Lagena: 4c oes 212) cise ie See 12
crescenticostata, Lagena.. 22.35 2022.5285 322 26 Lagena orbignyana............-... 42
cribrostomoides, Lagena ampulla-distoma . . - 15 Mitbiola onc ce. ieee aie a 12
Oristellariaz sss. cepacia see 63:)| \emaciata, Dentalings),. 52. .)es ee cette. 56
acutauricularis.< suo essceseeeeee 69 felsines ‘Wagenas. sus 2a eee 10
articulata joc) A055. ce. deena caer 65 Nodosaria consobrina............- 56
Cale sre SOS etn perea amine are Bete 63,72..|) Hntosolenia costatasseeeceasesesecseeeee eee 21
COMVEIPENS 4. 1 elaseasse eee eas 68 plobosact sso 8 eae. sae eae eee 4
Costabees.ie hs Foes teeta eec ae 7. SQUaMOSa: Shs ee 16
Crepidlay ss iis esse eee eee 70 marginatay.. 22) 2 uae use 42
Culirata sey. oe Lee awa Bes 64, 75 lagenoides........... 39
denticulifera....:. :2/....:40 ae 75 lucida. Yue yd. oe 36
echinatan. 2o4.5 5: sass gai = 73 quadratavii2tim. 2... 35
elegantissimase:..).co eos. 76 squamosa...:i.2. 22st eee 16
Pemmata soe ya ee ee 75 catenulata.:.......... 18
HIDES oo se. SRE es 69 hexagona............. 17
TALI Ca es 5 Ls T 78 sealariformis.......... 17
BSE ee tia es eh) Gee 71 striato-punctata...........-... 30
PaGifroniss yee 5s aes Re 78 \exsculpta, Lagenals. 3.256.423 5s oa ee 28
mamilligera .o.cc22. 5522 74.:\) farinosa, Uvigerina 2a iia is PO eine oo 103
DUI 22.3 eo ST 67 | fasciata carinata, Lagena.......:...---..22-.- 36
obtusata, var. subalata..........- 77 Dagena ss sis saccteekae s eee eee 36
orbicularis\s..<.4-. 250 eee Oe eke 7 spinosa, Lagena:)2222.¢2eeenee tees 36
papillosa).)....... see a 74 | favosa, Lagena formosa...........-.---2----- 41
TENOPMIS 32. s acdsee 65 | favoso-punctata, Lagena....................- 45
(Robulina) echinata............-- 73\'| feildeniana, Lagena.- G2ai28 JS ies De, ae 29
Totwlata uj sd eee ee 66 |) felsinea,, Lagena..<-.. 02 0ye, 2a ee 10
(Saracenaria) italica............-. 78 Lagena emaciata........--.-.--.---- 10
schloenbachiise. oe ch ee! 77\\|) filaformis, Dentalinas..32 2485350 eee 55
Sibala tay secre de so RED See 77 Nodosaria.s . 3563) aes 55
subarcuatula.2s...cseeeeueeee as. Ui | fimbrista) Dagena oj ss3-55-555sseeeeeaeeeeee 30
tricarinella. <:...co1s tee Re 72) )|\ Wissuring acutas. sss: cassette sess pace = Sele 6
Spinipest: seeehe ss: « 72 Plobosas. 5.255552 7s SR ee 7
Walla ils: j44:- eo cee eee 70 les wigatans jr ole Ae ee 7
VOLRUOR eos Soe cae ete es 68 orbigny ana! Soo 922 Ge Bo ae 42
wetherellii sublineata ..........-. 76 TIZZ oes ede oe ee 35
cultrata, Cristellariag.. 2.22 25205 7-3eNe ote: 64, 75 Staphyllearia sts Seat keene 31
Robulings. sec. scsacce eee 64,75 | formosa comata, Lagena............-..-.-..-- 42
cultratus, Robulus --.<2- 25.1. bee ee. FOIE 64, 75 isvosa, uagenas so qos sO ee Moe Ee eee 41
Dentalina communis: 222s) eee eee in = 54 Teagenatie hy. oS ee ee oe eek 41
Nodosariai2u 22.028! «2 54 |) foveolata,) Lagena: 2. 222500 5o_ See eee 17
OMA CLAL AS 2 fie o enc) nin eeeeee ee sete 56 paradoxa, Lagena, 9.2 SP sge se: 18
Aliformias: os) PES Se as 5o.,|) Brondicularia .. <2. .39-52 es ee eee 81
guitiferaci. iiss JU Beoe 50 bradyis 3.572 20s 2 See 82
mucronatas. sui dee see eee 56 complanatal: 2:65.22 ee 81
obliqua, Nodosaria..............-- 59 TOMUStA. ns a koe ee ee 82, 83
palaperata. . <= 2.2 Tess ees ee ms 51 repandas U2 ssn 83
Toement Mateo eee Tees 55 spathulata! ..22... cf 9oies 82
SOlutas. Reset Gas eee eae ess 53 | fusiformis, Polymorphina................--.- 86
denticulifera, Cristellaria...........-...-..-. 75) ‘(gemmata,Cristellaria:. 2.5...) 524s ose 75
desmophora,; Lagena.. 2/5422 <8 4s eae 27 -| \gibba, Cristellarias . 4422522 2 es 69
Lagena vulgaris.........-....-- 27 Globulinass 2520.2 .c2 ds See 85
diffusa. Polymorphina lactea...............- 84 Poly morphing 2.) to 2sn-see eee 85
dimorpha,, Saerina sooo Scere. cee 106;| glabra, Marginulina 3920222252, 45-2222 ee 79
Siphogenerina.............----.:- 106 *Siphopenerinas./2 eee. eee eee 104

Dimorphina:, <2 2226-4205 R eS ee 104 Vagimuling 225.55 .5 7
striata: 6. ec arre tas wee 107:)| *\Glandulinavs cesses ect ee ee 46
distoma, arena..<. <5 6 Jah eek eee a: 22 laevigata s. ocues 47
distoma-polita, Lagena sulcata..........-..- 11 Nodosariad 2/2924... 22 47
Lagena vulgaris...........-- 11 rotundata -. sesasewe soe e eae 47
echinata, Cristellariaw:2:< 2226. Gea eee 73 Nodosaria oeosre. 2 47
Cristellaria (Robulina).......-....-- 723: ||"elobosa, Entosolenia. 25522e-ore so-so eres 4
Robulina. . s..e cee eee a ee a 73 Fissurina |... 0222.2 i
elegantissima, Cristellaria................---- 76 Juagena i. 2.2 bee a ee 3
Polymorphimgy sce 0228. h2- 2 90 Lagena'sulcatals) 2) 2221235 elo: 4

INDEX.
Page Page
globosa, Lagena vulgaris.................... 10 | Lagena alveolata./ai.k. 00sec Ae 33
squamosa, Entosolenia...........-.- 16 Dasioxcavata soos. -008 2s 34
globosum, Vermiculum...................... 3 Dlebeiae sees Meee 33
globulifera, Ramulina....................... 110 prolongata: 2-277 Ree eae 34
Globulina amygdaloides.................-.-. 85 substriata...2 244). 0380ee 34
angusta, Polymorphina........... 86 amiphors soe Free See ota ane, 21
WIDDRe ees satis eres caste 85 ampuilla-distema te se oe 14
Polymorphina.............. 85 cribrostomoides. .- - 15
pracius, Amphoring 202500250220 52202 ae: 24 apiculate a2 Tees hous 10, 13
MAPS aee se ol sisocc ect os sore’ 24 BSPOM aL. eh foe eine wa en mentee Je 16
Lagena vulgaris......-..0.0.050..... 24 auriculata; vars seneee. 2s. oo tees 5 32
Bracillima, Amphorina......- 2.2.22! ....2'32 11 COSHHEALSS to MSc. 32
apenas Hi Oe Te 11, 12 linearituba........... 33
ibagenavleevis. 2 Sieh. wie tees 11 subcarinata.......... 32
guttifera, Dentaling.--:....-....../0225.226: 50 substriata./ 22.2.2... 34
INGGOSaTIA st Boek Pon 50 bicarinata, var. latero-costata........ 42
Guttulina communis, Polymorphina......... 87 castrensis!3..2555.5/ 02g ee 43
TOCHMOAtA..0- 22 = So eee 88 catenulata 222552 SPOS 18
sororia, Polymorphina..........-.- 88 Glathrata.. s24: 222.8 22 eee 44
haidingeri, Lagena striata. .............-.-.. 19 Clavatal ss. See eshea 25 SEE 9
GTA a IN 2h 19 Gollaris 2.00.0 55 52 2 10
hexagona, Entosolenia squamosa...........- 17 eostatan 2525 oss. Ce 21
7 PEL teeta a Be a Pate 17 amphora.2 255. See. 21
scalariformis, Lagena.....-.....-. 17 polygonata..-. =. 2s 21
Pe GAPONG. 2-55.22 hese esae2 222 13 crescenticostatasci22= = ee eee s 3 26
Megas er piicertlee . 252.506 b SST 13 desmophoras e525 525.5 ae 27
MMO SPONR. Jos ofc: oes wn. bce 14 Cistoma | sos es ase tees Sees eee ae 22
(2 ee LS 2 en ef 15 elongata: cio 32227 Saaee es osc 12
SEOMEEEE OAPONG S202 oS ose cae Sete e ee oes 15 emaciata, var. felsinea..............-. 10
infero-costata, Lagena.........--.-2.--.----- 25 exseulptalss 252 seo eee ce oencs 28
mnnexa, NoOdOsaria. ....- 2.222 256253..2% TEE 52 fasciatas 2.222282 5 BRP ee 36
intermedia, Lagena..-............--.---.2... 29 Carina ta s.r Cee Se 2 36
mMmterrupta, Uvigerina ....-./2120022.2 94 103 spinosa. 552.55. Re. 36
frregularis, Sagraina .. 2. 222222222005. 2... 109 favoso-punctata....00 20. 2.092... 45
Siphogenerina...:.-. 2.2.2.2. /2 502. 109 felidenianas ey ees Soe oe aseeaeee 29
Uvigerina s=2 22.285: 0lts eee 92 felsineayes hse 0s ARS SE LE 10
Marca erispellaria. ::2:2.22f2s212rhssesee ek 78 fimbriatac 222222: 33 sae S 30
Cristellaria (Saracenaria)............. 78 fonmosal. 22) Fs ee TR ea eee ae 41
Pearoenarign. s 2) 622228 200s YOR 78 Gomata sess RE oe oes 42
gaponied, NOdOsaTI-<..- 2.2: .-. 25 rs2.. 0. o 57 LAV OBB IE eet ets sis ae os 41
lactea amygdaloides, Polymorphina......... 85 foveolata a. sh 2 sses sea ee fey 17
diffusa, Polymorphina........-......- 84 paradoRaens eee ks Aaa. 18
MAORVEROP PMID 52 252A. wa 84 PLO sae ee eee Mee em ecinainiee ote 3
MEMEERe cones eta Osa canis ome en a: 84 | SEACH Ise e eae an aetna ane eters 24
wencoumte. Vv ermiciium'. 2: Se 7 eles 84 Wer fh ci 0L re ee eat te 25
MEMES EEC Cece kctele eco eo cn sina ola swale 43 gracllimaesteew sa: \ueeceeemae ets ta 11,12
orbignyana: = 22 oe ess. . =) 43 hexagonal ee eects e ae eee 17
Pama armiowiaime=:: 220025: 25 is is 5 seslariformisteces 2. tene 2 7
Meowanetes, riser ss stoi. ACORN eo iz Hispidal 2 sccAy essere eats cs aes 13
IDES UD CE ili at i Bd i op ae 47 hispidulayy ye ese eee eew sea nc case's 14
RMN canta e re hite cs. ees aee oe ee 7 isthe es eee ent sae eles 15
Nodosaria (Glandulina)............ 47 My Stele secre ene seaieets eerie sen racers era 15
levis amphora, Lagena................-..-.. 9 inford-costatarcs Ceres tes at estas ese 25
INH PAP ENA nose Se ee 9 intermediaz ss tL 7 Ieo sees te eet sae 29
Ernonma. Larena.. o.oo es 11 WACUIN ALAS Jace le tee ie aia ait ate 43
LLL ae Se Mellie Bede aah eb Mea eaege 5,9, 14 MEV IP ALY Mote aes as aie em atasctelaiole lols 7
BPICHLSD sea ase nee eels cok 6 Neevis 35 59-seeenee am aetao eee amt 5,9,14
MMESURM EU oe ae eee ee te ws se 5 aM phorassrtoee ees ee acta 9
LU EL Sa Da epg al 5 Clavata testes tenes a teeneme te 9
REPU ee oc tee ones cee sais 110 gracillimas wes see see ee 11
Biintns DAPCNAL Kote sees docs. 55 22 Strigtad Tass Pe aie alae 22
RMN et teas oe et ose oo a okt on cao 3 lagenoides'-% ree ten seaee tele cece sore 39,40
MOMEAR scence tase ron cence cei 3 6,8 tenuistriata...-..2-....... 39,40
RBMCCUNIOIS Serene bie Mallat te te folnle Ss 8 Jateralis.s c2ea hese teen teen creme 9
Bentloosts oe F isco eee teem ncke ose 23, 24 Wucidas: 225 eee toca ede een cm eae 36
paucicostata. 2.022... 24 MuAadTALAss enconee dees sc aee nas 35

122 INDEX.

Page. | Page

agena marginata ..5. 3c. 2c ae W,a7 || data, Marginulings: 5-27). Access cateeeee ae 71
var. seminiformis........- 87 )\| Jateralis, Lagena... -ssseye ad oe ee 9
VAT A Sorat uy YO os 38 | datifrons, Cristellaria =. 5. 5.522.252.2020 hee 78
muUcronilata:: sess Sees = 25\ :) Jegumen) Nautilus.) —. cs. ccis teen ase 80
orbignyana.. ci xeeerisesbe.sebeces 30,42 Vaginulina»: \;..-a.uaicheresecse 80
alates s...6.Sceeates kee 2 2 45 || (uenticulina costatayi22.i:.2a28 eedpeees se 75
castrensis sical Moats 4 43 benticulites )r4 <4 FS s See eae 63
Gathrata: (ie. ossenceeee 44 rotulata.2 psey cay datecwaomeaewe f6
concentrica.........---.- 44 | linearituba, Lagena auriculata............... 33
Coronata tj ass eee Se 4S 1 eee eo NEA Re ae Sere cae A ae 61
crenulatan sn: bie ete 44 Carine ta ee lal ee ale oestee fo oat 61
elomeatal wih wa ee 42'.) Jongicauda, Nodosaria ) i). 2 shes ee oe 58
lacunae ste Sei wen 43 | longicollis, Polymorphina............-...... 90
OO V-UEE TA eater tect pepe ea 5) dongirostrata;\Nodosariay 210s se eee aa ke 58
plumiperay cockiesee sek eos 25°) hucida, Lagena tis. 2202.5. 2). abet sae sae 36
punctulata i as4e25 oteen bas eee 6 15 Quadrata, Lagenae: so ee 35
CROTON Ao ee 2 ee a de lit 35 | marginata, Entosolenia...........-...222.20 37, 42
TAA oe ee ek eos 35 Lagenaie) 22202 see eeget Gos 7,37
quadricostulata... 222. -esceehiere . 35 War; Lager s2iutistt abe oo 38
BACCHUS ee ae eee ee ec SUE 8 lagenoides, Entosolenia.......... 39
scalariformis:(()\. 222422 :.5.ce sheeteyts te 17 lucida, Entosolenia.............. 36
peINMILOPMIS 20 ae STi quadrata, Entosolenia........... 35
BOrM is brie take es NU ees oa 29 | Serpula (Lagena).............--- 37
SQUAMOSAL ose keene: Beetle 16 | marginatum, Vermiculum.......:........-... 37
staphylHeariay ts 22s uiee seamen 2 SiH Marginilingy.\ouenon i Wels) Ge eae iene 79
Btelliperasn. «esse alae beagle 26 glabraweii ose cee wae ed 79
SUDIR Geek oc rd See pret RE oe 19 laters. ck ecslic te le aeieee eee 71
Haidingeri? os 22s ee ee 19 Striatula) 2222.22. oe eee eae 79
Strumosan es hee eee 20: || Miliola elongata: )22¢cuoe.ssleecin see eee 12
substriatay .o..62 hasteeedee se 20 Tee Vis en lc oo a elem aeee 5
striato-areolata,. .. 35.22). 2.53 eeet - 2 27 OVEN a sia se a ee 5
striate-punctatas sun edise. Cease 8 30 | minutum, Rhabdogonium...........--.....- 63
SUWUMOSA Soe os actin hea 20) ||. mucronata; Dentaliag-!....° . eaeashe goeee 56
sublagenoides :-:)) ee eiasctiniaeeeyy- 40 INodosariay. 2!) cts epee pae 56
striatula ao es sta 40 | mucronulata, Lagena................2.--.-2- "95
Substriata ssi Je. s <isects) erated see 22 20))| wmurchisonil; Triplasia: 5/5 sciceosaile nee ete 62
sulcatas. 28 fests Ne edie casei 22 Gl INa@UtIIUS soso ae ele iad Ele layin Sea 63
alticostate 2.2002 a ee 23 acutauricularis:)s 220) dente epee 63
apiculate: )iceceaos sce) ee 23 calears : 25). 22s 2. Ses ee aseeeget 72
distoma-polita.........-...-- 11 VAR os. 5 c5ck ede gee ae 73
Plobosa. os .15 24 eee 2 4 COStAtIS Ass ces8tiend- aeteeonae 75
Deeyas crib tek Se cei se See 6 crepidula.... ...i.2/sesctitosk = eee ete 70
striato-punctata.........-..-. 29 leguments. oe ate 80
LOPGUBUE ii iiohe Soeets ako aioe 27 Obliquus :.- 5555232 hese eeeeeeeees 59
trigono-marginata....-.............. 45 (Orthoceras) scalaris.........----..- 58
troneatace cee seis, eee aaeare 31 vertebralis../-cccm ae 60
tubulifera, var. tenuistriata.......... 39 papillosusy.3 een ane ess eee ees 74
UNPUICU ATA: i ecteicujenninseelsnie oon 32 TAQICULUS = = eee ac bees Meena ee 52
VIIPeNIS EC ook ide sailalec anos ate oe 6 VODLER Oe oe Eola eee eee bees 68
ampulla-distoma..........-.- 14)s| nitida. Cristellariate2=)-- 2 =~ .n eae eee 67
Clavala cee. sseeet arcane |} modosayUnyigerina ss. on <= 52h ates 92
desmophora nc Siac tec 273) WNOGOSATIAS 2. 222 nk oot siecle sortie eee 46
distoma-polita............-. 12 SDYSSOFUM ..o)o 8) case eee 51
BlOD OSA see ee el eat 10 calomorphaw. 2. ss c4-a5 shee ee 48
gracilis seca tS salle 2 24 carinata. 0.) o oo ae ee eee 61
spinicosto-marginata........ 31 GAtONUIATA = oo. 4e <n) cocaine 57
striato-areolata.......-...-. 27 COMUMUNIS. 22) cio ete 54
Stibstriata.\ ce. sset noe fon 20 consobrina, var. emaciata........-- 56
MAP OTIC AC ee le ee ein a ala ea a 2 costulata 522 sob a eee 50
PGAPOTAINE sie A UN ate A iN 3 (Dentalina) communis.........--- 54
lagenoides)\ Tapers! cui iat eyelet Is 39, 40 obliquas. eee 56, 59
tenuistriata, Lagena..........-.-. 39, 40 filiformis.....-... 2 athe atte as tet ma 55
Buena Mee wis ie ee ee Raed a Ea RN 5 (Glandulina) leevigata...........-- 47
aacenilina silcatae. {oo 2. yee seh yee 28 TORUNGSa Ta eee, 47
lanceolata, Polymorphina........-.--.------ 86, 90 guttifera ss c0 20 2n esse eed 50

data’ (Cristellardas4 sae ee Ge teeta 71 havering 122263 e ek Soe See 54

INDEX. 123

Page. Page.

Wodosaria hirsutascstwewtieck oe Fs6 eee sand 60 | Polymorphina angusta.................2--.. 86
SC aes eet raha iels.oe 60 COMIMPNIS: = cient eats 87

IDHEKR ces hese st tlle Se 52 COMpPIessa... =... seu swstusiees& 89
qaponicares:peaies. .ssdeeese c... 57 elegantissima..............-.. 90

MON PIGS OR os oo2. cs sauesaee = -2 58 fusiformiss 2550 scieskee 86
Inngicositata so Skene ewes =. 58 gibbansco- coe oe ae eee ee 85
AMMUGHONA He. ool use asus Sa ck ces 56 (Globulina) angusta.......... 86

ODUGUA 525.52. sats a Cees 59 pibba.eie ees sae 85

DAUPOraTAL en sc seSsee boot SY 51 (Guttulina) communis....... 87
PFORUMIGR ye ajo Hj5.. cs, act UA 81 SOLOTIM 2/5/05 syns) 88

PORN <a seis Si st es ot 52 Recta ye set spre 22S 84

OVATE ea fot S oa es ee 49 amygdaloides.......... 85
Semirugosas. = see usses 50 Gifusaeeweoes eb sc. oe 84

PECACTHIA oe Sele. ine inane Sete oe 52 lanveolata.). 35.2. Sd 86,90
rapuanistrum : 2 .\. Lessee 46 longicollis) sss chee ae 90

PAPUAN, <a o se Moose SS 59 oblonga) 35.2... eegoget aoe 8s

BOBIMOM 5 oases mind Saas ee eae = 55 OVAUBE. Soo Soe eee ees 87

BCRIATISES 5-25.) Bates ek, 58 fistulose form.......... 87
BOMMEUSOSH LAM es si ee eiec wes cece cle 50 regina... 324 06).6 (uae eo 91

Simpler: i Se aseso Pease 49 rotundata. 2. . 2.2... huge? 88

Solute. s.55 eee t see hess's-s 53 SOTOTIS ! |). sce: cea be ewee se 88

stipitata, var. costulata........... 50) |, Polymorphininae..--.........2:-ssheseesue 2 83
wertepralis <-0ss peek oss 60 | Polystomella vortex......................... 68
DUOSATIN S23 225 5552. deme ged o Saakeaehe AG'|| porrecta, Uvigerina ..j.)08).00 855). cee aesexeos 99
mistiduay Nodosaria=: 22 stben.. 2 5s!4c5caneeek 59 | proboscidea, Uvigerina...................... 94
(Dentalinay-)! £52342. 59 | prolongata, Lagena alveolata................ 34

apliquus, Nautilus’... 0.2 2-s9gacb0-+s-.-2--/ 59 | protumida, Nodosaria...................2... 81
oblonga, Polymorphina..........-........-.. 88 Mapinulings 24. Seca sg soccer 81
obtusata subalata, Cristellaria ............... 7 | proxima, .Nodosaria oto. teen scebiudee ele 52
nlinaapicule te. o.< 3622 <2 esa sise esos 13°} pinctulata, Lagena.:... oat ace. ose o 15
IVA ens) nian os uate) OSE 9 | pygmaea angulosa, Uvigerina............... 98

Maa INPeN oe 2. Pee SS 19 Wyvigernay 2.0 22. eae Assess. 91,96

SPR ceca Are se sels aioe peewee ose 19\\|) pyrula, Nodosaria=\2.% 2. =... ce epee sue een 49
orbicularis, Cristellaria...................-.. 67 semirugosa, Nodosaria............... 50
Robulings 22825. eae esate ae 67 ||) quadrata, Lagena...). 26.5 fi. ceemecn bet. dace 35
orbignyana alata, Lagena.........-...-...... 45 TIZZ20, ALON Ass sis iic's sa Da Oo eke 35
castrensis, Lagena..............- 43) | radicula, Nodosaria.. /..2..-5<-224uset sous. 52

clathrata, Lagena................ 44°| radiculus, Nautilus... 22.4202. -2522 ses osiee 52
concentrica, Lagena....-........ ALN AMUING . 2 Seo. 2 aloe Dae ete sacs =.= 110

coronata, Lagena.,.-.........-.. 43 Plobuliferac\ve asses eaaeeos ea. s-cee 110

crenulata, Lagena............... 44 LO VIS Ee 3S Se ok Stas oe sea 110

elongata, Lagena................ 49°\ Ramblininses. 2250 Ge2 cues ae Saas «eae ae 110

IRISHUNIN Se 2 (gcse oe weet clone 42 | raphanistrum, Nodosaria............-..-.-.. 46

lacunata, Lagena................ 43. | raphanus, Nodosaria ...).-...s22054!-- 02-2. 59

Magenas 3.) tesco f-ssaseaetess 30, 42 Orthocera.<- cone seasaa-. 2. aenie 59

Orthocera raphanus. 2... .552..5..sc.00-5-. 59 Sagrina e222: 325 saguses es. Ueie 2 108
(Orthoceras) scalaris, Nautilus............... 58 Siphogenerinai 24 os-,se8 = 2035. 108
vertebralis, Nautilus........... 60 (Sagrina)........... 108

BORTHOGRTING Heese ee is} saunas st ceke 62 Uvigerina (Sagrina).............. 108
exits, EOLyMOrpbina.. 22.26 o's. 2-5 nesicn nel 87: } regina; Polymorphina . (2- 24u5-522555-.-..- 2. 91
MBA GIAWS =o 26 C25. 22: oo Sae sa peea 6 | reniformis, Cristellaria............-.----..... 65
BOPMIME ACO 5 a0 82.850 os yabita doe Sieh e cae 5 | repanda, Frondicularia robusta.............. 83
MBH OMe b? coe po - fe ieee cce euls, 5. | Teussii, ‘Triplasin. sees. 0 325- hes seseee sca 63
Mapwioea: Cristellariay (3 525-0). eens wees 74° | ahabdogonivums. 5-020). 3 aoe qoeeepeee se sccle. 62
RIBDIUOSHA IN AUTINIS 2 aeN reso Se 74 Minuit see eee. ~ < 63
MIR APIO 2. obo: Sabotage 80 tricaninatum so. cusses. 62
paucicostata, Lagena acuticosta............. 94 | vizzeo, Wissurina. = soc6 2 joe foe saa atecerentiee 35
pauperata, Dentalina..........0..25.25.-.-.- 51 Lagena quadrata:<. cas deidennicecde 35
INDDOnSTIB a Seabee yeaa dai Si) |) Robulina aculeatasss 420652255 dacs bees 72

Plarilariqe ss 37) pager! aye 5 71 articulates. ce toeco tet cne Santee 65

IPO UW VIROL A), a Ne OU ie cle 96 Cale ad ye 25. OSS ase ee saaalcee alse oe 72
Piandlaria patiperatea: 2h buys e eee us val COntata eee ee eal 75
plebeia, Lagena alveolata..................-. 33 Cultrates Sait se dicts deatte em meimotee 64
plmmivera, Wagena.. 2.7.2.2. 3b ccese cede: oe 25 echima ba e8 28 ato. ae peer teste sin 73
RABEVINION DIE oases alah Rie ate oy 83 Cristellaria .....25-:03-.. 73
amygdaloides................ 85 elogantissima sia yaovi- c<ccvecesvese 76

124 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Robulina orbicularis..........0.-.+---22---.- 67 | squamosa catenulata Entosolenia........... 18
VORtOXo os 32s = UNO ke ae 68 Entosolenia!! 22. _ 22 eee 16
Robulus cultratus si.) --eteisees een co e- ane 64 globosa: .-s)2te0s 25 16
robusta, Frondicularia.......02.....---.----- 82, 83 hexagona, Entosolenia............ 17
repanda, Frondicularia.........-...- 83 Tragena 523). occ Se aaB eA e 16
roemeri, Dentalina...........22..i5--.-..--..- 55 scalariformis, Entosolenia........- 17
Nodosaria ee ee a see 55 | squamosum, Vermiculum..................- 16
Totulata, Oristellariacsta. o22osc2 sec ee esses 66 | staphyllearia, Fissurina...................--- 31
Lentigutites: (Sho Gag bea oy. 66 Lagena.2.5: == oS aga ee: 31
rotundata, Glandulina...........-..--------- AT | stelligera, agensa...'.-2.2- 2.4 RUS 26
Guttilinaltee est oe. 8 ee 88 | stipitata costulata, Nodosaria................ 50
Nodosaria (Glandulina).......-.-. 47, | striate, Dimorphing +2. .cs0 2555 see Re wee 107
Polymorphina..........-.-------- 88 haidingeri, Lagema!?:tiv.....-.2...-- 19
sacciilus, Wagena:.<.55-<ceR om eee oie. 8 Lagena. 32.5 oc fbtees ere ee 19
acuta: . eos Mee oS od 8 Teeyise nt 2 {Sea e ee: oa 22
Sagraina irregularis....:...25025-2..-..----.- 109 Oolinat cos. Qucet Saseeeee 19
sirintanet fee See eee 107 Sagrainaes 20s. s cee eeeeetes aes 107
PA gringo sue ee nee ciate o/sicisle 104 Siphogenerina.. 2... 21.30 eee soe 107
annulate sheesh See eee nes oe 109 (Sagraina)............. 107
bifrons | yas Ie et ye 105 strumosa, Lagena...................- 20
columellaris:..22 322 -PeO ee ses 104 substriata, Lagena...--.. 27202. .... 20
Gimorpha 2} o2cs2hcne LE See ees 106 Uvigerina Ue Be Sa see 94
Uvigerina... 3) 202022 106 canariensis ...52.2si102..... 93
FaAphanus.2: oon eect SPAN Sete 108 | striato-areolata, Lagena..............-22/..2- 27
Uvigerina: (e240 22 2202 108 Willgaris. 0.222. 27
Saracenaria italica.: =. 9.2252 eee eee 78 | striato-punctata, Entosolenia...............-. 30
Cristellarig 32ee 2 ae. 78 Lagena...2... saa 30
scalariformis, Lagena..--..2..22022..2!..-..- 17 suleata sue ee se 30
scalaris, Nautilus (Orthoceras)........-..-.-.- 58 | striatula, Lagena sublagenoides.............. 40
schloenbachi, Cristellaria ........-.-.-------- 77 Marginulina: «5 222:.22.. 302 ae 79
schwageri, Uvigerina e222. alse ae ee 97 Siphogenering).<: 2.22 <./<2.2222 ee 108
selseyensis, Uvigerina.................-.-.-. 93 Uvigerina 2.22/52 234450): (eee 95
seminiformis, Lagena 2.222.662.2252 Peed 87 |) ‘Strumosa, Dagena.:.2-253555.52, 0553 s4.ceee eee 20
semiornata, Uvigerina -. 2.00 5-..5 20.222... 96 Lagena striata. is Ue ae 20
semirugosa, Nodosaria.......-...--..--.--+--- 50’ | sabalata, Cristellaria: 24522. /522 2s 17
Pyrola aes 50 | subarcuatula, Cristellaria................2... 77
semistriata, Lagena.. =. 252222252 eee eee 29 | subcarinata, Lagena auriculata.......-...... 32
Serpulavlacted =) 2o222 55.2 auc saree ate 80 | sublagenoides, Lagena.....................-- 40
(Lagena) marginata...-...........-. 37 | sublineata, Cristeliaria wetherellii........... 76
Sulcatasize nyse ki 22. | substriata,, uagensa: 25. 2U yah. eee seca 20
Simplex;eNOdOsariay ates shone se ee ees ee nce. 49 alvéolata. 22/5) 0P R222. 34
Siphogenermias shes esses ae he eA ea 104 auriculata: A22S Nene 2 oe 34
ATIC ate oe ey eee ee 109 Striata..2:2 CASSeeE Se eke 20
irons 2552s Se eS 105 vulparis?): eC hee 20
columellariss:< 802 eek | 104 | sulcata alticostata, Lagena..-...............- 23
Costata sy. 2225 65 Ys SMES 2 108 apiculata, Lagena:. 332.2520 ee 23
Cimior pa ee a 106 distoma-polita, Lagena............... 11
elabranten s sceeet shee wet ee 104 globosa,.Lagzenats F232 Suse oc oe 4
IFTOLTIALIS ee es 109 levis; Lagenazce: 625254) 2e2 eee 6
Taphanus. F233 Sea IN 104,108 Lagenas) b's ss.csise RR 22
(Sagrina) bifrons............. 105 Dagenuling 22525 \)s2es2 ses sk eee 28
Taphanius eee! 108 Serpula (Lagena)......-....:.1...... 22
Sirintan sro SUI a 107 striato-punctata, Lagena............. 29
siriatasc:.2 ihe. coe oe 107 | tenuistriata, Lagena lagenoides.............. 39, 40
rons |e ra od bf eed a 108 tubuliferas sie. ee 39
Solute, Dentalinases eects este eee ee eee 53 Uvigerina :..2222 255534 eee 94,95
INodosaniasy 2 s2.\s tus Ae SSA e e De 53, || torquata,, Lagena..) ee ee es ee 27
Gororis,E olymorphinal s) sooo seen ee bk 88 ||-tricarImata, Triplasia. .2.2:. 2) 2 eee 62
(Gattulinay:. = == 88 | tricarinatum, Rhabdogonium................ 62
spathulata, Frondicularia...................- 82 | tricarinella, Cristellaria............-......-.- 72
Sphaecrulac hispidae sess 2s ee ee eee 13 spinipes, Cristellaria............. 72
Sphincterules costatus:: .2....062-0.02..2..0. 75 | trigono-marginata, Lagena..........-..-....- 45
spinicosto-marginata, Lagena vulgaris. ...... 31. )|\"Driplagia..s 22222 JssshoscssSene cose eee eee 62
spinipes, Cristellaria tricarinella............. 72 murchisonil. 252255242220 ee 62
NUSva Perinat ey eer ae ais oo, BG 99 TOUSAL. |: bao sesh See ae 63
ansulosaeen eae Ae eeke ce 99 tricarinata. 22 Sa ose ee neeees 62

ee

INDEX. 125
> Page. Page.
papitata AP CNG on woos cb. c. wecs cine bBo nies ody MO VaPering Strisiiwla.<o. fused. ca ccsseca eee ces 95
tubulifera tenuistriata, Lagena.............. 39 Gentisiniate sy... .-cehesccerstockees 94,95
mnpiuictiata hagena...- 2.2.2... sceceease Shirk ioe UENU a Sessa 5s janine ceee wee 92
Papp NIKEIITI eee Ne flay e/a one 2G Ws Ue. SAR e OU MUiwiperininse: 2aepe soso cee sees cee 91
Brilonta tas oo 00. Chee UMD V cae RE oats oa ee ine eg 62, 80
Srrpullacean ce oof. we oon coe 102 plabra age nok atec see US sue 79
CTE FERS Seed eevee Se 98 legion. :. 32.55 dae Sees e eee 80
Spinipese (2 2 cee as 99 PALOUS he set cece e aninceceeeae 80
BSTOUGIA See mee aetna cues ae 101 protwmMida 5. t.csesan he see ee 81
amipllgeea ss ose on oe 102) |iivaniabilisCristellaria= 2... 22) Ses cencdoeeee 70
SHIDEPIANS oe: kee iss 102 | Vermiculum globosum....................-- 3
Sir OMIA: waren Sees sae ea. 102 IACLOUMN S32 rece sees nee eee 84
MEWS 2 oor Se enc 103 Leyes ee a ee A 5
POOH Gao. ates sate ie nc oor Sea Oe 96 marpinatum 3... sions de sees UGou
PTARUONSIS = cao ste. ice Jc teetaeets 7 SQUAMOSUIM: 2252550 eee ce 16
GHTAYInUsIs eset ae Se eee 92 | vertebralis, Nautilus (Orthoceras)........... 60
Siniata- os: Lese ch cece 93 INodosaria. 7 23)... 2 s..se peat eeeeaes 60
RATITIOS Bee ce San eee oe eS ® 1037) ;wOrtex, Cristelinria--.29 5-7 heen. ace getys 68
PHESMEISO UA. a cee tes oe as estan te > 103 Nantilosite% <0 Jo. oe eoestee 68
FIR PADIS ces a Nok ec a ee 92 Polystomella a. 222 s= stow eee 68
IOUS Meee NG ree soe x) ats Sea 92 IR OUULE Se 22224 See ops Can ee eee 68
PRRTIOG Eee enters ie Sek ps SPR test I 96 | vulgaris ampulla-distoma, Lagena........... 14
RIL EOU Uk too hee ation cee ee oe ee 99 clavata ,Thagena. 25-2525 52-5s eto ee 9
PRODOICIOIN- Gat ence fee see 94 desmophora, Lagena................ 27
SMa SS ee yee Sie eect 91, 96 distoma-polita, Lagena.............. 12
SHpPUlOSts. = ot) -2- wees 98 globosa, Lagena................2..0< 10
(Sagraina) dimorpha........-...-.. 106 gracilis; arenas’. cies. sess eee ease 24
TAPHANNS see es Hae a 108 ARENA e ieee seen een eee 6
SOBNVSRORIC se es ee eee 97 spinicosto-marginata, Lagena....... 31
BelsGyennss-) shd secede oc es 93 striato-areolata, Lagena............. 27
RAIMIOTT Ae ol ia aioe ete ei 96 substriata, Lagena.................. 20
BPMUNPOS=9 Anse eee et sae ea ec 99 | wetherellii sublineata, Cristellaria ........... 76

BiMabAe Sey ees akon e eon aca 94 |

O

a

POET eee:

YY es a :

Na Mer aa Ap UMA et
c oo ne ’
Cua a MAS al Ah

Do

Bes

“tg

rps intone

Aes)

US havigeks (i

z is tee
fans
+ Hea OAs
SLi

(THSONIAN INSTITUTION.
STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

1
ws abe 5:

a*. ea Ve

NUMMULITID®
iS BY
_ JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

Se RE.

‘ WASHINGTON

_ GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
EY sera, aes) SA

=

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part IV. CHILOSTOMELLIDZ, GLOBIGERINID/=
NUMMULITID

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1914

an

BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEI

IssuED FEBRUARY 28, 1914.
Il

INTRODUCTION.

The present volume is the fourth of a series dealing with the
Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. It contains the Forami-
nifera included in the families Chilostomellide, Globigerinide and
Nummulitide. The last family while not appearing in its usual
place above the Rotalids is included here simply for the better
balancing of the present part, the other two included families
being comparatively small. The first part, issued in 1910, included
the families Astrorhizide and Lituolide; the second part, issued in
1911, included the family Textulariidee; and the third part, issued in
1913, included the family Lagenide. Part five will be devoted to
the Rotalidz and part six, the last, will be given to the Miliolide.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.

II

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Page.

MEP ER HAI ULE em see) 2 Sr PSCC a SAU DE PANE Cs Phe a) id (Lo ay a ES 1
Bera Gv eriitostomellidas. 9.08 cee eS PE Bnet Neti 2
PEPIPMISUCRTIOHLOMIBL LA. oo it202 Ee pk ee ee he re de ee oa a ely 2
GOL CD err ak ie eh ey Fale nea hk oe Vey Ey Ret RR nO DL a 2

eeeeeta Ts SU LNIMOP PUN = ek faders Se EEL Sy, cor aa eee gee 3
(SGA. S42 2.2..2 Berea ae el see tee ie ARIES SP Sa tote obese 3

Mere fs Culp GRU ee 3. EN ees aliens wale bn A array cee 4
RRA AE) RIOREPEE 3h) oy SCE eet em ltehl Ne Vn LN aly GINGA ak ols 5
Ipulloidies ey eet reer Mice Os RL ccs ee ae nce Cae 5

Tale ee eee ie Sa Y Ty Leh NTE Viet RA Ae heats Wee 6

CEGLACCR Tee tes fare tee ta tty lh Say ie ea ivi i Ae oe eS 7

SPUR oe ena eS A gehts iene Gi od wees! ht cme 7

CALE UROL SS ets eh Sed ety ee See e ate MSP ay al ieee aes ee SOM AL teas Pa Cee 8

TOU RELY ENS ek AAI ok a Aten HG ahah 2 a a Ty ee et ag 8

Bil Latent eee eae eee Sere he erties neti ee Vo Pp Un eas 9
eonglobataz= i, /2.....2 Pepa te) AMS Cn Ae aac BS Ue erate 10
SRLS ee Sak RAED TS SEPA LCR CaM SNOE SIGE oS he SI Tah ey che ele dees ok 11

RRC Ur ieee AG aa) ACM tae a LS Ea eyetiy Year aii. ya ae ae C 12

POUREIT EERE UR nt a fic Sie ee ek a eR AEE Pe Ue A AE EBC 12

POL Gnunaee ese OS ETN Ue ae NS Ny Ra ee eee a pear Ie 13
LIVEN aa Sauer etn aen are Ge hs Lye Air eee. enon! UNO twa oe Co.W ae 14

Bemis MA APNIBO HER AG cee) (0h) eke a hahah ba Saye che a ar Gee 15
PICIAENCA AL? Sol fth Nt gh) cor NOM he ENG eile: AWD Vats th Le Tae 15

SNARES eRTRET CNT SE (Sear ca = aA atte Re Ae Me EAP Nee A eR Ne IN pe Be 16
RET Ud ey eee ee oat es oe eee Veet daw fhe Miele We NY dee Mian SAMO Sia ey AARC RD TVA NU 16

NMERPE IES TUEISERCIECL RIDE test genet. ee eee TIES I eee SLATE OSER py 17
Ipullord Gaetan eed Seo hed nie ep a eee en lay UB ER Me en ta! 18

GEHISC EHR its pee Fee Cen eT AU A Da AN ener. 19

Ree SPE ULL RL Aes ery afar eee tenes we ALIS oe Ue ay he Cte Mia ee ga 20
PIP UGHATROR, has oa Teter Rear AST Rk aye RE Rate oe a 20
CURISEUP UO Beal aoe eect RSS oa a ete A a AI aha 21

ab eg REPO Ne We ae LESS aie eM eee ea 22

nnn EUCIED peLULaea ee hse ok A) oh SS se ihe oo ole Se NA 22
meme UTCREN TER We oe PSE LS rh ehwle) a lA pee eal Gb ae a ayy, 23
MOIPeSNin ert es ae Pts oman a 2 3. of) eee ee 23

ATA ea resus ee IE ea Ee Ale A 8 eee Se ea 24
Geese Meee as ie aa aS ce ue benign OS Ae 25

GEDLC UeehinmammennyeM es Nee Sl NC SC ENA ye ae ee 26

SSDETIZ RTT Mme e Pree rene t EE Cie R Ca RU Is Ae oS ee Ae 26
stelligera...... ReMi kien a heats bk a late it pe etal aan dee 27

POOL C cia a ee URE ene AS oe BASS Mel SA Arey le eS ign 28

FeSO Re POER NER e's. a Vd lk oe dea wren waned 28

ROTPR eames ey 29

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 9. Nummulitide—Continued. Page.
Genus: Polystometian ) 32 250 he oS so ae ei antes a ne ee me eee ie es 30
siriato-punctatag sje 2 2 225. Aha Wei vee ena Eo, She ae 31
BUDROdORA Loc MoS oo 2 Pkt Seatre cle te Soe Selene otc een 32
EPS ah re a ahs Ge eine Seca Na een RS 9 32
MACOS oD IES on oo Wut aes ee aes UA CR a 2 Ne 33
cratviculatar seria: ate ae'se 2 We ae in a eee ek el a ao 34
i oy Lis cr: A ae NR ECR es Ree MPR pela Ap ON IS 34

Genus ‘Amp histepinas 3.0. euc t PS a et ae AP. Ga une ee art 2 3
SRSOTATTE ORC che RS CES BE ARB ee Ea eee 35
Genus Opercubimaei yy. oe foe a ee aa 2 eee ee 36
COTM Lame) Se os Oe Ns NE Ve aes Ary 9 eee ea 36
Wah OTAMULORa Foc ow i tice a Se ie Cais A eee eee 37
AMLENOTOLG CR EE ec AR EN NN IIS SAO He QE AS 37
Genud Heterostegimal 205.005. Sa se ee Bae UN Aes en 8 A 38
epressas cro 000" fect ee een ORT T i Seve Regen Re Na 38
Genius NummUlitess 3/25 Shc. Coste arse oe neat a Ree PN 39
UTI OTE PLC Nae totes IE sin at Sia Pa ek sear ee stately Naabn 39
explanation of yplates ss 20 ost eek le Ce Pe Be RR ede ae aerate ae 4]

PRG ee i Liste En a As ee a eT ih SAU a dlacy 20S a Pe a 45

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

CHILOSTOMELLIDA, GLOBIGERINIDA, NUMMULITID.

By JoserH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN,
Of the Boston Society of Natural History.

INTRODUCTION.

This fourth part of the work on the North Pacific Foraminifera
deals with three comparatively small families. In the natural order
of sequence the family Nummulitide should follow the Rotalids, but
it is here included so that the next part may be devoted entirely to
the Rotalidz and the final part to the Miliolide.

As these families have been long worked on and especially the
Globigerinide are of world-wide distribution it has been unnecessary
to describe new species. Although the North Pacific as a whole is
an area of red clay owing to the great depth, nevertheless in many
parts it has immense deposits of typical Globigerina ooze, and these
with certain restrictions which will be noted are very similar to those
of the North Atlantic.

The Nummulitide are rather poorly represented in the material,
largely due to the fact that most of the North Pacific material which
has been at my disposal has come from deep water and for the most
part outside the Tropics. The Nummulitide, especially the larger
forms, are characteristic of shallow tropical regions, especially abun-
dant about coral reefs. Such habitats occur about the Hawaiian
Islands and the Philippines, and here they are abundant, especially in
the latter archipelago, but unfortunately the material from this region
available for the present work is very limited. One interesting feature
is the occurrence of these tropical forms up to the southern coast of
Japan, where, as has already been several times noted, the southern
East Indian fauna seems to reach its northern limits in this region.

Certain of the Globigerinide have been illustrated by photographs
taken at the United States National Museum from mounted speci-
mens. While these are too small to give minute detail they show in
a general way the actual appearance of the specimens better than

drawings.
1

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT.

A systematic presentation of the three families follows, the arrange-
ment of the data being the same as in preceding parts of this
monograph.

Family 6. CHILOSTOMELLID/AL.

Test calcareous, conspicuously punctate, chambers inflated, ovate,
coiled, the chambers in various genera making up a greater or less
proportion of the volution; aperture a curved opening between the
base of the chamber and its predecessor.

This family in the present oceans is represented by two genera,
Chilostomella, in which the chamber takes up 180° of the periphery
as added, and Allomorphina, in which it takes up typically 120°.

Instead of being related closely to the Textulariide this family
seems more closely related to the Globigerinidz in many ways.

Genus CHILOSTOMELLA Reuss, 1850.

Chilostomella Ruuss (type, C. ovoidea Reuss), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol.
1, 1850, p. 379.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 436.

Description.—Test composed of a series of chambers in a coil, each
chamber making a half coil of 180° and embracing so that but a
small part of the preceding chamber is visible; wall smooth, finely
perforate; aperture at the inner margin of the ventral face of the
chamber, curved.

This genus is unlike any others of the perforate type in its having
but two visible chambers, in its translucent perforate walls, and in the
peculiar arched aperture. It has been described as an alternating
series of chambers but seems to be really a coiled test in which each
chamber takes up 180° of the volution.

CHILOSTOMELLA OVOIDEA Reuss.
Plate 1, figs. 1-5.

Chilostomella ovoidea Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1850, p. 380,
pl. 48, fig. 12.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 280,
pl. 8, figs. 11, 12; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 436, pl. 55,
figs. 12-23. SHERBORN and CHapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 485, pl.
11, fig. 12.—Eaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 305, pl. 9, figs. 1, 2—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
1894, p. 53, pl. 9, figs. 512-516; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 50.—
SipEsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No.
16, 1910, p. 14.

Description.—Test composed of several chambers, ovoid, but two
visible from the exterior, increasing in size rapidly as added, but a
small portion of the second chamber visible; wall smooth, trans-
lucent, very thin, finely punctate; aperture a curved, somewhat

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

arched opening between the base of the chamber and the preceding
one, often with a slightly thickened somewhat flaring lip.

Length up to 1 mm.

Distribution —Brady records this species from six Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific at depths ranging from 95 to 3,125 fathoms.
Goés records it from eight Albatross stations in the western Pacific at
depths ranging from 770 to 1,832 fathoms. I have had it from sev-
eral Albatross and Nero stations off the Galapagos Islands, off the
Hawaiian Islands, off Guam and Japan, depths ranging from 323 to
2,256 fathoms. It has occurred usually as single specimens.

There is some considerable variation in the amount of overlapping
of the chambers and a coincident variation in the form of the aperture
and its lip.

Genus ALLOMORPHINA Reuss, 1850.

Allomorphina Reuss (type, A. trigona Reuss), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 1, 1850, p. 380.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 437.

Description.—Test made up of a few ovate chambers, in a coil,
each chamber making up 120° of the volution so that but three
chambers are visible from the exterior; wall thin, translucent, punc-
tate; aperture a narrow slit at the base of the chamber.

This genus is very similar to Chilostomella in its general characters
of the wall, but differs mainly in the arrangement of the chambers
in the coil, which in Allomorphina each make up 120° of the volution,
whereas in Chilostomella they take up 180°.

ALLOMORPHINA TRIGONA Reuss.
Plate 1, figs. 6-8.

Allomorphina trigona Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1850, p. 380,
pl. 48, figs. 14a-e—Scuwacer, Boll. Com. Geol. Italia, vol. 8, 1877, p. 26,
pl. 71.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 67, pl. 8,
figs. 13, 14; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 438, pl. 55, figs.
24-26.—Eaaer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 305, pl. 9, figs. 3, 4-—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
1894, p. 53, pl. 9, figs. 517-519.

Description.—Test composed of several ovate chambers, coiled
each chamber making 120° of the volution and embracing so that
but three chambers are visible from the exterior, chambers longer
than wide, inflated, sutures somewhat depressed; wall smooth, con-
spicuously punctate, usually thin and translucent; aperture a narrow
curved opening at the base of the ventral margin of the chamber
between it and the previously formed adjacent chamber.

Length about 0.40—-0.60 mm.

Mstribution.—Brady reports this species from the Pacific. It has
not appeared in the material which I have examined. ‘The figures are
from Brady.

4 BULLETIN Thy UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Family 7. GLOBIGERINIDA.

Test composed of numerous chambers, usually much inflated,
arranged in a trochoid or planospiral coil, often umbilicate, cal-
careous and perforate walls; aperture either large and single or with
numerous accessory apertural openings.

This family, while not consisting of a large number of species or
genera, is nevertheless one of the most numerous of the present ocean
in regard to numbers of individuals and in the deposits of the present
ocean bottom. Making up as it does the great proportion of the
enormous amount of pelagic foraminifera and composing the great
proportion of the mass of the Globigerina ooze which makes up the
most of the ocean bottom between 500 and 2,000 fathoms, its import-
ance may be realized.

Among the fossils it makes up the mass of the various chalk
deposits and has a long geological history. At the present time,
however, perhaps its greatest interest is in the modifications of the
test for pelagic life.

In order that the greatest amount of surface may be allowed for
the bulk of the test, there is a tendency, in the pelagic forms of the
family at least, to assume as nearly as possible a spherical form.
The chambers individually assume a spherical contour, and even
when made of several chambers the whole test in the various genera
tends to take on a subspherical outline. This is carried to perfection
in Orbulina, where the final chamber is a perfect sphere. In the
pelagic forms the protoplasm is protruded from the test and forms
a vesicular mass about the exterior. This is probably aided some-.
what by the long radiating spines which are usually present in fresh
pelagic specimens. In order that the protoplasm may have free access
to the exterior, the apertures in this family are as a rule large, espe-
cially in pelagic species; where they are not large they are often
numerous, as in Candeina. In Globigerina the apertures from several
chambers may enter upon a common umbilical cavity, or m the
higher development, as in G. conglobata, sacculifera, etc., there are
numerous accessory apertural openings so that there is a large
amount of space allowing perfectly free communication with the
exterior.

The surface of the wall of the test is very characteristic In many
species, consisting of a reticulated pattern with the pores at the base
of the depressions.

The distribution, especially of the pelagic species, is world-wide,
but seems to reach its greatest development in the warmer waters of
the oceans.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5

Genus GLOBIGERINA dQ Oprbigny, 1826.

Globigerina D’ORBIGNY (type, G. bulloides d’Orbigny) Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 277.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 589.

Description—Test composed of subglobular, inflated chambers,
variously arranged, in the early stages at least in a coiled form either
planospiral or trochoid; wall typically coarsely perforate, reticu-
late; aperture large, arched, at the base of the inner margin of the
chamber, in some species more than one aperture.

This genus, comprising numerous well distinguished species, makes
up the large proportion of the pelagic group of the Foraminifera and
is the great constituent of Globigerina ooze. The range of structure
and method of development of the test is remarkable and under the
microscope the reticulated surface, combined with the curves of the
sutures and the spherical chambers, make the various members of
this genus very beautiful and interesting. It is remarkable that sev-
eral of the largest and now best known and most abundant of the
species should not have been known until the Challenger expedition,
but it is all the more to the credit of that pioneer work in the deep
water of the oceans. The form and surface structure of Globigerina
is so distinctive that its members are easily distinguished from any
other genus, unless perhaps it may be Candeina or ‘Hastigerina, but
these have their own distinctive characters, as will be noted.

The larger part of the figures illustrating the various species of
Globigerina are from photographs taken at the United States National
Museum and for the most part having a magnification of X35 unless
otherwise noted. These show well the general characters of the
species.

GLOBIGERINA BULLOIDES 4’Orbigny.

Plate 2, figs. 7-9; plate 9.

Globigerina bulloides D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 277, No. 1;
Modéles, No. 17 and No. 76; Foram. Voy. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 37; in
Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Iles Canaries, 1839, pt. 2, Forami-
niféres, p. 132, pl. 2, figs. 1-3, 28; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846,
p. 163, pl. 9, figs. 4~6.—Parxer and Jonss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2,
vol. 19, 1857, p. 291, pl. 11, figs. 11, 12—Wzmuramson, Rec. Foram. Great
Britain, 1858, p. 56, pl. 5, figs. 116-118.—Stacur, Novara-Exped., Geol.
Theil, vol. 1, 1864, p. 286, pl. 24, figs. 35a-d—Parxer, Jonss, and H. B.
Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 21, pl. 2, fig. 56; p. 31,
pl. 2, fig. 55.—Trrquem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 85,
pl. 9 (17), figs. 2a, b.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19,
1882, p. 90, pl. 6, figs. 195-207.—Woopwarp and Tuomas, 13th Ann. Rep.
Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota for 1884 (1885), p. 172, pl. 3, fig. 3.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 593, pl. 77; pl. 79,
figs. 3-7.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12,
1888, p. 225. pl. 45, fig. 15.—Burrows, SHerBorn, and Bamey, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 561, pl. 11, fig. 17.—Woopwarp and Tuomas, Geol. Nat.

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Hist. Survey Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 40, pl. p, figs. 14-17.—Ecerr, Abh.
k6én. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 362, pl. 13, figs. 1-3.—
Gots, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 83, pl. 14, figs.
754-760.—SiLvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 245,
pl. 4, figs. 7-9.—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7,
1899, p. 579, pl. 1, fig. 4—Furnr, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 321, pl. 69, fig. 2—RuumBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft. 14,
1900, p. 21, figs. 24-26.—MiterTt, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 685.—
Baae, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 268, 1905, p. 41, pl. 7, fig. 7; Proc. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 153.—Srprsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 3; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 23.—
Baee, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 77, pl. 23, figs. 2-8.

Description.—Test subglobose, spiral, composed of few chambers,
inflated, subspherical, all visible from above, three to four visible
from below, umbilicate, sutures deep; surface reticulate, with spines
when in a perfect state of preservation; aperture from each chamber,
large, opening into a central umbilical depression.

Diameter, 0.30-0.80 mm.

Distribution.—Brady speaks of this species in the Challenger Report
as found ‘‘wherever Foraminifera have been collected.”” Bagg records
it at each of the nineteen stations from which he had material, off
the Hawaiian Islands. I have records of its occurrence at more than
a hundred Nero stations between Guam and Yokohama and then
stopped recording as it was found at nearly every station where any
Globigerina types occurred. Some of the records are as shallow as
55 fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands and from that it occurred at
stations down to 2,543 fathoms.

The variety triloba Reuss occurs with the typical nearly everywhere
but seems much less common.

GLOBIGERINA DUBIA Egger.
Plate 4, figs. 1-3.

Globigerina dubia Eacrr, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1857, p. 281, pl. 9, figs. 7-9.—
H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 71; Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 595, pl. 79, figs. 17a-c—Eceerr, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 366, pl. 13, figs. 36-38,
77.—F unt, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 69, fig. 4.—
RuHUMBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft. 14, 1900, p. 19, fig. 20.—
Miter, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 686.—Baae, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 154; Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 79, pl. 22,
figs. 4a-d.

Description.—Test composed of numerous inflated chambers ar-
ranged in a nautiloid spiral, chambers all visible from above, umbili-
cate below, with only the chambers of the last volution visible,
usually 5 to 6 in number; wall reticulate; apertures of the chambers
opening into the umbilical cavity.

Diameter, 0.50-0.80 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 7

Distribution.—Like the foregoing species this is found almost always
when Globigerina types are found. It is recorded by Brady in the
Challenger Report from the North Pacific; by Bagg from eight
Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had material
from a great numbér of stations wherever Globigerina ooze material
has occurred.

This species, while related to G. bulloides, has a much more definite
form and the coiling is very even; the outline from above or below is
nearly circular.

GLOBIGERINA CRETACEA d’Orbigny.

Globigerina cretacea D’ORBIGNY, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 1, vol. 4, 1840, p. 34,
pl. 3, figs. 12-14.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 596, pl. 82, figs. 10a-c (?).—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p- 153.

Description.—Test similar in general characters to G. dubia but
more compressed, number of chambers larger in each coil, smaller in
size.

Diameter about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—In the North Pacific Bagg records this species from
three Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands, in 572-1,343
fathoms.

While the fossil forms described by d’Orbigny seem to be dis-
tinctive, in the recent material there seems to me to be little to
separate these two forms.

GLOBIGERINA DIGITATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 14, figs. 1-3.

Globigerina digitata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 72; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 599, pl. 80, figs. 6-10;
pl. 82, figs. 6, 7.—Terriai, Mem. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889,
p. 113, pl. 6, fig. 13—Eeerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. nu,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 369, pl. 13, figs. 25, 60, 61.—Furnt, Ann. Rep. U. S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 323, pl. 70, fig. 2—Baee, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.
34, 1908, p. 153.

Description.—Test spiral, regular, consisting of two or three volu-
tions, early chambers inflated, subspherical, later chambers much
elongated, pointed or otherwise modified at the tip, spreading radially ;
wall reticulate; aperture opening into the central umbilical opening,
or in the elongate chambers making up the larger part of the base of
the chamber, the area of attachment being very much reduced.

Diameter in adults up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from seven stations of the
Albatross in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from
384 to 1,259 fathoms. I have had material from about the Hawaiian
Islands, Nero station 2037 in 55 fathoms, the shallowest, and from

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

about Guam at several Nero stations, 891 to 1,143 fathoms. It
occurs usually in but small numbers.

This is a pelagic species and in the adult with the very large aper-
tures it is easily possible for the sarcode to extend out to form the
usual vesicles. The tips of the long chambers are pointed, flattened,
fimbriate or even sometimes show a tendency toward branching.

*GLOBIGERINA DUTERTREI d’Orbigny.

Globigerina dutertrei pD’ ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
Foraminiféres, p. 95, pl. 4, figs. 19-21—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 601, pl. 81, figs. la-e.

Description.—‘‘Test Rotaliform, suborbicular, both faces convex,
margin thick and rounded; composed of about three convolutions,
the last of which consists of five segments; segments gradually
increasing in size from the commencement, somewhat inflated, espe-
cially the later ones; aperture a single arched orifice at the inferior
umbilical margin of the final segment.

‘Diameter, sth inch (0.5 mm.) or less.’

Distribution.—The only record for this species in the North Pacific
is that of Picaglia, who records it from a single station of the Vettor
Pisani, long. 109° 58’ W.; lat. 0° 47’ N., depth 4,670 m.

I have found no material which seems referable to this rather
doubtful species. The description is from Brady. .

)

GLOBIGERINA INFLATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 4, figs. 4-8.

Globigerina inflata D’OrBIGNY, in Barker, Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. [les
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, 1839, Foraminiféres, p. 134, pl. 2, figs. 7-9.—H. B.
Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 72; Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 601, pl. 79, figs. 8-10.—Batxwitt and Mmerr,
Journ. Micr., vol. 3, 1884, p. 84, pl. 4, fig. 11_—E@exrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 369, pl. 13, figs. 45-47.—Goiis, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 85, pl. 14, figs. 763-765.—FLIn7,
Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 69, fig. 3—ForNnasin1,
Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1899, p. 577, pl. 1, fig. 3.—
RuHUMBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p. 19, fig. 19.—
Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 687.—StpesBorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 23.

Globigerina bulloides, var. inflata PARKER and Jonss, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 367, pl. 16, figs. 16, 17.

Description.—Test composed of numerous inflated chambers,
usually arranged in a spiral test of about three volutions, the last
one composed of four chambers, upper side of test flattened, lower
end of chambers prolonged so that in side view the test is about as
high as broad; surface reticulate, but usually less conspicuously so
than most of the other species of the genus; aperture a long arched
opening at the base of the inner face of the chamber.

Diameter 0.40-0.80 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

Mstribution.—Brady notes the occurrence of this species in the
North Pacific at five Challenger stations, depths ranging from 345 to
3,125 fathoms. Bagg does not record it. I have found the species
at a very large number of Nero stations, depths ranging from 264 to
2,543 fathoms, well scattered over the area. It has also occurred at
various Albatross and Tuscarora stations.

GLOBIGERINA RUBRA d’Orbigny.
Plate 3, figs. 6-9.

Globigerina rubra D’OrBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Fora-
miniféres, p. 94, pl. 4, figs. 12-14.—Batey, Smiths. Contr., vol. 2, 1851,
p- 1, pl., figs. 23, 24.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 72; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 602, pl. 79, figs. 11-16.—
H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 225,
pl. 45, fig. 12—Eeaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. , vol. 18,
1893, p. 360, pl. 18, figs. 42-44.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, 1894, p. 85, pl. 14, fig. 766——Smvestr1, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi
Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 262, pl. 5, fig. 4—Fuint, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 69, fig. 5—Fornasint, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 7, 1899, p. 580, pl. 2, fig. 11—Muxerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 687.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 154.—Srpg-
Bottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13,
1908, p. 4; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 23.

Description.—Test composed of several inflated chambers arranged
in an elongate trochoid spire of about three volutions each with three
chambers; walls reticulate, with spines in pelagic specimens; aperture
an arched opening at the umbilical border of the chamber and in the
later chambers this is supplemented by two or more nearly circular
openings on the upper border of the chamber near its connection
with the preceding chambers; color of the early chambers, sometimes
of all the chambers, pink.

Length about 0.75 mm.; diameter about 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—This species is not nearly so abundant in the North
Pacific as are most of the others of the genus. Brady records it from
the Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. Bagg
records it from thirteen Albatross stations also in the vicinity of the
Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from 275 to 1,544 fathoms. I have
records of its occurrence at 26 Nero stations well scattered from the
Hawaiian Islands to Guam and Yokohama but it has usually occurred
in small numbers.

This is a beautiful species when its delicate coloring is well pre-
served, but in the material I haveseen there is but a small amount of
this species compared to what is found in material from the West
Indian region.

The high spire of this species with its peculiar accessory apertural
openings will at once distinguish this species, even though the color
may be lacking, as is often the case.

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
GLOBIGERINA CONGLOBATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 3, figs. 3-5; plate 10, figs. 1, 6.

Globigerina conglobata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 72;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 603, pl. 80, figs. 1-5;
pl. 82, fig. 5.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jonzs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol.
12, 1888, p. 225, pl. 45, fig. 13—Eecrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Minchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 368, pl. 13, figs. 55, 56.—Goiis, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 86, pl. 14, figs.768, 769;
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 66.—Fuint, Ann. Rep. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 69, fig. 6—Fornasm1, Mem. Accad. Sci.
Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1899, p. 582, pl. 2, figs. 12-15; pl. 3, figs. 1-5.—
MiuteTt, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 688.—Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 153.

Description.—Test subglobular, early chambers arranged in a com-
pact spiral; in the adult the last three chambers form the last volu-
tion taking up nearly the whole surface of the test; wall strongly
reticulate; in pelagic specimens with delicate spines; aperture at the
inner margin of the chamber with several rounded accessory apertures
along the sutures between the chamber and the previous ones to
which it is adjacent.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this as found in the North Pacific in
the Challenger surface tows as well as at two bottom stations, 214 in
500 fathoms and 224 in 1,850 fathoms. Bagg records it from 15 out
of 19 Albatross stations near the Hawaiian Islands in 275 to 1,544
fathoms.

I have found the species to be abundant in material dredged by the
Albatross between San Francisco and the Hawaiian Islands and at a
great number of Nero stations wherever Globigerina ooze conditions
were encountered. It also occurs frequently in the Alert and Tus-
carora material.

This is a very characteristic species and it is singular that it was
not found previous to the Challenger expedition. The globose form,
with the three chambers making up practically all the visible test
and the peculiar accessory apertural openings, will distinguish this
species from any others.

Evidently this is one of the highest of the species of the genus.
It is often almost globose, the accessory apertural openings numerous
and large, especially in adult specimens. It is apparently a rare
species outside of the recent oceans, its occurrence as a fossil being
practically unknown.

In the north Pacific material this is often the characteristic species
of the genus.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. re
GLOBIGERINA SACCULIFERA H. B. Brady.
Plate 2, figs. 4-6; plate 5; plate 10, fig. 4.

Globigerina helicina CARPENTER, (not G. helicina d’Orbigny), Intr. Foram., 1862,
pl. 12, fig. 11.

Globigerina sacculifera H. B. Brapy, Geol. Mag., Dec. 2, vol. 4, 1877, p. 535;
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 73; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 604, pl. 80, figs. 11-17; pl. 82, fig. 4.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 369, pl. 13, figs. 50, 51.—Goiis,
Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 66.—Smtvesrri, Mem. Pont. Accad.
Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 263, pl. 5, fig. 5—Fuinr, Ann. Rep. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 70, fig. 1.—Muterr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1903, p. 688.—Bageea, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 154.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, in its early
stages very similar to G. bulloides but later developing a more oblong
form, the chambers extended, somewhat compressed and with acces-
sory apertural openings, the final chamber often flattened and irregu-
larly formed toward the outer end; wall strongly reticulated in all
but the final chamber which is much smoother than the others; aper-
ture large, arched with other accessory openings in the chambers of
adult specimens.

Diameter up to and sometimes slightly exceeding 1 mm.

Dstribution—Brady records this species from three North Pacific
Challenger stations, ranging in depth from 345 to 1,850 fathoms.
Bagg records it from all but one of the nineteen Albatross stations in
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands from which he examined material.
I have found this species present and often in considerable numbers
in material from a very large number of North Pacific stations in the
Albatross, Nero, Alert, and Tuscarora material. These stations range
in depth from 268 to 2,552 fathoms.

This species is easily distinguished, especially in its adult form. In
some specimens where the accessory apertures are large it is possible
to look through the opening between the last chambers and those of
the previous whorl. The figured specimen shows the general character
of the last chamber, its smoother surface and the accessory apertural
openings.

As noted in regard to the preceding species this species seems to be
practically unknown as a fossil form. By its large openings it is
one of the highest developed species of the genus.

The last-formed chamber in adults is often very variable in shape,
especially the outer border, which is often deeply lobed and irregularly
extended.

6912°—14——_2

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

GLOBIGERINA HELICINA d’Orbigny.
Plate 3, figs. 1, 2.

Globigerina helicina D’ORBiaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 277, No. 5.—
PaRKER, JonEsS, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871,
p. 175, pl. 11, fig. 113.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 287; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 605, pl. 81, figs. 4, 5.—
Eeeer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 370,
pl. 18, fig. 52.—Sitvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899,
p. 264, pl. 5, fig. 6.—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7,
1899, p. 588, pl. 3, figs. 11, 12.—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 688,
pl. 7, fig. 1—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 154.—SipE-
sortom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13,
1908, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 9.

Description.—Test oblong or ovate, composed of several chambers
more or less irregularly arranged, inflated, the later chambers being
added on the periphery of the test without regard to the spiral
arrangement of the earlier ones; wall reticulate; aperture on the basal
side of the inner margin of the chamber but also are added one or
more accessory apertural openings on the upper side of the test,
especially in the added last chambers.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution Bagg records this species as rare at Albatross station
H 4696 in 367 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have it also from
the same region, Albatross station H 2923 in 392 fathoms where it
occurred with several specimens here figured.

It may be a question as noted by Brady whether this may not be
an abnormal development of some other species, as it seems to occur
but rarely and always shows an irregular form.

GLOBIGERINA ZQUILATERALIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 2, figs. 1-3; plate 10, fig. 5.

Cassidulina globulosa (part) Eager, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1857, p. 296, pl. 11,
fig. 4.

Globigerina xquilateralis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 71; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 605, pl. 80, figs. 18-21.—
Wriceat, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1884-85, App. 9, 1886, p. 332, pl. 27,
fig. 9.—CHAPMAN, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 48, 1892, p. 517,
pl. 15, fig. 14.—E@arr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 364, pl. 18, figs. 5-8.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, 1894, p. 86, pl. 14, fig. 767.—CHapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1896,
p. 589, pl. 13, fig. 7.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 66.—
Srtvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 265, pl. 5,
fig. 8—Fornastin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1899, p. 580,
pl. 4, figs. 3, 4.—Furt, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 323, pl.
70, fig. 3.—RHUMBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p.
20, figs. 21-23.—Mriuuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 689.—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 152.—Sipesottrom, Mem. and Proc. Man-
chester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 10.

Description.—Test composed of numerous inflated chambers ar-
ranged in a bilaterally symmetrical, planospiral col of one and a

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

half to two volutions; chambers increasing rapidly in size as added,
usually 5 to 6 visible in side view, sutures much depressed giving a
lobulated contour; wall reticulate, often with broken spines; aper-
ture large, an arched opening at the base of the chamber.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species in the North Pacific from
the following Challenger stations, Honolulu coral reefs, 40 fathoms;
station 206 in 2,100 fathoms, 214 in 500 fathoms, and 224 in 1,850
fathoms. Bagg records it from 18 Albatross stations off the Hawaiian
Islands, depths ranging from 104 to 1,544 fathoms. I have had
material from numerous Albatross stations between San Francisco
and the Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from 323 to 2,615 fathoms.
Tt has occurred at a great number of stations of the Nero wherever
those soundings were below 2,000 fathoms across the Pacific and
especially between Yokohama and Guam where I have record of its
occurrence at 40 stations. It has also occurred in the material from
the soundings of the Alert and Tuscarora and off Japan in the Albatross
work as well as off the Galapagos Islands. Altogether it seems to be
well distributed in the North Pacific and to occur abundantly at
many stations.

The planospiral arrangement of the chambers in this species will
distinguish it from the others of the genus. There is some consider-
able variation in the closeness of the coiling in various specimens. In
old-age specimens there is a tendency to reduce the size of the last-
formed chamber and to make it less high and of smaller diameter
than the preceding one.

Genus ORBULINA d’Orbigny, 1839.
Orbulina D’OrBIGNY (type, O. universa d’Orbigny), in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis.
Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Foraminiféres, p. 3—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 606.

Description.—Test composed of several Globigerina-like chambers,
rapidly increasing in size as added, finally entirely surrounded by the
adult chamber which is spherical, with numerous small pores and one
large circular orifice, or occasionally more than one; wall reticulated,
in living condition with long, fine spines.

There has been much discussion in the past in regard to the posi-
tion of Orbulina and its relation to Globigerina. It seems best now
that something is known of the development to recognize Orbulina
as a genus derived from Globigerina ancestry, the adult final chamber
inclosing the earlier ones being a good generic character. It is com-
parable to certain of the Miliolide where a similar inclosing of the
earlier developed chambers takes place.

In Orbulina there seems to be a process of resorption by which the
interior chambers disappear in the adult specimens, the smaller,
thinner specimens having such included chambers, whereas they
almost never are found in large well-developed specimens.

14 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
ORBULINA UNIVERSA d’Orbigny.
Plate 6; plate 7; plate 11, fig. 3.

‘“‘Polymorpha spherul vitree,’’ SoLpani, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 2, 1791,
p. 116, pl. 119, figs. LN.

Orbulina universa D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
Foraminiféres, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 1; in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat.
fles Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, Foraminiféres, 1839, p. 122, pl. 1, fig. 1; Foram.
Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 22, pl. 1, fig. 1—Bamery, Smiths. Contr.,
vol. 2, 1851, p. 9, pl., fig. 1—Wzu.tamson, Rec. For. Great Britain, 1858,
p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 4 CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jongs, Intr. Foram., 1862, p.
176, pl. 12, fig. 8 PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 364,
pl. 16, figs. 13, 14—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 608, pl. 78; pl. 81, figs. 8-26; pl. 82, figs. 1-3—Woopwarp and THomas,
13th Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota for 1884 (1885), p. 174, pl. 4,
figs. 25-31.—SHERBORN and CHapMaN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 756,
pl. 16, fig. 9 —H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12,
1888, p. 225, pl. 45, figs. 7, 8, 14——Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Minchen, Cl. 0, vol. 18, 1893, p. 374, pl. 14, figs. 7-9, 11, 12, 39, 40 —For-
NASINI, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 430, pl. 2, fig.
12.—Lister, Philos. Trans., vol. 186, 1895, p. 408, figs. a-e—RHUMBLER,
Abh. deuts. Zool. Ges., 1897, p. 174, fig. 21—Sttvesrri, Mem. Pont. Accad.
Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 266, pl. 5, figs. 11-16, 19-22.—Fuint, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322, pl. 69, fig. 1—RuumBLER, in Brandt,
Nordisches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p. 27, figs. 27-30 —Muuertr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 690.—Baae, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 155.—
Srmpesotrrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No.
13, 1908, p. 5; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 24.—Bagee, Bull. 513, U. S. Geol.
Surv., 1912, p. 79, pl. 23, fig. 1.

Description.—Test composed of a series of Globigerina-like cham-
bers followed by and inclosed by a globular chamber, surface reticu-
late with a pit at the bottom of each reticulation and one larger,
circular aperture; surface with long spines in the living condition.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Little need be said of the distribution of this species
which seems to be found nearly always in any sample of typical
Globigerina ooze. Brady simply speaks of it as cosmopolitan. Bagg
records it from all 19 of the Albatross stations from which he exam-
ined material from off the Hawaiian Islands. Picaglia notes it
from two stations of the Vettor Pisani in the North Pacific. Flint
notes it from various Nero stations.'

I have found it common in material from the Albatross, Nero, Tus-
carora, and Alert soundings wherever such soundings came into the
regions of Globigerina ooze.

There is a tendency in specimens to show many layers in the wall
of the final chamber, and it may be that the test increases by addition
of material from without and resorption from within. At least

1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 55, 1905, pp. 16, etc.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 15

various sizes are found in the material, suggesting that there must be
some increase in size.

This is one of the commonest of the pelagic species and has the
sarcode extended in a living condition into the bubblelike form
already referred to here. Various double forms and some with a
second chamber showing are occasionally found, and these seem to
simply show specimens in which the last formed chamber has not
entirely inclosed the preceding ones, similar to Biloculina sphera.
One such specimen is figured on plate 7 as fig. 2

Genus HASTIGERINA Wyville Thomson, 1876.
Plate 8.
Nonionina (part) D’OrBIGNY, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 27.
Lituola (part) Jones and Parker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 302,
table No. 181.
Globigerina (part) ParKER and JonEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 366.
Hastigerina WyviLtLE THomMson (type, Hastigerina pelagica (d’Orbigny)), Proc.
Roy. Soc., vol. 24, 1876, p. 584.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 612.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers arranged in
planospiral manner, inflated; surface with numerous spines, aperture
large, broad oval at the inner margin of the chamber. This genus
represented by the following species is essentially pelagic.

HASTIGERINA PELAGICA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 8.

Nonionina pelagica D’OrBIGNY, Foram. Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 27, pl. 3, figs.
1314

LInituola pelagica JonES and ParxKer, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 302, table, No. 181.

Globigerina pelagica PARKER and JongEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 366.

Hastigerina pelagica H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 77;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 613, pl. 83, figs. 1-8 —EeeeEr,
Abh. k6én. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 372, pl. 13,
figs. 53, 54.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 324, pl. 70, fig. 4.—
Sirvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 273, pl. 5,
fig. 9—RuuMBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, 1900, p. 29, fig. 31.—
MueTtT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 691.

Hastigerina murrayi WyvitLE THomson, Proc. Roy. Soc., vol. 24, 1876, p. 534,
pls. 22, 23.

Description.—Test composed of numerous inflated, subglobular
chambers in a spiral form, umbilicate, chambers increasing in size
progressively as added, sutures much depressed; wall very thin and
transparent, clothed with long slender spines which are serrate, espe-
cially toward the base; aperture a large, arched, oval opening at the
inner border of the chamber.

Diameter of test without spines up to 1.3 mm.

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution Brady records this species from 12 Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific. Flint? records the species or at least
the genus from Nero station 11 in 1,983 fathoms between the Hawaiian
Islands and Midway Island and 166-174, 1,593-2,111 fathoms
between Midway Island and Guam. Bagg does not record it
from the region of the Hawaiian Islands; and in all the material I
have examined I have failed to find specimens, whether from lack of
care in searching the material or too rough handling in washing the
material, or what, I do not know.

The species may be distinguished from Globigerina xquilateralis
which it somewhat resembles in contour by the thinner wall and the
peculiar spinose character of the surface.

Hastigerina pelagica is truly pelagic, and in the specimens obtained
in a living condition by the Challenger the sarcode was expanded in
the bubblelike form seen in different members of the pelagic group
of Foraminifera.

Genus CANDEINA @Oprbigny, 1839.

Candeina p’ORBIGNY (type, Candeina nitida d’Orbigny), in De la Sagra, Hist.
Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Foraminiféres, p. 107—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 622.

Description.—Test usually in the form of an elevated spire, but
may be more or less compressed, chambers several, increasing in size
as added, globular or subglobular; wall usually clear, finely per-
forate, translucent; apertures numerous, elliptical in form along the
sutural lines between the chambers.

This genus is unique in the family in the manner of its develop-
ment of numerous apertural openings along the border of the last
formed chamber where it comes in contact with the preceding cham-
bers. It is represented in the North Pacific material by the follow-
ing species:

CANDEINA NITIDA 4’Orbigny.
Plate 11, fig. 1.

Candeina nitida D’ ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, Fora-
miniféres, p. 108, pl. 2, figs. 27, 28; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846,
p. 193, pl. 21, fig. 28 —Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19,
1882, p. 89, pl. 6, figs. 187-189-—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 622, pl. 82, figs.13-20 _Eaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 378, pl. 18, fig. 57.—F int, Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 325, pl. 71, fig. 3—-RuuMBLER, in Brandt, Nor-
disches Plankton, vol. 14, 1900, p. 31, fig. 33—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1903, p. 692, pl. 7, fig. 2a-c—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 156. \

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, progressively
increasing in size as added, globular or subglobular, arranged in a

1 Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 55, 1905, pp. 15, 17.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 17

spire or variously compressed; wall smooth, sutures depressed, punc-
tate; aperture consisting of a series of rounded or elliptical pores at
the junction of the last formed chamber with the next preceding
chambers.

Diameter of test averaging about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific station in the Challenger Report, the depth given being 214-
500 fathoms. Bagg records it off the Hawaiian Islands at seventeen
Albatross stations, the depths ranging from 104-1,544 fathoms. I
have had numerous specimens of this species from a large number
of stations about the Hawaiian Islands, off Guam, between Guam
and Yokohama, and between Guam and Midway Island. It has
never occurred in any great numbers. The depths range from 392-
2,615 fathoms with the average at about a thousand fathoms.

This species is easily distinguished by its Globigerina-like form and
its very characteristic apertural openings. It was found by Millett
in material from the Malay Archipelago and by Brady in the South
Pacific and the regions of the West Indies and various parts of the
Atlantic. D’Orbigny’s original specimens came from the shore sands
of the West Indies, Cuba, and Jamaica.

_ This species is one of the small number that occur as pelagic forms.
The Challenger obtained specimens from tow nets in the North Pacific
and also in the South Atlantic.

Genus SPH 4ZZROIDINA d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Spheroidina D’ORBIGNY (type, S. bulloides d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 267.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 619:

Description.—Test composed of a small number of chambers ar-
ranged in a short spire, the chambers inflated and increasing rapidly
in size and embracing, few only visible from the exterior; wall per-
forate; aperture an arched opening at or near the inner margin of the
chamber, often with a calcareous tooth-like process partially closing
the opening.

One of the species, S. dehiscens, occurs in the pelagic condition and
is especially modified in various ways as are a number of pelagic
species.

This genus is found in some numbers in the later Tertiary, but
earlier than this does not seem to be at all common.

Various synonyms appear, such as Sezloculina Czjzek, and Gram-
mobotrys, and Bolbodium of Ehrenberg.

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
SPHZROIDINA BULLOIDES d’Orbigny.

Plate 10, fig. 7; plate 12, fig. 1.

Spheroidina bulloides pD’OrBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 267, No. 1;
Modéles, No. 65.—ParkKER, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 29, pl. 2, fig. 58—Gots, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 19, 1882, p. 89, pl. 60, figs. 190-193.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 620, pl. 84, figs. 1-7.—H. B. Brapy,
Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 226, pl. 45, figs.
9-11.—Burrows, SHERBORN, and Baitry, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890,
p. 562, pl. 11, figs. 20, 21.—Fornasrmni, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser.
5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 430, pl. 2, fig. 13—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Mimnchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 375, pl. 18, figs. 48, 49-—Gois, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 87, pl. 14, fig. 770; Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 67.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 325, pl. 71, fig. 1—Muert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 692.—Baae,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 155.—SmpeBorrom, Mem. and Proc.
Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 5, pl. 1, fig. 11.

Description.—Test nearly spherical, composed of a few much
inflated chambers, arranged in a spire of but about two revolutions,
only those of the last formed revolution being visible from the
exterior in most specimens; wall smooth and polished, thick, min-
utely perforate; aperture an arched, semicircular opening, usually
nearly closed by a broad flat semicircular tooth.

Diameter on an average about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from four Challenger
stations in the North Pacific in from 1,850 to 2,300 fathoms. Goés
records it from the western Pacific, Albatross D 3407 in 885 fathoms
and D 3376 in 1,132 fathoms. Bagg records it from four Albatross
stations off the Hawaiian Islands, with depths ranging from 572 to
1,398 fathoms.

In the North Pacific material I have examined the species has
occurred at many stations, in the region about the Hawaiian Islands
and through the various Nero soundings as well as off Japan. The
depths of the stations have as a rule been more than 1,000 fathoms,
the shallowest being 859 and the deepest 2,067 fathoms.

Occasionally specimens are met with which in the final revolution
have failed to entirely cover the earlier chambers and the beginning
of the spiral development is visible. At first glance this species
appears like an imperforate foraminifer the perforations being very
fine and indistinct and the wall white and highly polished. In almost
all its characters it is in great contrast with the species. following.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 19

SPHZROIDINA DEHISCENS Parker and Jones.
Plate 10, fig. 2; plate 13, fig. 1.

Sphexroidina dehiscens PARKER and Jonss, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 369,
pl. 19, fig. 5, a, 6H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 295; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 621, pl. 84, figs. 8-11.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 376,
pl. 13, figs. 58, 59.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 67.—
Furnt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 325, pl. 71, fig. 2—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, -p. 155. ,

Globigerina seminulina ScHwaGErR, Novara Exped., Geol. Theil, vol. 2, 1866, p.
256, pl. 7, fig. 112.

Description.—Test subglobular, composed of a few chambers ar-
ranged as in S. bulloides but distinguished even in early stages by
the large perforations and translucent test; chambers in later develop-
ment separated by deep fissure-like sutures, often in adult specimens
nearly closed by the fimbriated edges of the chamber; wall thick, con-
spicuously perforate, somewhat reticulate, rough; aperture an arched
opening into the chamber from the deep fissure near its base.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from four Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific, depths ranging from 500 to 2,100 fathoms.
Picaglia records it from two North Pacific stations of the Vettor Pisani.
Goés records it from two Albatross stations in the western Pacific,
D 3371 in 770 fathoms and D 3400 in 1,322 fathoms. Bagg records
it from a number of Albatross stations near the Hawaiian Islands at
depths ranging from 305 to 1,544 fathoms. I have found specimens
from a great number of stations in all parts of the North Pacific
where Globigerina ooze material has been available. In depth these
range from 323 to 2,175 fathoms. Often the specimens have been
abundant and excellent for showing the developmental stages.

In the young of S. dehiscens the test is comparatively smooth but is
conspicuously perforate with comparatively large pores. At this time
there is almost no trace of the deep sutures and except for the pores
and the translucent test the resemblance to a specimen of S. bulloides
is close. As chambers are added usually a triangular area is left, at
first very small and inconspicuous, later becoming more marked, similar
to the specimen figured by Schwager noted above. By degrees as
chambers are added the sutures become wider and finally in adult
specimens they are at the bottom of deep fissures which are wide
open, but which in old-age specimens are partially closed near the
exterior by the growing in of the side walls near the surface. In
such specimens the walls at the edge of these fissures are often con-
siderably raised and fimbriate and the remainder of the wall becomes
rough and somewhat reticulate. In the old-age specimens the wall
is very thick and the pores are conspicuous in section.

20 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The large pores are similar to what is seen in many other pelagic
species. Although usually found as a bottom form this species
occurs sparingly as a pelagic form in tow-net gatherings.

Genus PULLENIA Parker and Jones, 1862.

Nonionina (part) pD’OrBiaNny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293.

Pullenia Parker and Jones (type, P. sphxroides (d’Orbigny)), in Carpenter,
Parker, and Jones, Intr. Foram., 1862, p. 184.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 614.

Description.—Test composed of several chambers arranged in a
planospiral or oblique nautiloid more or less involute spiral, sutures
not greatly inflated, only those of the last volution visible; wall
smooth, perforations small and indistinct; aperture a curved opening
at the base of the inner face of the chamber.

Certain of the characters of this genus make it seem related to
such genera as Nonionina or Polystomella, especially the former, but
no complicated structures have been demonstrated here as occur in
Polystomella. Of the three species P. obliquiloculata is most clearly
related in form and apertural characters to the Globigerinide.

PULLENIA SPHROIDES (d’Orbigny).
Plate 11, fig. 2.

Nonionina sphxroides D’OrBIaNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293, No. 1;
Modéles, No. 43.

Pullenia spheroides PARKER and Jongs, in Carpenter, Parker and Jones, Intr.
Foram., 1862, p. 184, pl. 1%, fig. 12; Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 368,
pl. 14, figs. 43 a, by pl. 17, fig. 53—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 615, pl. 84, figs. 12, 18, text fig. 18, p. 616.—Ba.xK-
Witt and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 348, pl. 12,
figs. 28a, b -SHERBORN and CHapMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886; p. 756,
pl. 16, fig. 10.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12,
1888, p. 226, pl. 43, figs. 21, 24—Ee@arr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, Cl. nm, vol. 18, 1893, p. 372, pl. 19, figs. 30, 31_—Goks, Kongl. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 87, pl. 14, figs. 771, 772.—CHapman,
Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 3 (Geol.), vol. 1, 1900, p. 252, pl. 30, fig. 6.—
MitueTr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 691.—Baaa, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 155.

Nonionina bulloides D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293, No.2; Foram.
Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 107, pl. 5, figs. 8-10.

Pullenia bulloides Reuss, Denkscnr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1866, p. 150.

Description.—Test subglobular, somewhat laterally compressed,
composed of numerous chambers making three to four volutions,
each consisting of four chambers, embracing so that the last volution
only is visible from the exterior; surface of the test smooth, the wall
very finely but indistinctly perforate; aperture a narrow curved slit
between the base of the inner face of the chamber and the previously
formed whorl.

Diameter 0.17—0.40 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. PT

Distribuivion.—Brady in the Challenger Report records this species
from five stations in the North Pacific, the depths ranging from 345
to 2,750 fathoms. Picaglia records it from two stations of the
Vettor Pisani and Bagg records it from seven Albatross stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands at depths ranging from 495 to 1,398
fathoms.

I have had numerous specimens of this species, notably from the
Nero soundings from off the Hawaiian Islands and especially along
the line of Nero soundings between Guam and Yokohama. These
stations average about 1,500 fathoms, the shallowest being 392 and
the deepest 1,660 fathoms, but two stations however were less than
a thousand fathoms in depth. As a rule but very few specimens were
present in the material from any one station in contrast to P. obliqui-
loculaia which is often present in great numbers.

This species is one of the smallest of the family and one which
may be overlooked on account of its size, but its other characters are
such as to easily distinguish it.

PULLENIA QUINQUELOBA (Reuss).
Plate 13, fig. 2.

Nonionina quinqueloba Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 47,
pl. 5, figs. 31a, b.

Pullenia quinqueloba H. B. Brapy, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 11, 1882,
p. 712; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 617, pl. 84, figs. 14,
15.—BaLkwit and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885,
p- 348, pl. 12, figs. 29a, 6H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool.
Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 226, pl. 43, figs. 22, 23——Suersorn and CHAPMAN,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 487, pl. 11, fig. 29—Ecarr, Abh. kén.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 373, pl. 19, figs. 28,
29.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 87, pl. 14,
fig. 773; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 68.—F int, Rep. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 324, pl. 70, fig. 5.

Pullenia sphxroides (part) PARKER and Jonzs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 368, pl. 17, fig. 53.

Description.—Test bilaterally symmetrical, biconvex, composed of
numerous chambers arranged in an involute coil, five chambers usually
being present in each coil, compressed laterally, peripheral edge
broadly rounded; surface smooth, sutures somewhat compressed;
aperture a long, narrow, curved slit at the base of the inner face of
the chamber.

Diameter, 0.50-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems to be the least common of the
three. Brady records it from two Challenger stations in the North
Pacific, 224 in 1,850 fathoms and 241 in 2,300 fathoms. Goés records
it from the western Pacific in 1,100-1,200 fathoms. I have had it
from several stations, off the Galapagos Islands, in 1,379 fathoms, off

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the Hawaiian Islands, and from several Nero soundings, especially
between Guam and Yokohama, but never in any considerable num-.

bers.
PULLENIA OBLIQUILOCULATA Parker and Jones.

Plate 10, fig. 3; plate 12, figs. 2, 3.

Pullenia obliquiloculata PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 368,
pl. 19, figs. 4a, b—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 294; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 618, pl. 84, figs. 16-20.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 372,
pl. 13, figs. 62-64.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 68.—
Fuint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 324, pl. 70, fig. 6.—Mumuerr,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 692.—Baaea, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 155.

Description.—Test obliquely nautiloid, subglobular, inequilateral,
outer volution only visible, consisting of about five chambers, cham-
bers inflated, sutures somewhat depressed; wall smooth; aperture a
long, narrow, curved slit at the inner margin of the chamber.

Diameter, 0.50-0.90 mm.

IMstribution—This has proved to be one of the most common and
widely distributed species of the North Pacific. Brady recorded it
from four Challenger stations in the North Pacific ranging in depth
from 345 to 2,100 fathoms. Goés records its occurrence in the west-
ern Pacific and Bagg found it in material from ten Albatross stations
off the Hawatian Islands, depths ranging from 104 to 1,544 fathoms.

I have records of the occurrence of this species at seventy-five Nero
stations between Guam and Yokohama and it has occurred also at
numerous Albatross, Nero, and Tuscarora stations well scattered over
the area. The depths have a range from 268 to 2,175 fathoms.

This species is the only one of the genus which has been found as a
pelagic form. It is noteworthy that the pores of this species are
much larger than those of the other two.

Family 9. NUMMULITIDAE.

Test calcareous, perforate, the chambers usually numerous, ar-
ranged in a spiral, either umbilicate or completely involute, surface
variously ornamented; chamber walls in the higher forms with
secondary canal system.

This family includes some of the largest and most complex of the
Foraminifera and also from a paleontological viewpoint some of the
most important rock builders. As a rule the largest species are
characteristic of shallow tropical waters, especially of coral reefs. As
such they are not common in the material which I have had available
for this paper. However certain isolated regions as the Hawaiian
Islands, Guam, and the southern tip of Japan have given records for
most of the tropical species and the smaller colder water species of
Nonionina and Polystomella have often been found in considerable
numbers.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 23

The higher genera of this family have been made the objects of
critical researches by many writers and students of the Foraminifera,
and their structure, although often complicated, is well known and
abundantly illustrated.

Genus NONIONINA @Oprbigny, 1826.

Nautilus (part) WALKER and Jacos, Adam’s Essays, Kanmacher’s Ed., 1798,
p. 641.

Polystomella (part) DEFRancg, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 32, 1824, p. 183.—ParKER
and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 403.

Nonionina p’Orsieny (type, N. umbilicatula d’Orbigny=N. pompilioides (Fich-
tel and Moll)), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 293.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 724.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers arranged to
form a bilateral, nautiloid coil, the last formed volution usually
embracing all the preceding ones; walls usually smooth, sometimes
pitted, very finely perforated; aperture a narrow opening or row of
openings at the base of the apertural face, between it and the pre-
ceding volution.

In Nonionina the skeleton of the test is simple with little trace of
the supplementary test being developed. The aperture is usually
simple but in some species shows a tendency to become a series of
openings as in some of the higher forms. Usually the last formed coil
completely embraces the previously formed ones, but the test may be
umbilicate, exposing the earlier coils at the umbilicus. In some
species there is a tendency more or less marked to form a star-shaped
thickening at the umbilical region, extending outward along the
sutures between the chambers.

NONIONINA DEPRESSULA (Walker and Jacob).

Plate 17, fig. 3.

“Nautilus spiralis utrinque subumbilicatus” WaLKker and Boys, Test. Min.,
1784, p. 19, pl. 3, fig. 68.

Nautilus depressulus WALKER and Jacos, Adam’s Essays, Kanmacher’s Ed.,
1798, p. 641, pl. 14, fig. 33.

Nonionina depressula PARKER and Jonss, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 4,
1859, pp. 339, 341.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 725, pl. 109, figs. 6, 7—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool.
Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 229, pl. 43, fig. 25.—Ea@arr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 427, pl. 19, figs. 38, 39—Goiis, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 103, pl. 17, figs. 825, 826.—
Morton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 121, pl. 1, fig. 20.—
Wricut, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 23.—Fornasin1,
Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 6, vol. 1, 1904, p. 12, pl. 3, fig. 6.—
MieTT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 599.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 164.—SipesBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 12, pl. 4, fig. 8; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910,
p. 29.—Baaga, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 88, pl. 26, figs. 16a-c;
pl. 28, figs. 7, 8.

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Nonionina asterizans, var. depressula PARKER and Jongs, Intr. Foram., Appendix,
1862, p. 310. |

Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) depressula Parker and Jonzs, Philos.
Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 403, pl. 14, fig. 39a, b.

Description.—Test rounded in side view, ten to twelve chambers
visible in the last-formed volution, in apertural view with parallel
sides and broadly rounded angles, narrow, about 34 times as long as
broad; very slightly if at all depressed at the umbilicus; chambers
somewhat inflated and the sutures correspondingly depressed giving
a lobulated periphery; umbilical region with a slight tendency toward
filing in of shell tissue and a slight trace of stellate extension of this
material outward along the sutures; aperture a narrow, arched slit.

Diameter, 0.40—-0.50 mm.

Distribution.—The only previous records of this species in the
North Pacific are those given by Bagg, Albatross stations D 4025 in
275-368 fathoms, H 4430 in 1,544 fathoms, H 4440 in 1,259 fathoms,
and H 4566 in 572 fathoms, all off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had
material from Albatross station D 4974 in 905 fathoms, bottom tem-
perature 36.6° F. off Japan, and from the following Nero stations
between Japan and Guam, 1081 in 1,900 fathoms, 1184 in 1,542
fathoms, 1191 in 1,551 fathoms, 1295 in 1,415 fathoms, and 1,302 in
1,331 fathoms.

NONIONINA UMBILICATULA (Montagu).

Plate 17, fig. 1.

Nautilus umbilicatulus Monraau, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 191; Suppl., p. 78, pl. 18,
fig. 1.

Nonionina umbilicatula PARKER, JONES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 242, pl. 12, fig. 157.—Trrrice1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi
Lincei, vol. 35, 1883, p. 203, pl. 4, fig. 48 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 726, pl. 109, figs. 8, 9H. B. Brapy, Parker,
and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 230, pl. 43, fig. 19.—Eaesr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 426, pl. 19,
figs. 36, 37.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 103,
pl. 17, fig. 823.—Cuapman, Proc. California Acad. Sci., ser. 3 (Geol.), vol. 1,
1900, p. 256, pl. 30, fig. 15.—Mituerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 600.—
Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 165.—SipeBotrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29, pl. 3, fig.
15.—Baeea, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 90, pl. 27, figs. 4-6.

Nonionina umbilicata Terquem, Mém. Soc. géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, mem. m,
1882, p. 42, pl. 2, fig. 7.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, deeply umbili-
cate, in face view slightly tapering, broadest at the latest formed
portion of the coil, about twice as long as broad, the periphery broadly
rounded; surface deeply and prominently pitted, sutures tending to
become limbate; aperture a very narrow curved opening at the base
of the apertural wall of the chamber.

Diameter, 0.50-0.70 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 25

Distribution.—This species is recorded by Brady in the Challenger
Report at four stations 214 in 500 fathoms, 224 in 1,850 fathoms, 241
in 2,300 fathoms, and 253 in 3,125 fathoms. Goés records it from
two Albatross stations in the western Pacific, D 3431 in 995 fathoms
and D 3375 in 1,201 fathoms, one specimen at each station. Bagg
records it from two Albatross stations, H 4508 in 495 fathoms and
H 4555 in 1,398 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.

In the material I have examined this has proved to be the most
common species of the genus. It has occurred at Albatross stations
D 3603 in 1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea, H 4878 in 84 fathoms and
D 4970 in 500 fathoms, bottom temperature 39.1° F., both off Japan.
It was taken at Alert station 1169 in 2,113 fathoms, lat. 21° 00’ 30’
N.; long. 142° 34’ 00’ E. Near Guam it was found at two Nero
stations 990 in 859 fathoms and 1464 in 891 fathoms. Between
Yokohama and Guam it occurred at a large number of stations rang-
ing in depth from 901 to 2,250 fathoms.

This is the commonest umbilicate species as far as the North Pacific
records show. It may be distinguished from the following species
most easily in face view, which in this species is narrow and in JN.
pompilioides is broad.

NONIONINA POMPILIOIDES (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 17, fig. 2.

‘Nautilus Melo” Soxpant, Testaceographia, vol. 2, 1798, p. 38, pl. 8, figs. ZZ.
i BEC:

Nautilus pompilioides Ficuten and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 31, pl. 2, figs. a-e,

Nonionina pompilioides PARKER, JONES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 18, pl. 3, fig. 98; ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 246, pl. 12, fig.
158.—Terric1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 35, 1883, p. 204, pl. 4,
fig. 49 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 727,
pl. 109, figs. 10, 11.—Eaaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 426, pl. 19, figs. 32, 33.—CHapman, Proc. California Acad.
Sci., ser. 3 (Geol.), vol. 1, 1900, p. 256, pl. 30, fig. 16.—Mutert, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 601.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 164.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, slightly um-
bilicate, last volution of about seven chambers, in face view slightly
tapering, broadest at the latest formed portion of the coil, slightly
longer than broad, the periphery very broadly rounded; surface
prominently pitted, sutures slightly limbate; aperture a narrow,
curved opening at the base of the apertural face of the chamber
forming nearly a semicircle, with a definite lip thickening.

Diameter, 0.50-0.80 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from two Challenger sta-
tions in the North Pacific in 1,850 and 2,250 fathoms. Bagg records
it from Albatross station H 4567 in 1,307 fathoms off the Hawaiian
Islands. I have had specimens from Holothurian stomachs taken at

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Albatross station D 3603 in 1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea and D 4822
in 130 fathoms off Japan. It occurred at Nero stations 12 in 1,924
fathoms, 166 in 1,850 fathoms, and 189 in 1,813 fathoms between the
Hawaiian and Midway Islands and at a large number of Nero stations
between Guam and Japan at depths ranging from 1,321 to 2,250
fathoms.

This species is easily distinguished from JN. umbilicatula by its
much broader test in face view.

NONIONINA ORBICULARIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 15, fig. 2.

Nonionina orbicularis H. B. Brapy, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 43, 1881,
p. 105, pl. 2, figs. 5a, b; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 8, 1881, p. 415,
pl. 21, figs. 5a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 727, pl. 109,
figs. 20, 21_—Muterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 600, pl. 11, fig. 1.—
Baaa, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 164.

Nonionina depressula, var. orbicularis MapseN, Medd. Dansk. Geol. Forening,
No. 2, 1895, p. 217, pl., fig. 7.

Description.—Test subglobular with ten or more chambers in the
final volution, in face view broad, periphery very broadly rounded,
almost flattened, umbilical region filled with shell material granular
as is also the material of the umbilical portion of the slightly limbate
sutures; wall fairly smooth, the periphery lobulated slightly; aperture
a narrow slit at the base of the apertural face of the chamber, the
lateral portions tending toward division by downwardly projecting
tooth-like portions.

Diameter, 0.75-1.00 mm.

Distribution.—The only record for this species in the North Pacific
is that of Bagg, Albatross station D 4566 in 572 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands.

NONIONINA ASTERIZANS (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 14, fig. 5.

Nautilus asterizans FicutTEn and Mout, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 37, pl. 3, figs. e-h.

Pulvinulus asterizans LaMARCK, Tab. Encycl. et Méthod., pt. 23, 1816, pl. 466,
figs 10a-d.

Placentula asterizans LAMARCK, Anim. sans Vert., 1822, p. 621, No. 2.

Nonionina asterizans PARKER and Jonges, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19,
1857, p. 287, pl. 11, figs. 20, 21; ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860, p. 101, No. 1.—Terrriat1,
Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 217, pl. 4, fig. 78.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 728, pl. 109, figs. 1, 2.—
Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1898, p. 425,
pl. 19, figs. 47, 48.—StpeBsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 14.

Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) asterizans PARKER and JonEs, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 403, pl. 14, fig. 35; pl. 17, fig. 54.

Description.—Test with twelve or more chambers in the final volu-
tion, in face view narrow, periphery broadly rounded, about 24 to 3

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 27

times as long as wide, surface pitted, umbilical region slightly exca-
vated at the center, the rest filled with shell tissue of considerable
extent as a central mass, thence extending outward along the sutures
in a star-like mass, making up nearly one-third the diameter of the
test; aperture simple, narrow, with a slightly thickened lip.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. The only material I have had came from Albatross
station H 4857 in 324 fathoms, in Bering Sea. The specimens are
not typical, but are here figured.

NONIONINA STELLIGERA d’Orbigny.
Plate 14, fig. 4; plate 15, fig. 4; plate 16, fig. 2.

Nonionina stelligera p’ORBIGNY, in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. [les
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, Foraminiféres, 1839, p. 128, pl. 3, figs. 1, 2—H. B.
Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 471, pl. 48, fig. 19; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 728, pl. 109, figs. 3-5.—EeeEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. un, vol. 18, 1893, p. 425, pl. 19,
fig. 44.—Gois, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 104, pl. 17,
figs. 827, 828.—Morrton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 121,
pl. 1, fig. 18 —Forwasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1899,
p. 654, fig. 5—Miuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 600.—SipEBoTToM,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 13,
pl. 4, fig. 9; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29.—Baae, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No.
513, 1910, p. 89, pl. 27, figs. 7, 8.

Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) stelligera PARKER and JoNnEs, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 404, pl. 14, figs. 40, 41.

Description.—Test with usually ten to twelve chambers in the last
formed volution, in face view narrow, 3 to 34 times as long as broad,
sides nearly parallel, periphery broadly rounded, slightly lobulated,
surface punctate, umbilical portion with a filling of shell tissue in
radiating rays from the umbilical portion toward the periphery along
the sutures, each ray widest near the middle and distinct from the
others, almost no umbilical depression; aperture a semicircular, very
narrow opening at the base of the apertural face of the chamber,
simple.

Diameter 0.50-0.70 mm.

Distribution.— This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. It has occurred at Albatross D 2806 in 1,379
fathoms off the Galapagos Islands.

There is considerable variation in this species as will be seen by
referring to the various figures of the synonymy given above. It is
perhaps most easily confused with JN. asterizans.

6912°—14——_3

28 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

NONIONINA BOUEANA d’Orbigny.
Plate 16, fig. 1.

Nonionina boueana D’OrBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 108,
pl. 5, figs. 11, 12—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 729, pl. 109, figs. 12, 13—Ea@arr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 426, pl. 19, figs. 34, 35.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 104, pl. 17, fig. 829 —Fiint, Ann. Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 337, pl. 79, fig. 5—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad. Sci.
Ist. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 8, 1900, p. 400, fig. 49; ser. 6, vol. 1, 1904, p. 18,
pl. 3, fig. 11.—Mutert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 602.

Description.—Test compressed, composed of twelve to fifteen
chambers in the last formed volution, chambers much longer than
broad, sutures much curved, in face view test about 23 times as long
as wide, periphery subacute, scarcely if at all lobulated; umbilical
area filled with shell tissue, sutures imbate; surface nearly smooth,
wall very finely punctate; aperture a narrow curved slit at the base
of the apertural face of the chamber, simple.

Diameter 0.50-0.75 mm.

Distribution— The only Challenger record which Brady gives is
Hongkong harbor in 7 fathoms. Flint records it from the Gulf of
Tokyo in 9 fathoms. I have had it from off the Hawaiian Islands,
Albatross H 2917 in 2,615 fathoms. It has also occurred at D 4964
in 37 fathoms, bottom temperature 66.6° F. off Japan. From the
Nero material it occurred at station 1237 in 613 fathoms off Yoko-
hama, Japan, and 1444 in 2,175 fathoms between Yokohama and
Guam.

This is a rather characteristic species with its numerous chambers
in a rapidly increasing width of volution and peculiar umbilical region.

NONIONINA SCAPHA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 15, fig. 1; plate 16, figs. 3, 4.

Nautilus scapha Ficutet and Mout, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 105, pl. 19, figs. d-f.

Nonionina scapha ParKER and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860,
p- 102, No. 4.—H. B. Brapy, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Dur-
ham, vol. 1, 1865, p. 106, pl. 12, figs. 10a, b—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 730, pl. 109, figs. 14, 15, and 16?—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 230, pl. 43,
fig. 20.—Woopwarp and Tuomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota, vol. 3,
1893, p. 48, pl. E, figs. 35, 36.—Eaaerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 424, pl. 19, figs. 43, 44.—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 104, pl. 17, fig. 830.—Morrton, Proc. Portland
Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 121, pl. 1, fig. 23.—F int, Ann. Rep. U. S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 337, pl. 80, fig. 1—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci.
Ist. Bologna, ser. 6, vol. 1, 1904, p. 12, pl. 3, fig. 4; pl. 18, fig. 5—Mintert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 601.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 164.—SrpEBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 58, No. 21, 1909, p. 13; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 13.—
Baae, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv. No. 513, 1912, p. 88, pl. 27, figs. 1-3.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) scapha ParKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 404, pl. 14, figs. 37, 38; pl. 17, figs. 55, 56.

Description.—Test somewhat compressed, composed of about ten
chambers in the last formed volution, chambers rapidly increasing
in length as added, especially in the adult test; chambers in front
view broadest near the proximal end gradually tapering to the
rounded periphery, earlier half of coil much narrower, whole test in
face view a little more than twice as long as wide; surface smooth,
punctate; aperture a narrow slit at the base of the apertural face,
simple.

Diameter about 0.50 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from three North Pacific
stations in from 7-345 fathoms, the last being off Japan on the
Hyalonema-ground. Flint records it from Albatross station D 2805
in 51 fathoms in Panama Bay and from the Gulf of Tokyo in 9
fathoms. Bagg records it fromfive Albatross stations off the Hawaiian
Islands, D 4000 in 104-213 fathoms, D 4025 in 275-368 fathoms,
H 4440 in 1,259 fathoms, H 4567 in 1,307 fathoms and H 4696 in
367 fathoms.

From the Nero material I have this species from station 1160 in
1,907 fathoms and 1237 in 613 fathoms. From the Albatross material
I have had it from D 3603 in 1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea and from
material from Holothurian stomachs, D 3608 in 276 fathoms. It also
occurred off the Galapagos Islands, D 2806 in 1,379 fathoms. Off
Japan it occurred at Albatross H 4878 in 84 fathoms, bottom tem-
perature 51.9° F., D 5054 in 282 fathoms, bottom temperature 45.3°
F., D 5056 in 258 fathoms, bottom temperature 46° F. and D 5085
in 622 fathoms, bottom temperature 37.8° F.

There seems to be either considerable variation in this species or
else a number of forms included under a single name. The amount
of material is not sufficient to determine the limits of variation.

NONIONINA TURGIDA (Williamson).
Plate 15, fig. 3.

Rotalina turgida Witu1amson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 50, pl. 4,
figs. 95-97.

Nonionina turgida H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 474,
No. 91; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 731, pl. 109, fig.
17-19.—TErRqueEm, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 11, 1886, p. 331, pl. 11,
figs. 7, 8—Ecarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18,
1893, p. 425, pl. 19, figs. 45, 46.—Mmert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p.
602.—SipEBotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol.
53, No. 21, 1909, p. 13; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29.

Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) turgida PARKER and Jonss, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 405, pl. 17, figs. 57a-c.

Description.—Test composed of about ten chambers in the last
formed volution, very rapidly increasing in size as added, the last

30 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

formed chamber in the adult often making up nearly one-half the
visible test and often at one side instead of bilaterally placed, in face
view about twice as long as wide, the last formed chamber making
up the larger part of the test, broadest at its base and thence gradually
tapering to the subacute periphery, very slightly lobulated; wall
smooth, punctate; aperture a narrow curved opening at the base of
the apertural face, simple.

Length 0.40-0.55 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species is that
of Brady in the Challenger Report, off the coast of Japan on the
Hyalonema-ground in 345 fathems.

Genus POLYSTOMELLA Lamarck, 1822.

Nautilus (part) Linnmus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162.

Polystomella Lamarck (type, Polystomella crispa (Linnzeus)), Anim. sans Vert.,
vol. 7, 1822, p. 625.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 731.

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, arranged in a
regular, bilaterally symmetrical, nautiloid spire, the chambers ex-
tending back to the umbilical region so that only the last formed
chamber is visible, chambers either inflated with depressed sutures
bridged across at regular intervals or the sutures may be limbate and
the processes form a regular series of elevated ridges connecting the
sutures; aperture either a simple opening at the base of the apertural
face of the chamber or subdivided into a series of openings.

There is a considerable range of development seen in the various
species of this genus from the simple species such as P. striato-
punctata to the more complex P. crispa. In the higher species there
is a supplemental skeleton to the test which is provided with a rather
complex system of internal canals. Of these there are two spiral
canals, one at either side of the test connecting with the meridional
canals which lie in the septal depressions between the chambers and
connect with the exterior by short tubes opening upon the septal
lines. These are best seen in P. arctica and P. sibirica, the latter of
which is here figured. Where the umbilical portion is filled with a
secondary shell material as in P. craticulata this portion is filled with
straight canals leading to the interior. The best figures of the
internal structure are those given by Carpenter.

There is an interesting development in the species of this genus
and corresponding distribution. The arctic species are decidedly
different in many ways from the species which are so characteristic
of tropical coral reefs.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. al

POLYSTOMELLA STRIATO-PUNCTATA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 18, fig. 2.

Nautilus striato-punctatus Ficuten and Mout, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 61, pl. 9,
figs. a-c.

Polystomella striato-punctata Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3,
vol. 5, 1860, p. 103, No. 6.—Trrrtiat, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, ann.
33, 1880, p. 216, pl. 4, figs. 73, 74.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 733, pl. 109, figs. 22, 23.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer,
and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 230, pl. 43, fig. 17.—Eacerr,
Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 433, pl. 19,
figs. 49, 50.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 101,
pl. 17, figs. 815 (part) 822.—Morron, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2,
1897, p. 122, pl. 1, fig. 19.—Furnt, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899)
p. 337, pl. 80, fig. 2—Wrieut, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5,
fig. 24.—Mutetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 602.—RuumBLER, Zool.
Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 73, pl. 5, figs. 61, 62.—Bacaa, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 165.—Cusuman, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat.
Hist., vol. 34, 1905, p. 31, pl. 5, fig. 4.—Srpzsotrom, Mem. and Proc. Man-
chester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 14, pl. 4, fig. 10; pl. 5,
figs. 1, 2; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 16.—Baee, Bull. U. 8. Geol.
Surv., No. 513, p. 92, pl. 27, figs. 10-12.

Description.—Test composed of about 10 chambers in the last
formed volution, in face view about 24 times as long as wide, periphery
broadly rounded, usually slightly depressed at the umbilicus: periph-
ery slightly lobulated, chambers somewhat inflated, septal lines with
regular bridging: aperture a nearly semicircular, narrow opening,
sometimes showing traces of division into a series of openings.

Diameter, 0.50—0.70 mm.

Distribution.—In the North Pacific Brady records this species from
a single Challenger station, Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands,
in 40 fathoms. Bagg records it from one Albatross station D 4174
in 735-865 fathoms. Rhumbler records it from Chatham Island and
Laysan. I have material from Hongkong; from Nero station 1311
in 1,503 fathoms; from off Alaska; from Albatross station 3603 in
1,771 fathoms in Bering Sea, abundant. It also occurred in material
taken from Holothurian stomachs at Albatross D 3608 in 276 fathoms
in Bering Sea.

There seems to be a number of forms which are included under this
species and a critical study of a large amount of material would
doubtless show some definite forms. JI have not had sufficient
material of this species to make any such comparisons.

co
bo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

POLYSTOMELLA SUBNODOSA (Miinster).
Plate 14, fig. 8.

Robulina subnodosa MiinstER, Neues Jahrb. fiir Min., 1838, p. 391, pl. 3, fig. 61.

Polystomella subnodosa Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 18, 1855, p. 240,
pl. 4, fig. 51a, b—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 734, pl. 110, fig. la, b.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
1894, p. 102, pl. 17, figs. 817-819.—Fornasin1, Rend. Accad. Sci. Ist.
Bologna, vol. 2, 1897, pl. 1, fig. 12—Muruerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904,
p. 604.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 165.—SipEzoTrTom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909,
p. 16, pl. 5, fig. 6; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 30.—Bace, Bull. U. S. Geol.
Survey, No. 513, 1912, p. 92, pl. 28, figs. 12a, 6.

Description.—Test composed of about 12 chambers in the last
formed volution, in face view about 24 times as long as wide, the
periphery angled with a blunt keel, periphery very slightly if at all
lobulated, umbilical region umbonate, septal lines depressed and
evenly bridged: aperture an arched narrow opening at the base of
the apertural face.

Diameter about 0.60 mm.

Distribution.—The only previously recorded station for this species
is that given by Bagg, Albatross H 4508 in 495 fathoms. I have had
specimens collected in the Inland Sea of Japan, and from Albatross
D 4875 in 59 fathoms off Japan in the eastern channel of Korea
Strait. It also occurred at D 3501 in 688 fathoms in Bering Sea.

This makes a rather peculiar distribution for this species.

POLYSTOMELLA CRISPA (Linnaeus).
Plate 18, fig. 1.

“‘Cornu Hammonis orbiculatum ’’ PLancus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 2.

Nautilus crispus Linnzvs, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162.

Polystomella crispa Lamarck, Anim. sans Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 625, No. 1.—
p’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 125, pl. 6, figs. 9-14.—
Wiuu1amson, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, vol. 2, 1849, p. 159, pl. 28; Rec.
Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 40, pl. 3, figs. 78-80.—CarprENnTER, Intr.
Foram., 1862, p. 278, pl. 16, figs. 4-6.—Parxkerr and Jonss, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 399, pl. 14, fig. 24; pl. 17, figs. 61a, b.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 736, pl. 110, figs. 6, 7—SiLvEstRI,
Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 9, 1893, p. 216, pl. 4, fig. 3—EccEr,
Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1898, p. 432, pl. 20,
figs. 20, 21.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand1., vol. 25, 1894, p. 102,
pl. 17, figs. 820, 821.—Lister, Philos. Trans., vol. 186, 1895, p. 414, pl. 6,
figs. 1-3, 5-12; pl. 7, figs. 13-27; pl. 8, figs. 28-32_—F unt, Ann. Rep. U.S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 338, pl. 80, fig. 3—Mutuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1904, p. 603, pl. 11, fig. 2—Smxrsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 15; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 30.—
Baga, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 518, 1912, p. 90, pl. 27, figs. 13-20; pl.
28, figs. 1-6.

Description.—Test composed of twenty or more chambers in the
last formed volution, in face view about twice as long as wide, len-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 33

ticular, widest at the middle, keeled with sharp angled periphery,
not at all lobulated; surface with the reticulated portion larger than
the septal lines; umbilical region umbonate, filled with clear shell
material, usually with a few pores: aperture an angled narrow open-
ing, V-shaped, divided into several secondary openings.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution. Brady in the Challenger Report gives this species as
found ‘‘as far north asJapan’’. I have found it a number of times in
the material I have examined. It occurred in material collected in
Gaspar Straits by Captain Rodgers of the U.S. Exploring Expedition,
from Hongkong, 9 fathoms: from Cagayan, Philippine Islands, col-
lected by Dr. E. A. Mearns. In the Nero material it occurred at-
station 990 in 859 fathoms off Guam and station 1237 in 613 fathoms
off Yokohama, Japan. In the Albatross material it occurred at sta-
tion D 4922 in 60 fathoms, D 4916 in 361 fathoms, D 4891 in 181
fathoms and D 4970 in 500 fathoms.

POLYSTOMELLA MACELLA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 18, fig. 3.
Nautilus macellus, var. a, FicateL and Mout, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 66, pl. 10,

figs. e-g.

Polystomella macella PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5,
1860, p. 104, No. 8.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 737, pl. 110, figs. 8, 9, 11.—Ecarr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 432, pl. 20, figs. 22, 23.—Bace, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 165.—SipesBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 15, pl. 5, fig. 4; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910,
p. 30.

Description.—Test compressed, with about twenty chambers in the
last-formed volution, in face view 3 to 5 times as long as wide, keeled
with a sharp-angled periphery, sometimes slightly lobulated at the
periphery, surface with the reticulated portion making up most of
the area, the septal lines narrow, umbilical region slightly depressed,
porous, aperture divided into a number of smaller openings.

Diameter up to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from two Albatross stations
off the Hawaiian Islands, D 4000 in 104-213 fathoms and H 4430 in
1,544 fathoms. I have seen it in the material I have examined from
the Gulf of Tokyo, in 9 fathoms, Albatross stations D 4825 in 120
fathoms and D 4970 in 500 fathoms both off Japan and at Nero sta-
tion 1306 in 1,208 fathoms between Yokohama and Guam.

34 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

POLYSTOMELLA CRATICULATA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 19, fig. 4.

Nautilus craticulatus Ficute. and Mout, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 51, pl. 5, figs. A-k.

Polystomella craticulata p’OrBicNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 284, No. 3.—
CARPENTER, Intr. Foram., 1862, p. 279, pl. 16, figs. 1, 2—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 739, pl. 110, figs. 16, 17.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 483,
pl. 20, figs. 24, 25.—Muntert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 604.

Description.—Test subglobose, composed of as many as fifty cham-
bers in the last formed coil; in face view broadly lenticular about
14 times as long as wide, periphery bluntly rounded; umbilical region
umbonate, filled with clear shell material for one-third or more of the
diameter of the test, with large pores; remainder of surface reticu-
late; aperture a long, narrow openifg subdivided into a number of
pores.

Diameter up to 3.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from three North Pacific
Challenger stations, Chinese Sea, Hongkong Harbor in 7 fathoms and
Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. The only
material I have had was collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns from shore
sands, Cebu, Philippine Islands.

This is distinctly a tropical shallow-water species, and a large and
beautiful one. Very probably it is widely distributed in the shallow
waters about the islands of the southern portion of the North Pacific,
although material is not available.

POLYSTOMELLA SIBIRICA Goés.
Plate 19, fig. 1.

Polystomella sibirica Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, 1894,
p. 100, pl. 17, fig. 814.

Description.—Test broad, complanate, much compressed, made up
of about 25 chambers in the last-formed volution; in face view about
34 to 5 times as long as wide, sutural lines showing a double line of
pores, umbilical region filled with clear shell material, porous; aper-
ture a series of small pores in a V-shaped arrangement.

Diameter up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—This species was found at but one station, Albatross
D 3600 in 156 fathoms in Bering Sea. At this station it was abundant
and it probably has a general distribution in this region from which
comparatively little material is available. It is a large and striking
species.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 35

Genus AMPHISTEGINA @’Orbigny, 1826.
Amphistegina D’ORBIGNY (type, A. lessonii d’Orbigny) Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 304.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 739.

Description.—Test spiral, lenticular, more convex on one side than
the other, the last-formed volution usually covering the others, cham-
bers with the alar projections on one side simple, divided on the
other side by deep constrictions to form supplementary lobes; wall
thickened near the umbilicus, usually smooth except near the aper-
ture on the ventral side where it is usually papillose, no true secondary
canal system developed; aperture on the ventral side at the base of
the chamber, simple.

There are various forms of this genus but by the foregoing charac-
ters they may be distinguished. Occasionally there is some surface
ornamentation but usually the wall is smooth. It is often very
abundant in the shallow waters of the Tropics.

AMPHISTEGINA LESSONII d’Orbigny.
Plate 19, fig. 2

Amphistegina lessonii D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 304, No. 3,
pl. 17, figs. 14; Modéles, No. 98.—Parxer, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 92.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 740, pl. 111, figs. 1-7.—H. B.
Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 230, pl. 43,
fig. 15.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 431, pl. 20, figs. 18, 19.—F unt, Ann. Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p- 338, pl. 82, fig. 4—Fornastni, Rend. Accad. Sci. Ist. Bologna, vol. 7,
1903, pl. 2, fig. 1—SueEruock, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 38, 1903, p. 356,
fig. 5—Miuett, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 605.—Baae, Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 165.—Cuapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22,
pt. 2, 1910, p. 294, pl. 53, fig. 6

Description.—Test lenticular or more convex on one side than the
other, surface smooth, composed of about 25 chambers in the last-
Pred volution which embraces the preceding ones, chambers on
the dorsal side with the alar projections simple, on the ventral side
divided by deep constrictions usually into two lobes, especially in the
thicker varieties the test is papillose about the ventral margin of the
aperture, aperture Rotaliform, simple.

Diameter up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—Brady does not record this species from the Chal-
lenger material of the North Pacific. Bagg records it from eleven
Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, depths
ranging from 104 to 1,544 fathoms.

Among the various lots of material I have had this species was
very common in that from Gaspar Straits, from Cagayan, Philippines,
collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns, Alert station 1177 in 23-118 fathoms

36 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

and in Hongkong Harbor. It occurred at Nero station 201 in 1,033
fathoms and 209 in 82 fathoms off Midway Islands, station 990 in
859 fathoms off Guam, and stations 2031 in 1,624 fathoms, 2036 in
82 fathoms, and 2074 in 22 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. In the
Albatross material it has occurred at H 2922 in 268 fathoms also off
the Hawaiian Islands and D 4922 in 60 fathoms and H 4882 in 248
fathoms both off Blake Reef, Colnett or Vincennes Strait off southern
Japan. This region from other species already recorded here has
proved to be southern in its relations and a region at which many
southern species seem to approach their northern limits on this coast.

This species is used at the present time to include various forms
which may be distinct. Brady notes the fact that various forms
occur and Bagg also found them. <A study of recent tropical mate-
rial should show something definite in regard to these specific or
varietal forms.

Genus OPERCULINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Nautilus (part) Gronovius, Zooph. Gron., 1781, p. 282.

Lenticulites (part) Derrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 25, 1822, p. 453.

Operculina pD’ORBIGNY (Type, O. complanata Defrance), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 281.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 742.

Description.—Test coiled, compressed, consisting of numerous
chambers in three or four volutions, bilaterally symmetrical, and all
visible from either side, not embracing, except in the early whorls,
in face view very thin, usually thickest at the umbonal region; sur-
face smooth or ornamented with bosses; aperture single at the base
of the apertural wall of the chamber.

Carpenter’ has given a very detailed account of the structure of
this genus. The genus is characteristic, at least in the larger forms,
of the warmer shallow seas. It is a characteristic genus of the earlier
Tertiaries.

OPERCULINA COMPLANATA (Defrance).

Lenticulites complanata Derrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 25, 1822, p. 453.

Operculina complanata pD’OrBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 281, pl. 14,
figs. 7-10; Modéles, No. 80.—Parker and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 8, 1861, p. 229.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 748, pl. 112, figs. 3, 4, 5, 8—Woopwarp and Tuomas, 13th
Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota for 1884 (1885), p. 175, pl. 4,
fig. 35; vol. 3, 1893, p. 45, pl. E, fig. 37—[?] Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 435, pl. 20, figs. 40-42.—Nrwron and
Hot.anp, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp. Univ. Tokyo, 1902, p. 18, pl. 1, fig. 3, 5;
pl. 3, fig. 3—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 605.

Description.—Test much compressed, the early volutions somewhat
embracing, later ones nonembracing, bilaterally symmetrical, cham-

1 Introd. Foram., 1862.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 37

bers in the last formed whorl very numerous, periphery very thin,
sometimes slightly keeled, sutures usually angled and sharply directed
backward near the periphery, surface smooth; aperture a single open-
ing at the base of the apertural face in addition to which there are
numerous secondary openings in the chambers of the last whorl,
appearing as large pores on the exterior.

Diameter up to 8 or 10 mm.

Distribution.—The only record from the North Pacific for this
typical form of the species has been that of Brady in the Challenger
Report, coral reefs of Honolulu, 40 fathoms. I have found it in
material collected in Gaspar Straits by Captain Rodgers of the North
Pacific Exploring Expedition. The smooth form seems to be much
less common than the following variety.

OPERCULINA COMPLANATA (Defrance), var. GRANULOSA Leymerie.
Plate 19, fig. 3.

Operculina granulosa LeymMerie, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 2, vol. 1, 1846,
p- 359, pl. 13, figs. 12a, b.—[?] Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 435, pl. 20, figs. 36, 37, 43.

Operculina complanata (DEFRANCE), var. granulosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 743, pl. 112, figs. 6, 7, 9, 10.—Woopwarp
and Tuomas, 13th Ann. Rep. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minnesota for 1884
(1885), p. 176, pl. 4, fig. 36—Nrwron and Houianp, Journ. Coll. Sci. Imp.
Univ. Tokyo, vol. 17, 1902, p. 14, pl. 2, fig. 4; pl. 3, fig. 5—Mmerr, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 606.

Description.—Differing ‘from the typical form in the character of
the surface which is granular or papillose, especially on the earlier
whorls, the papille being most frequent along the suture lines.

The varietal form seems to be much more common than the typical
smooth form. Brady in the Challenger Report records it from the
coral reefs of Honolulu in 40 fathoms. In the material I have
examined it was common in Gaspar Straits; in 13 fathoms off Singa-
pore, from Alert station 1177 in 23-118 fathoms and from Albatross
station D 4922 in 60 fathoms. This last is the station from which
Heterostegina was also found showing the southern character of the
fauna at that station.

OPERCULINA AMMONOIDES (Gronovius).
Plate 14, fig. 7.

Nautilus ammonoides Gronovius, Zooph. Gron., 1781, p. 282, No. 1220.

Operculina ammonoides Parker and Jonss, Intr. Foram., 1862, Appendix, p.
810.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 745,
pl. 112, figs. 1, 2—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 434, pl. 20, figs. 38, 39.

Description.—Test small, somewhat embracing, the last formed
whorl making up the greater part of the visible test with about twelve

38 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

chambers in the whorl, sutures limbate, the intermediate portions of
the surface depressed, the inner margin of the whorl often granulose,
in face view about five times as long as wide; aperture simple.

Diameter about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific stations from which this
species has been recorded are given by Brady in the Challenger Report,
off the Philippines in 95 fathoms, Hongkong Harbor in 7 fathoms,
south of Japan on the Hyalonema ground in 345 fathoms.

I have the species from Albatross station D 4970 in 500 fathoms off
Japan.

Genus HETEROSTEGINA dOrbigny, 1826.

Heterostegina D’ORBIGNY (type, H. depressa d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 305.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 745.

Description.—Test compressed, especially the last-formed whorl,
the early whorls often embracing and fairly thick, lenticular in side
view; chambers numerous, subdivided into chamberlets by trans-
verse partitions and visible from the exterior; secondary canal system
developed and comparable to Operculina; aperture consisting of a
row of pores on the outer face of the chamber, one pore for each of
the chamberlets.

The chamberlets are not directly connected with one another in
the same chamber but are connected by the previously formed aper-
tures with the adjacent chamberlet of the previous chamber. Often
the central portion of the test is decidedly thickened while the last-
formed whorl is extremely thin.

The genus is characteristic of shallow water of the Tropics.

HETEROSTEGINA DEPRESSA d’Orbigny.
Plate 19, fig. 5.

Heterostegina depressa D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 305, No. 2,
pl. 17, figs. 5-7; Modéles, No. 99.—ParkeEr, Jongs, and H. B. Brapy, Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 34, pl. 3, fig. 100.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 746, pl. 112, figs. 14-20.—
Eacer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 433,
pl. 20, figs. 34, 35.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 28, 1900, p. 18,
pl. 3, figs. 6, 7.—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 606.—RHUMBLER,
Zool, Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 74.

Description.—Test in section lenticular, early chambers embracing
and thickened, later whorls thin, periphery with a thin keel, cham-
bers subdivided into chamberlets by transverse partitions, the cham-
berlets near the interior border of the whorl being much larger than
those of the peripheral portion, division apparent from the exterior.

Diameter up to 5 mm. or more.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39

Distribution.—The Challenger expedition obtained this species in
the North Pacific from the Chinese Sea and from the Honolulu coral
reefs in 40 fathoms. Bagg records it from one Albatross station near
the Hawaiian Islands, H 4566 in 572 fathoms. Rhumbler records it
from Laysan Island.

The only station at which I have had the species is Albatross D 4922
in Colnett or Vincennes Strait in 60 fathoms, bottom temperature
79.2° F. The bottom is given as coral in the records. This and the
adjoining stations are those from which many southern species were
found and where they apparently approach their northern limits in
this particular region.

Genus NUMMULITES Lamarck, 1801.

Nummulites Lamarck (type, NV. laevigata Lamarck), Anim. sans Vert., vol. 9,
1801, p. 101.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 747.

Description.—Test coiled, biconvex, usually bilaterally symmetrical,
composed of numerous volutions. The chambers numerous and ex-
tending to the umbo, each volution completely inclosing the pre-
ceding ones, the periphery often keeled, aperture a simple V-shaped
opening at the base of the apertural face of the chamber.

The genus Nummulites is almost entirely represented by fossil
species but the genus still persists in the warmer seas of the Pacific
in comparatively shallow water. Our recent species are much less
complicated in their structure and smaller in size than the fossil ones.

NUMMULITES CUMINGII (Carpenter).
Plate 14, fig. 6.

Amphistegina cumingii CARPENTER, Philos, Trans., 1859, p. 32, pl. 5, figs. 13-17.

Nummulites cumingii H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 749, pl. 112, figs. 11-13; woodcut, fig. 22.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 166.

Nummulites radiata Baca, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 167.

Description.—Test composed of several whorls, with about 20
chambers in the last-formed whorl, lenticular in cross section, about
24 times as long as wide, surface smooth, umbonal portion with sutures
showing thickened bands at the surface, abruptly curved backward
near the periphery, surface between the sutures often with con-
spicuous pores; aperture simple, V-shaped.

Diameter about 3 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from the Chinese Sea and
off the Philippine Islands in 95 fathoms. Bagg records it from four
Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands, D 4000 in 104-213

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fathoms, H 4476 in 438 fathoms, H 4566 in 572 fathoms, and H 4590
in 978 fathoms.

So far as I have observed in the material I have examined this
species has occurred but once, Nero station 190 in 864 fathoms near
Midway Islands. It should be noted, however, that most of the
material I have had has come from deep water and little of it from
shallow water in the Tropics where this species is mostly found.

There seems to be but one living species of this genus.

Fig.

Fig.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 1.

1. Chilostomella ovoidea. X 40. Partial side view.
2.
3. Chilostomella ovoidea. X50. Broken specimen showing relative size of cham-

Chilostomella ovoidea. X 40. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

bers (after Brady).

4,5. Chilostomella ovoidea. X 70. Bytransmitted light showing relations of in-

6.
i:
8.

SD OF m 0 DD Ee

oo

OCoOoOnnrnarh, Wd

ONoowrk WHF

terior chambers (after Brady).
Allomorphina trigona. XX 60. (After Brady.)
Allomorphina trigona. X 60. (After Brady.)
Allomorphina trigona. XX 100. Viewed by transmitted light (after Brady).

PLATE 2.
Figures from photographs. X 30.

. Globigerina xquilateralis, apertural view.
. Globigerina xquilateralis, front view.

. Globigerina xquilateralis, side view.

. Globigerina sacculifera, from above.

. Globigerina sacculifera, from below.

Globigerina sacculifera, from side.

. Globigerina bulloides, from above.
. Globigerina bulloides, from side.
. Globigerina bulloides, from below.

PLaTE 3.
Figures from photographs. X 30.

. Globigerina helicina, from below.

. Globigerina helicina, from above.

. Globigerina conglobata, from below.
. Globigerina conglobata, from side.

. Globigerina conglobata, from above.
. Globigerina rubra, from above.

. Globigerina rubra, from side.

. Globigerina rubra, from side.

. Globigerina rubra, from below.

Puate 4.
Figures from photographs. X 30.

. Globigerina dubia, from above.

. Globigerina dubia, from side.

. Globigerina dubia, from below.
. Globigerina inflata, from above.
. Globigerina inflata, from below.
. Globigerina inflata, from side.

. Globigerina inflata, from side.

. Globigerina inflata, from side.

41

492 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Puate 5.
Globigerina sacculifera. 75. Ja, from above; 1b, same from below.
Puate 6.
Orbulina universa. X 50. (After Brady.)

Fig. 1. Specimen with spines;
2-4. Specimens viewed by transmitted light showing Globigerina-like young
within.
5. Thick-walled specimen showing various layers of wall.
PLATE 7.
Orbulina universa.

Fig. 1. Broken specimen showing early Globigerina-like chambers. X 75.
2. Slightly irregular specimen showing large aperture and smaller pores, pre-
viously formed chamber still visible from the exterior. X 90.

PuLaTE 8.
Hastigerina pelagica (aiter Brady).

Fig. 1. Living specimen. X 30.
2. Specimen showing spines complete and sarcode. 33.
3, 4. Specimens from glycerine mounts. X 38.
5-8. Dead and empty tests with broken spines. X 38.

PLATE 9.

Living specimen of Globigerina bulloides with spines (after Brady).

Puate 10.

Fig. 1. Globigerina conglobata, in section. X50. (After Brady.)
2. Sphxroidina dehiscens, in section. XX 50. (After Brady.)
3. Pullenia obliquiloculata, in section. XX 50. (After Brady.)
4. Globigerina sacculifera, in section. X50. (After Brady.)
5. Globigerina xquilateralis, in section. X50. (After Brady.)
6. Globigerina conglobata, in section. X 50. (After Brady.)
7. Sphexroidina bulloides, in section. X 50. (After Brady.)

PuaTE 11.

Fig. 1. Candeina nitida. X 75. a, from side; b, from above; c, from below.
. Pullenia sphxroides. X75. a, from side; 6, apertural view.
3. Orbulina universa. X 180. Portion of surface.

bo

PLATE 12.

Fig. 1. Spheroidina bulloides. X 66. a, apertural view; b, from above.
2. Pullenia obliquiloculata. X 66. a, from above; 6b, apertural view.
3. Pullenia obliquiloculata. X 66. a, from above; 6, apertural view.

PLATE 13.

Fig. 1. Sphxroidina dehiscens. X 55. a, from below; 6, from above; c, from side.
2. Pullenia quinqueloba. > 66. a, apertural view; 5, side view.

i

Fig.

me wD

e

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 43

PLATE 14.

. Globigerina digitata. X 50. Adult specimen.
. Globigerina digitata. X50. Adult specimen.
. Globigerina digitata. XX 50. Young specimen.

Nonionina stelligera. X 66. a, from side; 6, apertural view.
Nonionina asterizans. X 66. a, from side; 6, apertural view.

. Nummulites cumingit. X13. a, side view; b, apertural view.
. Operculina ammonoides. X 33.
. Polystomella subnodosa. X 133. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLaTe 15.

. Nonionina scapha. X 100. a, side view; 8, front view.

. Nonionina orbicularis. X 50. (After Brady).

. Nonionina turgida. XX 50. a, side view; b, front view. (After Brady).
. Nonionina stelligera. X 100. a, side view; b, front view.

Puate 16.

. Nonionina boweana. X130. a, side view; 6, face view.

2. Nonionina stelligera. 130.. a, side view; 6, face view.

bo

ok Whe

. Nonionina scapha, slightly umbilicate form. »X 75. a, side view; 6, face

view.

. Nonignina scapha, more typical form. X 75. a, side view; b, face view.

PLATE 17.

. Nonionina umbilicatula. > 75. a, side view; b, face view.
. Nonionina pompilioides. X75. a, side view; b, face view.
. Nonionina depressula. XX 130. a, side view; b, face view.

Puiate 18.

. Polystomella crispa. XX 30. a, side view: 6, face view.
. Polystomella striato-punctata. X 66. a, side view; 6, face view.
. Polystomella macella. 66. a, side view; b, face view.

PLATE 19.

. Polystomella sibirica. X 30. a, side view; b, face view.

. Amphistegina lessonii. X 30.

. Operculina complanata, var. granulosa. X 18.

. Polystomella craticulata. X 35. a, side view; 6, face view.
. Heterostegina depressa, young specimen. X 35.

6912°—14—-4

is
«| Da
nin

os

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 1

CHILOSTOMELLIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 41.

e

U, S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 2

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 41.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 3

9

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 41.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 4

7

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 41.

e

hae, y oh

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 5

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 6

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 7

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PAcirFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 8

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 9

i
| i
i
|

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION Of PLATE SEE PAGE 42.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 10

Wye

if?

oT Tire
pent Was

penne: Ca
a v,* =
¢

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 11

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN

PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

°
z
9
E
<
Zz
<
lj
a
x
ww
a
3
uw

Oe

ee ee eee

ee

U. Ss.

NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 12

tes

ee

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4,

GLOBIGERINIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 42,

PL. 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 14

|
.
|

— —_—

GLOBIGERINIDZ AND NUMMULITID€ OF NORTH PAcIFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43,

ae
Tay

ete.
tad

>»

nls
n a Amey Ah

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PE 15

NUMMULITID OF NORTH PACcIFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43,

eer

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 16

NUMMULITID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 17

NUMMULITIDZ OF NorRTH PACiFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71 PART + PL. 18

NUMMULITIDZ OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43.

i
Tree Oly tae

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 4, PL. 19

era

Vie ow

)
4
y

PF)

a

.
2
a
SS.
eA
&
at

NUMMULITID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 43,

a

INDEX.

eequilateralis, Globigerina...................
PUMA ONIN S = ate Vases. Ue ob bck cae teermiid
SEUZONA Seon i Lee lee

ammonoides, Operculina............-....-..
Naiitilus: Seer ies. os

PASO PINE ss tere s cin pened eel Leta
Joh ak ove b Oe AB eile A Saga Se

OSSUE mc ee capt NANO in mero 3

Bsrenizans, Nautilus. oo. oe ticle tec das
IManioning/=* ho aes ue eee
Placentula........ Pessoa Camu see
Polystomella crispa, var.......-.

PAUL VARIES rere Se nee ee ast

var. depressula, Nonionina.~......

oveans, Nonioning .. 20 )...8) 2 kkk t
pulloides) Globigerina 22-22 2e2ee eet
NOMAGMING. 32 beck twos ee eee

PUMeNIAA 2 54 l ane eetcl a tee seas
Spurred. Ph oeee oe s ose ae ee

var. inflata, Globigerina...........

var. triloba, Globigerina...........

Anion aca. aos enc ees == aa cane Ce mencc ces
PUI ACE Se ENE ada tueige cicieeclomaiac
Wassiqinina. elobulosa) 5.22.2. ac eadacecce’
Chilostomella. -......-.:2.--: SLR ee Se RE
ONOIGGR ayo oe otis ce eras
Mirossomenideses tis ooo. 22220 ands take atte
complanata, Lenticulites...................-
Operenling-—. 2325-6 fe eects

var. granulosa, Operculina - . ...

conglobata, Globigerina.-.............-.-----
craticulata, Polystomella.....:-.-.-.2---....
cranemlatus, Nautilus=.-) 2.258.205. cee
Cretaces ClODIZerING 2522 205. See ela ee clekas
e@rispa eolystomollay.. 82 2 oe cee
var. (Nonionina) asterizans, Polystom-
Soe cee

depressula, Poly-

Stomollae.eeseces

seapha, Polystom-

elle) eae ue

stelligera, Polystom-

elles esa setae 5 5

turgida, Polystom-

CHa ee ie aed

CREDO EN AIIENS Uaioe Janet ame ML Sah
cumingii, Amphistegina..........-..---...--
INTER INIMLOS (2 oso wean einen selae am
dehiscens, Spheeroidina..........--...-.-...-
depressa , Heterostegina..............-...----
depressula, Nonionina................-.....-
Nonionina asterizans, var.......-
Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonio-

WALT) Se eyeteeror ee Se es od a iste

var. orbicularis, Nonionina......

19

Page.
depressilus)sNamtiluss. 2) 2chtes ct teas on cere 23
digitata, Globigerina:.-.cco2..cc5egeeesee ks 7
dubiasGlohiverinayei eos see eae 6
dutertret, Globigerina) £210.22. sup ee sos 8
GODT ETT Sere aay URS ch ae le 5
sequilateralisy oo. josh. ae wae 12
bulloidessc ure ckien.. sees ee 5
_ bulloides, var. inflata...........- 8
bulloides, var. triloba ..........- 6
conglobatasase sense rete aes 10
Gretacka sc ashes suet oe See 7
Gigitata ee camat ast Caer 7
GUDIA sasese woe ee te rasan ene 6
dutertrele See eee een ee 8
elicinia Meee Seen ee ae 11,12
Pelagiea ee 5.1 Beale es le ees 15
PEE ee eae ce wae ac emteme cee 9
Bacculiieras ..< kee seeeoet ee eee es 11
Seminulm, <3 .sstetes os - nee kece 19
Globigerinidasss = Pert 2 ees See eee 4
flobulosa~ Cassidulimay 250s ssne0 ese eee 12
eranwlosa,: Operculina2<-..222sseee sooo = sae 37
Operculina complanata,var.....- 37
Frastigering see ce 2 scien 22 earns aes Se 15
MUGAyL wea oa. cena see eee 15
Melagicas).j2csueces seer ieieetiesss 15
helicins, Globigerina: 225-6... esos. an-sieses 11,12
HLeterostegina® < Were ss cewee eee eee ees 38
GOPFessa ao tose eee eee 38
inflata, Globigerinal oj. = 2s seneeet ease ea 8
Globigerina bulloides, var.........-- 8
LevigataNimmuliges! 8m o528 Lee ee 39
Lenticulites complanata. ............-..----- 36
lessonii; Aim phistepinalr 2/2/27). 2 e)o so. ae 35
itnolapelagica sy.) f2 Use Me Oe ve soem ne & 15
macellay;Polystomellac so 22 ea. Sas ee 33
macellts* Nautilus? jor. 22e0 2 ee eee as 33
MUITAY1; HaStiserin ayn] suet ote eyeiee eset Stace 15
Nautilusammonoidess. 22s. eee ueeace sa nei 37
ASteriIZaNS i5 ee oe eee ee acto ate 26
craticulatuss sc. tee se deeamce te 34
ETISPUSS Hig ae ee oes San nee Met ass 32
depressulus......-...--.. As 23
macellus.jeius wees se kaa ee 33
POMIpWiOides os eee ele cs see 25
Scapharyn cus sccihevleu caasaaseeeccumes 28
striato-punctatusecs- ote soe oe nce. 31
umbilicatulusiet cose oc ccc ea eee 24
nitids, Candeinat 2c. sasaeeneec eee ect 16
INonionina- 2. 5) aces sae coe a Meee eee 23
ASTERIZANS esate se see Datta 26

asterizans, Polystomella crispa,
VATE cj. ditjae siaece ale 5 seiwteae eid 26
asterizans, var. depressula.......- 24
BOWGRTIA: Ayo eats atnie cise a ea ciSaisie's 28

46

Nonionina bulloides <3 2325 soe sie sted ae eitam oe
Gepressula cere seein
depressula, Polystomella crispa,

pelagica eso. oo ec neetne els

MOM PWiGidese presse apenas eee
Quinquelobs econ aes cere cies

scapha cess ck mee eee cee

scapha, Polystomella crispa, var.
Sphsevoides cc eaeene acs elas

stelligeras/ Pc.) eee seas tees

stelligera, Polystomella crispa,var.

PUrgidas ose tosuedee tee ee

turgida, Polystomella crispa, var.

Mim Dilicniat esate seae seca

UIT ILCA blame eee eter a
INTIRINTILILOS Soe since cee scene eae aise ei
CUMING T1222 eae see te cite oi

Lee VIEB ta oe eieeeae rind cee ae

TACIAD Ace es SP eee eee ore
NET Be ie eee ticle oteteneis tet imi aie te
obliquiloculata, Pullenia....-.....--.--.----
(Opercwlinae eee ene ree: sees ee eee eee

STANULOSA pease eee eee ee ee at
orbicularis, Nonionina.-..........------------
Nonionina depressula, var-------

Orang oe ek os cles ne cabelas errata mare atemets
MINLVErsaet = cco e ect a dene ewe

ovoidea, Chilostomella.....--..-------------
pelagica, Globigerina. 2)-)2\-2 2-7-2 5-seeoeee
IT ASTIPOLING)S.- n cea otc ees

Ritwolay soos 5 Soe Ao sa ee iaas
INonioning -ja425.3-.ee se see eee eee
Piacentitla astenzans nos sesso. se teers
Polystomellals un se sssueee eee ines =m aires

Grispa eee se co ae sacle ee
crispa, var. (Nonionina) aster-

crispa, var. (Nonionina) scapha
erispa, var. (Nonionina) stel-

INDEX.

Page. Page.
20 | Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonionina) turgida 29,
23 macellaa eh eek eee e et 33

Sibirica sos) oe eel aea eis 34
24 striato-punctata............-.- 31
26 Subnod 08a: Ji cos-hece bo seeeceee 32
15. | pompilioides, Nautilus.............--.---.-- 25
25 Nomioning <2 Ole. See cee 25
21:3) SPulleniag oe eSNG wate or fa ae ee annie enone 20
28 pulloidegesss yeaa es oirE RS ee ae 20
29 obliquiloculatag ses 2-8 Seen eeteseee 22
20 quinguelobas sso oue SS aeewa 21
27 Spheroidesiiick yee scene easier eee 20, 21
27), Bulvinulus astenizans2o 2 24207 co ae eae 26
29 | quinqueloba, Nonionina.........-....--..-- 21
29 (Pallernia ss 25 scent Me ae ae anal 21
241} sradiata sNumimulites: 8 ee eh ea aa eee 39
240) (Robulina subnodosaaseee oot cane aa eeeee eee 32
39) |. Rotaliina tareidas: 2.2 See eee eee 29
39)" | -mibra,; Glopigertngs)!e aencsea sa ease eee 9
39) || ‘Sacculifera, ‘Globigenma. - 2420-1 eeen ae il
39 |) scapha, Naeutiluss ae ao. es cele cea cem aes iee 28
22 INOMIOMETS MS OE eee EU EE aaa ee 28
22 Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonio-
36 MALTA ese keer tia eee 29
37 | seminulina, Globigerina..-.......:..---.---- 19
36/)|\sibinicaPolystomella >) ues Sees See 34
37 | spheeroides, Nonionina.....-.-....------.-- 20
37 allenic: use aes ese teens 20, 21
26))| sSpheeroidinage) sass s sasetacineseiaeicmeteee 17
26 pulloides! Heke ice Cee ee 18
13 Mehiscens \0NN Sees c tee soos ee 19
14°) istelligerasNonioning 2/3) ee - See aetna wees 27
2 Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonio-
15 Mima) 2 cis pene Dae eres pare 27
15 | striato-punctatus, Nautilus............-..--- 31
15 Polystomellac’) 2-222 31
15 ; subnodosa, Polystomella.....-.....-.------- 32
26 Robmlina’<:\eccek- heater esac 32
304) trigong,;Aulomorphina.22. -223--esees- tees 3
34 | triloba, Globigerina bulloides, var..........- 6
32))|'“turgidas Nonioping=+2 Scop sesee eens 29
Polystomella crispa, var. (Nonio-
26 MIND))-c seseoes hee eee eter eeee oases 29
Rotalinas sis: oe vee seen eae 29
24 | umbilicata, Nonionima...----.-.--.-.------- 24
29 | umbilicatula, Nonionina..---......-.------- 24
umbilicatulus, Nautilus. -.........----------- 24
27 | ‘universa, Orbulina-. 2... -.---5----22-- en 14

O

a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
ae UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

Part V. ROTALIIDZ

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WASHINGTON

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
! 1915

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part V. ROTALIIDE

BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1915

BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Issuep Aprit 24, 1915.
il

INTRODUCTION.

The present volume is the fifth of a series dealing with the Fora-
minifera of the North Pacific Ocean. It contains the Foraminifera
included in the family Rotaliide. The first part, issued in 1910,
included the families Astrorhizide and Lituolide; the second part,
issued in 1911, the family Textulariide; the third part, issued in
1913, the family Lagenide; and the fourth part, issued in 1914,
included the families Chilostomellide, Globigerinide, and Nummu-
litidee. Part six, the last, will be devoted to the Miliolide.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.

Tit

Pesta AG has A Ba
Pity ‘een seat eae
AIR Peete ot hay Merty Pty cl OA

. 4
“
eatin yl Gy aererE iby
ef
‘
(ee A i
.
, Meta 9
im fi =
j , - re
Ph ' rx i r

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

MEPRIME DIAN acorns 2). L ae os ab hans HP POR con oe ein ete ee eels peas
REMMI ERUE CARVED e518 58 28 cea bo MO a Lok Se SATA LS cote ater Shee AE
RSME SURE E82 ns es Sh eto oc aN Mayme ice yee man eed Cen ee
mrctiaeny he SPtnIGSS 0 S52 ook. Leaaah ac och < wok ek ee ee rc wae
SOPUTIE SATE LENE = alee ee eke en aT Sele 0 gcc ee aa
RUIN io Sa eee ee eee Ie eh eh Sac le eae

MAL TO VELUCIS taaarse Ga nteettat ale pores Slay ara yh aa ewe a

AUOTCIUALO SB ic ere es ee eae A Son oreo cay Oe eas ee

Bist tae tS ee as esti ce Sas eS cin eee el

SEE SRI PSULOOL e e g e ee ed et geo) Hn eee
BE CPPENRIS SPiN eee hen retercor 2d he mina a Ate Nera
BOCOURAM A cao eee te my noes LO Ine ant ace ws a eee at Bee

COMUMGA TA an ec sas a eer se St Se pa. Ute ye eee aA
AF ENUSAODISCOLDIS ath wes ee ete Re pee wise, Semis pelt wee a sey flava Ayalon
COUT eieree c N trce Sie e Sa e ree L S yaN Las eine SLOOPY Wanye Ao
PUMA pec ON ke WEEE. eile Se tee ect a e RENN cea
AVES PPE Y pe es os he Gore re o Mek el ae ea ce aaah

Ca] Oy FLO USE Neeser Sadr UALR AE ERO aN Bam ev a RE Nace ae, ee
TOSACER Ss SRL Macs eee Nera SOY Model SEC Si UMS ey eye el
WRIA ESI OAT Sse ee a eee sce en Shane ha he el te ed
CET pV Gre abs ems ok acs ti lo aphles ey SUIS eae cain oy Mt ORO Peers Oped ey. ae 8
TRADE Gey ee ee Ne ee eNO eat Ne ees ee eS Pg ge
COM CUM pres hte Bee IAA teed ce y pL RSE Le Ei Se
OUD UCU ATI ee epee heh Seley iets ee (ae hey aah eee 2 aes ogee
PASC IMIDE ERIS cas cae oes aes we on SAAR MeN ety ene
be Sre a CULATIS see ys ne aie ae oe as eee See Lee peer ae ape
SPOECMIOniS (Psi jas fs Ue naa cents he acne e art ae
plea as Sess aes ae ee ee es Sete ae eee
Iperthiel o tise eee pera ae ere) sy. fee) mee ve ae Pee
PAT OSCOT eps ens eee RL any kre, NE aa 3 ay goa eae a
ailomorphimoiges: 2200065.) 22k. 2 ee pe Lata da ene
VGIUETICOSS eae ee ce as eae hank So ee ce i ra
EECUNPIODIRG ose cei Mee ome ee ocee e es Sst emer
SDD Li ORs ees ety tS eet See sd Ae Ge Aig ea a
PUlvinilinoided. 6 ose sb. et tat enna go a ene =a nesses
OPAC OMI BIODOTN Soe ceed tS pe he ot ale Nee oka ae ate

g

COOWDONNOOTTRRHONDNNH KE:

VI TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 8. Rotaliide—Continued.

Subfamily 2. Rotalinze—Continued. Page.
Genus "Tretomphallug.2.. 22s dovss's arch eee eee ee See eee 26
Innlloidessseeesee es Os RTS oo ie ge aa 26

Genus! Planorbnlinassass. ee eee eo Sees eee eee eee 27
Bairva tate cra bass ieee yee ee Se ee en ET pies az, oi
MECiferran ensis asa Pek Spe se ped eke cee a ae ee oe 28

ACCT VAISS oes eee see ep cE SR ee at ERIS. Sa 29

Gonus Tran ca tilima sae cs saa ieee eee ee oe eee 30
pomulbensu soy soos sa: a+ «dees ek eRe nee eee 30

LOWS tae Asse ec oes ose eee ee oreee eee ane ee ean 31
Vartabtlishs srcste nat oreo see a ee ee Seer ec ere 33
WALClLenrstontind setae ee. ook tere eon ee ee Re 34
haidunperit 7 or 522 2 2 Ree o SE tet es ee ee 35

UKTI TOI oe esse eps, Shee ree a De ae HCL ony 2 See nea Pes ee See ee 35
MIMNSCTIAN Doe notes c as ee ne ee eres eee oe Oe Cee eee eee 36

CEN STAs BS ses aes eae Deer aan once APS ee a ek 37
duteniplen: 32ers Pe Gis ok NOs ee he eee een Se ee 37
GUN TG a 2 A SETS ee Ss en eta Vee pers Teeneaeeen 38

PY CUI Ae Oe OTe Sei i cere Sem te ate rege hese ee 38
DEBUT AEN Sn SS ee eee ONS cane tae 39

MAT OATI CLOT? ooh hou sok ees CNet ule ee ee 40

CuUlterse es: Cree Soe EAS SS, Es RIS A ee oe Al
AOAC UL ey es eh A RR At 1 SL re ee 41

Genus Sipboming 2. 2 oh S05 Se ee hy nh ee aa ee 42
ECHIMa Hass he SESS an ON eo ae a i ae 42

POUL TMA A pe oe tee eee ae LO ET OED RE ee 43

Genus tAnomalimae soe ee ae i eee eee OG ee 44
ATUMAM ENS see Ce eee eee Se Wee Seite ny Se oe 44
STORSCPUP OSA oo ee ance Se See oe ee eee a ee a eee 45
ammonoides..... eee Ch Se SS Aide 1 a Reet mas AN Aa ea 46
polymorpha....... SP Sa ee REO een ne ode Se ae 47
COLON TA eee eee aoe ce eet se eee en Se ar oe See 47

Gents Carponteriag 22) e feu Fe mich ete tinaran = Smee mene onic a ea 48
THLOMEUC UAT Sees Fo Se ae IN a Cee ane Te RO a ea 48
proverlanmniss 2502 We Soe RL hod epee eed 2 Cee nena ea Tem 49

Genus Wulpertia. os. 26 Ped OS ee ee ene) ace 49
Btalbilige ste Vee ee es A GR eS Oe el aaa aceite eomeee 50

Genus Bulvaniiling. 22 2 See oe ee Re eng Rn ee 50
TOPANGA se ot LTR RIL a hte 0 Een CoG am ene 50

CON CEILI CAN. ee tees aie A Ly a Me ge ORR TaN ae ET Spee 51
PUnClilAtal Te ee A ads Bas Ve ies EE ee eee 52

CON CAMET A bat Lea Owe Cy Nick Oe a4 ah skeen ee a ale ee 52
SINT ae NN ee ce AES 8 Ran Senne eRe Cpe (ee ee D 53
oblonga, war RCA ys 2. uate lees estes tne ene eee 53

Na er aa Ae Re soe tee Pe en eee PET Ws NEES toa ea 54
TEM AT CIT ALS Poe ren ses rol na Us tut Ny PRR RC Be eae ee mae TL hoo 54

VES rea TaN ore ea Get ee ey ey ees toon eet gk ne eg ee 55

tim aes ee ae eee 0s Oe ae ah ve fee er eae 56
CANAVICHSISS. Sao tee ee Ps te ER rae Lee 56

Pa tae Ome Ca SFG ek ee Akt roe a en a en 57

CLASS Oe ee eee ee Sent TTI cl ea re 58

PUN Gat MLO ea ey ee ere ee ree ie ae un ea 59

|
|

a

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Family 8. Rotaliide—Continued.
Subfamily 2. Rotalina-——Continued.
Genus Pulvinulina—Continued.
RAR ae) Ores Pk iS a rete wale Binjale avis sidan
PAUPCTALAE oc 5 ae 3 -ces eels oe Sere sia e 156 wile aie Sete aulefeernsGe ree
schreibersil---2 se eee eee peee ES kas he A Fae 8 OLE at
proceéra.2. 22.242 Sheets ERR 8 Sti PILE HEN AL ll ta. LAR ah oe
SATS TOU Rane has oe teat ee eek Boe at fA WA ET ean ip ae!
BIC RANGE gs SSC Se ee Mee aioe eS CR eae aie Be oe le
BIURC MEAD s crete Cette ee maMhe oray el teees e ee etre PEALE Bae
TEA ALS eter y ets 5 2h Dy al I ea vs Fs EEN a ae a Ea
SEADOO hae cs eae ee ete tele ee eas eS ee ane
(GACT INVES} RO) CH Wem ee eC Ech LU ee ee iN
WeC ena Stuhi yo sO ein ae eee fen PPS hee age a een ae
roeckihdanaes 2 505s: hee ee rere CoA eee SEPA
OLDOUCU! AISLE s see eerste Pe ear ey Rie ST deo oe cee

PA EMORR tes oer es eee tee Aneel Ls EL 2 een ae ae

Vals COMPTESsIUISC Ulan, 5-4 sao bona eel say yh eae ae ae

EUR DISTR Saree Reta rgd Sete rege a cine oh

SOMO CR ETN A ee ota ace ra tn ea ie eee S os Sega at
Bg Ne erat err eI eng yee exe Sore Meta Daa aes eyes ae

LETTE 0 ole ape aie eg oe) a A ME ec ME Re fee eg
Papeete. “in Gporticd. laces Mas et Walt oe. ents sate. Mga {ele es
Pactilir rE TR OMUGE S. SeSoeede ouelens Pact ee wid ek eg hl Tate nee
DRC UIES <n ee Me eps a Re la oe Sp Rate set eer

ree eee Cr RPSUEL A Ser ato thle a gear ais ASR uae Soe eae
TMETEM Asse a ee eRe eo eras Ore atte ee erate ano ee

Sad come ee are SSI ee peter yee IE pi 2 Recep s 4 ule ha eee ea eit eB el oi e

VII

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

ROTALITID.

By JosrpH AvuaGusTINE CUSHMAN,
Of the Boston Society of Natural History.

INTRODUCTION.

This fifth part of the work on the North Pacific Foraminifera deals
with the single family Rotaliide. In its natural order this family
comes before the Nummulitidss which was the last family treated
in the fourth part but which was taken up there in order to better
balance the parts, as previously explained.

The members of this family have been widely known and well
worked and the new species are not very numerous. However, in
some genera the species seem to be more or less localized and often
prove to be new. Such genera as Spirillina and Discorbis are very
apt to have new species wherever found.

If the collections which were available for the present paper had
included a greater amount of material from shallow water of the
tropical portion of the North Pacific, there would undoubtedly have
been a larger number of new forms and a greater number of species,
as certain genera are especially abundant under such conditions.

It is interesting to note again the occurrence of a considerable
number of really tropical species up to the southern coast of Japan,
as has been mentioned in previous parts.

In order to have for comparison original figures of many of the
species where later authors have included widely differing forms, a
series of outline figures has been introduced in the text adapted
from the type figure of the species whenever practicable, otherwise
from typical figures of subsequent authors.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT.

_ A systematic presentation of the family follows, the arrangement
of the data being the same as in preceding parts of this monograph.
il

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Family 8. ROTALITD.

Test calcareous, perforate, composed usually of numerous chambers,
except in the subfamily Spirillinine, early chambers coiled, and
later chambers in typical genera spirally coiled so that the chambers
are all visible from the dorsal side and only those of the last formed
coil from the ventral side, convexity of the two sides varying greatly;
later development in specialized genera being columnar or even
arborescent.

This family is one with a great variety of form and a wealth of
ornamentation especially in tropical species. Some of the genera,
such as Pulvinulina, make up a considerable percentage of Globigerina
ooze and as such are very numerous and widely distributed. Others,
such as Tinoporus often make up a considerable mass of the foram-
iniferal content of certain tropical shore sands, as in the Philippines
and elsewhere.

There is a regular gradational development, although broken here
and there from the simple coiled, nonseptate Spirillina to Rotalha,
where there is a tendency to complex form in supplemental skeleton
and internal tubular system reminding one of the Nummulitide.

Subfamily 1. SPIRILLININ 4.

Test free or attached, composed of a proloculum and a long coiled
tubular second chamber; variously ornamented; aperture at the end
~ of the tube; wall calcareous, perforate.

This subfamily with the single genus Spirillina is an excellent
parallelism in the Rotaliide with the genus Ammodiscus in tho
Lituolide and Cornuspira in the Miliolide. There is a considerable
range of form and ornamentation, and most of the species are char-
acteristic of comparatively shallow water especially in the Tropics.

Genus SPIRILLINA Ehrenberg, 1841.

Spirillina EHRENBERG (type, Spirillina vivipara Ehrenberg), Abh. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin, 1841, p. 422.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 629.

Operculina Reuss (part), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 370 (not
Operculina d’Orbigny, 1826).

Cornuspira SCHULTZE (part), Organ. Polythal., 1854, p. 41.

Description.—Test typically free, occasionally attached, spiral,
composed of a subcircular or ovoid proloculum and a long undivided
tubular second chamber, coiled regularly in one plane; wall hyaline
and perforate; surface smooth or variously ornamented; aperture
formed by the open end of the tube. y

The genus Spirillina is composed of few species, most of which are
minute. They are found usually in comparatively shallow water
and seemingly most often on muddy bottoms. Some species seem
to prefer the mud of coral reefs.

ttc

a

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

In its general simple structure this genus is analogous to Cornu-
spira among the imperforate calcareous forms and to Ammodiscus
among the arenaceous forms. By some authors these have been
classed together but it seems merely a case of parallelism as is found
among so many of the various groups of the Foraminifera.

SPIRILLINA VIVIPARA Ehrenberg.
Plate 1, figs. 1, 2.

Spirillina vivipara Exrensera, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1841, p. 442, pl. 3,
fig. 41.—Wit1amson, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
ser. 2, vol. 8, 1848, p. 45, pl., fig. 34.—ParKeER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, p. 284, pl. 11, fig. 46; Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 397, pl. 15, fig. 28.—Morsrvus, Beitr. Meeresfauna Insel Mauritius,
1880, p. 88, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2—Gois, Kong].

Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, 1882, p.

108, pl. 7, fig. 272 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.

Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 630, pl.

85, figs. 1-5.— BALK WILL and Wricut, Trans.

Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.) 1885, p. 348,

pl. 12, fig. 32—Birscuu, Morph. Jahrb.,

vol. 11, 1886, p. 84, pl. 6, fig. 12.—Ee@arr,

Abh. kn. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 0, .

vol. 18, 1893, p. 394, pl. 18, figs. 56-58; vol. 21, a b
1899, p. 18, pl. 1, figs. 50, 51.—Furt, Rep. Fig. 1—Spmmuna vivieara EHREN-
U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 326, pl.71, BERG. X 100. a, FRONT VIEW; },
64 Moar, Joum., Roy.Micr: Soe.) (eet) View. (ADAPTED FROM
1908, p. 693——RuumBLER, Zool. Jahrb., se sare

Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 32, pl. 2, fig. 7—CHapman, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 133.—StmpeBorrom, Mem. and Proc.
Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 6, pl. 1, figs. 12-14;
pil oigy 1-3) vol 54, No. 16, 1910. 9.24.

Operculina punctata Reuss, Deas Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 370,
pl. 46, fig. 21.

eapken perforata ScHuuttTzeE, Organ. Polythal., 1854, p. 41, pl. 2, fig. 22.

Spirillina perforata Wrtt1amson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 92, pl. 7,
fig. 202.

Description.—Test typically free, rarely adherent, planospiral,
coils of early portion in microspheric specimens at least narrow,
those of later coils much wider and of nearly uniform width, faces
sometimes flattened but more often concave on both sides; sutures
usually distinct and often considerably depressed; peripheral border
rounded; wall marked by conspicuous perforations, irregularly scat-
tered and most prominent on the last formed volutions; aperture
somewhat crescentic.

Diameter 0.4-0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records the occurrence of this species in the
North Pacific without definite station. Rhumbler records it both
from Laysan and the Chatham Islands. I have found the species
but a few times in the material at my disposal, largely due, I sup-
pose, to the fact that it was with few exceptions from fairly deep

4 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

water. A single specimen occurred at each of two Albatross stations
D4309 and D4310, and it also occurred off Guam, Nero station 1466.

SPIRILLINA VIVIPARA Ehrenberg, var. REVERTENS Rhumbler.

Plate 1, figs. 3-6.

Spirillina vivipara H. B. Bravy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, pl. 85, fig. 5 (not figs. 1-4).
Spirillina vivipara, var. revertens RuumMBLER, Zool.
Jahrb. Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 32, pl. 2,
figs. 8-10.
Description.—Test differing from typical S.
vivipara in the coiling of the test which is reg-
ular in the early ones, then the growing end
of the test turns under the disk and grows in-
ward so that finally it approaches the middle

: Fig. 2.—SPIRILLINA VIVIPARA,
of the under side. VAR. REVERTENS RHUMBLER.
Diameter 0.07 to 0.15 mm. X 250. (AFTER TYPE FIGURE OF

Distribution.—This variety was found by RHUMBLER.)

Rhumbler in material both from Laysan and Chatham Islands. I
have had no material referable to this variety.

SPIRILLINA TUBERCULATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 1, figs. 7-9; plate 2, fig. 3.

Spirillina tuberculata H. B. Brapy, in Siddall, Proc. Chester Soc. Nat. Sci., pt. 2,
1878, p. 50; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 279, pl. 8, fig. 28a, b,;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 631, pl. 85, figs. 12-16.—EccER,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 395, pl. 18,
figs. 62, 63.

Figs. 3, 4.—SPIRILLINA TUBERCULATA H. B. BRADY. 3, FRONT VIEW, X 45; 4, APERTURAL VIEW, X 50.
(FIGURES FROM TYPE FIGURES GIVEN BY BRADY.)

Description.—Test free, planospiral, usually slightly asymmetrically
coiled, flattened or slightly concave on the dorsal face, slightly exca-
vated at the umbilicus in microspheric specimens; peripheral border

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5

usually rounded; wall covered with a secondary deposit of calcareous
material obscuring the sutural depressions of all but the final coil,
ornamented over the whole exterior with numerous raised tubercles
usually more prominent on the dorsal face; aperture somewhat
crescentic.

Diameter 0.5 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady gives the only North Pacific record for this
species. It was obtained by the Challenger off the coral reefs of
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. Bagg does not record
it from this region, but his material, as was that which I have had,
came from deeper water. Apparently from Brady’s figures of this
species hg had both microspheric and megalospheric forms of the
species.

SPIRILLINA LIMBATA H. B. Brady.

Plate 2, figs. 1, 2.

Spirillina limbata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 278,
pl. 8, fig. 26a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 632, pl. 85,
figs. 18-21.—Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18,
1893, p. 395, pl. 18, figs. 43, 44.—Fuint, Rep. U. 8S.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 326, pl. 71, fig. 5—MiLiert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 694.
Description.—Test planospiral, concave on
© both sides or merely flattened, composed of
numerous regular coils; peripheral border
a 6 square; wall smooth, the sutural line marked
Fie. 5.—Spmmuma umpava H.B, DY # raised ridge of calcareous material, per-
BRADY. X 60. a, FRoNT view; forations small and inconspicuous; aperture
S| ast. Somewhat, compressed.
Diameter 0.42-0.85 mm.
Distribution.—In the Challenger report Brady records this species
as occurring at one Challenger station in the North Pacific, but does not
give depth or location.

SPIRILLINA LIMBATA H.B. Brady, var. DENTICULATA H. B. Brady.

Plate 3, figs. 1, 2.

Spirillina limbata H. B. Brapy, var. denticulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 632, pl. 85, fig. 17.

Description.—Test very similar in general to that of typical S. lim-
bata, but differing in the denticulate character given to the carina of
the margin of the chamber by the buttress-like teeth which border it
along the inner side.

Distribution.—This variety was described from the East Indian
region by Brady, but has not previously been recorded from the North
Pacific. I have had it from stations which have shown by their

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fauna that they are to be considered as belonging to the East Indian
fauna to a large extent. They are Gaspar Straits, North Pacific
Exploring Expedition, Capt. Rodgers; Nero station 1466 off Guam,
Tuscarora station, 27° 16’ N.; 141° 56’ E., in 108 fathoms, and
Albatross H4882 at the station in Colnett or Vincennes Strait, where
so many southern species were found.

SPIRILLINA LIMBATA H. B. Brady, var. PAPILLOSA, new variety.
Plate 2, fig. 4.

Description.—Test small, composed of a few coils, dorsal side with
the borders of the coil decidedly carinate, and more or less regularly
wavy, center depressed; periphery sharply angled at the dorsal margin,
rounded at the ventral margin, obliquely sloping to the ventral margin
which is of smaller diameter than the dorsal; ventral surface strongly
papillose, apertural end of the coil cut back so that the periphery is
considerably extended.

Diameter about 0.3 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen from Nero station 2039 in 24 fath-
oms, near the Hawaiian Islands. (Cat. No. 9023, U.S.N.M.)

This variety differs from the typical in the fewer chambers, more
prominent and wavy carina, and the papillose ventral surface which
in the typical form is smooth.

Specimens of this variety were later obtained from Nero station
1466 in 234 fathoms off Guam, and from Tuscarora station 2, lat. 27°
16’ N.; long. 141° 56’ E., in 108 fathoms.

SPIRILLINA INZQUALIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 3, fig. 3.

Spirillina inxquatis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 278,

pl. 8, fig. 25a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 631, pl. 85,
figs. 8-11.—Eaa@err, Abh. koén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 394,
pl. 18, figs. 40-42.—Mimerr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 693.—RHuMBLER, Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 34, pl. 2,
‘ fig. 12.—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
vol. 22, 1910, p. 282.

Description.—‘‘Test free or ad-
herent, discoidal, relatively thick;
consisting of four or five convolu-

Fic. 6.—SPIRILLINA INAEQUALIS H. B. BRADY. - 5
X% 120. a, FRONT view; }, ste wew. tions; inferior (adherent) surface

PO nore eda flat, broader than the superior; su-
perior face concave, or excavated at the umbilicus; periphery oblique,
margin acute or subcarinate. Shell-wall coarsely perforated; surface
uneven, often decked with slightly raised bosses or tubercles.

‘‘Diameter 1/80th inch (0,38 mm,).”’

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ic

Distribution.—One of the stations from which this species was
described by Brady is off the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms, obtained by the Challenger. The only other
records for the species in this area are those given by Rhumbler, who
found a single specimen from Laysan Island and one from Chatham -
Island.

The description is from Brady.

SPIRILLINA DECORATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 5, figs. 1, 2.

Spirillina decorata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 633, pl. 85, figs. 22-25.—Ea@axrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cla; oral 18, 1893, p. 394, pl. 18, ae 64, 65.—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
‘Soc., 1903, p. 695.—RuuM-
BLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst.,
vol. 24, 1906, p. 33, pl. 2, fig.
ti

Description.—‘‘ Test free, dis-
coidal, bilaterally symmetricai
or nearly so; composed of six
or eight convolutions of asome-
what embracing tube. Lateral
faces slightly concave, periph-
eral edge thin and subcarinate;
perforations obscure in thick-
walled specimens, the surfaces
of which become pitted and fur-
rowed; aperture of the adult

Fic. 7.—SPIRILLINA DECORATA H. B. BRADY. X 50. a,
: SIDE VIEW; 0, FRONT VIEW. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY’S
somewhat contracted and tri- — FicuRE or THE TYPE.)

angular.

‘Diameter 130th inch (0.84 mm.) or more.”

Distribution—Rhumbler records and figures a single specimen of
this species from Laysan Island. This is the only record for the
North Pacific.

The description is from Brady.

SPIRILLINA OPERCULOIDES, new species.
Plate 4, fig. 2

Description—Test small, composed of numerous coils, slightly
umbonate on the dorsal surface; surface of dorsal side smooth except
the outer coil which is longitudinally striate; periphery rather
sharply rounded; ventral side slightly concave; the pores of the wall
giving the surface a pitted appearance, otherwise smooth.

Diameter 0.3 mm.

70175°—Bull. 71, pt. 5—15——2

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Type-specimen from Nero station 2038 in 34
fathoms, near the Hawaiian Islands (Cat. No. 9024, U.S.N.M.).

This species in its general form is somewhat similar to S. obconica
H. B. Brady, but is much less excavated below, its surface ornamenta-
tion at once distinguishing it from that species.

SPIRILLINA GUTTATA, new species.
Plate 4, fig. 1.

Description.—Test spiral, circular in dorsal view, flattened above,
very slightly concave below; wall smooth except for the suture and
the slight ornamentation consisting of a single row of slight depres-
sions near the inner border of the chamber; suture decidedly de-
pressed, on the under side the central portion filled with a mass of
irregular shell material showing the coils indistinctly and having a
somewhat radiating appearance.

Diameter about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9025, U.S.N.M.) from Alba-
tross station H4881, off Japan in 316 fathoms.

In much tropical material there are found specimens which seem
referable to this genus. Especially when the growing edge is broken
and appears as a well defined opening the specimens seem at first
sight to belong to Spirillina. One such specimen is here figured,
plate 4, figure 3. After the specimen was figured others came to
hand which were more nearly perfect and which seemed to show
convincingly that it was a Gastropod operculum of some sort instead
of a Spirillina.

Subfamily 2. ROTALIN,4As.

Test spiral, rotaliform, rarely evolute, very rarely irregular or
acervuline; chambers numerous, distinct or in some few species
largely obscured by shell growth, early chambers in all distinctly
rotaliform.

This subfamily shows a very great range of characters, such genera
as Discorbis and Polytrema, for example, seeming entirely unrelated
until the early chambers of each are compared.

Genus PATELLINA Williamson, 1858.

Patellina Wi1AMSsoN (type, P. corrugata Williamson) Recent British Forami-
nifera, 1858, p. 46.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 633.

Description.—Test conical in form or plano-convex; the early
chambers spirally arranged, later ones long and becoming annular
or nearly so about the periphery; chambers of living forms usually
simple but often partially divided by internal septe, visible from the
exterior; aperture elongate, at the inner border of the chamber,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

This genus, represented among the fossils by large, striking and
often complicated tests, is, in recent species, represented by small,
rather simply constructed tests. In the fossil forms there is usually
a central core of deposited material about which are the chambers
themselves.

This is evidently a genus which is surviving only by its simplest
species, the more complex forms having become extinct in past

geological periods.
PATELLINA CORRUGATA Williamson.
Plate 7, fig. 1.

Patellina corrugata Witt1AMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 46, pl. 3,
figs. 86-89.—CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jones, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 229,

Fig. 8.—PATELLINA CORRUGATA WILLIAMSON. (ADAPTED FROM WILLIAMSON’S ORIGINAL FIGURES.)
@, DORSAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; Cc, VENTRAL VIEW.

pl. 18, figs. 16, 17, text-figs. 37, 38.—ParxKer and Jonzs, Philos. Trans.,
vol. 155, 1865, p. 398, pl. 15, figs. 29a-c.—Scuwacer, Boll. Com. geol. Ital.,
vol. 8, 1887, p. 26, pl., fig. 58.—Bitrscuu, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen
Thier-Reichs, 1880, p. 208, pl. 9, fig. 9.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 634, pl. 86, figs. 1-7.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 398, pl. 15, figs. 70-72.—Goiis, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 92.—Scuaupinn, Sitz.
Ges. Nat. Freunde zu Berlin, No. 19, 1895, p. 181, text-fig —ScHLUMBERGER,
Feuille Jeunes Nat., ser. 3, ann. 26, 1896, p. 129, text-fig—Wricut, Geol.
Mag., ser. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 20—Mitierr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1903, p. 696.—RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abth. Syst., vol. 24, 1906,
p. 35.—CHApMAN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 134,
pl. 10, fig. 7—SipEsotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 9—Cusuman, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 29, pl. 5, fig. 3—StpEBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910—CnHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 419.

Description.—Test usually free, conical, or plano-convex; early
portion composed of chambers spirally arranged, later ones elon-
gating and finally becoming annular or nearly so in the last-formed
portion of the test; chambers partially divided by internal sept

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

which are visible from the exterior, showing clearly in the last-formed
chambers from the ventral side; somewhat umbilicate ventrally;
walls comparatively thin and translucent; aperture somewhat
elongate situated at the inner border of the chamber.

Diameter 0.138—0.636.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific records for this species are
given by Rhumbler who found it in material from Laysan and from
Chatham Island, one specimen from each locality.

Genus DISCORBIS Lamarck, 1804.

Discorbis LAMARCK (type, D. vesicularis Lamarck), Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 183.

Discorbites LamarcK, Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 183.

Discorbina CARPENTER, ParRKER and Jones, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 203.—H.
B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 641.

Description.—Test free or attached, spiral and rotaliform, plano-
convex or biconvex, or modified variously in different species;
typically plano-convex with the ventral side flattened and the
dorsal convex; all chambers visible from the dorsal side, only those
of the last-formed coil visible from the ventral side; test composed
of several coils, usually three or four in the adult test; chambers
rather numerous; aperture a slit at the umbilical margin of the
ventral side of the chamber.

The various species of this genus show a considerable range of
characters, some of them such as D. tabernacularis being very different
from the typical form. As a rule they seem to be most common
in comparatively shallow water, and for this reason undoubtedly
the number which I have had is comparatively small as most of the
Albatross and Nero material has come from rather deep water.

DISCORBIS TURBO (d’Orbigny).
Plate 11, fig. 2.

Rotalia ( Trochulina) turbo D’OrxBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 274, No. 39;
Modéles, No. 73.—ParksR, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 30, pl. 2, fig. 68.—Bassrt, Ann. Soc. Sci. Charente
Inf., 1884 (1885), p. 162, fig. '

Rotalia turbo Jones and Parker, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860, p. 306.

Discorbina turbo CARPENTER, PARKER, and JONES, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 200.—
Birscuur, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen Thier-Reichs, vol. 1, 1880,
p- 206, pl. 9, fig. 10—Tzrrie1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 35, 1883,
p. 193, pl. 3, figs. 35, 36.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 642, pl. 87, figs. 8a-c—Eacrr, Abhandl. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1898, p. 389, pl. 15, figs. 4244.—CHapman,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1896, p. 591, pl. 18, fig. 13—Minuett, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 697.—Baeea, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 518, 1912, p. 81.

Description —Test plano-convex; dorsal surface conically rounded,
ventral side flat or very slightly convex; peripheral margin rather

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 11

sharp; chambers numerous, about six or seven in the last-formed
whorl, stout; sutures curved backward, slightly if at all depressed
above, ventrally somewhat depressed
toward the peripheral border, toward the
umbilicus broadly limbate, forming a
stellate pattern; surface with coarse per-
_ forations, on the ventral side the periph-
ery has a bordering carina with radial
markings; aperture a narrow slit at the
base of the chamber partially covered
with a valvular projection.

Diameter 0.50—0.85 mm.

Distribution Bagg records this spe-
cies from Albatross station 14694 in 865
fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands, as
rare. The only material I have had was
from Albatross station H4882 off Blake
Reef, in Colnett or Vincennes Strait off
southern Japan.

DISCORBIS GLOBULARIS (d’Orbigny).
Plate 9, fig. 4.

Rosalina globularis p’OrBiany, Ann. Sci.
Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 271, pl. 13, figs. 1-4;
Modéles, No. 69.

Discorbinaglobularis CARPENTER, PARKER, and
Jones, Intro. Foram., 1862, p.204, pl.3,fig. Fie. 9.—DiscorBis TURBO (D’ORBIGNY).
1.—Dawson, Can. Nat., ser. 2,vol.7,1874, 60. @, DORSAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW;
p. 253, fig. c—Morstvs, Beitr. Meeres- Pens vee ers Com
fauna Insel Mauritius, 1880, p. 96, pl. 9, aie.
fig. 18.—H. B. Brapy,Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 643, pl.
86, figs. 8, 13.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonzs, Trans Zool. Soc. London,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 226, pl. 46, fig. 6—Trrrici, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol.
6, 1889, p. 115, pl. 6, fig. 20—Eaeerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, pl. 15, figs. 7-9_—Goiis, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 94, pl. 15, fig. 793.—Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1896, p. 590, pl. 13, fig. 11—Morron, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2,
1897, p-120, pl. 1, fig. 22.—Fuint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 327,
pl. 72, fig. 2.—Wnrieut, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 21.—
CHarman, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900, pl. 14, fig. 8 Miter, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 698—RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906,
p. 68.—CHarMaNn, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 134.—
Smpesotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52,
No. 13, 1908, p. 11, pl. 3, figs. 3-8, pl. 4, figs. 1, 2; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 25.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, Oct. 1910, p. 419, pl. 55, figs.
14a, b.—Baae, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 81, pl. 24, fig. 15.

Discorbina turbo, var. vesicularis, subvar. globularis PARKER and Jongs, Philos.
Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 386, pl. 14, figs. 22, 23.

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test plano-convex, the dorsal side convexly rounded
the ventral side flattened or slightly concave; peripheral margin
rounded, keeled; chambers few in each whorl, usually about five in

the last-formed whorl; su-
tures slightly depressed
dorsally and limbate with
clear shell material as is
also the margin except in
the last few chambers,
finely perforated and hya-
line; ventral side with the
sutures much depressed,
the chambers smooth, the
10 qj last-formed chamber occu-

Fics. 10, 11.—DISCORBIS GLOBULARIS (D’ORBIGNY). (Apaprep PYy1Ng nearly half the sur-

FROM D’ORBIGNY’S ORIGINAL FIGURES.) 10. DORSAL VIEW. face periphery earinate
11. VENTRAL VIEW. Bake aptipe :
with radiating lines; aper-

ture fairly large, irregular, elongate, at the inner margin of the
chamber.

Diameter 0.55—0.85 mm.

Distribution.—The only published record for this species is that of
Rhumbler, who found it in shallow water material from Laysan
Island. I have had the species from Albatross station D4875 in 59
fathoms, eastern channel of Korea Strait.

DISCORBIS GLOBULARIS (d’Orbigny), var. BRADYI, new variety.
Plate 8, fig. 1.

Discorbina globularis H. B. Brapy (aot D. globularis d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 86, fig. 8.

Description.—Chambers of earlier portion of the test on the dorsal
side clearly outlined with imbate sutures; ventral side with a periph-
eral border with a milled edge, the chambers more or less swollen,
the proximal portion separated from the rest, and the last-formed
chamber with a peculiar bifid indentation extending inward from the
peripheral region; color brownish.

Diameter about 0.80 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen of variety, from Albatross station
D4893 in 106 fathoms, bottom temperature 55.9° F. off Japan
(U.S. N. M. No. 9027).

This variety seems distinct’ from the typical D. globularis
d’Orbigny. The limbations and peculiar conditions of the ventral
side seem sufficient to distinguish it.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

DISCORBIS OBTUSA (d’Orbigny).

Rosalina obtusa pD’ORrBIaNy, For. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 179, pl. 11,

figs. 4-6.

Discorbina obtusa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool-
ogy, vol. 9, 1884, p. 644, pl. 91, fig. 9a-c—Baee, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 156.

Discorbina (Rosalina) obtusa Eacrr, Abh. k6n. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. a, vol. 18, 1893, p. 391, pl. 15, figs.
67-69.

Discorbina turbo, var. vesicularis, subvar. obtusa PARKER
and Jonss, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 386, pl. 14,
figs. 18, 19.

Description.—Test biconvex, dorsal side slightly
more so than the ventral side; peripheral margin
rounded; chambers comparatively few, about five in
the last-formed whorl; sutures curved, depressed;
surface with numerous perforations; aperture an
elongate narrow slit extending from the umbilicus
nearly to the periphery on the ventral border of the
chamber.

Diameter up to 1 mm.

Distribution. Bagg records this species from Al-
batross station H4568 in 1,274 fathoms off the Ha-
walian Islands. This seems to be the only North
Pacific record for this species.

DISCORBIS ROSACEA (d’Orbigny).

a

LY,

€

Fig. 12.—DIscoRBIS
OBTUSA (D’ORBIGNY).
(ADAPTED FROM
D’ORBIGNY’S ORIGL
NAL FIGURE.) a, DOR-
SAL VIEW; 0, SIDE
VIEW; c, VENTRAL
VIEW.

Rotalia rosacea D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 273, No. 15; Modéles,

No. 39.

Asterigerina rosacea D’ORBIGNY, Prod. Pal., vol. 3, 1852, p. 158, No. 2952.
Discorbina rosacea H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 24, 1864, p. 473, No.

69.—ParKER, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol.
16, 1865, p. 25, pl. 2, fig. 71—Parxer, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc.
Monograph 19, 1866, pl. 4, fig. 17—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl.,
vol. 19, pt. 4, 1882, p. 105, pl. 8, figs. 251-257—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 644, pl. 87, figs. 1, 4—SHERBORN and
CHapmaNn, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 756, pl. 16, fig. 11—Ecacrr,
Abh. k6én. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 385, pl. 15,
figs. 39-41.—Goks, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894,
p. 94, pl. 15, fig. 792.—Fiinr, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 327,
pl. 72, fig. 3—Muuer, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 698.—CHAPMAN,
Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 135.—Cusuman, Proc.
Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908, p. 30.—Stpesorrom, Mem. and Proc.
Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 18, 1908, p. 12, pl. 4, figs.
3-5; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 25.

Discorbina turbo, var. rosacea PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,

p. 385, pl. 16, fig. 28a, b.

Deseription.—Test plano-convex, dorsal side conically convex, ven-
tral side flat or somewhat concave; peripheral margin acute, cari-
nate; chambers numerous, six or seven in the last-formed whorl,

14 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

rather broad; sutures slightly curved, either depressed or limbate
with clear shell material as is also the peripheral margin; dorsally

&
LS

ES

Fy

i t
Qo, 3 j

Fig. 13.—DISCORBIS ROSACEA
(D’ORBIGNY). X 100. a, DOR-

SAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; Cc, VEN-

TRAL VIEW. (ADAPTED FROM
BRaDy.)

rather coarsely perforate, and also ventrally,
umbilical region either wide open or closed
by a stellate callouslike thickening of clear
material; aperture a rather large opening,
elongate, often with a valvular umbilical end.

Diameter 0.40-1 mm.

Distribution —F lint records D. rosacea from
a single station in the North Pacific, ‘‘coast
of Alaska, station unknown.” I have had a
few typical specimens from Albatross station
D2932 in 20 fathoms.

DISCORBIS VILARDEBOANA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 9, fig. 2.

Rosalina vilardeboana D’ORBIeNY, Voy. Amér. Mérid.,
1839, ‘‘Foraminiféres,’”’ p. 44, pl. 6, figs. 13-15.

Discorbina vilardeboana PARKER and JONES, Quart.
Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 28, 1872, p. 115.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 645, pl. 86, figs. 9, 12; pl. 88, fig. 2—
Eaeer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 387, pl. 15, figs. 13-15.—
Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol.

25, No. 9, 1894, p. 95, pl. 16, fig. 796.—CHapMaAN, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 15, pl. 2, fig. 16—Mutxert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 699.—RuHuMBLER, Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 68.—Baag, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 157.—SipeBorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 13,
1908, p. 12; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 25.—Baee, Bull.
U.S. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 82, pl. 28, fig. 9a-c.

Description.—Test plano-convex, dorsal side rather

evenly rounded, ventral side flattened or slightly con-
cave; peripheral margin rounded; chambers five to seven
in the last-formed whorl, the last-formed one, especially
on the ventral side, often occupying nearly one-third
of the ventral surface; sutures clear, slightly depressed,
more so on the ventral side,which is often slightly um-
bilicate; wall finely punctate; aperture an arched slit
running from the umbilicus nearly to the peripheral
margin; early chambers often brownish in color.

Diameter 0.40-0.60 mm.
Distribution.—Brady records this species with D.

auracana from the shores of Japan. Bagg had it from
two Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian
Islands, H4440 in 1,259 fathoms and H4568 in 1,274 fathoms. Rhum-

bler records it from Laysan Island.

€

FG. 14.—DISCORBIS VE

LARDEBOANA (D’OR-
BIGNY). (ADAPTED
FROM D’ORBIGNY’S
FIGURE OF THE TYPE.)
a, DORSAL VIEW; 3B,
SIDE VIEW; Cc, VEN-
TRAL VIEW.

-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 15

I have had specimens from material labelled ‘‘off Alaska” and
from Albatross station D4971 in 649 fathoms, bottom temperature
38.1° F. off Japan.

DISCORBIS AURACANA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 9, fig. 3.

Rosalina auracana v’OrBIaNy, Voy. Amér. Mérid., 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 44, pl. 6, figs. 16-18. a
Discorbina auracana PARKER and Jongs, Quart. Journ. Geol.

Soc., vol. 28, 1872, p. 115.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 645, pl. 86, figs. 10,
11.—Eecer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, b
vol. 18, 1893, p. 386, pl. 14, figs. 4-6 —SipEBorrom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No.
13, 1908, p. 12; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 25.
Description.—Test small, plano-convex, dorsal side
slightly convex, ventral side flat or slightly concave,
peripheral margin rather acutely rounded; chambers c
six to nine in the last-formed whorl, sutures slightly py¢. 15.—piscorsts
depressed, often limbate with clear shell material, 4vRacaNa (p’0R-
early chambers often carinate with similar material; ees
wall finely punctate; aperture a narrow, curved slit at °F ia ao
the margin of the ventral side of the chamber; color ae eae ae
brownish, especially the earlier chambers. TRAL VIEW.
Diameter 0.30—0.50 mm.
Distribution.—Apparently the only North Pacific record for this
species is that of Brady, who records it from the shores of Japan. I

have not found well-characterized specimens.
DISCORBIS ISABELLEANA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 6, fig. 1.

Rosalina isabelleana pD’ORBIGNY, Voy. Amér. Mérid., 1839, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ p.
43, pl. 6, figs. 10-12.

Discorbina isabelleana PARKER and JoNngs, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 28, 1872,
p. 115.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 646, pl. 88, figs. la~c.—Ecerr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-
chen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 386,
pl. 15, figs. 36-38.

. ; iB Description Test biconvex,

Fic. 16.—DISCORBIS ISABELLEANA (D’ORBIGNY). smooth, five to six chambers in a

@. VENTRAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; ¢, DoRSAL oil, limbate dorsally, ventrally the
VIEW. (AFTER D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) ae 2

sutures depressed; umbilical region

filled and umbonate; peripheral margin acute; aperture a narrow

slit extending backward from the margin toward the umbilical region.

Diameter 0.25-0.40 mm.

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution —The only station from which I have had this species
is Nero 991 in 1,143 fathoms off Guam.
DISCORBIS CONCINNA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 5, fig. 3.
Discorbina concinna H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 646, pl. 90, figs. 7, 8—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.
1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 388, pl. 15, figs. 22-24.—Minterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 699.

Description.—Test free, outline circular, superior face convex, in-

ferior somewhat concave, peripheral edge angular, composed of some-

what more than two convolu-

tions, of which the latest con-

sists of from three to four seg-

ments. Earlier segments in

their superior aspect short

and radial, later sezments

a b c long and crescentiform; on

Fig. 17.—DIscorBIS CONCINNA (H. B. BRApDy). X 100. the inferior side the final seg-

a, DORSAL Beas b, SIDE VIEW; ¢, VENTRAL VIEW. ment, occupying nearly half
(AFTER BRADY’S FIGURE OF THE TYPE.) P es

the entire surface, umbilical

flaps distinct but not greatly developed. Walls very thin and con-

spicuously perforated, sutures marked by fine lines, neither depressed

nor limbate externally.

Diameter 1/100th inch (0.25 mm.).

Distribution —The only North Pacific record for this species is that
given by Brady in the Challenger report, off the Philippines, in 95
fathoms. From the other records given by Brady it seems as though
this species should be found in shallow water off southern Japan, but
it was not noted in the small amount of material available from this
region in the present work. The figure and description are from
Brady.

DISCORBIS ORBICULARIS (Terquem).
Plate 11, fig. 1.

Rosalina orbicularis TerqueM, Anim. sur la Plage de Dunkerque, 1876, p. 75, pl.
9, figs. 4a, b.

Discorbis orbicularis BrERTHELIN, Foram. de Borgneuf et Pornichet, 1878, p. 39,
No. 68.

Discorbina orbicularis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 647, pl. 88, figs. 4-8.—Batkwitt and Mitzerr, Journ. Micr., vol. 3, 1884,
p. 23, pl. 4, fig. 13—Bankwitt and Wricut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol.
28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 349, pl. 13, figs. 31-33.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and JonEs,
Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 227, pl. 46, fig. 1—Trrrie1, Mem. Accad.
Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889, p. 115, pl. 17, figs. 2, 3—Eagerr, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 389, pl. 15, figs. 16-18, 76-78.—
Jongs, Pal. Soc., 1895, p. 295, pl. 7, fig. 31—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1903, p. 699.—Sipesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 13, pl. 4, fig. 7—-CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
vol. 22, 1910, p. 282.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. AZ

Description.—Test dorsally convex, concave below; chambers two
to four in final whorl, elongate; peripheral border acute, keeled some-

a b

Fig. 18.—DISCORBIS ORBICULARIS (TERQUEM). X 100.

c

a, DORSAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW;

Cc, VENTRAL VIEW. (AFTER BRADY.)

times; sutures either marked by fine lines or considerably limbate;
ventral side with but three to five chambers visible; wall punctate.

Diameter, 0.50-0.84 mm.

Distribution—I have had specimens of
this species from off Hakodate, Japan, and
from Albatross station D4875 in 59 fathoms,
eastern channel of Korea Strait and from
D4949 in 110 fathoms off Japan. This spe-
cies had apparently not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific.

DISCORBIS PATELLIFORMIS (H. B. Brady).
Plate 5, fig. 5.

Discorbina patelliformis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 647, pl.
88, figs. 3a—c; pl. 89, figs. la-~c_—Eacrr, Abh.
kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol.
18, 1893, p. 390, pl. 15, figs. 48-50.—Mu-
LETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 700.—
RuumMsBieER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24,
1906, p. 68.

Description.—Test free; superior side con-
ical, inferior flat, peripheral edge acute; in
the adult state composed of fully three con-
volutions, of which the outermost has from
five to seven segments; segments in their
superior aspect long and narrow, the su-
tures and margin marked by broad lines of

Fig. 19.—DISCORBIS PATELLIFORMIS
(H.H. BRADy). 100. a, DORSAL
VIEW; 6b, SIDE VIEW; c, VENTRAL
VIEW. (AFTER BRADY.)

clear shell substance, but not limbate externally. Superior surface
smooth; inferior ornamented either with faint riblets radiating from

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the umbilicus or with lines of closely set granules, sometimes with
larger tubercles near the center.
Diameter about 1/70th inch (0.36 mm.).
Distribution.—This species was described by Brady from shallow
water dredgings among the islands of the South Pacific. The only
North Pacific record is that given by Rhumbler,
who found it in material from shallow water of
Laysan Island.

DISCORBIS TABERNACULARIS (H. B. Brady).
Plate 5, fig. 4.

Discorbina tabernacularis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr.
Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 65; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool-
ogy, vol. 9, 1884, p. 648, pl. 89, figs. 5-7 —EeceEr,
Abh. k6én. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18,
1893, p. 390, pl. 15, figs. 58-60, 79—Muerr, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 700.—RuumBLER, Zool.
Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 69.—SipExzorrom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 52, No. 13, 1908, p. 15; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 25,
piss, fig. 12.

Description.—‘‘Test free; contour that of a tall
cone with somewhat convex sides and more or less
concave base, often deeply sunken at the umbilicus.
Segments long, oblique, arranged in about three
convolutions; the septal lines of small or imma-
Fic. 20.Discorsis ta- ture specimens limbate externally, those of larger

BerNacuLanis (H. B. shells concealed by the general thickening of the

BRapDy). X 100. a, SIDE Z

VIEW; b, ventrat view; Walls of the test. Inferior surface ornamented

es ae ae with radiating striae or crenulations; superior with
striae or irregular costae radiating from the apex.

‘‘Diameter 1/100th inch (0.25 mm.) or less.”’

Distribution.—This is another species found in the shallow water
about tropical islands. Brady records it from the coral reefs off
Honolulu, Hawaii, at a depth of 40 fathoms. Rhumbler records
it from shallow water material off Laysan Island. I have had no
shallow water material which would be apt to contain this species
and so have no records for it from this area.

DISCORBIS OPERCULARIS (d’Orbigny).
Plate 11, fig. 3.

Rosalina opercularis D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 271, No. 7; in
De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, ‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 101, pl. 3,
figs. 24, 25; pl. 4, fig. 1.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 19

Discorbina opercularis ParKER and JonEs, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 28, 1872,
p. 114.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 650,
pl. 89, figs. 8, 9 —Eeeerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18,
1893, p. 389, pl. 15, figs. 73-75.—Miuetr, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 701—RuumBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 69.—CHapman, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 135.

Description.—Test nearly circular, very much com-
pressed, plano-convex, dorsal side slightly conical, a
ventral side nearly flat; peripheral margin rather
sharp; chambers numerous, about seven to nine in SS

the final whorl, very long and narrow, spirally ar- S b
ranged ; sutures distinct but slightly if at alldepressed; 5. 91 piscorsis
wall on dorsal side often showing rather prominent — orercutans (p’Or-
granulation; borders of the chambers often slightly (yer ran “Snou
carinate; ventral side, especially near the center, v’OrsicNy’s onrcr-
with very prominent tubercles somewhat radiately eee Sal
arranged and smaller toward the periphery; aperture vew. a

a very narrow elongate slit at the ventral border of the chamber.

Diameter 0.40-0.50 mm.

Distribution.—The only published record for this species in the
North Pacific is that of Rhumbler, who obtained two specimens in
material from Chatham Island. I havehad the
species only from Albatross station D4807 in 44

fathoms off Japan.
DISCORBIS PULVINATA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 7, fig. 2.

Discorbina pulvinata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 650, pl. 88, fig. 10a, 6.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.
mt, vol. 18, 1893, p. 391, pl. 15, figs. 33-35.—Mi-
LETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 701—Ruum-
BLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 70.—
SipeBotrrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 52, No. 18, 1908, p. 14, pl. 5, fig. 4.

Description.—‘‘Test broadly ovate orsubglobu-

Fic. 22.—DiscoRBIS PULVI-

wata (H. B. Brapy). x lar, somewhat depressed; composed of a few more
100. (ArreR Bravy.) 4 or Jess inflated segments, about three in the final
DORSAL VIEW; 0b, VENTRAL : 4 "
VIEW. convolution; superior face rugose externally; in-
ferior deeply excavated at the umbilicus and ornamented with

radiating granulose lines.

‘Diameter 1/90th inch (0.28 mm.).”

Distribution ——Rhumbler records a single specimen of this species
from Laysan. This is the only North Pacific record for the species.

20 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Brady described it from shallow water material of the South Sea
Islands.

DISCORBIS BERTHELOTI (d’Orbigny).
Plate 7, fig. 3.

Rosalina bertheloti p’ORBIGNY, in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Isles
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, ‘‘ Foraminiferes,’’ 1839, p. 135, pl. 1, figs. 28-30.
Discorbina berthelotti H. B. Bravy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 469,
pl. 48, figs. 10a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 650, pl. 89, figs. 10-12—-H. B. Brapy, Parker,
and Jonzs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 227, pl. 46,
figs. 7, 8 —Eaerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 387, pl. 15, figs. 10-12.—F int,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 327, pl. 72, fig. 4.—
Mittert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903, p. 702—Ruum-

a BLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 70.—

CHAPMAN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907,

SSS p. 135.—Smrsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit.
and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 26—Baae,

b Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 80, pl. 28,

figs. 10, lla, b.

Discorbina berthelotiana MacDonatp, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 2, vol. 20, 1857, p. 193, pl. 6, fig. 25—Gos, Konel.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, pt. 4, 1882, p. 107,
pl. 8, figs. 266-268; vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 93, pl. 15,
fig. 790; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 69.

Discorbina turbo, var. parisiensis, subvar. berthelotiana PARKER

C ? P

Bios Disco we Ts and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 387, pl. 16.
BERTHOLOTI (D’OR- figs. 26, 27.

BIGNY). (ADAPTED ee
rrom v’Orpicny’s Description.—Test oval, plano-convex, much com-

FIGURE OFTHETYPE. nressed; peripheral margin acute, sometimes slightly

a, DORSAL VIEW; 5 .

spe view: c, ven. carinated; dorsal surface nearly flat, ventral side

DENTE somewhat convex; chambers five to seven in the final
whorl, often slightly carinate at the border; sutures slightly depressed,
distinct; wall smooth, punctate; aperture a narrow slit at the inner
margin of the chamber on the ventral side.

Diameter 0.40—-0.80 mm.

Distribution. Brady mentions this species as found in the North
Pacific but does not give stations. Rhumbler records single speci-
mens both from Chatham Island and Laysan. I have had a few
specimens from Nero station 990 off Guam in 859 fathoms. It has
also occurred at two Albatross stations off Japan, D4875 in 59 fathoms
and D4946 in 39 fathoms, bottom temperature 68.7° F.

-DISCORBIS RARESCENS (H. B. Brady).
Plate 7, fig. 4.

Discorbina rarescens H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.-
651, pl. 90, figs. 2, 3, and 4—Ee@enr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 388, pl. 15, figs. 45-47.—CuapmMan, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 136,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. ae

Description.—‘‘Test free or adherent, plano-convex; peripheral
edge extended so as to form a well-defined keel, often of considerable
width; the five segments of the outermost whorl alone visible on the

iy

a b C

FG. 24.—DISCORBIS RARESCENS (H. B. BRapy). X 75. (AFTER BRADY.) d, DORSAL VIEW; ), SIDE
VIEW; c, VENTRAL VIEW.

convex face, the last chamber being relatively large, and the sutures
even and marked only by fine lines; spiral face somewhat depressed
at the umbilicus, the valvular lobes of later segments tolerably
distinct.

‘Diameter 1/40th inch (0.63 mm.).”’

Distribution.—The only record for this species in the North Pacific
seems to be that of Brady, who records it from the Challenger stations
off the Philippines in 95 fathoms. The figure and description are
from Brady.

DISCORBIS ALLOMORPHINOIDES (Reuss).
Plate 9, fig. 1.

Valvulina allomorphinoides Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 40, 1860, p. 228,
pl. 11, fig. 6—Eecer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 21,
1899, p. 43, pl. 2, figs. 4, 5.

Discorbina allomorphinoides H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 654, pl. 91, figs. 5, 8—CHapman, Proc. California Acad. Sci.,
ser. 3, Geol., vol.
1, 1900, p. 253, pl.
30, fig. 8—MIL-
LETT, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1903,
p. 703.

Pulvinulina allomor-
phinoides FoRNA-
snr, Mem. Accad.
Sci. Inst. Bo-
logna, ser. 5, vol.
8, 1900, p. 394,
fig. 44.

Description.—Test oval, biconvex, ventral side more strongly so;
composed of comparatively few chambers, about four in the last
formed whorl; peripheral margin broadly rounded; chambers broad;

a 6b c

Fic. 25.—DISCORBIS ALLOMORPHINOIDES (REUSS). (ADAPTED FROM
REUSS’S FIGURES OF THE TYPE). @, DORSAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW;
c, VENTRAL VIEW.

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

sutures depressed; wall smooth and finely punctate; aperture an
oval opening at the umbilical border of the chamber.

Diameter 0.40—-0.85 mm.

Distribution—No other records exist for the North Pacific for
this species other than that of Brady, who obtained it from Challenger
material off the Philippines in 95 fathoms.

DISCORBIS VENTRICOSA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 13, fig. 1.

Discorbina ventricosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
654, pl. 91, figs. 7a-c—Ea@earr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.

u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 392, pl. 15, figs. 54-57.
Description.— ‘Test free, oblong, rounded, more or less depressed;
composed of less than two complete convolutions, the outer whorl

Cc

Fig. 26.—DISCORBIS VENTRICOSA (H. B. BRADY). X 50. @, VENTRAL VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE
VIEW. (AFTER TYPE FIGURES BY BRADY.)

consisting of six or seven segments, the successive segments increas-
ing rapidly in length; septal faces ventricose, especially that of the
final chamber; sutures excavated. Superior face hispid externally,
inferior smooth; umbilicus deeply sunk, valvular flaps but little
developed.

‘Diameter about 1/50th inch (0.5 mm.).”’

Disiribution.—This species has not previously been recorded from
the North Pacific. I have a fine typical specimen from Albatross
station D4922 in 60 fathoms, off Blake Reef, in Colnett or Vincennes
Strait, off southern Japan. This extends considerably the pre-
viously known range in this region.

This seems to be a very typical species as far as can be judged by
the specimen noted above, which is so near like the figure given by
Brady that it might almost have been the original of that figure.

DISCORBIS IRREGULARIS (Rhumbler).
Plate 13, figs. 2, 3.

Discorbina irregularis RuumBuiER, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 70,
pl. 5, figs. 57, 58.

Descrvption.—Attached, lower side smooth, flattened, upper side
rough, convex, consisting of several coils, the first coil or two regu-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. a3

larly. spiral with regularly formed chambers, following chambers

becoming highly irregular, added finally in concentric rings and

losing all trace of a spi-

ral arrangement; aper-

ture of the early cham-

bers typical, a slit be-

tween the ventral face of A

the chamber and the pre-

ceding one; in the irregu- ‘

lar chambers several

apertures on the periph-

ery. ie
Diameter 0.38 to 0.52 Fia. 27.—DISCORBIS IRREGULARIS RHUMBLER. X 132. (AFTER

mm. RHUMBLER’S TYPE FIGURE.)
Distribution.—Rhumbler deseribed this species from Chatham

Island. I have had no material that can be referred unquestionably

to this species, which may be a local one.

DISCORBIS SUBFILOSA, new species.
Plate 6, fig. 2.

Description.—Test strongly biconvex, less so ventrally, and um-
bilicate; chambers few in the final coil, rounded; sutures slightly
depressed, rather indistinct; wall ornamented by fine tubules extend-
ing through the much thickened wall below, with radiating lines from
the umbilicus.

Diameter about 1 mm.

Istribution.~-Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9028, U.S.N.M.) from i

The surface appearance of this species is very peculiar, arising
from the fine tubulation of the wall.

DISCORBIS PULVINULINOIDES, new species.

Plate 6, fig. 3.

Description.—Test biconvex, somewhat flattened above, ventrally
rounded, umbilicate, carinate; chambers several, about seven in the
last formed whorl; sutures slightly depressed above, more strongly
so below; wall smooth above, ventrally with radiating lines extending
in toward the umbilicus.

Diameter about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9029, U.S.N.M.) from
Albatross station D4875, in 59 fathoms off Japan.

Dorsally, this species is very much like certain species of Pulvinu-
lina, but the ventral view shows it to belong to Discorbis,

70175°—Bull. 71, pt. 5—15—3

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus CYMBALOPORA Hagenow, 1850.

Rotalia (part) D’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 272.

Rosalina (part) D’OrBiaNy, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 100.

Cymbalopora HaGENow (type, C. poeyi (d’Orbigny)) Bryozoen Maastrichter Kreide,
1850, p. 104.—H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 635.

Description.—Test free; early chambers spirally arranged, later
ones annular or irregular; umbilicate; wall finely perforate; chambers
often not contiguous, but separated from one another by some dis-
tance along the periphery, marked on the ventral side by depressions
radiating from the central umbilicus; in the various species the early
chambers following the proloculum are usually brownish in color,
this being wanting in the later adult chambers.

This genus, together with the following one, Tretomphalus, has been
placed with the Globigerinide by some authors. In the general
form of the test, especially in the latter genus, there is a striking
resemblance, but it seems merely parallelism. The early chambers
are decidedly like Discorbina in form, wall, aperture, and even in the
peculiar brown coloring so characteristic of Discorbina and allied
genera of the Rotaliide.

There seem to be enough differences in form and structure to keep
separate the genus Cymbalopora from Tretomphalus, as has been done
by Moebius.

CYMBALOPORA POEYI (d’Orbigny).
Plate 10, fig. 1; plate 14, fig. 5.

Rotalia squamosa D’ ORBIGNY (nomen nudum), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 272,
No. 8.

Rosalina poeyi D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,

‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 92, pl. 3, figs. 18-20.
Cymbalopora poeyi CARPENTER,
PARKER, and Jonss, Introd.
Foram., 1862, p. 215, pl. 13, figs.
ay 10-12.—ScuwaceErR, Boll. Com.
ee Geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26, pl.,
LEY? fig. 56.—Morstvs, Beitr. Meeres-
fauna Insel Mauritius, 1880, p.
a 6 Cc 97, pl. 10, figs. 1-5.—BirscHu, in
Fic. 28.—CYMBALOPORA POEYI (D’ORBIGNY). a, Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen
Pete Comey Tee TR ae Thier-Reichs, 1880, p. 202, pl. 9,
fig.4.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 636, pl. 102, figs. 13a-c.—H. B. Brapy,
Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 226, pl. 46, fig. 12.—
Eccer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 381,
pl. 18, figs. 51, 52—Smvesrri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15,
1899, p.280, pl. 6, fig. 3—Furint, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p.
326, pl. 72, fig. 1—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 696.—Ruum-
BLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 71, pl. 5, fig. 59.—Baee,

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 156.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 25

Description.—Test free, subconical, apex rounded, concave below,
composed of numerous chambers, early ones in a spiral, later ones in
concentric rings about the central umbilical cavity, those of one ring
alternating with those of the preceding one, all with rather large
perforations; aperture of each chamber on the inner side, opening
into the central vestibule.

Diameter 0.50-0.85 millimeters.

Mstribution.—Brady records the occurrence of this species as from
the Challenger stations in the North Pacific, depths ranging from
7 to 75 fathoms. Rhumbler records it from Laysan Island. Bagg
had the species from five stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian
Islands, depths ranging from 104 to 438 fathoms. Ihave had mate-
rial of this species from two stations near the Hawaiian Islands,
Albatross H3007 in 323 fathoms and Nero 2071 in 271 fathoms. Off
Japan it occurred at Albatross station D4807 in 44 fathoms.

CYMBALOPORA POEYI (d’Orbigny), var. BRADYI, new variety.

Plate 10, fig. 2; plate 14, fig. 2

Cymbalopora poeyi var. H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 637, pl. 102, fig. 14—SrprBorrom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 24.

Description.—Variety differing from the typical form of the species
in its much more compressed form and the much more open arrange-
ment of the chambers on the ventral side.

Mstribution.—This variety occurred off the Hawaiian Islands, at
Albatross station H2923 in 392 fathoms.

Type-specumen.—Cat. No. 9030, U.S.N.M.

Brady does not definitely state at what localities he found this
variety.

CYMBALOPORA TABELLZFORMIS H. B. Brady.

Cymbalopora tabelleformis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 637, pl. 102, figs. 15-18.—EGerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 382, pl. 18, figs. 54, 55 —Mutuerr, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 697.

Description.—‘‘ Test depressed, peripheral outline rounded or oval;
superior face complanate, or nearly so, inferior convex, but with an
irregular umbilical cavity or recess; peripheral edge obtuse or
rounded. Composed of numerous segments, all of which are visible
on the superior face; segments inflated inferiorly, sometimes arranged
in more or less regular alternating annuli, but more frequently dis-
posed without apparent order. Shell wall coarsely porous; aperture
consisting of a number of large perforations along the lines of the
inferior sutural depressions. Colour in fresh shell, brown near the
center of the superior face, gradually lighter toward the circum-
ference.

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘Diameter 1/25th inch (1 mm.).”

Distribution.—Brady described this species from various stations,
among which were two from the North Pacific off the Philippine
Islands, 95 fathoms and the Hawaiian Islands, 40 fathoms. I have
had frequent specimens from one Nero station, 2071 in 271 fathoms
off the Hawaiian Islands.

Genus TRETOMPHALUS Moebius, 1880.

Rosalina (part) D’OrBIeNy, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 104.

Cymbalopora (part) CARPENTER, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 216.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 638.

Tretomphalus Morstus (type, T. bulloides (d’Orbigny)), Foram. Mauritius, 1880,
Deo.

Description.—Test free, early stages Discorbina-like, in a low con-
ical spire; last formed chamber globular, larger than the entire early
growth; wall perforate, the last formed chambers with very large
ones; aperture in adult chamber rounded with an entosolenian neck.

The genus Tretomphalus seems worthy of distinction from Cym-
balopora as the development of the final chamber is very different.
In its adult form it is found in a pelagic condition, especially in the
vicinity of coral reefs. The development of the spherical form and
the large pores fitting it for a pelagic life are very analogous to those
seen in Orbulina, Pulwinulina lateralis, and other forms.

TRETOMPHALUS BULLOIDES (d’Orbigny).

Plate 14, figs. 3, 4.

Rosalina bulloides pD’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 104, pl. 3, figs. 2-6.

Cymbalopora bulloides CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jones, Introd. Foram., 1862, p.
216.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Soc., vol. 19, 1879, p. 80; Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 638, pl. 102, figs. 7-12, text-figs. 20 a—c.—
Eaccer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 381, pl.
18, fig. 53 —EARLAND, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 8, 1902, p. 309,
pl. 16, figs 6-9.—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 697, pl. 7, fig.4.—
RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 72.

Tretomphalus bulloides Morstius, Beitr. Meeresfauna Insel Mauritius, 1880, p.
98, pl. 10, figs. 6-9.

Discorbina bulloides Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, 1882, p.
106, pl. 8, figs. 262, 263.

Description.—Test free, subglobular; early chambers rotaliform,
numerous, finely perforate, final chamber very large, inflated, making
up the large portion of the test; aperture in the adult composed of
numerous circular openings, usually with a single entosolenian neck
from the largest.

Diameter 0.60-1.00 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. an

Distribution.—Brady notes the occurrence of this species as pelagic
at Zamboanga, Philippine Islands, and at several points in the vicinity
of the Hawaiian Islands.
He also notes its oceur-
rence as a bottom form
in 40 fathoms off the
Honolulu coral reefs,
Hawaiian Islands.
Rhumbler records the b C

species from Laysan FIG. 29.—TRETOMPHALUS BULLOIDES (D’ORBIGNY). «d, VENTRAL
Island. VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW. (AFTER D’ORBIGNY’S
TYPE FIGURE.)

I have had material
from but one station, Nero station 12, also near the Hawaiian Islands.

From Brady’s notes in the Challenger Report apparently both mega-
lospheric and microspheric forms were taken by the Challenger.

Genus PLANORBULINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Planorbulina v’OrBIGNY (type, P. mediterranensis d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 280.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 655.

Description.—Test typically adherent; early chambers in a close
coil, later chambers surrounding the periphery in an annular arrange-
ment; chambers in a single layer; test attached by its dorsal side,
noninvolute; all chambers usually visible from either dorsal or ventral
side; wall perforate, often rather coarsely so; aperture in the early
chambers single on the inner border of the chamber in the coiled
chambers, in those arranged in an annular manner usually two, one
at either end of the chamber and near the preceding chambers adja-
cent and together forming a series of apertures about the periphery
of the test; each newly added chamber connects with the two adjacent
chambers at either side in the series next previously formed.

This genus in its restricted sense includes only those species which
have the peculiar annular arrangement of the chambers in adult
growth. The number of species is small, most common in the shallow
waters of Temperate and Tropical seas.

PLANORBULINA LARVATA Parker and Jones.
Plate 8, fig. 2.

Planorbulina vulgaris D’ORrBIGNY, var. larvata PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860, p. 294.

Planorbulina larvata PARKER and Jonss, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 379,
pl. 19, fig. 3a, Carrer, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, p. 214,
pl. 13, fig. 16.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 658, pl. 92, figs. 5, 6—Eearr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 381, pl. 14, fig. 31—Murnierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 490.

Description.—Test typically attached, discoidal; chambers of the
central portion hidden by the development of thick granules or

28 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

tubercles on the test making the sutures indistinct; peripheral cham-
bers arranged in annular rings, distinct; sutures somewhat depressed ;

Fig. 30.—PLANORBULINA LARVATA
PARKER AND JONES. X15. (ADAPT-
ED FROM PARKER AND JONES’S
ORIGINAL FIGURE.) @, DORSAL VIEW;
b, SIDE VIEW.

apertures lipped.

Diameter up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species
from the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands, at a depth of 40 fathoms, and from
the Chinese Sea. I have had specimens
from Gaspar Straits, collected by the North
Pacific Explormg Expedition, Capt. John
Rodgers, and from Albatross station H4882
in 248 fathoms, bottom temperature 48.8°
F. off Blake Reef, in Colnett or Vincennes
Strait, off Southern Japan. This is essen-
tially a species of warm shallow waters and
it is interesting to find it in this region
where so many species of this same general
character have appeared.

PLANORBULINA MEDITERRANENSIS (d’Orbigny).

Plate 12, fig. 1.

Planorbulina mediterranensis D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci.
Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 280, pl. 14, figs. 4-6; Modé-
les, No. 79; Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne,
1846, p. 166, pl. 9, figs. 15-17.— Parker, JONES,
and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser.
3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 31, pl. 2, fig. 74; ser. 4, vol. 8,
1871, p. 178, pl. 12, figs. 133, 184.—Btrsca1, in
Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen Thier-Reichs,
vol. 1, 1880, p. 206, pl. 9. fig. 8—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
656, pl. 92, figs. 1-3.—H. B. Brapy, Parker,
and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p.
227, pl. 45, fig. 18.—Ee@err, Abh. kén. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p.
380, pl. 14, figs. 24-26.—Goks, Konel. Svensk.
Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 91,
pl. 15, fig. 786; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29,
1896, p. 73.—F.int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 328, pl. 72, fig. 6—Smtvestri, Mem.
Pont. Acad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 15, 1899, p. 286,
pl. 6, figs. 4-7.—Mierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 489.—RuumMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt.
Syst. vol. 24, 1906.—CHapman, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 1837.—Sing-
BoTTOM, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and

Fic. 31—PLANORBULINA MEDI-
TERRANENSIS (D’O RBIGNY)
(ADAPTED FROM D’ORBIGNY’S
FIGURE OF THE TYPE.) @, VEN-
TRAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; C,DOR-
SAL VIEW.

Philos. Soc., vol. 53, 1909, p. 1, pl. 1, figs. 1-3; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 26.—
CuapMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30,1910, p. 419.

Planorbulina farcta (Fichtel and Moll) var. mediterranensis PARKER and JONES.
Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 383, pl. 16, fig. 21.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

Description.—Test adherent, flattened; early chambers distinctly
spiral, later ones less so, often irregularly annular in their arrange-
ment, more or less lobulated in the ventral face; periphery irregular,
often angular; wall very conspicuously perforated; early chambers
usually with a brownish color, later chambers grayish-white; sutures
depressed, often clearly marked on the dorsal face by a distinct band
of shell material; apertures at either side of the chamber in the adult,
simple, each with a raised lip.

Diameter 1-2 mm. or more.

Distribution.—Rhumbler has recorded this species from shallow
water material from both Chatham Island and Laysan. I have had
it only from Nero station 990 in 859 fathoms, off Guam.

PLANORBULINA ACERVALIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 14, fig. 1.

Planorbulina acervalis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 657, pl. 92, fig. 4H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc.,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 227, pl. 46, fig. 11.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 328, pl. 72, fig. 7—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 490.—
RuvUMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 67.—SipEBorrom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, 1909, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 4;
vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 27.
Description.—Test typically adherent, composed of numerous
chambers, early ones spiral, later ones irregularly annular, those of
¢ the periphery lobulated, the newly
added chambers extending out-
ward a considerable distance be-
yond the preceding ones; ventral
surface often covered by a mass of
small acervuline chambers; wall
conspicuously porous; apertures
lipped.
Diameter up to 2.5 mm.
Distribution —Rhumbler records
ae two specimens of this species from
Fic. 32.—PLANORBULINA ACERVALIS H. B. BRADY- Laysan Island. Ihave had it from
X 35. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY’S FIGURE OFTHE Nero station 2071 in 271 fathoms
a off the Hawaiian Islands, Nero sta-
tion 1466 in 234 fathoms off Guam, and Albatross H4882 off Blake
Reef in 248 fathoms, bottom temperature 48.8° F. in Colnett or Vin-
cennes Strait, off southern Japan. These are the three areas from
which most of the tropical species have occurred in the material I
have examined. It is essentially a species of shallow, warm waters.

30 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus TRUNCATULINA @d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Nautilus (part) WALKER and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 20.—Wa.ker and Jacos,
Adams Essays, Kanmacher’s Ed., 1798, p. 642.

Serpula (part) Monracu, Test Brit., 1803, p. 515.

Truncatulina D’ORBIGNY, (type, T. lobatula Walker and Jacob) Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 279.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 658.

Description.—Test free or adherent, rotaliform, the ventral face
usually the more convex but passing into species which are nearly
biconvex; chambers usually visible from both sides, occasionally
with lmbate sutures; wall either smooth or with raised papille,
occasionally with liimbate margins, coarsely puncate; aperture usu-
ally a curved slit at the margin of the inner end of the chamber, often
with a definite lip.

This genus includes a considerable variety of species and the
extreme forms are somewhat dissimilar but as a whole they form a
fairly unified genus. Certain groups have at times been segregated
with other generic names but except for two species which are here
placed under Siphonina it seems best to leave them under the genus
Truncatulina.

TRUNCATULINA REFULGENS (Montfort).
Plate 12, fig. 2.

‘““Hammonia Balanus seu Balanoidea,’? SoLDANI, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1,
1789, p. 58, pl. 46, figs. nn, oo.
Cibicides refulgens Montrort, Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808, p. 122.

a 6b ¢
Fic. 33.—TRUNCATULINA REFULGENS (MONTFORT). (ADAPTED FROM D’ORBIGNY, 1826.) a, VENTRAL
VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; ¢C, SIDE VIEW.

Truncatulina refulgens D’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 279, pl. 13,
fig. 8-11; Modéles, No. 77.—CARrPENTER, Parker, and JONES, Introd. Foram.,
1862, p. 201, fig. 32, H.—Parker, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 31, pl. 2, fig. 76.—H. B. Brapy, Nat. Hist.
Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. 1, 1865-1867 (1867), p. 105, pl.
12, fig. 9a-c.—ParkeER, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 176, pl. 12, fig. 139.—Terriat, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi
Lincei, vol. 35, 1883, p. 197, pl. 3, fig. 40-—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 659, pl. 92, figs. 7-9.— SHERBORN and CHAPMAN,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, $1

Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 756, pl. 16, fig. 13a-c.—TErric1, Mem. Accad.
Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889, p. 117, pl. 8, figs. 1-3.—Eecrr, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 401, pl. 16, figs. 31-33.—Go#s,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 89, pl. 15, figs. 775,
776.—JonEs, Pal. Soc., 1895, p. 302, pl. 5, fig. 31.—CHapMAN, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Sec., 1898, p. 1, pl. 1, fig. 1—Mutuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904,
p. 491.—Cuapman, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 137.—
Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 158.—Smrsorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 2.—Cwap-
MAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 284; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool-
ogy, vol. 30, 1910, p. 420.—Baae, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No. 518, 1912, p. 83. «

Description.—Test usually free, ventral face flattened or concave,
dorsal face strongly convex; peripheral margin sharp, keeled; cham-
bers numerous, 7-9 in final whorl, all visible from the ventral face,
only those of the last-formed whorl visible from the dorsal face;
sutures slightly depressed, somewhat limbate; wall fairly smooth,
punctate; aperture a narrow slit at the inner margin of the chamber.

Diameter up to 1.4 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from several Albatross
stations off the Hawaiian Islands at depths ranging from 104 to 1,544
fathoms. I have had the species from several Albatross stations in
the same region, depths ranging from 373 to 607 fathoms. At
Albatross station H2768 in 373 fathoms the species was represented
by abundant specimens. It also was noted from Nero station 1328
in 871 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

TRUNCATULINA LOBATULA (Walker and Jacob).
Plate 15, fig. 1.

‘Nautilus spiralis lobatus, etc.” WALKER and Boys, Test. Min., 1784, p. 20,
pl. 3, fig. 71.

‘‘Hammonie tuberculate, etc.’? Soipani, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789,
p. 58, pl. 45, figs. i, kk, ll, mm.

Nautilus lobatulus WALKER and Jacos, Adams Essays, Kanmacher’s ed., 1798, p.
642, pl. 14, fig. 36.

Serpula lobatula Montaau, Test. Brit., 1803, p. 515, Suppl., p. 160.

Truncatulina lobatula D’ ORBIGNY, in Barker, Webb and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. isles
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ 1839, p. 134, pl. 2, figs. 22-24; Foram.
Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 168, pl. 9, figs. 1S-23.—Eaarr, Neues Jahrb.
fiir Min., 1857, p. 279, pl. 9, figs. 1-3.—Parxer and Jongs, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 2, vol. 19, 1857, p. 293, pl. 10, figs. 17-21.—Witu1amson, Rec.
Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 59, pl. 5, figs. 121-123.—Jonrs, Parker, and
H. B. Brapy, Mon. Foram. Crag, 1866, pl. 2, figs. 4-10, pl. 4, fig. 18 —ParKER,
JoneEs, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 176, pl. 12,
fig. 136 —ScuwaceEr, Boll. R. Com. geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26, pl., fig.
49.—Terrial, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 205, pl. 3,
fig. 57.—Trrquem, Mem. Soc. géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, 1882, p. 94, pl. 9,
fig. (27), fig. 27a, b —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 660, pl. 92, fig. 10; pl. 93, figs. 1, 4, 5; pl. 95, figs. 4, 5 SHERBORN
and CHapMAN Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 756, pl. 16, fig. 12a—c.—Mata-
Gout, Atti Soc. Nat. Modena (Rend.), ser. 3, vol. 3, 1887, p. 110, pl. 1, fig. 14.—

32 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonzs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 227,
pl. 42, fig. 20; pl. 45, fig. 26.—Trrricr, Mem. R. Acad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6,
1889, p. 116, pl. 7, figs. 5-7.—Eacerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 396, pl. 16, figs. 1-3, 10-12.—Fornastn1, Mem. Accad.
Sci. Inst. Bologna, ser. 5, vol.3, 1893, p. 435, pl. 2, figs. 15, 16—Gois, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 88, pl. 15, fig. 774.—Bur-
Rows and Hotianp, Proc. Geol. Assoc., vol. 15, 1897, p. 47, pl. 2, fig. 24.—
Morton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 120.—CHapMaAN, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 2, pl. 1, fig. 2—Fuint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 333, pl. 76, fig. 4.—CHapmaNn, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. 23,
1902, p. 392, pl. 1, figs. 2, 3.—Munuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 491.—
CHAPMAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 103; Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 137.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol.
34, 1908, p. 158.—CusHMmaNn, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 30.—SrpEBoTrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol.
53, No. 21, 1909, p. 2—CHapmaAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910,
p. 284; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 420.—Bage, Bull. U. 8.
Geol. Surv. No. 513, 1912, p. 82, pl. 24, figs. 9-14.

Planorbulina farcata, var. (Truncatulina) lobatula ParKeR and Jones, Philos.
Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 381, pl. 14, figs. 3-6; pl. 16, figs. 18-20.

Planorbulina lobatula Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 88, pl. 15, fig. 774.

Description.—Test typically adherent, plano-convex, ventral face
flattened, dorsal face moderately convex; peripheral margin rounded;

a ae é
Fig. 34.—TRUNCATULINA LOBATULA (WALKER AND JACOB). (ADAPTED FROM BRADY.) @, VENTRAL
VIEW; 6, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

chambers numerous, usually seven in the last formed coil; sutures
somewhat depressed; wall usually fairly smooth, coarsely punctate or
sometimes ornamented with ridges or bosses; aperture a narrow slit
at the inner margin of the chamber.

Diameter up to 1.2 mm.

Distribution.—This species is recorded at Challenger station 206 in
2,100 fathoms. Bagg records it from 12 Albatross stations off the
Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from 104 to 1,307 fathoms. I have
had specimens from the latter region, Albatross H2932 in 20 fathoms
and H2923 in 392 fathoms. It occurred fairly frequently in material
from the stomachs of Holothurians dredged at Albatross D3603 in
1,771 fathoms, Bering Sea. At Nero station 1464, near Guam in 891

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 33

fathoms, a single specimen occurred, and it wasfound in material from
Nero stations 1012 in 1,932 fathoms and 1222 in 726 fathoms between
Guam and Yokohama. It also occurred in shallow water material off
Hakodate, Japan.

This is a very common species in shallow water of the cooler parts
of the oceans, but little material from such localities was available in

this work.
TRUNCATULINA VARIABILIS d’Orbigny.

“‘Testee hammoniformes, plano-cochleatx, tuberosx articulate, etc.’? SOLDANI,
Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1, 1789, pp. 77-80, pls. 70-92.

Truncatulina variabilis D’OrBIeNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 279, No. 8;

in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. isles Canaries, vol.2, pt.2, ‘‘Forami-
niféres,’’ 1839, p. 135, pl. 2, fig. 29.—Rruss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol.
23, 1864, p. 10, pl. 1, fig. 15.—Trrquem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1,
Mém. 3, 1878, p. 20, pl. 1, fig. 18-25; vol. 2, 1882, p.92, pl. 9 (17), figs. 22-25.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 661, pl. 93, figs.
6-7.—H.B. Brapy, ParKxer, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 227,
pl. 45, fig. 17.—TEr-
Rigi, Mem. R. Accad.
Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6,
1889, p. 116, pl. 7,
figs.8,9.— BURROWS,
SHERBORN, and Bat-
LEY, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1890, p.
562, pl. 11, fig. 22.—
Eecer, Abh. kén. Fig. 35.—TRUNCATULINA VARIABILIS D’ORBIGNY. X 100.
bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 404, pl. 16, figs. 57-59, 63, 64s-—JonEs, Pal.
Soc., 1896, p. 309, pl. 6, fig. 23 —Mumuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p.
492.—CHAPpMAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 103.—SipEBor-
tom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909,
p. 2, pl. 1, figs. 5, 6; pl. 2, figs. 1-3—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria,
vol. 22, 1910, p. 285.—Smrsorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 27.—Baaee, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey,
No. 513, 1912, p. 84, pl. 24, figs. 1-4; pl. 25, figs. 4, 5.

Planorbulina variabilis Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 88.

Description.—Test adherent, elongated, irregular in shape, dorsalside
convex, ventral side in early portion concave, later variously shaped;
peripheral margin rounded; chambers numerous, early ones coiled,
later ones linear, biserial or irregularly arranged to form an elongate
test; sutures somewhat depressed, distinct; wall coarsely punctate.

Length up to 1.75 mm.

Distribution.—Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. I have had material from Albatross
station H2923 in 392 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands and from Nero
station 1310 in 518 fathoms between Guam and Yokohama.

This species presents various modifications of shape in its later
growth.

34 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TRUNCATULINA WUELLERSTORFI (Schwager).
Plate 12, fig. 3.

Anomalina wuellerstorfi ScawaceR, Novara Exped., geol. Theil., vol. 2, 1866, p.
258, pl. 7, figs. 105, 107.
Truncatulina wuellerstorfi H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 662, pl. 93, figs. 8, 9 —Unuie, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichs., vol. 36, 1886,
p. 174, fig. 3—Ea@aerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18,
1893, p. 397, pl. 16, figs, 13-15.—CHapmMan, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1893, p. 3, pl. 1, fig. 3 —F1nt, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 333, pl. 77, fig. 1.—
MuettT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 492.—
CuapmaNn, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905,
p. 102.—Baee, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 159.—Cuapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol.
22, 1910, p. 285; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30,
1910, p. 420.—Bage, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv., No.
a 513, 1912, p. 84, pl. 25, figs. 10a-c, 11a-c.
Planorbulina wuellerstorfi Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 89, pl. 15, fig.
didi.

Description.—Test usually free, much com-
pressed, dorsal side slightly convex, ventral side
flattened; chambers numerous, elongate, curved,
9 or 10 in the last formed coil; sutures limbate;
periphery usually bluntly rounded; wall very
ee GT coarsely punctate; aperture a curved, arched

opening at the periphery of the chamber.
c Diameter up to 1.40 mm.

Fic. 36.—Truncatuttina Dstribution.—F rom the available records this
WUELLERSTORFI (ScHWA- seems to be one of the most common species in
GER). ADAPTED FROM ; : ;

Scuwacrr.) a, porsar the North Pacific. Brady in the Challenger Re-
View; }, VENTRAL VIEW; port records it from three North Pacific stations
C, SIDE VIEW. ° >

4 in 345 to 2,050 fathoms. Goés records it from
seven Albatross stations in the western tropical Pacific at depths
ranging from 660 to 1,201 fathoms. Flint records it from Alba-
tross station D2805 in 51 fathoms in Panama Bay. Bagg records it
from 14 out of 19 Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands, depths
ranging from 275 to 1,544 fathoms.

J have had material of this species from many stations well scattered
over the North Pacific; from off the coast of Washington, Albatross
D3346 in 786 fathoms, common; off the Galapagos D2806 in 1,379
fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands between the Hawaiian and Midway
Islands and especially at a larger number of stations between Guam
and Yokohama. These last stations range in depth from 665 to
2,391 fathoms.

E>»)

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. on

TRUNCATULINA HAIDINGERI (d’Orbigny).
Plate 13, fig. 5; plate 28, fig. 1.

Rotalina haidingerii pD’OrBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 154,
pl. 8, figs. 7-9.

Planorbulina haidingerii H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn, Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864,
p. 469, pl. 48, fig. 11.

Truncatulina haidingerii Reuss, Sitz. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 55, 1867. p. 28.—
Terrici, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889, p. 118, pl. 8, figs. 7-9.—
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 401, pl.
16, figs. 25-27.—Liesus, Jahrb. k. k. geol. Reichs., vol. 52, Heft 1, 1902, p. 90,
fig, 4.—MILLETT,

Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1904, p. 493.—
CHAPMAN, Trans.
New Zealand Inst.,
vol. 38, 1965, p. 104;
Journ. Quekett Micr.
Club, ser. 2, vol. 10,

1907, p. 137.—Baaa. a é Cc
Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Fig. 37.—TRUNCATULINA HAIDINGERI (D’ORBIGNY). (ADAPTED
vol. 34, 1908, p. 157.— FROM D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) @, DORSAL VIEW; 0, VEN-

GC HAPMA N, Journ. TRAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 420.
Planorbulina farcata, var. haidingeriti PARKER and JONEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 382, pl. 16, fig. 22a, b.

Description.—Test free, biconvex; peripheral margin rounded;
chambers numerous, broad, about nine in the last formed coil;
sutures distinct but not depressed; wall smooth, finely punctate;
aperture a small opening at the ventral margin of the chamber.

Diameter up to 1.2 mm.

Distribution.—The only previously recorded station for this species
in the North Pacific is one recorded by Bagg, Albatross H4508 in 495
fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have had the species from
H4878 in 84 fathoms, bottom temperature 51.9° F., D4946 in 39
fathoms, bottom temperature 68.7° F. and also from D4822 in 130
fathoms, bottom temperature 39.4° F., all off Japan.

TRUNCATULINA AKNERIANA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 16, fig. 3.

Rotalina akneriana D’ORrBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 156,
pl. 8, figs. 13-15.

Truncatulina akneriana Reuss, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1866,
p. 160, No. 6.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 663, pl. 94, fig. 8a-c.—Eacerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl.
ur, vol. 18, 1893, p. 400, pl. 16, figs. 60-62.—F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 333, pl. 77, fig. 5—Muxuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p.
494.—CHapMAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 103.—Baae,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 157.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 420.

Planorbulina akneriana Gos, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 89, pl. 15, figs. 778, 779.

Description.—Test free, biconvex; peripheral margin broadly
rounded; dorsal surface convex at the margin, depressed or flattened

36 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

toward the center, ventral surface convex but less so toward the
center; chambers numerous, about 11-13 in the final coil, broad,
short; sutures strongly limbate,
ventrally depressed, sutures be-
tween last few chambers and
the previous coil deep and dis-
tinct; surface very coarsely
punctate; aperture an arched
slit at the periphery.

b c Diameter up to 1.25 mm.
FIG. 38.—TRUNCATULINA AKNERIANA (D’ORBIGNY). Disiribution—The only
(ADAPTED FROM D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) 4a, c 2
VENTRAL VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW. North Pacific record for this

species is given by Bagg, Alba-
tross station H4590 in 978 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.
I have had a single specimen from Albatross H2922 also off the
Hawaiian Islands.

TRUNCATULINA UNGERIANA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 17, fig. 2.

Rotalina ungeriana D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 157,
pl. 8, figs. 16-18.

Planorbulina ungeriana H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864,
p. 469, pl. 48, fig. 12—SHersBorn and Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1886, p. 757, pl. 16, fig. 16.—

G6xrs, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.

Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,

1894, p. 90, pl. 15, fig. 780.
Truncatulina ungeriana REUSsS, ce

Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, ae

vol. 25, 1865, p. 161.—H. B. ce

Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,

b c

Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 664, a
pi. 94. fic. 9a-d.—TERRIGI Fic. 39.—TRUNCATULINA UNGERIANA (D’ORBIGNY).
PEAS : (ADAPTED FROM D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) @, DOR-

Mem. R. Accad. Lincei, ser. SAL VIEW; b, VENTRAL VIEW; c, SIDE VIEW.

4, vol. 6, 1889, p. 117, pl. 8,
fig. 4; Mem. R. Com. geol. d’Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 106, pl. 4, fig. 9 —Eeerr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. mu, vol. 18, 1893, pl. 16, figs.
19-21.—Sitvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 9, 1893, p. 213,
pl. 6, fig. 3—Burrows and Ho.ianp, Proc. Geol. Ass., vol. 15, 1897, p. 47,
pl. 2, fig. 23—Fumt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 333, pl. 77,
fig. 2—Mriert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 493—CHapman, Trans.
New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 103; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2,
vol. 10, 1907, p. 188; Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 285; Journ.
Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 420.—Baee, Bull. U. S. Geol. Surv.,
No. 518, 1912, p. 83, pl. 25, figs. 1-3.

Planorbulina farcata, var. ungeriana ParKER and Jonsgs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 382, pl. 16, figs. 23-25.

Description.—Test free, biconvex but unequally so; peripheral
margin acute, subcarinate; chambers numerous, 10 to 12 in the

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 37

final whorl, short and broad; sutures distinct, somewhat depressed ;
wall rather coarsely punctate, especially on the dorsal surface;
aperture a narrow arched opening on the periphery of the test.

Diameter up to 1.25 mm.

Distribution.—The only previously recorded station for this species
in the North Pacific is one given by Brady from the Challenger
material in 2,300 fathoms. I have had specimens from numerous
stations, off the Hawaiian Islands, off Guam and between Guam and
Japan, depths ranging from 276 to 1,588 fathoms.

TRUNCATULINA TENERA H. B. Brady.
Plate 16, fig. 2; plate 23, fig. 6.

Truncatulina tenera H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 665, pl. 95, figs. 1la-c.—Ea@q@rr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 402, pl. 16, figs. 45-47.

Description.—‘‘Test regularly Rotaliform; both faces convex,
peripheral edge acute and lobulated. Consisting of rather more than
three convolutions of nearly equal width, the last of which is formed
of five or six segments; sutures distinct, slightly depressed, marked
on the superior face by nearly straight radial lines; aperture a curved
fissure bordered by a thickened lip, situated at the inner margin of
the final segment near the periphery.

‘Diameter 1/55th inch (0.46 mm.).”

Distribution—Apparently this species has not been previously
recorded from the North Pacific. The only material of the species
which I have had is from Albatross station D4951 in 703 fathoms,
bottom temperature 37.7° F., off Japan.

The material is very typical. The above description is from
Brady.

TRUNCATULINA DUTEMPLEI (d’Orbigny).
Plate 15, fig. 2.

Rotalina dutemplei p’OrBiany, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 157,
pl. 8, figs. 19-21.

Truncatulina dutemplei Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1865, p. 160,
pl. 4, fig. 16—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 665, pl. 95, fig. 5a-c.—Trrrie1, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889,
p. 118, pl. 8, figs. 10, 11—Eaeerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 400, pl. 16, figs. 22, 23, 30, 54-56.—Baee, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 157.—CHapmaNn, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology,
vol. 30, 1910, p. 421.

Description.—Test free, dorsal surface flattened at the sides, um-
bonate in the center, ventral surface convex; chambers about six in
the last formed coil; peripheral margin broadly rounded; sutures
slightly depressed, but very distinct; wall rather coarsely punctate,

38 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

especially the last few chambers; aperture a small arched opening
ventrally from the periphery of the chamber.
Diameter 0.40—0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg _ re-
cords the only previously
published station for this
species in theNorth Pacific,
Albatross H4571 in 384
fathoms off the Hawaiian

c

Islands. I have had speci-

Fia. 40. septate atta DUTEMPLEI (D’ eye (Apaptep Mens referable to this
FROM D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) @, VENTRAL VIEW; b, DOR- species from two Nero

SAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

stations, 1294 in 1,417 fath-
oms and 1,310 in 518 fathoms between Guam and Japan. It has
also occurred at Albatross station H4882 in 248 fathoms, bottom
temperature 48.8° F., off Blake Reef, in Colnett or Vincennes Strait,
Southern Japan.

TRUNCATULINA TUMIDULA H. B. Brady.
Plate 15, fig. 3.

Truncatulina tumidula H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol 9, 1884,
p. 666, pl. 95, figs. 8a-d.

Description.—‘‘Test trochoid, more or less depressed, consisting of
three convolutions, the last of which is composed of about six seg-
ments; superior face highly convex; inferior less convex, slightly exca-
vated at the umbilicus; peripheral edge thick and lobulated; segments
inflated, especially those of the final convolution. Colour deep brown,
except the terminal segment, which is generally of lighter hue.

‘‘Diameter 1/30th inch (0.2 mm.).”’

Distribution.—Brady described this small species from a Challenger
station near the Canaries. I have had material from two Nero
stations between Guam and Japan that very closely resemble the
figures of 7. tumidula and seem to be identical with it. These are
Nero stations 1160 in 1,907 fathoms and 1294 in 1,417 fathoms.

TRUNCATULINA PYGMEA Hantken.

Truncatulina pygmea HANTKEN, Mitth. Jahrb. ung. geol. Anstalt., vol. 4, 1875, p.
78, pl. 10, fig. 8.

Truncatulina pygmea H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 666, pl. 95, figs. 9, 10 —Eeexrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 400, pl. 16, figs. 24, 28, 29.—CHapman, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1906, p. 103.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 158.—CHapMaNn, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 421.

Description.—Test free, biconvex; peripheral margin bluntly
rounded; chambers numerous, angled on the dorsal side, about nine
in the last-formed whorl; sutures very distinct, limbate, especially
on the dorsal side with clear shell material, most distinct in the last-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39

formed whorl; aperture an elongate slit at the inner margin of the
chamber, ventrally from the periphery.

Diameter 0.30—-0.65 mm.

Distribution.—In the Challenger Report Brady records this species
from five stations in the North Pacific ranging in depth from 1,850

to3,125fathoms.
a Oe b C

Bagg records it
from one Alba-

lands. Fic. 41—TRUNCATULINA PYGMAEA HANTKEN. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY.) 4a,
Thave had ma- DORSAL VIEW; b, VENTRAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

tross station,
14502 in 1,342
fathoms off the
Hawaiian Is-
terial of this species from several Nero stations, 10 in 2,098 fathoms,
124 in 1,726 fathoms, 990 at Guam in 859fathoms and several stations
between Guam and Yokohama, depths ranging from 1,088 to 2,180
fathoms.

From all the North Pacific records this species seems to occur
most frequently at depths over 1,500 fathoms.

TRUNCATULINA PRAZCINCTA (Karrer).
Plate 26, fig. 2.

Rotalia precincta Karrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 58, 1868, p. 189, pl. 5,
fig. 7—Srcuernza, Atti Accad. Lincei, ser. 3, vol. 6, 1897, pp. 56, 64.
Truncatulina precincta H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 667, pl. 95, figs. 1-3.—Trrria1, Mem. Com. geol. Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 107,
pl. 4, fig. 11—Egeerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18,
1893, p. 403, pl. 16, figs. 51-53.—FornasinI, Mem. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 5, 1895, p. 12, pl. 4, fig. 36—Fuint, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 334, pl. 78, fig.
1.—Mutert, Journ. Roy.
Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 494.—
CHAPMAN, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. 38,
1905, p. 104.—Baae,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
€ vol. 34, 1908, p. 158.

Fig. 42.—TRUNCATULINA PRECINCTA (KARRER). (ADAPTED sere
FROM KARRER’S TYPE FIGURE.) @, VENTRAL VIEW; 0, DOR- Description.—Test free,

aguas ventral side strongly con-
vex, dorsal side but slightly so; comparatively large, peripheral mar-
gin bluntly rounded; chambers very numerous, about twelve in the
last-formed whorl, short and broad, especially on the dorsal side where
four or more whorls may be visible, slightly oblique; sutures and periph-
ery marked by clear shell material often appearing as distinct ridges
70175°—Bull. 71, pt. 5—15——4

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

most marked toward the umbilicus, remaining portion of surface
finely but distinctly punctate; aperture a narrow slit on the inner
margin of the chamber ventrally from the peripheral margin.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this from the Challenger station off
the Philippines in 95 fathoms. Bagg records it from a single Alba-
tross station, H4476 in 438 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I
have it from a single station in the same region Albatross H2683 in
770 fathoms, a foe poor specimens, and from Albatross D4874 in 66
fathoms off J apan.

TRUNCATULINA MARGARITIFERA H. B. Brady.

Plate 17, fig. 1.

Truncatulina margaritifera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881,
p. 66; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 667, pl. 96, fig. 2 a—c.

Description.—‘‘Test Rotaliform; superior face slightly convex or
nearly flat, inferior convex; peripheral edge sharp, subcarinate,

Fic. 43.—TRUNCATULINA MARGARITIFERA H. B. BRADY. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY’S TYPE
FIGURE. X 28. a@, VENIRAL VIEW; b, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

more or less lobulated; consisting of three convolutions, of which
the last has about twelve segments; segments all visible on the supe-
rior face, only those of the final convolution on the inferior. Sutural
lines on both faces marked by rows of exogenous beads of clear shell-
substance, largest near the center of the test; walls conspicuously
foraminated.

“Diameter 1/20th inch (1.27 mm).”’

Distribution.—The only published North Pacific record for this
species is that of Brady from the Challenger station off the Philippines
in 95 fathoms. Apparently this belongs to the fauna already several
times mentioned which in the North Pacific reaches into the Philip-
pine Archipelago from the south and farther north to Japan as it
was found at Albatross station D4874 in 66 fathoms and D4946 in 39
fathoms, bottom temperature 68.7° F.

The Japanese specimens were in every way typical and of good size.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 41

TRUNCATULINA CULTER (Parker and Jones).

Plate 16, fig. 1.

Planorbulina culter PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 421,

pl. 19, fig. 1 a, 6.

Truncatulina culter H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 668, pl. 96, fig. 3 a-c—Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 401, pl. 16, figs. 16-18—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
vol. 34, 1908, p. 157.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910,

p. 421.

Description.—Test free, ventrally strongly convex, dorsally flat-
tened or very slightly convex; peripheral margin acute, often carimate,

slightly fimbriate; chambers numerous, oblique
above, ten or more in the final whorl; sutures
limbate, in the earlier whorls becoming very
much thickened, in the later ones less so; sur-
face of the test finely punctate; sutures rather
indistinct below; aperture an arched or almost
comma-shaped opening at the inner margin of
the chamber about half way between the periph-
eral margin and the umbilicus.

Diameter 0.40-0.80 mm.

Distribution—The only North Pacific records
for this species are those given by Bagg,
Albatross H4502 in 1,342 fathoms and H4567
in 1,307 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I
have had no material which I could refer to this
species.

Fic. 44.—TRUNCATULINA
CULTER PARKER -AND
JONES. (ADAPTED FROM
PARKER AND JONES’S
TYPE FIGURE.) X 25.
@, DORSAL VIEW; C, SIDE
VIEW.

TRUNCATULINA MUNDULA H. B. Brady, Parker, and Jones.

Plate 13, fig. 4.

Truncatulina, sp. H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,

pl. 95, fig. 6.

Truncatulina mundula H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc.
London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 45, fig. 25.—Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus.,

vol. 34, 1908, p. 158.

Planorbulina mundula Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zo6él., vol. 29, 1896, p. 71.

Description.—Test free, almost equally biconvex; peripheral margin
acutely rounded; chambers numerous, 12 to 14 in the last-formed coil;
sutures oblique dorsally; margins of chambers of clear shell material,
raised and thickened in the earlier coils, almost hiding the original
surface of the chamber and broad even in the last-formed chambers,
remainder of the surface distinctly foraminated; ventral side with
the sutures indistinct, with little or no trace of thickenings; walls
very coarsely foraminated; aperture a narrow slit extending ventrally

from the peripheral margin.

42 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Diameter up to 1.0 mm.
Distribution.—Goés records this species from two Albatross stations,
D3353, in 695 fathoms and D3433, in 1,218 fathoms, in the western

c

Fig. 45.—TRUNCATULINA MUNDULA H. B. BRADY, PARKER AND JONES. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY’S
FIGURE.) X40. a@, DORSAL VIEW; b, VENTRAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW.

tropical Pacific. Bagg records it from a single Albatross station,
D4000, in 104-213 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

Genus SIPHONINA Reuss, 1849.

Rotalia (part) CzszEK, Haidinger’s Nat. Abh., vol. 2, 1848, p. 145.

Siphonina, Reuss (type, S. reticulata (Czjzek)), Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
vol. 1, 1850, p. 372.

Planorbulina (part) PARKER and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 379.

Truncatulina (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 669.

Description.—Test free, composed of numerous chambers arranged
in a somewhat irregular spiral, rounded or biconvex, perforate; wall
smooth or ornamented; aperture rounded, usually with a short neck
and phialine lip.

This genus seems to be worthy of separation from Truncatulina by
its apertural characters alone. There are two North Pacific species

which are here described.
SIPHONINA ECHINATA (H. B. Brady).

Plate 18, figs. 1-4.

Planorbulina echinata H. B. Brapy,
Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19,
1879,p. 69, pl. 8, fig. 3la-c.

Truncatulina echinata H. B. Brapy, Rep.

aigahe? Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
46 47 p. 670, pl. 96, figs. 9-14—Eaaemr,
: Abh. k6én. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miin-

Fics. 46, 47—SIPHONINA ECHINATA (H. B.
BraDy). X 100. (AFTER BRADY.) chen, Cl. II, vol. 18, 1893, p. 403, pl.

16, figs. 40, 41.

Description.— ‘Test nearly spherical; consisting of about two con-
volutions, of which the outermost is composed of four segments;
segments ventricose, unequally arched, embracing. Shell coarsely

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 43

perforated and usually more or less beset with short, blunt spines or
tubercles. Aperture large and rounded; bordered by a thickened rim
or forming a short, wide neck; often partially closed within by a
shelly plate.

“Diameter 1/80th inch (0.32 mm.).”’

Distribution.—Brady gives the only recorded station for this species
in the North Pacific, that of the Challenger off the coral reefs of
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms.

SIPHONINA RETICULATA (Czjzek).
Plate 16, fig. 4; plate 28, fig. 3.

Rotalina reticulata CzszEK, Haidinger’s Nat. Abh., vol. 2, 1848, p. 145, pl. 13,
figs. 7-9.

Siphonina reticulata BRonn, Lethaea Geognostica, ed. 3, vol. 3, 1853-1856, p. 227,
pl. 35(?), figs. 23a-c.

Truncatulina reticulata H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 669, pl. 96, figs.
5-8.—H. B. Brapy, PARKER, and
JonEs, Trans. Zool. Soc. London,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 45, figs.
23, 24.—TrERRIGI, Mem. Com.
Geol. Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 107,
pl. 4, fig. 10.—CuHastErR, First
Rept. Southport Soc. Nat. Sci.,
1890-1891 (1892), p. 66, pl. 1, fig. b
16.—EG@GeErR, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Minchen, Cl. n, vol. ieee ee RETICULATA (CZJZEK). 100.
18, 1893, p. 402, pl. 16, figs. 42 eee APERTURAL VIEW. (ADAPTED
44.—F int, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 334, pl. 78, fig. 3—Mmuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 491.—CuHapman, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905 (1906), p.
102; Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 286.—SipEBorrom, Mem.
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 27.

Siphonina fimbriata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1849, p. 372, pl. 47, fig. 6.

Description.—Test free, nearly circular, biconvex, the two sides
about equally so; peripheral margin acute and carinate, in small speci-
mens with large carinal tubuli giving a serrate periphery, less irreg-
ular in adult specimens; chambers numerous, arranged in a rotaliform
manner, thick-walled, translucent, distinctly punctate; aperture
elliptical, with a definite tubular neck and phialine lip.

Diameter 0.50 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—The only material of this species I have recorded
came from two Albatross stations off Japan, D4887, in 71 fathoms,
bottom temperature 59.7° F., and D4949, in 110 fathoms, bottom
temperature 57.8° F.

44 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Genus ANOMALINA d’Oprbigny, 1826.

Anomalina p’OrBIGNy (type, A. punctulata d’Orbigny), Modéles, 1826, No. 67,
p. 282.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, Pp G71

Description.—Test nautiloid, composed of numerous chambers,
but slightly involute; the two faces usually much alike, biconvex or
slightly unsymmetrical; aperture a narrow curved slit at the base
of the final chamber.

This genus consists of but few living
species. It is distinguished from Trunca-
tulina, mainly, by the biconvex character
of the test. :

ANOMALINA ARIMINENSIS (d’Orbigny).
Plate 19, fig. 1.

Planulina ariminensis D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 280, pl. 14, fig. 1-3; Modéles,
a No. 49.

Anomalina ariminensis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Gone Cie Ci) Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 674, pl.
93, figs. 10, 11.—H. B. Brapy, ParKerr, and
b Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p.
228, pl. 45, figs. 20-22.—_Trrria1, Mem. Com.
Geol. Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 107, pl. 4, fig.
12.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bo-
logna, ser. 5, vol. 5, 1895, p. 13, pl. 4, fig.
37.—Funt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 335, pl. 79, fig. 1_—Muuuert, Journ.

Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 495.
Planorbulina ariminensis G. M. Dawson, Can.
c Nat., ser. 2, vol. 7, 1874, p. 253, fig. d—Gois,
Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,

Fic. 49.—ANOMALINA ARIMINENSIS No. 9, 1894, p. 91, pl. 15, figs. 784, 785.

(D’ORBIGNY). (FROM D’ORBIGNY’S

TYPE FIGURES OF 1826.) a, VEN- Planorbulina tuberosa, var. ariminensis Goiks,
TRAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; Cc, DOR-
ait <iter ; Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Hand1., vol. 19,

pt. 4, 1882, p. 98, pl. 7, figs. 228-233.

Description.—Test much compressed laterally, composed of numer-
ous chambers all clearly visible from the dorsal side, and a part from
the ventral side besides the last formed coil, nine or ten chambers
in the last formed coil, chambers becoming elongate, comma-
shaped; the sutures limbate; periphery squarely angled; wall coarsely
perforate ; aperture somewhat oblique on the ventral half of the cham-
ber in face view.

Diameter about 0.6-1.2 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from Hongkong Harbor.
Bagg had it from two Albatross stations H4430 in 1,544 fathoms
and H4567 in 1,307 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.

I have had typical specimens from but few stations, Albatross D3346
in 786 fathoms off the coast of Oregon and Nero 1065 in 1,321 fathoms
between Guam and Japan.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 45
ANOMALINA GROSSERUGOSA (Giimbel).
Plate 20, fig. 1

Truncatulina grosserugosa GiMBEL, Abh. kais. bay. Akad. Wiss., vol. 10, 1868,
p. 660, pl. 2, fig. 104—Trrrie1, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser. 4, vol. 6, 1889,
p. 117, pl. 8, fig. 5

Anomalina grosserugosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 673, pl. 94, figs. 4, 5 SHERBORN and CuapMaN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1889, p. 487, pl. 11, fig. 34.—Burrows, SHERBORN, and Barey, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1890, p. 563, pl. 11, fig. 25 —Ea@err, Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893, p. 378, pl. 14, fig. 4-6.—Burrows and
Ho.uanp, Proc. Geol. Ass.,
vol. 15, 1897, p. 48, pl. 2,
fig. 26.—Baaa, Bull. (oy S.
Geol. Survey, No. 88, 1898,
p. 67, pl. 6, fig. 4.—Fuint,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1899,
p. 335, pl. 78, fig. 5 —CHap-
MAN, Proc. California Acad.
Sci., ser. 3, Geol., vol. 1,
1900, p. 253, pl. 30, fig. 9.—

: a 6

ponUs ERT, Boe Ee Fiq. 50.—ANOMALINA GROSSERU , Gt (A
1G. 50.— GOSA GUMBEL. DAPTED
deutsch. geol. Ges., Jahrg., FROM GUMBEL’S FIGURE OF THE TYPE.) @, VENTRAL

1901, p. 21, figs.5,6.—Mur- view; b, sIDE VIEW; c, DORSAL VIEW.

LETT, Journ. Roy. Micr.

Soc., 1904, p. 495.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. vol. 34, 1908, p. 160.—
CuapmMaNn, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 286; Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 421.—Baae, Bull. U. S. Geol. Survey, No. 513,
1912, p. 85, pl. 26, fig. 1-6.

Description.—Test nautiloid, dorsal side somewhat concave,
ventral side somewhat convex; chambers numerous, in three or more
cous, all chambers visible from the dorsal side but only those of the
final coil visible on the ventral face, usually seven chambers in the
last formed coil; chambers somewhat inflated; sutures depressed,
in face view broad; periphery broadly rounded; surface coarsely
perforate, usually more so on the ventral side; aperture a narrow
curved slit at the base of the chamber.

Diameter 1 mm. or more.

Distribution—Brady gives two Challenger stations in the North
Pacific for this species in 345 and 2,050 fathoms. Goés records it
under the name Planorbulina rudis from two Albatross stations D3371
in 770 fathoms and D3375 in 1,201 fathoms off the west coast of trop-
ical Americas Bagg records it from numerous stations off the
Hawaiian Islands at depths ranging from 367 to 1,544 fathoms. I
have had it from numerous Nero stations between Guam and Japan
and in the Albatross material from off Japan at depths ranging from
253 to 1,817 fathoms.

As far as the North Pacific material is concerned this is the most
common species of the genus in the region.

46 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ANOMALINA AMMONOIDES (Reuss).
Plate 19, fig. 2.

Rosalina ammonoides Reuss, Geogn. Skizze Béhmen, vol. 2, 1844, p. 214;
Verstein béhm. Kreide, vol. 1, 1845-6, p. 36, pl. 8, fig. 53; pl. 13, fig. 66;
Haidinger’s Naturw. Abhand1., vol. 4, 1850, p. 36, pl. 3, fig. 2.

Planorbulina ammonoides JONES, Geologist, vol. 6, 1863, p. 294, pl. 15, figs. 7, 8.—
SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 756, pl. 16,
figs. 14a-c.

Discorbina ammonoides Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52, 1865, p. 456,
No. 5.

Rotalia ammonoides GUMBEL, Sitz. bay. Akad. Wiss., 1870, p. 283.

Anomalina ammonoides H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 672, pl. 94, figs. 2, 3—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonss, Trans.
Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 45, figs. 20-22_—Eaarr, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Munchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 378, pl. 18, fig. 35; pl. 14, figs.
36, 37—Woopwarp and THomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey, Minnesota,
vol. 3, 1893 (1895), p. 44, pl. D, figs. 28, 29——Fornasini, Mem. Accad. Sci.
Inst. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 7, 1898, p. 205, pl., fig. 24—CHapman, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 5—Furmr, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897
(1899), p. 335, pl. 78, fig. 4—Baee, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, No. 88,
1890, p. 67, pl. 6, fig. 5—Mutxert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 494.—
RuHuUMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 67.—CHAPMAN,
Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 138; Proc. Roy. Soc.
Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 286; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool., vol. 30, 1910, p.
421.—Baaa, Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, No. 518, 1912, p. 85, pl. 26, figs. 7-10, b.

Description.—Test nearly or quite symmetrical, composed of
numerous chambers in three to four coils; umbilici slightly concave,

a b cé

Fic. 51—ANOMALINA AMMONOIDES (REUSS). X 90. a, DORSAL VIEW; 0, APERTURAL VIEW; c, VEN-
TRAL VIEW. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY.)

sometimes slightly convex; chambers somewhat inflated; sutures
somewhat depressed, about 12 to 16 chambers in the last formed
volutions; periphery rounded; wall coarsely perforate, more so on
the ventral side; aperture at the middle of the base of the periphery
of the chamber.

Diameter 0.8 to 1.25 mm.

Distribution. —Brady records this species in anchor mud from
Hongkong; Bagg, from 12 out of 19 Albatross stations off the Ha-
waiian, Islands from which he had material, depths ranging from 104
to 1,544 fathoms, and Rhumbler records one young specimen from
Chatham Island.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, AT

In the material at my disposal typical specimens have occurred
but few times: At Nero station 990 in 859 fathoms off Guam and
1254 in 264 fathoms between Guam and Japan, at Albatross station
H2986 in 271 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands, and Tuscarora
station 1 in 206 fathoms, 21° 10’ N.; 158° 04’ W. From the material
T have had this species is not as common in the North Pacific as some
of the others of the genus.

ANOMALINA POLYMORPHA Costa.
Plate 19, figs. 3, 4.

Anomalina polymorpha Costa, Atti Accad. Pont., vol. 7, 1856, p. 252, pl. 21,
figs. 7, 9H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 676,
pl. 97, figs. 3-7—Eecrer, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. n,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 380, pl. 14, figs. 27, 28, 32-34.—Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 336, pl. 79, fig. 3—CHapmMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh,
vol. 23, 1901, p. 392, pl. 1, figs. 4-6; Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905
(1906), p. 104; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 138.—
Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 160.—CHapman, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Zool., vol. 30, 1910, p. 421.

Description.—Test nautiloid, nearly equally biconvex, ventral side
concave, dorsal convex; umbilical region on ventral side depressed ;
seven to eight chambers in the
final coil, in face view broad; pe-
riphery broad, angled, some of
the chambers with a single large
toothlike projection at the pe-
riphery; wall coarsely perforate;
aperture an elongated arched slit :
at the base of the chamber. Fie. PAS PO rie Ree Costa. X 35.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg has recorded this species from several Albatross
stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from
305 to 1,274 fathoms. I have had it from numerous stations off the
Hawaiian Islands, off Guam, and off Japan, depths ranging from 271
to 2,067 fathoms.

ANOMALINA CORONATA Parker and Jones.
Plate 18, fig. 5.

Anomalina coronata PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 19,
1857, p. 294, pl. 10, figs. 15, 16—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London,
vol. 24, 1864, p. 469, pl. 48, figs. a, b; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 675, pl. 97, figs. 1, 2—Fornasrn1, Mem. Acad. Sci. Inst. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, pl. 2, fig. 17—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 379, pl. 14, figs. 29, 30-—Morrton, Proc.
Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 120, pl. 1, fig. 21—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 159.

Planorbulina farcata, var. (Anomalina) coronata ParKEeR and Jones, Philos.
Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 383, pl. 14, figs. 7-11.

Planorbulina coronata Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 90, pl. 15, figs. 781-783.

48 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test nautiloid, nearly equally biconvex, the: dorsal
side more convex than the ventral; the umbilical region concave on
both sides, broad, in face view nearly as broad as the diameter;
peripheral border nearly flattened in the later chambers which
increase rapidly in width, about eight chambers in the final coil;
wall coarsely perforate. The inner border of the chambers often of
clear shell material; aperture a narrow curved slit at the ventral side
of the chamber, oblique.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific records for this species seem
to be those given by Bagg from four Albatross stations off the

Fig. 53.—ANOMALINA CORONATA PARKER AND JONES. X 40. @, DORSAL VIEW; b, APERTURAL VIEW;
Cc, VENTRAL VIEW. (ADAPTED FROM BRADY.)

Hawaiian Islands, D4000, H4566, H4571, H4596, depths ranging
from 104 to 572 fathoms. I have failed to find typical specimens of

this species.
Genus CARPENTERIA Gray, 1858.

Carpenteria Gray (type, C. balaniformis Gray), Proc. Zool. Soc., London, vol. 26,
1858, p. 269.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 676.

Description.—Test attached, early chambers rotaliform, later ones
becoming irregular and inflated, extending upward in an irregular
column; chambers few; wall coarsely perforate; aperture in adult
specimens usually with a tubular neck.

The species of this genus are apparently most common in the shal-
low waters of tropical seas. The genus was noted but twice in the
North Pacific material examined.

CARPENTERIA MONTICULARIS Carter.
Plate 20, fig. 3.

Carpenteria monticularis CARTER, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, p. 211,
pl. 138, figs. 9-12.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 677, pl. 99, figs. 1-5.—Eeerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 439, pl. 21, fig. 12—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc.,
Zoology, 1900, p. 14, pl. 2, fig. 5; pl. 4, figs. 5, 6—Mret, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1904, p. 496.

Description.—Test attached; early chambers coiled, aperture an
elongate slit at the inner margin of the chamber, later chambers

|

et i ee

—

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 49

elongate, irregular, piled up irregularly about a central axis; wall
smooth; aperture either a rounded opening at the upper end of the
test or with a definite tubular neck.

Distribution —Brady figures a fine suite of specimens from off
Zamboanga, Philippine Islands, from 102 fathoms. He also found
it in material dredged by the Challenger off Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms. The only material of this species I have seen
in the present collection is from Nero station 1328 in 871 fathoms off
Japan. This is very much like the figures of the young given by
Brady."

CARPENTERIA PROTEIFORMIS Goés.
Plate 20, fig. 2; plate 21, fig. 1.

Carpenteria balaniformis, var. proteiformis Gos, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 19, 1882, p. 94, pl. 6, figs. 208-214; pl. 7, figs. 215-219.

Carpenteria proteiformis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 679, pl. 97, figs. 8-14.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 74, pl. 6, figs. 8-17.—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 28, 1900,
p. 195, pl. 19, fig. 11—Maunuet, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 496, pl. 10,
figs. 1-2.—CuarMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 286.

Description.—Test attached, columnar, basal portion usually some-
what spreading and buttressed; early chambers arranged in a coiled
manner but covered by the later ones which become much inflated and
are built up into an irregular, subcylindrical column of a few chambers;
wall coarsely porous; aperture often with a tubular neck.

Length up to 6mm.

Distribution—The only specimens from the North Pacific that I
have seen came from Albatross station D4922, in Colnett or Vincennes
Strait in 60 fathoms, bottom temperature 79.2 F. This is essen-
tially a coral-reef species and it adds another to the considerable list
of tropical species of foraminifera which have been noted from this
and adjoining stations.

Genus RUPERTIA Wallich, 1877. _

Rupertia WatticH (type, R. stabilis Wallich), Ann Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol.
19, 1877, p. 502.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 680.

Description —Test attached, columnar; early chambers coiled,
later chambers extending up into a coiled column; wall coarsely
punctuate; aperture a narrow curved slit at the inner margin of the
chamber.

This genus with the single species here given forms a rather unique
modification in the Rotaliide.

1Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 98, figs. 15, 16.

50 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

RUPERTIA STABILIS Wallich.
Plate 21, figs. 2-5.

Rupertia stabilis Watticn, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 19, 1877, p. 501, pl.
20.—ScHLUMBERGER, Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, ann. 13, 1883, p. 27,
pl. 2, fig. 6-8 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p- 680, pl. 98, figs. 1-12.—Eae@rr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss, Miinchen,
Cl. , vol. 18, 1893, p. 439, pl. 21, figs. 8, 9—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 92, pl. 15, fig. 789; Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zool., vol. 29, 1896, p. 74.—Fiint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 336,
pl. 79, fig. 4.

Description.—Test attached, with a slightly spreading base, again
expanding above into a columnar test, more or less irregular in out-
line; chambers numerous, arranged in a spiral at the base and then
in a spiral manner as the columnar portion is developed; surface
smooth but conspicuously punctate; aperture an arched opening near
the inner margin of the somewhat concave apertural face; color often
yellowish-brown.

Length up to 1.68 mm. or more.

Distribution —The only record for this species in the North Pacific
is that given by Goés from the Eastern Tropical Pacific, Albatross
D 3419, in 772 fathoms.

Genus PULVINULINA Parker and Jones, 1862.

Pulvinulina PARKER and JonsEs (type Nautilus repandus Fichtel and Moll), in
Carpenter, Parker, and Jones, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 201.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 681.

Description.—Test usually rotaliform, dorsal side usually convex,
ventral side usually flattened; outline typically circular but in some
species elongate; wall finely porous, variously ornamented by costx,
bosses, reticulations, or smooth; aperture typically ventral, extend-
ing from near the periphery to the umbilicus.

This genus embraces a large number of species which show a wide
range of characters, but they seem to be best distinguished by having
the dorsal side convex, ventral side flattened, and the aperture elon-
gate from near the periphery to the umbilicus.

There is much confusion in regard to this generic name, but Pul-
vinulina is kept here as there seems to be some difficulty in regard to
earlier names.

PULVINULINA REPANDA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 24, fig. 3.
Nautilus repandus Ficutret and Mott, Test. Micr., 1798, p. 35, pl. 3, figs. a-d.

votalia repanda PARKER and JonrEs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860,
p. 175, No. 25. |

Pulvinulina repanda ParKerand Jonss, in Carpenter, Parker, and Jones, Introd.

Foram., 1862, p. 311.—Trrria1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33,

1880, p. 206, pl. 3, fig. 61—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Handl., vol. 19,

pt. 4, 1882, p. 110, pl. 8, figs. 276-282.—Trrrica1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5T

Lincei, vol. 35, 1883, p. 198, pl. 3, fig. 42.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 684, pl. 104, figs. 18a-c.—SHERBORN and
CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 757, pl. 16, fig. 18—EccrEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 405, pl. 18,
figs. 28-30, 34, 35.—Gois, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
No. 9, 1894, p. 95, pl. 16, fig. 801.—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899),
p. 328, pl. 72, fig. 8—Jonrs and CHapman, in A Monograph of Christmas
Island, 1900, p. 228, pl. 20, fig. 1—Mrutierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1903,
p. 496.—CuHapMAN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 188.—
Baae, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 163.—SipeBorrom, Mem. and
Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 5.—CHap-
MAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.—Baae, Bull. U. 8.
Geol. Surv., No. 513, 1912, p. 87, pl. 24, figs. 5-8.

Description—Test almost equally biconvex; peripheral margin
acute, slightly lobulated, carinate; chambers seven or eight in the
last formed whorl; sutures somewhat curved above, nearly radial
below, limbate on both surfaces, on the ventral side running into
one another and merging at the umbilical area; wall smooth, finely
punctate; aperture a slightly arched opening halfway between the
umbilicus and the peripheral margin.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from two Albatross stations
off the Hawaiian Islands, D4017 in 305 fathoms and H4694 in 865
fathoms. These are the only records for the North Pacific.

PULVINULINA CONCENTRICA Parker and Jones.
Plate 28, fig. 4.

Pulvinulina concentrica (Parker and Jones, MS.) H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn.
Soc., London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 470, pl. 48, fig. 14—PArKER and Jonzs,
Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 393.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 686, pl. 105, fig. la-~b.—Unute, Jahrb. k. geol.
Reichs., vol. 36, 1886, p. 190, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4—GrzyBowskx1, Rozprawy
Wydz. Mat.-Przyr. Akad. Umiej.-Krakowie, vol. 29, 1894, p. 202, pl. 4,
fig. 9.—Muiietr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 497.—SipeBottom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, 1909, No. 21, p. 7, pl.
3, fig. 5.—-CuapMan, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 287.—Sipe-
Bottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, 1910, No.
16, p. 28.

meriian vestita SEGUENZA, Mem. Accad. dei Lincei, ser. 3, vol. 6, 1880,
p. 148, pl. 13, fig. 39.

Description.—Test biconvex, oral; chambers comparatively few,
five to seven in the last formed coil, carinate; sutures covered by a
clear shell material joining with the carinal border and often covering
a large portion of the test, both above and below; aperture near the
peripheral border on the ventral side.

Diameter up to 2 mm.

Distribution—Apparently there are no published North Pacific
records for this species. I have had specimens from Albatross
stations D4087 in 44 fathoms and D4922 in 60 fathoms, bottom
temperature 79.2° F., both stations off Japan,

52 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PULVINULINA PUNCTULATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 24, fig. 1.

Rotalia punctulata D’OrBIGNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 273, No. 25;
Modéles, No. 12.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. punctulata PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol.
155, 1865, p. 394, pl. 14, figs. 12, 13.

Pulvinulina punctulata ParKer, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 20, pl. 3, fig. 82—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 685, pl. 104, fig. 17a-c.—CHApMAN,
Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 139.—Baae, Bull. U. S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 163.—Cuapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol.
22, 1910, p. 287.—Baee, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No.. 513, 1912, p. 86,
pl. 25, figs. 6-9.

Description.—Test large, plano-convex, dorsal side somewhat con-
vex, ventral side flattened or even somewhat concave; peripheral
margin, rounded;

chambers usual-

ly seven, in the

last formed

whorl; sutures

curved, de-

pressed, on the

ventral side the

chambers run-

ning to a point

a b € atthe umbilicus;

Fig. 54.—PULVINULINA PUNCTULATA (D’ORBIGNY). @, DORSAL VIEW; }b, VEN- wall smooth ex-
TRAL VIEW; C, SIDE VIEW. (AFTER PARKER AND JONES.)

cept at the um-
bilicus where it is often rugose or granular; aperture a narrow, curved
slit at the umbilical end of the chamber.

Diameter up to 3 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for Pulvinulina pune-
tulata is that given by Bagg who records it as rare from Albatross
D4017 in 305 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands. I have failed to
find specimens of this species in the material which I have examined
from other stations.

PULVINULINA CONCAMERATA (Montagu).
Plate 25, fig. 1.

Serpula concamerata Montaau, Test. Brit., Suppl., 1808, p. 160.

Rotalina concamerata Witt1aMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 52, pl. 4,
figs. 102, 103.

Pulvinulina repanda CARPENTER, PARKER and Jones, Introd. Foram., Appendix,
1862, p. 311.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. concamerata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 685, pl. 104, fig. 19a-c.

Description.—Test biconvex, the sides about equally so; chambers
six to eight in the last-formed coil, distinct; sutures on the ventral

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 53

side simple and depressed, dorsally limbate; peripheral margin
carinate, dorsally with a raised margin confluent with that of the
sutures; surface smooth below, above with numerous rounded bosses
scattered thickly over the area between the raised sutural lines.

Diameter up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—This species has apparently not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. It occurred in some considerable
numbers at Albatross station D4807 in 44 fathoms off Japan.

PULVINULINA AURICULA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 22, fig. 1.

Nautilus auricula,var.a, Ficutet and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 108, pl. 20, figs. a-c.

Pulvinulina auricula Parker and Jongs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 393.—
PARKER, JONES, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871,
p- 178, pl. 12, fig. 143—Trrriet, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33,
1880, p. 206, pl. 3, fig. 58.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19,
pt. 4, 1882, p. 109, pl. 8, figs. 273-275.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 688, pl. 106, figs. 5a-c—CHapMAN, Trans. New
Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 105.

Description.—Test elongate oval, biconvex, the dorsal side slightly
convex, the ventral side more strongly so; peripheral margin in later
chambers acute, in the early ones rounded; chambers six or seven in
the last-formed whorl, rapidly increasing in size and length, the last-
formed chamber especially on the ventral side occupying the larger
part of the whole area of the test; sutures but very slightly de-
pressed, distinct; wall smooth, thin and translucent, finely per-
forate; aperture a narrow slit near the umbilicate end of the
chamber.

Diameter up to 1 mm. .

Distribution.—Brady in the Challenger Report gives the only
North Pacific record for this species in 95 fathoms off the Philippines.
From the available records this species does not extend to very
great depths, which may account for the fact that I have not found
it in the North Pacific material which I have examined.

PULVINULINA OBLONGA (Williamson), var. SCABRA H. B. Brady.
Plate 27, fig. 5.

Pulvinulina oblonga (Williamson), var. scabra H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 689, pl. 106, fig. 8a-c —H. B. Brapy, Parxerr,
and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 229, pl. 46, fig. 5.—
Sipesortom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No.
21, 1909, p. 6, pl. 3, figs. 3, 4; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 27.

Description.—Test biconvex, dorsal side nearly flattened, ventral
side more convex; peripheral margin acute, carinate; chambers
seven or eight in the final whorl, rapidly increasing in size and length
as added, on the ventral side the last formed chamber in the adult

54 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

taking up at least one-half the area of the test; sutures slightly de-
pressed, limbate above and below, wall rugose or granular on the
dorsal side, smooth below.

Diameter about 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—-The only published record for this seems to be that
of Brady from the Challenger station off the Philippines in 95 fathoms.
I have questionable specimens from Nero station 1073 in 1,208

fathoms.
PULVINULINA HAUERII (d’Orbigny).

Plate 22, fig. 4.

Rotalina hauerii D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 151, pl. 7,
figs. 22-24.

Pulvinulina hauerti ParxKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 393.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 690, pl. 106, figs.
6, 7.—Eccrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 414, pl. 17, figs. 29-31—Woopwarp and Tuomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv.
Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 44, pl. E, fig. 34.—Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1898, p. 5, pl..1, fig. 7—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
vol. 21, 1899, p. 154, pl. 18, figs. 4-6.—Muerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904,
p. 498.—Sipesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol.
53, 1909, No. 21, p.7, pl. 3, fig. 6—Cuapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol.
30, 1910, p. 423.

Description.—Test biconvex, somewhat elongate, twice as long as
wide, composed of few chambers in the last-formed coil; chambers
rotund; sutures deeply depressed; wall smooth except for the rather
coarse puncte; aperture on the ventral border of the margin of the
chamber.

Length about 1 mm.

Distribution Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. I have material from Albatross
station D4966 in 290 fathoms, bottom temperature 44.1° F., off
Japan.

This species may be distinguished from Pulvinulina auricula by its
much more rounded contour.

PULVINULINA MENARDII (d’Orbigny).
Plate 22, fig.2.

Rotalia menardii p’OrBIeNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 273, No. 26; Modéles,
No. 10.

Pulvinulina menardit Owen, Journ. Linn. Soc. London (Zool.), vol. 9, 1867, p.
148, pl. 5, fig. 6—THomson, Proc. Roy. Soc. London, vol. 23, 1875, p. 37,
pl. 3, figs. 1, 2—Gots, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, pt. 4,
1882, p. 112, pl. 8, figs. 289-295.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci.,
vol. 19, 1879, p. 80; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 690,
pl. 103, figs. 1,2—Matracou, Boll. Soc. Geol. Italia, vol. 6, 1887, p. 523,
pl. 13, fig. 10.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc., London,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 55

vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 46, fig. 3—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Minchen, Cl. 1, vol. 19, 1893, p. 411, pl. 17, figs. 1-3, 7-12.—Woopwarp
and Tuomas, Geol. Nat. Hist. Survey Minnesota, vol. 3, 1893, p. 45, pl. E,
fig. 33.—Burrows and Hotanp, Proc. Geol. Ass., vol. 15, 1897, p. 48, pl. 2,
fig. 22—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 329, pl. 73, fig. 3.—
RHUMBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft. 14, 1900, p. 14, figs. 6-8;
Zeitschr. fiir allgem. Phys., vol. 2, 1902, p. 234, fig. 67. —Fornasin1, Mem.
Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, ser. 5a, vol. 10, 1902, p. 58, fig. 55.—MueTT,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 499.—Bagee, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 162.—CHapmaAn, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.

Description.—Test plano-convex, compressed, dorsal side slightly
convex, ventral side flat or somewhat concave, umbilicate; peripheral
margin thin, slightly lobulated, carinate; chambers usually six in the
last-formed coil; sutures somewhat depressed, especially below, on the
dorsal side limbate and curved, ventrally simply depressed, straight,
in a radial position; wall usually smooth and punctate but sometimes
slightly granular; aperture a rather well-developed opening at the
umbilical end of the chamber, with a projecting valvular lip.

Diameter up to 1.27 mm.

Distribution.—This species of world-wide distribution is not uncom-
mon in the North Pacific. Goés records its being taken in a pelagic
condition. Picaglia records it at three stations of the Vettor Pisani
just north of the Equator. Bagg records it at 18 out of the 19
Albatross stations from which he had material in the vicinity of the
Hawaiian Islands, depths ranging from 104 to 1,544 fathoms. I have
records of its occurrence at a hundred or more Albatross, Alert, Nero,
and Tuscarora stations in the area, and this could have been multi-
plied several times but it was thought not worth while to record
further. It is common in the North Pacific wherever conditions of
depth and temperature are right for the formation of Globigerina ooze.

PULVINULINA MENARDII (d’Orbigny), var. FIMBRIATA H. B. Brady.

Pulvinulina menardii v’OrBIGNyY, var. fimbriata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, vol. 9, 1884, p. 691, pl. 103, fig. 3a, b—Eacrr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. rm, vol. 18, 1893, p. 412, pl. 17, fig. 19.—Fuint, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 329, pl. 73, fig. 4—RuumBLER, in Brandt,
Nordisches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p. 16, fig. 9—Baee, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 162.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30,
1910, p. 422.

Description.—Variety differing from the typical in the smaller size
and spinose character of the peripheral keel.

Distribution.—Bagg records this variety from three Albatross sta-
tions in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, depths from 384 to 1,307
fathoms. I have seen a few rather poorly representative specimens
from this same region, but there does not appear to be as good a devel-
opment of the variety as occurs in the Gulf of Mexico for example.

70175°—Bull. 71, pt. 5—15—5

56 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PULVINULINA TUMIDA H. B. Brady.
Plate 22, fig. 3.

Pulvinulina menardii dD’ ORBIGNY, var. tumida H. B. Brapy, Geog. Mag., vol. 4,
1877 p. 294; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 80.—Baae, Proc.
U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 163.

Pulvinulina tumida H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 692, pl. 103, figs. 4-6.—Eacrer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Munchen,
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 414, pl. 17, figs. 4-6, 35-37, 44.—Fint, Rep. U. 8.
Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 329, pl. 73, fig. 5.—Muterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 499.—CusuMaN, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908, p. 31.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.

Description.—Test biconvex, oval, dorsal surface convex especially
in the early portion, ventral side less convex, umbilicate; peripheral
margin rounded, becoming more acute in the later formed portion
with a rounded carina; chambers fairly numerous, about six in the
last-formed whorl; sutures curved, depressed on the ventral side;
wall of the early portion of the test granular, later chambers becoming
progressively smoother; aperture an arched opening near the um-
bilical end of the margin of the chamber, often with a slight valvular
projection above.

Diameter up to 1.25 mm.

Disiribution.—Brady records Pulvinulina tumida from two Chal-
lenger stations in the North Pacific at depths of 500 and 1,850 fathoms.
Picaglia records it from three stations of the Vetior Pisani in the same
area. Bagg records it from 13 out of the 19 stations in the vicinity
of the Hawaiian Islands from which he had material, depths ranging
from 104 to 1,544 fathoms. I have had specimens from several sta-
tions off the Hawaiian Islands at depths varying from 1,265 to 2,615
fathoms, from off the Galapagos Islands D2806 in 1,379 fathoms and
from a great number of Nero stations, especially between Guam and
Yokohama. It seems to be common where Globigerina ooze condi-

tions obtain.
PULVINULINA CANARIENSIS (d’Orbigny).

Plate 23, fig. 1.

Rotalina canariensis D’ORBIGNY, in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist. Nat. Iles
Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,”’ 1839, p. 130, pl. 1, figs. 34-36.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. menardii, subvar. canariensis’ PARKER and JONES,
Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 395, pl. 16, figs. 47-49.

Pulvinulina canariensis OwEN, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 9, Zool., 1867, p.
148, pl. 5, fig. 21.—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 80.—TeErrial, Atti Acad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 207, pl. 3,
figs. 59, 60.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
692, pl. 103, figs. 8-10.—Eeerr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Mimchen, Cl.
m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 413, pl. 17, figs. 20-22.—RuumBLER, in Brandt, Nor-
disches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p. 16, fig. 10.—Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1904, p. 500.—CHapman, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p.
105.—Baae, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 160.—CHapMAN, Journ.
Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. |

Description.—Test biconvex, dorsal surface somewhat umbonate,
ventral low and broadly rounded, umbilicate; peripheral margin
acute, conspicuously lobulated with rounded angles, slightly carinate;
chambers comparatively few, usually five in the last formed whorl;
sutures distinct above, slightly depressed, below much depressed;
- wall of earlier portion spinosely granular, later chambers becoming
progressively smooth, the last formed chamber often very smooth;
aperture a narrow curved slit extending from the umbilicus well
toward the peripheral margin.

Diameter up to 1.25 mm.

Distribution.—In the Challenger Report Brady states that this
species is much less common in the North Pacific and Indian Ocean
than in the other oceans. As far as the
North Pacific is concerned this is appar-
ently due to lack of material at his dis-
posal. He recorded it from but one
North Pacific station off Japan in 345
fathoms. Bagg records it from 15 out
of 19 Albatross stations from which he é b a
had material off the Hawaiian Islands, TE ea eT eee eae
depths ranging from 104 to 1,544 fath- view; c, porsan view. (AFTER D’OR-
oms. I havehad specimens from Alba- "OX **?® MGURE.)
tross H2923 in 392 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands and D2806 in
1,379 fathoms off the Galapagos Islands. Between Guam and Japan
it has occurred at numerous Nero stations, depths ranging from 264
to 1,990 fathoms.

Brady also records the species from one surface station in the
North Pacific.

PULVINULINA PATAGONICA (d’Orbigny).

Rotalina patagonica pD’ORBIGNY, Voy
Amér. Mérid., 1839, ‘‘ Foramini-
féres,’’ p. 36, pl. 2, figs. 6-8.
Pulvinulina patagonica H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
a 6 c

9, 1884, p. 693, pl. 103, fig. 7a-c.—

Fic. 56.—PULVINULINA PATAGONICA (D’OR- Eaaer, Abh. k6n. bay. Akad. Wiss.
BIGNY). @, DORSAL VIEW; }, SIDE VIEW; ¢, Miinchen, Cl. rl, vol. 18, 1893 p.-
VENTRAL VIEW. (AFTER D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE Be
FIGURE.) 413, pl. 17, figs. 16-18.—RHUMBLER,

in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton,
Heft 14, 1900, p. 13, fig. 5.—Mizerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 500.—
Baaa, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 162.—CHapMan, Journ. Linn.
Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.

Description.—Test small, biconvex, dorsal side more convex than
the ventral; peripheral margin rounded, slightly lobulated; chambers
few, usually five in the last formed whorl; sutures much curved,

58 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

depressed; wall granular roughened; aperture a narrow arched slit
extending from the umbilicus well toward the peripheral margin.

Diameter 0.25—0.40 mm.

Distribution Brady records Pulvinulina patagonica from four
Challenger stations in the North Pacific, the depths ranging from 500
to 2,900 fathoms. Bagg records it from two Albatross stations in
the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands H4502 in 1,342 fathoms and
H4566 in 572 fathoms.

From the material I have had this species seems to be rather com-
mon in the North Pacific. It was frequent at many Nero stations
between Guam and Yokohama depths ranging from 518 to 2,048
fathoms. ;

This species somewhat closely resembles P. canariensis but may
be easily distinguished by the periphery.

PULVINULINA CRASSA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 27, fig. 1.

Rotalina crassa D’OrBIGNY, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. 4, 1840, p. 32, pl. 3,
figs. 7, 8.

Pulvinulina crassa Owen, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zool. London, vol. 9, 1867, p. 148;
pl. 5, fig. 8(?), 9 —H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 80;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 694, pl. 103, figs. 11, 12 —Trrria1,
Mem. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. 4, 1891, p. 108, pl. 4, fig. 13 —Eaarr, Abh. kén.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 416, pl. 18, figs. 7-12.—
Furnt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 329, pl. 74, fig. 1—RuHuMBLER,
in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton, Heft 14, 1900, p. 17, figs. 12, 14, 15 —Mmuerv,
Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc., 1904, p. 500—CuHapMaN, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. 38, 1905, p. 105.—Baaa, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 161.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 422.

Description.—Test subconical, the dorsal face flat, ventral face
convexly rounded, umbilicate; peripheral margin rounded, lobulated,
not carinate; chambers comparatively few, usually but four in the
last formed whorl, sutures curved; surface granular or subspinose;
aperture an arched opening widest at the umbilical end of the cham-
ber and extending nearly to the periphery.

Diameter 0.50-—0.60 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records Pulvinulina crassa from a single
Challenger station in the North Pacific in 2,250 fathoms. Bagg
records it from six Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian
Islands at depths ranging from 384 to 1,544 fathoms. I have failed
to find any specimens which I could refer to this species.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 59
PULVINULINA TRUNCATULINOIDES (d’Orbigny).

Plate 23, fig. 4.

Rotalina truncatulinoides p’ORBIGNY, in Barker, Webb, and Berthelot, Hist.
Nat. isles Canaries, vol. 2, pt. 2, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ 1839, p. 132, pl. 2, figs.
25-27.

Pulvinulina truncatulinoides PARKER and JonsEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 398, pl. 16, figs. 4143.—RuumBLER, in Brandt, Nordisches Plankton,
Heft 14, 1900, p. 17, fig. 16—CHapman, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol.
38, 1905, p. 105; Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 423.

Rotalina micheliniana p’ORrBIGNY, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, vol. 4, 1840, p. 31,
pl. 3, figs. 1-3.

Discorbina micheliniana Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 52, 1865, p. 455,
No. 1.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. menardii, subvar. micheliniana PARKER and JoNEs,
Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 396, pl. 14, fig. 16, pl. 16, figs. 41-43.

Pulvinulina micheliniana OwEN, Journ. Linn. Soc. London, Zool., vol. 9, 1867,
p. 148, pl. 5, fig. 17—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19,
pt. 4, 1882, p. 114, pl. 8, figs. 296-298.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 694, pl. 104, figs. 1,2—H. B. Brapy, ParKeEr, and
Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 229, pl. 46, figs. 9, 10.—
Eaecer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 416,
pl. 18, figs. 1-6.—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 500.

Pulvinulina micheliniana Funt, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 330, pl. 74,
fig. 2.

Description.—Test subconical, the dorsal surface either flat or
more often slightly concave, ventral surface forming a truncate cone,
umbilicate; peripheral margin
angular, bluntly rounded, often
slightly carinate; chambers
comparatively few, five or six
in the last formed whorl, su-
tures nearly radial; dorsal sur- Z
face nearly smooth, punctate b ;

3 Fig. 57.—PULVINULINA TRUNCA TULINOIDES (D’ORBIG-
or slightly granular, ventral NY). @, VENTRAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW;¢, DORSAL VIEW
surface very often decidedly (AFTER D’ORBIGNY).
granular; aperture a long narrow opening extending from the
umbilicus nearly to the peripheral margin,

Diameter 0.60-1 mm.

Distribution.—This is one of the most common of the species of the
North Pacific, especially at depths which are favorable to the accu-
mulation of Globigerina ooze. Brady and Goés record it as pelagic
in the North Pacific and Brady records it from five Challenger stations
with depths ranging from 345 to 2,950 fathoms. Picaglia records it
from a single station of the Vettor Pisani in the North Pacific and
Bagg records its occurrence at 17 out of the 19 Albatross stations off
the Hawaiian Islands from which he had material, depths ranging
from 104 to 1,544 fathoms.

I have had material from various parts of the North Pacific from
Albatross, Nero, Tuscarora, and Alert stations ranging in depth from

60 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

264 to 2,615 fathoms. Between Guam and Yokohama at the Nero
stations where a record was kept it was present at nearly every station.

The specific name truncatulinoides antedates micheliniana and so
must be adopted, as has been done by some writers. This is one of
the characteristic constituents of the Globigerina ooze in the North
Pacific as elsewhere.

PULVINULINA UMBONATA (Reuss).
Plate 27, fig. 2.

Rotalina umbonata Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 3, 1851, p. 75, pl. 5,
fig. 35a-c.

Pulvinulina umbonata Reuss, Deutsch. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1866, p. 206.—
HanrTKEN, Mitth. Jahrb. ung. geol. Anstalt., vol. 4, 1875, p. 77, pl. 9, fig.
8a—c.—Terria1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 35, 1883, p. 200, pl. 4,
figs. 45, 46—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 695, pl. 105, fig. 2a-c.—E@err, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 410, pl. 18, figs. 19-21_—Fuint, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus.
1897 (1899), p. 330, pl. 74, fig. 4.

Description.—Test small, sides unequally convex, the dorsal side
much less convex than the ventral; peripheral margin acute; chambers
five or six in the last-formed coil; sutures nearly straight, radial,
distinct but not depressed; wall smooth, finely punctate; aperture
a narrow slit extending from the umbilicus to the peripheral margin

Diameter about 0.50 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution Brady records this species from three Challenger
stations in the North Pacific at depths ranging from 345 to 3,125
fathoms. Flint records it from Albatross station D3080 in 93 fathoms
off the coast of Oregon.

I have seen it only from a Nero station, 1207 in 665 fathoms off the
coast of Japan.

PULVINULINA EXIGUA H. B. Brady.
Plate 23, fig. 5.

Pulvinulina exigua H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 696, pl. 103, figs. 13, 14.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 75.—Smesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 28.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30,
1910, p. 422.

Description —Test small, almost equally convex on the two sides;
peripheral margin bluntly rounded, often lobulated; chambers com-
paratively few, five or six in the last formed whorl; sutures above as
well as the border of the whorl in the early portion marked by clear
shell material, on the ventral side depressed and not so marked;
wall finely punctate; aperture a narrow slit running from the
peripheral margin to the umbilicus.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 61

Diameter 0.3 to 0.5 mm.

Distribution—Brady records Pulvinulina exigua from five Chal-
lenger stations in the North Pacific depths ranging from 15 to 2,300
fathoms. Goés records it from a single Albatross station D3433 in
1,218 fathoms, rare. I have had it from Nero station 10 between
the Hawaiian and Midway Islands and from numerous Nero stations
between Guam and Yokohama ranging in depth from 859 fathoms
off Guam to 2,098 fathoms. As far as noted, it has usually occurred
as few specimens at any one station.

PULVINULINA PAUPERATA Parker and Jones.
Plate 23, figs. 2, 3.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. menardii, subvar. pauperata PARKER and Jonzs,
Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 395, pl. 16, figs. 50, 51.
Pulvinulina pauperata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 696, pl. 104, figs. 3-11.—Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 412, pl. 17, figs. 32, 34.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 77.—F unt, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 330, pl.
74, fig. 3.—CuapMan, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 423.
Description —Test much flattened, planospiral; peripheral margin
extended into a broad, flat, thin, transparent carina, occasionally
somewhat thickened at the margin; chambers
numerous, ten to fifteen in the last formed coil,
all visible from both sides of the test; sutures
depressed; chambers inflated; aperture a small
opening near the peripheral margin of the |

test.
Diameter up to 3 mm.
Distribution —This rather unique species seems a

to be rather well distributed in the North Pa- Fie. 58—Putvivurina pPav-
cific but does not appear to be common [ane vaw:bwenmon
at any particular stations. Brady records it veruery. (Arter tyre
from one Challenger station in 1,850 fathoms. Jos)
Goés notes its occurrence at four Albatross

stations in the western Tropical Pacific at depths ranging from
770 to 1,201 fathoms. Picaglia records it from a single station just
north of the equator. Flint noted its occurrence at Nero station 760
in 1,560 fathoms between Midway Islands and Guam. [I have had
specimens from off the Galapagos Islands Albatross D2806 in 1,379
fathoms and from a large number of Nero stations from Guam to
Yokohama, depths ranging from 1,029 to 2,278 fathoms. This
species varies considerably in the width of the marginal wing-like
carina. In its remote chambers also it differs from others of the

genus.

62 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PULVINULINA SCHREIBERSII (d’Orbigny).

Rotalina schreibersit D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 154,
pl. 8, figs. 4-6.

Pulvinulina schreibersti PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p.
393.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 697, pl.
115, fig. la-c.—H. B. Brapy, Parxer, and Jonss, Trans. Zool. Soc., Lon-
don, vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 46, fig. 4—Eaarr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 409, pl. 18, figs. 31-33, 67-69.—MiLLETT,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 501.—Cuarman, Trans. New Zealand Inst.,
vol. 38, 1905, p. 106.—Baae, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 163.—
SrpesBotTromM, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol.-53, No.
21, 1909, p. 8, pl. 3, fig. 8—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22,
1910, p. 289.

Truncatulina schreibersti S—EGuENzA, Atti Accad. Lincei, ser. 3, vol. 6, 1879,
p. 149, ete.

Description—Test subconical, dorsal side elevated, apex broadly
rounded, ventral side slightly convex; peripheral margin bluntly
rounded; chambers numer-
ous, about seven to nine in
the last-formed whorl; su-
tures but slightly depressed
above, curved, below more
depressed, the umbilical
ends filled with secondary

a b Cc sg oe il
Fiq. 59.PULVINULINA SCHREIBERSII (D’ORBIGNY). @, VEN- material to form a stellate

TRAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; ¢, DORSAL VIEW. (AFTER TYPE mass; wall finely punctate,
FIGURES BY D’ORBIGNY.)
smooth; aperture a narrow
opening extending from near the peripheral margin wholly or par-
tially to the umbilical end of the chamber.

Diameter up to 1.30 mm.

Disiribution—The two stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian
Islands recorded by Bagg seem to be the only records for this species
in the North Pacific. They are Albatross H4476 in 438 fathoms and
H4566 in 572 fathoms.

PULVINULINA PROCERA H. B. Brady.
Plate 24, fig. 2; plate 25, fig. 2.

Pulvinulina procera H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 66;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 698, pl. 105, fig. 7a-c.—Baae,
Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 163.

Description—‘Test trochoid, forming an elevated cone with
rounded apex and flat or truncate inferior face; composed of numer-
ous convolutions, the last of which consists of about six segments;
segmentation very oblique, indistinct on the superior face, especially
near the center; sutures and periphery more or less limbate on the
inferior side; aperture an arched slit at the margin of the final seg-
ment, near the umbilicus.

‘‘Diameter, 1-22 inch (1.1 mm.).”’

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 63

Distribution—The only definitely recorded station for this species
in the North Pacific seems to be that given by Bagg, Albatross
H4508 in 495 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have found the
species in the material which I have examined only from one station,
Albatross D4874, in 66 fathoms off Japan. This is the station at
which numerous other tropical species occur, such as Truncatulina
precincta and T. margaritifera.

PULVINULINA KARSTENI (Reuss).
Plate 26, fig. 1.

Rotalia karsteni Reuss, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855, p. 273, pl. 9,
fig. 6.

Pulvinulina karsteni H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc., vol. 24, 1864, p. 470, pl.
48, fig. 15; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 436, pl. 21, fig. 1la-c;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 698, pl. 105, fig. 8, 9.—
SHERBORN and CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886, p. 758, pl. 16,
fig. 2la-c._—F int, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 330, pl. 74, fig. 5.—
Smesotrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53,
No. 21, 1909, p. 7, pl. 3, fig. 7.

Pulvinulina repanda, var. karsteni PARKER and JongEs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 396, pl. 14, figs. 14, 15, 17; pl. 16, figs. 38-40.

Description.—Test almost equally biconvex, the dorsal side slightly
more conical, the ventral side rather more broadly rounded; periph-
eral margin cariate, bluntly rounded; chambers numerous, about
five to seven in the last formed whorl; sutures curved, slightly if at
all depressed above, below more compressed; wall finely punctate;
aperture a narrow slit extending from the umbilical end of the
chamber to the peripheral margin.

Diameter 0.3 to 0.6 mm.

Distribution.—Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. I have material from but two
stations in western Pacific Albatross D4822 in 130 fathoms and Nero
1065 in 1,321 fathoms.

PULVINULINA ELEGANS (d’Orbigny).
Plate 26, fig. 3.

Rotalia (Turbinulina) elegans p’ORBiIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 276,
No. 54.

Pulvinulina elegans JoNES and ParKeER, Geologist, vol. 7, 1864, p. 88.— PARKER,
Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 8, 1871, p. 174,
pl. 12, fig. 142—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 699, pl. 105, figs. 4-6.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jonzs, Trans. Zool.
Soc. London, vol. 12, 1888, p. 228, pl. 46, fig. 2—SHERBORN and CHAPMAN,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 489, pl. 11, fig. 30-32.—Eacrr, Abh. kon.
bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 410, pl. 18, figs. 37-39.—
FornasIni, Mem. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 435,
pl. 2, fig. 18.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9,
1894, p. 97, pl. 16, fig. 808; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 76.—
CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 6, pl. 1, fig. 8—Fuint, Rep.
U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 331, pl. 75, fig. 1.—Minierr, Journ. Roy.

64 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 501.—CHapman, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol.
10, 1907, p. 139.—Baae, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 161.—
CHapMAN, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22, 1910, p. 288; Journ. Linn. Soc.
Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 421—Baee, Bull. U. 8. Geol. Surv., No. 513,
1912, p. 86, pl. 26, figs. 11-15, ec.

Description.—Test comparatively large, nearly equally convex on
the two sides; peripheral margin bluntly rounded; chambers numer-
ous, usually eight or nine in the last-formed whorl; sutures slightly
if at all depressed; walls thickened and beautifully marked by clear
shell material, the chambers each with an ornamentation of an
irregular pattern of dots, lines, and irregular areas of clear shell
material on a white opaque background; aperture a narrow opening
at the umbilical end of the margin of the chamber with an occasional
secondary slit near the peripheral margin.

Diameter up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution —Pulvinulina elegans seems to be common in the
North Pacific in spite of Brady’s note that it is less common than
elsewhere. This is again probably due to lack of material. Goés
records it from 10 Albatross stations in the eastern Tropical Pacific
at depths ranging from 660 to 1,832 fathoms. Flint records it from
one Albatross station D2805 in Panama Bay, depth 51 fathoms.
From about the Hawaiian Islands Bagg records it from nine Albatross
stations, the depths ranging from 367 to 1,544 fathoms. I have
had material from several Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands,
depths ranging from 323 to 1,783 fathoms. It occurred at Albatross
station D2806 off the Galapagos Islands in 1,379 fathoms. In the Nero
material it has occurred frequently between Guam and Yokohama,
the depths ranging from 891 fathoms off Guam to 2,189 fathoms.

PULVINULINA PARTSCHIANA (d’Orbigny).

Rotalina partschiana D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p. 153,
pl. 7, figs. 28-30, pl. 8, figs. 1-3.
Pulvinulina partschiana Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 62, 1870, p. 36.—
von Scuucut, Foram. Pietzpuhl, 1870, pl. 20, figs. 23-25, 29-31.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 699, pl. 105, fig. 3a-c,
woodcut, fig. 21.—EaaeEr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad.
Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1m, vol.
18, p. 410, pl. 17, fig. 43;
pl. 18, figs. 25-27.—F int,
Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897

(1899), p. 331, pl. 75, fig.

Fig. 60.—PULVINULINA PARTSCHIANA (D’ORBIGNY). @, DOR- Ln ccnape calcein
SAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; c, VENTRAL VIEW. (AFTER e Bs , Journ. Noy.
D’ORBIGNY’S TYPE FIGURE.) Mier. Soc., 1904, p. 502.—

Baee, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 162.—CHapman, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22,
1910, p. 287.
Placentula partschiana BERTHELIN, Bull. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 11, 1882,
p. 16.

a

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 65

Description.—Test small, nearly equally convex, dorsal side slightly
more conical, ventral side broadly rounded; peripheral margin acute,
carinate; chambers numerous, nine or ten in the last-formed coil,
short; sutures strongly curved, slightly depressed above, strongly
limbate below, the umbilical ends uniting to form an umbonate mass;
wall punctate without variegated markings; aperture a short some-
what arched opening on the ventral side toward the peripheral
margin.

Diameter 0.40-0.75 mm.

Distribution Bagg records this species from a single Albatross
station H4568 in 1,274 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I havehad
it from several Albatross stations also off the Hawaiian Islands, depths
ranging from 266 to 618 fathoms.

PULVINULINA FAVUS H. B. Brady.

Pulvinulina favus H. B. Brapy, Geol. Mag., dec. 2, vol. 4, 1877, p. 294; Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 701, pl. 104, figs. 12-16.—Eacerr,
Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 417, pl. 18,
figs. 13-15.

Description.—Test biconvex, lenticular, the two faces nearly
equally convex; peripheral margin subacute, slightly rounded; cham-
bers numerous, about 12 in the last formed whorl, elongate; sutures
oblique, entirely hidden by the surface ornamentation which is com-
posed of a raised reticulated network covering the entire test except
that portion of the periphery about the aperture which is usually
just ventral to the peripheral margin, slightly oblique, oval.

Diameter 0.75 to 1.25 mm.

Distribution.—This species has previously been noted from but one
North Pacific station; Brady recording it from Challenger station 224
in 1,850 fathoms in lat. 7° 45’ N.

I have found it to be very common, especially in the region between
Guam and Yokohama, where it was recorded at about 50 stations,
after which recording was stopped, as it occurred at nearly every
station. The recorded stations range in depth from 847 to 2,250
fathoms, the average depth being about 1,800 fathoms with but one
station less than 1,250 fathoms. It also occurred eastward at Nero
station 124 in 1,726 fathoms and at Tuscarora station 221° 07’ N;
158° 14’ W. in 1,468 fathoms.

It is a striking species with its peculiar type of ornamentation.
Apparently it is most common at considerable depths, from 1,500 to
2,000 fathoms, and is widely distributed in the western portion of the
Pacific, coming eastward to the central portion.

66 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PULVINULINA GILBERTI Bagg.

Pulvinulina gilberti Baaa, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 161, pl. 5,
figs. 11-15.

Description —‘‘The test is highly vaulted upon the interior side,
with deeply sunken septa, which extend from the margin to the
umbilicus in an almost straight line, as in Pulvinulina canariensis
d’Orbigny, which this species somewhat resembles. The segments
are, however, more compactly built, and the aperture, a neatly
shaped arch, lies midway between the periphery and the umbilicus
upon the inferior surface. The superior surface instead of being
vaulted as in P. canariensis, is almost complanate and the periphery
is almost keeled, being quite sharp and distinct, although somewhat
lobulated on the last two chambers of the ultimate whorl. There are
five segments visible in the last convolution, and they are equally
distinct upon both surfaces.

‘The shell is very minute and firmly built. It has a slight resem-
blance to Truncatulina dutemple: (d’Orbigny), but the margin is sharp
and more angular in the present form, and the septal lines upon the
inferior surface are much more depressed and the chambers more
inflated. It is somewhat doubtful whether the present form should
be considered a distinct species or only a variety of Pulvinulina
menardii, which it resembles. It is much smaller than P. menardii,
much more vaulted upon the inferior surface, and a little more
closely involute. The septal depressions also are strong, deeply
sunken on the lower side and extend straight to the center. Upon
the superior side they are strongly curved as in P. menardvi. There
are five of these chambers in the final convolution. The ultimate
chamber is largest, and in its outline reminds one of the auriculate
type of Pulvinulinae, but it is not so extended from the whorl. It is
not a young form of P. menardi.”

Distribution.—‘‘Present and rather common at [Albatross] station
H4555,” in 1,398 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

In the figures, which are not very distinct, this species seems to
me to very greatly resemble P. menardii. An examination of the
specimens also seems to confirm this. Just what disposal should be
made of the form there is not sufficiently well marked material to
decide. The descriptive notes are from Bagg.

Genus ROTALIA Lamarck, 1804.

Nautilus Linnzus (part) Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162.
Rotalia Lamarcr, (type, Nautilus beccarit Linneeus), Ann. Mus., vol. 5, 1804,
p. 184.—p’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 275.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 702.
Description.—Test free, composed of numerous chambers arranged
in a flattened spire, the two sides biconvex or varying from flat above

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 67

and convex below to convex above and flattened below; all chambers
visible from the dorsal side, only those of the last-formed coil visible
from below; the umbilical region as usually filled with clear shell
material; surface variously ornamented with raised bosses or coste or
smooth and unornamented; aperture a single curved opening toward
the periphery on the ventral side of the chamber.

There are several species of this genus presenting a considerable
range of form and ornamentation. Certain of the species are abund-
ant in shallow water of the temperate or even subarctic zones, while
others are characteristic of shallow waters of the tropics. The largest
and most ornate species are these latter.

ROTALIA BECCARII (Linnzus).
Plate 30, fig. 3.

“Cornu Hammonis’”’ PLancvus, Conch. Min., 1739, p. 8, pl. 1, fig. 1 a-c.

‘‘Ammonia unita’’ GAULTIERI, Index Test., 1742, pl. 19, figs. H, 1.

Nautilus beccarii Linnzxus, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1162; ed. 13 (Gmelin’s),
1788, p. 3370, No. 4.

“‘Hammonie conico-tuberculave” Sotpant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 1,
1789, p. 56, pl. 35, fig. P.

Rotalia (Turbinulina) beccarii pD’ORBIaNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 275,
No. 40; Modéles, No. 74.—Parxker, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 30, pl. 3, fig. 83.

Rotalia beccarii PARKER and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865, p. 388, pl. 16,
figs. 29, 30.—H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 6, 1870, p. 303,
pl. 12, figs. 8a—c.—ScuwaGeEr, Boll. com. geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26, pl.,
fig. 43.—Trrria1, Atti Accad. Pont. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 33, 1880, p. 208,
pl. 3, fig. 62, pl. 4, fig. 63-66 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 704, pl. 107, figs. 2, 3—Wrieut, Proc. Belfast Nat. Field
Club, 1884-85, App. 9, 1886, p. 332, pl. 27, fig. 15 —Mataco t, Boll. Soc. geol.
Ital., vol. 6, 1887, p. 523, pl. 13, fig. 11—TerErria1, Mem. Accad. Lincei, ser.
4, vol. 6, 1889, p. 119, pl. 9, figs. 4, 5—Eae@er, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss.
Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 420, pl. 19, figs. 25-27—Goks, Kongl.
Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 99, pl. 16, fig. 811.—
RuuUMBLER, Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool., vol. 57, 1894, p. 574, pl. 22, fig. 41.—Lis-
TER, Philos. Trans., vol. 186, 1895, p. 436, pl. 8, figs. 388-40 —Fornasin1, Mem.
Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, 1898, p. 259, figs —F int, Rep. U. S. Nat. Mus.,
1897 (1899), p. 331, pl. 75, fig. 2—Wrieut, Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. 7, 1900,
p. 100, pl. 5, fig. 22—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sci. Inst. Bologna, ser. 5,
vol. 10, 1902, p. 59, figs. 56-58 —Mittetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904,
p. 502.—CHapMaN, Journ. Quekett Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 139.—
CusHMAN, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 34, 1908, p. 31—SiprBorrom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 53, No. 21, 1909,
p. 10, pl. 4, fig. 6; vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 28.

Description.—Test with the sides about equally biconvex; cham-
bers numerous, from 8-12 in the last formed whorl; peripheral
margin rounded; sutures limbate above, oblique, ventrally much
depressed; the sides beaded or irregularly ornamented; umbilical
region often filled with a rounded mass of material about which is a

68 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

depressed area, wall otherwise smooth; aperture a very narrow slit
on the ventral margin of the chamber.

Diameter 0.60—1 mm.

Distribution.—This species does not seem to have been definitely
recorded from the North Pacific. I have it from Cebu, Philippine
Islands, collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns, from Albatross H4878 in 84 fath-
oms, bottom temperature 51.9° F., off Japan and D4968 in 253 fathoms,
bottom temperature 45.7°, also off Japan. This is essentially a shal-
low water species and is probably widely distributed in the region
under such conditions but material from shallow water has been very
scanty.

ROTALIA BROECKHIANA Karrer.
Plate 27, fig. 4; plate 30, fig. 2.

Rotalia broeckhiana Karrer, in Drasche, Geol. Insel. Luzon, 1878, p. 98, pl. 5,
fig. 26—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 705,
pl. 107, figs. 4a-c—Eacerr, Abh. kon. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 0,
vol. 18, 1893, p. 421, pl. 19, figs. 19-21.—Mixetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 503.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 423.

Description.—Test nearly equally biconvex, nearly circular in side
view; chambers 7 or 8 in the final whorl, narrow; sutures slightly
depressed, a slight
channel between the
last formed whorl and
the previous one dor-
sally ;umbilicalregion
filled with clear shell

b € material as are also
Fic. 61.—ROTALIA BROECKHIANA KARRER. X 50. @, DORSAL VIEW; 2
b, SIDE VIEW; c, VENTRAL VIEW. (AFTER BRADY.) the sutures ventrally ;

surface smooth; aper-
ture an elongated somewhat arched slit running from near the
umbilical region almost to the peripheral margin on the ventral side.
Diameter about 0.75 mm.
Distribution.—Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. The only station from which I
have found it is Nero 1209 in 660 fathoms, blue mud, off Japan.

ROTALIA ORBICULARIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 29, fig. 3.

Rotalic (Gyroidina) orbicularis D’ORBIaGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 278,
No. 1; Modéles, No. 13.

Rotalia orbicularis H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc., London, vol. 24, 1864, p. 470,
pl. 48, fig. 16—Trrauem, Mem. Soc. Géol. France, ser. 3, vol. 2, mem. 3,
1882, p. 60, pl. 4, figs. 1-3.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 706, pl. 107, fig. 5; pl. 115, fig. 6—Ea@err, Abh. kon. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, C1. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 421, pl. 19, figs. 22-24.—F Lint,
Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 331, pl. 75, fig. 5 —SimpeBotrom, Mem.
and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, No. 16, 1910, p. 28.—
CuapMAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 424.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 69

Description.—Test unequally biconvex, dorsal side flattened but
unbonate in the middle, somewhat depressed toward the periphery,
ventral side strongly convex, umbilicate; peripheral margin rounded;
sutures distinct but not depressed; 10-12
chambers in the final whorl; wall smooth; | ae
aperture a narrow slit toward the peripheral
margin on the ventral side.

Diameter 0.75-1 mm.

Distribution Brady records this species
from the North Pacific in 224 to 1,850 fath-
oms. Flint records it from Albatross station
D3080 in 93 fathoms off the coast of Oregon.

I have failed to find specimens referable to
this species.

ROTALIA CALCAR (d’Orbigny).
Plate 28, fig. 2; plate 29, fig. 2.

Calcarina calcar D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7,
1826, p. 276, No. 1; Modéles No. 34; in De la
Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, ‘‘ Forami-
niféres,”’? p. 93, pl. 5, figs. 22-24.—CaRPENTER,
PaRKER, and Jongs, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 223, €
pl. 15, fig. 21. Fia. 62.—RorTALIA ORBICULARIS

Rotalia calcar H. B. BRavy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, v’ORBIGNY. X 50. @, DOR-
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.709, pl. 108, fig. 3, fig.4?— SAL VIEW; b, SIDE VIEW; c, VEN-
Eacer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, ae wou ars isa
Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 423, pl. 19, figs. 1-3.—M1-

LETT, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 506.—CHApmMAN, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Club, ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 140; Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. 22,
1910, p. 289, pl. 3, fig. 2.

Description.—Test biconvex, composed of numerous chambers with
about 10 chambers in the final whorl; sutures limbate both ventrally
and dorsally. The peripheral border of each chamber extending out
into a spine, central part of the test dorsally with numerous raised
tubercles; aperture a narrow, simple slit running ventrally from near
the periphery nearly to the umbilicus.

Diameter up to 1.35 mm.

Distribution.—This species seems not to have been previously
recorded from the North Pacific. I have had a few specimens from
Hong Kong Harbor and from Cebu, Philippines, the latter collected
by Dr. E. A. Mearns. Its distribution is apparently limited to the
shallow waters of tropical and subtropical regions.

70 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ROTALIA PAPILLOSA H. B. Brady.
Plate 31, fig. 1.
Rotalia papillosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
708, pl. 106, figs. 9a-c.—F unt, Rep. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 322,
pl. 76, fig. 2—Munuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 505.

Description‘ Test subglobular, sightly compressed; both faces
highly convex, periphery obtuse and rounded; composed of three or
four convolutions, the last of which has 12 to 14 segments. Sutures
limbate; marked externally either by interrupted raised lines, or
more frequently by single or double rows of exogenous beads.
Umbilical hollow filled with clear shell-substance, the exterior of which
is granulated irregularly fissured. Aperture an arched cleft at the
inner margin of the inferior face of the final segment, near the
periphery.

‘Diameter 1/20th inch (1.27 mm.).”

Distribution—Brady records this species from one North Pacific
station, Hong Kong harbor in 7 fathoms. I have had several
typical specimens from Hong Kong harbor also. It has occurred as
numerous fine specimens at Albatross station D4874 in 66 fathoms,
eastern channel of Korea Strait. Although the bottom temperature is
not given for thisstation that of surrounding stations runs fairly high
and numerous southern species occur here.

This is a beautifully ornamented species and very easily identified.

ROTALIA PAPILLOSA H. B. Brady, var. COMPRESSIUSCULA H. B. Brady.
Plate 30, fig. 1.

Rotalia papillosa H. B. Brady, var. compressiuscula H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 708, pl. 107, figs. la-c; pl. 108, figs.
la-c.—CHAPMAN, Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905, p. 106; Journ.
Quekett Micr. Club., ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 139.

Description.‘ General character similar to those of Rotalia papil-
losa, but the test much more compressed and the periphery sharply
angular.

“Diameter 1/25th inch (1 mm.).”

Distribution—Among the original stations for this species Brady
records two from the North Pacific, off the Philippines in 95 fathoms
and Inland Sea of Japan in 14 fathoms.

I have had specimens from the Inland Sea of Japan collected by
Dale and Jouy in 1881 and numerous specimens of the variety with
the typical at Albatross station D4874 in 66 fathoms, eastern channel
of Korea Strait.

At the latter station it was very easy to distinguish between the
variety and the typical form especially in size, as well as in the more
distinct ornamentation and greater compression of the variety.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 71

ROTALIA SOLDANY d’Orbigny.
Plate 29, fig. 1; plate 31, fig. 4.

Rotalia (Gyroidina) soldanii D’OrBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 278,
No. 5; Modéles, No. 36.

Rotalia soldanii HantKen, Mitth. Jahrb. ung. geol. Anstalt., 1875, p. 80, pl. 9,
figs. 7a-c.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
706, pl. 107, figs. 6, 7—Terrie1, Mem. Com. Geol. Italia, vol. 4, 1891, p. 109,
pl. 4, fig. 15.—Sinvestri, Mem. Pont. Accad. Nuovi Lincei, vol. 6, 1899,
p. 328, pl. 6, fig. 14—Fuint, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 332, pl. 75,
fig. 4.—Mrert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 503.—Cuapman, Trans.
New Zealand Inst., vol. 38, 1905 (1906), p. 106; Journ. Quekett Micr. Club,
ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 140.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908,
p. 163.

Rotalia beccarii, var. soldani ParKer and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 389, pl. 16, figs. 31-33.

Rotalia soldanii Eacrr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18,
1893, p. 420, pl. 19, figs. 16-18, 51.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 99, pl. 16, fig. 812.

Description.—Test plano-convex, dorsal side flat or even slightly
depressed, especially near the peripheral margin, ventral side very
convex; chambers numerous, distinct; the sutures but slightly
depressed; wall smooth, thick, finely perforate; umbilicus deeply
excavated; aperture an elongate slit at the inner margin of the
chamber.

Diameter about 1 mm.

Distribution.—This is a rather widely distributed species in the
North Pacific. Brady records it from two Challenger stations 214 and
224 in 500 and 1,850 fathoms respectively. Goés records it from
Albatross station D3433 in 1,218 fathoms. Flint records it from Alba-
tross station D3080 in 93 fathoms off the coast of Oregon and Bagg
had it from three Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands, H4508,
H4555, and H4585 in 495, 1,398 and 689 fathoms, respectively. I
have had material from about the Hawaiian Islands, off the Galapagos
Islands, at numerous Nero stations between Guam and Japan and also
at Albatross stations off Japan. The deepest station is 2,048 fathoms
and the shallowest 244 fathoms.

Genus CALCARINA @d@’Orbigny, 1826.

Nautilus (part) Liynaus, Syst. Nat., ed. 13 (Gmelin’s), 1788, p. 3371.
Calcarina D’OrxBiIGNyY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 276 (type, Nautilus speng-
lert (Linnzus) ).

Description.—Test composed of numerous chambers, close coiled,
biconvex; periphery usually with radiating spines; chambers visible
at least on the ventral side, sometimes on the dorsal side as well;
aperture typically consisting of a row of small openings along the
inner margin of the apertural face; supplemental skeleton and
canal system highly developed.

70175°—Bull. 71, pt. 5—15——6

72 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This genus is represented by several recent species, all of which are
characteristic of shallow water of the Tropics, although found as far
north as the Mediterranean.

CALCARINA SPENGLERI (Linneus).
Plate 31, fig. 2.
‘‘Ammonshorn’’ SpENGLER, Danske Skriften, vol. 1, 1781, p.379, pl. 2, figs. 9a-c.
Nautilus spengleri Lixn xus, Syst. Nat., ed. 13 (Gmelin’s), 1788, p. 3371, No. 10.
Calcarina spengleri pD’OrBieNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 276, No. 4.—
CARPENTER, Philos. Trans., vol. 150, 1860, p. 548, pls. 19, 20, woodcuts.—
CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jonzs, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 216, pl. 13, fig. 21,
pl. 14, figs. 1-10, figs. 33-36 in text—Parxer, Jonzs, and H. B. Brapy,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 24, pl. 3, fig. 87.—_ScHwaGER,
Boll. Com. Geol. Ital., vol. 8, 1877, p. 26, pl., fig. 74.—Btrscuui, in Bronn,
Klassen und Ordnungen Thier-Reichs, 1880, p. 207, pl. 9, fig. 7—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 712, pl. 108, figs.
5, 7.—Eaeer, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Minchen, Cl. n, vol. 18, 1893,
p- 423, pl. 19, figs. 4-6.—Minzerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 597.

Description—Test lenticular, biconvex; chambers arranged in
three or four volutions, each with several chambers, but not dis-
tinguishable from the surface except the latter part of the final
whorl; wall covered with a thick deposit of calcareous material, the
surface with raised tubercles of solid, translucent material; periph-
eral border typically with large spines, usually simple, subcylin-
drical; aperture a row of rounded pores along the inner margin of the’
chamber.

Diameter up to 3 mm. or more.

Distribution—Apparently this species has not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. A few specimens were obtained
from material collected by Capt. John Rodgers of the U. S. Exploring
Expedition in Gaspar Straits and a few from material collected by
Doctor Mearns at Cagayan, Sulu Islands, and Cebu, Philippines.

In some parts of the Tropics this species is very abundant in shore
sands. lt is an interesting species with its high development of sup-
plemental skeleton and complex canal system.

CALCARINA HISPIDA H. B. Brady.
Plate 29, figs. 4, 5; plate 31, fig. 3.

Calcarina spengleri, hispid variety CARPENTER, Philos. Trans., vol. 150, 1860,
p. 551, pl. 19, figs. 8-11; pl. 20, figs. 6, 8.

Calcarina hispida H. B. Bravy, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., ser. 2, vol. 2, 1876, p. 590;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 713, pl. 108, figs. 8, 9.—
Lister, Philos. Trans., vol. 186, 1895, p. 437, pl. 8, figs. 34-37.—MiETT,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1904, p. 597.

Calcarina calcar, var. hispida CarTEeR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 5, vol. 5, 1880,
p. 453.

Description.—Test rotaliform, composed of several coils, each of
several chambers, little if at all embracing, not visible from the
exterior except the few chambers last formed; peripheral margin

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 73°

with radial spines, short and somewhat flattened; entire surface cov-
ered with the supplemental skeleton, ornamented exteriorly with
short rather obtuse spines giving the whole test a hispid appearance;
aperture a series of pores along the inner margin of the chamber.

Diameter up to 2 mm.

Distribution —F rom the records this species does not seem to have
been definitely recorded from the North Pacific. It occurred with
C. spenglert in the U. S. Exploring Expedition from Gaspar Straits.
Specimens also occurred in Vincennes or Colnett Strait, Albatross
H4882, in 248 fathoms, bottom temperature 48.8° F. and in the same
region D4922, more common, in 60 fathoms, bottom temperature
79.2° F. This is the region from which so many tropical species of
Foraminifera were obtained.

Subfamily 3. TINOPORIN 4%.

Test consisting of a close-coiled young followed by chambers irregu-
larly arranged, arborescent, irregular or heaped up into a mass of
definite form, either free or attached.

This subfamily consists of three genera as far as the present mate-
rial is concerned, Tinoporus, where the arrangement assumes a regular
form, Gypsina, where the arrangement in our species is very irregular,
and Polytrema, where the chambers are arranged in an arborescent
form.

Most of the living species seem to be characteristic of shallow water
of tropical or subtropical regions.

Genus TINOPORUS (emend.) Carpenter, 1860.

Tinoporus Montrort (type, T. baculatus Montfort), Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808,
p- 146.—CarpEnTER,{(Emend.) Philos. Trans., 1860, p. 557.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 714.

Description.—Test free, biconvex, composed of numerous chambers
in a mass, the early ones spirally arranged; surface reticulated, with
raised tubercles occupying some of the angles of the meshes of the
surface; outer walls of the chambers coarsely porous; periphery with
several spines.

This genus is an interesting one, only its early chambers showing
its real relation to the other members of the Rotaliide.

TINOPORUS BACULATUS [Montiort?] Carpenter.
Plate 27, fig. 3.

Tinoporus baculatus (?) MontFort, Conch. Syst., vol. 1, 1808, p. 146.

Tinoporus baculatus CARPENTER, Philos. Trans., 1860, p. 557, 564, pl. 18, figs.
2-10; pl. 21, figs. 5-11—Carprenter, Parker, and Jonss, Int. Foram.,
1862, p. 226, pl. 15, figs. 5-12.—Btitscuu, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen
Thier-Reichs, 1880, p. 216, pl. 13, fig.3.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 716, pl. 101, figs. 4-7.—Dervirux, Atti R. Accad.
Sci. Torino, vol. 29, 1893, p. 6, pl., figs. 19, 26, 34.—SuerRtock, Bull. Mus.
Comp. Zoél., vol. 38, 1903, p. 357, fig. 8—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 598.—CHapmAN, Journ. Linn. Soc., Zoology, vol. 30, 1910, p. 424.

74 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test free, large, composed of an early coiled portion
which is soon inclosed by an irregularly massed group of chambers
forming the test; biconvex and with a few very coarse short grooved
spines at the periphery; the sutures between the chambers usually
marked at their intersections by raised bosses, the whole forming a
reticulate network.

Diameter up to 3 mm.

Distribution —In the North Pacific this species has been recorded
by Brady, the Challenger having obtained it from the shore sands of
the Philippines. It is a species of shallow tropical waters.

Genus GYPSINA Carter, 1877.

Gypsina CARTER (type, G. vesicularis (Parker and Jones)), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 4, vol. 20, 1877, p. 173.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 716.

Description.—Test free or adherent, when free it may be spherical
or compressed, when adherent the test takes the form of the object
to which it is attached or becomes a raised mass of chambers more
or less symmetrical; early chambers forming a flat spire in the higher
species, but in most irregularly arranged throughout; wall coarsely
porous.

There has been some question as to whether the species now placed
in this genus belonged to the Foraminifera or elsewhere in the animal
kingdom. They seem to have sufficient characters, especially in the
higher species, to place them with the Rotalide.

GYPSINA INHZRENS (Schultze).
Plate 21, figs. 6, 7.
Acervulina inherens ScHuLTzE, Organ. der Polythal., 1854, p. 68, pl. 6, fig. 12.
Gypsina inherens H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
718, pl. 102, figs. 1-6.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans. Zool. Soc.,
vol. 12, 1888, p. 229, pl. 41, fig. 19.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894, p. 91, pl. 15, fig. 787.—Furnt, Rep. U.S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 336, pl. 79, fig. 6—Mutiet, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1904, p. 599.—RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 72, pl. 5,
fig. 60.—SimpEBottrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc.,
vol. 53, No. 21, 1909, p. 11.

Description.—Test adherent, early portion discoidal, later adapting
its shape to the surface to which it is attached, composed of numerous
chambers, the earliest ones often showing a spiral arrangement, the
later ones irregularly massed; sutures distinct, slightly depressed;
surface conspicuously punctate. |

Diameter up to 1.50 mm.

Distribution —Rhumbler records this species from shallow water off
Laysan Island. There are no other North Pacific records. This is
essentially a species of shallow waters of tropical or subtropical seas,
although there are records for it in some of the warmer portions of
the temperate zone.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 75

Genus POLYTREMA Risso, 1826.

Millepora (part) Linnzxus, Syst. Nat., ed. 13 (Gmelin’s) vol. 1, 1788, p. 3784.

Polytrema Risso (type, P. corallina Risso), Hist. Nat. Europ. Mérid., vol. 5, 1826,
p. 340.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 719.

Pustularia Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, vol. 26, 1858, p. 271.

Description—Test adherent; early chambers small, spirally
arranged, soon covered by the irregular loosely growing chambers
making an irregular spreading mass, later chambers forming an
arborescent growth; wall calcareous, areolated, numerous apertures
appearing at the surface on papille; interior often of loosely arranged
chambers with lacunz between; color red or pink or sometimes white.

This genus was for a long time considered as belonging to the old
group of ‘‘Zoophytes.”’ Its external appearance is sufficient for an
understanding of this error but a study of the structure shows it to be a
foraminifer. The early chambers with their spiral growth place it
with Discorbina and other genera of the Rotalide. It is a rather
unusual type of the group and is usually found in comparatively
shallow water of coral reefs in abundance but ranges out of the
tropics both north and south and is found in as great depths as 1,000
fathoms, according to the Challenger Report.

POLYTREMA MINIACEUM (Linneus).
Plate 18, fig. 6; plate 20, fig. 4.

Millepora miniacea Linnamus, Syst. Nat., ed. 13 (Gmelin’s), vol. 1, pt. 6, 1788,
p. 3784, No. 6.

Polytrema miniaceum BuaINviLLE, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 42, 1826, Atlas, Zooph.,
vol. 1, p. 17; ?Actinologie, 1834, pp. 410, 673, pl. 69, figs. 4,4a.—Car-
PENTER, PARKER, and JongEs, Introd. Foram., 1862, p. 235, pl. 18, figs. 18-
20.—CarterR, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 17, 1876, p. 185, pl. 18, figs.
1-6.—Moestvus, Foram. von Mauritius, 1880, p. 85, pl. 7H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 721, pl. 100, figs. 5-9, pl. 101,
fig. 1.—Ee@e@rr, Abh. kén. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893,
p. 437, pl. 21, figs. 1, 2, 16, 17.—SrprBorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 54, pt. 3, 1910, p. 29.

Description.—Test attached, early portion close coiled, consisting
of several chambers, later portion consisting of a mass of small
chambers arranged in irregular layers, whole more or less arborescent;
surface with conspicuous apertural openings; wall areolated; color
various shades of red.

Length up to 5 mm or more.

Distribution.—This species is apparently not definitely recorded
from the North Pacific. The only material I have had was from
Albatross station D 4922 in Vincennes or Colnett Strait in 60 fathoms
bottom temperature 79.2° F,

This is typically a species of warm waters, attached to various
objects and does not at all resemble the usual forms of Foraminifera.
Only its early chambers, which can not be seen except by breaking
away the specimen, show the close coiled, several chambered young,
which indicate its relationship to the other members of this family.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

OO DO eS

bo

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 1.

. Spirillina vivipara. X 100. a, side view; 6, peripheral view. (After Brady.)
. Spirillina vivipara. X 100. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina vivipara, var. revertens. XX 250. (After Rhumbler.)

. Spirillina vivipara, var. revertens. X 250. (After Rhumbler.)

. Spirillina vivipara, var. revertens. 100. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina vivipara, var. revertens. X 250. (After Rhumbler.)

. Spirillina tuberculata. X50. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina tuberculata. X< 50. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina tuberculata. X 50. (After Brady.)

PLATE 2.

. Spirillina limbata. X 50. a, side view; 6, peripheral view. (After Brady.)
. Spirillina limbata. X 60. a, side view; b, peripheral view. (After Brady.)
. Spirillina tuberculata. X 45. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina limbata, var. papillosa. X< 100. a, from above; b, from below; c,

from periphery.
PLATE 3.

. Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata. 100. a, from above; b, from below;

c, from periphery. (After Brady.)

. Spirillina limbata, var. denticulata. 50. a, from above; b, from below;

c, from periphery.

. Spirillina inequalis. 120. (After Brady.)

PLATE 4.

. Spirillina guttata. X< 65. a, from above; b, from below; c, from periphery.
. Spirillina operculoides. XX 65. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from periph-

ery.

. Spirillina-like operculrum. X 65. a, from above: 6 from below; c, from

periphery.
PLATE 6.

. Spirillinadecorata. X50. a,from above; 6, from periphery. (After Brady.)
: Spirillina decorata. X 50. (After Brady.)
. Discorbis concinna. 100. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis tabernacularis. >< 100. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis patelliformis. X 100. a, from above; 6, from below; ec, from side.

(After Brady.)
PLATE 6.

. Discorbis isabelleana. X75. a, from above; b, from below; c¢, from side.
. Discorbis subfilosa. X75. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.
. Discorbis pulvinulinoides. X75. a, from above; b, from below.

77

78

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

bo

bo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 7.

. Patellina corrugata. 120. a, from above; b, from below. (After Brady.)
. Discorbis pulvinata. X 100. a, from above; 6, from side. (After Brady.)
. Discorbis bertheloti. X90. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis rarescens. X75. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)
PLATE 8.

. Discorbis globularis, var. bradyi. X75. a, from above; b, from below; c, from

side.

. Planorbulina larvata. X 38. a, from above; b, from below; c¢, from side.

PLATE 9.

. Discorbis allomorphinoides. X 100. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from

side. (After Brady.)

. Discorbis vilardeboana. X 100. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis auracana. X 75. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis globularis. X 50. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)
PuaTE 10.

. Cymbalopora poeyi. X 65. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.
. Cymbalopora poeyi, var. bradyi. X 65. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from

side.
PuLate 11.

. Discorbis orbicularis. 100. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis turbo. X 60. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side. (After

Brady.)

. Discorbis opercularis. >< 100. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side,

(After Brady.)
PLATE 12.

. Planorbulina mediterranensis. X75. a, from above; b, from below; c, from

side.

. Truncatulina refulgens. X75. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.
. Truncatulina wuellerstorfi. X 38. a, from above; 6b, from below; c, from side.

PuaTE 13.

. Discorbis ventricosa. X 50. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Discorbis irregularis. (After Rhumbler.)
. Discorbis irregularis. (After Rhumbler.)
. Truncatulina mundula. X 40. a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)

. Truncatulina haidingerii. X30 a, from above; b, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady).

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

noe

He CO

noe

oo

i

A.

aDaorkk WD

monde

me Oo tN Fe

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 79

PLATE 14

. Planorbulinaacervalis. X 35. (After Brady.)
. Cymbalopora poeyi, var. bradyi. X 50. a, from above; b, from below; c, from

side. (After Brady.)

. Tretomphalus bulloides. X 60. (After Brady.)
. Tretomphalus bulloides. X< 60. (Aiter Brady.)
. Cymbalopora poeyi. X50. a, from above; 6, from below; c, from side.

(After Brady.)
PuaTeE 15.

. Truncatulina lobatula. X 65. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Truncatulina dutemplei. X 65. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.
. Truncatulina tumidula. X 125. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 16.

Truncatulina culter. 90. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
(After Brady.)

. Truncatulina tenera. X75. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

. Truncatulina akneriana. X 45. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

. Siphonina reticulata. XX 100. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

PLATE 17.

Truncatulina margarityfera. X 33. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side
view.

. Truncatulina ungeriana. X 66. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 18.

. Siphonina echinata. 100. (After Brady.)

. Siphonina echinata. X 100. (After Brady.)

. Siphonina echinata. X 100. (After Brady.)

. Siphonina echinata. X 100. (After Brady.)

. Anomalina coronata. X 40. a, dorsal view; 6, side view. (After Brady.)
. Polytrema miniaceum. X 20. (After Brady.)

PLATE 19.

. Anomalina ariminensis. XX 30. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Anomalina ammonoides. X 60. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Anomalina polymorpha. X 30.
. Anomalina polymorpha. X 30.

PuLate 20.

. Anomalina grosserugosa. X 60. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Carpenteria proteiformis. X 30.

. Carpenteria monticularis. 30. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Polytrema miniaceum. X 30.

80

1a
2. Rupertia stabilis. >< 40. (After Brady.)
. Rupertia stabilis. x 40. (After Brady.)
. Rupertia stabilis. X40. (After Brady.)
. Rupertia stabilis. >< 40. (After Brady.)
. Gypsina inhxrens. X 30. (After Brady.)
. Gypsina inhxrens. X 30. (After Brady.)

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

ID okt Wt

> OF B® CO dD

bo

1.

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 21.

Carpenteria proteiformis. X18. (After Brady.)

PLATE 22.

. Pulvinulina auricula. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.
. Pulvinulina menardii. X 30. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view.

. Pulvinulina tumida. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

. Pulvinulina hauerti. XX 30. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

PLatTe 23.

. Pulvinulina canariensis. X 60. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Pulvinulina pauperata—young specimen. X 30.

. Pulvinulina pauperata—adult specimen. X 30.

. Pulvinulina truncatulinoides. > 60. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view.

. Pulvinulina exigua. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

. Truncatulina tenera. X 50. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 24.

. Pulvinulina punctulata. > 16. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side

view. (After Brady.)

. Pulvinulina procera. X 35. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady. )

. Pulvinulina repanda X 40. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)
PLATE 25.

. Pulvinulina concamerata. X 60. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Pulvinulina procera. X 30. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 26.

. Pulvinulina karstent. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Truncatulina precincta. X 30. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Pulvinulina elegans. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 27.

Pulvinulina crassa. X 40. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.
(After Brady.)

. Pulvinulina umbonata. X 50. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

. Tinoporus baculatus. X 30. a, dorsal view; 6, side view. (After Brady.)
. Rotalia broeckhiana. X 50. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

. Pulvinulina oblonga, var. scabra. XX 50. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c,

side view. (After Brady.)

Fig.

Fig.

em CO bo Re

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 81

PLATE 28.

Truncatulina haidingerii. X 65. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

. Rotalia calear. X 65. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.
. Siphonina reticulata. XX 125.
. Pulvinulina concentrica. X38. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

PLATE 29.

. Rotalia soldani. X40. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view. (Aiter

Brady.)

. Rotalia calear. X 50. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view. (After

Brady.)

. Rotalia orbicularis. XX 50. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

(After Brady.)

. Calcarina hispida. X 30. (After Brady.)
. Calcarina hispida. X 30. (After Brady.)

PLATE 30.

. Rotalia papillosa, var. compressiuscula. X 33. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral

view; c, side view.

. Rotalia broeckhiana. XX 66. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.
. Rotalia beccarit. XX 33. a, dorsal view; b, ventral view; c, side view.

PrarE 3h.

. Rotalia papillosa. X 30. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.
. Calcarina spengleri. X 30. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view.

. Calcarina hispida. X 30.

. Rotalia soldanii. X 60. a, dorsal view; 6, ventral view; c, side view.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 1

is,
i

LAN SS

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH Pacific OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 2

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 3

Bb

ROTALIIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 4

ROTALIIDAZ OF NORTH PAciFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 5

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PaciFicC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 6

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 7

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 77.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 8

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 9

ROTALIIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 10

ROTALIID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 11

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH Pacific OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 12

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 13

ROTALIID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 14

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 78.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 15

s

ROTALIIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

te" po

doe

Le ay
ser ce ops
,
.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 16

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 17

ROTALIIDA OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 18

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 19

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 20

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79:

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 21

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 79.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 22

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 23

ROTALIIDZ. OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 24

ROTALIIDAZ. OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 25

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 26

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U.S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 27

ROTALIID4 OF NorRTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 28

ROTALIIDAZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 80.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 29

ROTALiIID4 OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGES 80, 81.

BULLETIN NO..71, PART 5 PLATE 30

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

ROTALIIDZE OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 81

bs
¥ we
LeEsd ee Skee
<
| se Tt
aT |

—

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 5 PLATE 31

ROTALIIDZ OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 81«

acervalis, Planorbulina...............--.----
PeCEEUTNINS TONETANS oo ois noc slo ce cta a5 3 Se
akneriana, Planorbulina........-.....--..--
PER OLNEY SS Da ts A a
Truncatulina...... sites sees Se
allomorphinoides, Discorbina............-...
Miscorbis Aassseee en S35

Pulvinwlinge asa o8 <<-ci-3

ammonoides, Anomalina...........-.-..----
DISCORDING.. Se 5. se setee ts
Planorbulina. . -..- See tate is
Rosalie ye 2 5) ask ses
Rota 5-H okeee eee aes: a

BrOSCOnIPUSA_ =. c etsyacieeeiessieeo-215
polymorpha:. .. cadet uss con
VPLS LON ete elisa ao Shean > oro

ariminensis, Anomalina........... aed

PAgNOT OUI: | 35-55 Aee eects ose

PA SAV AS o_o ease ercie eames oo'Si

MAteriParims TOSACE hi). < acc «eo tadaccnt.-seets
BuTaCAna OISCOLDING «25... 6% -Sinacigdee
DISBOMMIS ren = foo Ae Stla Seek

Rosslare oes eh te Seas oa

Birmiegia. MAU bUUS Sisco. coca e ae cies CaN
PHlyinwlins.... <2 se-iso sess eae
BACHALOSs | HIN QDOLUS!-.- <-tomsas2eecsscc s/n:
balaniformis, var. proteiformis, Carpenteria. .
POSER NANI CT Sers = oran oe 22 eee esteem sib'acca sc
PESAA EATS ew Arata peeve I
@iturbinulina) == 2. s..2.j5..-

var soldani, Rotalia.............-.
IBETEHELOL, DISCOPDINA: <5... = anieaice ocho <a0:cte
Discorbis a << asses ssiase see Sean

OSA S eae aon ocinielaeite sm nae =/sc~
berthelotiana, Discorbina...... ie eneeanee
turbo, var. parisien-

sis, subvar...-..-

bradyi, Cymbalopora poeyi, var......-....--
Discorbis globularis, var......-.-.-.-
procoichiana. KRotalia oo. 2222-05...
bulloides, Cymbalopora.........-.....------
MISconOiMlhe eee. sce kegs eee sce

INOSALINAE oct eas fee Os kis ces
LreLoMmipHalisss. . 25522. Skt =55-

AlCn YO aI COIN ties cin be sei. nee aa nates
var. hispida, Calearina..........--.-.-

70175°—Bull. 71—pt. 5—15——7

spenglerity=s<2os se tee ee eee
canariensis, Polyinulina.~52-5.2..-0.- 2252-4

repanda, var. Menar-

dil, subyars--.3-

Carporiteria. 220s) sic. fee srsens Seeeen eae
balaniformis, var. proteiformis. .
monticulanis = 25-25.<0: esas eee
proteiformis:: =< 2x5 445-5555"

Cibicides refuleens: Sate. 22 ee So
compressiuscula, Rotalia papillosa, var......
concamerata, Pulvinulina...................

Rotalinaesessceseeaee ee eee

Serpula: 2. sees eae es

concentrica, Pulvinulina....................
concinua, Discorbina.-. 2-5 2ee--e sno saeco
Discorbisecs. sees se esos eee
Gomuspine=..2- -2-tsi eh 22 seep eeeee ee es
perforata: ¢ uc scieiescineeas eee e

coronata, Anomaling-/:.).. .cs2..= se see ance
Planorbulinas < asses eee nae sees

farcata, var. (Anomalina)..

Gorrugata, Patellina. 3022 oe. +62 ssn sacemse
crassa, Pulvinwlina. Js ise sc scebsc5s esse

culter) Planorbulina seo. oui oe cen. caee.
Tranestwlnad 2.2 )38 ps Seoncemdasce ss
@ymbaloporad.csoss stock. taseeaee a eeee
pulloides: 2.2.4 Seaees see eee

Var. Dradyils oon <ceuke meee

tabellseformis: ooo 4.000 wcaaene es

decorate, Spirillina: 2. 25-2 2 <-csccennasce se
denticulata, Spirillina limbata, var........-..
DiscorDina -: =./sj2=--/emesees oor ioe sealers
allomorphinoides.................
AMMONOIGES | -.2 sev seer extetee

HUTACAD ALS o2).0:3Aasannicewaeoawlas os

berth eloti..s25. niccetesidteasoamace
berthelotiana......... Saatigeeee ae

bulloides... sos kewon weds sects

Conecinng. ).s.2ce sea cee ee ieee

globularis:. |. -<-2.<ccpec skeen see

inregularisy ics <snk aceon eae
isabellesna:: #322 bakes eso
micheliniana: <<. s.-s. 22st. =e

opercularis:...< sa 7sos-ceaesee ees
~ orbicularis ce 55 cso.c--cesee eee

56
48
49
48
49
30
70
52
52
52
52
51
16
16
2
2
47
47
at
9
58
58
41
41
24,26
26

84

Discorbina patelliformis..............-..-.-.
PULVINAtA =o ae ceseisieereeceiscies
DATCSCONS! ote tne eee
TOSHCOB-2 2 seen cacctamcmere nine seers
(Rosalina) obtusa......--..-----.
tabermacuilarisy.. caninc<-cetcee=in =)

parisiensis, subvar.
berthelotiana ......
TOSACED S225 deco sles
vesicularis, subvar.
globularis

obtusa. -.

VGNURICOSH on nnnneiene ee ma cee

WOSUNE ee ere arama ee a ate taralei asia
yilardeboanar.- 222 oc scseen cee

WISCOrDIS ose ecnee eee eee ne ae eeee omelet
allomorphinoides:. 220-2... 504-4225."
MUNACANA Sees e cassie seeesene aesectens
DOLUNCLOUE tae cee at eens aoe
CONCIINGs ss ss asecanese sence teceeces
globwlariswenacqciaceesiececeeasce c=

APTOSWIATIS!. Stee e aaceieie tn cisethe ara
Isapelkesnar . jeche eee eae ee sence ee
ODGUSE arcsec c fees carnconsctelciee
OPOLCWIANIS ese eee eae ease aye
OV DieulaTis ae. o oarecesicciaw cnne'e crete sis
patellifonmisecmcrraeceee ces conc ee
MUlVINATa Sask snc ceesscss- osass =
PUlyAMUuNOG eS ees eemeee ssa aes
MATESCONSe eae co meee ceckice seseccens
TOSHCON! Coes ee ewe cse sania namie eiemele
SUbMLOSA as). ee a cceee eee ee seeks
TtADERNACTATIS-- Soe e ame eines

DiscorHites-semeess see cee see mene
GutempleiRotalina: ss... samen =
MininGaiinateeeeeer aes eats -

echinata, Planorbulina......................
Siphoninas se sese seen scaena cer
Trancatilina ss) s2oc ccas Sle csces ee

elepans, weimlvinilingse se erecta eicecieeissnl= let
Rotalia (Turbinulina)........-..--.-

exipe. Pulvinwling secs sos. see scieciene sales
fareata, var. (Anomalina) coronata, Planor-
DNA a cock ce te eeeem oc seams
haidingerii, Planorbulina..........-.
mediterranensis, Planorbulina.......
(Truncatulina) lobatula, Planorbu-

ungeriana, Planorbulina...........-.

TAVIIS SEALLVANULIN epee cae esteem nee
fimbriata, Pulvinulina menardii, var......-.
Biphoning as ser esae sacra sea
PUbertivbulvinulinassc<cestc-ssacseecetecas
PIOHUlUS, DISCONDING soa.s woh seca ce se nee'=isiee
turbo, var. vesicularis,

SUDVAEI. 255. ocecios-ec='

DISCOMbIS Sosa ce se eee Sas eee ete

Var. Pradyi)Discorbiss. «<<... 26 ='-

Rosalina oo 8 ees tomers ae steteielsisetets
prosserugosa, Anomalina.................---
Troncatulinas = sca. -e5 = sheers
PuttataSpinilling 252 S22 soon eamcecees's

INDEX.

Page. Page.
U7 a Gry psinia. cnc l cases sosaeee eee tamale acco ae 74
19 Inhwerens, 22s chases see e ee eee 74
20 | (Gyroidina) orbicularis, Rotalia............. 68
13 soldanii, Rotalia........=......- 71
13 | haidingerii, Planorbulina.................... 35
18 farcata, var. 5-5.- 35
10 Rotalina ss. uc-sesacseeaeeeeeee 35

Truncatulina- so ss2ses ae eeeee 35
20) haueriis Pulvinuling. cesses cesses eee eee 54
13 Rotaling 222.\sore cence eens 54
hispida, /Calearinas 3. o.cs.4-00ee ee see 72
11 calear \Variustwacseeeeees 72
13" | insequalis,|Spinillina::322222!2s2ss-oese20- 2 ee 6
22' | inhserens; Aceryulina: = o2-<icasseecopesene ee 74
51 Gypsing 2. seae ce 2 ae 74
14_| “‘irregularis; Discorbina..2. -!:222sees2-5.- 22 22
10 iDiscorbisis..> Jue aes eee setameee 22
21 |’ isabellegna, Discorbings22 2 -- - 22 eee eee 15
15 Discorbisiisssecr- se ses eee 15
20 RR osaling Sete eee eae oluc amen 15
16) | ikarstent; Pulvinulinassoe2- cee es2e- eset 63
11 repanda, var..-..-.2.2 63
12 Rotaliges:.-sssrssto. seen caedewee 63
22.) larvate; Planorbulina ah sesee sees eee ree 27
15':]| limbata, Spirillinasc22- 2-2. esem erences ceeee 5
13 var. denticulata, Spirillina......... 5
19 papillosa, Spirillina ........... 6
16 | lobatula, Planorbulina................-...-. 32
17 farcata, var. (Trunca-
19 Gulina yess sce 32
23 Serpular. occ sete sseeee see asee eee 31
20 Trancatulinges ssessee: eee eee ose 31
13) || Tobatulus;Nautilusss eee cea Senet 31
23 | margaritifera, Truncatulina...............-. 40
18 | mediterranensis, Planorbulina..............- 28
10) ||\mMensrdiSPnlvinuling eee sess] =aeeeeee 54
22 ROtaliaeette samen ge cena eceneer 54
14 subvar. canariensis, Pulvinulina
10 Tepandas Vania tee nes sae 56
37 subvar. pauperata, Pulvinulina re-
37 pandas vars se. 61
42 : var. fimbriata, Pulvinulina....-.. 55
42 tumida; Pulvinulinateecess cee 56
42 | micheliniana, Discorbina............--..---- 59
63 Pulvinwling} s2s--c---- eee 59
63 repanda, var. me-
60 nardii, subvar. . 59
Rotaling 2 <.cic0s ste eees tees 59
Al || PMilleporasce se sine bee sare aise are ala area 75
35 MINMigcéals- Vee aha pee eae ease 75
28:1 “minigcea Milleporaetyas asc enacts eneeene 75
miniaceum; Polytreme. 2. .)..-2---e-.see eins 75
32 | monticularis, Carpenteria..:.......--......-- 48
36) (mundula, Planorbulinas=-.. 2-----seseeseeee 41
65 Treameatulinays sae eaee eae erie eae 41
55) INautilusnnc. oc ccnca= deme eae oe 30, 66, 71
43 MUTICUI As a aerate settee etcetera 53
66 beccariil. oo acces cee ems aes 67
il VODAEUTUS's Satine atctelaeie ese eieeeteats 31
TOD AH CUSse soc celeste atten 50
11 SPOM PLETE: bre ae wets teieinn= teria cements 72
11 | oblonga, var. scabra, Pulvinulina......-..... 53
12) \Hobtusa, DISCOrbiNa 5 sae ee ates eet eter 13
11 (Rosalina) 2 eeceaececece == 13
45 turbo, var. vesicularis,
45 SUD Van ore eles eee l= 13
Discorbisy a. s-iacelem nee eee sets

130m

—~
4 s

Bousas TOSALINA ES uo ceoct ese cote eees cle
ppercularis) Discorbina..-...... 22. 02.cl- sens
AVISCOMDISS Gs ae las codecs

PULICHATAS ee. econ et peed
Operculoides, Spirillina...2../-.2:.---..2:3--
Brpictlaris, Discorbinad. ..2.2222---2-22.ce-2<

Discorbis:=- 2222-3 wen cme see ee

NORSIINA =e tanec eee se

FuObalia evento eee eee aoe
papilnss; iotaliaes: (os. <os.ccct 2-2 eee ces

Spirillina limbata, var...........--

var. compressiuscula, Rotalia......
parisiensis, subvar. berthelotiana, Discorbina
MUN DOs VAL cee iee ea eee teres

partechiana, Placentulla...::-.---.-:...--.-:-
PELE ALT ae fote soee aee oe.2 o>

patagonica, Pulvinulina.....................
NO GLI ae stn cere seen ee nate

AUB wee e ce niccleniee ease eme no nt
ROMEUP Absence scien eee soe ae oe
pauperata, Pulvinuling..-. 2.2... 2. 222cc.0.0-
repanda, var. menar-

Gu subyar.-2 22-2.

Merorata, COMUSpITa.. ...5- 2.0. 2s sce os
Spinillnige ae poses sets
inconinia partachiana.. =. -/.222.0.s.--.=-
LEA IEEE Ta go) 22 0 ee ee a Ae i ae

haidingerii ........
mediterranensis. . .
(Truncatulina) lo-

vulgaris, var. larvata...........
WIHGLIOTStOMM: Ise come ace os. =
Planitia ariminensis..-..-2.-.2..---so..<-

ipocyi, Cymbalopora..--..---.---2-----. 2-22

polymorpha, Anomalina.....................
eT OUN as eee asa ae Js Se

IPC CHIC As OLA roe noc acted calc cio ose

STAI CA LSTA Sn Haase cinerea arcs
BIOcCOlA. hr MLVANWING se 2- Me. ose s tenis Seiden cs
proteiformis, Carpenteria............-.-.-..-

INDEX.
Page.

13 | proteiformis, Carpenteria balaniformis, var. .
19") ‘pulvinata; Discorbina. >... ....25.5.cess-5--
18 Discorbis....... te Magne aie eo ae
LSU ar Olvinoling es, 2) Sec. es ee BS
2 allomorphinoides...............-
3 Suricilae 3:2 SS. sae eee
7 Canarignais:* 0s one ts eae
16 concameratacs 22.2 Semoee eee
16 concentrica 22222. 5.-2 ce eee
16 CTASSAS oun on-teete eee
68 Clerans 5. S25 ..ee eer eee es
68 OxIp ua CTT cdc eh ee ae eee
70 TAVIS) sateen tose see oe
6 gilbertis i238 ans eee
70 averiie so cease eee se ae
Karsteni=. 2: 520-0 eee
20 moenardii 7.36252. he ee
64 var. fimbriata......._.
64 tomidatseeee aoe
64 micholiniany =. 4s eee eae
57 oblonga, var. scabra............-
57 MantSchiana 2.2 sae sees se
17 Patagoniica: 2). .-eela:ees eee
17 pauperata. -< jso sas sp eee eee
8 IDEOGELA creinicisisisios seme ee eiae
9 punctulate .;..2.cscc se eee
61 TOPANGA oo acs sen ea
var. concamerata.......-
6] Karsten. -s5. ce.
3 menardii, subvar.
3 canariensis.......
64 menardii,subvar.
27,42 micheliniana......
29 menardii, subvar.
35 pauperata.......-
46 punctulata..<..---.
44 Schroeibersii.- 5.3; : wee
47 truncatulinoides................
41 tumida>.. 2298s ese
42 lumbonatave: sse4i-02e 54st oe
pulvinulinoides, Discorbis!s...----2...---2.5
a7) punctata, Operculing =~ 22). c.2-5.. soe
35 | punctulata, Pulvinulina...................-
28 repanda, var.......
TRObalia ooo ee serena eee
$2.1 Seustularia: ./o. 2 5.404 -ene eee eee oe
36-| py gies, Truncatilina..-- .-..2---seee ee
Som spyemes,.Urancaiulinsa. 7... +e
21+ || rarescens; Discorbinal2- 22. -.-csseea-e sme eee
32 Discorbis>5 <3. 222 sensete eee
28a preteens, Cibicides.2 2-.- st oseseeeee eee ne
41 Troncatilinga<. 3). 6h eee sae
44 repanda, Pulvinulina.... 2. ...52222-s2-6-----
36 Rotaliag2 2 se ccccuce Se pepe =<
33 var. concamerata, Pulvinulina.....
27 karsteni, Pulvinulina.........
34 menardii, subvar. canariensis ,
44 Pulvinu-
24 lina ee
24 michelini-
47 ana, Pul-
75 vinulina. .
75 pauperata,
39 Pulvinu-
39 lina:
62 punctulata, Pulvinulina.......
49.\-repandus, Nautilus. =. .225-)-cs6-s-eeeeeeee=

85

Page.
49
19
19
50
21
53
56
52
51
58
63
60
65
66
54
63
54
55
56
59
53
64
57
61
62
52
50
52
63

56
59
61
52

62
59

59

61
52

86 INDEX.

Page Page.

yoliculata,(Rotalings -s-eseceeee ease eecceee A3«|| Serpula concamerata...- .---.5.--cseeeeeee es 52

Siphonina: 5. ep esseeeeee ce naeet 43 lopatulaes.c.< snes k-poeeece eee renee 31

Truncapaling oe. se-epeee eee eee 43) (Siphoning 2.02 pense aces seer a eRe ote 42

revertens, Spirillina vivipara, var.........-- 4 echinata--onc-- nase eee eee ees 42

FOSACA, -ASLELIPENING <<) neee oes io a 13 PUM DTIAtR ee foster eee 43

DIscorbina esse eee secise 13 Teticwlgtats.2- eee eee 43

GUPDO. eVale ae reece meee 13) | soldani, Rotalias == 2-2 peer s-eee ae eee 71

Diseorbis.s/. ce -nseneaae eee ace 13 Deccarit. Varnes sere cre as 71

Rp otalia se. cieet Moemcesaenceeeeee sce = 13 (Gyroiding) a5.) 5 oe neaeee 7
Rosalinia 32s ieeb eso ieee eee he een eee 24,26 | spengleri, Calcarina..............-..........- 7

AMMONOIGES: see. | eee crane 46 Nautilus. ...... DES ce ele yee ip?

BUTACANA joo iow: oe 15: |) Spirilling. 2.0. 26=sceeaeeee-< ae ee eee eee 2

perthelotion. 4 tees a eee ce 20 decorate. |. 2222-26 -sascaseees fees 7

Hulloidess sare oes ac ee ees 26 PUbtata se. oe ee ie eee ee 8

globularis#- 22050 es, sacaeeeeee ee il Inssquallis: A/o2cn. 12 ee See ee 6

isabellearia: <2. a eas nek ae 15 limpata sail secs sees seer S10

ObtUSR I ee oak ee eet one 13 var. denticulata.-..-.-...- 5

operculariss 333 -es osanse se sceess4- 18 papillosave Cees a 6

OLDICU Anis sees eee eee eee 16 Opercwloidess-- ote eens eases 7

DOCU ect eee oe Se Re Sua eee 24 perforata ees. ween ees 3

Villard e@poanaven ee seen ee. 14 tuberculata:. -a5. chase a eee ee 4

Rotalin= oe ie oa eet 24, 42, 66 vivipara, var. revertens.....-.....- 4

ATTN OTIO1G GSE eee els ee PAGS (SE a a ee 2

PecCArilo nate cae te! 67 | Squamosa, Rotalia................----------- 24

var, soldani.....ewyaeers 71 | Stabilis, Rupertia....-...-........-------.--- 50

hroec kiana es. See eee ete 6g | Subfilosa, Discorbis--..---..--...---------.-- 23

CAIGHE A ee eeht ee een ante ol 69 | tabellaeformis, Cymbalopora......-..--..---- 25

(Gyroidina) orbicularis.............. 6g | tabernacularis, Discorbina......-...--...-.-. 18

Soldanicme ne eee ee 71 DISCONPIS See hase eee ere 18

IAT SCOT eae an bh nmr Ante 63 | temera, Truncatulina.................-..---- 37

TTIGMAT Mi eRe ee or eek ba eae Feat REO DO10 G0 ace oreo oem eee 73

OLDICUIATIS See nets eee wee 6g | Timoporus......... Sans Se oe eee als erator 73

TRipitiosa Nee Sh ee eect 70 baeculatus: = 2.0 s2-c. ose eeeeias 73

var. compressiuscula. ...... 79 | Tretomphalus....................--.-------. 26

precincta er ii Len hoa ae ky Pee 39 DU GId ese ee eee nae eee 26

punictulatasees isd: oa eee us seca eee 52 | (Trochulina) turbo, Rotalia...-.-......--.-.- 10

TO [DELTA SA oe a Naat een BQ. |) irumcatw lina eee oe ae ee 30, 42

SQUBMOSA Es See eae neat sso 24 akmoriana. 25525 -eeselulnee 35

(Trochulina) turbo........:----.---- 10 Culter. 2-22 enone ae Al

(Turbinulina) beccarii.............. 67 dutemplei..................... 37

elesans sate oats eae 63 echinatara. -sac0 eee Oe oe 42

SUT DON ee soon ete ccs ee ote al 10 PTOSSCLUPLOSA...2-- 2 ss cso. Sees 45

AL Raat wien 2 haidingaril. <= --2. 0-2, 35

Rotalinaaknonianaseeee eee os ease eee 35 lobatula..........-.----.------ 31

GATATION Siete oto eee oes 56 Planorbulina farcata,

Concameratase = si eee eee 52 VET won wiaicla =n ai-lmlaiei= 32

CASHEL Wea Sern En: Bs 58 margaritiferaey <= 5-22 eee 40

dutamplel. <2... Se eee 37 mundula MARRERO ne Te enc 41

haidingerii ENA D <i ces ethene ADRS 35 OT cOC INC tae eee eee 39

aero Ao eee os eee ee ae sae 54 DO ee 38

micheliniana voce eh te eee 59 refulgens say aa a aaa ol ata cha 30

partschisng ake s.Ae see eee ese 64 reticulata..............-..--++- de

patasonica.s...0.20 Sn ue 57 Schreibersii:. 52-225. 4s82senel 62

MOCLE WALA sh staat eee ees 43 tenters piaorpn ay Tv ieee a

schreibersiiz®. sy see suaas tea! 62 tumidula..........-...-.-.---- 38

troncatulinoides-e. see eseee eee 59 ungerlana.........-.---------- 36

UAH O Eta eee ted aS! 60 Varlabilis. oancsssotcecee seen 33

PnPUriMiate: ooo Wet cee ake 36 WUGELIGESTONN seen eee 34

RC en te ae 8 truncatulinoides, Pulvinulina ty ee ae ee re 59

Rance aun er kr en 49 Rotalina Dom hors eee ete 59

SR cer pasteles bea a RICE ore gale itbercdlata: Spirillina 2:2 -ce se sea Se 4

Stabilis..........-.-2-+-++-+++-+--+ 50 tuberosa, var. ariminensis, Planorbulina ..-. 44

scabra, Pulvinulina oblonga, var........---. 53)]) tamida, Pulyinulina ss. 8-4-202es-seseeeee 56

sehreibersil, Pulvmulinao-. = 2 2s5.4 se-cs soe 62 | menardil, vars-2-5.-52- 56

HO LALO asec nt cuceecceee meat 62))| tumidula, Truncatulinajs.2-25--5--00-- 4-2 38

Mruncapwlings =) 22 see eae cee 62 | (Turbinulina) beccarii, Rotalia............-- 67

Berplas see ees seca peecese cs cease cies 30 elegans, Rotalia........--..-.- 63

a

REETES PERISCOL INA Sonn hos sees s ose cairo
WRISCOTDIS cs 5 te seals on Se oo wile
etalians ts assssscn seas ees san cck
(rochuling) Fo se5 ce ccc nas
var. parisiensis, subvar. berthelotiana,
IDISCOrDINA. Soo seek hose ca ene
rosacea, Discorbina..........-...
vesicularis, subvar. globularis,
Discor-
bina....
obtusa,
Disco r -
bina....
umbonata, Pulvinulina....................--
ROPING a2 ance nccacseresecess cs
ungeriana, Planorbulina..................-.-
farcata, var.....-..-
PROGRESS oes onl aisein = s aimako ass <a
TreqMcatuline. 5.4 saceeses<s=:5

&

—

INDEX, 87
Page. Page.
10 | Valvulina allomorphinoides............--..- 21
10 | variabilis, Planorbulina...............-..-.- 33
10 ‘Lroncatuling .. 955 202 sae sents ae 33
10) iventricosa, Discorbitige..— 2. <2.sc-.0-saceeece 22
DiscorbiSs eAcnaon-- eee esas 22

20 | vesicularis, subvar. globularis, Discorbina
13 turbo; Varess.--4-5-- 11

obtusa, Discorbina
turbo; Varces-sceeee 13
1} |, vestita, Discorbina: . ..-5.<-<<5...teceaeacees 51
vilardeboana, Discorbina..................-- 14
Distorbiss.35--sa1.-ee see 14
13 Rosalia 2 si. .c-s sense seeaeeos 14
GOL vivipara, Spirilling 3 9- 3se suse eee se eeee eee 3
60 var. revertens, Spirillina........... - 4
36 | vulgaris, var. larvata, Planorbulina........-- 27
36 | wuellerstorfi, Anomalina..............---.-- 34
36 Planorbuling «<<< oes 2ceteese 34
36 Troncatuling sci: ~njsiseaccee one 34

O

Ei 4

vi ,-

Cae
es

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

_ A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
_ OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part VI. MILIOLIDAE

BY

e JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
E | Of the Boston Society of Natural History

aio
SenSEAly5
VET NY

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1917

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM
Bulletin 71

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA
OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

Part VI. MILIOLIDAE

_ BY

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN
Of the Boston Society of Natural History

WASHINGTON
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
1917

BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

IssvueD Jungs 15, 1917
go

INTRODUCTION,

The present volume is the sixth and last of a series dealing with
the Foraminifera of the North Pacific Ocean. It contains the Foram-
inifera included in the family Miliolidae. The first part, issued
in 1910, included the families Astrorhizidae and Lituolidae; the
second part, issued in 1911, the family Textulariidae; the third part,
issued in 1913, the family Lagenidae; the fourth part, issued in
1914, the families Chilostomellidae, Globigerinidae, and Nummuli-
tidae; and the fifth part, issued in 1915, included the family Rotaliidae.

JOSEPH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN.
it

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

MMR EIEN ciao ofan oa ini nacre ena ISI a So gna oe lo scat = apnea dro inves ciel
Phylogenetic development of the Miliolidae........-.............-2..2-.2-.
meee Re PRUTITCNIOARG 2 oo ee ei ee eae 2 ool ciaieers 8 aie dim mg Pf ace tten li clgcarnbed
eaereraNAN E/E, SCAB IE EUSTON E EPAIT SRG ot fh he ie sae oe ames ute arane » asx oss dasees Bie
Seasibia ORMUMMER 2 ort My oe ue aia ie a a dh

TPAC Be coer ois sated obiea tafe cic Swot el atin too oie Supa ia lee eet

PR CUT ON Dieta cccr oie ete eA a Siete e ee areata ct tar A ea apd
Sporms Chota iy oe eo eo iol aki na sae age bab ee eee oobi auece
TTC OTISTATIS aan es evs Senet ege uy a ee aL RON, Ye me cm yaa eee A ge

EOdUs SPirOloCUlA a. weg Mya Sosa wwle\ees a esces dn oy ape tages eos bin
I UCI tate tale late cian ee acto ace Mois ce alee eae ae
Ca ACU BN ssnictin dc oes 55S x sid cn as pd ied pe eeaMeg oc acloe
PRALGIOUDE.. tis setae oe a's 2 occas a uite en a8 ese rabnie = airs isuce
SC PICEIVEAT RO soaker cesta erase en! ana dai. @ o/ ula ae
REMVOUNRAE SO! oo is aa Le ep a aia ak a eee Oo ke ct
POTASSIUM. oS viatcise 2S ac8eia om mise Saas cic a5 OS aah Penal edie aioe =
PODUSLA 55.50 2k ahact socials ica S acclaic + ate lah, 3 xia snake
POEL De oo i/o BNE sob a iala ie Sais Shi a a al Beat eels od Si Ade

emits PLATS pi: (5-2 SS /te, i Sore ee eee bmn: o> aie dh asieid ache olare
BROCE os 21 icra aoe Aig oc ea po as ics eke aera
RaeMUA VGECODTANNG «6. ice ye 52 Leo 2 ts phe fepgs. isis 3:5 5s saan tee

EGLIRD Leap ps occ oe SS hs Be re et, en yal el nly a abe ©
BYE POULATIS oi ois avs as aster Sy chala 2 (a cps Cia apaeM a hea eee les fy
Genus Nubecularia........ Span, hie S55 oC eit Ae, Cah Pe

emus CatugRcloculina..... 25. ic2eo2 ss ssc 28 =, oaeeeeeeeh aes
PUPAE ANNARAB 2 sat da Sd os ee ah oon ont ata aici So Sel seat
SEY OUETIOUEANE loo op oa a ph a Peet so 32.0 aie Seles s\wmielarelons
CPM cea an os nylons 2 5 ss ee R PEP ege Saas ace Beatie tees
SADR AIAY cols clue, area Rr tae sc a's's Ue w/e able dte se Seas
STOMAC ORE Ore Akio a le ea Rett 2 d's bate lis aloe
ROMSEM IIE a noe hme oles rte oa a pee 2a atid npn Pcie
TOO BE oe os i oniels ci ovis = on a PER RQ icles een w ee cd ace cise
v

VI CONTENTS.

Family 10. Miliolidae—Continued.
Subfamily 2. Quinqueloculininae—Continued.
Genus Quinqueloculina—Continued.
VOMUStaAe oc 1on cals neie «lelein wie l> oleic wim win lotalelelm= en i-)e) =felpinlslolninla[el=isim elniele
vulgaris... eS £22 24 238} - SE SEERA Eto ee eee
QIDCTEMNIIEE = 3 25 os dss seveenc see teas eee oe eee ee Een se teen mee
CUVietIana.). 2. oo 2s. Seeeeetrer eres tan cos hece sce cncm ee eeee
Picosthta.c. 2... 2 ase aioe cele See Cen ee ee eee eee ete
DicwEnIsss rl a Eee soc ee eee

aniyedalondess: 2825552 DEE Seta eee em ae ee een reer
dutomplen ces: ike east Ee ehees CRS OR eee een eee
Brae yan. 26222 See sche et eee see eee teeter eater
verre ubbeeiey, 2923 5 ees Oe Bie SR ere en once eee ee ee ee

TotiCulatat nso eee SEL ESE ESE See ee ete acre
SCHAUINSTATIGH fee See Bye Aen iS ee ere oe ea ee
Gents Mascilina te seine se 6 eee Ae See le ae or a ere eee ae Cony

Genus: Articulinay 242842564525 See ere A ee eatery
conico-articulatastt st oe se ee eee eee eer

ormatissima,s \ ssi 22 tee eck bo Pa ee eae
fragidiggima .. 22.4 220s. eee kt ee cae

Genus Triloculina:s 32:22. Sos sates sse es ee eee eee
frisonalass.c Sii.c bs hcexewtesses ees ee cee ees eee
tricarinata >)... ek eR Se ee eee eee
GCircularie? f< 2522.22 eens ee eee

CONTENTS, Vil

Family 10. Miliolidae—Continued.
Subfamily 2. Quinqueloculininae—Continued.

Genus Triloculina—Continued. Page.
MCBAMA Ie soc o= noe ios ws cards see daemeaceneee 70

MaLOBAPY Sree ane ener coe eae a earl ome ne 70

fichteliana Ser bets cele toes ee eee ete tee 7a

CUI CRUR ote ie eiere ace armiere wc icra rare ee oreaer Manne orn crore oe 71

CHIBTOSLGIS Bose eee a ee eo eee BLS CF rhe 71

PORGUONINAND 5 io) hin 5s ie tale = Sow matnein domes oer 72

BALSD PETALS eI PII RSRE co sso chev cm Msi vi ore miele 72

MINTAERN Ap ee re eo ee esa ry oe ee 72

erate RATE LOUNA 20° dia): enn te awd eS foe wo hniore aia marae Se eiss ohetsee 73
lnyeaniGumiah. Sst ae ei ae Bae he tae ote 73

MES OTLUIS Std OCTETS ye reenter on Nene ee we 2 ace op a Cs aya Mee 73
GRACIAS CEE Gere a haan Hee apa Sl ecaeis oat her aoe 74

PIPING ie Be ec. o.6 x as een ewtadlenn Soe see aie 75

ROTI Gece aes ais ia Sera eke ol wt aol what pes Ms arate ered Star Soa eee 75

URIS = Caveat he ost k Fo att randl oct tevin nica yal Sa Seer 76

Wen Ori Joho 5) ia oot Sas SN Beceem ate oe eee ae 77

SIGNER isle cone Oe wien wie san, siete eae See Ie 78

Slopulie ssi sss. oo RSIS. uk a chgecnte eee 78

NOWRA Spe os Se ee PE ee eee ee eee 79

aera. e nS RN oie oe i tere ot ee 79

LONE eG ea Pe ea eect ee a 80

WAT BUFIOMALR eo NSS eect fy see eae ny ae 80

COMBIR ess ac ea sere eee osyaiets iors erties at sieveta Sere 81

VALE MOCLEM DULAC Ci ES te Ae PS tae 81

NITICEUILE: SR oete sta es NTs TE PARTI 8 SOON EARS ae 81

BEMMICORLALA Sanit ie hot Ry pease Se ne ce ee ete 82

PUP GH see eesiene ate a is nis Ce eects 82

ME GHUS I NOVI T Re SAs se esti s eer ce ae eaters oie ee rk oes ee 83
COTONSLA: sates So. ona a niaiets See ane see eee acme 84

Spee SPBOTORIE SSS oes aoe eee cis cas Shwe eRe RR ester Sete web ee else’ 84
POrinsws: oo. 2 cee cee si ok ole EI Seats Ae 86

War. planatpeliiceccjevictess.t ood «pane eeewenie 87

VAT GATITIAGUS § ol 8 eeu ees eee yore cele 87

VOT GTICtINUB 2-2.) aah mers 5 OF ceyers ae, Le tre Be 88

GEBUA Or bicilina yy. casera cae eee See Ac SURE eet 88
SE TATN CH ee he pte , See Ne fete gh iT Ne aoa ree are LR 91

ATEMUS OLD TOL TGC wee ea ay tS Nae SS a ee eats rates 92
MiNPSTARBS 2 Woe hints a cene ace meh Saat es 92

Gu plem fo ee ett Satie de emt rae cea in eee 94

compliant: o)... Soee ee Ous nes Sota s owe 95

A ORTIGPA RVI E eateries) ee ke eee er atycy hens SE ya ie ete 97
PCL eee coe cae ee cc nate ee AE OS oP Ble eee 97

TORCH SEE alk, SEA 8 Ske aia oS ak She tree More aeboate 98

PSM MATINEE OTs PAN 5.0 dejo ioc 8 Does = wee sie - Sales Gulab wed eam 99

10 Ae

srerayats

et 133 lise
~ SPSS aS

! ore ee eet
Y Eas

anitlive yx! ets

a,
ai bey ‘sede sored? a

A MONOGRAPH OF THE FORAMINIFERA OF
THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

MILIOLIDAE.

By JosEPpH AUGUSTINE CUSHMAN,

Of the Boston Society of Natural History.

INTRODUCTION.

This sixth and last part of the work on the North Pacific Foram-
inifera deals with the single family Miliolidae. By most writers this
family has been considered as very primitive on account of its ap-
parently having no pores in the test, but it has gradually been ascend-
ing in the scale. In the Challenger report it was the earliest family
considered, but has since by many writers been placed above the
arenaceous forms of the Astrorhizidae and Lituolidae.

The discovery by several workers that the earlier chambers of some
of the highest genera of the family have a perforate test shows that
it developed from a perforate ancestry. The geological history of the
family is also rather conducive to the idea that it developed rather
later than other relatively highly developed types as the Num-
mulitidae, where Fusulina, one of the complex types, was characteristic
of the Carboniferous. The greatest development of the Miliolidae as
far as number of species and complexity of structure are concerned
seems to have been the late Cretaceous and early Tertiary.

The present paper does not contain as many species as would be
the case were the present collections better represented by shallow-
water material, especially about the tropical islands of the area.

PHYLOGENETIC DEVELOPMENT OF THE MILIOLIDAE.

To d’Orbigny must be given the credit for the first critical study
of the foraminifera belonging to the Miliolidae. Previous authors had
described and named certain of the species, but very little attempt
had been made to determine the relationships of the various forms.
In his work in 1826 d’Orbigny ! recognized many of the still accepted
generic characters and to a certain extent their relationships. Under
the Foraminiféres, Order Agathistegnes, d’Orbigny grouped the

1 Tableau méthodique de la classe des Cephalopodes, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7 1826, p. 245, ete.
1

2 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

genera Buloculina, Spiroloculina, Triloculina, Articulina, Quinque-
loculina, and Adelosvna, all genera which he described.

Perhaps d’Orbigny’s most important contribution was the recog-
nizing of the relative position of the chambers and the consequent
number visible from the exterior. The chamber arrangement, very
definitely described and figured by d’Orbigny, was not in some cases
later recognized by subsequent authors as of generic importance.

By the early English group of workers on the Foraminifera, Car-
penter, Parker, Jones, and Brady, the genus Miliolina was taken to
include Triloculina and Quinqueloculina as well as certain other
genera. These two genera mentioned were not understood as de-
scribed by d’Orbigny, as may be seen by Carpenter’s figures of
Quinqueloculina, which are really copies of Parker’s figures in an earlier
paper.’

Parker’s ideal transverse sections (on p. 57, fig. 5, a, b, and c) do
not represent Quinqueloculina as described by d’Orbigny. Moreover
the various genera and their different characters were only recog-
nized by Carpenter and others as pure variations. The fact that these
animals were unicellular has in the minds of many workers on the
Foraminifera presupposed an unlimited amount of variation and the
explanation of nearly all different characters on this basis. The
larger work of Carpenter, Parker, and Jones, Introduction to the
Study of the Foraminifera, 1862, helped greatly to fix this idea of
unlimited variation and the supposed lack of any definite characters.
An example of the extreme view of Carpenter is shown in his intro-
duction (p vii) in the following words: “Sharply defined divisions—
whether between species, genera, families, or orders—do not ezist
among Foraminifera.”

Brady in the Challenger report and elsewhere breaks away some-
what from the extreme of these views in that he describes new species
and genera, but he is plainly influenced by the work of Carpenter and
tries to unite various forms on the basis of variation rather than
seeking the true explanation of their differences. Brady figures
sections of some of the Miliolidae, but the important early chambers
are usually indistinct and he makes little reference to them.

Goés? adopted early adopted extreme views of variability in the
Foraminifera and the uselessness of distinguishing more than a few
central species about which the others should be grouped as variants.
As an example of his extreme views at this time, he includes under
the genus Miliola three species, the first of which, M. seminulum
(Linnaeus), he divides into six varieties. Under this species Goés
includes as synonyms more than a hundred specific names and five

10On the Miliolitidae (Agathistégnes d’Orbigny) of the East Indian Seas, Part I, Miliola, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 2, vol. 6, 1858, p. 53, ete.

2 On the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the Caribbean Sea, Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handl., vol. 19, No.
4, 1882.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 3

of the genera of d’Orbigny. The second species includes species
usually assigned to Biloculina, and the third species those belonging
to Spiroloculina. Thus Goés includes seven of the genera of d’Orbigny
under Miliola, and extreme view not taken by even the most radical
of the British group of workers along this line.

Twelve years later in another paper ' Goés shows a decided change
in attitude. The genera Biloculina and Spiroloculina are recognized,
and Miliola contains the other genera. Instead of grouping all under
three species, Goés allows 37 species, variously grouped as subspecies
and species and describes four new species. Two years later in still
another paper? Goés recognized also the genus Stgmoilina of Schlum-
berger in addition to those recognized in 1894. One new species of
the Miliolidae is described. In this paper, besides Miliolidae, Goés
describes over 20 new species and varieties, as well as some new
genera. In this last paper, and especially the preceding one, many
excellent sections of Miliolidae are figured, showing the stages in
development, but little use is made of them.

To Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger, especially to the latter,
must be given credit for the elucidation of the real structure of many
of the generic types of the Miliolidae. Their researches are based
upon painstaking work in sectioning great numbers of specimens,
both fossil and recent, belonging to this family. Their work was, in
the main, the search for and demonstration of the two forms, micro-
spheric and megalospheric, in the various species and the basing of
generic characters upon definite morphological structure. The imma-
ture characters are not as fully dwelt upon as probably would have
been done had Schlumberger lived to continue his work. The many
new genera Schlumberger described have basis in structure and devel-
opmental characters and are restored to their rightful value, although
modified somewhat by certain later views as to their scope. Alto-
gether the work of Schlumberger is the most valuable work of any
student of the Miliolidae as regards the demonstration of Dimorphism
(used in the sense of the two distinct generations) in many species
and the early stages in the development of various generic types.

Rhumbler has studied especially the Peneroplis group and the
peculiar double forms of Orbitolites. He demonstrated the perforate
character of the proloculum of Peneroplis.

Lister has worked mainly with the Peneroplis group, Peneroplis,
Orbiculina, and Orbitolites, as far as the Miliolidae are concerned. He
demonstrated the perforate character in the proloculum of the last
two genera and has done much work on the dimorphism of various
species.

1 A Synopsis of the Arctic and Scandinavian Recent Marine Foraminifera, Kong]. Svensk. Vet.-Akad,

Handl., vol. 25, No. 9, 1894.
3 On the Foraminifera of the Galapagos Islands, etc., Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, No. 1, 1896,.

4 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Chapman has demonstrated the two forms of Alveolina, and the
series of these larger forms is now nearly complete.

To Lister and Schaudinn we owe much of the knowledge of the life
history of the Foraminifera and the relation of dimorphism to the
life cycle. Many other investigators have added, in greater or lesser
degree, to our knowledge of the Foraminifera, but the names noted
above stand out prominently in the history of the work in the devel-
opment of the Miliolidae.

Proloculum.—The proloculum or initial chamber of the Forami-
nifera as seen in the Miliolidae consists of an oval or subspherical
chamber. The test of the proloculum in some genera (Peneroplis,
Orbiculina, and Orbitolites) is clearly perforate, while this character
has not been made out in other genera.

The proloculum is the first distinct stage in the development of the
test. Although in the Miliolidae there is no distinctly single cham-

bered form which may be con-

sidered as the radicle (like

63 Lagena for the family of the

Lagenidae), it is fair to assume

that there was in the early de-

velopment of the group a sin-

a — gle - chambered form. This

D radicle, although not defi-

Fig. 1.—““ EMBRYONIC YOUNG” OF MILIOLIDAE, IN THIS we tely known as an adult, 1S

CASE OF PENEROPLIS, TAKEN FROM THE ‘‘ MOTHER TEST.” represented bythe proloculum

(AFTER SCHACKO X 420.) a, LONGITUDINAL SECTION : 3
SHOWING THE PROLOCULUM, OVAL IN SHAPE FOLLOWED or first Stage Mm the develop

BY THE LONG CORNUSPIRA-LIKE SECOND CHAMBER; THE ment of the many chambered

WALL OF THE TWO CONTINUOUS AND OF THE SAME THIGK- [. : /
NESS. b, TRANSVERSE SECTION SHOWING THE SECOND forms of thefamily. The size

CHAMBER AT THE TWO SIDES OF THE PROLOCULUM, THE of the proloculum is of great
wsHORM SINGLE wath AND THE MAGRENIG OF "EE importance, as Will be consid
BER IMPINGES UPON IT, AN ADDED PROOF THAT THE TWO ered in later discussion.

ARE FORMED AT THE SAME TIME. Characters of the ‘é embry-
onic” young of Miliolidae.—The production of young in a number of
genera of the Miliolidae has been noted by several observers. The
young individuals are formed inside the chambers of the adult test,
especially in the outer and larger chambers. The characters through-
out the family in this “‘embryonic”’ stage seem to be very uniform.
A detailed description of this stage in the development will be useful
for later comparison.

The young individual (fig. 1) when set free from the “mother” cell
consists of two distinct stages in its test characters. The first cham-
ber is a globose proloculum in all normal individuals. Exceptions to
this condition will be noted later. The second chamber consists of a
nonseptate tube close coiled about the proloculum. Seen from the

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 5

side (fig. 1a) the width of the tube increases from its inception until
the broadest part is developed near the distal end. Seen in vertical
view this tube has a nearly uniform width. In cross section (fig. 16)

the various parts of the tube are
seen to have a considerable dif-
ference in height. The proximal
portion is low and flattened, the
side adjacent to the proloculum
being nearly flat, the outer side
convex. The height of the tube
increases from this point toward
the distal end, where its height
may equal the width. The aper-
ture is contracted and consid-
erably smaller than the diameter
of the tube. The length of this
second chamber is rather con-
stant, being usually between a
half and a complete coil.
Another character of especial
importance when comparison is
made with the early chambers
of adult tests is that of the wall.
The wall which forms the com-

Fig. 2.—CORNUSPIRA INVOLVENS REUvsS. X 63. MI-
CROSPHERIC SPECIMEN VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED
LIGHT. SPECIMEN WITH VERY SMALL PROLOCULUM,
BUT WITH ITS NUMEROUS COILS GROWING TO A MUCH
LARGER SIZE THAN THE MEGALOSPHERIC FORM WITH
ITS MUCH LARGER PROLOCULUM AND FEWER COILS
(FIG. 3).

mon boundary between the proloculum and the second chamber is,
as far as can be determined, a single wall, no new shell substance
apparently being laid down by the animal on the floor of the tubular
chamber. As a result of the walls of the
test in its ‘‘embryonic” stage are single
and of practically uniform thickness. The

Fic. 3.—CORNUSPIRA INVOLVENS
REvuss. X63. MEGALOSPHERIC
SPECIMEN VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED
LIGHT. PROLOCULUM VERY LARGE
IN COMPARISON WITH FIG. 1, BUT
COILS FEWER AND COMPLETED TEST
SMALLER IN DIAMETER.

only exception is the thickening which
appears at the aperture of the second
chamber. This foreshadows the thickened
lip seen in so many of the genera in this
family.

Development of Cornuspira.—In Corn-
uspira, which is the simplest of any of the
family in its development (possibly ex-
cepting Squamulina or Nubecularia, which
are degenerate forms), has in reality noth-
ing in addition to the developmental char-
acters seen in ‘‘embryonic” young already
described. It has a globular or ovoid pro-

loculum followed by a second chamber of indefinite length built on the
outside of the previous portion of the test in a planospiral manner

6 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

without building a floor as it proceeds. It differs from the embry-
onic young only in the length of this second chamber and its various
modifications of ornamentation and relative proportions which con-
stitute the specific characters in the various species of Cornuspira.
Occasional specimens show a reduction in the size of the tube in
the last formed portion’ as in senescence in some Mollusca. In

@

»)

Fia 4.—CoRNUSPIRA FOLIACEA (PHILIPPI). X24. COMPLETE SPECIMEN, THE YOUNG OF WHICH IS SHOWN
IN FIG.5. SPECIMEN SHOWS THE LATER “PARTITIONS” DEVELOPED IN THE LARGER, OUTER COILS OF THE
TEST. THE LAST FORMED CHAMBER WAS PARTIALLY BROKEN WHEN FOUND. VIEWED BY TRANSMITTED

LIGHT.

others there is a tendency which may be considered rather more
prophetic in its nature. In the specimen figured here in outline
(fig. 4) is shown a recent specimen which upon first examination
seemed to have no characters unlike typical specimens and it was
selected for mounting in balsam for a study of the early coils. After
mounting examination showed a partial division into chambers

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 7

instead of the usual nonseptate condition. In all, 12 partitions
were made out. After the proloculum (fig. 5) there are three com-
plete coils of nonseptate tube, as in ordinary specimens. Then the
tube is cut off by a ‘‘partition.’’ Following this are three and three-
quarters coils of nonseptate tube and then another ‘‘partition.”
About a quarter coil beyond is a third ‘‘partition,’’ then in each
succeeding coil a ‘‘partition” is found when a coil has been nearly
completed. Again, there is a quarter coil followed by a ‘‘partition.”’
From this point there are six ‘‘partitions” in the following five coils,
without any definite arrangement. A figure shows the arrangement
in the earlier chambers (fig. 5).

Fig. 5.—Cornuspma FOLIACEA (PHILIPPI). X 116. EARLY COILS OF MICROSPHERIC SPECIMEN SHOWING
THE “PARTITIONS” DEVELOPED AT IRREGULAR INTERVALS IN THE TUBULAR CHAMBER. VIEWED BY
TRANSMITTED LIGHT.

Both microspheric and megalospheric specimens occur in various
species of the genus. A megalospheric (fig. 3) and microspheric
specimen (fig. 2) of Cornuspira involvens are here shown in the same
magnification. The number of coils in general is in inverse ratio
to the size of the proloculum in the two, but, as is usually the
rule in the foraminifera, the microspheric form attains the greater
size.

Development of Opthalmidium.—The developmental stages of
Opthalmidium inconstans H. B. Brady may be taken as showing the
general characters of the genus. In this species (fig. 6) there is the

8 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

usual oval proloculum (1), followed by a closely coiled tubular cham-
ber (2); the second chamber may be directly compared to Cornuspira,
and at this stage Opthalmidium has completed the developmental
characters of an adult Cornuspira. The third chamber (3) intro-
duces several new characters. The first of these is seen in the length
of the chamber, which is between two-thirds and three-fourths of a
single coil. This characteristic chamber, while seen as a definite
stage in this genus, has not been noted as an adult character in any
known genus. With this characteristic length of chamber comes
another character’seen in the tendency to lose the close-coiled con-
dition at the distal end of the chamber. Near the aperture the
chamber leaves the preceding chamber and takes a tangential direc-
tion, thusstanding out from the origi-
nal direction of coiling. The fourth
chamber (4) has the same charac-
teristic length in most cases becom-
ing a little nearer the two-thirds of
a cou, being shghtly shorter than the
preceding, chamber 3. Toward its
aperture it also tends to take a tan-
gential direction, so that its aper-
tural portion stands free from the
preceding coils, At its beginning this
chamber starts at some distance from
the inner coils due to the separation
Se BO semen none aD of the apertural portion of the pre-
ou ee ee BY DeaNsierthon ceding chamber (3) from the rest of
LIGHT, SHOWING (1) PROLocuLUM, Fot- the test. As a result there is a
SECOND CHAMBER, THREE and oxe-zar SPACE left whichis filled in by a
COILS IN LENGTH, (3 AND 4) CHAMBERS {hin plate hke portion of shell. A
THREE-FOURTHS TO TWO-THIRDS OF A COIL IN - . . .
LENGTH AND (5) THE FIRST ADULT CHAMEER similar filling is seen where chamber
ONE-HALF OF A COIL IN LENGTH. DotreD 5 ctarts its growth. These more or
PORTION SHOWS THE FLANGELIKE CARINA. less triangular areas are shown by
the smaller dotted areas of the figure. Chamber 4 also adds
another really specific character, that of building a peripheral wing-
like shell growth about its own outer wall. Thus chamber 4 in-
troduces the specific character of a peripheral wing, although the
true generic characters are not yet attained. ,

Chamber 5 initiates the adult characters as far as the genus is con-
cerned. This consists of a chamber making a half coil. In this
particular species it also loses the character of uncoiling at its aper-
turalend but has the wing-like growth on its own periphery. Fol-
lowing chambers keep to the character of developing a half coil and
aclose coiled condition throughout.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 9

In general the genus Opthalmidium has the following development
a proloculum, followed by a close-coiled Cornuspira chamber of two
or more coils in length, in turn followed by a series of chambers in
general about two-thirds of a coil in length and tending to uncoil at
their apertural ends, the space thus left being filled in by shell growth
as the following chamber is built, the adult character being a series
of chambers close coiled and one-half a coil in length.

Development of Planispirina.—Planispirina is a genus not greatly
removed in some respects from Cornuspira and Opthalmidium. The
species P. erigua H. B. Brady will serve to show the development.
Figure 7 shows a specimen viewed by transmitted light. There is a
globose proloculum followed by a very long Cornuspira-like second
chamber consisting of two and a half coils of continuous tube. In
this long second chamber there is a relatively primitive development
compared to that seen in the second
chamber of Opthalmidium. The third
chamber makes a half revolution as
does also the fourth. This condition
is much like that seen in S piroloculina
or in later stages of Opthalmidium.

Planispirina differs from the young of @Q)

Spiroloculina in its relatively less ac-

celerated second chamber and also in

its adult characters. It differs from

the young of Opthalmidium in skip-

ping the stage having chambers two-

thirds of a coil in length, a stage IN= | #yq.7.—PLANISPRINA EXIGUA H. B. BRADY.

termediate between the long chambers (4PA4PTED From Brapy.) Lone sEconD
. CORNUSPIRALIKE CHAMBER PROLOCULUM

of the early stages and the half coil 1). (2) rortowep By wazr com, LENGTH

chambersof the adultin Opthalmidiwm. —_ (CHAMBERS 3, 4) AND LATER BYONE-THIRD

The fifth chamber is shorter than the 7" “NNN

preceding ones, in this specimen being about a third of a coil in length.

The sixth and seventh chambers complete the coil begun by the fifth

chamber and give the adult character, that of a test with three or four

chambers in each volution.

From the exterior the chambers of the last coil are clearly visible,
but those of the interior are hidden, as there are no definite markings
on the surface to indicate the chambers.

Development of Spiroloculina.—The genus Spiroloculina is much
more abundant in number of species and individuals in the Eocene
deposits of France than it is in the present ocean. It reached a high
development in the Eocene and a number of senescent forms are seen
in those formations, more than in the recent species which are com-
paratively few and simple. Spiroloculina differs from its nearer

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6-172

10 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

allies, mainly in its open coil, there being little if any covering of the
preceding whorls by involution. As a result the development is
easily studied.

The development of Spiroloculina bicarinata d’Orbigny from the
Kocene of the Paris Basin of Vandancourt may be taken as typical
of an Eocene Spiroloculina (fig. 8). The first chamber consists of a

‘globose proloculum. The second is the ordinary close-coiled, tubular,
Cornuspira-like chamber with no floor as seen throughout the group.
In this case its length is alittle more than a half coil. The shell
wall of these two chambers is thin and of uniform thickness as in

the other genera already described. The
third chamber at its inception is more than
twice as high as the aperture of the preced-
ing one, but gradually diminishes in height
until at its own aperture it is hardly, if at
all, higher than the aperture of the preced-
ing chamber. In length it is a little more
than a complete coil. It initiates two dis-
tinctive features of the genus. One of these
is the tendency of the distal portion of the
chamber to break away from the close-coiled
condition and to change the axis of the
chamber to a tangential position. As a
result, a tubular neck is formed which is a
rather general character among the Eocene
species of Spiroloculina. Another character
which is initiated here is the broad flaring lip
ee at the aperture. This is also characteristic

Fic. &—Srrronocuuma picanw- Of a majority of the species of this period.
ava D’ORvIGNY. X85. EocrnE This third chamber, therefore, initiates
OF VANDANCOURT, PARIS BASIN. :

SPECIMEN VIEWED BY Transm. Several important. characters, but not the

tEpLcut. (1) ProtocutuM,(2) one of prime generic importance, the half

SECOND CORNUSPIRALIKE CHAM- . . . .

BER, (3) ELONGATED cHamnsr, COil length of chambers in a single plane.

(4,5) ADULT cuAMBERS A HALF Beginning with the fourth chamber the

COIL IN LENGTH. . ° . . .
specimen is at once definitely a Spiroloculina.

The fifth and succeeding chambers simply add to the size of the in-

dividual or to the specific characters, no generic characters having
been attained in the fourth chamber.

As the apertural lip when formed extends beyond the rest of the
test, the space thus left is filled in before the next chamber is built.
This is shown in the specimen figured, which was apparently about to
form anew chamber. This shelly growth which is filled in is usually
less solid than the rest and may appear of a lighter color when exam-
ined as a balsam mount with transmitted light. In some species
such as S. perforata this space is left open and the new chamber is

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 17

built without filling in the intermediate space between the neck and
the body of the test. On the basis of this structure a series of per-
forations occur in the adult test along the long axis at regular in-
tervals.

Another group of Eocene Spiroloculinae may be represented by
S. alata Terquem (fig. 9). In this species the second chamber is
shorter than in the preceding (S. bicarinata), being somewhat less
than a half coil in length. The third chamber therefore begins ear-
lier and it also is much shorter than in S. bicarinata, being but little
more than a half coil in length. As a
result, the fourth chamber which initiates
the complete generic characters begins at
a point a very little more than one coil
beyond the apertural opening of the pro-
loculum.

Other forms which have been usually
grouped as Spiroloculina have a very dif-
ferent early development and will be con-
sidered after Quinqueloculina is taken up.

Derwations from Spiroloculina.—In the
fossil forms especially there is a consider-
able development from Spiroloculina as a
base. Uniserial developments take place
in species usually assigned to Articulina
but apparently donot belong to that genus.
Another development is that seen in Renu-
lina (figs. 10, 11) from the Eocene of the
Paris Basin. Here is a genus apparently
limited to the Eocene of the Paris Basin ,,, 9 spmozocuttna ALATA mae
is a foraminifer, which in its general form = quem. 400. EoceNz or VaNDAN-
is very like certain stages seen in the Ore eee ee meeones
Peneroplis group, in Orbiculina compressa — viewep By TRANSMITTED LIGHT. (1)
and Orbitolites marginalis. This form of eee Ur sen Co» ottawnnns
test developed similarly in the various ssowme tHe rvicaL maLF com
genera gives an excellent example of the = ‘%°™
parallelism that occurs in the foraminifera. In these cases the early
development is different and the chambers differ internally even while
exteriorly the same general form is developed.

The first four chambers of a specimen of Renulina are shown in
figure 10. There is an oval proloculum (1) followed by a very short
second chamber (2), shorter than that seen in any of the genera so
far considered. This is but a quarter coil in length. Its wall is con-
tinuous with that of the proloculum and of the same thickness. It
builds no floor on the surface of the proloculum. The third chamber
(3) is long, making with the second chamber a complete coil. The

12 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fourth chamber (4) is short, one third of a coil in length, increasing
considerably in height at the apertural end while there is a thickened
flaring lip. Chambers 5 and 6 (fig. 11) are also a third of a coil
in length, making one complete coil with chamber 4. The seventh
chamber is similar. At this stage it is
a closely coiled non-involute test, build-
ing the later chambers one-third of a
coil in length.

Chamber 8 is very short in compari-
son with the preceding ones. Chamber
9 is also short but very much higher
than earlier chambers, the outer wall
taking a tangential direction. This
tangential direction of the outer wall
is continued in succeeding chambers,

= greatly increasing the height of the

Meee atin cant van Hoomna op CHallbers’ which in all ‘cases combine
THE Paris BASIN. X 160. around to the preceding coil. This
makes the form of test noted in forms of Peneroplis, Orbiculina, and
Orbitolites, as already noted. This is brought about in the same
mechanical way by the similar tangential position of the peripheral wall.

According to the published figures,
in a later stage the chambers may
extend back on both sides and form
an extended chamber nearly meeting
at opposite ends so that if continued
slightly an annular growth would re-
sult. None of the series of specimens
examined had reached this stage.

Development of Quinqueloculina.—
Quinqueloculina and the various
genera which are derived from it
differ from all the other genera of the
Miliolidae in having a plane of coiling
which is constantly shifting with each
newly added chamber, at least in the

Fiq. 11.—COMPLETE SPECIMEN OF RENULINA,
young. In all the genera so far CON- qa EARLY CHAMBERS OF WHICH ARE SHOWN
sidered the test has been planospiral. "6-10. x 1.

As the genera next to be considered coil in more than one plane, a
longitudinal section can not usually be made so as to show the true
relation of all the chambers. For the study of these genera, trans-
verse sections passing through the proloculum are absolutely essen-
tial. The excellent detailed figures given by Schlumberger have
been freely drawn upon for the study of these structures,

PTI ry.

PEA!

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 13

In Quinqueloculina there is an oval proloculum varying in size in
the two forms of the species, microspheric and megalospheric, as
already noted. It is followed by an elongate chamber about half a
coil in length, closely coiled about one side of the proloculum, and
builds no floor. The wall of this second Cornuspira-like chamber is
of the same thickness and continues with the proloculum.

A longitudinal section of the first two chambers of Quinqueloculina
suborbicularis is shown in figure 12. This is of the same abbreviated
Cornuspira-like type as the second chamber in vari-
ous other genera already described.

The early development in Quinqueloculina rugosa
d’Orbigny is shown in figure 13. The proloculum is
circular in cross section and the second Cornuspira-like
chamber being cut twice is shown on opposite sides of
the proloculum at 2 and 2a. The third chamber,
shown in cross section at 3, builds no floor, a character F"¢- 12.— Quivque-

° . . . LOCULINA SUBORBIC
usually noted in this genus. Its outline in cross sec- — graris pOrmtaNy.
tion is rounded and smooth. Its length, asis that of — S#cTI0N oF youna.
the succeeding chambers, is a half coil. Chamber 4 is sai fue ae
added in another plane 144° of an arc from the posi- #8). P. PRoLocu-
tion of its predecessor, chamber 3. Chamber 5 is
added in a plane 144° from chamber 4, and so on for the sixth and
seventh chambers. With the seventh chamber the generic character
is attained, that of a test with five chambers visible from the exterior.
Additional chambers are seen in figure 15. Chamber 8 is added in the
same plane as chamber 3 and covers it; chamber 9 in the same plane as
chamber 4, and so on. Succeeding chambers are added in planes
144° from one another, but the five planes in any one cycle are de-
veloped 72° of an are from one another. This
is similar in a general way to a 2/5 arrange-
ment in the phyllotaxy of plants where suc-
ceeding leaves are developed 144° from one
another, but the whole cycle of five leaves is
made up of aseries of radial planes 72° apart.

In the vertical axis two and a half revolutions

nes ¢, are made by five chambers, as each is a half
pOrBIGNy. X 300 (avartep coil in length, while in the horizontal axis two
> Haag draenei cycles are made before a chamber is added
directly in the same plane as the last of the preceding series. In typical
Quinqueloculina, then, after the seventh chamber each chamber is
added directly outside its fifth preceding chamber. In Quinqueloculina
the generic character is completed with this development, and in
further growth simply an increase in size results from the addition
of new chambers in this same series of planes. This character will
be called ‘‘quinqueloculine”’ when seen in the young of other genera.

In various species of Quinqueloculina there is a progressive devel-
opment in the ornamentation, the earlier formed chambers being

14 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

smooth and semi-elliptical in cross section as in the primitive cham-
bers seen in the microspheric form throughout the genus. As shown
in figure 14, there is a progressive development of ornamentation;
in this case an increase in the number of costae from one in chamber
3 to a considerable number in chamber 13. In some individuals a
definite senescent char-
acter is shown in the loss
of these costae, and the
resulting development of
smooth chambers like
that seen in its own
young, the intermediate
chambers as seen in sec-
tion bearmg distinct
costae.

There are both micro-
spheric and megalo-

Fic. 14.—QUINQUELOCULINA UNDULATA D’ORBIGNY. X_ 150 spheric individuals de-
(ADAPTED FROM SCHLUMBERGER). SHOWING PROGRESSIVE IN- veloped in Quinquelocu-

CHEAT If ORNLAENTATON, TE NMDERS OF SOLE M Ting ut they differ only

in the size of the pro-
loculum and the total number of chambers in the adult, not in the
general plan of their development. The fact that the complete
stages in development shown by the microspheric form are not dif-
ferent from those of the accelerated megalospheric form may be
taken as a definite indication that Quinqueloculina is a primitive
form at the base of its own
series. Succeeding genera dis-
cussed show added stages and a
dropping out of certain of these
in the megalospheric form.
Quinqueloculina is considered
as the primitive form from
which the other genera of the
quinqueloculine group have
been derived by the addition of

differential characters. The Fic. 15.—QuUINQUELOCULINA RUGOSA D’ORBIGNY. X

a nste 150 (ADAPTED FROM SCHLUMBERGER). SHOWING
Eo oof of this is the fact that PROGRESSIVE DEVELOPMENT OF CHARACTERS FROM

they have a quinqueloculine 1 katy smMoorm ROUNDED CHAMBERS 10 THE
stsge.in the. young of, at Iéast..,f eg cen tains nell eit yh ae
their microspheric form.

In figure 16 is given a diagrammatic figure showing the character
of chamber development in a typical Quinqueloculina. The five
planes are lettered A to EK and the chambers numbered 1 to 9. The
arrows indicate the direction of the addition of new chambers in

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 15

the cycle. In the figure chamber 3 is in the plane A; chamber 4,
144° from it, is in the plane B; chamber 5 in plane C; 6 in plane D;
7 in plane E; and 8 again in plane A, overlying chamber 3.
Derwatives from Quinqueloculina.—The later development from a
quinqueloculine form may be seen in the regularly progressive
series, Triloculina, Bilo-
culina, etc., as will be con-
sidered later, but other
genera may be consid-
ered as direct derivatives
from a quinqueloculine
stock. These, as in Mas-
silina and Hauerina, may
add chambers which are
planospiral and com-
parable to Spiroloculina,
except in the young or
as in Articulina, where
there is developed a uni-
serial later development
with a quinqueloculine
young. The develop-
ment of Massilina in the

two forms, microspheric
. : Fia. 16.—DIAGRAMMATIC SECTION OF QUINQUELOCULINA. A-E,
and megalospheric, will PLANES IN WHICH CHAMBERS ARE ADDED. 1-9, CHAMBERS.

give a good illustration ARROWS INDICATE THE DIRECTION OF ROTATION IN THE ADDITION
of a typical derivative © “™*™?***

from Quinqueloculina. Massilina secans d’Orbigny gives in simple
stages the development of characters which make up the genus Mas-
silina Schlumberger. From astudy of the development of this species
it will be seen that this genus is one derived from Quinqueloculina by

Fiqs. 17, 18.—MASSILINA SECANS (D’ORBIGNY). 17, EARLY CHAMBERS OF MICROSPHERIC FORM. x 115.
18, COMPLETE SPECIMEN. X 13 (ADAPTED FROM SCHLUMBERGER).

the addition of definite differential characters. Both the forms, those

with a microspheric and megalospheric proloculum, have been found

by Schlumberger. The early chambers of a specimen with a micro-

spheric proloculum are shown in figure 17. There is a small pro-

loculum followed by the usual Cornuspira-like chamber making a

16 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

little more than a half coil in length. This chamber is shown cut
once on the left side of the proloculum. The succeeding chambers,
3 to 13, are arranged on a quinqueloculine plan of growth, the cham-
bers as added being in planes 144° from one another, five chambers
thus appearing on the periphery in planes 72° from one another.
In the adult, figure 18 of the same microspheric form, the quinque-
loculine growth is seen to continue to the seventeenth chamber.
The eighteenth and nineteenth chambers, instead of continuing the
quinqueloculine plan of growth, are placed in planes nearly 180°
from one another and initiate the adult character, that of cham-
bers in an open coil lying in one plane.

A young individual of the megalospheric form is shown in figure
19. Without the last developed chamber, No 12, it would be taken
for a young Quinqueloculina. There is a large proloculum followed
by a second chamber of the usual Cornuspira-like form. Chambers
3 to 11 are arranged on the typical quinqueloculine plan as in the
microspheric form already noted. Chamber 12, however, is added
in a plane nearly 180° and from chamber 11 initiates the adult charac-

Fies. 19, 20.—MASSILINA SECANS (D’ORBIGNY). MEGALOSPHERIC FORM (ADAPTED FROM SCHLUMBERGER).
19, YOUNG SPECIMEN STILL IN QUINQUELOCULINE STAGE. XX 20. 20, ADULT SPECIMEN. X i3.

ter. This specimen is then more accelerated than the microspheric
specimen, figure 18, as it takes on this character several chambers
earlier than did the microspheric. An adult specimen of the mega-
lospheric form showing greater acceleration is shown in figure 20.
Here the proloculum is nearly twice as large in the previous megalo-
spheric specimen. Chambers 3 to 7 are arranged on the quinque-
loculine plan, but chamber & is added in a plane 180° from chamber
7, thus initiating the adult character very early. This character
did not appear in the other megalospheric specimen until the twelfth
chamber and in the microspheric until the eighteenth chamber;
chambers 8 to 11 are in an open coil in one plane, completing the
development, while in both of the other specimens it was still in the
quinqueloculine stage in the eleventh chamber.

As noted in other species, the microspheric form attains the largest
size, aS seen by comparing the two figures, figure 18 and figure 20,
which are drawn with the same magnification. In the microspheric
form, figure 18, there have becn but two Massilina chambers built,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. RT

while in figure 20, the megalospheric, four such chambers exist, yet
the two specimens are of about the same diameter.

There is a tendency, especially in the microspheric form, to build
a floor in the later chambers. In this specimen this character is
taken on in the twelfth chamber and con-
tinued throughout the further growth.

Development of Triloculina.—A sec-
tion of the test of Triloculina schrei-
beriana d’Orbigny with a microspheric
proloculum is shown in figure 21. There
is the usual form of proloculum followed
by a Cornuspira-like second chamber.
Chambers 3 to 10 are arranged on a
quinqueloculine plan and the test is like
Quinqueloculina at this stage. The
chambers lie in planes 72° apart, but
successively added chambers 144° from
one another asin Quinqueloculina. Later ,., 9 cuamBERs oF MICROSPHERIC
chambers, 11 to 16, are arranged on a SPECIMEN OF TRILOCULINA SCHREIBER-
different plan, each chamber. being 2™\ coeucy, saa. ouinavunoey-
added in a plane 120° from its preced- LINE CHAMBERS ARE SHADED IN THE
ing one, giving a test with but three "“"™™
chambers visible on the surface. The method of building here is a
series of chambers madeeup of single cycles, in each of which each
chamber lies on the outer side of its third preceding chamber instead
of the fifth, as in Quinqueloculina. This method of growth may be
called triloculine from the generic name Trilo-
culina, this character being typical of the adult
ofthat genus. Thestages made out in the micro-
spheric form of Triloculina are four—(1) prolocu-
lum, (2) Cornuspira-like chamber, (3) quinque-
loculine chambers, (4) triloculine chambers.

A section of megalospheric specimen of this
same species is shown in figure 22. Here there
is a large proloculum followed by a second cham-
mg. 2.—Karty cmaunens Der cut in two at opposite points in the section.

or mecatosrueric srect- he following three chambers, 3 to 5, are some-
MEN ee plans wOnnexe Whatirregularly placed, but thenumber of degrees
(apaprep From Scutum- covered is about 275°, which gives an average of
Barer about 138° for each angle. This is closed to the
144° of a typical Quinqueloculina, and these three chambers represent
the quinqueloculine stage in the development. These chambers, 3 to 5,
form a reduced quinqueloculine stage, which does not even form acom-
pleteseries. Thisismuchmore accelerated than the microspheri¢speci-
men, where there were eight chambers built on the quinqueloculine plan.
Chambers 6 to 9 are arranged in a triloculine plan, being added in

18 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

planes 120° from one another. The megalospheric form is thus more
accelerated, taking on the triloculine character in the sixth chamber,
a character not initiated in the microspheric specimen until the
eleventh chamber.

It will then be seen that the megalospheric form completed its
growth with the ninth chamber, but the microspheriec specimen in its
ninth had not even attained the
adult triloculine character. In
matter of size the megalospheric
specimen, with its eighth chamber,
had built a test of about the same
size as the microspheric specimen
with 16 chambers.

Development of Biloculina.—A
section of Biloculina ringens in the
horizontal plane is shown in figure
23. This specimen has a micro-

ees spheric proloculum followed by

FIG. 23.—BILOCULINA RINGENS. EARLYCHAMBERS 9 Cornus pira-like second chamber

OF MICROSPHERIC FORM (ADAPTED FROM SCHLUM- . .

BERGER). X50. THE EARLY QUINQUELOCULINE of the usual sort in this group, a

CHAMBERS ARE SHOWN WITH cae SHADING. half coil in length thus being eut

THE LATER TRILOCULINE STAGE UNSHADED AND = . "

THE FINAL BILOCULINE CHAMBERS In a ucur at but one point in the section.

Pra ie Chamber 3starts a quinqueloculine
stage continued through chamber 8 of the usual arrangement seen
in Quinqueloculina, chambers 72° apart but successively added in
radial planes 144° apart, as shown in the adult of Quinqueloculina
and in the young of Triloculina. Chamber 9 initiates the triloculine
stage, and with chambers 10 and
11 completes a cycle of chambers
120° apart. This triloculine stage
is here continued through cham-
ber 14. Chamber 15 initiates
the biloculine stage where cham-
bers are added in planes 180°
from one another, the newly
added chamber covering all ex-
cept the last previously formed
chamber. Thus in typical B7-
loculina but two chambers are
visible from the exterior. Fur-
ther erowth iS aN increase in Size Fic. 24.—MEGALOSPHERIC SPECIMEN OF BILOCULINA
by the addition of new chambers RINGENS. X 80(ADAPTED FROM SCHLUMBERGER).
on this biloculine plan, the number of these chambers depending
largely upon the age of the individual.

In its microspheric form, then, Biloculina develops a proloculum
and Cornuspira-like second chamber, followed successively by cham-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 19

bers arranged on quinqueloculine and triloculine planes followed in the
adult by chambers arranged on biloculine planes. A microsperic
specimen of this species of Biloculina repeats in its own ontogeny
characters seen in the adults of the more primitive types, Cornuspira,
Quinqueloculina, and Triloculina in the order in which they were
developed, as has already been noted in the ontogeny of those genera.
In specimens of various species of Biloculina where there is a
megalospheric proloculum there is an accompanying acceleration of
development as shown in figure 24, which is a section of B. ringens
of the megalospheric form. <A proloculum and Cornuspira-like
second chamber form the first and second stages. Next, instead of
a quinqueloculine stage, a triloculine stage is at once taken on by
chamber 3 and continued through chamber 10. The angle between
the chambers is rather constant, averaging 120°, except that be-
tween chambers 9 and 10 where the change from the 120° of trilocu-
line to the 180° of biloculine growth occurs. There the angle is a
medium between these two,
as is also that between
chambers 10 and 11. The

biloculine stage starts defi-
nitely with chamber 11.
This megalospheric speci- C)
men is then more acceler- CY
ated than the microspheric,

skipping the early quinque-

loculine stage and taking

on the adult biloculine plan

of growth in chamber 11, Fig. 25.—MEGALOSPHERIC SPECIMEN OF BILOCULINA MUR-
not reached in the micro- RHYNA, WITH THE BILOCULINE STAGE BEGUN AT ONCE, THE

spheric specimen until the Siitend ee ee STAGES BEING SKIPPED.
fifteenth chamber.

A section of a specimen of Biloculina murrhyna with an excep-
tionally large megalospheric proloculum is shown in figure 25. The
proloculum is very large and the Cornuspira-like second chamber
small in comparison. Chambers 3 and 4, instead of forming the
beginning of a quinqueloculine stage or even the triloculine stage as
in the preceding here begin directly upon the biloculine character,
the quinqueloculine and triloculine stages having been entirely
skipped.

Development of Idalina.—The genus Nevillina as shown in the fig-
ures on plate 35, after Sidebottom, shows that we have here a genus
in the present seas going a stage beyond Biloculina and developing
almost a single chamber externally in the adult. In the fossils,
however, even better examples occur. In /dalina, a genus from the
Upper Cretaceous of Southern Europe, the highest type of devel-

20 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

opment in the quinqueloculine group is shown. Jdalina antiqua
Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger occurs in the two forms, one with
a microspheric, the other with a megalospheric proloculum. The
figures used are taken from those of the two authors mentioned.
The development of a specimen with a microspheric proloculum is
shown in figure 26. There is a globular proloculum followed by a
short Cornuspira-like chamber as the second stage in development.
Following the second, chambers 3 to 23, inclusive, are arranged on
a quinqueloculine plan of chambers in radial planes 144° from one
another. ‘This relation of the chambers is not always apparent from
the position of the successive chambers, as there may be a consid-
erable departure from the typical angle in individual chambers,
but the average of the
angles of the planes
during this quinqueloc-
uline stage is always
close to 144°,

Two sections figured
by Schlumberger were
measured as to the
angles between suc-
cessive chambers dur-
ing the quinquelocu-
linestage. In one case
the average of 11 an-
eles was 137°; in the
other the average of
eight angles was 142°,
While these early
chambers were not as
Fig. 26.—SECTION OF A MICROSPHERIC SPECIMEN oF Ipatina aNtI- uniformly arranged as

ors. XB (rin MonmeCaainasanpscniunmeness) BART in adult, Quingueloctr

TRILOCULINE STAGE, 24-26, UNSHADED; BILOCULINE STAGE, 27-30, lind, the average is

IN LIGHT SHADING; UNILOCULINE STAGE, 31, 32, UNSHADED. very close. Following
the quinqueloculine stage chambers are developed, arranged on a triloc-
uline plan, the chambers added in radial planes 120° from one another.
In the larger figure chamber 24 is 115° from the plane of chamber 23;
chamber 25 is 130° from the plane of chamber 24—an average of
122.5° for these two chambers. In another section of Jdalina two
chambers in a similar situation gave 124° and 123°, respectively.

Following the triloculine stage the angle of the planes of addi-
tion increase until 180° is attained. There is usually one chamber
which bridges over this gap between 120° and 180°, or between the
triloculine and biloculine stages, the chamber not fully referable to
either plan. In figure 26, for example, the angle between chambers

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 2k

25 and 26 is about 156°, that between succeeding chambers being
about 180°, so that chamber 25 is more than triloculine and less
than biloculine. In another of Schlumberger’s figures the relation
of the change between triloculine and biloculine stages is still more
graphically shown, the angles of chambers after the quinqueloculine
stage measuring 124°, 123°, 150°, and 180°, respectively. The first
two are distinctly triloculine and the last one is distinctly biloculine,
the next to the last bridging over the gap almost exactly, the 150°
of the angle being exactly halfway between the ideal triloculine angle
of addition of chambers, 120°, and that of biloculine addition, 180°.
As a rule, the triloculine stage in /dalina seems to be short and fewer
in number of its chambers than either the preceding quinqueloculine
stage or the succeeding bilocu-
line stage, only three chambers
being usually arranged on the
triloculine plan.

Following the triloculinestage
there is developed a definite bi-
loculine stage with chambers
added in planes 180° from one
another. In the specimen fig-
ured there are five such cham-
bers, 26 to 30, inclusive. FT ol-
lowing the biloculine stage
chambers are added which com-
pletely encircle the previously
formed chambers so that but "eZ Sivos oF § mmoaunentenc sen o
one chamber is seen from the np ScutumBercer). QuINQUELOCULINE STAGE IN
exterior, This completes the ™Y¥ sare, toc stact uxsuanen,
development and is a stage
higher than seen in living members of the Miliolidae except possibly
Nevillina coronata (Millett).

A section of a specimen of /dalina antiqua with a megalospheric
proloculum is shown in figure 27. The proloculum is much larger
than in the microspheric form, but not as large as in certain other
specimens next considered. Following the proloculum is the Cornu-
sprra-like second chamber. The third stage is represented by cham-
bers 3 to 10, inclusive, arranged on a quinqueloculine plan, in planes
144° apart as added. The fourth stage is formed by chambers 11
to 13, arranged on a triloculine plan, in planes 120° apart. Cham-
ber 14 initiates the biloculine stage, not developed in the micro-
spheric specimen until the twenty-seventh chamber. The unilocu-
line stage had not been attained in the specimen figured, the last-
formed chamber, No. 17, being still biloculine.

22 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Another specimen with a larger megalospheric proloculum (fig. 28)
shows the following development. A large proloculum is followed by
a Cornuspira-like second chamber. Chambers 3 and 4 are arranged on
a quinqueloculine plan 144° apart, in the other megalospheric speci-
men represented by 8 chambers, and in the microspheric specimen
by 22. The triloculine stage is initiated by chamber 5 and the biloc-
uline by the eighth.

Some of the very large megalospheric proloculi are followed in the
section directly by the biloculine stage, skipping entirely the quin-
queloculine and triloculine stages.

Idalina and the other uniloculine genera with similar developmental
stages represent the height of development that it seems can be
reached along this line. Certain genera—Lacazina, for example—
may be more complex by the addition of labyrinthic partitions in the
interior of the chambers, similar to the labyrinthic interior of Fabu-
larva, which is otherwise like Biloculina.
These uniloculine genera, then, bring to a
climax the progressive development of the
quinqueloculine group, and therefore the
highest type of development in the family
of the Miliolidae, with the exception pos-
sibly of the Peneroplis group, which in
many ways are different from all other
members of the family.
ts Development of Peneroplis group.—The
Fig. 28.—Srction or a specimen or development of typical specimens of Orbi-

wuoatospannic rhorocuntat (atx tOlites and associated genera are considered
Munmer-CHaLMAs AND Scutum- under those genera in the sytematic por-
oe tion of the present paper and need not
be further considered here except that they have the proloculum and
Cornuspira-like second stage as in all other members of the family.

General lines of development.—From the preceding detailed descrip-
tions of the development seen in certain genera it will be seen that
the first two stages in all the members of the family, at least in the ~
microscopic form, consist of a proloculum and second chamber appar-
ently built by one continuous process and similar to the actual ‘em-
bryonic” young which have been actually seen in the parent tests in
several genera. Except for the length of the second chamber this
stage has the characters of an adult Cornuspira, therefore that genus
should be considered the basal member of the Miliolidae.

Following Cornuspira there are a series of genera which, like Opthal-
midium, gradually assume division of the tube into chambers of de-
creasing length, following along Cornuspira-like stage, and the cham-
bers all arranged in a planospiral manner. From here there are a

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 93

number of genera which take on uniscrial or broadly flaring later
developmental stages, but still keep to a single plane.

The more specialized group represented by Quingueloculina as a
basal member after the second Cornuspira-like stage develops cham-
bers in constantly changing but definitely related planes. The
earliest of these as seen in the ontogeny of various forms is quinque-
loculine, chambers added in planes successively 144° apart and taking
two horizontal whorls to complete a cycle. Following this in the
ontogeny is a triloculine stage in higher genera with planes 120° apart,
followed in some genera by a biloculine stage with planes 180° apart,
and this followed in the highest genera by a uniloculine stage where
chambers almost entirely include the previously developed cham-
bers. These stages are especially complete in the microspheric forms
of the species. The series of stages quinqueloculine, triloculine,
biloculine, uniloculine is never, so far as has been seen, in any way
reversed, and is only changed by the dropping out of stages in the
accelerated megalospheric form. All of the four stages above men-
tioned are represented by generic types, the species of which show
both microspheric and megalospheric forms.

Much of the apparent “variation” in this group may be directly
traced to the differences in the microspheric and megalospheric forms
and the various stages in development represented by the material
at the time of collecting, especially if living tests are collected. By
a full series of specimens and careful sectioning it should be possible
to much more clearly define specific limits of true variation and a
realization of the stages of development in the two forms of the
species, a refinement which has not hitherto been attempted in any
large series.

SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT.
Family 10. MILIOLIDAE.

Test typically calcareous, imperforate except in the very early
stages of certain genera, porcellanous; sometimes the exterior with
arenaceous covering, but always on an imperforate calcareous base,
aperture typically with a tooth variously modified in different genera.

This family is one with a similar young throughout the group in
the very early stages of at least the microspheric form of each species.
The greatest number of species and individuals occur in the shallow
waters of tropical seas, where, as in the West Indies, certain species
such as Orbiculina adunca make up a large percentage of the forami-
niferal content of shallow-water dredgings. The various species of
Orbitolites are among the largest of the living foraminifera and are
a conspicuous factor of the shallow water dredgings of certain parts
of the Indo-Pacific region especially. The members of the family,
however, are by no means limited to shallow tropical seas, as certain

24 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

genera, especially Biloculina, are conspicuous members of deep-water
faunas, and in colder regions the prevalence of Biloculina in the “ cold
area” of the north Atlantic led Brady to designate the bottom as
“ Biloculina clay.”

Subfamily 1. CORNUSPIRININAE.

Test usually free, the early stages composed of a proloculum and
elongate, coiled second chamber, later chambers typically plano-
spiral, of various lengths in typical chambers of the included genera.

Genus CORNUSPIRA Schultze, 1854.

Orbis Puiureri (part), Enum. Moll. Siciliae, vol. 2, 1844, p. 147.

Operculina Cz3zEK (part), in Haidinger’s Nat. Abhandl., vol. 2, 1848, p. 146.

Cornuspira ScHuLtzE (type, C. foliacea Puiuiprr), Organismus Polythal., 1854,
p. 40.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 198.

Spirillina WILLIAMSON (part), Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 91.

Description.—Test consisting of a proloculum followed by a long
coiled tubular chamber, typically without septae, complanate, the
open end serving as the aperture, occasionally somewhat constricted
or with a thickened lip; wall porcellanous.

This genus is the simplest of those of the whole family of the Mili-
olidae and is typical of the early development throughout the family
at least in the microspheric form in highly accelerated species. It
is very similar to the primitive genera, Ammodiscus in the Lituolidae
and Spirilina in the Rotalidae.

Some authors have treated the three genera, Ammodiscus, Cornu-
spira, and Spirillina as really the same thing with a selective char-
acter determining the kind of wall. It seems much better, however,
to take them as instances of parallelism in various families, much as
are found elsewhere in other groups.

As a primitive genus Cornuspira should theoretically be found
early in the paleontological development of the family, and such is
the case, specimens referable to the genus having been recorded
from the Lias. However, as the type of wall may be obscured, the
mesozoic specimens are more or less dubious in character between
Spirillina and Cornuspira. Throughout the Tertiary it is found very

positively.
CORNUSPIRA FOLIACEA, (Philippi).

Plate 1, fig. 1; plate 2, fig. 1.

Orbis foliaceus Puiuirrt, Enum. Moll. Siciliae, vol. 2, 1844, p. 147, pl. 24, fig. 26.

Cornuspira planorbis ScuHuuTze, Organismus Polythal., 1854, p. 40, pl. 2, fig. 21.

Spirillina foliacea Witi1AMsoN, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 91, pl. 7,
figs. 199-201.

Cornuspira foliacea CARPENTER, PARKER, and Jonss, Introd. Foram., 1862, p.
68, pl. 5, fig. 16—Reruss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 25, 1865, p.
121, pl. 1, figs. 8, 9—Parxkerr and Jonegs, Philos. Trans., vol. 155, 1865,
p. 408, pl. 15, fig. 33.—Biirscuu, in Bronn, Klassen und Ordnungen, Thier-
Reichs, 1880, p. 189, pl. 4, fig. 8; pl. 8, fig. 1.—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.
Akad. Handl., vol. 19, 1882, p. 120, pl. 9, figs. 308, 310.—H. B, Brapy, Rep.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 95

Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 199, pl. 11, figs. 5-9.—BaLkKwiLL
and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad., vol. 28 (Sci.), 1885, p. 326, pl. 12,
figs. la-b.—Ecaeer, Abhandl. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. nm, vol. 18,
1893, p. 247, pl. 3, figs. 20, 21.—Fornasin1, Mem. Accad. Sc. Istit. Bologna,
ser. 5, vol. 3, 1893, p. 431, pl. 1, fig. 4—Goiis, Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad.
Handl., vol. 25, 1894, p. 106, pl. 18, fig. 834; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol.
29, 1896, p. 79.—Morrton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p.
114, pl. 1, fig. 16.—Muuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 612.—Baaa,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 123.

Description.—Test flattened, early portion of the tubular chamber
of nearly uniform dimensions, but in later development rapidly in-
creasing in height and forming a broad flat test; wall smooth except
for occasional thickenings over the lines of growth; aperture a long
slit the entire height of the tubular chamber.

Diameter of North Pacific specimens hardly more than 2 or 3 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records Cornuspira foliacea from two Albatross
stations in the eastern tropical Pacific, one D3375 in 1,201 fathoms
and the other only the depth is given, 700 fathoms.

There is apparently no mounted Pacific material in Goés’s col-
lection.

Bagg records it from off the Hawaiian Islands, not common at
Albatross station D4017 in 309 fathoms. His single mounted speci-
men from this station which I have examined seems to be immature,
but is undoubtedly this species. The only material I have had be-
longing definitely to this species is from Albatross station D4900 in
139 fathoms, off Japan, bottom temperature 52.9° F.

In the Challenger report Brady speaks of this species as more com-
mon in the Atlantic than elsewhere, and it certainly, from the material
I have had, appears to be decidedly uncommon in the North Pacific.

Both microspheric and megalospheric forms occur.

CORNUSPIRA INVOLVENS (Reuss).
Plate 1, fig. 2; plate 2, fig. 2.

Operculina involvens Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 370,
pl. 45, fig. 20.

Cornuspira involvens Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 48, 1863 (1864), p. 39,
pl. 1, fig. 2—Jonrs, Parker, and H. B. Brapy, Pal. Soc., vol. 19, 1866,
p. 3, pl. 3, figs. 52-54.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 200, pl. 11, figs. 1-3.—Batkwm and Mitetr, Journ. Micr., vol. 3,
1884, p. 23, pl. 1, fig. 1.—Batkwitt and Wrieut, Trans. Roy. Irish Acad.,
vol. 28, 1885, p. 327, pl. 12, fig. 2—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jones,
Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888! p. 216, pl. 40, figs. 1-3.—SHERBORN and
CHAPMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1889, p. 484, pl. 11, figs. 4, 5.—Eeerr,
Abhandl. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 246, pl. 3,
figs. 18, 19.—T. Rupert Jones, Pal. Soc., 1895, p. 128, pl. 3, figs. 52-54.—
Morton, Proc. Portland Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. 2, 1897, p. 114.—MILLeETTt,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 612.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology,
vol. 30, 1907, p. 22, pl. 2, fig. 46.—Baea, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908;
p. 123.

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6—17——3

26 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test biconvex, the edges becoming somewhat thicker
as growth progresses, tubular portion of nearly equal height through-
out, slightly embracing; wall smooth except for occasional slight
varices of growth; aperture nearly the size of the open end of
the tube.

Diameter 1 mm. or slightly more.

Distribution — Brady notes the occurrence of this species in the
North Pacific, but gives no definite stations. Bagg records it from
two stations off the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4017 and D4174
in 305 and 735-865 fathoms, respectively. His material which I
have examined is typical.

In the material I have had there are specimens from Albatross
station 3608 in 276 fathoms off the Galapagos, Nero 2071 in 271
fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands, D4900 in 139 fathoms, and D4875
in 59 fathoms off Japan. The specimens from D4900 were larger
and fier than those from the other stations.

In the Tuscarora material this species has occurred at the following
stations: 5, in 1,200 fathoms, latitude 37° 04’ N.; longitude 123°
22’ W.; 11, in 437 fathoms, latitude 33° 46’ N.; longitude 140° 21’ E.;
and 42, in 108 fathoms, latitude 27° 16’ N.; longitude 141° 56’ E.

Both microspheric and megalospheric forms of the species occur,
the microspheric specimens being considerably larger than the
megalospheric.

CORNUSPIRA LACUNOSA H. B. Brady.
Plate 2, fig. 3.

Cornuspira lacunosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 202, pl. 113, fig. 21.

Description.—‘ Test discoidal, biconcave, peripheral edge rounded;
convolutions numerous, narrow near the center; aperture dome-
shaped; surface decorated, especially on the outer whorls, with a
series of irregular, anastomosing costae, the main lines of which are
more or less parallel to the axis of growth. Diameter one fiftieth
inch (0.5 mm.) or rather more.”

Distribution.—Brady described this species from Challenger station
185, off Raine Island, Torres Strait, in 155 fathoms. It seems to be
a rare species to judge from the absence of data. From Albatross
station D4900 in 139 fathoms off Japan where many species allied
or identical with those of the Torres Strait region occur there were
obtained several specimens referable to this species. They are very
different, however, in certain characters. The early portion is
undoubtedly identical with the species figured by Brady but in the
larger specimens which show the later development there is a modifi-
cation of the ornamentation. In the last-formed coil there is a loss
of the lacunose ornamentation and the wall is nearly smooth except
for very definite but fine longitudinal striae. The last-formed whorl

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. at

is usually distinctly broader than that portion showing the lacunose
ornamentation. As Brady had the species from but the one station
and the number of specimens is not hinted at it seems reasonable to
suppose without further data that the Challenger specimens were
immature and did not show the full specific characters which the
Albatross specimens show.

The Albatross specimens are also much larger than the measure-
ments given by Brady but the lacunose portion usually does not
exceed 1 mm., another fact which seems to substantiate the idea
that the Challenger material was immature.

In specimens which have a broadened last coil there is a tendency
to lose the ornamentation progressively as in certain species of
Cristellaria. The prominent striae are retained on the inner border
of the chamber, while the peripheral portion is nearly if not quite
smooth.

Altogether these form a decidedly interesting suite of specimens.

In connection with the present material it is worthy of note that
Chapman has figured a specimen from the Tertiary of Victoria as
Cornuspira striolata Brady,’ which has very close affinities with the
Japanese material. One or two of our specimens have just such a
terminal portion as that figured by Chapman and the early chambers
while indistinct in that figure seem to be rather coarsely striate or
even lacunose. As the original specimens of C. striolata from the
Faroe Channel had a very highly developed peripherally expanded
test and those of Goés also from the subarctic waters had a similar
form it seems as if we had here in the Indo-Pacific region a definite
species, the range of which may probably be found to be from Aus-
tralia northward to Japan and existing as a fossil in the Tertiary at
least of Australia.

The large recent specimens which show the expanded last coil are
microspheric, and it may be that the megalospheric form does not
have the later stages. Brady’s figure of C. Jacunosa seems, compared
with our specimens, to be megalospheric and stops at this point in its
development.

Genus OPTHALMIDIUM Zwingli and Kiibler, 1870.

Oculina Kiser and Zwinaui (type, O. porosum Zwingli and Kiibler), Neu-
jahrsblatt Burgersbibl., Winterthur, 1866, p. 11.
Opthalmidium Zwinewtt and Kisier, Foram. Schweiz Jura, 1870, p. 46.—
H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 188.
Hauerina H. B. Bravy (part), Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 54.
Description.—Test in general planospiral, compressed, all chambers
visible from the exterior on both sides, proloculum globular, fol-
lowed by a coiled second chamber making usually two or more coils,

1 Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology, vol. 30, 1907, p. 23, pl. 3, fig. 47.

28 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the following chambers gradually decreasing in relative length, more
or less loose coiled, the intermediate area filled in with a shelly plate;
aperture at the end of the chamber, rounded, without lip or teeth.

The genus Opthalmidium is very evidently an advance from
OCornuspira toward a condition seen in the genus Spiroloculina. The
relative length of the second chamber shows a decidedly primitive
character and the succeeding relative shortening of the chambers is
also decidedly primitive, characters which in the development of
Spiroloculina are greatly reduced by acceleration of development.

Opthalmidium is rather rare in recent oceans, but in the Lias
especially seems to have been much more abundant and characterized
by more species than at present.

OPTHALMIDIUM INCONSTANS H. B. Brady.
Plate 3, figs. 14.

Hauerina inconstans H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879, p. 54.

Opthalmidium inconstans H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 189, pl. 12, figs. 5, 7, 8H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans.
Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 216, pl. 40, figs. 12, 13.—Ecexrr, Abhandl. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1898, p. 244, pl. 3, figs. 6, 49.—MILLErT,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 608.—CHapman, Journ. Linn. Soc. Zoology,
vol. 30, 1910, p. 398.

Description.—Test planospiral, much compressed, chambers con-
sisting of a globular proloculum, followed by a Cornuspira-like coiled
second chamber, making two or more volutions, this in turn followed
by chambers progressively relatively shorter in length until the adult
condition is reached, where chambers are half a volution in length
or less, chambers nearly circular in transverse section with a thin
wide flange on the peripheral border, chambers often slightly less coiled
toward the apertural end, leaving a space filled by a thin plate of
shelly material; aperture circular without lip or teeth.

Diameter, about 1.5 mm. in the largest specimens.

Distribution.—Brady records in his generalized statement that he
had this species from the North Pacific, but gives no definite stations.

The only material I have had is from Nero station, 1466, in 234
fathoms off Guam.

OPTHALMIDIUM TUMIDULUM H. B. Brady.
Plate 3, fig. 5.

Opthalmidium tumidulum H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 189, pl. 12, fig. 6.

Description.—‘‘Test complanate, commencing growth as a rounded
tube coiled upon a somewhat inflated primordial chamber in a
planospiral manner; the earlier convolutions nonseptate and cornu-
spira-like, the subsequent ones constricted at intervals and eventually
more or less regularly Spiroloculine; peripheral edge rounded. Aper-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 29

ture arched or rounded, formed of the slightly constricted end of the
tube.
‘‘Longer diameter, one-thirtieth inch (0.8 mm.).”’
Distribution.—Brady gives a single North Pacific record for this
species, Challenger station 241 in 2,300 fathoms. I have found no
specimens in the material I have examined. The figures and de-
scription are from Brady.

Genus SPIROLOCULINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Spiroloculina p’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 298 (Type S. depressa,
d’Orbigny).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 147.
Description.—Test composed of chambers arranged planospirally,
all visible typically from opposite sides of the test, early chambers
after the proloculum sometimes a coil or more in length, but the
adult chambers one-half coil in length; aperture typically somewhat
produced; aperture circular, with a prominent lip and a bifid tooth
occasionally, with a secondary tooth directly opposite the primary one.
Certain of the species which were described as Spiroloculina have
typical quinqueloculine development until the final chambers, and
for these the genus Massilina was created by Schlumberger.

SPIROLOCULINA DEPRESSA d’Orbigny.
Plate 3, figs. 6-10.

Spiroloculina depressa D’ORrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 298.—W1-
tiaMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 82, pl. 7, fig. 177.—TERquEm,
Mem. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, 1878, p. 54, pl. 5, fig. 11.—WresNneEr,
Archiv. Prot., vol. 25, 1912, p. 210.

Spiroloculina limbata H. B. Brapy (not d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 150, pl. 9, figs. 15-17.

Description.—Test in side view elliptical or rounded, in end view
with the sides nearly parallel, the periphery flattened or even slightly
convex, chambers numerous, in front view with the periphery and
the inner margin of the chamber raised, the intermediate space more
or less depressed, giving the appearance of having limbate sutures;
apertural end of the chamber usually with a short neck hardly
extending beyond the margin of the test, lip little if at all developed;
aperture nearly circular; tooth single with a bifid tip; wall smooth,
dull.

Length, 1-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady in the Challenger report includes the North
Pacific indirectly in his statement of distribution for this species,
but gives no definite localities.

In the material that I have examined the species has occurred a
number of times, as follows: Tuscarora 2, in 108 fathoms, latitude
27° 16’ N.; longitude 141° 56’ E.; Nero 2033 in 249 fathoms, 2034
in 175 fathoms, 2036 in 82 fathoms, and 2041 in 33 fathoms, all off

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

the Hawaiian Islands; Albatross H4881 in 316 fathoms in Colnett
Strait, D4807 in 44 fathoms off Hakodate, Japan, D4874 in 66
fathoms eastern channel, Korea Strait, D4900 in 139 fathoms
Eastern Sea of Japan, and D5068 in 77 fathoms Suruga Gulf, Japan;
Gaspar Straits, North Pacific Exploring Expedition, Captain Rodgers.
An extreme form from Nero 1466, in 234 fathoms off Guam, is shown
in figure 7.
SPIROLOCULINA CANALICULATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 4, figs. 1-3.
Spiroloculina canaliculata p’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, .
p. 269, pl. 16, figs. 10-12.
Spiroloculina impressa H. B. Brapy (not Terquem), Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 151, pl. 10, figs. 3, 4.

Description.—Test elliptical in front view, the ends of the final
chamber projecting somewhat at both ends, in end view, the sides
nearly parallel, the angles of the periphery of the chamber produced
into thin plates, the space between being typically concave, cham-
bers rather neatly joined to one another, the joming being flush so
that little difference in the surface is noted from the exterior to the
center; apertural end produced into a cylindrical neck, with a flaring,
phialine lip, the aperture itself bemg circular with a bifid tooth on
the inner margin, the projections forming a concave plate, often an
accessory simple tooth on the opposite border of the aperture, wall
smooth and shining, white.

Length, 1-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific record for this species that
is published is that given by Brady, a Challenger station in the
Philippine region, in 95 fathoms.

In the Tuscarora material the species has occurred at three stations
near the Bonin Islands, 1, in 73 fathoms, latitude 27° 07’ N.; longi-
tude 142° 07’ E.; 2, in 108 fathoms, latitude 27° 16’ N.; longitude
141° 56’ E.; and 3, in 345 fathoms, latitude 27° 47’ N.; longitude
141° 50’ E. There are four stations for the species in the Albatross
material off Japan, D4874 in 66 fathoms and D4875 in 59 fathoms,
both in the eastern channel of Korea Strait; D4900 in 139 fathoms,
Eastern Sea of Japan, and D4949, 110 fathoms.

From the Nero material in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands
it has occurred at stations 2040 in 21 fathoms and 2071 in 271
fathoms.

This species may be most easily distinguished by the deeply con-
cave periphery of the chambers between the two prominent plate-
like margins of the chamber. The true S. impressa of Terquem has
a flat periphery instead of a concave one.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. Si

SPIROLOCULINA GRATELOUPI d’ Orbigny.
Plate 4, figs. 4, 5.

Spiroloculina grateloupi v’OrBieNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 298.—
Trerquem, Mém. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, 1878, p. 52, pl. 5, figs.
5, 6.—WEISNER, Archiv. Prot., vol. 25, 1912, p. 208.

Spiroloculina excavata H. B. Brapy (not d’Orbigny), Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 151, pl. 9, figs. 5, 6.

Description.—Test elongate, broadest in the center, tapering
toward either end, chambers rapidly thickening as added, in end
view the periphery much the broadest portion of the test, central
portion deeply excavated; periphery of the chambers in end view much
convex, especially in the central portion, the edges broadly rounded;
chambers evenly curved, the final chamber somewhat projecting
both at the base and at the apertural ends, the latter having a
decided neck with a phialine lip, the aperture itself rounded and
with either a single tooth with a bifid end, the two projections form-
ing a concave extremity or in some cases a pair of such bifid teeth
opposite one another; surface of the test dull, somewhat roughened.

Length, 1-1.5 mm.

Distribution.—From the existing records this seems to be a species
of a rather tropical distribution. The only published record for
the North Pacific is that given by Brady, Challenger station 260A,
in 40 fathoms, on the Honolulu coral reefs.

I have had material from the same region and from Nero station
2042 in 55 fathoms, Waimea Bay, Hawaiian Islands It has also
occurred in material from Hongkong and from Singapore. In the
material of the North Pacific Exploring Expedition, Captain Rodgers,
it occurs in Gaspar Straits. From the Albatross material it occurs

from H4882, in 248 fathoms, in Colnett Strait.

SPIROLOCULINA ACUTIMARGO H. B. Brady.
Plate 5, fig. 1.

Spiroloculina acutimargo H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, vol. 9, 1884, p.
154, pl. 10, figs. 12-15.—Baae, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 119.

Description.—‘Test oval, complanate, thin, slightly convex on
both sides; peripheral margin acute or carinate, extremities obtuse
or slightly rounded; chambers arcuate, angular, or carinate at the
outer margin, either slightly embracing or separated by the inter-
vening wing of the previous convolutions; aperture small, sometimes
in a produced tubular extension of the final segment.

“Length, one-thirtieth inch (0.85 mm.).”

Distribution.—The only recorded stations for this species in the
North Pacific are those given by Bagg off the Hawaiian Islands,
Albatross D4174, 735-865 fathoms, D4025, 275-368 fathoms, and
H4694, in 865 fathoms.

32 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

In the material which I have had the species has been observed
but once, Nero station 990, in 859 fathoms off Guam. This speci-
men is here figured. It is rather more extreme in its flattened
character than in the figures given by Brady, reminding one some-
what of Opthalmidium inconstans. The specimen agrees with both
the figure and description given by Brady in that the platelike carina
separates the chambers from one another very distinctly. In this
character the present species differs from that described here as S.
tenuimargo which, although having a carina well developed on the
last-formed chambers, does not have the chambers well separated
in the body of the test.

SPIROLOCULINA TENUIMARGO, new species.
Plate 5, figs. 2, 3.

Description.—Test much compressed, planospiral, chambers numer-
ous, usually more swollen toward the basal end, inflated, nearly cir-
cular in transverse section, the apertural end somewhat produced,
surface smooth; periphery of the test with a distinct, rather broad,
sharp, platelike carina, in young specimens rather even, but in older
ones more or less irregular; chambers closely adjacent to one another,
not separated; apertural end with a slightly produced and slightly
flaring lip; aperture round.

Length, slightly less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens were obtained from two stations; the
type, Cat. No. 9153, U.S. N.M., from Nero 1466, in 234 fathoms off
Guam and another lot from Albatross D4967, in 244 fathoms off the
coast of Japan.

This species while having a marginal carina as in S. acutimargo
H. B. Brady, has the chambers closely adjacent to one another and
not separated by a flat platelike portion as in that species, the form
of the chambers is also very different from those of our species, being
differently curved and having the basal portion much swollen, espe-
cially in the earlier chambers.

SPIROLOCULINA TENUISSIMA Reuss.
Spiroloculina tenuissima Reuss, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 55, 1867, p. 71, pl.
iene
Spiroloculina tenuis H. B. Brapy (not Czjzek) (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zo-
ology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 152, pl. 10, figs. 9, 10 (not 7, 8, 11).

Description.—Test very thin, translucent, elongate, compressed,
in front view tapering toward either end, chambers long and narrow,
peripheral margin broadly rounded, chambers in transverse section,
circular; apertural end produced into an elongate neck, aperture
rounded usually without distinct teeth, wall smooth.

Length, usually less than 0.5 mm,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 33

Distribution.— Bagg records this species as S. tenuis from six Al-
batross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, varying in
depth from 104 to 1,259 fathoms.

The species occurred at the following stations in the Nero and
Albatross material: Nero 1464 in 891 fathoms off Guam; 1054 in
1,863 fathoms, 1065 in 1,321 fathoms, 1075 in 1,029 fathoms, and
1122 in 1,926 fathoms, all between Guam and! Japan: Albatross
D4979 in 943 fathoms off the coast of Japan.

The species described by Czjzek has a Milioline early development
and is not a true Spiroloculina. Most of the stations for this species
are in comparatively deep water.

SPIROLOCULINA ROBUSTA H. B. Brady.

Spiroloculina robusta H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 150, pl. 9, figs. 7, 8.—Furnt, Ann. Rep. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p.
296, pl. 42, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—‘Test oblong or oval, with angular or pointed ex-
tremities, compressed or complanate; broad and thick, slightly con-
cave on both faces, rounded at the periphery. Segments few in num-
ber, much arched; the inner margin of each overlapping a consider-
able portion of the previous segment on the same side, their lateral
surfaces crested by angular ridges.

“Length, one-tenth inch (2.5 mm.).”

This species was described by Brady from the region of the West
Indies, but there are two lots of material in that from the North
Pacific which seem to belong to it. These are both from the same
general region, Tuscarora 58, in 814 fathoms, latitude 26° 52’ N.,
longitude 142° 21’ E.; and Nero 1308 in 1,040 fathoms.

SPIROLOCULINA MILLETTI Wiesner.
Plate 5, fig. 4.

Spiroloculina nitida II. B. Brapy (not S. nitida d’Orbigny, 1826) Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 149, pl. 9, figs. 9, 10.—Minierr Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 265, pl. 5, figs. 9-12.—F int, Ann. Rep. U. 8S. Nat.
Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 296, pl. 41, fig.4.—Baee, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 119.
Sptroloculina milletti WrEsNER, Archiv. Prot., vol. 25, 1912, p. 207.
Description.—Test more or less compressed, the chambers closely
adjacent or even a little overlapping, numerous, of about even diam-
eter throughout, usually somewhat angular in transverse section, in
adult specimens the last-formed chamber with an acute periphery,
that of the preceding chamber square or even somewhat concave,
apertural end of the chamber somewhat produced, with a distinct
tubular neck and occasionally a slightly phialine lip, the aperture
rounded, with a single bifid tooth the projections of which are at right
angles to the main plate; surface smooth and shining, white.

34 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—The following are the existing records for this species
in the North Pacific: Honolulu coral reefs, Challenger station 260A, in
40 fathoms (Brady); ‘“‘collected in the Gulf of Tokio” (Flint); off the
Hawaiian Islands, Albatross D4017, in 305 fathoms, (Bagg).

The only material which I have had referable to this species is from
off the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2070 in 285 fathoms.

This species, which, as described by Wiesner, is evidently different
from the S. nitida of d’Orbigny, seems to be a tropical one. From the
notes of Millett there seems to have been two distinct things in the
Malay material, the figured ‘“wild-growing” forms being distinctly
stated by Millett to have cylindrical chambers.

SPIROLOCULINA NUDA, new species.

Plate 5, fig. 5.

Description.—Test in front view elongate, tapering toward the ends,
in end view with the periphery of the chambers much convex, edges
rounded, chambers with the inner margin slightly raised, in some
specimens usually smooth, the sutures very indistinct, the wall often
devoid of all sculpture or trace of sutures, apertural end somewhat
extended, forming a slender cylindrical neck ending in a broad flaring
lip, area at the base of the neck often concave, the sides of the chamber
at this point being slightly carinate, giving a channeled appearance to
the region; aperture small, circular, with a single bifid tooth; wall
white, dull.

Length of largest adult specimen, 2 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9154, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 2070 in 285 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands; other speci-
mens from Nero 2037 in 55 fathoms, Waimea Bay, Hawaiian Islands
and Albatross H3007 in 323 fathoms in the same general region.

This is a peculiar species and a rather delicately lined one, the rather
long tapering neck with the channeling at the base being unusual
even in this genus. The dull white exterior, chalky in appearance,
with its lack of defined lines either of chambers or of ornamentation,
also is noteworthy. Outside the region of the Hawaiian Islands it
was not met with in the North Pacific material.

SPIROLOCULINA COSTIFERA, new species.
Plate 6, figs. 1-3.

Description.—Test large, planospiral, chambers few in number, the
early ones close coiled, later ones with the tip of the apertural end
standing away from the previous chamber, the next chamber added
often not filling the gap thus made and in the adult not reaching to
the base of the preceding chamber, sutures indistinct; surface of the
test with a few longitudinal coarse costae, running the whole length

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 35

of the chamber; apertural end of the chamber produced to form an
elongated neck which has a well-developed phialine lip and a single
tooth on the inner margin of the aperture which is flattened on the
inner side; wall except for the costae smooth, white, dull.

Diameter, up to 3.5 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9155, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 190 in 864 fathoms off Midway Island. The other material
was from Albatross station H2999 in 549 fathoms off the Hawaiian
Islands.

This is a very large and striking species both in its general appear-
ance and in the feature of its partially uncoiling at the end of the
chamber in the adult test. This latter feature reminds one of the
similar character seen in some of the Quinqueloculine group, but our
species is a true Spiroloculina as the transverse section here figured

shows.
SPIROLOCULINA UNICOSTATA, new species.

Plate 7, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—Test small, one side slightly convex, the opposite
side concave, chambers numerous; convex side of test marked by a
continuous costa or series of costae, one at the inner border of each
chamber, both ends of the last formed chamber produced, the basal
portion forming a bluntly rounded projection, the apertural end
with a produced cylindrical neck with broadly phialine lip, the aper-
ture circular and, as far as the specimens at hand show, there is no
tooth.

Length, 0.30 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9156, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 1464 in 891 fathoms off Guam.

This in some ways seems related to such concave species as S. affiza
Terquem and S. inaequilateralis Schlumberger.

SPIROLOCULINA GRATA Terquem.
Plate 7, figs. 3, 4.
Spiroloculina grata TerquEem, Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 5, vol. 1, 1878, p. 55,
pl. 5, figs. 14a-15b.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 155, pl. 10, figs. 16, 17.

Description.—Test in front view rhomboid oval, the extremities
somewhat produced, giving an angular appearance to the test, in
end view with the sides parallel, the periphery well rounded; cham-
bers long and slender, cylindrical, circular in transverse section, the
surface marked by oblique longitudinal costae; apertural end of the
chamber produced to form a tapering neck, circular in transverse
section; the aperture circular with a single tooth on the inner margin;
surface of the test usually finely papillate as seen with higher magni-
fications; wall often brownish, translucent.

Length, usually less than 1 mm.

86 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution. Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific locality, Challenger station 260A in 40 fathoms off the coral
reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Bagg records it also from the
same region at a single Albatross station D4017 in 305 fathoms.

In the Nero material it has occurred at a number of stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, especially about Waimea Bay. It
also occurred in the Nero dredgings from Guam. Off the southern
coast of Japan it has occurred a few times in the shallower warmer
waters in the southern part, especially Albatross H4881 in 316 fathoms
in Colnett Strait. From the North Pacific Exploring Expedition,
Captain Rodgers, there are specimens from Gaspar Straits.

The following variety seems worthy of notice:

SPIROLOCULINA GRATA Terquem, var. ANGULATA, new variety.
Plate 7, fig. 5.
Spiroloculina grata H. B. Brapy (part), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,

1884, pl. 10, figs. 22, 23.
Spiroloculina nitida (Striate variety) Mmuert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 266.

Description.—Variety differmg from the typical in having the
chambers angular instead of circular in transverse section and the
costae parallel to the peripheral margin of the chamber instead of
oblique as in the typical, in extreme forms with the periphery hav-
ing a decided keel.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9157, U.S.N.M.) from Cebu,
Philippines, collected by Dr. E. A. Mearns. Specimens also occurred
in shallow water about the Hawaiian Islands in Waimea Bay and off
Honolulu.

The figures given by Brady and referred to here, especially figure
23, is very much like that figured here. Millett notes that most of
the Malay Archipelago material was of this form.

Both the typical form and the variety seem to be characteristic
of shallow water in the Tropics, especially off coral reefs.

SPIROLOCULINA ARENARIA H. B. Brady.

Spiroloculina arenaria H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 153, pl. 8}, fig; 12.

Description.— ‘Test oblong or oval, complanate; extremities
obtusely angular or slightly rounded, peripheral edge rounded; seg-
ments few and broad, indistinct externally. Aperture small, circular,
with milioline tongue; situated in a slightly produced shelly neck.
Exterior sandy; length, one-fifteenth inch (1.7 mm.).”

Distribution.—From Brady’s account of this species it is one of
those limited to the Kast Indian region, occurring from Torres Strait
northward to the Philippines. In the North Pacific the only record
is from the Challenger station in the Philippines in 95 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 37

Genus PLANISPIRINA Seguenza, 1880.

Planispirina Seauenza, Atti R. Accad. Lincei, ser. 3, vol. 6, 1880, p. 310 (Type
P. communis Seguenza).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 193 (part).

Description.—Test planospiral, chambers in the later growth often
more or less involute, concealing the early development, which con-
sists of an oval proloculum, followed by the typical Cornuspira-like
second chamber, in turn followed by several chambers gradually
becoming shorter, those of the adult being less than a half coil in
length, usually three or four necessary to make a complete coil.

PLANISPIRINA SPHAERA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 19, fig. 1.

Biloculina sphaera D’ORrBIGNY, Voy. Amer. Merid., 1839, ‘‘Foraminiferes,’’ p. 66,
pl. 8, figs. 13-16.—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864,
p. 466, pl. 48, figs. la-b.; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 141,
pl. 2, figs. 4a, b—ScutumBerGER, Feuille des Jeunes Naturalistes, vol. 13,
pl. 2, fig. 3.—Gérs, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 84.

Planispirina sphaera SCHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zodl. France, 1891, p. 190,
text figs. 45, 46.

Description.—Test globular, smooth, two chambers only visible in
the adult, the last formed chamber making up nearly all the visible
portion of the test, the penultimate chamber represented in the adult
by a small protuberant circular area not covered by the last formed
chamber; chambers arranged planospirally, three chambers necessary
to complete a coil; aperture in the younger specimens V-shaped, in
older ones becoming a complex series of irregular narrow openings
not raised or but slightly above the general surface of the test.

Diameter, up to 4 mm.

Distribution.—Gées records this species from the Albatross material
off the western coast of America at depths of 700 and 1,300 fathoms,
stations not given. Material in the Gées collection from Albatross
D3400 in 1,322 fathoms labeled this species by Gées proves upon
examination to be rather Biloculina globulus Bornemann. In the
same collection, however, there is a series of Atlantic specimens
which are P. sphaera (d’Orbigny). I have had material from Nero
station 2070 in 258 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands and Albatross
D5056 in 258 fathoms, Suruga Gulf, Japan. These latter were very
large.

Genus VERTEBRALINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Vertebralina p’OrBIGNY (Type Vertebralina striata d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 283.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,

1884, p. 186.
Description.—Test with the early chambers planospiral, at least
from external appearances, later ones becoming rectilinear; wall

38 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

porcellanous, imperforate, usually ornamented by striations or costae;
aperture a long narrow slit either at the outer end of the chamber or
somewhat laterally placed; typically with a definite lip.

According to the distinctions made by d’Orbigny this genus
included species which had the early chambers arranged in a plano-
spiral manner, later becoming uniserial and uncoiled. This dis-
tinction has not been strictly adhered to and it has become not unusual
to find either this genus or Articulina used for both. Certain of the
forms assigned to Vertebralina do have an external resemblance toa
planospiral condition in the young, but like Hawerina are really
milioline.

The number of species is very small, mostly known from recent
material.

VERTEBRALINA STRIATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 22, figs. 3, 4.

Vertebralina striata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1826, p. 283, No. 1;
Modéles, No. 81.—Wi.u1amson, Recent Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 90,
pl. 7, figs. 196a, 6 [197, 198].—CarprEenTER, PARKER, and Jongs, Introd.
Foram., 1862, p. 72, pl. 5, figs. 17-25.—ParxeEr, Jonss, and H. B. Brapy,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 32, pl. 1, fig. 1—Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 187, pl. 12, figs. 14-16—EaceEr,
Abhandl. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 248, pl. 3, figs.
33, 34.—Muttert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 607, pl. 13, fig. 1—Sipg-
Bottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 48, 1904, pt. 2,
No. 5, p. 18; vol. 54, pt. 3, 1910, No. 16, p. 6—Cuapman, Journ. Quekett
Micr. Soc., ser. 2, vol. 10, 1907, p. 125.

Description.—Test compressed, slightly trochoid, early portion
close coiled, increasing rapidly in diameter, last formed chambers in
adult becoming uniserial, broadly expanded, the sutures strongly
curved, slightly depressed, surface ornamented by fine longitudinal
striae; aperture elongate, irregular, the lip on one side being shorter
than on the other, making the aperture really on the ventral side of
the test, lip smooth, ends rounded and not projecting.

Length, up to 1.2 mm., usually less.

Distribution.—Brady records this species in one of his tables from
off Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. I have had material
from several Nero stations near the Hawaiian Islands, 2034 in 175
fathoms; 2037 in 55 fathoms; 2039 in 24 fathoms; 2071 in 271 fathoms;
and 2074 in 22 fathoms. Most of Bagg’s material from this region
was from deeper water, which probably accounts for its nonoccurrence
in his report.

The trochoid arrangement of the chambers in the typical species,
V. striata, and its aperture on the ventral side of the test make it
very different from V. insignis, which is in these two points very
unlike the generic characters, and it may be questioned whether they
really belong together.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 39

VERTEBRALINA INSIGNIS H. B. Brady,
Plate 22, figs. 1, 2.

Vertebralina insignis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 187, pl. 12, figs. 9-11.—F int, Rept. U. 8. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 302,
pl. 47, fig. 4—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 123.

Description.‘ Test compressed, planospiral, subquadrangular,
nearly symmetrical bilaterally; margin angular or partially carinate.
Segments few, more or less triangular in outline, embracing the three
segments of the final convolution (with or without a single addi-
tional or nonspiral segment) forming almost the entire visible shell.
Surface decked with exogenous costae, either distinct or in some
parts combined so as to form an irregular reticulated ornament.
Aperture a long bordered slit on the median line of the outer face of
the terminal chamber.

“Length, one twenty-fifth inch (1 mm.).”

Distribution. Bagg records this rare species from Albatross station
H4694 in 865 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have examined
Bage’s specimen from this station and agree with him in the deter-
mination. The specimen has a median aperture and the reticulated
ornamentation mentioned by Brady, but not nearly as definitely
shown in his figures as is the case in this specimen.

The finding of this species seems all the more remarkable as Bagg
did not record V. striata, which has proved not to be uncommon about
the Hawaiian Islands, as shown by the Nero material which I have
examined.

Genus NODOBACULARIA Rhumbler, 1895.

Nubecularta (part) Jones and ParKer, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 455.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 135.

Nodobacularia RuumBiER, Nach. Ges. Wiss. Gottingen, 1895, p. 87 (Type
N. tibta (Jones and Parker)); Zool. Jahrb., Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 37.

Description.—Test composed of a proloculum andsecond Cornus pira-
like chamber, usually directly followed by a linear series of subcylin-
drical chambers; test imperforate, calcareous.

This genus apparently most common in the warm, shallow tropical
seas is a very simple one developed from a Cornuspira-like early
development. Most of the figured specimens seem to be megalo-
spheric, and the microspheric form might possibly show develop-
mental stages lacking in the megalospheric form of the species.

NODOBACULARIA TIBIA, (Jones and Parker).
Plate 8, figs. 1, 2.

Nubecularia tibia Jones and PARKER, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., vol. 16, 1860,
p. 455, pl. 20, figs. 48-51—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr, Sci., vol. 19,
1879, p. 52, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 135, pl. 1, figs. 1-4.

40 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test composed of a globular proloculum followed, at
least in the megalospheric form, by a second Corxuspira-like chamber
a half coil in length, in turn followed by a series of two or three or
more usually pyriform or subcylindrical chambers, the basal end
being usually the broadest, tapering gradually to the apertural end;
aperture simple, rounded occasionally with a somewhat thickened lip.

Length, usually less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Among other localities Brady mentions the follow-
ing Challenger records for the North Pacific: off the Philippines in 95
fathoms, and Inland Sea of Japan, 15 fathoms, not common.

NODOBACULARIA IRREGULARIS Rhumbler.
Plate 8, fig. 3.

Nodobdacularia irregularis RuHuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1907,
p. 38, pl. 2, fig. 15.

Description.—Test composed of an oval proloculum with a second,
Cornuspira-like chamber a half coil in length, with the following
chambers irregularly pyriform, extending back and on one side at
least covering the distal portion of the previous chamber, apertural
end tapering; wall smooth, aperture in later chambers complex, with
a pore plate with numerous pores in addition to which there may be
secondary apertural openings, usually near the outer angle of the
base of the chamber but irregularly placed.

Length, 0.7 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Rhumbler described this species from Laysan.

As noted by the author of the species this is somewhat intermediate
between Nodobacularia and Nubecularia except that the chambers
are uniserial. The irregularity and secondary openings are some-
what more like Nubecularia.

Genus NUBECULARIA Defrance, 1825.

Nubecularia Derrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 35, 1825, p. 210 (Type N. lucifuga
Defrance).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
133.

Description.—Test typically coiled, planospiral, free or attached,
consisting of an oval proloculum and second Cornuspira-like chamber
of variable length, followed by several chambers irregular in shape
and arrangement, but usually more or less distinctly planospiral,
apertures one or more, irregularly arranged, wall smooth, roughened,
or with incorporated sand grains.

As a rule the species of this genus are typical of the shallow waters
of tropical and subtropical seas, attached to various objects or becom-
ing free. The test is porcellanous and imperforate and the early
stages show it to be a degenerate type from perhaps different sources
within the family. The test, as is the casein so many attached forms,
becomes highly irregular.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 41

NUBECULARIA LUCIFUGA Defrance.
Plate 8, fig. 6.

Nubecularia lucifuga Derrance, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 25, 1825, p. 210, Atlas
Zooph., pl. 44, fig. 3—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 134, pl. 1, figs. 9-16.—Mierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 261,
pl. 5, fig. 7.—Smpesorrom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 8, pt. 2, No. 5, 1904, p. 2, pl. 2, figs. 14.—RuumBueEr, Zool. Jahrb.,
Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 39, pl. 2, fig. 16.

Description.—Test free or attached, composed of the usual early
planospiral chambers, after which the chambers become irregularly
planospiral or highly irregular; wall porcellanous and imperforate;
aperture one or several, rounded, irregularly placed, sutures in later
chambers often indistinct.

Mstribution.—Rhumbler records this species from Laysan. A fig-
ure after Rhumbler is here given (pl. 8, fig. 6). While the speci-
mens are attached chambers are built with no calcareous floor, but
as soon as they become free complete chambers are built and a
secondary calcareous growth covers the remainder of the previously
attached portion of the test.

NUBECULARIA BRADYI Millett.
Plate 8, figs. 4, 5.

Nubecularia inflata H. B. Brapy (not Nubecularia inflata Terquem), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 135, pl. 1, figs. 5-8.

Nubecularia bradyi Mitterr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 261, pl. 5, fig. 6.—
SipeBottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 48,
No. 5, 1904, p. 3.—RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 40,
pl. 2, figs. 17-19.

Description.—‘Test consisting of a few, misshapen, inflated seg-
ments, irregularly combined; aperture either single and simple, or
more usually, consisting of a number of rounded orifices variously
placed.

“Diameter, one-thirtieth inch (0.84 mm.) more or less.”

Distribution.—The first of the localities mentioned for this species
by Brady is off Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fath-
oms. Rhumbler has the species from shore sands from Laysan. The
description is from Brady, and the figures from Brady and Rhum-

bler.
Subfamily 2. QUINQUELOCULININAE.

Test in the adult or in the early development of the test, at least
in the microspheric form with the chambers a half coil in length and
added in planes 144° from one another, five planes being necessary
to complete a cycle before anew chamber is added directly above one
of the previous ones, aperture at this stage at least alternately at
opposite poles of the test.

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6—17——4

42 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

While all the microspheric specimens of this group have the typical
quinqueloculine development at least in the young, the adult char-
acters in various genera have a wide range from the three planes,
120° apart in Triloculina, the two planes 180° apart in Biloculina
to the unserial development of Articulina, the flattened form of
Hauerina, etc. All, however, have a similar quinqueloculine devel-
opment at least in the young of the microspheric form.

Genus QUINQUELOCULINA d’Orbigny, 1826.

Quinqueloculina D’OrxIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 301. (Type Q. semi-
nulum (Linnaeus).

Description.—Test in the young with the usually oval proloculum
and short, Cornuspira-like second chamber, followed by the adult
character both in the microspheric and megalospheric forms of the
species. This adult character consists of chambers a half coil in
length added successively in planes 144° apart, five chambers being
thus added before a cycle is completed and a new chamber added in
the plane of the fifth preceding chamber and covering it exteriorly.
The chambers are thus 72° from one another, but each as added is
144° from its immediately preceding one in the series; aperture typi-
cally elongate with a simple tooth and with little or no elongation of
the neck except in certain of the more complex species.

From a study of the development of various genera of this sub-
family it seems that d’Orbigny’s characterization of the various genera
Quinqueloculina, Triloculina, Biloculina, etc., was very strictly in
accord with the actual relationships in the group. The later studies
by Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger show that the quinquelocu-
line development not only has a distinct generic significance but that
it is phylogenetically very important in the development of the
various generic types of this subfamily. A rather full discussion of
the matter has already been given in the introductory pages and need
not be repeated here.

QUINQUELOCULINA AGGLUTINANS d’Orbigny.

Plate 9, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina agglutinans D’OrBIGNyY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat.
Cuba, 1839, ‘‘ Foraminiféres,’’ p. 168, pl. 12, figs. 11-13.

Miliolina agglutinans Siwva.1, Cat. Brit. Rec. Foram., 1879, p. 4.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 180, pl. 8, figs. 6, 7.

Description.—Test free, in the adult with five visible chambers,
basal portion porcellanous, exterior rough, with agglutinated
particles, usually calcareous, aperture oval, with a bifid tooth.

Length rarely more than 1 mm.

Distribution.—There seems to be no available published records
from the North Pacific. I have had material definitely referable
to this species from but three stations—off Japan; Albatross, D4874,
in 66 fathoms and D4970 in 500 fathoms; and from Hongkong.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 43
>

QUINQUELOCULINA ALVEOLINIFORMIS, (H. B. Brady).
Miliolina alveoliniformis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 19, 1879,
p. 52; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 181, pl. 8, figs. 15-20.

Description.—Test elongate, fusiform, composed of numerous
chambers, long and narrow, five to eight visible from the exterior;
wall in young specimens thin and porcellanous, in adults covered
with sand grains; aperture composed of numerous pores or radiate,
often indistinct.

Length, up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution.—From the known records of this species it is clearly
one of warm shallow waters, especially characteristic of coral reefs,
The only published record for the North Pacific is that given by
Brady in the Challenger Report, coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms. I have found the species fairly common in
shallow-water material from Gaspar Straits, the largest fully 2.5 mm.
in length, and from Apra Bay, Guam.

The relation of this species to others of the genus is not entirely
apparent. The aperture is rather different from the typical Quin-
queloculina, being usually cribrate, ike Hauerina. A few other spe-
cies, however, have this character. In some specimens the arrange-
ment is quinqueloculine, but in the very largest ones this is somewhat
obscured by the fact that the width of the chambers does not increase
correspondingly with the length, and as a result the earlier chambers
are left exposed and more than five chambers are visible. The speci-
mens in the material I have had have often been worn or broken,
and excellent material for detailed study has been rare.

QUINQUELOCULINA AGGLUTINATA, new species.
Plate 9, fig. 2.

Description.—Test free, five visible chambers in the adult, wall on
the exterior made up of agglutinated sand grains, with a smoothly
finished exterior, chambers somewhat angled, the angles rounded,
outer margin slightly convex, chambers broadest toward the base,
tapering slightly toward the apertural end, neck not distinctly
developed, flush with the base of the preceding chamber, aperture
oval, with a simple flattened tooth, rather broad, with truncate or
slightly rounded at the outer end.

Length, 0.60 to 0.90 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen Cat. No. 9158, U.S.N.M., and para-
types, all from a single station, full data not given, the material
simply marked ‘‘Off Alaska.” The species reminds one somewhat
of Q bidentata of d’Orbigny, but the apertural characters in all the
specimens examined were very constant and decidedly different from
that species. Perhaps it most resembles the subarctic form figured
by Goés* under the name JMiliolina agglutinans.

1 Kongl. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handlingar, vol. 25, 1894, pl. 19, figs. 848i-1.

44 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

QUINQUELOCULINA SUBARENARIA, new species.
Plate 10, figs. 1, 2.

Description.—Test one and one-half times as long as wide, cham-
bers distinct, sutures slightly depressed, peripheral margin broadly
rounded, occasionally almost flattened, sides of chambers flattened
or slightly concave, wall of the peripheral face smooth and polished,
the sides arenaceous to the sutures, line between the side and periph-
eral faces usually somewhat irregular, apertural end slightly ex-
serted, with a slight nearly circular neck, with a thin lip and a simple
tooth, basal end of the last-formed chamber extending prominently
beyond the preceding ones.

Length, up to 1.75 mm.

Type-specrmen.—(No. 9159, U.S.N.M.) from 13 fathoms off Sin-
gapore. There were numerous other specimens of this species, with
the type all of the same character.

QUINQUELOCULINA ARENACEA (Rhumbler).
Plate 17, figs. 3, 4.
Miliolina arenacea RuvumBuieER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 27, 1907, p. 43,
pl. 3, figs. 24, 25.

Description.—Test free, elongate, elliptical, length about twice the
width, usually quinqueloculine chambers narrow, so that sometimes
as many as 6 or 7 chambers are visible from the exterior; the apertural
end sharply contracted into a short neck at the end of which is the
slitlike aperture; wall exteriorly composed of calcareous granules,
hiding the calcareous basal shell material.

Distribution.—This species was described by Rhumbler from
numerous specimens in the shore sands of Laysan.

This species differs from Q. alveoliniformis, which is somewhat
resembles, in the simple aperture, the more elliptical form pointed
ends and thickly set grains on the exterior.

QUINQUELOCULINA SEMINULUM (Linnaeus).
Plate 11, fig. 2.

Serpula seminulum LinnaEvs, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1264, No. 791; 13th
(Gmelin’s) ed., 1788, p. 3739, No. 2.

Quinqueloculina seminulum v’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 308,
No. 44.

Miliolina seminulum Wiuturamson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 85,
pl. 7, figs. 183-185.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 157, pl. 5, figs. 6a-c.

Description.—Test somewhat longer than broad, smooth, peri-
pheral margins rounded, sutures distinct, apertural end not exserted,
aperture fairly large, oval, with a sumple tooth becoming bifid at the
free end.

Length, up to 1.5 mm.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 45

Distribution.—Specimens referable to this species were found at
numerous localities in the western Pacific off Japan, Guam, and
the Philippines. Brady

records it in 40 fathoms
off the coral reefs of Hono-
lulu, Hawaiian Islands,
and from two Challenger @
stations in deep water 244
in 2,900 and 253 in 3,125
fathoms.
The synonymy of this

species is very large and
: Fic. 29.—QUINQUELOCULINA SEMINULUM (LINNAEUS). X 25,
very difficult to unravel, OUTLINES OF SPECIMEN FROM NERO STATION 1466 OFF GUAM.

as the name has been
used to include almost all sorts of smooth quinqueloculine forms.
It is here used in the sense used by Brady and other British writers.

QUINQUELOCULINA PROCERA (Goés).
Plate 19, fig. 2.

Miliolina procera Gots, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 82, pl. 7,
figs. 7-9.

Description.—Test comparatively large, thick, wall heavy, smooth,
chambers tumid, distinct, sutures distinct but not deep, apertural
end not at all exserted, aperture slightly depressed below the general
surface, consisting usually of a transverse narrow slit more or less
angled in a zigzag fashion, the lip but slightly developed and usually
no definite tooth apparent.

Length, up to 2.40 mm.

Distribution.—Goés described this species from the eastern tropical
Pacific, Albatross station 3,407 in 885 fathoms. I found abundant
specimens of apparently the same species from Albatross station 3346
off the west coast of the United States.

This is a large and striking species and seems to be a distinct one,
and in the Pacific at least, so far as material has shown, seems to
be confined to the western coast of America.

QUINQUELOCULINA VENUSTA, Karrer.
Plate 11, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina venusta KarreEr, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 57, 1868, p. 147,
pl. 2, fig. 6.

Miliolina venusta H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 162, pl. 5, figs. 5, 7,—SHERBoRN and CHapMAN, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc.,
1889, p. 2, pl. 11, figs. 2, 3—CHapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1891, p.
573, pl. 9, figs. 5, 6.—Eaeer, Abhandl. kéng. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. u, vol. 18, 1893, p. 235, pl. 2, figs. 56-58.

46 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test fusiform, quinqueloculine; one and one-half
times as long as wide; chambers prominently triangular in trans-
verse section, the peripheral margin bluntly angular, wall smooth;
sutures not greatly depressed; apertural end somewhat produced
to form a short contracted neck, nearly circular in section with a
thickened lip and short simple tooth.

Length, usually less than 1 mm., one specimen nearly 2 mm. in
length.

Distribution.—All the material I have had of this species in the
North Pacific is from the region of the Hawaiian Islands, from three
different sets of dredgings—Albatross H2922 in 268 fathoms, Nero
2034 in 175 fathoms, 2071 in 271 fathoms, and Tuscarora %, in 206
fathoms, latitude 21° 10’ N.; longitude 158° 04’ W.

As a rule this species seems to be found in water of considerable
depth and here it was not found in the shallow water of the same
region. Brady records it from the North Pacific but without station.

QUINQUELOCULINA VULGARIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 11, fig. 3.

Quinqueloculina vulgaris D’ORBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302, No.
33.—ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1893, p. 207; text figs. 13,
14, pl. 2, figs. 65, 66.

Description.—Test short and stout, about as long as wide, in front
view orbicular, chambers in transverse section roughly triangular,
the periphery bluntly angled, sides straight or slightly convex;
sutures distinct, wall smooth; apertural end not contracted or pro-
duced; aperture elongate, narrow, with a tooth bifid at the tip, in
front view projecting slightly above the border of the aperture.

Length, averaging about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—This has seemed to be one of the most common
species of this genus in the North Pacific, bemg found about the
Hawaiian Islands, off Midway Island, off Guam, and at numerous
points about Japan and between Guam and Japan in the Nero material
especially.

QUINQUELOCULINA AUBERIANA 4’Orbigny.
Plate 12, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina auberiana D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba,
1839, ‘‘Foraminiferes’’ p. 167, pl. 12, figs. 1-3.

Miliolina auberiana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 162, pl. 5, figs. 8, 9 —Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
1894, p. 109, pl. 19, fig. 844a-d.

Description.—Test in front view oval, nearly as broad as long, in
end view roughly triangular, quinqueloculine; chambers stout,
roughly triangular in section, the periphery acutely angled, sides
convex; apertural end very slightly produced, neck not visibly con-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 47

tracted; aperture elongate oval, with a simple tooth, thickened some-
what at the tip.

Length up to and occasionally slightly exceeding 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens closely approximating the figures of
d’Orbigny were obtained from Tuscarora stations 5/2 in 25 fathoms,
latitude 32° 26’ N.; longitude 140° 44’ E. and 60 in 63 fathoms,
latitude 21° 14’ N.; longitude 157° 36’ W.; from Albatross H3007 in
323 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands, and Nero 2033 in 249 fathoms
in the same region; also from Albatross D4878 in 59 fathoms; D5055
in 124 fathoms and D5068 in 77 fathoms, all off Japan.

QUINQUELOCULINA CUVIERIANA d’Orbigny.
Plate 12, fig. 2.

Quinqueloculina cuvieriana D’ORBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba,
1839, ‘‘Foraminiferes,”’ p. 164, pl. 11, figs. 19-21.

Description.—Test clearly quinqueloculine, short and broad; sub-
circular in front view, chambers sharply angled, the sides convex, the
angles with usually two longitudinal costae very close to the pe-
ripheral angle, which is almost carinate, remainder of the chamber
smooth; no apertural neck developed; aperture a narrow elongate or
slightly curving opening, broadening slightly at the farther end, with
a simple linear tooth nearly the length of the aperture.

Lenght, about 0.60 to 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—The only specimens referable to this species are from
Hongkong in shallow water.

The specimens referred to this species by Brady and Bagg from the
Hawaiian Islands lack the distinctive accessory carinal costae and
are placed under Q. lamarckiana d’Orbigny. The form figured by
Millett as Miholina cuvieriana seems to be Q. disparilis of the short
and more rounded variety described here as var. curta. Certainly it
has little in common with the acute, almost carinate type of d’Orbigny,
although it does have costae. Millett notes that none of the figures
since d’Orbigny’s, which have been placed under Q. cuvieriana,
show any traces of the secondary costae which characterize the type.

QUINQUELOCULINA BICOSTATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 13, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina bicostata D’OrBIGNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba,
1839, p. 195, pl. 12, figs. 8-10.

Description.—Test nearly as broad as long, chambers broad, sutures
usually rather indistinct, peripheral margin in the earlier chambers
sharply carinate, in adult specimens being bicostate, wall otherwise
smooth, concave adjacent to the periphery, inflated near the inner
margin, in end view decidedly angled; apertural end slightly if at all

48 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

produced; aperture nearly circular, with a smooth, slightly raised lip,
tooth simple, not prominent.
Length, about 1 mm.
Distribution.—The only material referable to this species is from
Nero station 1158 in 1,584 fathoms, between Yokohama and Guam.

QUINQUELOCULINA BICORNIS (Walker and Jacob).
Plate 13, fig. 2.

Serpula bicornts WALKER and Jacos, Adam’s Essays, Kanmacher’s Ed., 1798,
p. 633, pl. 14, fig. 2.

Miliolina bicornis Witt1aAMson, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 87, pl. 7,
figs. 190-192.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 171.

Description.—Test about one and one-half times as long as broad,
chambers much the broadest at the basal end, tapering gradually to the
periphery, chambers with three faces, the peripheral usually flattened
or slightly concave, the sides flattened or slightly concave, ornamented
with several prominent longitudinal costae, those separating the pe-
ripheral and side faces being particularly well developed; basal portion
of the chamber usually projecting somewhat and rounded; apertural
end produced into a short subcylindrical neck; aperture circular,
with a slight lip and a single tooth.

Length, up to 2 mm.

Distribution —Brady records this species from off the coral reefs
of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. The only material I have had was
from shallow water in Hongkong Harbor.

QUINQUELOCULINA BICORNIS (Walker and Jacob), var. ELEGANS Williamson.

Miliolina bicornis, var. elegans WrittAMsON, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858,
p. 88, pl. 7, fig. 195.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 171, pl. 6, figs. 9, 11, 12—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 120.

This more slender variety is recorded in Bagg’s paper without
station from the Hawatian Islands. An examination of his material
shows a specimen of this form from Albatross station H4694, but the
specimen is too broken to permit of figuring.

QUINQUELOCULINA DISPARILIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 14, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina disparilis D’ORBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302, No.
21.—ScHtuMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 6, 1893, p. 212, pl. 2,
figs. 55-57, figs. 21, 22 in text.

Description—Test somewhat longer than broad, chambers very
distinct, polygonal, consisting of an outer peripheral face which is
flattened or slightly rounded and ornamented with several longi-
tudinal costae, the side faces meeting the peripheral almost at right

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 49

angles, flattened or slightly concave, smooth and unornamented,
basal end of the final chamber projecting nearly its whole width
beyond the remainder of the test; apertural end truncate but with-
out a neck; aperture with a slightly thickened lip and a simple tooth
tending to a broadening or even slightly bifid condition at the free
end.

Length, a little less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—The typical form of this species has occurred only
at Nero station 1328, in 871 fathoms, between Yokohama and Guam.

QUINQUELOCULINA DISPARILIS d’Orbigny, var. CURTA, new variety.

Plate 14, fig. 2.
Description.—Variety larger and very much broader than the
typical, nearly circular in front view; inner margin of the chambers

somewhat convex and overlapping the previous ones.
Length, up to 2 mm.

Fig. 30.—QUINQUELOCULINA DISPARILIS D’ORBIGNY, VAR. CURTA, NEW VARIETY. X18. SPECIMEN FROM
“ ALBATROSS’”’ STATION 4900, OFF JAPAN.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9168, U.S.N.M.) from Alba-
tross station D4900, in 139 fathoms, off Japan. At this station this
variety was very common, and all the specimens were of this short

stout form.
QUINQUELOCULINA COSTATA @’Orbigny.

Plate 15, fig. 1.

Quinqueloculina costata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 301, No. 3.—
Trerquem, Mém. Soc. Geol. France, ser. 3, vol. 1, 1878, p. 63, pl. 6, figs. 3a-5e.

Description.—Test about twice as long as wide, elliptical or narrowly
oval, chambers tumid, peripheral margin broadly rounded, sutures
distinct but not deeply depressed, surface ornamented by numerous
longitudinal, rather remote lines, apertural and exserted, with a slight
neck tapering gradually from the peripheral curve, aperture broadly
elliptical, basal end of the chamber broadly rounded, apertural end
much darker than the remainder of the test.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—The only material of this species which I have had
is from Nero stations 2039 in 24 fathoms and 2041 in 33 fathoms,
Waimea Bay, Hawaiian Islands.

50 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

QUINQUELOCULINA BOUEANA @d’Orbigny.
Plate 15, fig. 2.

Quinqueloculina boueana D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert. Vienne, 1846, p.
293, pl. 19, figs. 7-9.

Miliolina bouweana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 173, pl. 7, figs. 13a-c.

Description.—Test nearly as broad as long, chambers broad, dis-
tinct, sutures depressed, peripheral margin broadly rounded, last
formed chamber not exserted at the apertural end, surface orna-
mented with numerous, distinct, longitudinal costae, aperture nearly
circular, lip slightly thickened, with a simple tooth.

Length, usually less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species has occurred at Nero station 2041 in
33 fathoms in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 1466
off Guam in 234 fathoms, and at Albatross station D4900 in 139
fathoms off the coast of Japan.

QUINQUELOCULINA PARKERI (H. B. Brady).
Plate 15, fig. 3.

“‘Quinqueloculina with oblique ridges” Parker, Trans. Micr. Soc. London,
vol. 6, 1858, p. 53, pl. 5, fig. 10.

Miliolina parkeri H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 46;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 177, pl. 7, fig. 14.

Description.—Test elongate, subtriangular, quinqueloculine;
peripheral margins of the segments sharp, with a tendency to become
carinate; the surface of the chambers traversed by somewhat oblique
transverse ridges or crenulations.

“Length, one twenty-fifth inch (1 mm.).”

Distribution.—This species seems to be, as noted by Brady, essen-
tially a coral-reef species. In his tables of distribution he includes
it from Challenger station 260A, in 40 fathoms off the coral reefs of
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Bagg also records it from this same
region, Albatross D4000, in 104 to 213 fathoms, H4566, in 572 fathoms,
and H4694 in 865 fathoms. Rhumbler records it from Laysan
Island, a single specimen. I have examined Bagg’s mounted material
from the Hawaiian Islands, and it appears to be typical. In the
material I have had from this same region I have found it but once,
in material from Nero station 2039, in 24 fathoms. Typical speci-
mens occur in shallow water material from Apra Bay, Guam, and
from Gaspar Straits.

QUINQUELOCULINA FERUSSACII d’Orbigny.
Plate 19, figs. 3, 4.
Quinqueloculina ferussacii D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 301, No. 18;
Modéles No. 32.

Miliolina ferussacii H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 175, pl. 113, figs. 17, a, b.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 51

Description.—Test elongate, narrow, much drawn out at either
end, chambers angular, usually the peripheral face of the later cham-
bers with distinct costae, the last formed chamber with three, the
one preceding with a single median one; wall smooth except for the
costae; last formed chamber much extended at the apertural end,
with a long narrow neck, aperture circular with a simple tooth.

Length, 1 mm. or less.

Distribution—The species has been recorded from the North
Pacific by Brady from Challenger station 260A in 40 fathoms from
the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, and by Rhumbler
from Laysan. I have had material from but two stations, both in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, Nero 2047, in 217 fathoms, and
2071 in 271 fathoms.

These specimens are of the elongate compressed type, which agree
with Brady’s figures and with the model given by d’Orbigny. Many
of the specimens referred to this species by later authors do not at
all agree with the typical as represented by the model.

QUINQUELOCULINA AMYGDALOIDES (H. B. Brady).

Miliolina amygdaloides H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 163, pl. 6, figs. 10, a, b.

Description.—‘‘Test compressed, elongate-oval with tapering ends;
one face nearly flat, the other convex and subangular; periphery
sharp. Surface smooth, no external constrictions marking the
margins of the chambers. Segments numerous, long and narrow;
aperture circular, produced. Shell-wall thin and opalescent.

“Length, one-fiftieth mch (0.5 mm.) or less.

‘‘This is a minute species but very uniform in its adult characters.
The shell is exceedingly neatly made, but owing to the flush sutures
the segmentation is always obscure. I know of no previously de-
scribed form with which the specimens can properly be associated;
the Quinqueloculina pygmaca of Reuss is perhaps the nearest, but
the rounded chambers, excavated sutures, and generally larger size
sufficiently distinguish that from the present species.”

Distribution.—Brady described this species from comparatively
shallow water in the vicinity of some of the Islands of the Pacific the
only North Pacific one being from Challenger station 232 in 345
fathoms, on the Hyalonema ground south of Japan.

QUINQUELOCULINA DUTEMPLEI d’Orbigny.
Plate 18, figs. 1, 3.

Quinqueloculina dutemplet D’ORBIGNY, Foram. Foss. Vienne, 1846, p. 294, pl.

19, figs. 10-12.
Description.—Test quinqueloculine, one and at half times as long
as wide, chambers sharply angled and carinate peripherally, wall
coarsely and longitudinally striate; apertural end somewhat pro-

52 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

duced, basal end broadly rounded, little if at all extending beyond
the previous chamber; aperture rounded with a slightly thickened
lip and simple elongate tooth slightly bifid at the tip.

Length, slightly less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens from Tuscarora station 60, in latitude
21° 14’ N.; longitude 157° 36’ W. in 63 fathoms near the Hawaiian
Islands seem to belong to this species.

QUINQUELOCULINA BRADYANA, new species.
Plate 18, fig. 2.

Miliolina undosa H. B. Bravy (not Quinqueloculina undosa Karrer), Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 176, pl. 6, figs. 6-8.

Description.—Test stout, usually but shghtly longer than broad,
chambers angular, more or less plicated laterally, the outer periph-
eral angle usually smuous, the early ones very prominently so; aper-
tural end rarely extended to any considerable length, aperture usually
narrow with a simple tooth.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady’s material was largely from ‘shallow water
material of the Indo-Pacific region. The material I have had has all
been from comparatively shallow water about the Hawaiian Islands—
type specimens, Cat. No. 9160, U.S. N. M., from Nero station 2039
in 24 fathoms and another lot from station 2070 in 285 fathoms.

This species does not seem to be at all identical with the Q. undosa
of Karrer described from the Miocene of Austria. Brady himself
notes various differences, as do later authors.

The figured specimen has the apertural end somewhat broken and
therefore does not show clearly the complete apertural conditions.

QUINQUELOCULINA UNDULATA d’Orbigny.

Quinqueloculina undulata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302, No.
27.—SCHLUMBERGER, Mém. Zool. Soc. France, 1893, p. 213, text figs. 23, 24;
pl. 1, figs. 53, 54; pl. 2. figs. 60, 61.—SmpEBottom, Mem. Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 48, No. 5, 1904, p. 13.

Description.—Test irregularly oval in front view, nearly as broad
as long, in the young with the chambers very strongly carimate and
more or less undulate, sutures indistinct, in the adult becoming more
regular; the sutures deeper and distinct, surface ornamented with
rather coarse, slightly oblique, longitudinal striations, the chambers
also transversely somewhat wrinkled; apertural end but slightly pro-
duced; aperture itself long and narrow with a long tooth, bifid at the
tip.

Length, up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—The only material which seems to belong to this
species is from Nero station 2033 in 249 fathoms off the Hawaiian

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 58

Islands. The sections figured by Schlumberger are very interesting
in showing the smooth early chambers with the gradual development
of the ornamentation, first with a single rib then two with a depres-
sion and finally in the adult a chamber with numerous ribs and stria-
tions on the peripheral portion.

QUINQUELOCULINA RUGOSA d’Orbigny.

Quinqueloculina rugosa bD’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302, No. 24.—
ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Zool. Soc. France, 1893, p. 210, text figs. 18, 19, pl. 4,
figs. 91-93.

Description.—Test fusiform, quinqueloculine, chambers of the
adult quadrangular in transverse section, the periphery flattened and
broad, the sides nearly at right angles to the peripheral face; in some
cases both periphery and sides somewhat concave; wall slightly
rugose, often with fine broken lines; apertural end slightly produced
to form a short subcylindrical neck; aperture rounded, with a simple
tooth.

Length, usually slightly less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens of this species were found sparingly in
material from about the Hawaiian Islands, Nero station 2033 in 249
fathoms, 2036 in 82 fathoms, Albatross D4807, in 44 fathoms off
Hakodate, Japan, D4900 in the Eastern Sea of Japan; also Tuscarora
material from Manila Bay, Philippine Islands, and material from
Hongkong Harbor.

In its early stages the chambers, as shown in figures given by
Schlumberger, are smooth and rounded and show nothing of the
adult character. This is the rule for species which are angled or
ornamented in the adult and exactly what would be the case in any
other group of animals.

QUINQUELOCULINA SUBROTUNDA (Montagu).

“‘Serpula subrotunda dorso elevato’’ WALKER and Boys, Test Min., 1784, p. 2,
pl. 1, fig. 4.

Vermiculum subrotundum Montacu, Test Brit., 1803, pt. 2, p. 521.

Quinqueloculina subrotunda b’OrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302, No.
36.—H. B. Brapy, Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumberland and Durham, vol. 1,
1865, p. 94, pl. 12, fig. 2.

Miliola (Quinqueloculina) subrotunda Parker and Jones, Philos. Trans., vol. 155,
1865, p. 411, pl. 15, fig. 38.

Miliolina subrotunda H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 168, pl. 5, figs. 10, 11.

Brady records this species from Challenger station 260A, in 40
fathoms, coral reefs of Hololulu, Hawaiian Islands, and Rhumbler
from both Chatham Island and Laysan.

54 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

QUINQUELOCULINA PYGMAEA Reuss.

Quinqueloculina pygmaca Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wien, vol. 1, 1850, p. 384,
pl. 50, figs. 3a, 6.

Miliolina pygmaea H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 163, pl. 118, figs. 16, a, b.

Distribution.—To this species Brady refers specimens from the
North Pacific from Hongkong Harbor and south of Japan.

QUINQUELOCULINA FEROX (Rhumbler).
Plate 17, figs. 5-7.

Miliolina ferox RuvumBtER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 47, pl. 3,
figs. 29-31.

Description.—Test generally oval, quinqueloculine, generally
smooth, sometimes with a tendency to longitudinal striations; aper-
ture elongate, slit-like, narrow, tooth longitudinally more or less
split up into distinct tooth-like projections.

Length, 0.6 to 0.9 mm.

Distribution —Rhumbler described this species from shore sand of
Laysan where it was frequent.

Typically the projections of the tooth are distinct at the tip as
in figure 6, or occasionally they are united again above leaving a
series of openings.

QUINQUELOCULINA SPIRALIS, new species.
Plate 20, fig. 1.

Description.—Test elongate, twice as long as broad, quinquelocu-
line, chambers long and narrow, sutures distinct, peripheral margin
bluntly angled, occasionally dividing into two blunt carinae with a
peripheral depression; wall smooth; whole test twisted about the
longitudinal axis, the chambers each making about a half turn;
apertural end somewhat extended, especially on the peripheral edge,
but only a slight contraction produced; aperture long and narrow
with a straight simple tooth nearly the length of the aperture.

Length, 0.60 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9161, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 1466 in 234 fathoms off Guam.

This is a rather striking species in its spirally twisted contour,
reminding one somewhat of certain of Terquem’s, fossil species from

Europe.
QUINQUELOCULINA CULTRATA (H. B. Brady).

Plate 21, fig. 1.

Miliolina cultrata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 45;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 161, pl. 5, figs. 1, 2.—Eaarr,
Abhandl. kong. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 231, pl. 2,
figs. 29-31.—Mi.uerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 269, pl. 6, figs. 11, 12.

FORKAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 55

Description.—Test compressed, at least twice as long as wide typic-
ally, chambers biconvex, the peripheral margin strongly carinate, wall
smooth; apertural end considerably extended beyond the rest of the
test in a sub-cylindrical slightly tapering neck, with a slight lip;
aperture oval or elliptical with the tooth inconspicuous.

Length slightly less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—The records for this species are mainly from the
Indo-Pacific region in comparatively shallow water. The only
material I have had is from Hongkong Harbor in shallow water.

Although Brady starts his description with ‘Test Triloculine”’ the
figures he gives are not triloculine, and those of Millett seem to in-
dicate that possibly the species belongs to the genus Massilina, for
his figure 12, above noted, has the final chambers distinctly in one
plane. None of the specimens seem to be at all triloculine, thus sub-
stantiating the view already expressed that Massilina is a direct
derivative from Quinqueloculina.

QUINQUELOCULINA MACILENTA (H. B. Brady).

Miliolina macilenta, H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. etter Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 167, pl. 7, figs. 5, 6.

Description.—‘ Test complanate, oval or discoidal; margin thin;
resembling Miliolina [Quinqueloculina] in general contour and habit,
but having a surface ornament of curved, parallel, longitudinal or
somewhat obliquely-set costae.

“Length, one-fortieth inch (0.6 mm.).”’

Distribution.—Brady described this species from three Pacific
Stations of the Challenger, one of which, in 40 fathoms off Honolulu,
Hawaiian Islands, isin the North Pacific, the others being in the
South Pacific, Nares Harbor, Admiralty Islands, of 17 fathoms,
and Humboldt Bay, New Guinea, 37 fathoms.

QUINQUELOCULINA RETICULATA (d’Orbigny).
Plate 16, figs. 1-3.

“Frumentaria reticulata” Soupant, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 3, 1795, p. 233,
pl. 159, figs. bb, ce.

Triloculina reticulata D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. 9.

Quingueloculina reticulata Karrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 44, 1861, p. 449,
pl. 2, fig. 5a, c.

Miliolina reticulata Parker, JoNEs, and Brapy, Ann. Mag, Nat. Hist., ser. 4,
vol. 8, 1871, p. 249, pl. 8, fig. 18—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 177, pl. 9, figs. 2-4.—Eearr, Abhandl. kong. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m, vol. 18, 1893, p. 239, pl. 2, figs. 83,84.—ScuLum-
BERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 6, 1893, p. 214, text fig. 25, pl. 2, fig. 62.

Description.—Test chiefly characterized by the reticulate charac-
ter of the ornamentation consisting of oval depressions arranged in

56 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

lines lengthwise and diagonally, one side usually flattened; aperture
elongated, typically with a long straight tooth occasionally inclined
to be bifid at the tip.

Length, up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—In general this species is abundant in shallow trop-
ical and subtropical waters, especially of coral reef regions. In the
North Pacific Brady records it from Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms. In the material I have had it has occurred
about the Hawaiian Islands at numerous stations, about Guam, Gas-
par Straits, and Hongkong.

It seems very possible that more than one species may be repre-
sented in the reticulate series of this genus.

QUINQUELOCULINA [?] SCHAUINSLANDI (Rhumbler).
Plate 8, fig. 7, 8.

Miliolina schavinslandi Ruumsuer, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907,
p. 41, pl. 3, figs. 20, 21.

Deseription.—Test with the early chambers quinqueloculine, later
ones very irregular, in one plane usually; aperture large without
teeth but with several, 3-5, or more irregular incurving somewhat
pointed projections from the apertural border; wall smooth or
variously wrinkled or roughened.

Length, 0.3 to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Rhumbler described this species from a few speci-
mens from shore sands of Laysan. The only specimens I have had
which seem identical are from Nero station 2039, in 24 fathoms, off
the Hawaiian Islands.

Rhumbler compares the inwardly curving projections about the
aperture to those seen in Nevillina coronata. From the Hawaiian
specimen and those of Nevillina which I have seen the projections of
this species seem to be entirely a portion of the lip of the aperture,
while the ring of teeth of Nevillina, uniting as they do in the center,
seem morphologically different and the resemblance only a superficial

one.
Genus MASSILINA Schlumberger, 1893.

Quinqueloculina (in part) D’OrBiaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 303.
Massilina ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1893, p. 218 (type, M. secans
(d’Orbigny) ).
Description.—Test composed of a globular proloculum followed by
a Cornuspira-like chamber, making a half coil, these in turn fol-
lowed by a series of quinqueloculine chambers, in the adult composed
of chambers arranged like Spiroloculina in a single plane, leaving the
center open and the chambers a half coil in length.
This genus, which has already been described in some detail in the
early pages, is derived from Quinqueloculina.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 57

MASSILINA SECANS (d’Orbigny).

Quiqueloculina secans D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 303, No. 43.—
ParKER, Jones, and Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865,
p. 34, pl. 1, fig. 10.

Miliolina secans H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 167,
pl. 6, figs. 1, 2—SHERBORN and Cuapman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1886,
p. 742, pl. 14, fig. 4—Goks, Kongl. Svensk. Vet.-Akad. Handl., vol. 25,
1894, p. 112, pl. 20, fig. 856.

Massilina secans SCHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1893, p. 218, text
figs. 31-34, pl. 4, figs. 82, 83.—MiLeErt, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 608,
Delos hos Ss:

Description.—Test in its early development quinqueloculine,
smooth, ovoid in shape, in the adult becoming broader, subcircular,
relatively more compressed, the adult chambers often transversely
plicated or granular, the periphery of the last-formed one often
denticulate; aperture elongate, narrow, with a single tooth, bifid at
the tip.

Length, up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from a single North
Pacific station, Challenger 260A, Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian
Islands, in 40 fathoms.

MASSILINA ANNECTENS Schlumberger.
Plate 20, fig. 3.

Massilina annectens SCHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1893, p. 220, text
figs. 35-37, pl. 3, figs. 77-79.—SipEBortom, Mem. Proc. Manchester Lit. and
Philos. Soc., vol. 48, pt. 2, No. 5, 1904, p. 18, pl. 5, figs. 2-4.

Description.—Test broad, often broader than long, chambers
quadrangular in section, periphery flattened or slightly concave,
smooth except for occasional sand grains embedded in the wall,
making the wall more or less roughened in spots; aperture rounded,
with a single bifid tooth.

Length, about 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—The only North Pacific material I have had is from
Nero station 2039, in 24 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

MASSILINA CRENATA Karrer.
Plate 20, fig. 2.

Spiroloculina crenata Karrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 57, 1868, p. 135,
pl. 1, fig. 9—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 156, pl. 10, figs. 24-26.—Eecrr, Abhandl. kong. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen,
Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 225, pl. 1, figs. 42, 43.

Description.—Test in its early development quinqueloculine, adult
chambers in a single plane, in front view subelliptical, nearly as
broad as long, compressed; chambers long and narrow, margin
crenulate, due to the regular contractions or plications of the chamber
in the adult; aperture rounded.

Length, up to 0.60 mm.

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6—17——5

58 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.— This small but attractive species is usually associ-
ated with coral-reef conditions in the shallow or comparatively shallow
waters of tropical islands. Brady records it from the Pacific under
such conditions. The material I have had is from Nero stations
2034 in 175 fathoms, 2042 in 55 fathoms, and 2070 in 285 fathoms,
off Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands.

This species very evidently belongs to the genus Massilina instead
of to Spiroloculina, as its early development seems to be invariably
quinqueloculine, and it is only the last few chambers that are
spiroloculine.

Genus ARTICULINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Nautilus Barscu (part), Conch. des Seesandes, 1791, p. 3.

Articulina pv’OrBIGNY (type, A. conico-articulata (Batsch)), Ann. Sci. Nat.,
vol. 7, 1826, p. 300.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 182.

Vertebralina PARKER, JoNsEs, and H. B. Brapy (part), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 22.

Description.—Early chambers usually quinqueloculine or trilocu-
line, later ones in a uniserial arrangement, varying considerably in
number according to the species; aperture in the adult a rounded,
usually elliptical opening, in a depression with a definite phialine lip.

This genus is clearly a modification from Triloculina or Quinqueloc-
ulina, in which the early development shows clearly its relations to
those genera, and the later development is an additional character
similar and analogous to the uniserial development in Bigenerina,
Clavulina, Vaginulina, etc. Such genera represent a final develop-
ment along a specialized line, and the same is true here.

In some of the species the uniserial characters become relatively
nearly the whole of the test, the triloculine or quinqueloculine portion
being but a buibous basal portion; in other species there is a rather
even balance between the two portions. Those showing the greatest
relative development of the uniserial portions may be definitely
placed as the highest development of the genus.

ARTICULINA CONICO-ARTICULATA (Batsch).
Plate 22, fig. 6.

Nautilus (Orthoceras) conico-articulatus Batscu, Conch. des Seesandes, 1791,
Pie; pls, Hes 1.

Vertebralina conico-articulata PARKER, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 22, pl. 1, fig. 2.—Goiis (part), Abhandl.
Kong]. Svensk. Vet. Akad. Handlingar, vol. 19, 1882, p. 121, pl. 9, figs. 317,
3176; Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 88.

Articulina conico-articulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 185, pl. 12, figs. 17, 18; pl. 13, figs. 1, 2—H. B. Brapy, ParKer,
and Jones, Trans. Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 216, pl. 40, figs. 7-9.—Eccrr,
Abhandl. kong. bay. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. m1, vol. 18, 1893, p. 224, pl.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 59

3, fig. 2—Mierr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 511, pl. 12, figs. 9,
10 [??

eee D’Orsieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 300, No. 1; Modéles,
No. 22.

Description.—Test with the early chambers milioline, forming but
a comparatively small part of the completed test, later chambers
arranged in a linear series, chambers usually longer than wide, the
lip flarmg somewhat, nearly circular in cross section; wall with
comparatively few costae; aperture nearly circular, with a smooth,
flaring lip.

Length, up to 2 mm.

Distribution—Apparently this species had not been definitely
recorded from the North Pacific. The only material I have had is
rather poor, from Nero station 2037, in 55 fathoms, off the Hawaiian
Islands, from Albatross station H4829 in the eastern Pacific, and from
Hongkong. In all cases the specimens were broken.

ARTICULINA SAGRA d’Orbigny.
Plate 22, figs. 7, 8.

Articulina sagra D’OrsiIany, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
Foraminiféres, p. 160, pl. 9, figs. 23-26 —H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 184, pl. 12, figs. 22-24—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zo6l., vol. 29, 1896, p. 89.—F int, Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 301,
pl. 47, fig. 1.—Muttert, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 511.—Smesortom,
Mem. and Proc. Manchester, Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 48, 1904, No. 5, p. 17,
pl. 4, figs. 18-20; text fig. 6.

Vertebralina sagra Go&s, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896, p. 89.

Description.—Test with the early chambers milioline, later ones,
usually two or three in a linear series, flattened, three or four or more
times as wide as thick, apertural end broadened, somewhat flaring,
curved, giving the appearance of several vertebrae, wall costate
longitudinally; aperture narrowly elliptical, with a smooth projecting
lip.

Length, up to about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records the species from the coral reefs off
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. Neither Bagg nor
Goés record this species from the Pacific. I have had material from
Nero station 2071 in 271, fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands, and
from Gaspar Straits, North Pacific Exploring Expedition, Captain
Rodgers. The species does not appear to be at all common, as it
is in the West Indies, for example. Most of the material I have had
was from deep water, however, and this may account for its apparent
scarcity, although it should be found in shore sands of the tropical
Pacific.

There seems to be some confusion with regard to the development
of the species and many various forms have been assigned to it.
A study of it from typical localities should help to straighten out
these discrepancies.

60 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ARTICULINA SULCATA Reuss [?].
Plate 22, fig. 5.

Articulina sulcata Reuss, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 1, 1849, p. 383,
pl. 49, figs. 13-17.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 183, pl. 12, figs. 12, 13.—H. B. Brapy, Parker, and Jongs, Trans.
Zool. Soc., vol. 12, 1888, p. 215, pl. 40, fig. 11.—Eaerr, Abhandl. kong. bay.
Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 243, pl. 2, fig. 5—Miuert,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 510.

Description.—Test composed entirely of chambers without a
linear series, milioline in arrangement; wall with few longitudinal
costae; aperture with a flarmg lip, projecting beyond the outline of
the test, narrowly elliptical.

Length, 0.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from off the reefs of
Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms. I have had material
from Nero station 2071 in 271, fathoms, in the same region. The
material I have had is very similar indeed to that figured by Brady,
but it seems questionable as to whether either Brady’s or our material
really represent the species figured by Reuss. It seems more as
though the recent material might be the young stage of something
which had a further development, but material was very rare and
too little for comparisons.

Genus SIGMOILINA Schlumberger, 1887.

Planispirina (part) H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 193.

Sigmoilina ScHLUMBERGER, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 12, 1887, p. 118.—(Type,
S. sigmoidea (H. B. Brady)).

Description.—Test in its early stages quinqueloculine, later develop-
ing chambers a half coil in length in two series, with each newly
added chamber in a plane more than 180° from the previous one,
so that the horizontal plane in section shows a gradual turning about
the elongate axis of the test, aperture typically with a single, simple
tooth.

This genus is a rather curiously modified form with the increase
in angle of addition to more than 180°, the chambers thus being
added in an increasing spiral. After the inception of the curved line
of addition the angle becomes nearly 180°, but the chambers are
added, not directly outside the previous ones, as in other genera,
such as Biloculina or Spiroloculina, but are added constantly at one
side, giving the curve to the test in transverse section and exposing
a number of chambers on the exterior of both sides.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 61

SIGMOILINA CELATA (Costa).
Plate 24, fig. 1.

Spiroloculina celata Costa, Mem. Accad. Napoli, vol. 2, 1855, p. 126, pl. 1, fig. 14.
Planispirina celata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
197, pl. 8, figs. 14.

Description.—Test oval or elliptical in front view, the ends rather
pointed; in side view narrow, chambers numerous, two to a conyo-
lution, one side of the chamber convex, the other slightly concave
and extending back over the previous ones of that side, giving the
characteristic double curve to the test; wall on the outside composed
of cemented sand grains, somewhat roughened, smooth and calcareous
within; aperture transversely placed, often with a short, simple tooth.

Length, usually about 1 mm.

Distribution—There is a single published record for the North
Pacific, that given by Flint, from Albatross station 3080, in 93 fathoms,
off the coast of Oregon. I have had a considerable number of sta-
tions represented in the material at my disposal; from the Nero
material especially on the line between Guam and Japan. The sta-
tions range from 891 to 1,529 fathoms, from the Albatross material,
about Japan in shallower water 139 to 437 fathoms, and from one
Tuscarora station 58, in 814 fathoms, latitude 26° 52’ N.; longitude
#42" 21’ 3.

This species is much more common than the preceding, as a rule
occurring in fairly deep water.

SIGMOILINA SIGMOIDEA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 24, figs. 2, 3.

Planispirina sigmoidea H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 197, pl. 2, figs. 1-8, woodcut, fig. 5c.

Description.—‘‘Test free, oblong, with slightly projecting or pointed
ends, the two faces unequally convex, peripheral edge thin, and
slightly rounded; composed of numerous segments, two to each con-
volution, arranged on the milioline plan, the aperture alternately at
either end of the shell. Segments, seldom exceeding 12 in number,
arched longitudinally, and set at the outer margin of the alternate
sides, the inner margin of the wall of each segment spreading over
one lateral surface of the test, whilst the lateral extension of its suc-
cessor in its turn covers the opposite side. Aperture, a curved trans-
verse orifice in the prominence at the anterior end of the shell.

“Length, one-thirtieth inch (0.85 mm.).”

Distribution.—There are apparently no published records for this
species from the North Pacific. I have had material from but five
stations, Nero 649 in 762 fathoms, 990 in 859 fathoms, and 1320 in

62 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

2,048 fathoms, all in the general region of Guam; Albatross D4949
in 110 fathoms and H4882 in 248 fathoms, off Japan.

A transverse section fron Brady shows well the characteristic
doubly curving axis of the chambers as seen in the sectioned test.

Genus HAUERINA Q’ORBIGNY, 1848.

Hauerina v’OrBIGNY (Type H. compressa d’Orbigny), Foram. Foss. Bass. Tert.
Vienne, 1846, p. 119.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 190.

Description —Test compressed with the early chambers milioline,
the later and greater portion of the test having the chambers arranged
in a planospiral manner, usually in the last formed coil at least with
more than two chambers in each whorl, surface smooth or orna-
mented; aperture of a large number of small pores forming a sieve-
like plate, usually much longer than wide.

The Miocene species described by Brady and the type of the genus
is a smooth species, with a thicker test than the recent species. It
is from the Miocene of the Vienna Basin. Reuss has described a
species from the Cretaceous as Hauerina antiqua, but it apparently
is not a true Hauerina.

In recent waters the genus is apparently limited to the warmer
portions of the Pacific and Indian Oceans.

HAUERINA BRADYI, new species.
Plate 23, fig. 2.

Hawerina compressa H. B. Brapy (not H. compressa d’Orbigny) Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 190, pl. 11, figs. 12, 13.—Mintert, Journ.
Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 610, pl. 18, fig. 11—RuumBLeER, Zool. Jahrb.,
Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 52, pl. 3, fig. 39.

Description—Test much compressed, the very earliest ones milio-
line, later ones becoming spiroloculine and finally in the last formed
coil more than two chambers appear, usually three making up a
complete coil; wall very finely striate-reticulate, periphery rounded
or subcarinate, aperture a sieve-plate the entire height of the cham-
ber, curved, with numerous pores.

Diameter, about 1 mm.

Distribution—Rhumbler records two specimens of this species
from Laysan Island. Otherwise it seems to have been unrecorded
from the North Pacific. JI have had excellent material, type, Cat. No.
9162 U.S.N.M., from Gaspar Straits (North Pacific Exploring Ex-
pedition, Captain Rodgers); from Hongkong; Nero stations 2042 in
55 fathoms and 2074 in 22 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

D’Orbigny figures a much less compressed form with more cham-
bers in the final whorl, a smooth surface, the last formed coil making
up a greater portion of the visible test and the miloline portion

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 63

much less distinct. In his figure of the apertural face there is a
single large opening surrounded by numerous papillae, which are
probably pores. Our recent species seems to be essentially different
from that described by d’Orbigny in all its particulars. It is
apparently a species of the tropical Indian and Pacific Oceans, with
a possible extension to the Mediterranean from the data given by
Sidebottom. His specimens are very interesting and may be but a
form of this species, as is suggested by him. Egger? records a
thicker, more robust form from Mauritius. Millett records the
species from the Malay Archipelago.

HAUERINA CIRCINATA H. B. Brady.
Plate 23, figs. 3, 4.

Hauerina circinata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 47;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 191, pl. 11, figs. 14-16.—
RuvuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 52, pl. 3, fig. 40.

Description —‘ Test nautiloid, thin, complanate; composed of two
or three convolutions, the last of which, consisting of six or seven
segments, completely incloses those previously formed; segments
arched, thin and rounded at their peripheral margins; sutural lines
marked by external constrictions. Color milky white, sufficiently
translucent to show the outline of the inner whorl of chambers.
Aperture consisting of a number of perforations distributed irregu-
larly over the septal face of the terminal segment.

“Diameter, one twenty-fifth inch (1 mm.).”

Distribution—Rhumbler gives the only record for this species in
the North Pacific, two specimens from Laysan Island. Brady’s
material was from shallow-water dredgings among the islands between
Australia and Borneo.

From the figures and description given by Brady it seems as though
this species was very different in its essential characters from typical
Hauerina except in the matter of the aperture. Neither the figure
nor the description give any light in regard to the structure and
arrangement of the early chambers.

HAUERINA ORNATISSIMA (Karrer).
Plate 23, figs. 1, 5.

Quinqueloculina ornatissima KarrER, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 58, 1868, p. 151,
pl. 3, fig. 2—H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 16, 1876, p. 406.
Hauerina ornatissima H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 192, pl. 7, figs. 15-22—Mmuerr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 610.—

RuvuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., vol. 24, 1906, p. 53.

1 Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 48, 1904, No. 5, p. 19, pl. 5, figs. 7, 8, text fig.
8; vol. 54, 1910, No. 16, p. 6.
2Abhand, kong. bay. Akad, Wiss. Miinchen, Cl. 11, vol. 18, 1893, p. 244, pl. 3, figs. 9, 10, 23, 24.

64 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test compressed, early chambers mililine, later ones
either embracing and extending in to the center to hide the pre-
viously formed chambers or becoming elongate and more or less
encircling the periphery, surface ornamented by strong tranverse or
radial crenulations crossed by numerous fine longitudinal striae,
aperture consisting of numerous small pores in several linear series
extending the full height of the chamber.

Diameter, up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Rhumbler records this species from Laysan Island.
This is the only published record for the North Pacific. Ihave had ma-
terialfrom Gaspar Straits (North Pacific Exploring Expedition, Captain
Rodgers), and from three Nero stations, 2041 in 33 fathoms, 2042 in
55 fathoms, and 2071 in 271 fathoms, all off the Hawaiian Islands.

This seems to be also a species of the Indo-Pacific region and is one
of the most beautiful of the whole family of the Miliolidae. It is hard
to believe that the specimens figured by Brady with involute chambers
and the very open ones are both one species. In the latter it is not
unusual to find specimens like that figured by Brady,' where the last
formed chamber returns to the Cornuspira-like condition of its own
young and has an unbroken chamber about the entire test.

HAUERINA FRAGILISSIMA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 24, fig. 4.

Spiroloculina fragilissima H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 149, pl. 9, figs. 12-14.

Hauerina fragilissima Mrtetr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 610, pl. 13, figs.
8-10.

Description.—“ Test nearly circular, complanate, extremely thin;
peripheral edge rounded. Segments numerous, much curved, the
later ones in adult specimens nearly semicircular. Shell-wall deli-
cately thin and opalescent, the sutures appearing as conspicuous
white lines Aperture cribrate.

“Diameter, one-thirtieth inch (0.8 mm.).’’

Distribution.—This species has apparently not previously been
recorded from the North Pacific. The only specimen I have seen is
one from Nero station 2071 in 271 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands.
Brady records it from shallow water about the Society and Fiji
Tslands and about Borneo, and Millett records it from the Malay
Archipelago.

HAUERINA PACIFICA, new species.
Plate 21, fig. 2.

Description.—Test irregularly suboval in front view, early chambers
quinqueloculine, later ones nearly in one plane, slightly carinate,
otherwise nearly circular in tranverse section, wall smooth, in the last-

1 Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pl. 7, fig. 20.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 65

formed coil usually four chambers required to form the whole volu-
tion; aperture without neck or thickened lip, sieve-like, consisting of a
circular plate, slightly convex, with numerous pores irregularly
arranged.

Length, averaging about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Type specimen (Cat. No. 9163, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 2039 in 24 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands. It also occurred
commonly in material from nearby Nero stations, 2040 in 21 fathoms
and 2041 in 33 fathoms.

The chambers of this species are not compressed and in many of
the specimens are slightly more irregular than in the figured specimen.
Specimens were common at all three of the above stations, but were
not met with elsewhere. Apparently it is a shallow-water tropical
species.

Genus TRILOCULINA @Orbigny, 1826.

Triloculina D’Orsieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299 (Type T. trigonula
(Lamarck)).

Description.—Test in its adult development consisting, as seen
from the exterior, of three visible chambers added in planes 120° from
one another, the third of each series added in the plane of the third
preceding and covering it.

In its development it has been shown that in their microspheric
form at least the species of Triloculina have a typical quinqueloculine
development which precedes the adult triloculine condition. There-
fore the young microspheric specimens of Triloculina may appear to
be quinqueloculine and may possibly be mistaken for species of
Quinqueloculina except for their association with adult Triloculina
or possibly developing specific characters early enough to show their
true relationships.

TRILOCULINA TRIGONULA (Lamarck).
Plate 25, fig. 3.

Miliolites trigonula LAMarcK, Ann. du Mus., vol. 5, 1804, p. 351, No. 3; Anim.
sans Vert., vol. 7, 1822, p. 612, No. 3.

Triloculina trigonula p’OrBIeny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. 1,
pl. 16, figs. 5-9; Modéles, No. 93.

Miliolina trigonula WitutAMsoNn, Rec. Foram. Great Britain, 1858, p. 83, pl. 7, figs.
180-182.—_H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
164, pl. 3, figs. 14-16.

Description.—Test in the adult with three visible chambers,
smooth, the angles of the chambers rounded, whole test slightly
longer than wide, in end view rounded triangular, the sides convex;
aperture with a rather broad bifid tooth, the angles in end view
rounded, in outline flattened.

Length usually about 1 mm.

66 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution.—Brady records a single North Pacific station for
this species, Challenger station 260A in 40 fathoms on the coral reefs
of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. Bagg records it from the following
five Albatross stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands, D4000
in 104-213 fathoms, D4017 in 305 fathoms, D4025 in 275-368 fath-
oms, H4568 in 1,274 fathoms, and H4696
in 367 fathoms. In the Nero material it has
occurred about the Hawaiian Islands at two
stations at 2041 in 33 fathoms and 2071 in
271 fathoms. In the Albatross material it
was recorded off Japan at D4807 in 44 fath-
oms, D4900 in 139 fathoms, and D5068,
Suruga Gulf, 77 fathoms, and in Colnett
Strait in 316 fathoms. At one Tuscarora
station 1/3 it occurred, latitude 27° 7’ N.,

longitude 142° 7’ EK. in 73 fathoms.

i Larne) XR Ovriine his species is distinguished from the fol-
FIGURE sHowine areRTURAL lowing by the angles of the test which in this
Hie cae ae species are rounded and the sides convex.

Young specimens of Biloculina sometimes may be confused with this

species but usually apertural or other characters will serve to dis-

inguish them as well as the adults of Biloculina that they may be
associated with.

TRILOCULINA TRICARINATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 25, figs. 1, 2.

Triloculina tricarinata D’OrBIaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 299, No. 7;
Modeles, No. 94.—H. B. Brapy, Trans. Linn. Soc. London, vol. 24, 1864,
p. 446, pl. 48, fig. 3.

Miliclina tricarinata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p, 165; pls, fe h7a, 0:

Description.—Test in the adult with three visible chambers,
smooth, the angles of the chambers sharply angled, almost carinate,
whole test somewhat longer than wide, in end view triangular, the
sides straight; aperture with a narrow bifid tooth.

Length, usually about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Goés records T. tricarinata from a single Albatross
station, 3433 in 1,218 fathoms. Bagg records it from the following
four Albatross stations near the Hawaiian Islands: D4000 in 104 to
213 fathoms, D4025 in 275 to 368 fathoms, D4174 in 735 to 865
fathoms, and H4694 in 865 fathoms. In the North Pacific material
I have examined the species has occurred about the Hawaiian Islands,
Midway Island, Guam, and at a number of stations off Japan. These
stations range as low as 1,850 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 67

As a rule T. tricarinata seems to be found in deeper water than
its closely allied species, 7. trigonula.

From one station, D5056 off Japan in 258 fathoms, very large speci-
mens occur with a cruciate aperture similar to the species named by

Fiq. 32.—TRILOCULINA TRICARINATA D’ORBIGNY. X13. OUTLINE FIGURE SHOWING THE APERTURAL
CHARACTERS.

d’Orbigny Cruciloculina triangularis. Sufficient material was not
available for a study of the young stages to compare them with sim-
ilar stages of smaller specimens of 7’. tricarinata.
TRILOCULINA CIRCULARIS Bornemann.
Plate 25, fig. 4; plate 26, fig. 1.

Triloculina circularis BORNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., vol. 7, 1855,
p. 349, pl. 19, fig. 4.

Miliolina circularis H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 169, pl. 4, fig. 3a-c; pl. 5, figs. 18, 14?—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 82.

Fig. 33.—TRILOCULINA CIRCULARIS (BORNEMANN). X36. YOUNG SPECIMEN STILL IN THE QUINQUELOC-
ULINE STAGE FROM HONGKONG HARBOR.

Description.—Test rounded, the three visible chambers in the
adult rounded and tumid, sutures distinct, whole test somewhat
compressed, the last-formed chamber strongly embracing, wall
smooth; aperture a crescentiform narrow slit with a large flattened
semicircular tooth.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—The only definite published North Pacific record for
this species seems to be that given by Goés, Albatross D3407 in 885

68 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fathoms, off the western coast of tropical America. It has occurred
frequently, in the material I have had, off Alaska, about the
Hawaiian Islands, near the Galapagos, off Guam, and at numerous
stations off Japan. These for the most part have been in com-
paratively shallow water, ranging from 21 to 316 fathoms.

Fig. 34.—TRILOCULINA CIRCULARIS (BORNEMANN). X13. ADULT SPECIMEN SHOWING THE TRILOCULINE
CHARACTER IN THE FULLY DEVELOPED SPECIMEN.

The species seems to be definitely triloculine in its fully developed
condition, although as might be expected from its development the
early stages are quinqueloculine. The apertural characters are
rather striking.

TRILOCULINA CIRCULARIS Bornemann, var. SUBLINEATA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 26, fig. 2.

Miliolina circularis BORNEMANN, var. sublineata H. B. Brady, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 169, pl. 4, fig. 7a-c.

Description.—‘‘Similar in general contour, disposition of segments,
form of aperture, and dimensions to Miliolina circularis. Shell thin
and often subtranslucent; decorated with a surface ornament of deli-
cate, interrupted, longitudinal striae.”

Distribution.—Brady described this variety from a single Chaillen-
ger station, off the Admiralty Islands, on the north coast of New
Guinea in 15 to 25 fathoms. The material I have had has come
from two Albatross stations, D4807 in 44 fathoms and D4900 in 139
fathoms, both off the coast of Japan.

The specimens are very similar to those figured by Brady, most of
them even more so than the figured specimen, in which the surface
striae are rather more prominent than usual.

TRILOCULINA CYLINDRICA Fornasini.
Plate 17, fig. 10.

Triloculina cylindrica D’ Orprieny (fide Fornasini), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p. 300, No. 19.—Fornasint, Mem. Accad. Sci. Istit. Bologna, ser. 6, vol. 2,
1905, p. 61, pl. 1, figs. 13a-b.

Miliolina cylindrica RuumBiER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24. 1907, p. 50,
pl. 3, ug. 3G:

Mstribution.—Rhumbler records a few specimens from Chatham
Island which he refers to this species.
The accompanying figure is from Rhumbler.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 69

TRILOCULINA OBLONGA (Montagu).
Plate 26, fig. 3.

Vermiculum oblongum Monraau, Test. Brit., 1903, p. 522, pl. 14, fig. 9.

Triloculina oblonga D’Orbiany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 300, No. 16;
Modéles, No. 95; in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, ‘‘ Foramini-
féres,’’ p. 155, pl. 10, figs. 3-5.

Miliolina oblonga H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
160, pl. 5, fig. 4a, b.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 121.

Description.—Test_ elongate,
the adult with three visible
chambers, last formed chamber
broadest near the initial end and
longer than the preceding ones;
test in end view triangular, the
angles broadly curved, chambers
tumid, sutures distinct; wall
smooth and unornamented;
aperture oval with the tooth
simple or narrow and bifid at

the tip. Fic. 35.—TRILOCULINA OBLONGA D’ORBIGNY. X25.
Length, usually less than OUTLINE OF CHAMBERS OF SPECIMEN FROM “NERO”

1mm 2071 IN 271 FATHOMS OFF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.
Distribution — Brady has two Challenger records of this species
from the North Pacific, 260A, in 40 fathons, coral reefs of Honolulu,
Hawaiian Islands, and 244 in 2,900 fathoms. Bagg records it at one
station, Albatross, D4000 in 104 to 213 fathoms off the Hawaiian

Fig. 36.—TRILOCULINA OBLONGA D’ORBIGNY. 100. MUCH SMALLER SPECIMEN THAN THAT SHOWN IN
FIG. 35, FROM THE SAME STATION, BUT THE TRILOCULINE CHARACTERS FULLY DEVELOPED.
Islands. The material I have had is distributed as follows: Several
Albatross and Nero stations in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands,
Nero station 1466 in 234 fathoms off Guam, and Tuscarora material

from Manila Bay, Philippine Islands.

70 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TRILOCULINA SUBORBICULARIS d’Orbigny.
Plate 21, fig. 3.

Quingueloculina suborbicularis D’OrBieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 302,
No. 29.—ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 1893, p. 215, text figs.
26-28; pl. 2, figs. 63, 64; pl. 3, fig. 67.

Triloculina suborbicularis D’Orxpieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 300, No. 12;
in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839, ‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 177,
pl. 10, figs. 9-11.

Description.—Test suborbicular, much compressed laterally,
breadth as great or greater than the length, chambers rounded on the
peripheral margin, wall longitudinally striate, earliest ones smooth,
aperture subcircular with a flattened lip, tooth simple, semicircular
at some distance in front of the aperture itself, apparently on the
chamber of the preceding coil.

Diameter, usually less than 1 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens closely approximating those figured by
Schlumberger were found at Nero station 2074 in 22 fathoms off the
Hawaiian Islands. These seem very different from the preceding
species. Most of the specimens were apparently still in their quin-
queloculine stage.

TRILOCULINA DEPLANATA (Rhumbler).
Plate 17, fig. 2.

Miliolina deplanata RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 42,
pl. 3, figs. 23, 23a.

Description.—Test triloculine, elongate, elliptical, nearly twice as
long as broad, somewhat compressed; sutures very shallow and
delicate; aperture an elongate slit, with a single somewhat prominent
tooth, slightly raised above the level of the apertural lip.

Length, 0.24 to 0.45 mm. .

Distribution.—Rhumbler described this species from a few speci-
mens from Laysan. I have had no material strictly referable to it.

TRILOCULINA LABIOSA d’Orbigny.
Triloculina labiosa D’Orsieny, in De La Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘*Foraminiféres” p. 157, pl. 10, figs. 12-14.

Miliolina labiosa H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p.
170, pl. 6, figs. 3-5.

Brady records this species from very deep water in the North
Pacific, the tests in the deepest water being completely siliceous. The
depths of these stations range from 2,050 to 3,950 fathoms. The
same species is recorded by Brady from Challenger station 260A in 40
fathoms, coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN, 71
TRILOCULINA FICHTELIANA d’Orbigny.
Triloculina fichteliana D’ORBIaNY, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
**Foraminiféres,’’ p. 152, pl. 9, figs. 8-10.

Miliolina fichteliana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 169, pl. 4, fig. 9a-c.

Description.—Test in the adult triloculine, somewhat wider than
long, the chambers rotund, peripheral margin rounded, sutures deep
and conspicuous, wall longitudinally striate, apertural end little if at
all produced; aperture rather large, rounded, with a simple tooth
and a slightly developed thickened lip.

Length, up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Brady gives among his localities for this species the
following from the North Pacific “in dredged sand from the Inland
Sea of Japan, 14 fathoms, and from the Chinese Sea.”’

Although Brady lumps together T. fichteliana dOrbigny and
T. suborbicularis d’Orbigny, as well as T. webbiana d’Orbigny, there
seems to be some essential differences between the first and second
species at least, and the material I have had from the Hawaiian
Islands belongs to the second species.

TRILOCULINA CUNEATA Karrer.
Plate 17, fig. 1.
Triloculina cuneata Karrer, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien, vol. 55, Abteil, 1867, p. 359,
pl. 2, fig. 8.
Miliolina cuneata RuumBueER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 42,
pl. 3, fig. 22.

Rhumbler records and figures a single specimen from Laysan which
he refers to this species. The specimen, the figure of which is repro-
duced here, shows but two visible chambers on either side, as do
certain of Brady’s figures referred to this species as a “‘ Biloculine
variety.”’ As this single specimen gives little information as to the
relation of this species, it is simply recorded here.

TRILOCULINA CRIBROSTOMA (Rhumbler).
Plate 17, fig. 8.

Miliolina cribrostoma RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 47,
pl. 3, fig. 32.

Description.—Test elongate, about twice as long as wide, elliptical,
longitudinally striate; aperture sieve-like.

Length, 0.39 to 0.54 mm.

Distribution—Rhumbler described this species from numerous
specimens found in shore sands from Laysan.

72 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TRILOCULINA TERQUEMIANA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 27, fig. 2.

Miliolina terquemiana TH. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 166, pl. 114, figs. la, b.

Description.—Test in the adult with three visible chambers, sharply
triangular in end view, the angles acute, surface ornamented by
longitudinal raised costae; aperture oval with a simple or bifid tooth,
narrow.

Length, 0.5 to 1 mm.

Distribution.—This species has not previously been reported from
the North Pacific, the Challenger collecting it only in shallow water
off Ceylon and shore sand from Madagascar. The only material I
have had from the North Pacific is from Hongkong Harbor, where
several specimens were obtained.

This is similar to T. tricarinata with the addition of the costate
ornamentation and the difference in the apertural characters, which,
in the specimens figured in the Challenger report, were not mature.

TRILOCULINA INSIGNIS H. B. Brady.
Plate 27, fig. 3.

Miliolina insignis H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 45;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 165, pl. 4, figs. 8, 10.

Description.—Test in the adult with three visible chambers, the
angles of the chambers usually rounded; test somewhat longer than
wide, surface ornamented by numerous longitudinal raised costae;
aperture nearly circular with a narrow bifid tooth.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records the species from a single North
Pacific station, Challenger 244 in 2,900 fathoms. From the vicinity
of the Hawaiian Islands I have found specimens numerous in material
from Nero 2039 in 24 fathoms, 2040 in 21 fathoms, and 2041 in 33
fathoms.

TRILOCULINA LINNAEANA 4’Orbigny.
Plate 27, fig. 4.

Triloculina linnaeana p’ OrBIeny, in De la Sagra, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba, 1839,
‘‘Foraminiféres,’’ p. 153, pl. 9, figs. 11, 13.

Miliolina linnaeana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 174, pl. 6, figs. 15-20.

Deseription.—Test typically with three visible chambers in the
adult, elongate, tapering toward either end, somewhat compressed,
surface ornamented by a few very prominent raised ridges with deep
concave depressions between; aperture rounded or slightly elliptical
with a single or bifid narrow tooth.

Length, up to 2 mm,

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. io

Distribution.—This species is typical of tropical coral reefs in
shallow water. Brady under the stations listed in the Chal-
lenger report gives its occurrence at one North Pacific station, 260A,
in 40 fathoms from the Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands.
Bagg records it from the same islands in deeper water, Albatross
D4174 in 735-865 fathoms, and H4568 in 1,274 fathoms. Rhumbler
records it from shallow water or shore sands of Laysan Island. I
have had specimens from several Nero stations in the vicinity of the
Hawaiian Islands ranging in depth from 21 to 271 fathoms; also
specimens were found in shore sand from Midway Island.

Genus ADELOSINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Adelosina D’OrBIGNyY (Type A. laevigata d’Orbigny), Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826,
p- 303.—ScHLUMBERGER, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 11, 1886, p. 544.

Description.—Test in its early portion consisting of a large, later-
ally compressed proloculum, followed by a second chamber making
a complete coil and covering the exterior of the proloculum, later
chambers making a half coil, variously ornamented, most frequently
with longitudinal costae.

ADELOSINA LAYSANENSIS Rhumbler.
Plate 17, fig. 9.

Adelosina laysanensis RuuMBLER, Zool. Jahrb., Abteil. Syst., vol. 24, 1907, p. 50,
pl. 3, figs. 37, 38.

Description.—Test elongate elliptical, more than twice as long as
broad, longitudinally ribbed, about 12 visible on the broad side of
the test; apertural end slightly or not at all produced, sometimes
contracted; aperture with a single tooth.

Length, 0.10 to 0.18 mm.

Distribution.—This species was described by Rhumbler from shore
sands of Laysan, where it was found to be common.

Genus BILOCULINA @’Orbigny, 1826.

Biloculina p’Orsieny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 297 (Type B. bulloides
d’Orbigny).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 139.

Description.—Test in the adult, composed of chambers one-half
coil in length, in planes 180° from one another, only the two cham-
bers last formed visible from the exterior; aperture usually broader
than long, typically with a bifid tooth.

As has already been noted in the early pages of the present part,
Biloculina is a genus derived from Quinqueloculina through Trilocu-
lina. In the complete series of stages shown by the microspheric
form of the species after the proloculum and usual] second Cornuspira-
like chamber there is built a series of chambers in planes 144° from

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6—17——6

74 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

one another, five chambers making a cycle, therefore quinqueloculine,
followed by another series added in planes 120° from one another,
three chambers making a cycle, these in turn followed in adult
Biloculina by chambers in two planes 180° apart and two chambers
making the whole cycle. This, then, is the full life history in the
complete series shown in the microspheric form (1) proloculum,
(2) Cornuspira-like chamber, (3) a series of quinqueloculine chambers,
(4) a series of triloculine chambers, and in the adult (5) a series of
biloculine chambers.

As the adult conditions are arrived at early in the megalospheric
form, and as that is much the more common in usual bottom sam-
ples, the early stages of the microspheric form, which in the young
might be confused with species of Quinqueloculina or Triloculina, are
relatively rare. (See pl. 27, fig. 1.)

From the standpoint of phylogenetic work it is interesting to note
that the early quinqueloculine stage has an elongate aperture with a
simple tooth like typical Quinqueloculina, the later triloculine stage
a bifid tooth like typical Triloculina, and the adult develops the typ-
ical broad aperture and complex tooth of the genus Beloculina.

BILOCULINA DEPRESSA d’Orbigny.
Plate 28, figs. 1, 2.

Biloculina depressa D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 298, No. 7;
Modéles, No. 91.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 145, pl. 2, figs. 12, 16, 17; pl. 3, figs. 1, 2—Gos, Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zoél., vol. 29, 1896, p. 87.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 117.

Description.—Test in front view nearly circular, compressed, toward
the periphery extending out into a thin carina, median portion
rotund, in end view ellipsoid, the edges angled and drawn out into
the carina; wall smooth, dull white; aperture broad, without a neck,
the tooth at the ventral side wide, extending nearly the whole width
of the aperture and in end view nearly filling the opening, leaving the
actual aperture but a narrow slit-like opening; at the opposite end of
the chamber there is often a slight fold formed by the covering over
of the tooth of the previous aperture.

Diameter, specimens occur which have a diameter of 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—This is much the most common species of the genus
in the North Pacific material that I have examined. It is one of the
species more or less characteristic of Globigerina-ooze. The species
has been recorded at numerous North Pacific stations by Brady,
Goés, Picaglia, and Bagg. These stations range in depth from 104
to 3,125 fathoms, only two of them, however, being less than 500
fathoms in depth.

In the Albatross, Nero, and Tuscarora material it has occurred fre-
quently, between the Hawaiian Islands and the coast of the United

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. to

States, westward along the path of the Nero and along the line
between Guam and Japan. ‘These stations range in depth from 665
to 2,391 fathoms, the majority of them being about 1,500 fathoms.

BILOCULINA MURRHYNA Schwager.
Plate 28, fig. 3; plate 29, fig. 1.

Biloculina murrhyna Scuwacer, Novara-Exped., Geol. Thiel., vol. 2, 1866,
p. 203, pl. 4, figs. 15 a-c—ScutumBerGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4,
1891, p. 165, pl. 9, figs. 52-54, text figs. 8, 9.

Biloculina depressa p’ORBIGNY, var. murrhyana H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 146, pl. 2, figs. 10, 11—Baae, Proc. U.S.
Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 117.

Description.—Test in front view in young specimens nearly circular,
in adult specimens somewhat longer than broad, in end view ellipsoid
with the borders extended and carinate, the carina interrupted at the
point opposite the aperture, leaving a sinus, rather deep and often
with a long spine at each angle in young specimens; in adults sinus
less deep and the spines usually reduced or wanting; aperture in the
young with a neck not exceeding the periphery of the test; in adults
with a prominently exserted tubular neck with a bifid tooth partially
filling the nearly circular opening; wall smooth.

Diameter, usually about 1 to 1.5 mm. in adults.

Distribution.—Brady records a single North Pacific station for this
species, Challenger 244 in 1,850 fathoms; Goés records it off the
western coast of America in 1,000-1,200 fathoms; and Bagg from two
Albatross stations off the Hawaiian Islands H4502 in 1,342 fathoms
and H4555 in 1,398 fathoms. I have notes of its occurrence at about
20 Nero stations from the Hawaiian Islands westward to Midway
Island, to Guam, and to Japan, most of the stations having depths of
more than a thousand fathoms. It has occurred at Albatross D2806
in 1,379 fathoms off the Galapagos Islands and D4957 in 437 fathoms
off Japan, as well as at a few scattered stations dredged by the

Tuscarora.
BILOCULINA SERRATA L. W. Bailey.

Plate 29, fig. 2.

Biloculina serrata L. W. BattEy, Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., vol. 7, 1862, p. 350,
pl. 8, fig. E.—ScuitumBerGeER, Teuille Jeun. Nat., vol. 13, 1883, p. 106, pl.
3, fig. 3; Mem. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1891, p. 163, pl. 9, figs. 50, 51,
text figs. 6, 7.

Biloculina depressa D’ RBIGNY, var. serrata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 146, pl. 2, fig. 3.—Gois, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél.,
vol. 29, 1896, p. 87.—F int, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 294,
pl. 40, fig. 2.

Description.—Test in front view nearly circular, central portion
tumid, toward the periphery compressed, forming a carina which is
deeply serrate, the middle of the margin opposite the aperture with a

76 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

deep reentrant, serrations less deep toward the apertural end; wall
smooth, white, somewhat shining; aperture subcircular, with a narrow
neck, although not produced, tooth strongly bifid, only partially
fillmg the opening.

Diameter, up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Goés recorded this species from Albatross material
from the west coast of America in 1,000 to 1,200 fathoms. Flint also
recorded it from Albatross D2805 in 51 fathoms in Panama Bay.
I have had well-developed material from but two North Pacific sta-
tions, Tuscarora 47, latitude 26° 41’ N.; longitude 142° 42’ E. in 1,331
fathoms, and Albatross D4953 in 1,350 fathoms, off Japan.

This species is evidently rare in the North Pacific. It is closely
allied to B. murrhyna, with the deep reéntrant at the basal end and
in the narrow neck and nearly circular aperture.

The original description of L. W. Bailey has evidently been over-
looked, as the paper was largely devoted to diatoms. An examina-
tion of the figure and description, however, are perfectly convincing
evidence that this is the same species as the one that Bailey had.

An examination of the original notes and drawings of J. W. Bailey
shows that he had recognized but not published this species at a
much earlier date.

BILOCULINA SARSII Schlumberger.
Plate 30, fig. 2.

Biloculina ringens H. B. Brapy (not B. ringens Lamarck), Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 142, pl. 2, fig. 7.

Biloculina sarsi SCHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1881, p. 166,
pl. 9, figs. 55-59, text figs. 10-11.

Description.—Test in front view nearly circular, the ends slightly
truncate, in end view ellipsoid, the periphery angled, somewhat pro-
duced, margin subcarinate; wall smooth; aperture very broad in
end view, with the tooth curved, concave in the middle, the ends
extended and the aperture curving in a circle about them, aperture
nearly two-fifths the width of the whole test.

Diameter, about 1 to 1.3 mm.

Distribution.—Specimens seemingly identical with this species were
obtained from three Nero stations 1254 in 264 fathoms, between
Guam and Japan, and 2037 and 2070 in 55 and 285 fathoms, respec-
tively, both off the Hawaiian Islands. It occurred at Tuscarora
station 47, in 1,499 fathoms, latitude 24° 20’ N., longitude 54° 06’ E.,
and from Albatross H4882 in 248 fathoms in Colnett Strait, D4807 in
44 fathoms, D4874 in 66 fathoms, and D4922 in 60 fathoms, all off
Japan.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. eh

BILOCULINA VESPERTILIO Schlumberger.
Plate 30, fig. 1.

Biloculina ringens H. B. Brapy (not Lamarck), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 142, pl. 2, fig. 8.

Biloculina vespertilio ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1891,

p. 174, pl. 10, figs. 74-76, text figs. 20-22.
Description.—Test in front view subcircular, the apertural end
broadly truncate, in end view very tumid; the periphery rounded,

Fic. 37.—BILOCULINA VESPERTILIO SCHLUMBERGER. X5. OUTLINE FIGURE OF VERY LARGE SPECIMEN
FROM “ ALBATROSS’? D5056 IN SURUGA GULF, JAPAN.

Fig. 38.—BILOCULINA VESPERTILIO SCHLUMBERGER. X50. APERTURAL PORTION OF TEST IN SMALLER
SPECIMEN WITH THE MORE TYPICAL SINOUS FORM OF APERTURE AND TOOTH WITH LARGE LATERAL WINGS.

FROM D5056.
wal] smooth except for small transverse ridges on the adult chambers;
suture slightly indentate along the edges; aperture elongate, with a
large tooth, the center with a slight point, the ends broadly rounded,
the apertural opening narrow, curving about it.

Diameter, nearly 2 mm.

Fic. 39.—BILOCULINA VESPERTILIO SCHLUMBERGER. X50. APERTURAL PORTION OF TEST IN VERY LARGE

SPECIMEN WHERE APERTURE HAS BECOME STRAIGHTER AND THE TOOTH LESS CONSPICUOUS. FROM
D5056.

Distribution—Specimens which were very similar to those de-
scribed and figured by Schlumberger and by Brady were found in
some numbers at Albatross station D5056 in 258 fathoms off the coast
of Japan.

The apertural characters are very striking, having a rather beautiful
series of curves.

78 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

BILOCULINA ELONGATA d’Orbigny.
Plate 31, fig. 1.

Biloculina elongata D’OrBIaNny, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 298, No. 4.—

H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 144, pl. 2, fig. 9.—
ScHLUMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1891, p. 184,
pl. 11, figs. 87, 88, pl. 12, fig. 89, text figs. 35, 36.—Baae,
Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34, 1908, p. 118.

Description.—Test elongate, pyriform, tapering
eradually to the apertural end, somewhat rounded
truncate at the opposite end, in end view cham-
bers well rounded, periphery rounded, suture
depressed; wall smooth, white; aperture ellipti-
cal, about twice as long as high, with a small
flattened rounded tooth only about one-fourth
filling the opening in end view.

Length, 0.5 to 0.8 mm.

Distribution.—Bagg records this species from
the following three Albatross stations in the
vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands: D4017 in 305
fathoms, D4025 in 275-368 fathoms, and H4567
in 1,307 fathoms. I have had material from
Bo three Nero stations in the same region, 2037 in
WiG. 2) ioeoniva Gow. DD Labhoms12070 im 285 fathoms: and! 207141 2m

Gata D’ORBIGNY. X18. fathoms; also from Tuscarora station 1 in latitude
21° 10’ N.; longitude 158° 04’ W., in 206 fathoms.

BILOCULINA GLOBULUS Bornemann.
Plate 31, fig. 2.

Biloculina globulus BoRNEMANN, Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Gesell., vol. 7, 1855,
p. 349, pl. 19, fig. 3—ScutumBerceR, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1891,
p. 188, pl. 12, figs. 97-100, text figs. 42-44.

Description.—Test in front view oval, in end view irregularly
globular, chambers very tumid, suture slightly depressed, in side view
the last formed chamber at the aboral end somewhat curving out
over the preceding chamber; wall smooth, white; aperture semicir-
cular, with a simple flat tooth filling a large part of the opening.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—About the Hawaiian Islands the species has occurred
at Nero stations 2037 in 55 fathoms, 2071 in 271 fathoms, and Alba-
tross H3007 in 323 fathoms; near Guam, Nero 1464 in 891 fathoms;
in Colnett Strait, Albatross H4882 in 248 fathoms. It also occurred
at two Tuscarora stations 1, latitude 21° 10’ N.; longitude 158° 04’ W.,
in 206 fathoms, and 2 in latitude 33° 46’ N.; longitude 140° 21’ E.,
in 437 fathoms.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 79

BILOCULINA ANOMALA Schlumberger.
Plate 32, fig. 1.

Biloculina anomala ScHtuMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4, 1891, p. 182,
pl. 11, figs. 84-86; pl. 12, fig. 101, text figs. 32-34.

Description.—Test pyriform in front view, broadest near the aboral
end, tapering toward the apertural end, the chambers in end view
well rounded; the suture depressed, periphery of the test broadly
rounded; wall smooth, white; aperture arcuate, fairly broad, in
front view the dorsal edge of the aperture making an obtuse angle,
which in end view shows as a slight projection into the curved line
of the aperture; tooth elongate with curved ends.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—I have haa this species from but two North Pacific
stations, Albatross H2923 in 392 fathoms and Nero 2070 in 285
fathoms, both in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands. These speci-
mens had all the external characters of the species. Especially dis-
tinct was the angle mentioned by Schlumberger as a characteristic
feature of the species. Material was not in sufficient quantity,
however, to section.

BILOCULINA LUCERNULA Schwager.
Plate 32, fig. 2.

Biloculina lucernuva Scxwacer, Novara-Exped., Geol. Theil., vol. 2, 1866, p. 202,
pl. 4, figs. 14a-c, 17 a, b.—ScoLtuMBERGER, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, vol. 4,
1891, p. 185, pl. 12, figs. 90-96, text figs. 37-41.

Biloculina bulloides H. B. Brapy (not d’Orbigny) Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology,
vol. 9, 1884, p. 142, pl. 2, figs. 5, 6.—Baae, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., vol. 34,
1908, p. 117.

Biloculina tubulosa H. B. Brapy (not Costa), Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol.
9, 1884, p. 147, pl. 3, figs. 6, 14.—Goks, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zodl., vol. 29, 1896,
p. 86.—F int, Ann. Rep. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1897 (1899), p. 293, pl. 34, fig. 1.

Description.—Test of adult in front view nearly circular, the aper-
tural and aboral ends projecting somewhat; in end view the chambers
well curved; the periphery bluntly angled, wall slightly roughened by
the fine layer of sand which seems to be characteristic of the species,
often giving it a yellowish brown appearance; aperture exserted,
with a short cylindrical neck, truncate at the end, in end view circular,
the small tooth well rounded, about half fillmg the opening.

Length, up to 1.5 mm.

Distribution.—Goés has recorded this species from Albatross D3375,
in 772 fathoms off the western coast of America under the name
B. tubulosa, and Flint from D3080 in 93 fathoms off the coast of
Oregon. Bagg records it as B. bulloides from four Albatross stations
off the Hawaiian Islands, D4000 in 104-213 fathoms, D4025 in 275-
368 fathoms, H4555 in 1,398 fathoms, and H4596 in 367 fathoms.

80 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The only well-characterized adult material I have had is from
Nero station 1012 in 1,932 fathoms, between Guam and Japan, and
Nero 1466 in 234 fathoms off Guam.

In many of the specimens of this species as shown by Schlum-
berger, the adult does not reach the complete biloculine development,
but still retains a modified triloculine condition even in its last whorl.
Such conditions are seen in many of the specimens recorded as
B. tubulosa. The fine sand layer incorporated into the outer wall is a
very striking characteristic of the species.

BILOCULINA DENTICULATA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 33, fig. 1.

Biloculina ringens (LAMARCK), var. denticulata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Chal-
lenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 143, pl. 3, figs. 4, 5.

Description.—Test roughly quadrangular in front view; in end
view compressed, biconvex; apertural end broadly rounded; oppo-
site end with a series of short irregular teeth; wall smooth; aperture
very boad and narrow, extending nearly the whole width of the test,
the ends somewhat expanded, tooth long and narrow, making the
inner border of the aperture plate-like, somewhat raised above the
level of the surface to which it is attached, as is the whole border of
the aperture.

Length, up to 0.90 mm.

Distribution.—The typical material of this variety came from
Honolulu coral reefs, Hawaiian Islands, in 40 fathoms; off Tonga-
tabu, Friendly Islands, in 18 fathoms, and off the Admiralty Islands,
in 15 to 20 fathoms. Millett records it from the Malay region. It
seems, therefore, in its typical form to be an East Indian species and
its relation to the Eocene B. ringens only remote.

The best material I have had is from shallow water in Apra Bay,
Guam.

BILOCULINA DENTICULATA (H. B. Brady), var. STRIOLATA (H. B. Brady).
Plate 33, figs. 2, 3.

Biloculina ringens (LAMARCK), var. striolata H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 143, pl. 3, figs. 7, 8—Mrierr, Journ. Roy. Micr.
Soc., 1898, p. 262, pl. 5, fig. 8.

Description.—General form similar to the typical B. denticulata,
but with the added character of a definite surface ornamentation
consisting of a series of costae on the lower half of the penultimate
chamber, occasionally on the ultimate also.

Length, up to 0.85 mm.

Distribution.—Brady described this variety from a few stations
among the islands off the southern shores of New Guinea, just west

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 81

of Torres Straits, in 6 to 8 fathoms. Millett records it at one station
in the Malay region, Barvean Roads, between Java and Borneo, in
14 fathoms. The only material I have had that figured here is from
Nero station 2071, in 271 fathoms, off the Hawaiian Islands.

This record links closely the distribution of this variety with the
typical form of the species.

BILOCULINA COMATA H.B. Brady.
Plate 34, fig. 1.

Biloculina comata H. B. Brapy, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci., vol. 21, 1881, p. 45;
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 144, pl. 8, figs. 9a, b.

Description.—Test subglobular, the chambers very much inflated
and rotund, in end view subcircular, wall ornamented with numerous
fine longitudinal costae; aperture elongate, with a tooth with large
wing-like developments at the ends.

Length, up to 2.5 mm.

Distribution—F rom most of the records for this species it seems
to be widely distributed at medium depths. In the North Pacific
material I have examined it has occurred at the following stations:
about the Hawaiian Islands, Albatross station H2922, in 268
fathoms; H3007 in 323 fathoms; Nero 200 in 625 fathoms; 366 in 1,511
fathoms and 1692 in 754 fathoms between Midway Island and Guam;
1410 in 1,444 fathoms between Guam and Japan.

BILOCULINA COMATA H. B. Brady, var. SERRATULA, new variety.

Plate 34, figs. 2, 3.

Description.—Test in general similar to B. comata, the ornamenta-
tion much closer and finer and less evenly distributed, the test being
a striated one rather than a test with costae as in the typical form;
the periphery with a few very prominent tooth-like projections;
apertural end contracted into a short neck; aperture itself nearly
circular with a small bifid tooth.

Length, up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9164, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 1299 in 1,817 fathoms; others from Nero station 1294 in
1,417 fathoms and 1311 in 1,503 fathoms, all between Japan and
Guam.

Added data may show that this is a definite species rather than
a variety of B. comata, as it has a considerable number of dis-
tinctive characters. More material, however, is desirable.

BILOCULINA MILLETTH, new species.
Plate 34, figs. 4, 5.

Miliolina durrandvi Miu.ett (part) Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 268, pl. 6,
figs. 8-10 (not fig. 7).

82 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Description.—Test in front view broadly elliptical, in end view
compressed, chambers biconvex, the periphery with a definitively
developed thin carina, wall smooth except for occasional transverse
ribs usually indistinct; aperture slightly produced, broadly elliptical,
with a slightly thickened border joing the carina at its outer edge;
the aperture with a small bifid tooth.

Length, up to 1 mm.

Distribution.—Millett’s material was from the Malay region.
The specimens here figured (type Cat. No. 9165, U.S.N.M.) are from
Hongkong Harbor.

In his figures Millett apparently has two distinct species, one a
Quinqueloculina or Massalina with a conspicuous surface ornamenta-
tion of oblique costae near the peripheral border of the apertural end
of the chambers, the other a smooth Biloculina. All the figures are
of equal or greater magnification than figure 7, so that is apparently
not the young of the form shown in the other figures, 8 to 70.

BILOCULINA SEMICOSTATA, new species.

Plate 34, fig. 6.

Description.—Test in front view subcircular, in end view somewhat
compressed, biconvex; wall smooth except for the definite costae
of the ornamentation running from the aperture as a single median
longitudinal costa, soon becoming dichotomously divided into two,
which run slightly beyond the median point of the test, where they
eradually disappear; penultimate chamber with similar costae;
apertural end somewhat produced and contracted to form a sub-
cylindrical neck with a slightly thickened lip and broadly elliptical
aperture with a rounded tooth filling a large part of the aperture.

Length, about 1 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9166, U.S.N.M.) from Nero
station 372 in 1,738 fathoms between Midway Island and Guam.

The definite single median costae, becoming divided into two in
the central portion of the surface of the chamber, is the most striking
feature of this apparently deep-water species.

BILOCULINA FLINTII, new species.

Plate 35, fig. 1.

Description.—Test spimose, the periphery with a series of irregular
spinose projections and a stout spine in the middle of the surface
of each chamber; wall otherwise smooth, apertural end contracted
and extended into a short conical neck with a circular aperture and a
bifid tooth.

Length, up to 1.35 mm.

Distribution.—Type-specimen (Cat. No. 9167, U.S.N.M.) from a
Nero station near Midway Island, but without number. Other speci-

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 83

mens are from Nero station 461 in 711 fathoms and 1692 in 754
fathoms between Midway Island and Guam.

This is a rather striking species with its large spines and projecting
neck. It is named after Dr. James M. Flint, of the United States
National Museum.

Genus NEVILLINA Sidebottom, 1905.

Nevillina Siwesortom (Type N. coronata (Millett)), Mem. and Proc. Manchester
Lit. and Philos. Soc., vol. 49, pt. 2, No. 11, 1905, p. 1.

Description.—‘‘Test free, elongate, more or less pyriform, circular
in transverse section, the final chamber completely embracing the
previous one. Aperture circular, complex, formed by numerous in-
curved lamellae, meeting centrally.”

The above is the original description of the genus as given by
Sidebottom. The early stages are shown in his figures to be trilocu-
line before the final single chambered condition is taken on. Evi-
dently this is a genus which is developed from Biloculina and is found
in a region contaiming older types such as Trigonia and Nautilus.
Comparing the fossil foraminifera, the relationships of this most inter-
esting form are rather clearly indicated.

Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger have described two genera,
Idalina and Periloculina, from the Upper Cretaceous of southern
Europe, which are very clearly related to this genus Nevillina. In
both Jdalina and Periloculina the same character of a completely
embracing chamber is found in the adult and the aperture is also
complex, in both having a large area with many openings radiating
toward the center. In J/dalina especially is found a circular aperture
with numerous roughly triangular openings with the base at the
periphery and apex toward the center, rather more ornate and com-
plex than in Nevillina, but essentially the same.

The development of both Jdalina and Periloculina has been worked
out by Munier-Chalmas and Schlumberger in great detail.

In the development of Jdalina, at least in the microspheric form,
after a Cornuspira stage following the proloculum, there is developed
the regular quinqueloculine test with a 2/5 arrangement of the cham-
bers—that is, each succeeding chamber placed at a point 144° from
the preceding one, five chambers being necessary to make up the
periphery. ‘This in turn is followed by a regular triloculine stage, in
which the chambers are added 120° from one another, three chambers
completing the periphery, followed in turn by a biloculine stage with
chambers 180° from one another, two chambers completing the
periphery. In the final adult stage the last formed chamber embraces
all the others, except at the point of attachment above the previous
aperture. The development of Periloculina shows the same series of
stages in the microspheric form at least.

84 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The very early stages in Nevillina are not described, but there is
evidently an early triloculine stage followed by a biloculine one before
the adult embracing chamber is formed. These stages are shown in
Sidebottom’s figures and noted by him. Microspheric specimens
would undoubtedly show the complete series of developmental stages
already noted for Jdalina.

This is, then, a most interesting recent genus, allied closely with
these upper cretaceous genera of southwestern Europe. It is found
also in that portion of the oceans which is known to contain some of
the most ancient forms in regard to certain groups of the mollusca at
least.

A single species is known and it seems to be very rare.

NEVILLINA CORONATA (Millett).
Plate 35, figs. 2-5.

Biloculina coronata MutEtr, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1898, p. 263, pl. 6, figs. 6a—-c.
Nevillina coronata StpeBottom, Mem. and Proc. Manchester Lit. and Philos.
Soc., vol. 49, pt. 2, No. 11, 1905, p. 1, pl., figs. 1-8.

Description.—‘‘Test elongate, more or less pyriform, circular in
transverse section. Aperture circular, complex, formed by numerous
incurved lamellae, meeting centrally.”’

Length, up to 2 mm.

Distribution.—Millett’s specimen was from the northeast coast of
Sumatra, while those of Sidebottom were from Port Blair, east side of
Andaman Island, at entrance to the port, between Ross Island and
the main island, 16 fathoms, and Sulu roadstead, 12 fathoms. The
last station is followed by this note: ‘‘Very strong tide sweeping
through the anchorage. Many shoals, and reefs of growing coral in
the Sulu Sea, and many banks frequented by pearl fishers.”

From the fact that the species does not seem to have been taken by
the Challenger and that Millett had but a single specimen it is evident
that it is a very rare species.

The description and figures are from Sidebottom.

Genus PENEROPLIS Montfort.

Nautilus (part) ForsKat, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 125.
Peneroplis Montrort, Conch. Syst., 1808, 65th genre, p. 259.—H. B. Brapy,
Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 203.

Description.—Test planospiral, at least in the early stages, whole
test lenticular, thick or much compressed, circular, crosier-shaped or
cylindrical; surface smooth or the chambers longitudinally striate;
chambers entire, not subdivided as in the following genera; aperture
in the complanate forms consisting of a linear series of pores on the
apertural face, in the less compressed forms an irregularly arranged
series of pores and in the more or less uncoiled forms often becoming
dendritic.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 85

There are numerous varieties or species which by recent authors
have usually been placed in a single species, P. pertusus (Forskal).
As the various forms seem to have rather constant characters of form
in combination with certain characters of aperture it seems as though
they may really be more distinctive than has been given general
credit. The genus is especially common in shallow waters of the tropi-
cal regions, being one of the characteristic foraminifera of coral reefs.

The young of Peneroplis pertusus have been observed by Schacko.
Copies of two of his figures are given (fig. 1). In this early develop-
ment at the time that the mégalospheric young leave the parent test
they consist each of a globular or oval proloculum with the encircling
second chamber usually about a half coil in length, being very similar
to the early stage of the Quinqueloculine series and of Spiroloculina.
These two chambers have a thin shell wall of even thickness through-
out, the wall of the second Cornuspira-like chamber being continuous
with that of the proloculum and building no floor on the adjacent wall
of the proloculum. The apertural end of the
second chamber has a slightly thickened lip.

Figure 41 shows the development seen in
the early chambers of the ordinary megaio-
spheric form, the proloculum measuring 35u
in this specimen. Here, as in the young
specimen (fig. 1), there is a globose prolocu-
lum (1) followed by the elongated, coiled
second chamber (2) comparable to Cornuspira.
In Peneroplis asin the two following genera
(Orbiculina and Orbitolites) the first and
second chambers are perforated by very fine Fre. 41—Earry campers oF
pores. Peneroplis was removed from this {imma x3, Megaco,
group by Rhumbler on this basis of perfora- — srueric rrotocurum 354 IN
tions, but it has since been shown by Lister 9 °*"*"**
to be equally characteristic of the early chambers of Orbiculina and
Orbitolites.

The third chamber (3) is more or less globular, connecting with the
second chamber by a narrow passage, circular in cross section. The
floor of this chamber is laid down on the wall of the proloculum,
causing an appreciable thickening. The aperture of chamber 3 is on
the inner border of the apertural wall and takes an oblique direction
as it traverses the wall of the test. This obliquity causes a thicken-
ing of the wall below, which is characteristic throughout the later
development of the test. Succeeding chambers are very similar to
chamber 3 in their general characters. This series of chambers
forms a close coiled test. In the specimen figured the first eight
globular chambers make up a complete coil. In succeeding coils the
number of chambers in a single coil is larger, as the chambers do not
increase in size proportionately to the increase in the size of the test.

86 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

All of the earlier chambers of Peneroplis have similar apertures
but in later coils there are developed multiple apertures in some
cases. Certain forms may complete their
tests with all of the apertures single; others
may have multiple apertures developed fairly
early. This apparently has a definite relation
to the form of the test.

The microspheric form of the test (fig. 42)
differs from the megalospheric form in the
size of the proloculum, the number of coils in
the test, and especially in the loss of the
Cornuspira-like second chamber. The same
condition will be noted in the two following
be genera, Orbiculina and Orbitolites. This is a
Fic. 42—Earty cuameers or very peculiar condition in which the micro-

Fi tea sr Meno, Spheric form is the more accelerated in this

SPHERIC PROLOCULUM 184 iN respect, while in most of the genera of the

a ee family it is the megalospheric form which is
the most accelerated and therefore most apt to skip certain of the
early stages.

PENEROPLIS PERTUSUS (Forskal).
Plate 36, fig. 1; plate 37, figs. 1, 2, 6.

Nautilus pertusus ForsKiu, Descr. Anim., 1775, p. 125, No. 65.
Peneroplis pertusus JONES, PARKER, and H. B. Brapy, Foram. Crag., 1865, p.
19.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, 1884, p. 204, pl. 18, figs. 16, 17.

Description.——Test planospiral, composed of several coils, central
umbilical portion usually visible throughout the development of the
test, chambers numerous, tncreasing gradually in height, but the test
close coiled throughout; sutures somewhat depressed, wall marked
by longitudinal, slightly oblique lines; aperture consisting of numet-
ous slightly elongate pores along the apertural face, the whole with a
thickened lip.

Diameter, up to 2 mm,

Distribution.—Bagg records this typical form from Albatross station
4017 in 305 fathoms near the Hawaiian Islands and Rhumbler from
shore sands of Laysan Island. In the Nero material the typical form
has occurred at numerous stations off the Hawaiian Islands in from
22 to 271 fathoms, off Guam, Nero 1466 in 234 fathoms, from Manila
Bay and from Gaspar Straits, North Pacific Exploring Expedition,
Captain Rodgers. It also occurred at Tuscarora 60, latitude 21° 14’
N.; longitude 157° 36’ W. in 63 fathoms.

Besides this typical, planospiral, closely coiled form, there are
several different forms which seem worthy of at least varietal dis-
tinction. In the material at my disposal these do not seem to have

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 87

their distinctive characters broken down as claimed by Brady, but
seem to be well characterized. In their earlier stages they may not
be easily distinguished, but this is also true of various allied forms in
many groups.

PENEROPLIS PERTUSUS (Forskal), var. PLANATUS (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 37, fig. 3.

Nautilus (Intwus) arietinus (part) Barscu, Conch, Seesandes, 1791, p. 4, pl. 6,
figs. 15a, b.

Nautilus planatus, var. B. Ficureu and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 91, pl. 16,
figs. ld, e, f.

Peneroplis planatus p’ORrBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 285, No. 1;
Modéles, No. 16.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 204, pl. 138, fig. 15.

Description.—Test in the young close coiled, becoming in the adult
broad and complanate, the chambers increasing rapidly in height,
wall ornamented with numerous longitudinal costae, broken at the
depressed sutures; aperture consisting of a long, single row of small
circular pores along the median line of the flattened apertural face.

Distribution. Bagg records this variety from Albatross station
4694 in 865 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands. I have specimens
from a single Nero station in the same region 2039 in 24 fathoms. It
also occurred in the material from Gaspar Straits, from Hongkong,
and from the Tuscarora from Manila Bay.

In some respects the young of this variety may resemble the typi-
cal form, but the height of the chambers increases fairly early and
it is-much flatter as well. The apertural characters of the adult are
also seen fairly early in the development.

PENEROPLIS PERTUSUS (Forskal), var. CARINATUS d’Orbigny .
Plate 37, fig. 4.

Peneroplis carinatus D’ORBIGNY, Foram Amér. Mérid., 1839, p. 33, pl. 3, figs. 7,
8.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 205, pl. 18,
fig. 14.

Description.—Test planospiral, nautiloid, each coil completely cov-
ering the preceding to the umbilicus, test close coiled throughout,
sutures usually strongly limbate; wall smooth; aperture consisting of
numerous small circular pores scattered over the roughly triangular
apertural face.

Distribution.—Specimens of this variety were found in some
numbers in the material from Gaspar Straits but were not found
elsewhere in the North Pacific material.

This form seems very different from most of the others and seems
more worthy of specific rank than the others included here.

88 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
PENEROPLIS PERTUSUS (Forskal), var. ARIETINUS (Batsch).

Plate 36, fig. 2; plate 37, fig. 5.

Nautilus (Lituus) arietinus (part) Barscx, Conch. Seesandes, 1791, p. 4, pl. 6,
fig. 15c.

Peneroplis arietinus ParKer, Jones, and H. B. Brapy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 16, 1865, p. 26, pl. 1, fig. 18.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger,
Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 204, pl. 13, figs. 18, 19, 22.

Description.—Test planospiral in its early stages, later becoming
uncoiled and building chambers in a linear series, in transverse sec-
tion elongate elliptical, wall longitudinally striate, aperture consist-
ing of an irregular series of pores in the middle line of the apertural
face.

Distribution—Rhumbler has recorded this variety from shore
sands of Laysan Island. I have it from Nero stations 2039 in 24
fathoms and 2042 in 55 fathoms off the Hawaiian Islands, from Gas-
par Straits, and Tuscarora material from Manila Bay.

Genus ORBICULINA Lamarck, 1816.

Nautilus (part) Ficuren and Mott (type, O. adunca (Fichtel and Moll)), Test.
Micr., 1803, p. 112.

Orbiculina LAmMarcK, Ency. Méthod., pt. 23, 1816, p. 468.—H. B. Brapy, Rep.
Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 208.

Description.—Test planospiral, at least in its early stages, the
chambers numerous, and in the later stages, at least, subdivided into
chamberlets, the early chambers in all forms extending over the
early test to the umbilical region, making a completely involute test
in the early stages, later tests may continue the completely involute
character, or may become annuli or build a crosier-shaped test, wall
usually pitted, sometimes smooth; aperture in the adult usually con-
sisting of a double row of small circular openings usually opposite,
along the median portion of the apertural face of the test.

This genus may most easily be distinguished from Peneroplis by its
subdivided chambers and from Orbitolites by the early chambers
which in Orbiculina are involute, causing a thickening of the test in
the umbilical region. From Orbitolites duplex it may be distinguished
by the pores which in circular specimens of Orbiculina are near the
median line of the apertural face and usually opposite, while in
Orbitolites duplex they are near the peripheral margins and usually
alternate.

Orbiculina is not at all common in the North Pacific, but from the
records appears to be common about the East Indies and Philippines.
A comparison of the development of the two most distinctive forms
0. compressa and O. adunea is here given for a comparison on one hand
with Peneroplis and on the other with Orbitolites.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 89

Development of Orbiculina compressa d’Orbigny.

The early chambers in a specimen of this species are shown in
figure 43. There is an oval proloculum with a thin wall of uniform
thickness. The second chamber is elongate, closely coiling on the
surface of the proloculum for about a half coil in length. Both the
proloculum and this second chamber are finely perforate, a character
seen also, as already noted, in the young of Peneroplis. The third
chamber is globular and connects with
chamber 2 by a single aperture. Cham-
bers 3 to 7 are of the same general char-
acter, and at this stage (in section at least)
this might be the young of Peneroplis.
Chamber 7 completes a single coil from
the proloculum. This number of cham-
bers is also very similar to the condition
seen in the first coil of Peneroplis.
Chamber 8 adds a new character, that of
multiple apertures, there being two in
this chamber. Chambers 8 to 12 each
have two apertures. Chamber 15 has
developed three apertures. Fig. 43.—EARLY CHAMBERS OF ORBI-

Asthechambers increaseinheight there — °7* CONTBESSS PORBIGNY, X 83.
is a corresponding increase in the number of the apertures. In the
later development of this same specimen (fig. 44) the chambers in-
crease rapidly in height from the sixteenth to the twentieth. The
outer end of each chamber keeps to the outer curve of the test
which has taken on a less closely coiled condition. As the opposite
or inner end of each chamber extends back to the previous coil, a
considerable increase in the extent of the
chamber must necessarily result. Chamber
21 initiates a new character, its outer end
extending beyond that of the preceding and
back on the outer curve of the test. This is
continued by the following chambers each
extending back at both ends to the wall of
the earlier built portion. This method of
Fig. 44—DrveLormeNt or A growth is continued until the opposite ends

SPECIMEN OF ORBICULINA COM- :

PRESSA D’ORDIGNY, UP To anp Of & Chamber meet on the peripheral wall

INCLUDING THE TWENTY-rourTHd and make a complete annulus. ‘This takes

eee oe place in this individual at the thirty-fifth
chamber. From this point each chamber forms a complete annulus
about the preceding chambers throughout succeeding growth.

Development of Orbiculina adunca (Fichtel and Moll).

This species in its early development is in most respects compar-
able to that of the preceding species, O. compressa, but is much more
53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6—17——7

90 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

accelerated. There is in the megalospheric form (fig. 45), a large,
nearly spherical proloculum, followed by an elongated chamber of a
half coil in length. This second chamber is very low at its inception
but widens gradually toward its apertural end. The wall of the
proloculum and second chamber is continuous, of uniform thickness,
in the second chamber building no
floor, and as already noted in Pen-
eroplis and O. compressa the wall is
perforate. Chamber 3 is globular with
a single aperture exactly comparable
to the third chamber of 0. compressa
and also to the third chamber of Pen-
eroplis. Its shell development may
be seen in the figure, continuing
the periphery of the test from cham-
ber 2 and making a thin layer on
the apertural wall of that chamber,
building its floor directly on the
Fic, 45.—EARLY CHAMBERS OF ORBIcuLINA wall of the proloculum. This same

ADUNCA, BY TRANSMITTED LIGHT, X 50. development may be seen in the
chambers of O. compressa (fig. 43).

in O. adunca chamber 4 has two apertures, thus taking on here the
character which was taken on in the specimen of O. compressa in the
eighth chamber and in Peneroplis taken on much later than this,
the sixteenth chamber in Schag¢ko’s figure and in some specimens of
Peneroplis never reached (fig. 41).
O. adunca is then a much accelerated
species.

Chamber 5 has also two apertures.
Chamber 6 has three apertures, a
character not attained in the speci-
men of O. compressa until chamber
13. Chamber 7 also has three aper-
tures. Chamber 8 has four aper-
tures, as have the other chambers
shown in the figure. Instead of the Fic. 46.—PorTION OF VERTICAL SECTION OF
test being a compressed one as in gross anp uate revorons Waoms DY
O. compressa, O. adunea has a much section on nicur BB’, CC’. P, PRoto-
thicker test’ due to tho overlap- ‘i204, %*5 #xcoy comnemucms
ping of the preceding chambers at ocurum, A, A’, CHAMBERS oF FIRST
the sides. This is shown in the ""™°™
section (fig. 46) at right angles to the first section. In this
figure P shows the proloculum and X and X’ the two op-
posite portions of chamber 2 in cross section. At X the com-
mon wall between the two chambers is bent inward and at

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 91

X’ it is simply flattened. This is interesting in comparison with the
section of the actual two-chambered young of Peneroplis figured by
Schako (fig. 1). where the wall of the proloculum is simply flattened
on the two sides and not bent inward. Lister’s figure of a similar
section of 0. adunca shows this concavity at one side and flattening at
the other as in our figure. At A is shown the section across a chamber
in the position of chamber 8 or 9 in the other section (fig. 45)—
that is, a chamber at the point where one complete coil has been
made. At A’ is shown a portion of a chamber on the opposite side.
These two chambers indicate in section the width of the test at the
second coil. Chambers B and B’ show the thickness of the test at
the end of the third coil and C and C’ at the completion of the fourth
coil. Each coil slightly overlaps its preceding half, as is seen in the
cross section. After making about four complete coils the chambers
increase greatly in height in this form. This may continue until the
wing-like growth thus formed swings completely about the test, but
in this species the ends of a chamber do not unite with one another
to form annuli, but the growth turns back onto the earlier portion
of the test and at this edge the test becomes formed of two nearly
parallel plates.

O. compressa typically forms but one and a half coils before begin-
ning to extend back on its own periphery and very soon thereafter
the opposite ends of a chamber unite and form a complete annulus.
The annuli are formed throughout further growth and the size of the
test increases rapidly.

The two types of development in later stages are very different,
that of O. compressa, the simpler, more nearly like Peneroplis and
leading directly toward Orbitolites, especially the simplest species
O. marginalis which it resembles in many respects. The later devel-
opment of O. adunca, however, is more complex and tends in certain
respects toward the genus Alveolina.

ORBICULINA ADUNCA (Fichtel and Moll).
Plate 37, figs. 7, 8.

Nautilus aduncus Ficutet and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 115, pl. 23.

Orbiculina adunca Lamarck, Tabl. Encycl. et Meth., 1816, pl. 468, figs. 2a-c.—
pD’OrBIGNY, in De la Saga, Hist. Fis. Pol. Nat. Cuba (Foraminiferes) 1839,
p. 81, pl. 8, figs. 8-14—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9,
1884, p. 209, pl. 14, figs. 1-13.

Description.—Test typically planospiral, involute, each coil com-
pletely covering the previous one; chambers increasing rapidly in
height, much curved; sutures distinct, but slightly depressed; wall
smooth or slightly pitted; aperture consisting of usually a double
series of small rounded pores, each with a slight raised border, on
the apertural face of the test, which is flattened or slightly depressed.

92 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Distribution Brady records this species from the North Pacific
only from among the Philippines. The only material I have from
this region is collected by the T’uscarora in Honduras Bay.

Brady records the species from about various East Indian Islands,
and it is interesting to note that in the Challenger material it is not
given from the Honolulu Reefs. Bagg records it from two Albatross
stations but an examination of his material from both these stations
shows that the specimens are Orbitolites marginalis and not Orbiculina.
They resemble the flattened compressed Orbiculina compressa, but
the central portion is not involute, the early chambers being all
visible as in typical Orbitolites marginalis. I have failed to find
Orbiculina in the Hawaiian region, although I have had but a small
amount of shallow water material.

Genus ORBITOLITES Lamark, 1801.

Orbitolites LAMARCK, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., 1801, p. 376 (Type O. complanata
Lamarck).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 210.

Description.—Test typically discoidal, the early chambers, in the
microspheric form at least, following the proloculum and Cornuspira-
like second chamber, arranged in a gradually widening spiral, followed
by chambers extending in length and becoming annuli; chambers
divided into chamberlets, each with one or more apertures on the
rim of the test.

A rather full description is given of the development as the species
are discussed and it need not be considered here.

ORBITOLITES MARGINALIS (Lamarck).
Plate 38, figs. 1, 2.

Orbulites marginalis LAMARcK, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, 1816, p. 196,
No}, 1:

Orbiculina (Orbitolites) complanata WitttAMSoN, Trans. Micr. Soc. London, ser. 1,
vol. 3, 1851, p. 115, pl. 17, fig. 8; pl. 18, figs. 9, 10.

Orbitolites marginalis CARPENTER, Philos. Trans., 1856, p. 192, pl. 9, figs. 1-4,
etc.; Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, pt. 21, 1883, p. 20, pl. 3, figs. 1-7; pl. 4,
figs. 1-5.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 214,
pl. 15, figs. 1-5.

Description.—Test circular or nearly so, flattened, chambers numer-
ous, in a single layer, in the adult becoming annular, completely
surrounding the periphery of the test; wallsmooth, the area about each
chamberlet slightly depressed, the center of the chamberlet slightly
protuberant; apertures in a single row along the periphery of the
test; the chamberlet communicating with one another by lateral
openings just behind the periphery, these in turn opening backward
into the preceding annular chamber.

Diameter, up to 5 mm., but usually smaller.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 93

Distribution.—Bagg records this species as not very common at
three Albatross stations near the Hawaiian Islands, D4000, in 104 to
212 fathoms; H4476, in 438 fathoms; and H4694, in 865 fathoms.
I have had the species from the same region from the following sta-
tions: Nero, 2037, in 55 fathoms; 2038, in 34 fathoms; 2042, in 55
fathoms; 2043, in 58 fathoms; and 2071, in 271 fathoms; from Nero
station 1466, in 234 fathoms off Guam, from Aleré station 1177, in
23 to 118 fathoms, and from Gasper Straits, North Pacific Exploring
Expedition, Captain Rodgers.

Orbitolites marginalis is a species which builds all its chambers, with
slight exceptions, in a single plane. As a result a test is formed which
when mounted in balsam may be viewed in optical section throughout.
Its development is much less accelerated than that of the other species
of Orbitolites and its study throws
light on obscure points in the devel-
opment of the higher, more complex
species.

In figure 47 is shown the young
of a megalospheric specimen of O.
marginalis. There is a nearly spheri-
cal megalospheric proloculum (1) fol-
lowed by an encircling Cornuspira-like
chamber (2) making nearly a single
coil. This differs from both Penerop-
lis and Orbiculina, which each had a
second chamber but half a coil in
length. This elongated second cham- Fia. ofa eraces OF PaerroLtas MAR-

: r - GINALIS, X 50, IN OPTICAL SECTION.
ber is also seen in the other species
of Orbitolites in the megalospheric form, sometimes being quite a full
coil in length. The second chamber is very low at its inception, but
gradually increases in height to its apertural end. The wall is con-
tinuous with that of the proloculum, of uniform thickness with it and
builds no floor on the wall of the proloculum.

Chamber 3 is somewhat ovoid, not the globular form of the third
chamber seen in Peneroplis and Orbiculina, but more like later cham-
bers in those genera. It has two apertures instead of having a single
one, as in the other genera mentioned; chamber 3 in this specimen
of O. marginalis may be compared in this respect with the fourth
chamber in Orbiculina adunca, with the eighth chamber in Orbiculina
compressa or with the sixteenth chamber in the specimen of Peneroplis,
figured by Schacko.

Chamber 4, however, becomes divided into two chamberlets by a
median partition which is perforated near the apertural wall so that
free communication exists between the chamberlets. The number of
chamberlets increases rapidly in the succeeding chambers, as added,
and the tenth chamber has nine chamberlets.

94 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Up to and including chamber 10 the test is close coiled, although
increasing rapidly in height, but with chamber 11 a new character is
initiated, that of bending back on one side as was seen in chamber
21 in Orbiculina compressa.

Chamber 20 in this specimen of Orbitolites marginalis completes
the circle of the periphery of the test and forms the first annulus.
This corresponds with chamber 35 in Orbiculina compressa, where 15
chambers are necessary to complete the stage from the first bending
back to the formation of the first annulus, which is in Orbitolites
marginalis accomplished by the addition of but 10 chambers. This
illustrates well the difference in the acceleration of development of
these two specimens of the two different species.

ORBITOLITES DUPLEX Carpenter.
Plate 38, figs. 3, 4; plate 39, fig. 1.

Orbulites macropora (?) LAMARCK, Hist. Nat. Anim. sans Vert., vol. 2, 1816, p. 197,
No. 5 (fide Carpenter).

““Orbitolites (duplex type)’? CARPENTER, Philos. Trans., 1856, p. 120, pl. 5, fig. 10;
pl. 9, fig. 10.

Orbitolites complanata, var. macropora PARKER and Jones, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
ser. 3, vol. 5, 1860, p. 289.

Orbitolites duplex CARPENTER, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, pt. 21, 1883, p. 25,
pl. 3, figs. 8-14; pl. 4, figs. 6-10; pl. 5, figs. 1-10.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy.
Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 216, pl. 16, fig. 7, fig. 7, in text.

Description.—Test in the form of a circular disk, the surface flat
or slightly concave toward the center, chambers numerous, soon
becoming annular; wall smooth, chambers and cham-
berlets obscurely marked, apertures in the adult con-
sisting of a double row of openings on the periphery
near the margin, corresponding to the double tier of

chamberlets, usually alternating.

Diameter, up to 8 mm., but usually much less.
Distribution.—Apparently the only definite North
Pacific record for this species is that of Rhumbler, who
see osos records the species from Laysan Island. Near the
siroues purtex, Hawaiian Islands it has occurred at Nero station 2033
Cs in 249 fathoms and 2071 in 271 fathoms. It also
occurred in some numbers at Nero station 1466 in 234 fathoms off
Guam.

The first four chambers of a specimen of Orbitolites duplex with
a megalospherie proloculum are shown in figure 48. As in O. mar-
ginalis there is an oval proloculum followed by a long Cornuspira-
like chamber of nearly a coil in length of equal thickness with the pro-
loculum and building no floor. Chamber 3 is simple with two apertures
as in O. marginalis. Chamber 4 is divided into two chamberlets.

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 95

Instead of the outer wall of these last two chambers continuing the
curve of the peripheral wall of the second chamber as in O. marginalis,
Orbiculina, and Peneroplis a tangential direction is taken on as in
much later chambers in the other types. The early development in
this respect then is more accelerated than in O. marginalis. This
acceleration continues for O. duplex may develop an annulus in the
eighth chamber instead of in the twentieth as in O. marginalis. In
the early stages there is a single series of apertures in the peripheral
wall, but in adult growth two such series are usually present.

A very interesting and significant fact of the acceleration is shown
in the stage at which the megalospheric young are freed from the
parent test. In Peneroplis as already noted the young have a pro-
loculum and the second Cornuspira-like chamber only when set free.
The young of Orbitolites marginalis I have not seen in the parent test,
but in O. duplex the young is usually set free in the stage as shown
here, many young at this stage being found in the outer chambers
of the parent test and also attached nearby. This is a comparatively
much later stage than in Peneroplis and an earlier stage than seen
in the next species.

The specimens from Guam in some cases show a plate-like lateral
development across the face of the test on either side. One of these
specimens is figured (pl. 39, fig. 1).

ORBITOLITES COMPLANATA Lamarck.
Plate 39, fig. 2.

“‘Retepora Muscipula minima,’’ SoLpAnt, Testaceographia, vol. 1, pt. 3, 1795, p.
242, pl. 167, figs. ss, tt; pl. 168, fig. xz.

Orbitolites complanata Lamarck, Syst. Anim. sans Vert., 1801, p. 376.—CARPEN-
TER, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, pt. 21, 1883, p. 29, pl. 5, figs.
14-18; pls. 6, 7, 8.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 218, pl. 16, figs. 1-6; pl. 17, figs. 1-6.

Description.—Test in the form of a circular disk, the surfaces
distinctly concave toward the center, periphery usually the thickest
part of the test, convex in the middle, except the first three chambers
all the chambers form annuli, divided into numerous chamberlets
both in the circle and laterally so that in an adult specimen there
may be three tiers of chamberlets in the annular chamber, an outer
series on either side of a thicker central series, those of the outer
series not communicating with one another but with the central
series; wall nearly smooth; apertures very numerous.

Diameter, from 1 to 25 mm., the average being well under the
medium of this range.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from the Loo Choo Is-
lands and from the Hawaiian Islands. Bagg also records it from
three stations in the latter region Albatross D4000 in 104 to 213
fathoms, H4476 in 4388 fathoms, and H4566 in 572 fathoms.

96 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

I have had material from off the Hawaiian Islands, from Hong-
kong Harbor in 10 fathoms, from Cagayan, Sulu Islands, Philippines,
and from Tuscarora station 60, in latitude 21° 14’ N.; longitude 157°
36’ W. in 63 fathoms.

The species is very abundant in shallow waters of the East Indian
region.

In the very large specimens with thickened edges the megalospheric
young are often found in the outer chambers of the parent test.
In these young four of which are figured here, there is an oval pro-
loculum of very large size, followed by a second, Cornuspira-like
chamber of about a quarter coil in length. This is, as usual, con-

Fic. 49-52.—Y OUNG SPECIMENS OF ORBITOLITES COMPLANATA, TAKEN FROM SAME “‘MOTHER”’ CELL, X 36.
P. PROLOCULUM, C, CORNUSPIRA-LIKE SECOND CHAMBER, 3 THIRD CHAMBER ABOUT WHICH THE FIRST
ANNULAR CHAMBER DEVELOPS.

tinuous with the wall of the proloculum and builds no floor. Instead
of being evenly curved its outer end often has a tendency to swing
away from a uniform curve and to suggest the tangential direction
seen in much later stages of the other two species discussed, thus
initiating a character of later growth as early as the second chamber.
The third chamber instead of being like the third chamber of the
other types of the group is nearly an annulus, its ends not quite
meeting on the peripheral wall of the second chamber. This point of
contact as will be seen in the four specimens here figured is very

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 97

constant. At this stage the third chamber is often much contorted
as shown in figures 49 to 51, especially marked in figure 51, where the
periphery of the third chamber is greatly convoluted as though due
to pressure. These young are often very crowded, and when formed
the wall must be in a semi-plastic condition before it is hardened to
account for the reéntrants in the wall such asshow in figure 51. The
outer rim of chamber 3 has numerous apertures. After the young
is set free, it develops chamber 4 as a complete annulus with many
chamberlets, comparable to the eighth chamber of O. duplex or to the
twentieth chamber of O. marginalis showing the great acceleration
that has taken place in O. complanata. From this point it builds
annuli throughout further growth, each annulus becoming much
divided and having several series of apertures on its peripheral wall.

Occasionally specimens of the megalospheric type are found with
two prolocula and their accompanying later stages, but finally the two
fusing and building as annulus in common, so that in later growth the
synthetic test can not be distinguished from an ordinary individual
with a single proloculum. This twinned condition is probably due to
the closely adjacent position of the attached young when they started
their annular growth. As the chambers met the protoplasm must
have anastomosed and a common chamber been built. This tends
to show the primitive character of the protoplasmic body.

Genus ALVEOLINA @Orbigny, 1826.

Alveolina p’OrBiaNy, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 306 (Type, A. boscit
(Defrance)).—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884,
p. 221.

Description.—Test usually elliptical or fusiform, composed in the
adult of elongate chambers, each running the entire length of the
test, the apertural face of the last formed chamber forming the grow-
ing edge of the test; chambers divided into chamberlets with small
circular apertures upon the apertural face, at least in the larger
species; whole test spirally coiled about the elongate axis.

This genus seems to be confined to the shallower waters of the
Tropics, being a characteristic form in dredgings from about coral

reefs.
ALVEOLINA MELO (Fichtel and Moll).

Plate 39, fig. 4.

Nautilus melo Ficutret and Mott, Test. Micr., 1803, p. 118, pl. 24.
Alveolina melo D’Orstany, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 306, No, 2.—H. B.
Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 223, pl. 17, figs. 13-15.
Description.—Test subspherical or broadly elliptical, coiling on its
longitudinal axis, rotaliform at least in the adult; chambers in each
whorl few, about eight in number, transversely striate; apertural
face forming the growing edge of the test, truncate; apertures numer-

98 BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ous, consisting of a series of elliptical openings in a single row along
the apertural face, each opening with a slight ridge about it.

Diameter, about 0.75 mm.

Distribution.—Brady records this species from off the Hawaiian
Islands and this stands as the only record for the North Pacific.
This is a rather isolated station as the nearest record given by Brady
is Ceylon and this species does not seem to be found with the previous
one in the East Indian region as it is in the West Indies.

It appears from these indications only that possibly there are
more than two recent species, but without access to the material it is
impossible to do more than suggest this as a possibility.

ALVEOLINA BOSCI (Defrance).
Plate 39, fig. 3.

Oryzaria boscii DerRANCE, Dict. Sci. Nat., vol. 16, 1820, p. 104.

Alveolina boscti D’ORBIGNY, Ann. Sci. Nat., vol. 7, 1826, p. 306, No. 5; Modéles,
No. 50.—H. B. Brapy, Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zoology, vol. 9, 1884, p. 222,
pl. 17, figs. 7-12.—CHarman, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc., 1908, pp. 151-153, pls.
i 2, text. im col.

Description.—Test elongate, fusiform, coiling on its longitudinal
axis, the chambers very long, extending the whole length of the test,
complex, transversely striate, apertural face forming the growing
edge of the test, flattened; apertures very numerous, consisting of
fine circular pores with raised borders scattered over the whole sur-
face of the apertural face.

Length, 1.5 mm., in some regions up to nearly 1 inch.

Distribution —The only North Pacific record for this species is
that given by Brady, material taken by the Challenger in 40 fathoms,
from the coral reefs of Honolulu, Hawaiian Islands. These speci-
mens were small. I have had small specimens from Tuscarora sta-
tion 60 in latitude 21° 14’ N.; longitude 157° 36’ W. in 63 fathoms,
also in the vicinity of the Hawaiian Islands.

In the East Indian and Philippine regions this species grows to
large size, nearly an inch in length. Both microspheric and megalo-
spheric forms occur, the very large specimens being microspheric as
shown by Chapman.

Fig. 1.
. Cornuspira involvens. X 40. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Cornuspira lacunosa. X 30. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

oo

Fig.

Naoonhk WNW

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

PLATE 1.

. Cornuspira foliacea. X 60. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Cornuspira involvens. X 40. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 2.

Cornuspira foliacea. X 20. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 3.

. Opthalmidium inconstans. XX 65. Irregular specimen.

. Opthalmidium inconstans. XX 65. A more regular specimen.

. Opthalmidium inconstans. XX 135. Optical section of young specimen.

. Opthalmidium inconstans. X 65. Optical section of adult specimen.

. Opthalmidium tumidulum. X 33 (after Brady).

. Spiroloculina depressa. X 65. a, side view; 6b, apertural view.

. Spiroloculina depressa. XX 35. a, front view; 6, apertural view of thicker

specimen.

8, 9. Spiroloculina depressa. X35. Apertures of adults.

10.

POD

or

Fig.

oF WD Fe

Fig. 1.
. Spiroloculina costifera. X30. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Spiroloculina costifera. X35. End view of another specimen.

nb

oe & dO

Spiroloculina depressa. X 80. Aperture of young.

PLATE 4.

. Spiroloculina canaliculata. X 25. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Spiroloculina canaliculata. XX 35. Apertural view.

. Spiroloculina canaliculata. XX 80. Apertural view of young.

. Spiroloculina grateloupi. X25. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural

view.

. Spiroloculina grateloupt. XX 35. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 5.

. Spiroloculina acutimargo. X 35.

. Spiroloculina tenuimargo. X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Spiroloculina tenuimargo. X 120. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Spiroloculina millettii. < 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Spiroloculina nuda. X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.

PLATE 6.

Spiroloculina costifera. X35. a, front view; 6, apertural view; c, section.

PLATE 7.

. Spiroloculina unicostata. X 135. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural

view.

. Spiroloculina unicostata. XX 135. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Spiroloculina grata. X 65. Front view.

. Spiroloculina grata. X75. Optical section.

. Spiroloculina grata, var. angulata. X 30. a, front view; b, apertural view.

99

100

by
_.
ag

Fig.

Fig.

Mig.

Fig.

—

AAI D oe & bo

to bo

bo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 8.

. Nodobacularia tibia. % 130, showing proloculum, second Cornuspira-like

chamber and the first of the uniserial chambers (after Rhumbler).

. Nodobacularia tibia, X 50, later chambers only (after Brady).
. Nodobacularia irregularis. X 95 (after Rhumbler).

Nubecularia bradyi. X 50 (after Brady).

. Nubecularia bradyi. X 190 (after Rhumbler).

. Nubecularia lucifuga. X 255 (after Rhumbler).

. Quinqueloculina schauinslandi. X 35 (after Rhumbler).

. Quinqueloculina schauinslandi. 167, by transmitted light (after Rhumbler).

PLATE 9.

. Quinqueloculina agglutinans. X65. Hongkong. a, 6, side views; ¢, aper-

tural view.

. Quinqueloculina agglutinata. X33. Off Alaska. a, 6, side views; c, aper-

tural view.
Puate 10.

. Quinqueloculina subarenaria. X33. Off Hawaiian Islands. a, 6, side

views; ¢, apertural view.

. Quinqueloculina subarenaria. X33. Off Singapore. a, 6, side views;

c, apertural view.
PLATE 11.

. Quinqueloculina venusta. X 33. a, b, side views; ¢, apertural view.
. Quinqueloculina seminulum. X 65. a, b, side views.
. Quinqueloculina vulgaris. 33. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

PLATE 12.

. Quinqueloculina auberiana. X33. Albatross D4874. a, 6b, side views;

c, apertural view.

. Quinqueloculina cuvieriana. XX 65. Hongkong. a, b, side views; ¢, aper-

tural view.
PLATE 13.

. Quinqueloculina bicostata. 65. Nero 1158. a, b, side views; ¢, apertural

view.

. Quinqueloculina bicornis. X* 65. Hongkong. a, b, side views; c, apertural

view.
PuatE 14.

. Quingueloculina disparilis, X 65. Nero 1378. a, b, side views; c, apertural

view.

. Quinqueloculina disparilis, var. curta, X 33. Albatross D4900. a, b, side

views; c, apertural view.

PLATE 15.

. Quinqueloculina costata, X 65. Nero 2041. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.
. Quingueloculina bouweana, X 65. Nero 2040. a, 6b, side views; c, apertural

view.

. Quinqueloculina parkeri, X 33. Guam. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

bo: |

oo

bo

a

bo

ONIH HNP ONW

SODID MUP w

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 101

Puate 16.

. Quingueloculina reticulata, X 33. Gaspar Straits.
. Quinqueloculina reticulata, X 33. Jero 2039.
. Quinqueloculina reticulata, X 65. Hongkong. a, front view; 6, apertural

view.
Prave 17.

. Triloculina cuneata, X 65. (After Rhumbler.)
. Triloculina deplanata, X 90. a, b, side views; c, apertural view. (After

Rhumbler.)

. Quinqueloculina arenacea, X 140. (After Rhumbler.)
. Quinqueloculina arenacea, X 140. (After Rhumbler.)

Quingueloculina ferox, X 54. (After Rhumbler.)

. Quinqueloculina ferox, X 43. (After Rhumbler.)
. Quingueloculina ferov, * 57. (After Rhumbler.)
. Triloculina cribrostoma, * 25. (After Rhumbler.)
. Adelosina laysanensis, XK 288. (After Rhumbler.)
. Triloculina cylindrica, X 140. (After Rhumbler.)

PLATE 18.

. Quingueloculina dutemplei, * 65. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.
. Quinqueloculina bradyana, X 40. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.
. Quingueloculina dutemplei?, * 33. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

Puate 19.

. Planispirina sphacra, * 65. a, front view; b, side view.
. Quinqueloculina procera, X 35. Horizontal section.

. Quinqueloculina ferussacii, X 68.

. Quingueloculina ferussacii, X 65. End view of another specimen.

a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

PLATE 20.

. Quinqueloculina spiralis, X 65. a, 6, side views; c, apertural view.
. Massilina crenata, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Massilina ennectans, X 65. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

PLATE 21.

. Quingueloculina cultrata, X 33. a, side view; 6b, apertural view.
. Hauerina pacifica, X 65. a, b, side views; ¢, apertural view.
. Triloculina suborbicularis, X 135. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

PuLatTe 22.

. Vertebralina insignis, X 35. (After Brady.)
. Vertebralina insignis, * 35. a, front view; 6, apertural view. (After Brady.)

Vertebralina striata, X* 65.

. Vertebralina striata, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Vertebralina sulcata, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Articulina conico-articulata, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Articulina sagra, X 35. (After Brady.)

. Articulina sagra, X 35. (After Brady.)

102

Fig. 1.
: . Hauerina bradui, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Haverina circinata, X 33. (After Brady.)

. Hauerina circinata, < 33. (After Brady.)

. Hauerina ornatissima, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

CO nwm eRe

we Co

or

Noe

a

wm OO bo

BULLETIN 71, UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PLATE 23.

Hauerina ornatissima, * 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 24.

. Sigmoilina celata, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Sigmoilina sigmoidea, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Sigmoilina sigmoidea, section, X 40. (After Brady.)

. Haverina fragilissima, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

PLATE 25.

. Triloculina tricarinata, X 30. a, frent view; 6, apertural view of very large

specimen.

. Triloculina tricarinata, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Triloculina trigonula, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Triloculina circularis, X 65. a, b, side views; c, apertural view.

PLATE 26.

1. Triloculina cireularis, X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

nore

He CO

Fig. 1

Fig.

bo

. Triloculina circularis, var. sublineata, X 65. a, b, side views.
. Triloculina oblonga, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 27.

. Triloculine stage of Biloculina, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Triloculina terquemiana, X 65. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Triloculina insignis, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

. Triloculina linnaeana, X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

PLATE 28.

. Biloculina depressa, X 33. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Biloculina depressa, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.
. Biloculina murrhyna, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 29.

. Biloculina murrhyna, X 65. a, front view; 6, side view; c, apertural view.
. Biloculina serrata, X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view, speci-

men with irregular margin.
PLATE 30.

/

. Biloculina vespertilio, X 20. a, front view; b, side view; ¢, apertural view of

very large specimen.

. Biloculina sarsv, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

PLATE 31.

. Biloculina elongata, X 33. a, front view; 6, side view; c, apertural view.
. Biloculina globulus, X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.

PLATE 32.

. Biloculina anomala, X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Biloculina lucernula, X 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

Fig.

bo

FORAMINIFERA OF THE NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN. 1038

PLATE 33.

. Biloculina denticulata, < 65. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.
. Biloculina denticulata, var. striolata, X 65. a, front view; 6, apertural view.

3. Biloculina denticulata, var. striolata, < 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

bo oF Owe aor CF WR

Soar WON Fe

moo tH

PLATE 34.

. Biloculina comata, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Biloculina comaia, var. serratula, X 33.

. Biloculina comata, var. serratula, X 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Biloculina millettii, K 33. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Biloculina millet, * 33.

. Biloculina semicostata, X 33. a, front view; 6, side view; c, apertural view.

PuatTE 35.

. Biloculina flintii, X 33. a, front view; b, side view; c, apertural view.

. Nevillina coronata, X 25. Showing penultimate chamber within.

. Nevillina coronata, X 25. a, front view; b, apertural view.

. Nevillina coronaia, X 25. Triloculine stage.

. Nevillina coronaia, X 25. Biloculine stage. (Figs. 2-5 after Sidebottom.)

PLATE 36.

. Peneroplis pertusus, X 33. a, side view; 6, apertural view.
. Peneroplis pertusus, var. arietinus, X 33. a, front view; 6, apertural view.
. Peneroplis pertusus, var. X 33. a, side view; b, apertural view.

PLatTe 37.

. Peneroplis pertusus, X 20. Aperture.

. Peneroplis pertusus, X 20. Aperture.

. Peneroplis pertusus, var. planatus, X 65. a, side view; 6, apertural view.

. Peneroplis pertusus, var. carinatus, X 33. a, side view; b, apertural view.
. Peneroplis pertusus, var. arietinus, X 27. Section. (After Brady.)

. Peneroplis pertusus, X 33. Aperture.

, 8. Orbdiculina adunca, X 20. (After Brady.)

PLATE 38.

. Orbitolites marginalis, K 30. a, surface view; 6, peripheral view.
. Orbitolites marginalis, X 65. Apertures.

. Orbitoliies duplex, X 75. Apertures.

. Orbitolites duplex, K 33. a, surface view; b, peripheral view.

PLATE 39.

. Orbitolites duplex, X 30. Specimen with secondary growth.

. Orbitolites complanata, X 30. a, surface view; b, peripheral view.

. Alveolina boscti, X 12. a, front view; b, end view. (After Brady.)
. Alveolina melo, X 33. a, front view; 6, end view. (After Brady.)

aR

a wes y ah . > bg
ve 3 ein

U.S NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO, 71, PART 6 PLATE 1

5 y
a f

j
\ a
\ ss
\ a ins eo
y iy
F j
y
. a .
Vi” 4
] a | b
* é
/
3
j
' 25 i
eA 7 #
ee f
oR J ;
ee y ;
SEL
NS ; ’
< > f

2h

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 2

TENT

3a

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 3

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 4

3
x
Bn

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 5

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 6

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 7

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 99.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 8

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 9

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 109.

me
ie a)

neg, baat fey el ae cr 2a roe

as *
Ss lad Seah
Pog here yh ate data.

Z

olay : / Me

*

rq

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 10

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 11

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 12

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 13

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 14

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 15

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 100,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 16

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

es
mW ty
q

a>
\
7
Se
j
. \ ee
xt
-
oa,

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 17

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101,

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 18

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 19

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 20

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 21

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 22

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

Hf

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 101.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 23

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 24

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 25

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 26

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PAciIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM a BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 27

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

ea esis

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 28

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM “BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 29

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

aA ;
ly ee et ied
= s

ee ee
= ape wel gl alll Gia

- i=
Lass

=

BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 30

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM ; BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 31

2a

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PaciFic OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 382

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 102.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 “PLATE 33

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 34

raindance”

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 35

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 36

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

For EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

a y i Tre oy

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 87

mies

ne iF

’ iat¢niy epee eR SNe ot

Meal e bees
oF

: aw

abate what

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM : BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 38

Pehtoug baat asbyyy

Vuitciteeraly

|

eelityy
ae

em EHEDEDE
heeree

20e

CETTE

a

oak

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FOR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

US. NATIONAL MUSEUM BULLETIN NO. 71, PART 6 PLATE 39

5 oo eRe
Aane St ke se Peat,
he eP ets 2c tte ne,
oo ee oe
ics

MILIOLIDAE OF NORTH PACIFIC OCEAN.

FoR EXPLANATION OF PLATE SEE PAGE 103.

Page. Page.
acutimargo, Spiroloculina............-...--- SL) |), boscii; -Alveolinauts. cus ees once eee eet caee 98
NVQIOSIBE eee eric cicero cst tier crc cccnscse 73 OFyzarigs kok ee eee eee 98
PR YSRMONSIS aac feos oes eects eee 73: | bouecana; Miliglinas.-oo oo. c sss scece anon eeoee 50
BUVEINICA INGUIN Ser lke isc cle’os sis cc.es'eeis/s,0 91 Quinqueloculina: -....50.0.-22+225- 50
SONDICHHN AS ere cee nena n ete se 91 | bradyana, Quinqueloculina.................. 52
BeelatMans, MilOUNS i s/.'.5-cUsccees ss. csc ne 42'\) bradyi, Hauerna:: Jo. 0. se ceeeseeceeree naeeee 62
Quinqueloculina................ 42 Nubeculariay:: 2.2. sc secasmeceen cna 41
agglutinata, Quinqueloculina................ 43; “bulloides: Biloculings=-5 5-25 =e. oe ee eee 79
PAAMEDINGES oa onic Solis ews cciccecerecsecucss 97 | canaliculata, Spiroloculina............-.-.-. 3
ASCH etemrersisteie eterwicic sniste\seiciecicleise sss 98: | ‘eelata; Sigmoiling << 2st seen se tee ete 61
eLetter ee Selene ccisie sie scisisss 97 | (circinata,Hauering 2-52-22) 2-2 ecee eee 63
alveoliniformis, Miliolina.................... 43° \circularis, Miliolingi.cssshencercecee reer are 67
Quinqueloculina............ 43 Triloculing-22" 2. es 5 -cosee eeeeeis 7
amygdaloides, Miliolina....................- 51 var. sublineata, Miliolina......... 68
Quinqueloculina.............. 51 Triloculina....... 68
angulata, Spiroloculina grata, var...-........ 36: |comata;, Biloculinay-5-.2.-0-steescee tones 81
pnnoectans, Massilina =... ....23..scccd cece 57 var. serratula, Biloculina ........... 81
anomala; Biloculing -.-. 2.0 6....025 52sec esos 79 | communis, Planispirina....-:-..--2..---.:.- 37
aronaces, MINIQHMS .. o.c.ccsc2.2cescceeseesee 44 | complanata, Orbitolites...................-- 95
Quinqueloculina.<. 32. -222-22-s--<< 44 | compressa, Hauerina................-------- 62
arenaria, Spiroloculina........-..2:--.------ 86 | conico-articulata, Articulina................-. 58
arietinus, Nautilus (Lituus)..............-.. 87, 88 Wertebralinate. ccs. cece. 58
Peneroplis --.... SERENE EE ERE B8 ii Cormmuspitasceseecacas cm eeee a ner mceeceer sees 24
PATTICHENE secicsieieleirs atid c ainicrsesiissciSoe ects» 56 58 HOLIRCES aioe secon cee enact ae sr 24
conico-articulata......-.......---=- 58 INVOLVES a eee cerecmeee tacos 25
TUTIGAe aces es nosotros Use esas 59 JG Sak ee acmsosdemunooaccpeshe 26
SAGT Ares ter ees cesnecine edaeseees 59 PIANOMbIS! S22 ees ete eee eee 24
BUCALA te rciesicle Satie saat er ce ees = 60 Striglata scr. . ta. aceacescne ces eels 27
auperinna,; Miliglina (52.5 csc ceeere + veces 45 | Cornuspirininaes. «.2-2- sees cae cneeecees oe 24
Quinqueloculina................- 46 | coronata, Biloculina................----..--- 84
picornis, Milsgling 2525 .c.c\-jcmscicciselccioe sess 48 Novillinays:-)-etecte ne seems de cee 84
Quinqueloculina..........-.-.-. ... 48 | costata, Quinqueloculina...............-.--- 49
Serpulae cso. 2 asco dese neeetccie 48 | costifera, Spiroloculina...........-.....-.-.. 34
var. elegans, Quinqueloculina...... 48 ||, crenata, ‘Massilina chee soe Sa eee 57
bicostata, Quinqueloculina...............-... 47 Spiroloculinaee et acer sees sacs 57
EMIOCUUMB GS eae eh erncs<ioplasiesaeeen ease eae 7 | cribrostoma, Miliolina...............--..--¢- 71
BHOMBIA aerieeiscsie absense 79 Triloculing. 2.2 2 sees 71
Lb hly (eae Seesepsaeceseapocbec- 29) | ‘cultrata, Miliolina s2s-. 224+ scsseeemeeriase 54
COMMATA e iei.o once es oesieeae Oa ais 81 Quinqueloculina=: 326-2 -eneaes ose 54
var. Serratula........-.... 81 || cuneata, Milioling 22.0: < -eacctesmeemtacs coe 71
coronata........--- Bae SS i3) Seis 84 Triloenling ies S21. cmccce ee sees aeee 71
GEVUCINALA sc sesaseieeianianl~i=\ec's7= «= 80 | curta, Quinqueloculina disparilis, var....... 49
MOPIESSA researc eee eee eee 74 | cuvieriana, Quinqueloculina................. 47
var. Murrhyna.-........ 75) | eglindrica, Miliolina: - <2). -<-1ajeesieee ose 68
BIQU OAL Ae rn semeee nacre ac <ciseeenets 78 Triloculings:*..: 5:0. oscceeeeos 68
MAN a ook so sc abeeaates see ss. 82 | denticulata, Biloculina..............-....... 80
PIGDMINS sees senses oes tccle osini sie 78 ringens, var.......... 80
AVICOLNGIA colesasers cece ceiseisen ese’ 79 var. striolata, Biloculina........ 80
BNIB UTS coe occ spe siseciaeicie- «0 81 | deplanata, Miliolina...............-........- 70
PIPE UMD Nene sats sienraisie sm aelointol 75 ‘LEHOCHHMA faa. cece eee ee tees 7
ITIP OHS ser hentia rieiiscisict~ =) <'2 16,47 |) Gepressa, Biloculinas.--.0+ s-.-e cose eee oe 74
SOUPS eee ee seein aie ec oeetiseeaee sa 76 var. murrhyna, Biloculina......... 75
BOMMCOStat asset. co.cc miaat= = a 82 serrata, Biloculina............ 75
SOUT AUN Caterers oral «i oajehese aici y= otcleins 75 Spirolocalitia®. 23> ---oss-ee one 29
RPUASla aces ee ose Soeecei='<c lee h sl 37 | disparilis, var. curta, Quinqueloculina....... 49
LM PULOSAe Sa soe Somiaclecacicsc Seem 79 Quinqueloculina..........- peedece 48
WEN TBIRINOSE enor cane occ iosa re oe Wi\eduplex, OLDItOLtes sire aso ineeeeinka emirate 94

53709°—Bull. 71, pt. 6-178 105

106 INDEX.

Page Page.
dutemplei, Quinqueloculina................- 51 | Miliolina circularis var. sublineata..........- 68
elegans, Quinqueloculina bicornis, var....... 48 evibrostomss 5-5. .-> cneeesesceeees 71
elongata, Biloculinga : 5-22... 2 seco ee seeets 78 culttatas..! asaterescceneaseeee eee 54
excavata, Spiroloculina...................-.- 31 CUNGRtA Ai js22 a8. seemeneae bee 71
ferox, Miliolina..< 22-0 ssjascpe ese oasebereecee 54 eylindricas.senes-eesenees nec see 68
Quindnelocnlina spss .sececeee eee e 54 Geplanatast-6- 2 seossen osc ee sen xe 70
ferussactl, Miliolina so. -2 =... is s- sacs eee 50 ROTOR sap lee see eae eee eee 54
Quingneloculing .- 5. cence nen 50 fichteliana - 3! sacLe-ccteeeene oer eee 71
fichigliana; Miliolina.- 5. c/.-2ccesaces- ose oe 71 InSienis 5 52)2 5-0 sc--ue Aenea nese 72
Trioculina oc cd-cce chee eee 71 labiosa.c=: oS. catebe ee oe eee 70
flintii: Biloculina.-=2-o-5- senses ee eee 82 linndeania ss <2 Fichs 35-20 see 72
folidces,\Cormuspira >... ./s...- 3). + ccna ees me 24 Macienta sc. 5caseoe ease eee 55
Spirilline 5. . 2. -cetee ae eie ee woe 24 ODlON pas .te ees sees cee Bora spe 69
foliaceus sOrbiss. - 8 see ee eet cine water epee 24 PATRI Gs Sects ose om eee 50
ing pilissima ME AtierIn Al se. any~ cis em eeieeet 3 64 PLOCELA s.- sjsci eee eee 45
Spirolocwling =. < sacs 64 Dy emacs. 2h os. ate eenoae 54
plobulus ;Biloculina =< 3 -----c-r se ae eee een 78 Teticnlate ss eo sec Gee eee 55
grata, Spiroloculing- <= - 2... bewemeaseesee 35 schauinslandin 2 acne 2. ee ee 56
grateloupi, Spiroloculina..............-....-- 31 SOCONS Se ooo et sa eter 57
ET OGRE a ene e eee ae eee eo eee eee 27,62 SOMIMNUNIM oo oo cs enn cote se 45
DIAG yir eases concer sce eese eae apts 62 subrovundas . esse. cee 53 :
Cirgingbas. 5. -6/s2-\.-eLee seen se == 63 Perquemiana: 44s opm a eee 72
COMIDTCS Seep eee eel 62 tricarinata --.-< aceeet eae eee 66
Arailissima eae. s se selene taeeioer ees 64 tri gona. = eee ee eae eke 65 |
INCONStANS selec s ee eee eee 28 TTC OSA pa ote ee eee 52 |
[SLOG copsaneaeeasaee cease sso 64 VONUStAst scans sen ee ee 45 :
impressa; Spirolocwlina ..\..neccnac oar see 30) |) Miliolites triconula-..2. +. ==. ayeneeeeeeeee 65 |
inconstans, Hauerina...............--.------ 28)\| cmillettii,.Biloculing)). 2-2 25.2) 5saeaaeeeee 81 |
Opthalmidium.................. 28 Spiroloculing:...., sri. ested dee <2: 33
insignis, Miliolina--.-----2------------.-.-.-. (2 \murrhyna: Biloculing 2 5... 3 essere Loe 75
Mrilocw line <n - 3-2-3 === = 72 depressa, var........-. 7.
Vertebralina............-.-.-------- O2 f. Mevillitin.2, 22 0cc= 5." Mite ak oe 83
involvens; COMmMUSPIla << 22. 6 = ete = = 25 Coronata $e. “sow ee er en aaa 84
_ Operculina......--..--+-+-++++++- 25° | itids, Articulina... -\!. yssd seni ot 59
irregularis, Nodobacularia..............-...-. 40 Spitoloculina..;..c2-.0 2.2 eee 33
labiosa, Miliolina......... pelea eee taace ts 70°) Nodobaculariat: 2) 5.0.0.2,5.. eee 39
Triloculina...-....-.+-+-++++-+++++++ 70 inep laniseee: ose eeeeeee 40
lacunosa, Cornuspira Beene eee ee eee 26 tide dee cE en 39
laysanensis, Adelosina.............+----+-+-- 73 | Nubecularia.<.2<. 2. -Aees eres 39, 40 |
limbata, Spiroloculina Lehsid oe eee eee tose 29 bradyi os coved soca PMR OEE RE oe 41
linnaeana, Miliolina wee ee ee eee ween ee eee ees 2 Incifuga- 3. see ee 4l
Triloculina......----+-++++++++--+ 72 | nuda, Spiroloculina..........----+-0+-2--+++- 34
lucernula, Biloculina d aslas Basis a ees er 79 Sblodiga, Milloling o!sci0i0) eee uee 2 69
lucifuga, Nubecularia............---.--+-+-+- 41 | Mriloculina-._ Aes een een 69
Se eee SFR GaSe - oblongum, ;Vermiculumi;-coeeese eee eee 69
macroposa, Orbitolites complanata, var.....- 94 oe Sth D0, Rg athe ae ge el a
Ortiliise en Lens ee 94 | Operculina.. 2. <2 seek ecencce te eee tere ecinne 24
marginalis, Orbitolites................-.----- 92 involvens. ......-.-.-+--+--+++--- 25
Orbulites.=: 4 en go |) Opthalmidium=s{-ceeesce mses see eerie 27
Massilinns 2pci:22 oi ave eS >. ? 56 inconstams......-.....---...-- 28
annectens: (ane See rae. 57 tumidulam-ce ose 28
Cronatan.<..dere eee eee cae BT | Orbis.cs.2 2. co s08 5 evas ck ss eek eaeee eee ee ere 24
SCCANS wis ceeie cc tices se eee 57 foligceus-<:4 fs eS eee se ae cin oe 24
melo, Alveolinay... 52% 22: eee Lescol Sass 97+! Orbitolites.d 2bic2232e2 see cee eee ee 92
INaUtIYS -2..<2 ce sacs Sete Renee eens 97 complanata.css25)e-seae eee 95
Miliola (Quinqueloculina) subrotunda....... 53 var, macropora ....... 94
Miliolidae...... eect tee ee eee ee steerer eee ees 23 duplex: .<ctcte cs SUR: 22 94
Miliolina agglutinans..........-...-..++--.-- 42 marginalis:.-.sci. 2. eee ese 92
alveoliniformis £5 210) ee BS 225 = 43 ornatissima, Hauerina..............---..++-- 63
amyrdaloides<. 2-2 {.ceem uses soe 51 Quinqueloculina..............-- 63
arenmacea.......-...-.2--+----+----- 44.1 4 iy oscil e 98
er DOTIAM veep ee tes ee eel AG. | ee Ren nen os ee aaa aoe
Hicsrieee ee ne es eras 48 pacifica, Havering 2.2 225-6 eee =e ene 64
Wanoann ate t leaner sp) |) Batkert, Mali olinia=s =o see ee == ease ee 50
CICS eee cee er ree 67 Quinqueloculina..........-...--..-- 50

INDEX. 107

Page. Page.

MP ONELOPHS se ecisemee cinta nso isassaecdeeahoe austere 84 | rugosa, Quinqueloculina....................- 53
SIMON B ee oe «025. oeraaenceret aks oe Sti serra (Articulinay: <2 5 ).5.0.c case eee eats 59

SPORTAL OULS Pte 23/1 « s caencfarale ermal 87 Werte braling 70.22.25 «aera cena 59

IRSCUUSUS sree 5.552022 eae 86) | Sarsii, Biloculinae so. 222: oceans aeuee ee oe 7

Var. ariebinus.o. 3 .seosna 88 | schauinslandi, Miliolina..................--- 56

CarinatuUs i. encige cen 87 Quinqueloculina............. 56

planatus - ss 42-see=-5 Rio) secans: Massiling <... 7 ae.<. <cnesecaseenions oc 57
PISNAGUS wie o<25 ae oetion-easeeooacs 87 Millolingsev. . cscs saosin eee 57
ALCUSIIS. NAUTMUS eons hatin oemecsaas 86 Quinquelocnling-- =. 552.sseeeeee se 57
Peneropls.. 5. -.<-- =< -pabte were oe 86:\)) Semicostata, Biloculina:. 2o2 50:0. cse. sec cee 82

var. arietinus, Peneroplis.......... 83a seminulium), Miligling.: 72). a<csasoneioeees oe 45
CATING = 2 hin a2,< cee erence 87 Quingueloculina.--.<2.02-6—25- 44
PIBNALUS <<< ni5;0\oseccmcecdesee 87 Serpula:. {o:2-.c\.ekpeseeeees aa. 44
RAIEMTES TEI MB Seis sao a wicis cisjc sa. canines eemeenee Ste Serpula, bicornise =o 2. .<.<cesceetomeeees coe 48
COMMUNIS.. s cascseasig-e yo-ce 37 Seminulnm =<). ja. ssn wecanaaeetewa eee 44
SIP MOINS. << oisiais coset een a GL pserrata, Biloculinas2:2 5... 2.4. -eeeeeesesants 75
NDHAGLA eof sass ae cteeeeeaoeens 37 Gepressa, Varna. he to. ~ << 75
MlANeCpIS, COMMUSPITA . .-..5.5.<cseteielosee ane 24 | serratula, Biloculina comata, var..........-. 81
EDGES MINOUNG -. oo w-(<nis:0aceiamnaeeeheace: 45 | sigmoidea, Planispirina.................-...- 61
Ouingueloculing - cette eee 45 Sigmoiling-< 6-222. 54-pessessccce 61
Pyeiaes, Milioling . .<<<5:<0secce ons scsaskss PAS BIPIMOLINAS Occ. oc ee cioecee i aaelaaeeeecennine 60
Quingueloculing <<...) ..2-5= 54 Coletta si5s ec cakt cee ses aeons 61
OQeingueloculing 2 seis = ~~ oe eewe sees ce 42 Slsmoideas oct ce saee cencee eens 61
seclutinanss 4. -e6-nesees 42) | \sphacra, Biloculinas. <2 .)cctceesce ce sseenmele 37
apclutinatas....c ss0c0c25=2 43 Planispiring 272142)... ccs ceemadeeicae 37
alveoliniformis............- 48. | spiralis, Quinqueloculina....--..2....2.2.-06 54
amygdaloides...........--- Sial Spirilling= so -/-c-tssecesamsae eee eaecceeaeceet 24
BIONANIAE sss scos ae meee aes 44 foliscea sok a-e0enciasseeceeenease 24
BUperiAndescesessatee eee es 46.) Spiroloculing + so... acc cavum waiicsos sence 29
DICORNIS: Bese eee eecse eee 48 acutimargo <3. 5s) ssc5 esc ce ce 31
var. elegans........ 48 Arenal. casa eeiacwss peewee 36
Hicosistas< seecasese esac 47 canaliculata- 225 fob. sececn aes 30
OtlesNas 2 5, css tees ee ok 50 Costiferal-/) 2! eisai eee 34
bradyanaeoscc.ocesctesc 52 CTONALAN << Swap sacs cece sees 57
COS tata oo sapaeasie cess 49 GSpressa.s issoscione cows seen 29
CUVIGRISHA 2 ssa 5 <n sctew san < 47 OxCaVvstas scat Use oue cece cs 31
@ispariliges to2.cscccsessace 48 TragilissiMs > o 525-0. ose =o see 64
Var. curta ....:-=: 49 PT Aba eon ecicue otters 35
dutempleis. 252 55..0222-6 51 var. angulata...........- 39
MOTORS Fo co torches cee 54 erateloupls a. eee eee en 31

POruSSacii se «si secre ciencisrei-e 50 AMNPTOSSS fe kes eee ee ae 3
MACHEN o> aces seve eels 55 limbatar:-=2 ce hase ase ee 29
OMsLiSsiMa =<.) oe ree we 63 MINGUS seco cece 33
PANKOP Ss acs. oceee cence: 50 DUA ie se eta ecm ee ae 33
PEOCOLA ws oe scfats ee eee 45 TUG S ss. ose owes we a eee 34
PYVEMAGAL ccnlcaeeeeeme eter 54 TODUS CHS sea cece Sotesee aes 33
TOW CUIAER S or ciete= sacl toe 55 Teniimarroes sc.) ee ee eee 32
TUGOSH scsi nas ane ee oa 53 tenuisisse steep cece es eaoee neuen 32
schauinslandi........-....- 56 tenuissimaos. 26) soseceeaesss 32
SRCANIS Y= occ eticame sons eeee 57 unicostata 2. s.c). 22-2 secon eee 35
SEMIN was ae ee sa A4y | striatayV OrlOOraliaenscics co e- cesarean es see 38
SPinsliss=oe Sac emeiss. sees - Sau le striolata, Cormmuspitaeecee oat seme eee eee ee 27
SUDATONSTIN ac oc ecee 44 | subarenaria, Quinqueloculina................ 44
SUPOLpICMMAariss=s7o5-- eee 7 sublineata, Milolina circularis, var........... 68
SUPLOLUNGR. esiceee sac = 53 Triloculina circularis, var........ 68

pnd MAta-.casciscc ce. ney 3G 52 | suborbicularis, Quinqueloculina............. 70

VBIMISt Ha. sate ctaee seasons 45 FE STIGCULNS 2's ess set eres tee 7

VEIN ATS 8. nie cin cicns! xbstcse eeeroleiers 46 | subrotunda, Miliola (Quinqueloculina) ...... 53
APMINGIOIOCHMITINAG oho: oe cisco necccecescsees 41 Miligling) i. Goon ees natee es 53
TOUCHIAtA A MINOUN Ge... .25 2 cccccescseeceec ess 55 Quingueloculing,3.c2s-cseeasce 53
Quinqueloculina............ Seer 55 | subrotundum, Vermiculum........-......-. 53

PRA OCUMM AM bies se seccc ce ai vec <i por suleata, Artiouling=..2.<c-e eon etelecoeartececrs 60

TINPOMS HE OCINA se esas secs cscc~c<055-5- 76 | tenuimargo, Spiroloculina.............-..--- 32
var. denticulata, Biloculina......... 80) |p tenuis, Spiroloculing. =. s-ceq-—-cesedeeces 32
NUTIOMND Ras /eicte acicmicsiese sie sian se 80 | tenuissima, Spiroloculina................---- 32

TODUSLA SPT OLOCUITA. s-)as<'2\- 2 annie acs e aie 33 | terquemiana, Miliolina.............-.......- 72

108

terquemiana, Triloculina ...........-...-.---
tibia, Nodobacularia: 22.252. s2as--s3sn-s-
iricarinatas Miloling= 2 ecssses ose aan aceea
Triloculina/-/s225 slonue sees ce sea
irigontila;Milioling =o 2. a> saeees eae
Miliglites.cece -c conse cece sess

Oblonga 22a stcae esc eeess
reticulata jc cccc conc cance sees ae

INDEX.
72 | Triloculina suborbicularis...................
39 terquemiarias Yo 222-2. ceeaere
66 tricarinatas sis 22s-eecce eco ste ses
66 trigonula eee aera oases
65: |) tubulosa® Biloculina So. ep see ee asa eee
65 | tumidulum, Opthalmidium.................
65) |Dundosa, Milidlinat222 20-5. seecsee-eeeenereses
65 | undulata, Quinqueloculina..................
67 | unicostata, Spiroloculina....................
68 | -venusta; Miliolina’. 2205. 4552 ee ee eee eese
7 Quinqueloculina...................
@ | Vermiculumsoblongum=2. 5). oe ease ees
68 subrotundum!-< 2 -s-5--seeeee
40°}! Vertebralitiat2.s. 3.2.2 ene cece eee eee ee
71 conico-articulata: o2 22. <2 enone
72 instonis) 5252.0 82 eee ees =
70 8s 8 Seamer SOBECHSOBeSoco- S
72 Striatasse S205 US. ecee eee :
69 | vespertilio, Biloculina.......................
55 | vulgaris, Quinqueloculina.......... eeneee oe

O

FING

pith hy

faint

re
Fon hoe ori

“,
nae ot

“ Se
eee WNC! : 3 »,
me x See i
3 eu

PR
REG

~
-

nes °

eelretguagyetessy
patti te ny

a a} alt reese

ve

NC eatS
Res

©
Re
EA
ae

te Sat 5
ro Bes be

RATERS ED
iH a eS: Oe

4
aS eat
Ny Unesian
Dy hs So CoAT Eatipetg
Deon ae SU as
2 mart Stains
Rise
aye Ke
ay ys)

Y
ue
5
H
ei
poem Ne
ART ta
ay carts

psy Bite
Gat

as We

a s RR Bora eRe

Se Se a
SSA SA ; ATO 0 Euan

Sueur race! ¥ 303} 3 Na ray Ne !

ay
ey a
;

na

a i
SES Geen Are
iS) ROHN eR Ln